Date: November 22, 2024 Fri

Time: 12:04 pm

canada

Results for canada

3599 total results found

814 non-duplicate results found.

Author: Alberta (Canada). Children's Services Title: Protection of Children Involved in Prostitution: Protective Safe House Review Summary: A review of the Protection of Children Involved in Prostitution (PChIP) Act's protective safe houses program in Alberta, Canada. Details: Edmonton, Alberta: Alberta Children's Services, 2004 Source: Year: 2004 Country: Canada Keywords: Juveniles Shelf Number: 116542

Author: Withers, Lloyd Title: Incarcerated Fathers: A Descriptive Analysis Summary: This study provides an analysis of the parenting status of a sample of federally incarcerated men in Canada and examines the pre-incarceration lifestyle of the fathers and extent of their children following incarceration. Details: Ottawa: Correctional Service of Canada, Research Branch, 2007 Source: Canadian Families and Corrections Network; Correctional Service of Canada Year: 2007 Country: Canada Keywords: Families of Inmates Shelf Number: 113451

Author: Hanson, R. Karl Title: A Meta-Analysis of the Effectiveness of Treatment for Sexual Offenders: Risk, Need, and Responsivity Summary: The effectiveness of treatment for sexual offenders remains controversial, even though it is widely agreed that certain forms of human service interventions reduce the recidivism rates of general offenders. The current review examined whether the principles associated with effective treatments for general offenders (Risk-Need-Responsivity: RNR) also apply to sexual offender treatment. Based on a meta-analysis of 23 recidivism outcome studies meeting basic criteria for study quality, the unweighted sexual and general recidivism rates for the treated sexual offenders were lower than the rates observed for the comparison groups (10.9% [n = 3,121] versus 19.2% [n = 3,625] for sexual recidivism; 31.8% [n = 1,979] versus 48.3% [n = 2,822] for any recidivism). Programs that adhered to the RNR principles showed the largest reductions in sexual and general recidivism. Given the consistency of the current findings with the general offender rehabilitation literature, we believe that the RNR principles should be a major consideration in the design and implementation of treatment programs for sexual offenders Details: Ottawa: Public Safety Canada, 2009. Source: Online Resource: Accessed April 17, 2018 at: https://www.publicsafety.gc.ca/cnt/rsrcs/pblctns/2009-01-trt/2009-01-trt-eng.pdf Year: 2009 Country: Canada Keywords: Recidivism Shelf Number: 117105

Author: Travers, Kathryn Title: Women's Safety: A Shared Global Concern-Compendium of Practice and Policies Summary: This report includes 69 examples from 32 countries, and is divided into 4 main sections: municipal strategies, non-governmental initiatives, national government strategies and policies, and tools and resources. Details: Montreal: International Centre for the Prevention of Crime, 2008 Source: ICPC's 8th Annual Colioquium on Crime Prevention, Women's Safety Year: 2008 Country: Canada Keywords: Crime Control Shelf Number: 113418

Author: Pauls, Monica Title: An Evaluation of the Mamowichihitowin Community Wellness Program: Phase 1: Program Description and Logic Model Summary: The purpose of this research project was to conduct the first phase of an evaluation of the Mamowichihitowin Community Wellness Program (MCWP) located in Hinton, Alberta. Developed under the umbrella of the Hinton Friendship Centre, the MCWP is a holistic and comprehensive response to the issue of intra-familial child sexual abuse, with a specific focus on Aboriginal communities. Details: Ottawa: Aboriginal Corrections Policy Unit, Public Safety Canada, 2004 Source: Canadian Research Institute for Law and the Family Year: 2004 Country: Canada Keywords: Aboriginals Shelf Number: 114769

Author: Ontario. Information and Privacy Commissioner Title: Privacy and Video Surveillance in Mass Transit Systems Summary: The significant growth of video surveillance cameras throughout the world, especially as witnessed in the United Kingdom, has created considerable concerns with respect to privacy. This Report was prompted by a complaint received from Privacy International regarding the Canadian expansion of the use of video surveillance cameras in the City of Toronto's mass transit system. Details: Toronto: Information and Privacy Commission, 2008 Source: Privacy Investigation Report; MC07-68 Year: 2008 Country: Canada Keywords: Video Surveillance Shelf Number: 114759

Author: Wallace, Marnie Title: Measuring Crime in Canada: Introducing the Crime Severity Index and Improvements to the Uniform Crime Reporting Survey Summary: This report introduces the Crime Severity Index, a new tool for measuring police-reported crime in Canada that for the first time tracks changes in the severity of crime, not just volume. The report also examines how crime in measured in Canada, as well as recent improvements to statistics on crime that are gathered from police. The Crime Severity Index is the first major change to the reporting of police-reported crime statistics since the collection of these data began in the early 1960s. It is designed to measure change in the overall seriousness of crime from one year to the next, as well as relative differences in the seriousness of crime across the country. The Index is an additional tool which can be used to further enhance our ability to understand the evolving nature of crime in Canada. Details: Ottawa: Statistics Canada, Canadian Centre for Justice Statistics, 2009 Source: Year: 2009 Country: Canada Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 114834

Author: Canadian Anti-Counterfeiting Network Title: Report on Counterfeiting and Piracy in Canada: A Road Map for Change Summary: In Canada, the political will to address the country's serious IP (internet protocol) crime problem has failed to materialize despite the overwhelming evidence of its harm to Canadian competitiveness and a mounting tide of domestic and international criticism. This report sets out clear actions to strengthen Canada's IP enforcement system to create an environment in which an innovation economy can thrive. Taking strong and decisive action against IP crime represents a tremendous opportunity for the federal government to demonstrate its commitment to combating crime and to Canadian economic prosperity, innovation and competitiveness. Details: Toronto: Canadian Anti-Counterfeiting Network, 2007 Source: Year: 2007 Country: Canada Keywords: Computer Crime Shelf Number: 115334

Author: Robertson, Robyn Title: National Survey of Crown Prosecutors and Defence Counsel on Impaired Driving Summary: The purpose of this study was to survey a sample of Crown prosecutors and defence counsel to obtain contemporary information pertaining to the prosecution of impaired driving cases; more specifically, to identify problems that impede effective and efficient prosecution and to determine how these problems can be overcome. The survey was designed to gauge the attitudes, experiences, and perceptions of lawyers with regard to the legal system vis-a-vis alcohol impaired driving in Canada. Details: Ottawa: Traffic Injury Research Foundation, 2009 Source: Year: 2009 Country: Canada Keywords: Defence Attorneys Shelf Number: 115544

Author: Griffiths, Curt T. Title: The Social Reintegration of Offenders and Crime Prevention Summary: Comprehensive crime prevention programs should include effective measures to prevent recidivism and to stop the cycle of failed adaptation by repeat offenders. According to the authors, a key feature of successful crime prevention strategies is their attention to the social reintegration of ex-prisoners to the community and the development of interventions designed to reduce the levels of recidivism. This text offers an overview of current practices and was prepared to set out some of the primary lessons that can inspire and guide practitioners in designing measures and strategies that are adapted to their circumstances. The overview concludes with a number of practical considerations that should be considered in planning future interventions. Details: Ottawa: National Crime Prevention Centre, 2007 Source: A review prepared for the Policy, Research and Evaluation Division; Public Safety and Emergency Preparedness Canada Year: 2007 Country: Canada Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 114878

Author: Canada. Office of the Federal Ombudsman for Victims of Crime Title: Every Image, Every Child: Internet-Facilitated Child Sexual Abuse in Canada Summary: This report gives an overview of the problem of Internet-facilitated child sexual abuse, provides limited historical information about what has been done by the federal government on the issue to date, identifies issues that negatively impact child victims and makes recommendations for positive change. Details: Ottawa: 2009 Source: Year: 2009 Country: Canada Keywords: Child Sexual Abuse Shelf Number: 115363

Author: Grekul, Jana Title: An Investigations into the Formation and Recruitment Processes of Aboriginal Gangs in Western Canada: "When You Have Nothing to Live For, You Have Nothing to Die For" Summary: Gangs are attractive to recruits because they promise material benefits; in many instances joining a gang is means to increase an individual's income significantly. This report provides a brief literature review of current gang research, including the incorporation of information from documents produced by agencies that work with gang-involved youth. The contribution of this report is an integration of the information found in the documents with analysis of in-depth interviews conducted with ex-gang members (incarcerated and non-incarcerated), law enforcement officials, correctional workers, and elders who work within the correctional system. Details: Alberta: Public Safety Canada, 2007 Source: Native Counselling Services of Alberta Year: 2007 Country: Canada Keywords: Aboriginals Shelf Number: 114778

Author: Paletta, Anna Title: Understanding Family Violence and Sexual Assault in Territories, First Nations, Inuit and Metis Peoples Summary: From the abstract: "research was completed on family and sexual assault offences in the territories using Crown Prosecutor files for the time period of January 1, 1999 to December 31, 2004. This study examines the relationship between the offender and the offender's personal history of violent abuse within the framework developed through the work of the Royal Commission on Aboriginal Peoples, and subsequent studies undertaken based on the RCAP findings. The findings provide evidence of a relationship between offence and offender's history abuse. This report also provides details of the family violence and sexual assault offences committed." Details: Ottawa: Department of Justice Canada, 2008 Source: rr08-le Year: 2008 Country: Canada Keywords: Aboriginals Shelf Number: 114415

Author: Rugge, Tanya Title: Restorative Justice's Impact on Participants' Psychological and Physical Health Summary: Research on restorative justice has cited many positive benefits for participants. For example, restorative justice processes are satisfying to both victims and offenders. However, despite references made to positive impacts on participants' well-being, few studies specifically examine the impact of restorative justice processes on participants' psychological health and physical health using specific health indicators. This study utilized a quasi-experimental, repeated-measures design to assess changes in psychological and physical health in 92 participants (50 victims and 42 offenders) who experienced a restorative justice process. Results indicated that the majority of participants did experience positive changes from pre-program to post-program. Details: Ottawa: Public Safety Canada, 2009 Source: Corrections Research: User Report; 2009-03 Year: 2009 Country: Canada Keywords: Restorative Justice Shelf Number: 117385

Author: Chu, Sandra Ka Hon Title: Clean Switch: The Case for Prison Needle and Syringe Programs in Canada Summary: Prison systems have implemented, to varying degrees, forms of harm reduction aimed at preventing HIV transmission in prisons. However, as of September 2008, no Canadian jurisdiction had established a prison-based needle and syringe program. This paper outlines the available evidence and legal rationale, under federal Canadian and international human rights law, for Canada to implement a prison-based needle and syringe program without delay. Details: Toronto: Canadian HIV/AIDS Legal Network, 2009. 39p. Source: Year: 2009 Country: Canada Keywords: AIDS (Disease) Shelf Number: 117371

Author: Royal Canadian Mounted Police Title: Threat Assessment: Mass-marketing fraud, The Canadian Perspective (Nov. 2007) Summary: Over the past 10 to 15 years mass-marketing fraud (MMF) has proliferated. Criminals and criminal organizations are involved. In Canada, the majority of schemes documented are advance fee lottery, sweepstakes pitches with counterfeit checks, credit card pitches, government grant and loan pitches, directory pitches, investing pitches, job offer schemes, and schemes involving sales of merchandise over the Internet. Details: Ottawa, ON: Royal Canadian Mounted Police, 2007 47p. Source: Internet source Year: 2007 Country: Canada Keywords: Fraud, Organized Crime Shelf Number: 116544

Author: Savignac, Julie Title: Families, Youth, and Delinquency: The State of Knowledge, and Family-Based Juvenile Delinquency Prevention Programs Summary: This report addresses the relationship between the family, risk factors, protective factors, juvenile delinquency, and intervention with vulnerable families. Based on research reports, longitudinal studies, and evaluation summaries, this research intends to extend the scientific knowledge of "vulnerable" or "at-risk" families in order to work with them more effectively. Details: Ottawa: National Crime Prevention Centre, Public Safety Canada, 2009. 63p. Source: Research Report: 2009-1 Year: 2009 Country: Canada Keywords: At-Risk Families Shelf Number: 117595

Author: Curtis, Charles Title: Auto-crime's "high-risk youth": A profile: A study and report on at-risk youth in Langley and Surrey, B.C. Summary: This study presents a profile of Fraser Valley (British Columbia) youth who are "at risk" to commit auto theft. The nature of such an examination necessitated a brief review of the literature on youth involved in auto crime not only in British Columbia and in Canada, but also throughout the world at large, where applicable. In this survey, factors that motivate young offenders were explored and their salient characteristics were identified. Details: Vancouver, BC: Insurance Corporation of British Columbia, 2005, 30p. Source: Internet Source Year: 2005 Country: Canada Keywords: Automobile Theft, Juvenile Offenders, Juveniles Shelf Number: 116303

Author: Pressman, D. Elaine Title: Risk Assessment Decisions for Violent Political Extremism Summary: Political, religious and ideological violence has been growing across the work. Canada has been and continues to be a target. This report aims to identify and compare the specific characteristics and factors of those who perpetrate general criminal violence and those who perpetrate ideologically motivated violence, and to highlight the salient differences among the historical, contextual, attitudinal and protective risk factors of these types of criminal violence and to construct a new tool to assess the risk of violence in ideologically motivated extremists. Details: Ottawa: Public Safety Canada, 2009. 39p. Source: Year: 2009 Country: Canada Keywords: Violence - Domestic Terrorism Shelf Number: 117353

Author: Perrin, Benjamin Title: Faster, Higher, Stronger: Preventing Human Trafficking at the 2010 Olympics Summary: This report considers the upcoming 2010 Olympics in Vancouver in the context of Canada's human trafficking response to date, and makes recommendations to ensure that this event is not a flashpoint for human trafficking. Details: Calgary: Future Group, 2007. 24p. Source: Year: 2007 Country: Canada Keywords: Human Trafficking Shelf Number: 113896

Author: Matheson, Flora I. Title: Women Offender Substance Abuse Programming and Community Reintegration Summary: In response to continued high levels of substance abuse problems among women offenders under federal jurisdiction, the Correctional Service of Canada implemented a newly designed multi-stage programming model for women offenders. This report presents an evaluation of the various forms of the program. Details: Ottawa: Addictions Research Centre, Research Branch, Correctional Service of Canada, 2008. 41p. Source: Year: 2008 Country: Canada Keywords: Drug Abuse Treatment Shelf Number: 118156

Author: Cabana, Tammy Title: Waivers, Postponements and Withdrawals: Offenders, Parole Officers and National Parole Board Perspectives Summary: This report examines the reasons offenders chose not to appear before the National Parole Board of Canada (waived, postponed, or withdrew a parole application). The research also examined the impact and reasons for adjournments and administrative adjournments of parole hearings. Details: Ottawa: Correctional Service of Canada, 2009. 88p. Source: Year: 2009 Country: Canada Keywords: Parole Shelf Number: 118155

Author: Fitzgerald, Robin Title: Parenting, School Contexts and Violent Delinquency Summary: This study examines the relationship between parental monitoring and youth violent delinquency in Canada, as well as the extent to which this relationship may be influenced by the school context. Findings support the hypothesis that the negative influence of low parental monitoring is magnified when youth are also exposed to a pool of delinquent peers, and further suggests that the effectiveness of particular parenting strategies may vary depending on the environments to which youth are exposed. Details: Ottawa: Statistics Canada, 2010. 17p. Source: Crime and Justice Research Paper Series Year: 2010 Country: Canada Keywords: Juvenile Offenders Shelf Number: 116296

Author: Charron, Methieu Title: Neighbourhood Characteristics and the Distribution of Police-Reported Crime in the City of Toronto Summary: This research paper explores the spatial distribution of police-reported crime in the city of Toronto. The relationships between neighborhood characteristics and crime rates are examined. The analyses are based on data from the 2006 Census and police-reported crime data from the 2006 Incident-based Uniform Crime Reporting Survey. Details: Ottawa: Canadian Centre for Justice Statistics, 2009. 54p. Source: Crime and Justice Research Paper Series; no. 018; Internet Resource Year: 2009 Country: Canada Keywords: Crime Statistics (Toronto, Canada) Shelf Number: 116478

Author: Miller, Allison Title: Inventory of Spousal Violence Risk Assessment Tools Used in Canada Summary: This is an inventory of which (if any) spousal violence risk assessment tools are currently being used by criminal justice personnel (e.g. police, corrections, probation officers) with the goal of preventing future risk and harm to victims of spousal violence in Canada. Details: Ottawa: Research and Statistics Division, Department of Justice Canada, 2009. 25p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2009 Country: Canada Keywords: Family Violence (Canada) Shelf Number: 118362

Author: Bourque, Jimmy Title: The Effectiveness of Profiling from a National Security Perspective Summary: This study examines whether the use of profiling techniques by law enforcement agencies makes any real contribution to national security while also protecting human rights. Details: Ottawa: Canadian Human Rights Commission and Canadian Race Relations Foundation, 2009. 104p. Source: Year: 2009 Country: Canada Keywords: Ethnic Groups Shelf Number: 118361

Author: Canadian Human Rights Commission Title: Freedom of Expression and Freedom from Hate in the Internet Age Summary: This report provides a comprehensive analysis of a current debate: what is the most effective way to prevent the harm caused by hate messages on the Internet, while respecting freedom of expression? Details: Ottawa: Minister of Public Works and Government, 2009. 58p. Source: Special Report to Parliament Year: 2009 Country: Canada Keywords: Drug Trafficking Shelf Number: 118364

Author: Heemskerk, Tony Title: A Report on the Illegal Movement of Firearms in British Columbia Summary: This report was commissioned because of concerns with the proliferation of illegal firearms and dramatic increase in firearms related violence, particularly with respect to organized criminal gangs who are more frequently settling disputes with guns. The report provides information on the current situation regarding the regulatory framework for firearms control; the illegal movements of firearms; the use of illegal firearms to support criminal activity; the agencies involved in regulation and enforcement and their current activities; and makes recommendations regarding changes to impact the illegal movement of firearms. Details: Victoria, BC: British Columbia Ministry of Public Safety and Solicitor General, 2008. 89p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2008 Country: Canada Keywords: Firearms and Crime Shelf Number: 114639

Author: WorkSafe BC Title: Handbook for Employers: Working Alone, Late Night Retail, and Prepayment of Fuel Summary: Retail premises and gas stations can be the target of shoplifting, gas and dashes, robberies, and violence. Workers who work alone or in isolation may be particularly vulnerable to violence and other hazards in the workplace where assistance is not readily available. This handbook is designed for retail and gas station employers who do not already have adequate safe work practices to protect workers who must work alone and/or late at night. It discusses: (1) how to conduct a risk assessment; (2) how to control or minimize hazards; (3) general safe work procedures; and (4) training workers. Details: Richmond, BC, Canada: WorkSafe BC, 2008. 43p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2008 Country: Canada Keywords: Retail Crime Shelf Number: 118313

Author: Sinha, Maire Title: An Investigation into the Feasibility of Collecting Data on the Involvement of Adults and Youth with Mental Health Issues in the Criminal Justice System Summary: This report examines the feasibility of collecting data on the involvement of adults and youths with mental health issues in the Canadian criminal justice system. The study had three main goals: 1) To provide an overview of the history of societal and legislative treatment of mental illness in Canada and studies on the relationship between individuals with mental illness and the criminal justice system; 2) to consult criminal justice stakeholders on their information priorities, data collection, barriers to data collection, and the feasibility of collecting data on the contact of individuals with mental health issues in the criminal justice system; and 3) to propose viable options for data collection involving police, courts, and corrections. Details: Ottawa: Canadian Centre for Justice Statistics, Statistics Canada, 2009. 82p. Source: Crime and Justice Research Paper Series; Internet Resource Year: 2009 Country: Canada Keywords: Mental Health (Canada) Shelf Number: 118724

Author: Van der Heul, F.W.T. Title: Adjustment to Life in Custody Among Canadian Serious and Violent Young Offenders: Physical Aggression, Perceived Level of Support From Correctional Staff, and Feelings of Personal Safety Summary: Two theoretical explanations - importation and deprivation - are commonly used to explain inmate adjustment to the correctional environment. This study examined the effects of selected importation and deprivation factors on youth's perceived level of support from correctional staff, their perceived level of personal safety, and whether or not they engage in physical aggressive behavior while in custody. The study controlled for gender, age, race and prior incarceration time. In addition, the effectiveness of the importation, deprivation, and integrated model individually have were investigated. Self-reported data and information from institutional files, collected from 63 serious and violent young offenders in two of British Colombia's major custody centres, were used. The results showed no significant effects of the importation and deprivation factors on whether or not youth engage in physical aggressive behavior in custody. However, results did reveal significant importation and deprivation predictors of perceived level of support from correctional staff and perceived level of personal safety in custody. Youth who reported higher levels of institutional violence and fewer visits from caregivers, perceived less support from correctional staff. In addition, youth who were older and reported higher levels of institution violence, were found to perceive lower levels of personal safety. Finally, victims of physical abuse reported lower levels of personal safety than youth who were not a victim of physical abuse. Findings tended to support the independent effect of the deprivation approach; however, support was also found for the intergrated approach, which combines the importation and deprivation factors, in explaining juveniles' adjustment to imprisonment. Finally, the deprivation and integrated model were only able to predict 32% to 36% of the explained variance in perceived level of support and personal safety in custody, which indicates that further research is essential in order to increase the predictive accuracy of adjustment to life in custody among juvenile offenders. Details: Utrecht, The Netherlands: Department of Development Psychology, Utrecht University; Burnaby, BC, Canada: School of Criminology, Simon Fraser University, 2009. 49p. Source: Master's Thesis Year: 2009 Country: Canada Keywords: Juvenile Corrections (Canada) Shelf Number: 118357

Author: Smith, Annie Title: Against the Odds: A Profile of Marginalized and Street-Involved Youth in BC Summary: This report presents a health and well-being survey of marginalized and street-involved youth in six communities across British Columbia. It addresses the following issues: family and home; school and work; health; sport and recreation; sexual behavior; substance use; violence and abuse; and social and community supports. Details: Vancouver, BC: The McCreary Centre Society, 2007. 50p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2007 Country: Canada Keywords: Homeless Children Shelf Number: 118298

Author: Canada. Department of Justice. Office of Strategic Planning and Performance Measurement. Evaluation Division Title: National Anti-Drug Strategy Implementation Evaluation: Final Report Summary: The National Anti-Drug Strategy is a horizontal initiative of 12 federal departments and agencies, led by the Department of Justice Canada. The goal of the strategy is to "contribute to safer and healthier communities through coordinated efforts to prevent use, treat dependency and reduce production and distribution of illicit drugs." This implementation evaluation of the strategy assesses whether the strategy has been implemented as planned. The report summarizes the evaluation findings, draws conclusions, and provides recommendations. Details: Ottawa: Department of Justice Canada, 2010. 42p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2010 Country: Canada Keywords: Drug Abuse Prevention Shelf Number: 118765

Author: Canada. Commission for Public Complaints Against the Royal Canadian Mounted Police Title: RCMP Use of the Conducted Energy Weapon (CEW): Final Report, Including Recommendations for Immediate Implementation Summary: The increasing reliance by the RCMP upon the conducted energy weapon has generated significant expressions of public concern. This report presents a systematic review of RCMP policies and practices following its adoption of the conducted energy weapon. Details: Ottawa: Commission for Public Complaints Against the Royal Canadian Mounted Police, 2008. 78p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2008 Country: Canada Keywords: Complaints Against the Police Shelf Number: 115540

Author: Murphy, Aileen Title: Time Out II: A Profile of BC Youth in Custody Summary: Young offenders are often seen as either troubled adolescents or irredeemable villains. This report focuses on the experiences of these youth, rather than their criminal activities. It provides insight into the characteristics of young people in British Columbia's custody centres; who they are and why, rather than what they did wrong. The study profiles some of the highest risk youth in B.C., who place the heaviest demands on judicial, social, health, educational and community services, although they represent a small proportion of all adolescents in the province. Details: Vancouver, BC: The McCreary Centre Society, 2005. 46p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2005 Country: Canada Keywords: Juvenile Detention Shelf Number: 118734

Author: Nordeste, Bruno Title: The Potential Expansion of Methamphetamine Production and Distribution in Canada: A Background Study Summary: This report presents essential background on the state of the methamphetamine market in Canada and the role of organized crime within it. Details: Ottawa: Carleton University, Country Indicators for Foreign Policy, 2004. 28p. Source: Internet Resource; Commission by Criminal Intelligence Service Canada Year: 2004 Country: Canada Keywords: Drug Control Shelf Number: 119215

Author: Advance Workplace Management Inc. Title: Workplace Violence Risk Assessment for Langley Memorial Hospital Summary: This report presents a review of the workplace violence situation at Langley Memorial Hospital and makes recommendations for short and long-term actions that would improve the hospital's workplace violence prevention and management program. Details: Coquitlam, BC, Canada: Advance Workplace Management, 2001. 108p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2001 Country: Canada Keywords: Hospitals, Violence Shelf Number: 119262

Author: Canada. Royal Canadian Mounted Police Criminal Intelligence Title: Project SPAWN: A Strategic Assessment of criminal Activity and Organized Crime Infiltration at Canada's Class 1 Airports Summary: The purpose of this report is to present a national strategic assessment of the scope of criminal activity and organized crime infiltration at eight Canadian Class 1 international airports - Vancouver, Edmonton, Calgary, Winnipeg, Toronto, Otttawa, Montreal (Trudeau) and Halifax. This assessment should provide a basis for more effective prevention and enforcement action, including through enhanced inter-agency cooperation. Details: Ottawa; RCMP, 2010. 20p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2010 Country: Canada Keywords: Airport Security (Canada) Shelf Number: 114906

Author: Ontario. Hate Crimes Community Working Group Title: Addressing Hate Crime in Ontario: Final Report...to the Attorney General and the Minister of Community Safety and Correctional Services Summary: The Hate Crimes Community Working Group was appointed to advise the government on an overall strategy to address individual and community-based victimization and related issues arising from hate crime. The Working Group was also tasked with the responsibility of recommending ways to improve services for victims of hate crime and to prevent further victimization. The report recommends an overall strategy with measures to detect, reduce and redress hate crime, and to address more effectively the needs and interests of individuals and communiities that experience, or are vulnerable to, hate crime in Ontario. Details: Ottawa: Hate Crimes Community Working Group, 2006. 99p., app. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2006 Country: Canada Keywords: Hate Crimes Shelf Number: 118349

Author: Stewart, Cam Title: Combating Hate and Bias Crime and Incidents in Alberta: Current Responses and Recommendation for the Future Summary: This report discusses the status of hate and bias crimes within Alberta, Canada. The report looks at the current demographic trends and strategies that are being used to respond to hate and bias crimes, and recommends that several ministries, including the Solicitor General, the Attorney General, the Human Rights and Citizenship Commission, and the Department of International Intergovernmental and Aboriginal Relations, form a strategic alliance to develop a provincial hate crime strategy. Details: Alberta, Canada: Alberta Hate and Bias Crime and Incidents Committee, 2007. 61p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2007 Country: Canada Keywords: Bias Shelf Number: 118350

Author: Derkzen, Dena Title: Visitation and Post-Release Outcomes Among Federally-Sentenced Offenders Summary: This study examined the association between both general visits and private family visits and re-offence rates in a large sample of Canadian Federal offenders. Data from the Correctional Service of Canada’s automated offender data system were used to investigate this association. Analyses involved all offenders released in fiscal year 2005-06 for whom all relevant data were available (N=6,537). Using these data, a series of logistic regressions and Cox regressions were conducted. The results demonstrated a positive association between receiving visits and lower likelihoods of readmission, after accounting for the influence of ethnicity, gender, age at release, sentence type, offence type, and assessed risk. Analyses based on the number of visits received revealed that offenders who received 6.7 visits (the average among offenders who received visits) had odds of readmission approximately 14% lower than their counterparts who did not receive visits. Similarly, offenders who participated in 2.0 private family visits (the average among those with PFVs) had odds of readmission about 22% lower than those who did not participate. Characteristics of the visits were also found to be associated with readmission, with more recent visits and private family visits, visits from parents and children, and private family visits with spouses all associated with a decreased likelihood of readmission. Finally, participation was much more consistently associated with readmission generally than with re-offending and indeed, in most analyses, participants in visitation was not associated with re-offending. Receiving visits from a spouse was the exception, with offenders receiving such visits having lower odds of re-offending than their counterparts who did not receive such visits. This pattern suggests that the impact of visitation may be primarily apparent in readmission for reasons such as breach of conditions. Details: Ottawa: Correctional Service Canada, 2009. 25p. Source: Internet Resource; 2009 No. R-205 Year: 2009 Country: Canada Keywords: Inmates Shelf Number: 119333

Author: Stewart, Lynn Title: An Examination of the Effectivess of Tupiq: A Culturally Specific Program for Inuit Sex Offenders Summary: The Tupiq program is a culturally specific, high intensity program for moderate to high risk Inuit sex offenders. It is designed to adhere to the principles of effective correctional programs and, additionally, provide teachings based on traditional Inuit knowledge and cultural ceremonies led by Inuit healers and facilitators. The study assessed whether participation in this specialized program improves correctional outcomes. The study found evidence that the program reduces general and violent recidivism among moderate to high-risk Inuit sex offenders and that it may also reduce sexual reoffending. Details: Ottawa: Correctional Service of Canada, 2009. 40p. Source: Internet Resource; 2009 No. R-213 Year: 2009 Country: Canada Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 119368

Author: Rigakos, George S. Title: The San Romanoway Community Revitalization Project: Interim Report Summary: Privately owned and managed by Greenwin Property Management, the two buildings at 10 and 25 San Romanoway along with the condominium at 5 San Romanoway are part of what we call the San Romanoway Revitalization Project (Toronto). The San Romanoway neighbourhood consists of three high-rise buildings at the north-east intersection of Jane and Finch and is well known as the entranceway to Jane and Finch Corridor. Together with these buildings, a recreation centre is present (15 San Romanoway), which is primarily used as a daycare facility. In total, there are 892 units with a total population of approximately 4000 people, of these, approximately 2200 are said to be children and youth. These three buildings form a community neighbourhood within the larger Jane-Finch Community. It has now been over two years since the San Romanoway Revitalization Project kicked off at the north-east corner of Jane Street and Finch Avenue. In the intervening period, considerable community interest, time, and energy has been expended in the pursuit of a better quality of neighborhood life. The primary purpose of this Interim Report is to relate the findings of community crime research conducted in the Fall of 2004 and to compare the results to baseline data obtained 28 months earlier through the summer of 2002. This is largely accomplished through a comparison of data collected from residents answering a Quality of Neighbourhood Life Survey and supplemented by data from four focus groups. The San Romanoway community has experienced some significant changes in the two years since the Revitalization Project was implemented. Nonetheless, this is an Interim Report precisely because new initiatives are on the way and others have just begun. Indeed, in the 28 months of programming thus far, the San Romanoway Revitalization Association did not have any bona fide “centre” from which to effectively coordinate its programming. Moreover, community sustainability and crime control simply cannot be administered on an ad hoc basis. Details: Ottawa: Department of Law, Carleton University, 2004. 89p. Source: Internet Resource Year: 2004 Country: Canada Keywords: Community Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 119526

Author: Bourgon, Guy Title: Translating "What Works" into Sustainable Everyday Practice: Program Design, Implementation and Evaluation 2009-05 Summary: "A major challenge for community correctional agencies is yranslating “what works” knowledge into effective everyday practice. Service delivery adherence to the principles of Risk, Need and Responsivity (RNR) is threatened by a variety of design, implementation, and evaluation issues found in the “real world” of community supervision. The Strategic Training Initiative in Community Supervision (STICS) was designed as a service delivery model and implementation training package, which attempted to translate these principles into the routine practice of probation officers. In this report, we describe the challenges and issues that should be addressed when trying to bring research to the real world of community supervision faced by probation officers and we evaluate our efforts to overcome these challenges through STICS. Firmly rooted in RNR principles, the STICS supervision model emphasizes officers’ interventions that facilitate prosocial attitudinal/cognitive change in moderate to high-risk offenders. In order to maintain service integrity and officers’ skill maintenance, STICS not only provided probation officers with initial three-day training in the model and basic cognitive-behavioural interventions but the model also provided ongoing clinical supervision. Random assignment and direct observation of probation officer behaviour during interactions with their clients are key components of the evaluation of this initiative. Preliminary results suggest that STICS had a significant impact in improving probation officers’ use of effective core correctional practices." Details: Ottawa: Public Safety Canada, 2009. 23p. Source: Internet Resource; Accessed August 14, 2010 at:https://www.publicsafety.gc.ca/cnt/rsrcs/pblctns/2009-05-pd/index-en.aspx Year: 2009 Country: Canada Keywords: Community Corrections Shelf Number: 117120

Author: Gutierrez, Leticia Title: Drug Treatment Courts: A Quantiative Review of Study and Treatment Quality Summary: "The effectiveness of drug courts has been debated in regards to two main factors: (1) study quality and (2) treatment quality. The current study examined these two factors. Study quality was examined using the Collaborative Outcome Data Committee Guidelines (CODC), and treatment quality was assessed by evaluating adherence to the principles of Risk-Need-Responsivity (RNR). Using the CODC Guidelines, studies were rated as: “rejected”, “weak”, “good” or “strong” based on methodological quality. These guidelines have been used in meta-analytic reviews of sex offender (Hanson, Bourgon, Helmus & Hodgson, 2009) and community supervision (Simpson, 2008) outcome evaluations. The RNR principles have been previously shown to mediate the effectiveness of offender treatment across various offender groups and a variety of criminogenic needs (e.g., substance abuse, sexual offending). In total, 96 studies were reviewed and assessed according to study and treatment quality. Results of this review found that the study quality of the literature is poor and this accounted for much of the variability found across studies. Furthermore, analyses revealed that although adherence to the RNR principles was poor, increasing adherence to RNR resulted in more effective treatment of offenders in reducing recidivism. Using only methodologically acceptable studies, the least biased estimate of the effectiveness of drug courts in reducing recidivism was found to be approximately 8%. Limitations and future research directions are discussed." Details: Ottawa: Public Safety Canada, 2009. 19p. Source: Internet Resource; Accessed August 14, 2010 at: http://www.publicsafety.gc.ca/res/cor/rep/_fl/2009-04-dtc-eng.pdf Year: 2009 Country: Canada Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 117386

Author: Nafekh, Mark Title: Evaluation Report: Correctional Service Canada's Safer Tattooing Practices Pilot Initiative Summary: "The practice of illicit tattooing in prison has been associated with high incidence and prevalence rates of blood borne infectious diseases within federal correctional institutions, a risk which is also extended to correctional staff members and to the general public. In response to the Federal National AIDS Strategy (1997) and the 31st Annual Report of the Correctional Investigator (2004), Correctional Service Canada (CSC) agreed to explore expanding its infectious disease control program to include Safer Tattooing Practices as a harm reduction initiative. In August 2005, CSC began its pilot of the Safer Tattooing Practices Initiative (STPI)2, which was implemented through an education component and an operational component. The operational component saw the implementation of tattoo rooms in six federal institutions – one men’s institution in each of the five regions (Atlantic, Cowansville, Bath, Rockwood and Matsqui Institutions) plus one women’s institution (Fraser Valley Institution for Women). The education component, delivered at CSC’s five regional reception centres, informed all inmates with a new federal offence about the risks of unsafe tattooing practices at the five regional reception centres. The education component also provided information through a guidelines document and pamphlets distributed at each of the six pilot sites. This report provides findings of the targeted evaluation of the STPI. The report measures achievements and outcomes as outlined in the Evaluation Framework (2005). The report is summative in nature even though it incorporates aspects of both the formative and summative approaches towards evaluation. Thus, most but not all of the immediate, intermediate and long term impacts were assessed. As such, the report includes findings and recommendations regarding the implementation of the STPI, however not all aspects of this area were examined in detail as they would in a purely formative evaluation. The findings and recommendations contained in this report are designed to guide decisions regarding the suitability of continuing the Safer Tattooing harm reduction initiative." Details: Ottawa: Correctional Service Canada, Evalution Branch, Performance Assurance Sector, 2009. 70p. Source: Internet Resource; Accessed August 14, 2010 at: http://www.csc-scc.gc.ca/text/pa/ev-tattooing-394-2-39/ev-tattooing-394-2-39_e.pdf Year: 2009 Country: Canada Keywords: Corrections Shelf Number: 114339

Author: Bonta, James Title: The Strategic Training Initiative in Community Supervision: Risk-Need-Responsivity in the Real World Summary: Community supervision is the most prevalent form of correctional control. In Canada, there are approximately 95,000 offenders under probation or parole supervision. In the United States the number exceeds five million. Despite the prevalence of its use, little is known about the effectiveness of community supervision. The risk-need-responsivity (RNR) model of offender rehabilitation has guided the development of treatment programs but it has not been applied in situations of one-on-one supervision. In the present study, an RNR-based training program was developed and delivered to probation officers to assist in the direct supervision of offenders under a probation order. Probation officers were randomly assigned to a training or no-training condition. After training, probation officers audiotaped some of their sessions with clients in order to assess their use of the skills taught in training. The results showed that the trained probation officers evidenced more of the RNR-based skills and that their clients had a lower recidivism rate. The findings suggest that training in the evidenced-based principles of the RNR model can have an important impact on the behaviour of probation officers and their clients. Details: Ottawa: Public Safety Canada, 2010. 20p. Source: Internet Resource; Corrections Research: User Report 2010-01. Accessed August 16, 2010 at: http://dsp-psd.pwgsc.gc.ca/collections/collection_2010/sp-ps/PS3-1-2010-1-eng.pdf Year: 2010 Country: Canada Keywords: Community Based Corrections (Canada) Shelf Number: 119617

Author: Savoie, Josee Title: Analysis of the Spatial Distribution of Crime in Canada: Summary of Major Trends, 1999, 2001, 2003 and 2006 Summary: "This paper summarizes the major trends in the series on the spatial analysis of crime conducted by the Canadian Centre for Justice Statistics (CCJS) using geographic information system technology in Canadian cities. The main purpose of this analytical series, which was funded by the National Crime Prevention Centre at Public Safety Canada, was to explore the relationships between the distribution of crime and the demographic, socio‑economic and functional characteristics of neighbourhoods." Details: Ottawa: Statistics Canada, 2008. 36p. Source: Internet Resource; Crime and Justice Research Paper Series; no. 15; Accessed August 16, 2010 at: http://dsp-psd.pwgsc.gc.ca/collection_2008/statcan/85-561-M/85-561-MIE2008015.pdf Year: 2008 Country: Canada Keywords: (Canada) Shelf Number: 112357

Author: Best, Colin Title: Laptop Theft in Commercial Buildings: 2007 Survey Summary: "4,718 laptops have been reported stolen to the Calgary Police Service in Calgary, Alberta, Canada between January 1, 2005 and December 31, 2007. Using a straight replacement cost estimate of $2,000.00 per unit places the losses of at more than $9 million dollars. If one was to use the FBI/CSI cost of $35,000.00 per average incident, when taking into account lost information and all other associated costs, it increases dramatically to $165 million dollars. The economic impact of these stolen laptops, regardless of which dollar value used, is staggering. In 2007 there were 1,550 laptops reported stolen, 1,596 in 2006 and 1,572 in 2005. Following up on the 2005 and 2006 surveys, BOMA Calgary Public Safety Committee members continued to capture data from January 1 through December 31, 2007. Data from 90 incidents representing 145 stolen items: 124 laptops, 19 LCD projectors, one digital camera and one theft of $500.00 cash make up the content of this report. The BOMA group collected data on 50% more incidents in 2007 than in 2006. This report has been divided into two parts. Part I provides an overview of the analyzed data while Part II provides security recommendations. Appendix 1 outlines “25 Techniques of Situational Prevention to Reduce Laptop Theft” private security, law enforcement and business can review to determine their appropriateness to be used. Appendix 2 displays a “Tenant Lobby Checklist” which can be conducted by those interested in identifying weaknesses on individual tenant floors." Details: Calgary, Alberta, Canada: BOMA Calgary Public Safety Committee, 2008. 33p. Source: Internet Resource; Accessed August 17, 2010 at: http://www.boma.ca/Surveys/2007LaptopTheftSurvey.pdf Year: 2008 Country: Canada Keywords: Laptop Theft (Canada) Shelf Number: 114754

Author: Canadian Institute for Health Information Title: Improving the Health of Canadians: Mental Health, Delinquency and Criminal Activity Summary: "This report examines the relationships between mental health, delinquency and criminal activity and their various determinants. By better understanding how these issues are related to each other, we can better understand what interventions and policies may be effective at promoting mental health, preventing delinquency and criminal activity and reducing the risk of repeat offending, particularly among those with a mental illness. Section one looks at what mental health– related factors at the individual, family, school/peer and community levels are risk factors for or protective factors against delinquency or criminal activity. Given the focus on delinquency, part one has a heavy focus on youth. This youth focus is also seen in new CPHI analyses of data from Statistics Canada’s National Longitudinal Survey of Children and Youth (NLSCY). These analyses explore how various mental health–related factors are linked to delinquency in either a protective manner or as a risk factor. Section one concludes with a look at various policies and programs that address both mental health promotion and the prevention of delinquency or criminal activity. Section two looks at people with a mental illness who were or are involved with the criminal justice system. It looks at the characteristics of those with a mental illness and a history of criminal behaviour who are admitted to a mental health bed. It also explores the prevalence of mental illness (including addictions) among those who have committed a crime and are currently involved with Canada’s justice system. Section two concludes with a look at existing policies and programs that have a mental health focus for those presently in or released from a correctional facility." Details: Ottawa: Canadian Institute for Health Information, 2008. 87p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 19, 2010 at: http://secure.cihi.ca/cihiweb/products/mh_crime_full_report_apr11_08_e.pdf Year: 2008 Country: Canada Keywords: Juvenile Offenders Shelf Number: 110843

Author: Motiuk, Laurence L. Title: Prison Careers of Federal Offenders With Criminal Organization Offences: A Follow-up Summary: There continues to be limited research on Canadian legislation that places people convicted for organized crime offences into prison. To date, there is one study profiling federal offenders convicted for organized crime offences. The present study follows a sample of federally incarcerated offenders who were convicted of organized crime offences during their stay in federal custody. The first study found federal offenders with criminal organization offences to be serving medium to long-term sentences for a new category of crimes coupled with other offences, mainly drug offences and in some instances serious violent crimes. These offenders also presented a group with prior criminal records, strong attachments to family and criminal groups. It was also noteworthy that offenders with criminal organization offences demonstrated more lifestyle stability (be married, employed and healthy) than their correctional counterparts. These characteristics suggested a group who at time of admission were likely to present themselves as good “risks” from a traditional corrections perspective. This follow-up of prison careers found that federal offenders with criminal organization offences were not significantly more likely than their matched correctional counterparts to be involved in security-related incidents, be placed involuntarily or voluntarily in segregation, or be transferred upward in security level. However, these observations may be an artifact of their being placed at relatively higher security levels than their matched counterparts. Similarly, the finding that this group did not participate in programming to the same extent as their matched counterparts may be due to the fact that they do not present as broad an array of criminogenic factors. This is deemed to be consistent with their general lifestyle stability apart from organized crime affiliation. Federal offenders with criminal organization offences were found to be significantly more likely than their matched counterparts to be released later in their sentence. The added time served in custody might explain why a higher percentage of them were granted escorted temporary absences and they were significantly more likely to be granted an unescorted temporary absence. Again, the aforementioned may be due to longer periods of stay in prison relative to their matched counterparts. It would seem for federal offenders with criminal organization offences that their prison experiences were remarkably uneventful. A longitudinal post-release follow-up is required before such a conclusion can be drawn about their correctional careers. Details: Ottawa: Research Branch, Correctional Service of Canada, 2009. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: http://www.csc-scc.gc.ca/text/rsrch/briefs/b42/b42-eng.pdf Year: 2009 Country: Canada Keywords: Inmates (Canada) Shelf Number: 118803

Author: Cortoni, Franca Title: Assessing the Effectiveness of the National Sexual Offender Program Summary: "The purpose of the current study was to assess the effectiveness of the National Sexual Offender Program (NaSOP) in reducing recidivism. The NaSOP is a cognitive-behavioural program offered to low and moderate risk male sexual offenders. It is a therapeutic and semi-structured intervention designed to help offenders develop effective self-management skills. In addition, the program targets cognitive distortions, deviant arousal and fantasy, social skills, anger and emotion management, empathy, and victim awareness. Following the principles of effective correctional interventions (Andrews & Bonta, 2003), the program is offered at both moderate and low intensity. The moderate intensity program is offered in institutions and typically consists of 10 to 14 hours of group work over a period of 4 to 5 months. The low intensity program is delivered both in the institutions and the community. This program typically constists of 3 to 5 hours of weekly group work over the course of 2 to 3 months. The program is delivered by psychologists and program delivery officers that have experience in the assessment and treatment of sexual offenders and who have completed standardized training in the delivery of the NaSOP. The NaSOP was given international accreditation in 2000 and was fully implemented across CSC by 2002. The study examined whether sexual offenders who had completed the NaSOP demonstrated reductions in recidivism when compared to a group of untreated sexual offenders. It included 347 sexual offenders who had participated in the NaSOP between 2000 and 2004. A comparison group comprised of 137 untreated sexual offenders as drawn from Motiuk and Porporino's (1993) database. Motiuk and Porporino (1993) conducted an exhaustive review of a representative sample of sexual offenders under federal jurisdiction (in institutions and in the community) at the time. They collected a wide range of information on these offenders in their sample, including whether they had participated in sexual offender treatment. Offenders identified in the database as not having participated in such treatment were selected for the comparison group. All offenders in the study had sufficient file information to permit the scoring of the STATIC-99, an actuarial assessment instrument specifically designed to assess risk of sexual recidivism. Two different approaches were utilized to examine whether NaSOP participants demonstrated reduced recidivism. The first approach was a cohort design, in which the rates of recidivism of the NaSOP participants were compared to those of the comparison group. After statistically controlling for risk and time-at-risk in the community, results showed that the offenders who participated in the NaSOP had a 68% reduction of sexual recidivism, an 83% reduction of violent recidivism, and a 77% reduction in any type of recidivism when compared to the untreated offenders. The second approach was a risk-band design, in which the actual recidivism rates are compared to actuarially-established projected rates of recidivism. Rates from the STATIC-99 normative sample were used as the comparison in this case. Cox regression analyses showed that the NaSOP group had an 88% lower rate of sexual recidivism than would have been expected based on the STATIC-99 normative sample. The odds of sexual recidivism for the comparison group, however, did not differ from those that would be expected based on their STATIC-99 scores. It is possible that year of release, as a result of socio-politic factors (e.g., willingness to report sexual offenders; societal reactions to sexual offending) affects recidivism rates. As the median year of release was 2003 for the NaSOP participants and 1992 for the comparison group, Cox regression analyses were conducted separately for the NaSOP and the comparison groups to examine the potential impact of year of release. For the NaSOP group, release year was not associated with recidivism of any type. For the comparison group, release year was not associated with sexual recidivism. It was associated, however, with violent recidivism. This indicates that for the comparison group, the predicted rate of violent recidivism increased by 56% with each one-year increase in release year. The results from this study are consistent with meta-analytical research on correctional treatment programs for sexual offenders (e.g., ATSA Collaborative Database), indicating that structured cognitive-behavioral interventions that target the factors specifically related to sexually offending behavior are effective methods to reduce recidivism among sexual offenders. The current findings provide evidence that the NaSOP is an effective intervention for reducing recidivism among low to moderate risk sexual offenders." Details: Ottawa: Correctional Service Canada, 2008. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report R-183; Accessed August 19, 2010 at: http://www.csc-scc.gc.ca/text/rsrch/reports/r183/r183-eng.shtml Year: 2008 Country: Canada Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 118804

Author: Dauvergne, Mia Title: Police-Reported Hate Crime in Canada, 2008 Summary: This report examines 2008 data on the nature and extent of hate-motivated crimes reported to Canadian police services. Details: Ottawa: Statistics Canada, 2010. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: Juristat Articles, Vol 30, no. 2, 2010; Accessed, August 21, 2010 at: http://www.statcan.gc.ca/pub/85-002-x/2010002/article/11233-eng.pdf Year: 2010 Country: Canada Keywords: Crime Statistics (Canada) Shelf Number: 119252

Author: Taylor-Butts, Andrea Title: Where and When Youth Commit Police-Reported Crimes, 2008 Summary: Using information from the 2008 Incident-based Uniform Crime Reporting Survey (UCR2), this report examines the location, time of year, day of the week and time of day of police-reported youth crimes. Details: Ottawa: Statistics Canada, 2010. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 21, 2010 at: http://www.statcan.gc.ca/pub/85-002-x/2010002/article/11241-eng.pdf Year: 2010 Country: Canada Keywords: Crime Statistics, Juveniles Shelf Number: 119653

Author: Mahony, Tina Hotton Title: Police-Reported Dating Violence in Canada, 2008 Summary: Illustrating the importance of exploring violence in all types of intimate relationships, this report examines the prevalence and characteristics of incidents of police-reported dating violence in Canada. Details: Ottawa: Statistics Canada, 2010. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 21, 2010 at: http://www.statcan.gc.ca/pub/85-002-x/2010002/article/11242-eng.pdf Year: 2010 Country: Canada Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 119654

Author: Beare, Margaret Title: Global Transnational Crime: Canada and China Summary: This paper presents a review of the phenomena of transnational crime/organized crime (TNC/OC) as it relates to Canada and China. The paper begins by outlining the changing understanding of TNC/OC. Three issues dominate much of the current debate: issues of the breakdown in strictly ‘ethnic’-based operations and the refocus of law enforcement on criminal markets; the changing perception of the structure of criminal organizations and finally, a recognition of harm as a determinant of the types of criminal activity that ought to be treated internationally with the seriousness of the more traditional organized crimes. Next, this paper identifies the key illicit markets related to Canada and China. These markets include: money laundering, drug trafficking, human smuggling and the counterfeiting of goods, cards and currency. This paper concludes with a discussion on areas of tension and opportunities for enhanced cooperation on a bilateral and multilateral basis between Canada and China. One key unresolved tension relates to China’s quest for international assistance in combating corruption. China and Canada have ratified the UN Convention Against Corruption and in addition Canada is involved in four international agreements dealing with the criminal aspect of corruption – but from China’s perspective these agreements were supposed to assist countries in their fight against various forms of corruption but are either not effective or are not implemented. Details: Toronto: Canadian International Council, 2010. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: China Paper No. 16: Accessed August 22, 2010 at: http://www.onlinecic.org/resourcece/archives/chinapapers/cic_chinapapersno16_bearepdf Year: 2010 Country: Canada Keywords: Counterfeiting Shelf Number: 119658

Author: Dalley, Marlene L. Title: The Left-Behind Parents' View of the Parental Abduction Experience: Its Characteristics and Effect on the Canadian Victims Summary: The purpose of this descriptive study was to determine the characteristics of parental abductions, including the financial difficulties experienced by the searching parent and the trauma experienced by the abducted child. Since both the study about left-behind parents, and about abducted children, involved the same sample group, it was decided the best approach was to gather this information from both groups in the same questionnaire. The study was limited to left-behind parents who contacted not-for-profit agencies for help finding their missing children. The not-for-profit agencies whose clients participated were Child Find Canada provincial offices, the Missing Children’s Network of Canada and the Missing Children Society of Canada. In most cases, the questionnaire was limited to information about one child in a family who went missing, except for factors like the age of the child. In seven cases, more than one child went missing. Forty-eight questionnaires were sent out and 19 returned. The number of children abducted was 28. This study found that over half the couples were separated or divorced when the child was abducted. Prior to the abduction, over half the child victims had a much better relationship with the abductor than did the left-behind parent, who rated their relationship as poor. All the children in this study were living in Canada at the time of the abduction, but 63 per cent were taken outside Canada. More children were located in the United States than other countries. Over half of the left-behind parents’ reported there was a known reason or connection to the place where the child was eventually located. Furthermore, an abduction act is not usually an impulsive act but a premeditated type conspiracy. Most abductors work alone during the actual “snatching” but after the event has happened they receive help from family, friends and relatives. At the time of the abduction, 75 per cent of the left-behind parents had a custody order. Over half the left-behind parents made a Hague application for the return of their children to Canada and found this process useful. Five of the 12 abductors who fled to another country were extradited back to Canada. This study showed that Canadian law enforcement took a longer period of time than law enforcement in other countries to find the missing child. Fifty-three per cent of the Canadian children were found in less than one year, while it took more than 1 ½ years to locate the other 47 per cent. Other researchers reported that most of the children were recovered in a few months. Details: Ottawa: National Missing Children Services, national Police Services, Royal Canadian Mounted Police, 2007. 61p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 1, 2010 at: http://www.rcmp-grc.gc.ca/pubs/omc-ned/leftbe-laisderr-eng.pdf Year: 2007 Country: Canada Keywords: Child Abduction Shelf Number: 119721

Author: Kalacska, Margaret Title: Technological Integration As A Means of Enhancing Border Security and Reducing Transnational Crime Summary: “This report examines the porosity of the Canada-US border, focusing on the areas between ports-of-entry. Such locations have traditionally been perceived as low risk areas, but actually facilitate criminal activities that endanger the national security and economies of both countries. This analysis also considers the root causes of major illicit activities that flourish as transnational ventures in these border regions, and reiterates the need for increasing security without imposing further restrictions on legitimate travel and trade. This report makes eight recommendations to improve security between the major ports-of-entry: • Increase technological infrastructure for the Integrated Border Enforcement Team (IBET) and Coast Guard teams between the ports-of-entry. • Increase basic security and communications measures at the small and medium rural ports-of-entry. • Increase international interoperability and communication (such as real-time, integrated shared databases on criminal records, investigations in progress, and outstanding warrants) between the Canadian Border Services Agency, US Customs and Borders Protection, IBET and municipal, provincial, state and federal law enforcement agencies. Such a united, coordinated effort will be more successful at intercepting transnational crime and cross border insurgency. • Develop a mechanism to enable agents from one country to pursue fleeing suspects across the border to maintain visual surveillance on their whereabouts until authorities from the other country are able to respond. • Harmonize the sentences for smugglers and traffickers of narcotics, arms and the Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora-related products between Canada and the US without eligibility for early release for those convicted in Canada. • Remove the allowance of acquiring and possessing methamphetamine and methylene-dioxymethamphetamine (MDMA) chemical precursors that do not have any legitimate industrial use. • Increase the use of operationally proven technology to improve security in the areas between ports-of-entry to provide real-time information on threats to enforcement teams. • Increase the number of IBET teams: these teams should have the capability to respond to threats near real-time. Identifying the most likely between-ports-of-entry crossing points from actual data, and the field experiences of the officers on the ground, will increase the number of individuals apprehended for illegally crossing the border having significant impacts on illicit enterprises. If used correctly, appropriate technology will augment the effectiveness of the agents on the ground, especially when resources are limited.” Details: Toronto: Canadian International Council, 2009. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 6, 2010 at: http://www.onlinecic.org/research/research_areas/border_issues Year: 2009 Country: Canada Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 119748

Author: Hale, Geoffrey Title: In Search of Effective Border Management Summary: Effective border security is compatible with the efficient management of border processes to allow the free flow of low-risk people and goods for purposes of mutual benefit between countries. Recent economic shocks have demonstrated that neither Americans nor Canadians can take their prosperity and economic security for granted. The risks of external and domestic terror attacks increasingly resemble long-term challenges to effective security and border management such as organized criminal activity and unregulated migration, rather than the crisis atmosphere which marked initial responses to 9/11. Failure to consider border security and facilitation issues in this context is likely to result in sub-optimal security and economic outcomes. Details: Toronto: Canadian International Council, 2009. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: A Changing World: Canadian Foreign Policy Priorities, No. 3: Accessed September 6, 2010 at: http://www.onlinecic.org/research/research_areas/border_issues Year: 2009 Country: Canada Keywords: Border Patrol Shelf Number: 119750

Author: Dauvergne, Mia Title: Police-Reported Robbery in Canada, 2008 Summary: This Juristat article examines the nature and extent of robbery in Canada using data from the Uniform Crime Reporting (UCR) survey. The UCR survey provides information on the characteristics of robbery incidents that have been reported to, and substantiated by, police services. The report shows that in 2008, police services reported about 32,000 robberies in Canada, representing 7% of all violent crimes and 1% of all Criminal Code offences. About one-quarter of robberies also involved an additional violation, most commonly a weapon offence (such as possession of a prohibited weapon), assault or uttering threats. The past 10 years show two distinct trends in the rate of police-reported robbery. The first is between 1999 and 2002, when the rate declined 11%. Since then, the robbery rate has remained relatively stable, despite annual fluctuations. Details: Ottawa: Statistics Canada, 2010. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Juristat Article, Vol. 30, no. 1: Accessed September 7, 2010: http://www.statcan.gc.ca/pub/85-002-x/2010001/article/11115-eng.pdf Year: 2010 Country: Canada Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 119751

Author: Keown, Leslie-Anne Title: Precautions Taken to Avoid Victimization: A Gender Perspective Summary: This article uses the 2004 General Social Survey on criminal victimization to explore how men and women of the core working age population (25 to 54 years) living in Census Metropolitan Areas differ in the precautions taken to avoid victimization. The results indicate that though men and women do not differ substantially in the amount of crime they perceive around them - they do differ in the precautions taken to avoid victimization. This difference remains unchanged even when other factors like fear of crime, income, age, and victimization experiences are taken into account. Details: Ottawa: Statistics Canada, 2010. 9p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 7, 2010 at: http://www.statcan.gc.ca/pub/11-008-x/2010001/article/11123-eng.pdf Year: 2010 Country: Canada Keywords: Fear of Crime Shelf Number: 119752

Author: Vaillancourt, Roxan Title: Gender Differences in Police-reported Violent Crime in Canada, 2008 Summary: Police-reported data show that the risk of violent victimization among adult males (aged 18 years of age and over) is comparable to that of adult females. Adult females accounted for 51% or about 152,000 of the 298,000 victims of violent incidents reported to the police in 2008, while some 146,000 victims were male. There are many consequences associated with being a victim of a violent crime including injuries, increased stress levels and disruption to day-to-day activities. According to the 2004 General Social Survey (GSS) on Victimization, 24% of victims who sustained injuries due to a violent victimization sought medical attention and 20% required bed rest. In addition, 81% of victims experienced some form of emotional reaction such as anger, confusion or being fearful, and one-third reported having problems sleeping. This profile examines the nature and extent of gender differences in police-reported violent victimization between male and female adults aged 18 years and over. It analyses gender differences in victimization based on the prevalence across the provinces and territories, the type of violent offence, the location of the incident, the presence and type of weapon used, the level of injury to the victim, the victim’s relationship to the perpetrator, and the age of the victim. Details: Ottawa: Statistics Canada, 2010. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Canadian Centre for Justice Statistics Profile Series: Accessed September 7, 2010 at: http://www.statcan.gc.ca/pub/85f0033m/85f0033m2010024-eng.pdf Year: 2010 Country: Canada Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 119753

Author: Dauvergne, Mia Title: Knives and Violent Crime in Canada, 2008 Summary: This article examines Canadian trends in police-reported violent crime committed with knives, with a particular focus on the period from 1999 to 2008. Data are drawn from the Uniform Crime Reporting (UCR) Survey and the Homicide Survey which collect information on crimes that have been reported to, and substantiated by, police services from across the country. In Canada, most crimes reported by police do not involve violence. Furthermore, among those crimes that are classified as violent, most are committed with physical force or threats (76%) rather than with a weapon (18%). When a weapon is used, however, a knife is the most common type. In 2008, a knife was used against 6% of all victims of a violent crime. Included in this category are other cutting instruments such as broken bottles, screwdrivers or scissors. In comparison, 3% of violent crimes were committed with a club or blunt instrument and 2% with a firearm. In 2008, police reported almost 23,500 victims of a violent crime with a knife. Homicides and attempted murders had the highest proportion of incidents involving knives, at about one-third. Details: Ottawa: Statistics Canada, 2010. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Juristat Article, Vol. 30, no. 1: Accessed September 7, 2010 at: http://www.statcan.gc.ca/pub/85-002-x/2010001/article/11146-eng.pdf Year: 2010 Country: Canada Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 119754

Author: Charron, Mathieu Title: Police-reported Crime in Inuit Nunangat Summary: Recent history has brought Inuit communities face to face with particular challenges in terms of health, education, employment, income, and demography. As is the case for many other Aboriginal peoples around the world, many studies suggests that Inuit communities also face high crime rates. Inuit are one of three Aboriginal groups, defined in the Constitution Act of 1982, the other two being First Nations and Métis. Inuit are distinct from these two other groups, with their own unique history, language and culture. Inuit have lived in the northern region of what is now called Canada for more than 5,000 years. Until relatively recently, they lived a nomadic lifestyle of hunting and fishing. Over the past few generations, Inuit life and culture have seen an accelerated transition from a traditional economy into permanent settlements. Although Inuit have largely shifted to Western social structures, such as an economy based on wages and formal education, some Inuit alive today were born on the land and lived a traditional nomadic lifestyle for the first part of their lives. According to the 2006 Census, 50,485 Inuit live in Canada. Of these, 39,475, or 78%, live in one of the four settled Inuit land-claims regions, known collectively as Inuit Nunangat, or “the place where Inuit live.” The Inuit population is young, with a median age of 22 years, compared with 40 years for the non-Aboriginal population. More than half of Inuit (56%) were aged 24 or under in 2006; among the non-Aboriginal population, less than one-third (31%) were 24 or younger. A number of studies have shown that criminal incidents are not distributed evenly across Canada, but are more prevalent in certain provinces, territories, metropolitan areas, regions and neighbourhoods. This is an exploratory study seeking to determine whether it is possible to measure police-reported crime for Inuit Nunangat, in the absence of Inuit-specific crime data. Since there is no reliable and complete information on the Aboriginal identity of the victims or perpetrators of crime, the current study is based on a geographical approach as a proxy for Inuit-specific information. In addition, we compare crime rates for communities based on alcohol restrictions. We look at some socio-economic indicators, but we do not fully explore the relationships between these indicators and crime patterns in the present study. The study focuses on communities where the Inuit live, rather than on individual Inuit. That is, it focuses on communities where more than 33% of the population self-identified as Inuit in the 2006 Census. All of these communities are part of the Inuit Nunangat, a vast territory that extends from Labrador to the Northwest Territories. The data in this report are from the Incident-based Uniform Crime Reporting Survey. These data are reported by police. Many criminal incidents do not come to the attention of the police, thus, the UCR data provide only a partial picture of total crime. In addition, Inuit are less likely than other Canadians to report incidents of victimization to the police because they fear their community’s reaction and because they lack confidence in the justice system. Other information comes from the 2006 Census of Population and the Homicide Survey. Finally, some Inuit Nunangat communities are excluded from parts of the analysis because data are unavailable. In particular, Inuit-inhabited communities of Nunavik are excluded from the analysis of the police-reported data. Details: Ottawa: Statistics Canada, 2010. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Crime and Justice Research Paper Series: Accessed September 8, 2010 at: http://www.statcan.gc.ca/pub/85-561-m/85-561-m2010020-eng.pdf Year: 2010 Country: Canada Keywords: Aboriginals Shelf Number: 119770

Author: Latimer, Jeff Title: The 2008 National Justice Survey: The Youth Justice System in Canada and the Youth Criminal Justice Act Summary: The Department of Justice Canada conducts the National Justice Survey (NJS) on an annual basis to provide the Department with public opinion on current and emerging policy relevant topics. The focus of the 2008 National Justice Survey (the 2nd cycle of this annual survey) was the Youth Criminal Justice Act and the youth criminal justice system in Canada in order to provide policymakers with current information regarding Canadian’s perceptions of youth justice issues. The goals of the 2008 NJS were to measure public confidence in the youth justice system, to identify viewpoints on particular responses to youth criminal behaviour and to assess perceptions of youth crime in Canada. Details: Ottawa: Department of Jsutice Canada, 2008. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 14, 2010 at: http://www.justice.gc.ca/eng/pi/rs/rep-rap/2008/rr08_yj1-rr08_jj1/rr08_yj1.pdf Year: 2008 Country: Canada Keywords: Juvenile Justice Systems (Canada) Shelf Number: 118360

Author: Perreault, Samuel Title: Neighbourhood Characteristics and the Distribution of Crime on the Island of Montreal: Additional Analysis on Youth Crime Summary: This study explores the geographic distribution of youth crime on the Island of Montréal. The analysis is based on police-reported crime data from the Incident- based Uniform Crime Reporting Survey, 2001 Census data, land-use data from the Communauté métropolitaine de Montréal and 2002-2003 school attendance data from the ministère de l’Éducation, du Loisir et du Sport du Québec. A previous study on the geographic distribution of crime on the Island of Montréal (Savoie, Bédard, Collins; 2006) found that crime was not evenly distributed on the island, but somewhat concentrated in a limited number of hot spots. The results of this analysis show that, when youth crime is considered separately, crime is distributed over many small hot spots across the entire island. The multivariate analysis showed that neighbourhood socio-economic characteristics alone could predict only a small proportion of youth crime in Montréal. However, factors such as the presence of a secondary school, commercial zoning and education have a minor impact on both violent crime and property crime. These findings are consistent with those of other studies on youth crime (Jacob, 2006; LaGrange, 1999). Some recent studies (Dupéré et al., 2007; Hay et al., 2006; Simons et al., 2005) suggest that for young people, the influence of some neighbourhood characteristics have an influence primarily through their interaction with family or individual factors. In a survey of self-reported youth delinquency in Toronto, Savoie (2007) noted that some individual and family characteristics were significant risk factors for delinquency among young people. Collecting data on victimization and self-reported delinquency at the neighbourhood-level might be particularly useful for the analysis of youth crime. Details: Ottawa: Canadian Centre for Justice Statistics, Statistics Canada, 2008. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 14, 2010 at: http://dsp-psd.pwgsc.gc.ca/Collection/Statcan/85-561-MIE/85-561-MIE2006007.pdf Year: 2008 Country: Canada Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 119799

Author: Canada. Royal Canadian Mounted Police Criminal Intelligence Title: Human Trafficking in Canada Summary: Project SECLUSION was prepared for the Immigration and Passport Branch as a national overview of human trafficking activities in an effort to identify the extent of organized crime involvement, transnational associations, source countries, as well as issues and challenges faced by law enforcement. This report also serves as a preliminary baseline of human trafficking activities affecting Canada in both the transnational and domestic perspectives. Details: Ottawa: RCMP, 2010. 49p. Source: Year: 2010 Country: Canada Keywords: Forced Labor Shelf Number: 119806

Author: Barnaby, Lorraine Title: Drugs, Homelessness & Health: Homeless Youth Speak Out about Abuse Harm Reduction Summary: The purpose of the report is to present the results of a harm reduction needs assessment survey among the most at-risk homeless youth in Toronto, identify barriers to appropriate health services, and based on the youth’s voices, make recommendations, and advocate for better programs to serve this vulnerable population. The study was designed with three components. First we surveyed 100 poly-substance using homeless youth screened for recent (past 6 month) histories of crack (n=71), methamphetamine (n=51), non-prescribed opioid (n=53) and/or injection drug use (n=33). Then, based on the survey results, we conducted five focus groups with 27 street-involved youth to discuss their reactions to the survey findings; these groups provided many quotes on various topics. As well, four young people took part in an arts-involved segment, creating pictures of street life used to illustrate this report. The survey sample of 100 street-involved youth consisted of 75 young men, 21 young women and 4 transgendered/transsexual individuals aged 16 to 25, the majority of whom were in the older age range. Nine out of ten were Canadian born and nearly 2/3 identified their ethno-racial background as White/Caucasian. Details: Toronto: Wellesley Institute, 2010. 103p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 21, 2010 at: http://www.wellesleyinstitute.com/category/research/ Year: 2010 Country: Canada Keywords: Drug Offenders Shelf Number: 119851

Author: Guruge, Sepali Title: Older Women's Perceptions of and Responses to Abuse and Neglect in the Post-Migration Context Summary: They are a minority within a minority and their very invisibility heightens their vulnerability to exploitation. Older immigrant women are not a group one would normally think of being victims of abuse or neglect, and not much Canadian research exists on these women’s experiences in a post-migration context. This research explores the experiences of older Tamil women, provides critical insight into these women’s experiences of – and their responses to – abuse and neglect. It examines how factors at the individual, community and societal levels have shaped these women’s experiences. Key opportunities for prevention and intervention both within and across new communities are discussed. Details: Toronto: Wellesley Institute, Centre for Urban Health Initiatives, 2010. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 21, 2010 at: http://www.wellesleyinstitute.com/category/publication-papers/ Year: 2010 Country: Canada Keywords: Abused Women Shelf Number: 119850

Author: PriceWaterhouseCoopers Title: TransLink: Fare Evasion Internal Audit Summary: At the Greater Vancouver Transportation Authority (TransLink) a fare evasion strategy is in place to minimize the magnitude of fare low. The fare evasion strategy includes fare checking and enforcement processes. This report presents an internal audit of TransLink's bus, SeaBus, SkyTrain, and West Coast Express transit systems and provides an estimate of the amount of fare evasion taking place on these systems. Details: Burnaby, BC: TransLink, 2007. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 9, 2010 at: http://www.translink.ca/~/media/documents/about%20translink/media/2008/jul23/fareevasionpwcsept07.ashx Year: 2007 Country: Canada Keywords: Fare Evasion Shelf Number: 119902

Author: Olotu, Michael K. Title: Evaluation Report: National Victim Services Program Summary: This evaluation was conducted in response to the Treasury Board Secretariat’s (TBS)requirement for an evaluation of the Correctional Service Canada’s (CSC) National Victim Services Program (NVSP) during the third year (2009-2010) of implementation of the program. It addressed the continued relevancy, success and cost-effectiveness of the program in the context of its implementation and in advance of a potential request for augmentation of resources. Prior to 2007, CSC had a process by which information sharing with victims was provided by institutional coordinators of case management and community parole supervisors. Due to the increasing rate of victim registrations and the federal government’s commitment to providing victims a voice in corrections and the criminal justice system, CSC implemented a new National Victim Services Program in September 2007 to better respond to the increasing needs of victims. The implementation of the NVSP consisted of the establishment of a model of service delivery based on regional clusters where dedicated regional positions provide services to victims within their respective regions. It was expected that the implementation of the NVSP would improve the integration of services within CSC, increase awareness among CSC staff members, victims and other criminal justice partners of services offered to victims by CSC, and improve relationships with victims and victim organizations. It was also intended to enhance relationships with other federal partners, including the National Office for Victims (NOV), the National Parole Board (NPB) and the Policy Centre for Victims Issues (PCVI). The evaluation examined the extent to which the NVSP attained or demonstrated progress towards the achievement of these key outcomes. Details: Ottawa: Correctional Service Canada, Evaluation Branch, Policy Sector, 2010. 67p. Source: Internet Resource: File #394-2-64: Accessed October 9, 2010 at: http://www.csc-scc.gc.ca/text/pa/nvsp/nvsp-eng.pdf Year: 2010 Country: Canada Keywords: Victim Services Shelf Number: 119907

Author: Olotu, Michael Title: Evaluation Report: Electronic Monitoring Program Pilot Summary: This evaluation was initiated in response to a request for an analysis of CSC’s Electronic Monitoring Program Pilot (EMPP) and constituted an implementation evaluation intended to examine the progress of EMPP to date and establish a foundation upon which the design and delivery of EMPP could be realigned. Treasury Board standards for evaluation were used to examine the project’s continued relevancy, implementation, success, and cost-effectiveness. On August 11th, 2008, the Minister of Public Safety Canada announced the launch of the pilot to electronically monitor offenders on conditional release in the community. Electronic monitoring was piloted within CSC in order to assess its potential as an additional tool for managing federal offenders in the community, thereby contributing to the safety of Canadians. More specifically, EMPP was intended to provide parole officers with additional offender supervision and monitoring tools in the community, increase offender accountability, encourage positive offender behaviour, and augment staff safety. Furthermore, the specific purposes of EMPP were to: Test CSC’s capacity to manage information received through GPS technology; Ensure that an appropriate policy framework and response protocols were in place; Assess staff readiness to use EM as a tool to assist in monitoring offenders in the community; Identify appropriate response protocols when an EM alert was received; and Identify future needs and requirements in relation to a potential larger scale, national EM program. Details: Ottawa: Correctional Service Canada, Evaluation Branch, Policy Sector, 2009. 98p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 9, 2010 at: http://www.csc-scc.gc.ca/text/pa/empp/empp-eng.pdf Year: 2009 Country: Canada Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 119908

Author: Olotu, Michael K. Title: Evaluation Report: Ontario Region Oleoresin Capsicum (OC) Inflammatory Spray Pilot Project Summary: On November 16, 2009, CSC’s Ontario Region commenced the Oleoresin Capsicum Inflammatory Spray Project (OC-ISP) pilot in three institutions – Kingston Penitentiary, Collins Bay Institution and Fenbrook Institution. The pilot was intended to examine the effectiveness of OC spray in responding to and resolving security incidents in a timely manner. Given that OC spray was available in strategic command posts in these institutions before the project pilot, the pilot was also intended to examine whether correctional officers wearing the OC spray canister on their duty belts would have an operational impact on population and situation management in the institutions. In May 2004, the warden of Kent maximum security institution in the Pacific Region issued blanket permission for correctional officers working in the living units of the institution to routinely carry OC spray on their duty belts. This decision was necessitated by an elevated threat risk assessment and actions by offenders that could jeopardize the safety and security of the institution. Once the conditions within the institution had returned to a “normal manageable state”, the warden rescinded the authorization and returned the OC spray to the control posts at the end of the ranges to be obtained when necessary. On July 26, 2004, 16 correctional officers refused to return to the workplace without OC spray on their duty belts, citing unsafe work conditions under Part II, Section 128 of the Canada Labour Code. An Occupational Health and Safety Officer assessed the condition and rendered a decision that danger did not exist. The correctional officers appealed the decision to the Occupational Health and Safety Tribunal. On March 29, 2010, the Occupational Health and Safety Tribunal of Canada rendered a decision and rescinded the 2004 decision of the Health and Safety Officer and concluded that “from the evidence that the potential hazard could reasonably be expected to cause injury to a correctional officer before the hazard could be corrected and so a danger exists”. The Appeals Officer also concluded that the “danger facing the appellants (correctional officers) does not constitute a normal condition of employment” and directed CSC to take immediate measures to ensure that the safety and health of the correctional officers on the living units was protected. On September 2, 2009, six correctional officers at Kingston Penitentiary in the Ontario Region were involved in an incident which resulted in the stabbing of one of the correctional officers. As a result of these incidents, the request by correctional officers to wear the OC spray canister on their duty belts as a personal protective tool became a high interest to the Union of Canadian Correctional Officers (UCCO). The evaluation of OC-ISP was requested by Ontario Region’s Deputy Commissioner in December 2009 with the objective to assess OC-ISP pilot results and the effectiveness of OC spray in responding to and resolving security incidents in a timely manner, and whether correctional officers wearing the OC spray canister on their duty belts would pose any problem in population and situation management in the institutions. These key evaluation questions were assessed in accordance with the Treasury Board Secretariat’s Evaluation Directive focussing on relevance, performance (effectiveness, efficiency and economy) and implementation. The evaluation report is intended to foster EXCOM discussion on OC-ISP pilot results and the possibility of expanding the project outside the Ontario Region. Details: Ottawa: Correctional Service Canada, Evaluation Branch, Policy Sector, 2010. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: File #394-2-86: Accessed October 9, 2010 at: http://www.csc-scc.gc.ca/text/pa/ocspray/ocspray-eng.pdf Year: 2010 Country: Canada Keywords: Correctional Institutions Shelf Number: 119909

Author: Olotu, Michael Title: Evaluation Report: LifeLine Program Summary: In 1976, Canada removed the death sentence from its Criminal Code and replaced it with a life sentence disposition. There was a need to tailor the approach to target this group of offenders who are incarcerated for lengthy periods. In 1991, the LifeLine Program was implemented in collaboration with a community-based agency in the Ontario Region. The LifeLine Program is a voluntary program designed to provide support to offenders who are serving life or indeterminate sentences. Support is provided through in-reach workers who themselves are lifers or long-term offenders who are on parole and who have been living in the community without incident for at least five years. Their unique understanding and experience of serving a life or long-term sentence enables them to provide other lifers and offenders with indeterminate sentences with support based on those direct experiences. Currently, the LifeLine Program is a national program that involves three components: in-reach services, community support, and public awareness. The LifeLine mission statement is “to provide, through the in-reach and community components, an opportunity to motivate inmates and to marshal resources to achieve successful, supervised, gradual integration into the community”. The goal of the program is for the in-reach workers to meet with lifers and offenders with indeterminate sentences early in their sentence and assist in their adaptation and eventual integration into the correctional environment. Program delivery is managed through contractual service agreements with community agencies that are responsible for the three elements of the delivery model. A steering committee is responsible for providing leadership and direction to the LifeLine Program. The regional coordinators are responsible for managing the contracts with the respective community agencies in their region. The agencies hire, train and supervise the in-reach workers. Administrative and operational leadership is provided by the Assistant Commissioner, Public Affairs and Parliamentary Relations. This report examines the following issues relating to the program: continued relevance of the program; implementation of the program; success of the program; and cost effectiveness. Details: Ottawa: Correctional Service Canada, Evaluation Branch, Policy Sector, 2009. 84p. Source: Internet Resource: File #394-2-60: Accessed October 15, 2010 at: http://www.csc-scc.gc.ca/text/pa/ev-ll/ev-ll-eng.pdf Year: 2009 Country: Canada Keywords: Inmates Shelf Number: 119989

Author: Ogrodnik, Lucie Title: Towards the Development of a National Data Collection Framework to Measure Trafficking in Persons Summary: While trafficking in persons has become a worldwide concern, current data collection activities reveal that data are limited in scope, incomparable and insufficient to ascertain the true extent of the problem in Canada. This study was conducted by the Canadian Centre for Justice Statistics and funded by Public Safety and Emergency Preparedness Canada to examine the feasibility of developing a national data collection framework to measure trafficking in persons in Canada. Consultations were undertaken with key stakeholders from provincial and federal government departments, the police community, non-government organizations and academics. This report identifies a number of data collection and research strategies that could contribute to a better understanding of the nature and scope of human trafficking in Canada. Details: Ottawa: Canadian Centre for Justice Statistics, Statistics Canada, 2010. 61p. Source: Internet Resource: Crime and Justice Research Paper Series: Accessed October 26, 2010 at: http://www.statcan.gc.ca/pub/85-561-m/85-561-m2010021-eng.pdf Year: 2010 Country: Canada Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 120087

Author: Totten, Mark Title: Investigating the Linkages between FASD, Gangs, Sexual Exploitation and Women Abuse in the Canadian Aboriginal Population: A Preliminary Study Summary: Over the last decade there has been an increase in the reporting of Aboriginal gangs and the impact on individuals, communities and youth in Canada. Some reports have described youth involvement in these gangs as reaching crisis proportions, particularly in prairie provinces, since the social impacts of gangs are directly linked to the drug trade, violence, weapons trade, sexual exploitation and the trafficking of women and girls. The impact on Aboriginal women and girls is particularly worrisome, as their involvement in gang activity is increasing, which may be directly related to their vulnerability and marginalization in Canadian society. This link is surmised by the fact that Aboriginal girls and women are significantly more likely than any other group in the country to die at a young age from suicide, homicide or serious illness; they suffer disproportionately elevated rates of sexual and physical abuse as children and adults; rates of Fetal Alcohol Spectrum Disorder (FASD) appear to be elevated in the Aboriginal (particularly the First Nations) population, which is directly linked to higher rates of drug and alcohol use and addictions at a young age; and, they make up the large majority of all individuals in Canada who are involved in the sex trade and sexual trafficking. In addition to these indicators, there is increasing evidence that suggests gangs are responsible for the sexual exploitation and sexual slavery of Aboriginal women and girls. While there is an increasing awareness of the involvement of Aboriginal girls in gangs, there is little published evidence to determine concrete linkages between gangs, sexual exploitation and violence. One factor that has not yet been explored, as both a cause, consequence and compounding factor of the exploitation of Aboriginal women and girls and gang involvement is FASD. The purpose of this research report for the Native Women’s Association of Canada (NWAC) is to provide an exploratory investigation into the linkages between many of the abovementioned phenomena - to begin a journey into making the connection between FASD, sexual exploitation, gangs, and extreme violence in the lives of Aboriginal young women. In so doing, we hope to develop a plan to prevent Aboriginal young women from using alcohol and other drugs during pregnancy. Details: Ottawa: Native Women's Association of Canada, 2009. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 28, 2010 at: http://www.nwac.ca/sites/default/files/imce/NWAC%20FASD%20SexExplGangs%202009.pdf Year: 2009 Country: Canada Keywords: Aboriginals Shelf Number: 120115

Author: Dandurand, Yvon Title: Confident Policing in a Troubled Community: Evaluation of the Vancouver Police Department's City-wide Enforcement Team Initiative: A Report prepared for the City of VAncouver and the Vancouver Agreement Coordination Unit Summary: This evaluation, sponsored by the Vancouver Agreement Coordination Unit, was designed to assess the impact of the Vancouver Police Department’s City-Wide Enforcement Team (CET) initiative implemented in the Downtown Eastside (DTES) area of the city during the during the months of April-September, 2003. The CET followed a number of previous police interventions in the area that targeted the drug trade and was initiated after a planning process that included an unsuccessful attempt to secure additional fiscal support from the City Council. The CET had three primary objectives: 1) to bring order to a disordered community; 2) to disrupt the open drug market; and, 3) to disrupt the flow of stolen property into the DTES. These objectives were to be achieved by providing an enhanced police presence in the area in an attempt to disperse drug dealers and their user-clients and, in doing so, reduce the levels of disorder and increase safety and security in the area. The CET represented a dramatic departure from the previous “containment” approach wherein policing services were provided to the DTES on a primarily reactive basis. Senior police personnel viewed the initiative as a long-delayed fulfillment of their legislated mandate to provide full policing services to the residents of the DTES. To assess the effectiveness of the CET, in-depth interviews were conducted community residents, business owners, incarcerated offenders, health care professionals, the police officers who were assigned to the DTES at the time the CET was implemented, and IV drug users. In addition, systematic field observations were conducted in the DTES during a three month period and focus group sessions were conducted with community residents, persons involved in the delivery of social services, sex trade workers, and members of NGOs in the DTES. Statistical information from the Vancouver Police Department Computer Aided Dispatch system (CAD), the PRIME record system, the pawnshop data base, as well as from other agencies, including Vancouver Fire and Rescue Services, B.C. Ambulance Service, the Coroner’s Office, and hospital admission data were retrieved and analyzed. The results of the analysis indicate that the CET was successful in disrupting the open drug market, reducing the general levels of social disorder, and enhancing the general feelings of safety and security among persons who live and work in the DTES. The CET was less successful in pursuing drug dealers and the associated criminal activity that was displaced into other areas in District 2 and into adjacent police districts. There is some evidence that the drug market in the DTES adapted to the increased police presence, becoming more orderly, dispersed and moving out of the public realm into private locations. The price and availability of drugs in the area were not significantly impacted. Drug dealers and their clients who were displaced to other areas created localized crime “hot spots” of drug dealing and associated disorder, although this occurred in the context of overall declines in drug and public disorder offences in all police districts in the city during the last nine months of 2003 as compared with the same time period in 2002. With respect to potential detrimental effects of the initiative, there is no evidence that the CET had a measurable impact on the number of fatal drug overdoses in the DTES or adversely affected IV drug users with respect to their access to HIV prevention, needle exchange and other services. Nor is there evidence that the risk behaviour of IV drug users was influenced by the CET initiative in a way that noticeably increased public health risks. The data that were gathered for the evaluation did not allow a determination of whether the CET was successful in interfering with the flow of stolen property into the DTES, although the stolen property market was forced to become more discrete and more of the stolen property may have been fenced out of the immediate DTES area. Police officers, community residents, IV drug users, and others who offered an opinion on the subject shared the view that the stolen property market had not been significantly reduced. Senior police personnel, based on their observations, believed that the flow of stolen property as it existed prior to the CET had been impacted and cited the Extract data to support their view that the quality and value of stolen goods flowing into the DTES had declined. The attempt by the project team to assess the impact of the CET on the stolen property market in the DTES was hindered by methodological difficulties. There was general support among community residents, business owners, sex trade workers, and IV drug users for the increased police presence in the area and with the performance of the police. There was also an expressed desire that the police enhance their relations with the community through expanded foot patrols and increased training to better equip officers to effectively police the area. Some concern was expressed about the policing styles of some officers assigned to the area. Residents were divided as to whether the overall quality of life in the community had improved, although their overall feelings of safety and security had increased. The effectiveness of the CET was compromised to some extent by insufficient coordination and joint planning with other agencies and organizations in the DTES, a lack of departmental resources, and by some inconsistency in the policing strategies used by officers in the DTES. The results of the study also indicated that the CET would have benefited from a comprehensive communication strategy to increase the awareness of community residents and business owners and others involved in the delivery of services in the area. A major limitation of this evaluation is that the survey interview data were gathered six months after the CET initiative was implemented and it can be expected that this short time frame is sufficient only to capture certain facets of any changes in community life in the DTES. It is difficult to determine the extent to which medium and long-term changes are occurring and whether these changes are permanent or ephemeral. It is also unrealistic to expect that the dynamics of life in a community, where crime and disorder had become deeply entrenched, would be significantly and measurably altered in six months as a consequence of one initiative such as the CET. It can be expected that the dynamics of life in the DTES will continue to evolve and that specific initiatives, such as the CET, will evolve as well. The special initiative did serve a number of purposes, one of which was for the VPD, as an organization, to accept and acknowledge its responsibility to challenge its own long-standing policy of “containment” and to move proactively to provide effective policing services to the DTES community and to attempt to improve the overall quality of life for all of its residents. Details: Abbotsford, BC: University College of the Fraser Valley, 2004. 251p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 29, 2010 at: http://www.vancouveragreement.ca/wp-content/uploads/ConfidentPolicing2004sm.pdf Year: 2004 Country: Canada Keywords: Displacement Shelf Number: 120152

Author: Mallea, Paula Title: The Fear Factor: Stephen Harper's Tough on Crime Agenda Summary: According to Statistics Canada, crime rates have been trending down for over 20 years. This includes the violent crime rate. Yet the Harper government continues to insist that there is an epidemic of crime, and that Canadians should be very afraid of increasing violence — guns, gangs and drugs — the fear factor. This study analyses the financial and human costs of the Harper government's tough on crime agenda and concludes it is wrong-headed, expensive, and counter-productive. In fact, it will likely lead to more crime and a bigger deficit. Details: Ottawa: Canadian Centre for Policy Alternatives, 2010. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 6, 2010 at: http://www.policyalternatives.ca/sites/default/files/uploads/publications/National%20Office/2010/11/Tough%20on%20Crime.pdf Year: 2010 Country: Canada Keywords: Costs of Crime Shelf Number: 120382

Author: Lussier, Patrick Title: The CRACOW Instrument: A New Framework for the Assessment of Multi-Problem Violent Youth Summary: This report presents the results from a study that examined whether the risk/needs factors included in the CRACOW instrument helped to identify the most physically aggressive preschoolers. The CRACOW was designed to be a multi-stage instrument representing the risk/needs factors for multi-problem violent youth at various developmental stages, starting at the pre/perinatal period and extending to adolescence to account for exposure and accumulation of a number of dynamic risk factors that may influence the risk of youth violence. Details: Burnaby, BC: School of Criminology, Simon Fraser University, 2010. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 8, 2010 at: http://198.103.108.131/res/cp/res/_fl/crawcow-cracovie-eng.pdf Year: 2010 Country: Canada Keywords: Delinquency Prevention Shelf Number: 120412

Author: Martin, Andre Title: Caught in the Act: Investigation into the Ministry of Community Safety and Correctional Services' Conduct in Relation to Ontario Regulation 233/10 Under the Public Works Protection Act Summary: Regulation 233/10, passed to enhance security during the G20 summit, should never have been enacted. It was likely unconstitutional. The effect of Regulation 233/10, now expired, was to infringe on freedom of expression in ways that do not seem justifiable in a free and democratic society. Specifically, the passage of the regulation triggered the extravagant police authority found in the Public Works Protection Act, including the power to arbitrarily arrest and detain people and to engage in unreasonable searches and seizures. Even apart from the Charter of Rights and Freedoms, the legality of Regulation 233/10 is doubtful. The Public Works Protection Act under which it was proclaimed authorizes regulations to be created to protect infrastructure, not to provide security to people during events. Regulation 233/10 was therefore probably invalid for having exceeded the authority of the enactment under which it was passed. These problems should have been apparent, and given the tremendous power Regulation 233/10 conferred on the police, sober and considered reflection should have been given to whether it was appropriate to arm officers with such authority. This was not done. The decision of the Ministry of Community Safety and Correctional Services to sponsor the regulation was unreasonable. Even had Regulation 233/10 been valid, the government should have handled its passage better. Regulation 233/10 changed the rules of the game. It gave police powers that are unfamiliar in a free and democratic society. Steps should have been taken to ensure that the Toronto Police Service understood what they were getting. More importantly, the passage of the regulation should have been aggressively publicized, not disclosed only through obscure official information channels. Perversely, by changing the rules of the game without real notice, Regulation 233/10 acted as a trap for the responsible – those who took the time to educate themselves about police powers before setting out to express legitimate political dissent. All of this makes for a sorry legacy. The value in hosting international summits is that it permits the host nation to primp and pose before the eyes of the world. Ordinarily Ontario and Canada could proudly showcase the majesty of a free and democratic society. The legacy of the passage and administration of Regulation 233/10 is that we failed to do that well. Details: Ottawa: Ombudsman Ontario, 2010. 127p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 10, 2010 at: http://www.ombudsman.on.ca/media/157555/g20final1-en.pdf Year: 2010 Country: Canada Keywords: Freedom of Speech Shelf Number: 120436

Author: Brews, Albert Title: Evaluation Report: Community Employment Centres Initiative Summary: Effective Corrections Enhancing Community Corrections Infrastructure funding was used to introduce and enhance services and programs targeted at increasing offender employment in the community, as CSC research indicates that about sixty percent of offenders have employment-related needs (identified during the Offender Intake Assessment process). When offenders are conditionally released, they should have access to meaningful employment interventions to build on what they have learned in the institution. Per the Treasury Board Decision letter, the centres were implemented to offer a spectrum of employment services, including individual assessment, counselling, job-search techniques and on-the-job placement. The purpose of this evaluation was to explore the functioning of the centres as it relates to offender referral, assessment, services and community supports. Another intention was to compare community-based results (e.g., length of time in the community) for offenders who used the centres, to other offenders with similar employment needs. Within CSC, the results have potential implications for offenders, management, staff (and parole officers, in particular), both in institutions and in the community. Other potential stakeholders include parties involved with, or impacted by, community employment centres, including: Human Resources and Skills Development Canada (formerly HRDC), Elizabeth Fry Society, John Howard Society, St. Leonard’s Society, and other local community-based service delivery agencies of the private sector as well as the general public. Details: Ottawa: Correctional Service Canada, Evaluation Branch, Policy Sector, 2010. 131p. Source: Internet Resource: File #394-2-82: Accessed December 10, 2010 at: http://www.csc-scc.gc.ca/text/pa/ev-ecci-ceci-394-2-37/FinalReportCEC_e.pdf Year: 2010 Country: Canada Keywords: Employment (Canada) Shelf Number: 120085

Author: Canada. Parliament. House of Commons. Standing Committee on Public Safety and National Security Title: Mental Health and Drug and Alcohol Addiction in the Federal Correctional System Summary: Correctional institutions in Canada, like those in many countries, including Norway and England, accommodate large numbers of inmates suffering from mental disorders and drug and alcohol addiction. In Canada, some 80% of offenders serving prison sentences of two years or more have problems with drugs and/or alcohol. Approximately one in ten male inmates (12%), and one in five female inmates (21%), suffer from serious mental disorders upon admission to a federal correctional institution. This is not a recent development. Research has clearly shown that the correctional community, here as in elsewhere, is in poorer health overall than the population at large. The House of Commons Standing Committee on Public Safety and National Security (hereafter the Committee) is concerned however about the scope of this phenomenon within Canada’s federal correctional system, and the lack of resources to enable Correctional Service Canada (CSC), which is responsible for the custody of offenders sentenced to two years or more, to meet the growing mental health and addiction needs of federal offenders. This report contains the Committee’s observations and recommendations based on its review of the policies, practices and programs adopted by CSC to provide treatment and support for federal offenders affected by mental disorders or addiction. The review highlighted the urgent need for an expansion of CSC’s capacity to meet the growing needs of these offenders. The situation demands decisive federal government action; the Committee believes this should include the immediate allocation of additional financial resources to CSC for this purpose. The CSC should in turn give priority to improving how it deals with mental health disorders and addiction issues. This is a public safety issue because offenders who fail to receive appropriate treatment while in custody are more likely to reoffend after release, thus threatening the security of all Canadians. That said, the Committee agrees with those who have testified before it that as far as possible, people suffering from mental disorders and addictions should not end up in detention because of these problems or the lack of community ressources. Correctional institutions should not be serving as hospitals by default. In general, prison is not suited to caring for people affected by such problems. Indeed, mental health experts agree that the prison environment is harmful to mental health. Moreover, because of the constraints inherent in the prison setting, therapeutic interventions are complicated and expensive. Like its witnesses, the Committee has concluded that CSC alone cannot cope with mental health and addiction problems in prisons. The criminalization and incarceration of those suffering from mental disorders or addictions is part of a broader context in which various players—government and non-government agencies—are active: the healthcare, social services and justice sectors. To avoid imprisoning people inappropriately because of their mental health disorders or addictions, all participants in the system have to work more closely together. Governments will have to establish a comprehensive, integrated and efficient mental health system based on promoting mental health and preventive care, early detection of mental disorders and addictions, access in the community to effective care and treatment and, as appropriate, the reintegration of those affected. The Committee’s study has also shed light on the need for rapid intervention, well before those concerned come into conflict with the law. When a crime is committed, there must be a capacity to assess the mental health of the accused in order to refer him or her to appropriate healthcare and support services and acquaint court officials with the accused’s requirements. The Committee shares the view of most of its witnesses that such an approach is more consistent with the rights of those suffering from mental disorders and addictions and could generate substantial cost savings in the long run. Imprisonment is expensive and generally unsuited to caring for those rendered vulnerable by mental disorders and addiction issues. Details: Ottawa: The Committee, 2010. 97p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 3, 2011 at: http://www.hsjcc.on.ca/Uploads/commons%20report%20on%20offender%20mh%20dec%202010.pdf Year: 2010 Country: Canada Keywords: Correctional Institutions Shelf Number: 120683

Author: Vancouver (Canada) Police Department. Planning, Research & Audit Section Title: Assessing Sentencing Across Criminal Careers: An Examination of VPD's Chronic Offenders Summary: This report examines the sentencing patterns of a sample of offenders being monitored by the Vancouver Police Department’s (VPD) Chronic Offenders Program (COP), and further draws attention to the issues surrounding the most prolific offenders in Vancouver by highlighting three case studies. This report analyzes for the first time, the sentences handed down to a sample of the most chronic offenders over the course of their criminal careers. The vast majority of Canadians assume that the more frequently an offender is convicted, the longer the sentence should be, but this does not generally appear to be the case. In fact, evidence shows that after 30 or more convictions the sentence actually decreases. Details: Vancouver, BC: Vancouver Police Department, 2008. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 7, 2011 at: http://vancouver.ca/police/media/2008/ChronicsSentencing.pdf Year: 2008 Country: Canada Keywords: Career Criminals Shelf Number: 120700

Author: Wilson-Bates, Fiona Title: Lost in Transition: How a Lack of Capacity in the Mental Health System in Failing Vancouver's Mentally Ill and Draining Police Resources Summary: The purpose of this report is to provide a quantitative analysis of the prevalence of Vancouver Police Department (VPD) calls for service that involve mentally ill clients; to identify the significant factors that contribute to the frequency of these incidents, and the potential consequences for a mentally ill person who comes into contact with police; and to describe the capacity gaps in the mental health system’s response to the mentally ill from a police perspective. Details: Vancouver, BC: Vancouver Police Department, 2008. 59p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 7, 2011 at: http://vancouver.ca/police/assets/pdf/reports-policies/vpd-lost-in-transition.pdf Year: 2008 Country: Canada Keywords: Mental Health Services Shelf Number: 120701

Author: Vancouver Police Department. Planning, Research & Audit Title: Taking Back Vancouver's Streets: The Truth About Gangs Summary: This report presents the lessons learned over the past 20 years by the Vancouver Police Department on gang involvement in the city of Vancouver and successful intiatives in fighting gang activity. Details: Vancouver, BC: Vancouver Police Department, 2010. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 7, 2011 at: http://law-library.rutgers.edu/cj/gray/entry.php Year: 2010 Country: Canada Keywords: Gang Violence Shelf Number: 120705

Author: Bonta, James Title: The National Flagging System: Identifying and Responding to High-Risk, Violence Offenders Summary: The National Flagging System (NFS) was established to track high-risk, violent offenders. In general, offenders who are judged to be suitable candidates for a Dangerous Offender (DO) and/or Long Term Offender (LTO) application should they reoffend are placed on the national CPIC system. Thus, if they do reoffend, authorities are quickly alerted to their status and steps taken to consider a DO/LTO application. The present research was aimed at empirically investigating the effectiveness of this policy initiative in identifying and responding to potentially dangerous offenders. Specifically, the profile of 256 flagged male offenders was compared with the profile of 97 known high-risk, violent offenders (i.e., Dangerous Offenders and Detention Failures). In addition, the reconviction rates of the flagged offenders were examined with an emphasis on the effect of the NFS in prompting DO and LTO applications. Results demonstrated that, with a few exceptions, although the flagged offenders showed less serious and persistent criminality characteristics than the known high-risk offenders, both groups were comprised of relatively high-risk cases, compared to general offender populations. Furthermore, the violent/sexual recidivism rates of the flagged offenders were much higher than those reported among typical Canadian male federal offender populations. Even among the violent (including sexual) recidivist offenders, however, the rates of DO and/or LTO applications and successful designations were low. Taken as a whole, despite the fact that the NFS appeared successful in appropriately identifying offenders who pose a risk to the community, this policy initiative's role in facilitating the use of DO and/or LTO provisions was less than expected. Recommendations for the development of guidelines to assist criminal justice professionals in screening, monitoring and processing dangerous offenders are made. Details: Ottawa: Public Safety and Emergency Preparedness Canada, 2005. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Report No. 205-04: Accessed February 7, 2011 at: http://www.publicsafety.gc.ca/res/cor/rep/_fl/2005-04-flg-sysm-eng.pdf Year: 2005 Country: Canada Keywords: Offender Monitoring Shelf Number: 120704

Author: Vancouver Police Department Title: Project Lockstep: A United Effort To Save Lines In the Downtown Eastside Summary: People residing in Vancouver's Downtown Eastside (DTES) are negatively affected by mental health illues, illicit and licit substance abuse, drug trafficking, alcoholism, physical health issues like HIV and Hepatitis C infestions, substandard and insufficient housing, illegitimate businesses, crime and public disorder, an entrenched survival sex trade, and a historical reduction in police presence. These problems, crime and public disorder in particular, harm surrounding Vancouver neighbourhoods, the metro region, and the Province of BC. This report calls for immediate action to improves the lives of those most in need in the DTES. Details: Vancouver, BC: Vancouver Police Department, 2009. 59p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 8, 2011 at: http://vancouver.ca/police/assets/pdf/reports-policies/vpd-project-lockstep.pdf Year: 2009 Country: Canada Keywords: Anti-Social Behavior Shelf Number: 120710

Author: LePard, Doug Title: Missing Women: Investigation Review Summary: The report provides a chronology of events and a critical analysis of the investigation into the then unexplained disappearances of numerous sex trade workers, the majority of whom were associated with the Downtown Eastside of Vancouver. We now know that many of the Missing Women fell prey to a serial killer. It should be noted at the outset that while it is clear today who the serial killer was, that is with the benefit of hindsight. Even when a fully functioning multi-jurisdictional team of highly competent and experienced investigators was assembled and had the capacity to review all available information, it still didn’t identify Pickton as a priority suspect and the case broke because of serendipitous circumstances. As well, two other serial murder cases in BC remain unresolved, despite extraordinary investigative efforts; clearly the challenges of a serial killer investigation are immense. The disappearances of the Missing Women began in the mid-1990s and ended when Robert Pickton was arrested in February 2002. The Review examines the general failures occurring in the Vancouver Police Department investigation, and also the specific failures occurring in the Coquitlam RCMP investigation after they received information and evidence in 1998 and 1999 that directly linked Pickton to homicides of sex trade workers. The Review concludes with recommendations that, if implemented, would correct problems and minimize the probability of such problems from occurring again. Some of these deficiencies have been corrected since they were first identified in 2004, but there are others beyond the control of the VPD that have not been satisfactorily addressed. Details: Vancouver, BC: Vancouver Police Department, 2010. 408p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 9, 2011 at: http://www.cbc.ca/bc/news/bc-100820-vancouver-police-pickton-investigation-review.pdf Year: 2010 Country: Canada Keywords: Criminal Investigations Shelf Number: 120735

Author: Demers, Simon Title: Vancouver Police Department Patrol Deployment Study Summary: In September 2003, the Vancouver Police Department (VPD) embarked on a strategic planning exercise, followed by a study to identify the Department’s overall staffing requirements. The result was the creation of the VPD Strategic Plan 2004-2008, which articulates the VPD’s vision of becoming “Canada’s leader in policing – providing safety for all.” The VPD Strategic Plan identified several policing priorities including implementing best practices and improving community safety by: 􀂃 Reducing property crime 􀂃 Reducing violence against the vulnerable 􀂃 Reducing violence caused by gangs and guns 􀂃 Improving traffic safety 􀂃 Reducing street disorder In October 2004, the VPD completed the long-range Staffing Report. This report presented a request for an increase of 469 officers and 170 civilian staff over and above existing authorized levels of 1,124 and 231.5 respectively over a five year period. Following the publication of the 2004 Staffing Report, the City and the Vancouver Police Board agreed to create a Steering Committee who hired a team of consultants from the University College of the Fraser Valley (UCFV) to conduct an independent review of the VPD’s staffing needs. The consultants identified an immediate need for an increase of 92 sworn officers and 55 civilians. A major concern of the consultants was the unacceptably high response times for priority 1 calls (emergency calls that require immediate police attention). They also identified a serious shortage of analytical and planning staff in the Planning and Research Section (P&R) who could conduct proper quantitative analysis.The authors of the Review of the Vancouver Police Department’s Staffing Requirements noted that the VPD did not, at the time the staffing report was prepared, have the capacity to conduct regular analysis of data on calls for service, response times and utilization rates. As well, the Department had only a limited capacity to conduct the types of analyses that would be required to determine appropriate staffing levels and conduct intelligence-led policing, a best practice in North American police services. The authors also noted that a key indicator of the ability of a police service to meet the demands for service is the response time to priority 1 calls. These are emergency or high priority calls for service that are potentially life threatening and require immediate police attention. An analysis of the VPD dispatch data revealed that the average response time for patrol units to priority 1 calls was the slowest in North America and well above the best practice of 7 minutes. The consultants underlined that these slow response times were placing the community at risk and required immediate attention. Ultimately, the Review of the Vancouver Police Department’s Staffing Requirements recommended that a study of patrol deployment be conducted in order to: 1. Determine the number of sworn officers and supervisors required now and in the immediate future. 2. Prepare a plan for deploying the required number of patrol officers and supervisors most cost-effectively, by shift and patrol area, in response to temporal and geographic incidence of crime, demands for non-crime services, and the policing approach selected by the department. 3. Develop schedules for assigning required manpower most productively and equitably. This report presents the results of this study. Details: Vancouver, BC: Vancouver Police Department, 2007. 1335p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 10, 2011 at: http://vancouver.ca/police/assets/pdf/studies/vpd-study-patrol-deployment.pdf Year: 2007 Country: Canada Keywords: Police Administration (Vancouver, BC) Shelf Number: 120743

Author: Grekul, Jana Title: The Community Solution to Gang Violence: "Looking Out, Looking In": CSGV Evaluation Report Summary: In 2003, the Greater Edmonton area experienced an increase in gang activity, gang related crime and gang related violence. The community demanded that something be done about the problem, and particularly that the Edmonton Police Service (EPS) address the problem. Although the EPS had organized a Gang Unit to take a more strategic response to the issue, they realized that enforcement alone would not have a significant long-term impact on reducing gang activity. At the same time, Native Counselling Services of Alberta felt that a community response to the issue was needed to prevent youth involvement in gangs and approached the EPS with the suggestion that they work together to create a ‘community-based approach to gang activity and violence.’ Representatives from these two organizations held a series of conversations and meetings in which they shared their perspectives and concerns, and discussed the benefits and possibilities for engaging others in developing a community approach to gangs. As a result of this meaningful dialogue, the Community Solution to Gang Violence (CSGV) was created. Six years later, CSGV has grown to include more than 40 organizations working together on a strategic, community-wide approach to address the issue of gangs and gang violence. CSGV strives to: • Enhance a sense of community responsibility and commitment to address gang violence; • Promote positive youth development and develop conditions to prevent young people from becoming involved in gangs, and; • Create a community-wide plan and network of support to find solutions to gang violence. One of the first initiatives of its kind in the country, it has at various points in its history grown, evolved, struggled, attracted national and international attention, educated, grown some more, and evolved some more. It has created a community focal point to bring community members together to understand the local gang issue and examine why youth get involved in gangs and more importantly, why youth don’t get involved in gangs. It has developed a positive youth development framework for gang prevention and has shared this information with community members, service providers, policy makers and funders within the Greater Edmonton Area and across the country. It has developed models, programs and practices to support youth gang prevention and intervention efforts. It has developed a web site (www.csgv.ca) to keep people informed about the work of CSGV, and resources, services and tools that can be used to prevent young people from being drawn into gangs. It has connected to and built on community services and initiatives that support youth at risk and are working to prevent youth involvement in gangs. Several research papers exist on the initiative, illustrating its impact on the community, but also on broader government and academic audiences. In February of 2008, Community Solution to Gang Violence produced an evaluation report that primarily focused on the work CSGV did to build important relationships and linkages between key stakeholders in the community; whose work enabled them to effect change in environments that impact at-risk youth and their families. The data examined in this first evaluation report reflected how CSGV built the social infrastructure to engage and mobilize the community around the gang issue, established a direction for the work, and created an evaluation framework for measuring the work and impact of CSGV. The evaluation went on to examine the progress CSGV had made toward achieving its goals. In the first evaluation report, it was clear that CSGV played an important role in raising community awareness around the issue of youth involvement in gangs. The present evaluation report picks up where the previous evaluation report ended and describes the work undertaken by CSGV between June 2007 and March 31, 2009 and perhaps more significantly how CSGV had responded and adapted to changing realities and conditions in the community. Because CSGV is a dynamic and evolving entity, the nature and progress of the work does not neatly fit within fiscal year ends. Instead the evaluation is marked by the evolving and developmental nature of the CSGV initiative. Details: Edmonton, Alberta: Native Counselling Services of Alberta, 2009. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 10, 2011 at: http://www.csgv.ca/counselor/assets/CSGV%20Evaluation%20June%202009%20Final%20Copy.pdf Year: 2009 Country: Canada Keywords: Gang Violence Shelf Number: 118712

Author: Canada. Public Safety Canada Title: The Investigation, Prosecution and Correctional Management of High-Risk Offenders: A National Guide Summary: This guide has been prepared to provide police, prosecution, correctional and other criminal justice officials with an overview of the Canadian Criminal Code provisions designed to respond to sexual predators and other high-risk offenders. The interventions discussed are: Dangerous offender designations that can result in the worst offenders being indeterminately detained or placed under long-term supervision where a conviction for a breach could result in indeterminate detention; Long-term offender designations where high-risk offenders are sentenced to two or more years imprisonment plus up to ten (10) years of supervision that begins after both the prison sentence and any period of parole have been served; and Peace bonds that allow the courts to impose conditions on an individual’s movement and activities if there is reason to believe that the person will commit violent crimes if not restrained. Details: Ottawa: Her Majesty the Queenin Right of Canada, 2010. 197p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 14, 2011 at: http://www.publicsafety.gc.ca/res/cor/rep/_fl/ipcmg-gepgc-eng.pdf Year: 2010 Country: Canada Keywords: Correctional Administration Shelf Number: 120753

Author: Bahdi, Reem Title: Racial Profiling Summary: Umar Farouk Abdulmutallab’s failed attempt to ignite a bomb on Christmas Day, 2009, as Northwestern flight 253 descended to the Detroit airport has spurred a new round of debate over the efficacy of racial profiling as a national security strategy. In May 2007, in Vancouver, B.C., the BC Civil Liberties Association (BCCLA) held a public conference on racial profiling. Questions of racial profiling – broadly understood as profiling on the basis of race or religion – had hardly received the attention it deserved at the time and the Association’s board felt that it was important to encourage a public and open dialogue on the issue. To that end, they invited a number of experts to share their opinions about racial profiling and national security. The papers commented on here reflect the range of papers presented at the Vancouver conference. Details: Vancouver, BC: B.C. Civil Liberties Association, 2010. 122p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 14, 2011 at: http://www.bccla.org/pressreleases/10racialprofiling.pdf Year: 2010 Country: Canada Keywords: Civil Rights Shelf Number: 120759

Author: MacAlister, David Title: Police-Involved Deaths: The Failure of Self-Investigation Summary: Police-involved deaths have attracted considerable media and public attention in recent years. Few issues involving the conduct of government are of such significance as those arising in this context. In order for the government to maintain legitimacy, there must be clear and effective oversight of such matters to maintain public confidence in the government in general, the criminal justice system more particularly, and especially in the police. A 2009 Angus Reid poll found that, amongst British Columbians, 61 percent of those surveyed indicated their confidence in the RCMP had declined (CTV News, 2009). This decrease in confidence followed on the heels of a number of incidents involving alleged police wrongdoing, including several incidents in which individuals died in police custody. This report focuses on deaths in actual police custody. However, some cases involve similar issues although the individual is not in actual custody. For example, Frank Paul was not in actual police custody at the time of his death, yet his death after being deposited and abandoned in an alley by police clearly merits attention in the same context as deaths that actually arise in police custody. When the police take individuals under their charge, they are required to provide them with an adequate level of care. Details: Vancouver, BC: B.C. Civil Liberties Association, 2010(?). 103p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 14, 2011 at: http://www.bccla.org/othercontent/Police_involved_deaths.pdf Year: 2010 Country: Canada Keywords: Deaths in Custody Shelf Number: 120760

Author: DeGusti, Berenice Title: Best Practices for Chronic/Persistent Youth Offenders Summary: In 2006, the Canadian Research Institute for Law and the Family (CRILF) began work on the three-year project, A Study of Youth Offending, Serious Habitual Offenders, and System Response in Calgary. One objective of this study was to develop a knowledge base of best practices in Canada and internationally for chronic and persistent youth offenders. With funding from the Alberta Law Foundation and the National Crime Prevention Centre, and in partnership with the Centre for Initiatives on Children, Youth and the Community, City of Calgary Community and Neighbourhood Services, and the Calgary Police Service, CRILF researchers performed an environmental scan to assess what programs and strategies police agencies across Canada have in place to address this youth offending population. This report summarizes information collected on the nature and type of community-based, multi-agency and police strategies and programs that exist across Canada for chronic and persistent youth offenders. In order to examine the programs and strategies used by police organizations in Canada, CRILF interviews with key informants were conducted with a number of police agencies across the country. The key informants for this review included police and agency representatives from across Canada who had experience working with and delivering services to youth offenders. In total, 255 police agencies and other organizations were contacted across Canada from October 2008 to February 2009, with a total of 140 completed interviews conducted using a standardized interview protocol. Police and other agencies (community organizations) involved in providing services for youth offenders that did not participate in the environmental scan either declined to participate or did not respond before the end of the data collection period. While the focus of intervention in most provinces was police organizations, in Quebec, services for youth offenders are provided mainly through 16 Youth Centres (YCs) or “Centres jeunesse” located in communities across the province. These are para-governmental agencies almost entirely funded by the Ministry of Health and Social Services (MSSS). They provide a range of services to children, youth, and their families, including young people up to 18 years of age who are subject to the Youth Criminal Justice Act (YCJA) and/or the Youth Protection Act in Quebec. In order to get a comprehensive picture of the response of Quebec authorities to chronic and persistent youth offenders, requests were sent to all 16 YCs in the province. Interviews were completed with representatives from 12 Youth Centres serving more than 85% of the province’s population and the Director of Youth Protection in Inuulitsivik Baie, who have direct responsibility for providing services to youth offenders in Quebec. A total of 16 police services, including the Sûreté du Québec (SQ), were also contacted. Interviews were completed with representatives from 9 of the police agencies contacted serving approximately 80% of the province’s population. Details: Calgary, Alberta: Canadian Research Institute for Law and the Family and Centre for Initiatives on Children, Youth and Community, 2009. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 15, 2011 at: http://people.ucalgary.ca/~crilf/publications/Final_Draft_Best_Practices_Report_May_2009.pdf Year: 2009 Country: Canada Keywords: Chronic Offenders, Juveniles Shelf Number: 120771

Author: MacRae, Leslie D. Title: A Study of Youth Reoffending in Calgary Summary: In 2006, the Canadian Research Institute for Law and the Family began work on a three-year study of youth offending in Calgary. One objective of the study was to develop a model for better understanding why some youth become more seriously involved in crime, while others do not. The first year of the study established a baseline for this model by developing profiles of youth offending in Calgary.1 With funding from the Alberta Law Foundation, and in partnership with City of Calgary Community and Neighbourhood Services and the Calgary Police Service, the purpose of current report is to use Calgary Police Service data to determine which of the 123 youth profiled in the original study sample went on to reoffend, and further, which factors differentiate repeat from non-repeat offenders. This report will contribute to the body of research on risk and protective factors for youth offending, and further assist the Calgary Police Service, City of Calgary Community and Neighbourhood Services, and other youth-serving agencies, as well as those who work in the youth justice field in general (i.e., judges, lawyers) in developing evidence-based prevention and intervention programs for youth offenders. The objectives of this report are to: Re-examine the files of the 123 youth in the study sample and determine how the study groups differed on individual, family, peer, school, and community factors; Identify factors that are related to youth reoffending; and Determine the factors that are most important in predicting which youth continued to reoffend from those who did not. Details: Calgary, Alberta: Canadian Research Institute for Law and the Family, 2009. 107p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 15, 2011 at: http://people.ucalgary.ca/~crilf/publications/Final_Youth_Reoffending_Report_April_2009.pdf Year: 2009 Country: Canada Keywords: Juvenile Offenders Shelf Number: 120776

Author: DeGusti, Berenice Title: An In-Depth Examination of School Investment and Extracurricular Activities by a Youth Offender Cohort Summary: The findings from the first year of a study called "A Profile of Youth Offenders in Calgary: An Interim Report" conducted by CRILF in 2007 and released in 2008, examined youth offending trends in Calgary for 2006, compared the criminal histories of 42 Serious Habitual Offenders (SHOs) to a matched sample of 42 non-SHOs, and closely examined the profiles of 123 youth who had various levels of contact with the youth justice system. The results generated a number of further questions regarding school investment and leisure activities. Specifically, the objectives of this study are to: (1) Elaborate on why youth who are more seriously involved with the youth justice system demonstrate less investment in school than others. (2) Elaborate on why youth who are more seriously involved in the youth justice system are less likely to participate in family and extracurricular leisure activities than youth less involved with the justice system. The primary purpose of this report is to provide additional information regarding school and leisure patterns revealed in the interim report. A number of additional quantitative and qualitative variables produced from interviews and probation file reviews of the youth cohort but not used in the initial report were identified and analyzed in order to answer additional questions posed by the patterns observed in the first year of the study. Details: Calgary, Alberta: Canadian Research Institute for Law and the Family, 2008. 51p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 18, 2011 at: http://people.ucalgary.ca/~crilf/publications/Final_Report-Youth_Offender_School_Investment_and_Extrac.pdf Year: 2008 Country: Canada Keywords: Education Shelf Number: 120817

Author: Vancouver Police Department. Planning, Research and Audit Section Title: Evaluation of Vancouver Police Department's Beach Patrol Program Summary: In the summer of 2003, in response to increasing levels of violent crime and disorder issues, the VPD initiated a dedicated Beach Patrol unit to establish and maintain a strong visible police presence on the beaches in District Four. The deployment of ATVs, as well as bike patrol was implemented as part of the Beach Patrol program as an innovative method of patrolling areas not normally accessible by traditional patrol vehicles. The Beach Patrol program was an overwhelming success and was repeated in 2004. However, the program could not continue as a permanent initiative due to a lack of manpower and resources as a result of a large number of unanticipated retirements. As a result, the program was not implemented again until 2007 after intense criticism in the fall of 2006 resulting from an increase in public disorder on Vancouver’s beaches. The Beach Patrol program has operated in five of the last eight years, providing a visible and proactive police enforcement initiative to maintain order on Vancouver’s beaches. Beach Patrol is a dedicated policing unit that deploys officers on horses, bikes, boats, and ATVs. The Beach Patrol program’s primary geographic responsibility is Vancouver’s West Side beaches, with ATVs deployed only on District Four beach areas. The Beach Patrol unit not only increases public safety through regular patrol, they educate the public on issues such as fires, parking and public drinking of liquor. As well, Beach Patrol can respond to calls for service on and around the beaches which frees regular patrol members to respond to calls in District Four. The Beach Patrol unit also liaises with the Vancouver Park Board to assist with any related matters on the beaches and surrounding areas. This report presents an evaluation of the Vancouver Police Department’s (VPD) Beach Patrol program for the summer of 2010. The evaluation provides an assessment on the overall effectiveness of the increased police presence on Vancouver’s beaches as well as gathers and assesses results from the public opinion and Vancouver Park Board employee surveys. A specific focus on the use of Beach Patrol’s All Terrain Vehicles (ATVs) is included. Details: Vancouver, BC: Vancouver Police Department, 2010. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 22, 2011 at: http://vancouver.ca/police/assets/pdf/reports-policies/vpd-beach-patrol-report.pdf Year: 2010 Country: Canada Keywords: Beach Patrol Unit Shelf Number: 120854

Author: Di Paula, Adam Title: Vancouver Police Community Policing Assessment Report: Residential Survey Results Summary: Similar to previous years, the 2009 results indicate that four-in-five Vancouver residents are satisfied with the VPD. Four-in-five residents were 'Somewhat satisfied' or 'Very satisfied' with the service provided by the VPD. The reasons given for less satisfactory ratings were that residents had no contact with the VPD, or that the response was slow. Most residents said that the VPD is effective in responding to emergency situations quickly (61%), meeting the safety needs of the community (63%), and addressing street disorder (57%). There are many residents who seem to be uncertain of the VPD's performance in these areas, however. The proportion of residents who say they do not know how to rate the VPD has increased in recent years. District 2 residents were significantly less likely to give positive ratings to addressing street disorder (49%) compared to those in all three other Districts (58% for Districts 1, 3, and 4 combined). In looking at the year-over-year ratings, it is quite clear that the VPD's performance in two of these three areas is improving. The VPD's performance on 'addressing street disorder' has seen a substantial improvement since 2004. Performance on 'meeting the community's safety needs'improved significantly from 2008 to 2009. Details: Vancouver, BC: Vancouver Police Department, 2009. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 22, 2011 at: http://vancouver.ca/police/media/links/VPDResidentialSurveyReport.pdf Year: 2009 Country: Canada Keywords: Community Policing Shelf Number: 120855

Author: Bertrand, Lorne D. Title: Juror Stress Debriefing: A Review of the Literature and an Evaluation of a Yukon Program Summary: In 2005, the Yukon Department of Justice received funding from Justice Canada to set up a pilot project to research the jury experience in the Yukon during the course of homicide trials that were expected to take place during the following two years. The intent of the project was to evaluate the effectiveness of providing jury debriefing sessions in mitigating stress that jurors may experience as a result of serving on these juries. The study would contribute to the modernization of the justice system in the north and in small communities by providing valuable information about the impact on jurors of the experience of being involved in long and complex trials. The project examined the stresses that Canadian jurors experience when they sit on trials that are lengthy, complex and that contain large volumes of information that may often be disturbing. It considered what kinds of assistance might be appropriate to debrief juries so that they could deal effectively with emotionally distressing information to which they were exposed during the course of the trial. The project also examined the particular stresses that inhabitants of small communities with a significant Aboriginal population experience as a result of sitting on juries in those communities. A further aspect of the project was to look at the limits of doing research on juries in Canada given the restrictions set out in s. 649 of the Criminal Code of Canada. Details: Calgary, Alberta: Canadian Research Institute for Law and the Family, 2008. 100p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 8, 2011 at: http://people.ucalgary.ca/~crilf/publications/Jury_Stress_Final_Report.pdf Year: 2008 Country: Canada Keywords: Courts Shelf Number: 120886

Author: Toronto Police Title: School Resource Officer Program: 2008/2009 Evaluation Summary: The evaluation of the School Resource Officer Program focussed on measuring related perceptions of students, teachers/administrators, parents and SROs in those schools where a School Resource Officer was assigned. Over 11,500 surveys were distributed in October 2008 and again in May 2009. The surveys were designed to benchmark and measure changes in perception of safety in and around the schools, relations with police, student comfort with and willingness to report crime and victimization to the police, and overall value of the program. The evaluation also included an analysis of crimes and victimization in and around the schools, and a review of the activities of the School Resource Officers. The evaluation found that most students felt safe at school and in the neighbourhood around the school before (October 2008) and after (May 2009) the SRO program. Students who spoke informally to their SRO officer during the school year, and those who thought an SRO was a good idea were more likely to say they felt safe in school, while students who thought the program was a bad idea were more likely to say they did not feel safe. Student opinion of the SRO program did not have a significant effect on their perception of safety in the neighbourhood around the school. With regard to student comfort with the police, there was an increase in reporting by students who had been a victim of crime, but no similar increase in reporting to police when students had witnessed a crime. Students who informally talked to the SRO and students who approached the SRO to talk about a problem were more likely to report being the victim of a crime or having witnessed a crime. The frequency with which students approached the SRO to talk about a problem did not affect their willingness to report. Students who thought the SRO was a good idea were more likely to report victimization, while those students who thought the SRO was a bad idea were more likely to report a crime they had witnessed. The perceived relationships between students and police improved during the school year. The proportion of students who felt the relationship between police and students was good or excellent, increased from 56% to 67%; those who thought the relationship was excellent almost doubled over the school year. Almost half of the students at the beginning of the year said they wanted the SRO to make presentations at the school, and when an SRO coached a sports team or headed-up an extra curricular activity, most students believed that it was a very good/okay idea. Most administrators and teachers felt safe at school and in the neighbourhood around the school both before and after the SRO program. Similar to the students, the proportion of administrators/teachers who believed that the relationship between police and students in their school was good or excellent increased during the school year; those who believed the relationship between police and students was excellent almost doubled. Although most parents, in both October and May, were more likely to feel their child was ‘reasonably’ rather than ‘very’ safe, their perception of their child’s safety at school improved over the year. Parents at the beginning and end of the school year felt positively about having an SRO assigned to their child’s school; over 90% in October 2008 and May 2009 said it was a very good or okay idea, while only 2% said it was a bad idea. School Resource Officers felt more a part of the school management team at the end of the school year than at the start; they also felt that conditions involving supportive/positive relationships with the school administration and/or teachers were important for performing their SRO duties. The SROs identified a number of challenges to performing their duties (e.g. unwelcoming or isolated office space, lack of information, and issues related to transportation). By the end of the school year, most SROs felt that students were comfortable with them. In 2008/09 there were decreases in reported offences both on school grounds and within 200 metres of the school, over all the times that were examined. Overall, the evaluation finds that the School Resource Officer program demonstrated a number of positive effects on schools and students, particularly those students who had interacted with the SROs. The SRO program has the potential to be increasingly beneficial to crime prevention, crime reporting and relationship building, in the schools and in surrounding neighbourhoods. Details: Toronto: Toronto Police, 2009. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed March 10, 2011 at: http://www.torontopolice.on.ca/publications/files/reports/2008,2009-sro_evaluation_program.pdf Year: 2009 Country: Canada Keywords: Policing Shelf Number: 120966

Author: Eby, David Title: Small Town Justice: A Report on the RCMP in Northern and Rural British Columbia Summary: The Association has been aware of issues arising in British Columbia’s north involving the RCMP for years. From concerns about repeated deaths in custody in New Hazleton three years ago, to the deaths of Ian Bush, Kevin St. Arnaud, Clayton Wiley, and other incidents of both high and low profile, the north has continually been seen by the BCCLA as being home to a disproportionate number of extremely concerning incidents given the relatively low population density, the relatively low violent crime rates, and the cooperation that one would otherwise expect between smaller detachments and the communities they serve. With what can fairly be described as a year that has challenged the ideas that the RCMP appropriately involves itself in provincial policing in British Columbia, and that they are succeeding or even meeting expectations in this role, very few British Columbians are aware that the provincial government is planning to sign a contract with the RCMP for another 20 years of policing. Given our organizational concerns about high profile incidents of misconduct, a lengthy public record indicating provincial dissatisfaction with the status quo, and indications that the province was proceeding with little fanfare to sign on with the RCMP for another 20 years, the Association decided to conduct a series of workshops across the province on the issue of policing in British Columbia, starting in the province’s north. These consultative workshops were designed to deliver education on how policing is delivered in B.C., police accountability and rights issues, and to consult with marginalized northern communities on what they like about the RCMP, what they dislike about the RCMP, and how they feel about the RCMP contract and what the province should do about it. This report is the product of those workshops. As we suspected going into this process, we have identified many issues that should be included in this contract negotiation that are documented in the subject matter of this report, not the least of which is the complete exclusion of aboriginal communities from the negotiating process. We urge the Provincial government and the RCMP to consider these matters as they move forward. Details: Vancouver, BC: British Columbia Civil Liberties Association, 2011. 105p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 14, 2011 at: http://www.theprovince.com/pdf/rcmpnortherntourreport.pdf Year: 2011 Country: Canada Keywords: Community Policing Shelf Number: 120996

Author: Toronto Police Service. Use of Force Committee Title: Use of Force Committee: Final Report Summary: In May, 1997, the Chief of Police, David Boothby, established a committee to review all aspects of police use of force. The mandate of the Committee was, “to examine if there are ways to reduce the necessity for the application of deadly force, without compromising officer safety, and to communicate findings to the public (TP Media Release, 97.06.16).” Staff Inspector Ken Cenzura was named chair. The Use of Force Committee was comprised of representatives from the Training and Education Unit, the Emergency Task Force, Public Safety Unit, Corporate Planning, Operational Support Command, the Chief’s Staff, Detective Support Command, and the Field Commands. As well, the Service’s Forensic Consultant, Dr Peter Collins, and Constable Andrew Clarke, Toronto Police Association, participated. The use of deadly force by police in recent years has come under closer scrutiny by the police and the community. The issues surrounding such use of force are complex and have generated much debate and concern. At the outset it must be stated that the safety of police officers is recognized as a fundamental concern and this report and subsequent recommendations are not intended to compromise that safety in any way. Indeed, the issue of officer and community safety formed the foundation for the Committee’s work. This report also takes into account that there are no philosophies or practises which will anticipate the entire range of human behaviour that officers might encounter in the course of police work. Nevertheless, the Committee recognizes its responsibility to explore any reasonable option if it may help officers cope with violent or potentially violent situations. The Committee has conducted extensive research into this topic by contacting many other police agencies in Canada, the United States and Australia. Further research was conducted by reviewing the literature, academic studies, correspondence, books and publications associated with the use of deadly force, less lethal weapons and dealing with emotionally disturbed persons. While much of the empirical data had been collected outside of Canada, many of the lessons learned from the research have equal application to law enforcement in our country. A survey of front line officers representing the field command was conducted resulting in valuable input touching on the issues identified by the Committee. As well, the Committee collected data on officer involved shootings in Toronto during the past 10 years, which allows an analytical study of these incidents to be completed. The Training and Education Unit was tasked with reviewing current training dealing with crisis resolution. As a result a proposed course was drafted that attempts to incorporate the findings of the Committee. The course is designed to meet the needs of front line officers. The emphasis will be upon identification and transition from one force option to another force option within the context of the scenario, thus establishing versatility and flexibility in crisis resolution techniques. While recognizing that officer safety is the critical concern, the course will balance the emphasis placed on force options between escalation and disengagement and containment responses. A broad spectrum of issues was identified including the nature and availability of rules and directives, training and equipment, Service resources and support, community and professional resources and support; and reliable internal information and data. The Committee undertook to respond to the following six areas which have become the Committee’s terms of reference. 1. Development of and Compliance with Rules & Directives. 2. Supervision. 3. Development and Implementation of Appropriate Training. 4. Identification of Less Lethal Force Options. 5. Dealing with Emotionally Disturbed Persons. 6. Expansion of Emergency Task Force Special Weapons Teams. The Committee worked from May 1997 to March 1998. It found that experiences faced by our organization, in relation to officer involved shootings, mirror those of other law enforcement agencies and therefore validate the research and research methods of the Committee. Consequently, to address the findings, 31 recommendations, grouped according to the Terms of Reference, are proposed. The Committee is of the view that some of the recommendations can be implemented immediately with minimal impact on the operating budget. The remaining recommendations have financial implications totalling $2.39 million, which may affect scheduling. However, with their implementation, the Committee is convinced these recommendations will enhance officer and community safety, thereby promoting public confidence in our Service. Details: Toronto: Toronto Police Service, 1998. 119p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed march 16, 2011 at: http://www.torontopolice.on.ca/publications/files/reports/1998useofforce.pdf Year: 1998 Country: Canada Keywords: Mentally Ill Shelf Number: 121025

Author: DeGusti, Berenice Title: The Impact of the Youth Criminal Justice Act on Case Flow in Alberta and System Response in Calgary Summary: The purpose of this study is to examine how the implementation of the YCJA has affected the flow of cases through the youth justice system, and the impact of the new legislation on workload for frontline staff in the youth justice system (i.e., police officers, probation officers). To achieve this goal, two main research activities were undertaken. First, CRILF examined the flow of cases processed through the youth justice system in Alberta from 2001 through 2006. This examination provides information on whether the youth system is adhering to the principles of diversion, fair sentencing and the reduction of incarceration mandated in the YCJA. Second, focus groups with police officers were conducted to identify the use of extrajudicial measures that would not be captured in the youth crime and correctional statistics and the effect of the new legislation on their work and workload. Focus groups were also conducted with probation officers to obtain information on changes in their workload patterns and their opinions on the success of rehabilitation and reintegration since the implementation of the YCJA. Participants of the focus groups were further asked to assess the current legislation’s effectiveness in achievi ng its objectives and to provide suggestions for improvement to the current youth criminal justice system. The objectives of this report are to: (1) Examine the flow of cases through the youth criminal justice system to understand the impact of the YCJA; and (2) Understand changes in the occupational practices and workload of police officers and probation officers working with offending youth as a result of the new legislation. Details: Calgary, Alberta: Canadian Research Institute for Law and the Family, 2008. 96p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 16, 2011 at: http://people.ucalgary.ca/~crilf/publications/Final_Case_Flow_and_Focus_Group_Report-September2008v3.pdf Year: 2008 Country: Canada Keywords: Alternative to Incarceration Shelf Number: 121030

Author: Pauls, Monica Title: The Response to Elder Abuse in Alberta: Legislation and Victim Focused Services: Final Report Summary: Addressing family violence is currently a priority for the Alberta Government. Previous efforts in this field have focused on child abuse and domestic violence; an area that is often forgotten about or ignored is elder abuse. However, as our society continues to age at an increasingly rapid pace, it is becoming more important to increase community awareness and to develop an effective response to this issue. This research project was initiated in response to a number of concerns identified by the Action Group on Elder Abuse (AGEA) in Calgary. Concerns included a general lack of knowledge of the issue, the services available, and the mechanisms by which an alleged incident can be reported. There also appears to be deficiencies in Alberta’s current legislation addressing the issue. In order to address these concerns, the project worked to: provide information that assists in improving legislation and reporting practices on elder abuse in Alberta; provide information that assists in improving access to services for victims of elder abuse; provide information that assists in improving the effectiveness of services to meet the needs of victims of elder abuse; and provide information that will enhance the knowledge of service providers on legislation, reporting practices, and access and effectiveness of services for victims of elder abuse. Multiple methods used in this project included a legislative review, service identification in seven municipal locations in Alberta, development of An Alberta Directory of Victim Services for Older Adults and user-friendly information cards for seniors, a self-report survey for victims of elder abuse, in-depth interviews with victims of elder abuse, and information and education workshops for service providers and frontline workers. Details: Calgary, Alberta: Canadian Research Institute for Law and the Family, 2006. 134p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 16, 2011 at: http://people.ucalgary.ca/~crilf/publications/ElderAbuseFinalReport-June2006.pdf Year: 2006 Country: Canada Keywords: Elder Abuse (Alberta, Canada) Shelf Number: 121031

Author: Motiuk, Laurence L. Title: Prison Careers of Federal Offenders with Criminal Organization Offences: A Follow-Up Summary: The Federal Government of Canada has taken action against organized crime by amending the Criminal Code to: 1) introduce three new offences and tough sentences that target various degrees of involvement with criminal organizations; 2) improve the protection of people a role in the justice system from intimidation against them or their families; 3) simplify the definition of “criminal organization” in the Criminal Code; 4) broaden powers of law enforcement to forfeit the proceeds of crime and, in particular, the profits of criminal organizations and to seize property that was used in a crime; and 5) establish an accountability process that establishes immunity from criminal prosecution for law enforcement officers when they commit certain acts that would otherwise be considered illegal during the course of criminal investigations. In 2005, the Research Branch of Correctional Service Canada (CSC) with the assistance of the Corrections Policy Unit of Public Safety and Emergency Preparedness Canada set out to develop a research framework and to conduct a series of analyses of available information related to exploring the impact of the legislation in general, and federal offenders who are required to serve sentences for organized crime offences, in particular. At that time, however, any interpretation of findings had to be prefaced with a caveat concerning the limitations associated with available data on which waves of analyses were to be based. As one might appreciate, the three years since the legislation had come into effect was recent so definitive statements were difficult to ascertain about the full impacts of the legislation that may be occurring in the long run. So far, when describing federal offenders with criminal organization offences it can be said that they are a group serving medium to long-term sentences for a new set of criminal code offences coupled with other offences, mainly drug offences and in some instances serious violent crimes. As a group, they were found to present prior criminal records, strong attachments to family and criminal groups. Particularly noteworthy, however, is the finding that offenders with criminal organization offences demonstrate more lifestyle stability (be married, employed and healthy) than their correctional counterparts. However, a longitudinal follow-up of their correctional careers is required before such a conclusion can be drawn. The focus of this research is on their experience while in prison. There continues to be limited research on Canadian legislation that places people convicted for organized crime offences into prison. To date, there is one study profiling federal offenders convicted for organized crime offences. The present study follows a sample of federally incarcerated offenders who were convicted of organized crime offences during their stay in federal custody. Details: Ottawa: Research Branch, Correctional Service of Canada, 2006. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Brief 2009 No. B-42: Accessed March 26, 2011 at: http://www.csc-scc.gc.ca/text/rsrch/briefs/b42/b42-eng.pdf Year: 2006 Country: Canada Keywords: Organized Crime (Canada) Shelf Number: 121117

Author: Bensimon, Philippe Title: Wellness at Work: A Matter of Choice for a Better Future Summary: An emerging challenge for the federal government is responding to the growing number of public servants who suffer from some form of psychological injury or disability. May (2010) reported that depression, stress and other forms of mental illness accounted for nearly 45% of all disability claims in the federal public service. Given these statistics, it is becoming increasingly important for organizations to develop strategies that promote workplace wellness to counter these trends. This issue is even more important for the Correctional Service of Canada (CSC or Service) due to the stressful conditions in which a large proportion of our employees work. The workplace plays an important role in the physical and mental health of its employees, and confronting issues of job-related stressors can impact the entire organization. As such, the Research Branch examined the issue of CSC staff wellness, and identified innovative or emerging workplace wellness strategies delivered by other federal government organizations, as well as provincial and territorial departments of correction. In order to determine what workplace wellness strategies were being developed and delivered by other federal agencies, a survey was sent to 63 government departments and all 13 provincial and territorial departments of corrections in January, 2010. While the federal response rate was disappointing (30.1%), the respondents provided examples of wellness programs. Most of these interventions fell within four broad categories; (a) Learning and Development (e.g., educational strategies that promote employee wellness); (b) Supporting Fitness-oriented Activities; (c) Health Promotion/Health Screening activities (e.g., blood pressure and glucose screenings, body mass index, monitoring heart rates, and dental checks), and; (d) Employee Recognition Programs. Responses from eight provincial and territorial departments of correction (61.5% response rate) were generally similar to those presented by the federal agencies, although some innovative wellness programs had been introduced, such as self-directed spending accounts for wellness. Last, several strategies developed by the Royal Canadian Mounted Police and the Canadian Forces to increase wellness in their organizations are also reported. Altogether, there seems to be growing interest in the development of employer-sponsored wellness interventions that enable employees to increase their psychological and physical health. This study provides a starting point from which more extensive examination of the issues can be conducted. Details: Ottawa: Research Branch, Correctional Service of Canada, 2010. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report 2010 No. R-219: Accessed March 26, 2011 at: http://www.csc-scc.gc.ca/text/rsrch/reports/r219/r219-eng.pdf Year: 2010 Country: Canada Keywords: Corrections Officers Shelf Number: 121118

Author: Serin, Ralph C. Title: Offender Incentives and Behavioural Management Strategies Summary: This review juxtaposes several themes across more than three decades in an effort to highlight consensus in the published literature regarding factors that might influence offender behaviour. To reduce the occurrence of misconducts and violence in prisons, various strategies have been explored. Contingency management programs in the form of individual and systemic incentives are the focus of this discussion, with examples drawn from both correctional and non-correctional settings. It is clear that the development of behavioural management strategies is complex in that only a minority of offenders commit serious misconducts and that issues of fairness are often compromised when broad-based discipline strategies are attempted. Overall, the results regarding the effectiveness of incentive systems to manage offender behaviour is mixed. There is increasing consensus regarding what not to do but far less consensus regarding viable next steps. This review sets the stage for discussions about effectiveness; policy development; policy implementation; and context. Liebling’s (2008) paper is perhaps the most ambitious and salient among all published work in that it provides a meaningful context to appreciate the purpose and challenges of implementing a standardized incentive model in a correctional setting. Much of her comments mirror discussions that have surrounded this topic in Canada and at Correctional Service of Canada for the past decade. From that perspective, it is a useful start point for the subsequent aspects of this work (consultation, identification of offender-centric incentives, measurement of offender compliance, etc.). Details: Ottawa: Research Branch, Correctional Service of Canada, 2009. 77p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report 2010 N° R-214: Accessed March 26, 2011 at: http://www.csc-scc.gc.ca/text/rsrch/reports/r214/r214-eng.pdf Year: 2009 Country: Canada Keywords: Correctional Programs (Canada) Shelf Number: 121119

Author: Kunic, Dan Title: The Aboriginal Offender Substance Abuse Program (AOSAP): Examining the Effects of Successful Completion on Post-Release Outcomes Summary: Over 90% of the Aboriginal men in federal custody require substance abuse intervention. In response to this need, CSC introduced the Aboriginal Offender Substance Program (AOSAP) in 2004. The first version (V-1) of the program consisted of 31 sessions and was field-tested from November 2004 to June 2005. As a result of feedback from field staff and program participants, a restructured and improved second version (V-2), comprising 53 sessions, was delivered to participants from June 2005 to October 2006. The final version of the program (V-3), 65 sessions in length, was launched in November 2006. All versions of the program were designed to reduce the Aboriginal offender’s risk of relapse to substance abuse and recidivism through a holistic process that examines the impact of substance abuse through the physical, mental, emotional and spiritual dimensions of the Aboriginal offender. Contemporary best-practices approaches in substance abuse treatment are also interwoven throughout the program. A cohort of AOSAP participants, who were released to the community on day parole, full parole, or statutory release, were studied for a period not exceeding the warrant expiry date to evaluate the effects of the program on post-release outcomes. If AOSAP reduced the likelihood of revocation and/or testing positive for drugs following conditional release to the community, then the program’s effectiveness with respect to mitigating the risk of revocation and/or relapse to substance abuse was confirmed. The methodology that was employed to investigate the effectiveness of AOSAP is particularly notable because it compared Aboriginal offenders who participated in AOSAP to other Aboriginal offenders who participated in the moderate (M) and high (H) intensity National Substance Abuse Programs (NSAP). Including comparisons of this nature was important because it provided a more conservative estimate of AOSAP’s effect on post-release outcomes. A total of 94 (3.5%) of the Aboriginal men in the release cohort fully or partially participated in AOSAP, and 79 (2.9%) and 344 (12.8%) fully or partially participated in the NSAP high and moderate intensity interventions, respectively. The remaining 2,178 (81%) of the Aboriginal men did not participate in institutionally-based AOSAP or NSAP interventions. Main Findings: 1. Generally, Aboriginal offenders who participated in AOSAP were returned to custody at a lower rate during the follow-up period than the groups of Aboriginal offenders who participated in NSAP-H, NSAP-M, failed to complete a substance abuse program, or did not participate in a substance abuse program prior to release from custody. Aboriginal offenders who participated in versions 2 or 3 of AOSAP were returned to custody at the same rate as Aboriginal offenders who participated in version 1 of AOSAP. There was no statistical difference between versions of AOSAP. Advanced statistical analysis, which allow for the control of offender characteristics associated with criminal behaviour, confirm these results. 2. Only 5% of the successful participants of AOSAP- V 2&3, and 6% of the participants of AOSAP version 1 were returned to custody because of a new offence or charge compared to 16% and 20% of the successful participants of NSAP-H and NSAP-M, respectively. 3. Exposure to substance abuse treatment prior to release from custody was a relatively weak predictor of relapse to substance abuse. Nevertheless, there was some evidence suggesting that successful participants of AOSAP and NSAP-M were less likely to incur a positive urinalysis result while on release than successful participants of NSAP-H. The result emerged after adjusting for the effects of other offender characteristics that are known to be associated with criminal behaviour. 4. There was some evidence that Aboriginal offenders who participated in AOSAP were less likely than Aboriginal offenders from the other program exposure categories to test positive for drugs that are considered dangerous because of the physical harms they cause the individual (e.g., cocaine, opioids) and the effects they have on significant others and the broader community. Details: Ottawa: Research Branch, Correctional Service of Canada, 2009. 89p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report 2010 Nº R-217; Accessed March 26, 2011 at: http://www.csc-scc.gc.ca/text/rsrch/reports/r217/r217-eng.pdf Year: 2009 Country: Canada Keywords: Corrections Programs Shelf Number: 121120

Author: Stewart, Lynn A. Title: An Initial Report on the Results of the Pilot of the Computerized Mental Health Intake Screening System (CoMHISS) Summary: With indications that the rate of mental disorder among federally sentenced offenders is increasing, Correctional Service of Canada (CSC) requires tools that can provide efficient standardised methods for screening of offenders who may require mental health intervention. The large numbers of offenders coming into reception centres over a year makes it attractive to look at an automated method that will allow administrators to compile institutional, regional and national statistics and provide quick and accurate profiles of the offenders who are showing significant symptoms of distress. The Computerized Mental Health Intake Screening System (CoMHISS) combines two self report measures tapping psychological problems, the Brief Symptom Inventory (BSI) and Depression Hopelessness and Suicide Screening Form (DHS), with the Paulhus Deception Scales (PDS). From February 2008 to April 2009 over 1,300 male offenders incarcerated on a new sentence at the regional reception centres completed the measures. In this study, cut-off scores based on psychiatric patient norms determined that less than 3% of the federal male population would be screened in for further service or evaluation. However, using non patient norms almost 40% of the population would be screened in. Further research is required to establish CSC specific norms and appropriate cut off scores. Preliminary data indicate relative higher rates of psychological symptoms among the Aboriginal specific population, but these differences were not statistically significant. Comparative data on the results of the assessment across regional reception centres demonstrated the highest rates of symptomology in the Atlantic region. A profile of the offenders who completed the assessment is presented and compared to those who refused the assessment or produced invalid results. Further research is required to confirm the accuracy of the measures in identifying seriously mentally disordered offenders who will require additional services. Future possible developments of the CoMHISS may include incorporation of measures of cognitive deficits and attention deficit disorder and the merging of the mental health assessments with results from the Computerised Assessment of Substance Abuse which will provide estimates of rates of concurrent disorders. Details: Ottawa: Research Branch, Correctional Service of Canada, 2010. 79p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report 2010 Nº R-218: Accessed March 26, 2011 at: http://www.csc-scc.gc.ca/text/rsrch/reports/r218/r218-eng.pdf Year: 2010 Country: Canada Keywords: Mental Health Services Shelf Number: 121121

Author: Griffiths, Curt Taylor Title: Civilianization in the Vancouver Police Department Summary: The Vancouver Police Department is currently in the midst of an Operational Review that is examining key components of the organization and delivery of policing services. The core projects within the review are: 1) a study of overtime; 2) an examination of patrol and investigative deployment; 3) a study of the opportunities for civilianizing positions in the Department; and, 4) operationalization of the Strategic Plan. This report presents the findings and recommendations from the civilianization study. It identifies a number of positions currently occupied by sworn officers that could be filled by specially-trained civilians and, as well, provides data on the cost implications of civilianizing these positions. This report sets out a policy on civilianization that can be used to guide the assessment of future positions that may be developed within the Vancouver Police Department. As well, the report addresses the issues of developmental positions in the Department, the need to accommodate officers who are on reduced duty, the potential opportunities for additional shared services between the Vancouver Police Department and the City of Vancouver, and the current situation regarding sworn officer secondments to other police duties. Details: Vancouver, BC: Vancouver Police Department, 2006. 344p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 28, 2011 at: http://vancouver.ca/police/assets/pdf/studies/vpd-study-civilianization.pdf Year: 2006 Country: Canada Keywords: Civilian Employees Shelf Number: 121141

Author: Bennett, Darcie Title: Security Before Justice: A Study of the Impacts of Private Security on Homeless and Under-Housed Vancouver Residents Summary: Uniformed private security guards are an increasingly visible presence on Vancouver streets. Private security companies operate with nominal formal oversight and guards are often sent out on patrol after less than two weeks of training. People living and working in neighbourhoods patrolled by private guards are generally unclear about who security personnel report to or how to make a complaint against a guard. In spite of these issues, there has been little public debate about the growing role played by private security companies in policing public space. On December 13 2007, the City of Vancouver approved $872,000 to fund the expansion of the Downtown Ambassadors Program, a private security patrol project administered by the Downtown Vancouver Business Improvement Association (DVBIA). Notwithstanding the influx of public money, the program will continue to be administered entirely by business improvement associations. With taxpayer dollars being allocated by way of an exclusive no-bid contract with a private company, to enhance private security patrols on public property, it is imperative that Vancouverites begin to ask questions about practice standards, oversight and accountability within the private security industry. In 2007, Pivot Legal Society recruited 154 people from the Downtown Eastside to complete a survey about their interactions with private security guards. Two focus groups were conducted to allow researchers the opportunity to ask follow-up questions based on the results of the survey. This study focuses on the experiences of those most on the margins of society, but it raises issues that should alarm anyone committed to democratic policing, accountable governance and respect for human rights. Through this research, Pivot identified a number of central issues: There is a high level of interaction between private security guards and residents of the Downtown Eastside. In response to the question, “In an average month, how often do you interact (have face to face contact) with private security guards?” a third of survey respondents reported having such contact four times or more per month. Many participants added comments like “every day” or “all the time” in the space provided. Twelve percent of respondents had face to face contact once per month. Homeless people and under-housed people have more frequent, and more problematic, interactions with security guards. Results from the survey suggest a direct relationship between individuals’ housing status and the frequency of their interactions with private security personnel. Private security guards routinely overstep the bounds of their authority on public property. This includes guards asking or otherwise compelling people to move along when they have no legal authority to do so. Private security guards are controlling access to space (on both public and mass private property) in ways that are not in keeping with principles of equality and fairness. This includes issuing informal bans from certain buildings, streets or neighbourhoods and the use of profiling, where people are treated differently depending upon their appearance. Profiling results in the continued harassment of homeless and visibly poor people, who are disproportionately Aboriginal and/or may suffer from a mental or physical disability including drug addiction. Private security guards use force illegally. Both survey respondents and focus group participants claimed that guards are using force and threats of violence against homeless and other marginalized people on a routine basis. There is little accountability when private security guards overstep their authority. People in the Downtown Eastside are not generally aware of their rights in relation to security guards, or how to complain about security guards’ actions. Only 39 of 154 survey respondents reported that they were aware of the process for making a complaint against a security guard. This study finds that negative impacts of the expansion of private security services are felt most profoundly by those living on the margins. The findings also show the need for rigorous monitoring and accountability mechanisms in order to ensure that policing bodies, whether public or private, carry out their work in a just, equitable, accountable and efficient manner rooted in respect for the rights and dignity of all people regardless of race, ancestry, socio-economic status, or mental and physical ability. Details: Vancouver, BC: Pivot Legal Socieyt, 2008. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 28, 2011 at: http://www.pivotlegal.org/pdfs/securitybeforejustice.pdf Year: 2008 Country: Canada Keywords: Homelessness Shelf Number: 121150

Author: Powell, Jenelle Title: Self-Injurious Behaviour: A Review of the Literature and Implications for Corrections Summary: The Correctional Service of Canada (CSC) is responsible for providing a safe and secure environment in which offenders can work towards becoming law-abiding citizens. Self-injurious behaviour (SIB) poses a serious challenge to CSC’s ability to provide this safe environment for offenders as well as for institutional staff. SIB can be defined as any type of direct bodily harm or disfigurement that is deliberately inflicted on oneself that is not considered to be socially acceptable, such as cutting, head banging, hair pulling, and ligature use. This literature review was undertaken to determine what is currently known about SIB and what gaps exist in order to inform future research and intervention strategies in federal institutions. Several attempts have been made to develop a classification system that would be useful for researchers and clinicians. Currently no adequate system has been developed and no one system is in widespread use. An empirically-derived classification system that accounts for the unique environment of a correctional facility would help increase understanding of the behaviour and target treatment to the particular needs of at risk individuals. It is difficult to ascertain an accurate prevalence rate of participation in non-suicidal self-injury (NSSI). The best estimate of prevalence rate for the general adult population is 4%. Prevalence rates of SIB occurring while incarcerated in the general population of correctional institutions range from 1-5%. Rates for women offenders are likely higher, with best estimates being around 23%. Offenders with mental health issues have increased rates that may be as high as 53%. Skin cutting has been found to be the most common type of NSSI. Numerous correlates of self-injurious behaviour have been found, including borderline personality disorder, history of trauma and abuse, posttraumatic stress disorder, depression, eating disorders, same-sex attraction, and homosexuality, impulsivity, anger and aggression. Suicide has been found to be a correlate, but is a behaviour distinct from NSSI. Research has yet to determine the process by which NSSI is initiated and maintained. A wide variety of motivations for engaging in SIB have been proposed, although few have been empirically validated. The strongest support has been found for the use of SIB as a method of coping with negative emotions. While there is likely a large amount of overlap in motivations for self-injury between institutionalized and non-institutionalized populations, some unique motivations may exist in institutional populations. The current literature lacks large-scale, empirical research with incarcerated populations that adequately assesses NSSI. An increased understanding of NSSI within federal institutions could improve the safety of offenders and staff, as well as the treatment, management and prevention of NSSI in federal correctional facilities. Research is needed to determine the prevalence of NSSI, to establish a classification system that can be used with incarcerated populations, and determine the effect, if any, of institutionalization on NSSI. Most importantly, an increased understanding of the development and maintenance of NSSI is imperative for the development of appropriate strategies to manage this behaviour, including efforts to reduce and ultimately prevent its occurrence. Research is currently underway within CSC to address these gaps. Details: Ottawa: Correctional Service of Canada, 2010. 67p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report 2010 No. R-216: Accessed March 29, 2011 at: http://www.csc-scc.gc.ca/text/rsrch/reports/r216/r216-eng.pdf Year: 2010 Country: Canada Keywords: Mental Health Care Shelf Number: 121199

Author: Cabana, Tammy Title: Waivers, Postponements and Withdrawals of Parole Reviews: Examining the Characteristics of High Volume Users Summary: One of the challenges confronting both the Correctional Service of Canada (CSC or the Service) and the National Parole Board (NPB or the Board) is the large number of offenders who waive, postpone, or withdraw their reviews for day or full parole. In order to conduct this study information was collected for all offenders who had at least one waiver, postponement or withdrawal from April 1, 2007 to March 31, 2009. During that time period, a total of 8,604 offenders accounted for 14,563 waivers, postponements or withdrawals. Almost two-thirds (63.9%) of these offenders had only one decision, one-fifth (20.8%) had two decisions, and 6.7% had three decisions. There was, however, a group of 735 offenders who had a minimum of four decisions that we labelled “high volume users.” Although this group only represented 8.5% of the entire population of offenders who had a wavier, postponement, or withdrawal, they accounted for more than one-quarter (25.6%) or 3,736 of these decisions. Understanding the factors that drive high individual numbers of waivers, postponements and withdrawals might help the Service develop strategies that will reduce the occurrence of multiple delays and cancellations. For example, if each of these 735 offenders had just one waiver, withdrawal or postponement, the national number of decisions would be reduced by over one-fifth. Consequently, in order to better understand this group of offenders, we examined their demographic characteristics, offence histories, sentence length, security rating, need and risk levels, institutional behaviours as well as the institutions and regions where these offenders were incarcerated. In addition, examples of individual cases are presented to illustrate how multiple delays and cancellations (e.g., when an offender requests both day and full parole at the same hearing) result in an inflated number of decisions. The outcomes of the profile of high volume users revealed that there were many similarities with the offenders who had three or fewer waivers, withdrawals or postponements. There were, however, some differences between the groups. First, offenders with higher levels of risk and need appear to be more likely to cancel a parole review than to delay their hearing repeatedly. Second, multiple consecutive postponements appear to be linked to factors that have not been resolved and that may impact the Board's decision to grant parole, such as when an offender has difficulty finding a placement in a community-based residential facility, when a correctional program is incomplete, psychological or other reports have not submitted to the Board, or due to a pending court decision (such as outstanding charges). Third, high volume users were more likely to have two delays or cancellations recorded for one scheduled hearing. This means that these offenders were scheduled to be reviewed for both day and full parole on the same date, and each delay or cancellation resulted in a separate count. For example, double-counting accounts for almost one-fifth of the total number of waivers, postponements, and withdrawals for both day and full parole between April 1, 2007 and March 31, 2009. As a result, this method of counting decisions artificially inflates the number of waivers, withdrawals, and postponements. Finally, in addition to offender specific differences, there are noticeable regional and institutional differences in the location of high volume users. For example, this study found that the Quebec and Pacific regions had a higher proportion of high compared to low volume users. By recognizing the number of delays and cancellations generated by high volume users, and by being cognizant of the double-counting of delays and cancellations for scheduled parole hearings, the factors impacting these trends can be better understood and, when possible minimized to reduce the frequency of multiple delays and cancellations. Details: Ottawa: Correctional Service of Canada, 2010. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 29, 2011 at: http://www.csc-scc.gc.ca/text/rsrch/reports/r224/r224-eng.pdf Year: 2010 Country: Canada Keywords: Parole Shelf Number: 121202

Author: Power, Jenelle Title: A Comparative Review of Suicide and Self-Injury Investigative Reports in a Canadian Federal Correctional Population Summary: The present investigation focuses the national investigation reports for all 80 male and 6 female offenders who were the subjects of national investigations for incidents of self-injury (including suicide attempts) or suicide while under the supervision of the Correctional Service of Canada (CSC) between fiscal years 2003-2004 and 2007-2008. The offenders included were the subjects of investigations by the Investigations Branch of the CSC and were residing in CSC’s institutions or in the community during the incident. The study examines the cases of twenty offenders who were involved in incidents of self-injury and sixty-six cases of offenders who died by suicide. Eleven of the offenders who engaged in self-injury were involved in multiple self-injurious incidents that occurred in close temporal proximity and resulting in 51 self-injury events included in the study. The proportion of Aboriginal offenders in the population was comparable to the proportion in the overall federal offender population. The offenders in the suicide group appeared to be more likely to have longer sentences and more violent histories than those in the self-injury group. The proportion of the self-injury events that occurred in the Prairie and Quebec regions was low relative to the proportion of CSC’s population in these regions while the proportion of self-injury events that occurred in the Atlantic and Pacific regions was higher. Ligature use was by far the most common method used by offenders who died by suicide. In cases of self-injury, the most common method used was also ligature, followed by cutting. SIB was most likely to occur in segregation while suicide was most likely to occur in cells in the general population. In the majority of incidents of suicide and self-injury, there were precipitating events that could be identified in retrospect. However, these precipitating events were often not interpreted as significant events at the time and were usually events that are not uncommon among the offender population. The majority of offenders in both groups had a history of depression and/or hopelessness as well as self-injury. About one-third of the suicide group had family members or friends who had died by suicide. Offenders in the self-injury group were significantly more likely to have concurrent psychological disorders than those in the suicide group. Suicide and self-injury were more likely to occur on the weekends than during the week. Self-injury was more likely to occur in the evenings and during the winter months. Further research on self-injurious behaviour and suicide in federally sentenced offenders is required. Research taking place in the Research Branch will examine environmental and psychological factors associated with these behaviours in offenders. Details: Ottawa: Correctional Service of Canada, 2010. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report 2010 No. R-221: Accessed March 29, 2011 at: http://www.csc-scc.gc.ca/text/rsrch/reports/r221/r221-eng.pdf Year: 2010 Country: Canada Keywords: Inmate Suicide Shelf Number: 121203

Author: Loughlin, Jennifer Title: Child Luring Through the Internet Summary: The Internet is a virtual world filled with an abundance of information and endless sources of entertainment. While an extraordinary tool, the Internet comes with risks. For children these risks include the dangers of sexual exploitation, such as luring through the Internet. In 2002, the Canadian Criminal Code was amended to include new offences that would help combat the luring of individuals under the age of 18, by making it "illegal to communicate with children over the Internet for the purpose of committing a sexual offence". Accordingly, police services across Canada began collecting and reporting child luring incidents that come to their attention under this new legislative amendment. Presently, there is little data available on child luring. The information that does exist represents only those incidents that have been reported to the police. Therefore, it is difficult to quantify the full extent and nature of child luring offences in Canada. Nonetheless, using the first available police-reported data on child luring, this article presents a snapshot of the characteristics of this relatively new criminal offence and the people accused of committing it, as well as an examination of court cases and decisions for child luring offences. Details: Ottawa: Statistics Canada, 2009. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Juristat, vol. 19, no. 1: Accessed April 1, 2011 at: http://www.statcan.gc.ca/pub/85-002-x/2009001/article/10783-eng.pdf Year: 2009 Country: Canada Keywords: Child Sexual Abuse Shelf Number: 121217

Author: Dunn, Sara Title: Police Officers Murdered in the Line of Duty, 1961 to 2009 Summary: Policing, by its very nature, is a high-risk occupation. One of the dangers associated with being a police officer in Canada is homicide. The only other profession more at risk of on-the-job homicide is that of taxi drivers with a rate about twice that of police officers. Drawing on data from the Homicide Survey, this article presents information on police officers who were murdered in the line of duty since 1961. It does not include police officers who were killed as a result of other causes, such as traffic accidents. Between 1961 and 2009, 133 police officers were murdered in the line of duty–including eight double, one triple and one quadruple-slaying. Most of these deaths (65%) occurred in the first half of this time period, between 1961 and 1984. Homicides against police officers have occurred in every province and territory with the exception of Prince Edward Island and Yukon. Highlights of the report include the following • Since 1961, Canada has seen 133 police officers murdered in the line of duty, all but four of whom were men. • Homicides against police officers occurred most often during a robbery investigation, accounting for almost one-quarter of all killings. • Nine in ten police officers were shot to death, most of whom were not wearing a protective vest. • All but five homicides against police officers since 1961 have been solved. Details: Ottawa: Statistics Canada, 2010. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Juristat Article, vol. 30, no. 3: Accessed April 1, 2011 at: http://www.statcan.gc.ca/pub/85-002-x/2010003/article/11354-eng.pdf Year: 2010 Country: Canada Keywords: Homicides (Canada) Shelf Number: 121219

Author: Erickson, Patricia G. Title: Drugs, Violence and Public Health: What Does the Harm Reduction Approach Have to Offer? Summary: This paper considers the topic of drug-related violence — that is, violence on our streets and in our communities — as a serious and urgent aspect of the problem of urban drugs. While violence has traditionally been considered a problem for criminal justice, a matter for the police and courts to respond to, a public-health model also offers a way of understanding, dealing with, and perhaps preventing, violence in urban areas. Harm reduction provides a framework to discuss new options that may be part of a “sensible solution” to the urban-drug problem. I will consider: (1) the fundamental issue of how drugs and violence are related; (2) the effectiveness of the harm-reduction approach and of criminal justice in dealing with violence; and (3) the need and likelihood of adopting this type of solution in Canada. Details: Vancouver, BC: The Fraser Institute, 2001. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 11, 2011 at: http://oldfraser.lexi.net/publications/books/drug_papers/UDErickson.pdf Year: 2001 Country: Canada Keywords: Drug Abuse and Crime Shelf Number: 121293

Author: Canada. Statistics Canada Title: Family Violence in Canada: A Statistical Profile Summary: This is the thirteenth annual Family Violence in Canada report produced by the Canadian Centre for Justice Statistics under the Federal Family Violence Initiative. This report provides the most current data on the nature and extent of family violence in Canada, as well as trends over time, as part of the ongoing initiative to inform policy makers and the public about family violence issues. Each year the report has a different focus. This year, the focus of the report is on self-reported incidents of spousal victimization from the 2009 General Social Survey on Victimization. In addition, using police-reported data, the report also presents information on family violence against children and youth, family violence against seniors (aged 65 years and older), and family-related homicides. Details: Ottawa: Statistics Canada, 2011. 53p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 11, 2011 at: http://www.statcan.gc.ca/pub/85-224-x/85-224-x2010000-eng.pdf Year: 2011 Country: Canada Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 121301

Author: Canada. Statistics Canada. Canadian Centre for Justice Statistics Title: Police Resources in Canada, 2010 Summary: This report is based upon data collected through the annual Police Administration Survey conducted by Statistics Canada. This survey collects data on police personnel and expenditures from each police service in Canada. Data presented in this report represent police personnel as of May 15, 2010 and final expenditures for the calendar year ending December 31, 2009 (or March 31, 2010 for the few police services operating on a fiscal year). Details: Ottawa: Statistics Canada, 201o. 50 p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 11, 2011 at: http://www.statcan.gc.ca/pub/85-225-x/85-225-x2010000-eng.pdf Year: 0 Country: Canada Keywords: Police Administration Shelf Number: 121302

Author: Perreault, Samuel Title: Violent Victimization of Aboriginal People in the Canadian Provinces, 2009 Summary: This report examines the violent victimization of Aboriginal people in the Canadian provinces for calendar year 2009. Highlights include the following: • In 2009, Aboriginal people were more likely than non-Aboriginal people to report being victimized. Overall, 37% of Aboriginal people self-reported being the victim of a crime compared to 26% of non-Aboriginal people. • Sexual assaults accounted for more than one-third of violent incidents with an Aboriginal victim. Aboriginal people reported sexual assault incidents at a rate of 70 incidents per 1,000 people, compared to 23 per 1,000 non-Aboriginal people. • Those aged 15 to 24 years were the victims in nearly half (47%) of incidents reported by Aboriginal people, whereas they represented 22% of the Aboriginal population aged 15 and over. • Aboriginal women were almost three times more likely than non-Aboriginal women to report that they had been a victim of spousal violence in the past five years. Aboriginal victims of spousal violence were also more likely to report that they have feared for their life or that they had been injured as a result of the violence. • Violent crimes with an Aboriginal victim were less likely than those with a non-Aboriginal victim to involve a weapon. • Violent crimes involving an Aboriginal victim (67%) were more likely than incidents with a non-Aboriginal victim (52%) to be related to the alcohol or illegal drug use of the perpetrator. • Among both Aboriginal and non-Aboriginal people, about 1 in 3 violent incidents was reported to police. However, incidents of spousal violence involving an Aboriginal victim were more likely to be reported than those involving a non-Aboriginal victim. • Similar to non-Aboriginal people, the vast majority of Aboriginal people said they were satisfied with their overall personal safety from crime. Details: Ottawa: Statistics Canada, 2011. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 11, 2011 at: http://www.statcan.gc.ca/pub/85-002-x/2011001/article/11415-eng.pdf Year: 2011 Country: Canada Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 121303

Author: Royal Canadian Mounted Police Title: RCMP Canadian Firearms Program: Program Evaluation Summary: This report presents a Strategic Evaluation of the Canadian Firearms Program (CFP), in response to a recommendation contained in the Tenth Report of the Standing Committee on Public Accounts1 published in December 2006 in Chapter 4 of the May 2006 Report of the Auditor General of Canada (Canadian Firearms Program (CFP)) and in accordance with the Treasury Board policy on Transfer Payments. The first section of this report includes the profile, performance measures, evaluation, and reporting plans concerning the CFP and has been updated to reflect recent administrative changes and amendments to the day to day operations of the Royal Canadian Mounted Police Canadian Firearms Program in the administration of the Firearms Act and the CFP. It also addressees the Auditor General’s recommendation that the CFP develop a results chain and improve performance reporting for the Program. The scope of the strategic evaluation is limited to direct costs incurred by the CFP and RCMP partners in the administration of the CFP (see section 2.5 for a definition of direct and indirect costs). The evaluation covers the key evaluation issues of relevance, success, cost-effectiveness and implementation of the CFP. In October 2007, members of the RCMP’s National Program Evaluation Service (NPES) began conducting provincial interviews for the Canadian Firearms Program. Most of the interviews were arranged in advance and candidates were randomly selected from large groupings where possible. Two (2) opt-in provinces were visited: New Brunswick and Ontario; and three (3) opt-out: British Columbia, Alberta and the territory of Nunavut. The following key findings were summarized from interviews and open source documents. The RCMP’s National Program Evaluation Services reviewed existing literature relating to gun policy and regulatory models, with particular emphasis on public safety issues, including suicide, accidental deaths and homicide. Details: Ottawa: RCMP, 2010. 148p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 11, 2011 at: http://www.rcmp-grc.gc.ca/pubs/fire-feu-eval/eval-eng.pdf Year: 2010 Country: Canada Keywords: Firearms (Canada) Shelf Number: 121309

Author: Milligan, Shelly Title: Criminal Harassment in Canada, 2009 Summary: Criminal harassment, commonly referred to as stalking, refers to repeated conduct that is carried out over a period of time that causes victims to reasonably fear for their safety (Department of Justice, 2004). Examples of criminal harassment include repeatedly following or communicating with another person; repeatedly watching someone’s house or workplace; or directly threatening another person or member of their family causing a person to fear for their safety or for the safety of someone known to them. While criminal harassment legislation was introduced in 1993 in response to violence against women, the law applies equally to all victims. The goal of the legislation is to identify and respond to criminal harassment before it escalates into serious physical harm to victims and to prohibit deliberate conduct that is psychologically harmful to others in causing them to fear for their safety (Department of Justice, 2004). Using data from the Uniform Crime Reporting (UCR) Survey and the Adult Criminal Court Survey, this Juristat Bulletin presents the most up-to-date information on police-reported incidents and court cases involving criminal harassment. Unless otherwise noted, data from the UCR Survey reflect all incidents of criminal harassment reported to police. It is important to note, however, that these data likely under-estimate the true extent of criminal harassment in Canada as not all incidents come to the attention of legal authorities. For example, self-reported data from 2009 indicate that about 3 in 10 Canadians (29%) who had been violently victimized in the previous year contacted police to report the incident. Details: Ottawa: Statistics Canada, 2011. 8p. Source: Internet Resource: Juristat Bulletin: Accessed April 14, 2011 at: http://www.statcan.gc.ca/cgi-bin/af-fdr.cgi?l=eng&teng=Criminal%20harassment%20in%20Canada,%202009&tfra=Le%20harcèlement%20criminel%20au%20Canada,%202009&loc=/pub/85-005-x/2011001/article/11407-eng.pdf Year: 2011 Country: Canada Keywords: Harassment Shelf Number: 121348

Author: MacRae, Leslie Title: A Profile of Youth Offenders in Calgary: An Interim Report Summary: The Canadian Research Institute for Law and the Family (CRILF) is conducting a three-year study of youth offending in Calgary with funding from the City of Calgary Community and Neighbourhood Services (Year 1) and the Alberta Law Foundation. The objectives of this study are to: 1. identify how the implementation of the Youth Criminal Justice Act has affected the flow of cases through the youth justice system in Alberta and the workload for various components of the provincial youth justice system; 2. develop a model for predicting why some Calgary youth become serious habitual offenders (SHOs), while others do not; and 3. build a knowledge base for the City of Calgary Community and Neighbourhood Services, Calgary Police Service and other relevant provincial-based agencies for increasing their effectiveness and efficiency by conducting an environmental scan of current best practices in Canada related to: • predictors (risk and protective factors) of offending by youth; • use of decision making instruments and protocols across Canada; and • programs targeted at chronic/persistent youth offenders across Canada. The investigation of these objectives was planned over a three-year period and will result in a number of research reports. The activities for Year 1 of the study, which focussed primarily on Objective #2, are the focus of this report. Details: Calgary, Alberta: Canadian Research Institute for Law and the Family, 2008. 175p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 15, 2011 at: http://people.ucalgary.ca/~crilf/publications/Final_Report_A_Profile_of_Youth_Crime_in_Calgary_March2008.pdf Year: 2008 Country: Canada Keywords: Chronic Juvenile Offenders Shelf Number: 121367

Author: Zhang, Ting Title: Costs of Crime in Canada, 2008 Summary: The present study provides estimates of the social and economic costs of crime in Canada. Drawing on a variety of methods documented in existing literature and other similar studies, an economic model was developed that outlined the financial costs associated with crime in Canada. Data sources used for the estimation included the Police Administration Survey, the Adult Criminal Court Survey (ACCS), the Integrated Correctional Services Survey (ICSS), the Canadian Institute for Health Information (CIHI), the 2004 General Social Survey (GSS) and various governmental publications. In 2008, the total (tangible) social and economic costs of Criminal Code offences in Canada were approximately $31.4 billion. This amounted to a per capita cost of $943 per year. However, this is likely to be a conservative estimate due to the unavailability of data in many areas. Despite best efforts to account for all the financial impacts of crime, only a partial picture of the true range of costs is ever available. The costs outlined herein were borne by the criminal justice system, victims of crimes and third parties in general. Details of the estimated costs of each category are presented in Summary Table 1. The costs pertaining to the Canadian criminal justice system in 2008 amounted to about $15.0 billion for policing, court, prosecution, legal aid, correctional services and mental health review boards. This figure accounted for approximately 2.5% of the total annual expenditures by all levels of governments in 2008. A breakdown of the total criminal justice costs by sector reveals that policing services used the majority of justice expenditures (57.2%), followed by corrections (32.2%), courts (4.5%), prosecutions (3.5%) and legal aid (2.5%). The most direct impact of crime is borne by victims. Of the total estimated costs, $14.3 billion was incurred as a direct result of crime, for such items as medical attention, hospitalizations, lost wages, missed school days, stolen/damaged property. Specifically, productivity losses represented 47.0% of the total costs borne by victims followed by stolen/damaged property (42.9%) and health care costs (10.1%). While crime has its most significant impact on victims, others suffer as well. Family members may grieve the loss of a loved one or take time off from their daily activities to accompany victims (e.g., to court or doctor's appointments). Governments also provide various victim services and compensation programs to help victims. All these costs are reflected in the costs to the third-party. In 2008, the total costs borne by the third-party were about 2.1 billion, including the costs to other people who were hurt or threatened in the incidents, government expenditures for providing victim services, running shelters and operating national crime prevention strategies, etc. Prior to the mid-1980s, it was generally believed that the costs of the criminal justice system dwarfed the costs imposed on victims. Once economists began to include the intangible costs of crime such as pain and suffering and lost quality of life, this relationship was reversed. For example, victim costs accounted for 45.6% of the total estimated tangible costs as presented above, but would account for 82.8% of the total costs if those intangible costs were taken into account. However, placing a monetary value on intangible items is subject to considerable uncertainty and controversy. Many studies have attempted to estimate the intangible costs of crime borne to victims, but no study has been able to produce estimates without much addendum and much critique. Notwithstanding the differences in method among studies, the consensus remains that intangible costs are often the most expensive component of victim costs. In the present study, it is estimated that the total intangible costs were about $68.2 billion in 2008, which increased the total costs of crime to $99.6 billion. See Summary Table 2 for details of the estimates of intangible costs. While intangible costs are borne by victims, they are presented separately from other tangible victim costs as these figures are based on more subjective criteria. Detailed calculations are presented in Appendix A-D. In 2005, the Research and Statistics Division estimated the total costs of crime in Canada to be $70 billion. Apart from changes in the composition and consequences of crimes, characteristics of cases disposed in criminal court, legislation and inflation, improvements in the costing methodology and data sources used have resulted in a significant increase in the total costs of crime. As certain cost elements are not included (such as mental health care costs, life-time productivity losses, lost legitimate incomes for offenders and psychological impacts on family members, etc.), it is reasonable to suggest the current 2008 estimate of $99.6 billion ($31.4 billion+$68.2 billion) is a conservative estimate. Details: Ottawa: Department of Justice Canada, 2010. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 16, 2011 at: http://www.justice.gc.ca/eng/pi/rs/rep-rap/2011/rr10_5/rr10_5.pdf Year: 2010 Country: Canada Keywords: Costs of Crime (Canada) Shelf Number: 121370

Author: Canada. Statistics Canada Title: Legal Aid in Canada: Resource and Caseload Statistics, 2009/2010 Summary: This annual report provides an analytical overview of the revenues, expenditures and caseloads of legal aid plans in Canada. It includes information at the provincial/territorial level on legal aid delivery systems, sources of revenue, expenditures on legal aid services, and legal aid caseloads. Highlights for 2009/2010 include the following: • In 2009/2010, legal aid plans spent $762 million on providing legal aid services in 11 provinces and territories, which amounts to about $23 for every Canadian. After adjusting for inflation, legal aid spending was up about 4% from the previous year. • With the exception of Quebec and Ontario, legal aid plans spent more on criminal matters than civil matters in 2009/2010. The Quebec legal aid plan allocated 43% of its direct expenditures to criminal matters, while in Ontario the figure was 47%. In the other jurisdictions the proportion of direct expenditures on criminal matters ranged from 56% for Alberta to 74% for Saskatchewan and the Northwest Territories. • Legal aid in Canada is funded primarily by provincial/territorial and federal governments. In 2009/2010, legal aid plans reported receiving funding totalling over $721 million with 93% of this amount coming from government sources. Other funding is received by way of client contributions, cost recovery monies and contributions from the legal profession. • Provincial and territorial governments directly fund both criminal and civil legal aid. The $547 million contribution in 2009/2010 represented a 6% increase from the previous year (after inflation) and marked the fifth consecutive annual increase. In 2009/2010, funding was up in 9 of the 13 jurisdictions (after inflation), led by Manitoba at 31%. • The federal government contributes directly to the cost of criminal legal aid only. In 2009/2010, funding for all 13 jurisdictions totalled $112 million. After adjusting for inflation, this figure was down slightly from the year before. • About 745,000 applications for legal assistance were received by legal aid plans in the 11 reporting provinces and territories in 2009/2010, a decline of 5% from the previous year. The decline was driven by fewer civil legal aid applications as the number of criminal legal aid applications remained unchanged. Civil matters accounted for over half (55%) of applications received. • In 2009/2010, the reporting legal aid plans approved almost 500,000 applications for full legal aid services (including providing information, advice and representation in court), a decrease of 1% from the previous year. Criminal matters accounted for over half (56%) of approved applications. • In the reporting provinces and territories, almost 10,000 lawyers from both the private sector and legal aid plans provided legal aid assistance in 2009/2010, a decline of 2% from the previous year. Private lawyers accounted for 87% of those providing legal aid services, while legal aid plan staff lawyers accounted for the remaining 13%. Details: Ottawa: Ministry of Industry, 2011. 125p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 25, 2011 at: http://dsp-psd.pwgsc.gc.ca/Collection-R/Statcan/85F0015XIE/85F0015XIE.html Year: 2011 Country: Canada Keywords: Assistance to the Poor Shelf Number: 121486

Author: Helmus, Leslie Title: Assessing the Risk of Older Sex Offenders: Developing the Static-99R and Static-2002R Summary: Actuarial risk assessment scales and their associated recidivism estimates are generally developed on samples of offenders whose average age is well under 50 years old. Criminal behaviour of all types declines with age; consequently, actuarial scales tend to overestimate recidivism for older offenders. The current study aimed to develop a revised scoring system for two risk assessment tools (Static-99 and Static-2002) that would more accurately describe older offenders’ risk of recidivism. Using data from 8,390 sex offenders derived from 24 separate samples, age was found to add incremental predictive validity to both Static-99 and Static-2002. After creating new age weights, the resulting instruments (Static-99R and Static-2002R) had only slightly higher relative predictive accuracy. The absolute recidivism estimates, however, provided a substantially better fit for older offenders than the recidivism estimates from the original scales. We encourage evaluators to adopt the revised scales with the new age weights. Details: Ottawa: Public Safety Canada, 2011. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 6, 2011 at: http://www.publicsafety.gc.ca/res/cor/rep/_fl/2011-01-aroso-eng.pdf Year: 2011 Country: Canada Keywords: Elderly Sex Offenders Shelf Number: 121985

Author: Babchishin, Kelly M. Title: The RRASOR, Static-99R and Static-2002R All Add Incrementally to the Prediction of Recidivism Among Sex Offenders Summary: Empirically derived actuarial tools are increasingly being used in applied psychology, particularly for the assessment of risk for crime and violence. Although evaluators commonly use more than one scale, it is unclear how evaluators should interpret divergent findings. The current study examined the predictive accuracy and incremental validity of three risk assessment scales (RRASOR, Static-99R, and Static2002R) in twenty distinct samples of sex offenders (N = 7,491). Static-99R and Static-2002R outperformed the RRASOR in the prediction of sexual, violent, and any recidivism. No differences in predictive accuracy were found between Static-99R and Static-2002R. Nevertheless, almost all the scales provided incremental validity to the prediction of all types of recidivism. The direction of the incremental effects, however, was not consistently positive. When controlling for the other measures, high scores on the RRASOR were associated with lower risk for violent and general recidivism. Consequently, decisions concerning the interpretation of multiple risk scales must be informed by the construct validity of the measures. When scales measure the same domain of risk factors, an averaging approach can be justified. If the selected scales are not sampling the same types of risk factors, then evaluators need a defensible model concerning (1) the latent constructs measured by the scales and (2) empirical evidence concerning how the constructs should be weighted and combined. Details: Ottawa: Public Safety Canada, 2011. 29p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 6, 2011 at: Year: 2011 Country: Canada Keywords: Recidivism Shelf Number: 121986

Author: Stapleton, John Title: Making Toronto Safer A Cost-Benefit Analysis of Transitional Housing Supports for Men Leaving Incarceration Summary: In early 2010, the John Howard Society of Toronto commissioned a cost benefit study and analysis of Transitional Housing and supports (THS) for two types of ex-prisoners moving to the community from incarceration. The first group is comprised of homeless ex-prisoners (individuals often charged with petty theft, drug possession, public disturbances and who have no fixed address upon their release from custody. They have partially served their sentence in jail and will serve the remainder of it in the community, under supervision). The latter group is comprised of s810 sexual offenders (Section 810 peace bonds are court orders that enable the police to protect the public by requiring an individual who poses a threat to society to abide by specific conditions for up to one year and can be renewed). This proposition was to calculate the cost savings (if any) associated with the intervention of transitional housing and supports as opposed to their absence. The cost benefit study framed the intervention of THS as a public good and a service to the community as well as the ex-prisoner and assessed the benefit with all public stakeholders in mind. The latest available data was used to conduct the study. John Stapleton (Principal of Open Policy Ontario) in partnerships with Brendon Pooran and Rene Doucet (Chronicle Analytics) completed the study in November 2010. The next step is to file a funding application to the City of Toronto and to explore funding opportunities generally (with a focus on the provincial government) to expand THS. If John Howard Toronto expands the support services and access to housing for those who have been released from correctional facilities, it believes that the recidivism rate (re-offending rate) will decline. Lower recidivism is accepted as an important indicator of community safety. Details: Toronto: John Howard Society of Toronto, 2011. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 18, 2011 at: http://www.johnhowardtor.on.ca/pdfs/FINAL%20MAY%2031%20JohnHowardcomplete.pdf Year: 2011 Country: Canada Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 122088

Author: John Howard Society of Toronto Title: Homeless and Jailed: Jailed and Homeless Summary: Previous research has established that being homeless increases the likelihood of ending up in jail, while imprisonment increases the risk of homelessness and the length of time that homeless people spend in shelters. The number of homeless prisoners in Toronto area jails is increasing. And a small, but growing, number of men are caught in a revolving door between jails and shelters. This report explores the housing situation of adult men serving sentences in Toronto area jails, focusing on those who are homeless. These prisoners‘ housing plans on discharge, as well as their immediate and anticipated service needs in the months after release, are documented. Their residential locations are mapped in relation to selected neighbourhood characteristics. The survey results are based on interviews with 363 sentenced prisoners who have spent a minimum of five consecutive nights in custody and who are within days of scheduled release from one of four provincial correctional facilities in the Greater Toronto Area. Among this group, 22.9 percent, or roughly one of every five prisoners, was homeless when incarcerated, that is they were staying in a shelter, living on the street (in places considered unfit for human habitation), in a treatment facility, or staying at the home of a friend, paying no rent. The latter situation is a common form of hidden homelessness; if persons in that situation are excluded, in line with a more conservative definition of homelessness, a total of 19.3 percent were homeless. The average stay in custody was a little more than two months. Within days of discharge, the prisoners‘ housing plans indicate that their overall projected rate of homelessness would increase by 40 percent. Half of them plan to return to their pre-custody housing situation, even if it meant staying in a shelter, on the street, or using a friend‘s couch. Of those who were homeless before being incarcerated, the majority, 85.5 percent, anticipate being homeless again on discharge. Among prisoners who were housed before being incarcerated, 16.4 percent anticipate being homeless upon discharge. Thirteen percent of the survey respondents were homeless both before and after being incarcerated. Overall, 32.2 percent, or almost one of every three prisoners had plans upon discharge to go a shelter, live on the street, or couch-surf at the home of a friend. Another 12 percent of these prisoners are at risk of being homeless since they do not know where they will go. If these two groups are combined, a total of 44.6 percent are homeless or at risk of homelessness. This is a large, identifiable stream of people who should be targeted for assistance to reduce chronic homelessness. Analysts have pointed out repeatedly that relative to other homeless sub-groups, those who are chronically homeless have the greatest need for appropriate housing and services, an investment that would provide the largest social returns (Trypuc and Robinson 2009). Homeless prisoners are a vulnerable group – they tend to be older, 22.3 percent are 50 years of age or older. A high proportion of them, 43.3 percent, have severe health impairments. Most of them rely on income support programs, whose benefits they lose while in jail; in many cases, they must re-apply for these benefits after they are discharged. Homeless prisoners requested more types of service to deal with community re-entry than housed prisoners. Yet, almost all the prisoners (95 percent) said they needed various kinds of support. Overall, the survey respondents were only slightly more likely than the general population to have been living in low-income neighbourhoods that lack adequate services for the needs of residents. Homeless prisoners were most likely to have been living in downtown and City-designated priority neighbourhoods. Details: Toronto: John Howard Society of Toronto, 2010. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 19, 2011 at: http://media.thestar.topscms.com/acrobat/ef/6e/a2fdc45d452d8cc6e23535371b07.pdf Year: 2010 Country: Canada Keywords: Homeless Persons (Toronto) Shelf Number: 122110

Author: Brennan, Shannon Title: Police-Reported Crime Statistics in Canada, 2010 Summary: Police-reported crime statistics in Canada, 2010: Highlights include • In 2010, police-reported crime in Canada continued its downward trend. Both the volume and severity of crime fell from the previous year, down 5% and 6% respectively. • There were approximately 77,000 fewer police-reported crimes in 2010 than in 2009. Decreases among property crimes — namely theft under $5,000, mischief, motor vehicle thefts, and break and enters — accounted for the majority of the decline. Police also reported decreases in homicide, attempted murder, robbery and assault. • The 2010 crime rate, which measures the volume of police-reported crime, reached its lowest level since the early 1970s. The Crime Severity Index, which measures the seriousness of crime, dropped to its lowest point since this measure first became available in 1998. • The severity of crime decreased or remained stable across the country in 2010, with the exception of Newfoundland and Labrador, the Northwest Territories and Nunavut. Alberta and British Columbia reported the largest declines, down 8% and 7% respectively. • Most of Canada’s census metropolitan areas, including the ten largest, reported decreases in crime severity. Despite an 8% decline, Regina continued to report the highest index in the country followed by the other western cities of Saskatoon and Winnipeg. • Canada’s Violent Crime Severity Index fell 6%, the fourth consecutive annual decline and the largest drop seen in more than a decade. The decline in the rate of violent crime was more modest, down 3%. • With 554 homicides in 2010, the homicide rate dropped 10% and reached its lowest point since the mid-1960s. The rate of attempted murders also fell (-14%) and reached its lowest point since 1977. • Following three consecutive annual increases, the rate of impaired driving offences dropped 6% in 2010. The rate of impaired driving has been generally declining since peaking in 1981. • In contrast to most types of crime, increases were reported in the rates of child pornography offences (+36%), firearm offences (+11%), criminal harassment (+5%), and sexual assault (+5%). • Drug offences also increased in 2010 (+10%), driven primarily by a higher number of cannabis offences. The overall increase continues the upward trend that began in the early 1990s. • Both the rate and severity of youth crime decreased in 2010, down 7% and 6% respectively. The severity of violent crime committed by youth also decreased, down 4% from 2009. • There were 56 youth accused of homicide in 2010, 23 fewer than in 2009, resulting in a 29% decline in the rate. Declines were also seen in the rates of youth accused for many other offences in 2010, including motor vehicle thefts (-14%), serious assault (-12%) and break and enters (-10%). Robbery was one of the few crimes committed by youth to increase in 2010, up 2%. Details: Ottawa: Statistics Canada, 2011. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: Juristat Article: Accessed July 26, 2011 at: http://www.statcan.gc.ca/pub/85-002-x/2011001/article/11523-eng.pdf Year: 2011 Country: Canada Keywords: Crime Rates Shelf Number: 122166

Author: Takala, Chelsea Title: A Quantitative Exploration into the Backgrounds of Gang Members in the Breaking the Cycle Program in Toronto Summary: Gang affiliated youth often come from inner city communities that experience a multitude of challenges. Many of these challenges can result in the experience of trauma and traumatic experiences. Neither issue of youth gangs nor high risk youth and trauma has been researched within a Canadian context. The purpose of this study was to explore the nature of trauma common to gang involved youth and the impact these experiences may have on their mental, physical and emotional health, including the prevalence of Posttraumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD), Acute Stress Disorder (ASD) and other symptoms present. A quantitative assessment tool named the DAPS assessment was administered by program staff to participants of Toronto‟s only gang specific program named “Breaking the Cycle” over the last five years. This data was then processed through an exploratory, quasi-experimental, post-test design. Of the 85 tools administered, 77 were considered valid according to the DAPS validity scales. Of the 77 participants included in this study, 100% had experienced at least one form of trauma. The average number of differing traumatic experiences was 6.25. The prevalence of PTSD was 66.2%. Symptoms including hyperarousal, reexperiencing, flashbacks, avoidance, suicidality and substance usage were significant and differed between genders. Details: Toronto, Canada: York University, 2010. 70p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 1, 2011 at: http://www.cantraining.org/linked/chelsea_s%20paper.pdf Year: 2010 Country: Canada Keywords: Gangs (Toronto, Canada) Shelf Number: 122237

Author: Barnett, Laura Title: Trafficking in Persons Summary: Trafficking in persons has become one of the most pressing issues in global migration policy. The illegal transportation and harbouring of people for the purposes of forced service and other forms of exploitation is a violation of internationally and domestically recognized human rights. Organizations have arrived at different estimates concerning the extent of this global problem, partly because of differences in the interpretation of the term, but primarily because the clandestine nature of the crimes involved makes it difficult to produce accurate statistics. The United Nations (UN) has previously estimated that 700,000 people are trafficked annually worldwide, though it has most recently reported that any estimates made to date have been controversial due to the difficulty in determining “with any precision how many victims of human trafficking there are, where they come from or where they are going.” This paper will discuss the concept of trafficking in general terms and provide an overview of the legislative framework surrounding the issue at the international level and within the Canadian context. It will conclude with a discussion of potential gaps in Canadian legislation and policy with respect to trafficking in persons. Details: Ottawa: Parliamentary Information and Research Service, Library of Parliament, 2011. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Background Paper: Accessed August 15, 2011 at: http://www.parl.gc.ca/Content/LOP/ResearchPublications/2011-59-e.pdf Year: 2011 Country: Canada Keywords: Forced Labor Shelf Number: 122352

Author: Cunningham, Alison Title: One Step Forward: Lessons Learned from a Randomized Study of Multisystemic Therapy in Canada Summary: Five years ago, a committed and energetic group of people in four southern Ontario communities embarked upon a process that brought a promising intervention for serious young offenders to Canada. Multisystemic Therapy (MST) had attracted attention in the United States where two randomized studies showed dramatic success in reducing arrests and incarceration. Ontario’s Ministry of Community and Social Services supported the MST project because it promised to be a cost-efficient way of reducing youth crime. Reductions in offending would, in turn, reduce both losses to crime victims and costs associated with criminal justice processing. The National Crime Prevention Centre (NCPC) supported the evaluation to learn if MST could work in Canada as well as it had in the United States. The follow-up will end in 2004, and few research questions will be left unanswered. There are two parts to this document. The first is a background of the MST project including interim research results on 407 youth. The second is a discussion of “lessons learned” and the related recommendations for policy makers, funding bodies, and researchers. This discussion begins with a description of 10 different ways the wrong conclusion could have been made about the effectiveness of MST in Canada, had a less rigorous methodology been used. Various observations and recommendations flow from the lessons learned. The biggest lesson is clear: the time and effort spent on rigorous research pays off in information that informs the search for effective interventions. Conversely, research that falls short of accepted standards of scientific rigour – unfortunately the norm in Canada – could be justifying the status quo when better interventions should be sought. It might even be pushing practice in the wrong direction. We can look to the United States for examples of how randomized field studies are contributing to the crime prevention knowledge base. While “evidence-based practice” has become a common buzz word, there is little Canadian evidence that can reliably inform our choices of program models. This study suggests caution in assuming American results will replicate in Canada. Even in the United States, crime prevention is driven more by rhetoric than reality because current research results should really be viewed with no more than cautious optimism.[1] Some may be tempted to label this study a failure because we are not able to recommend the adoption of MST in Canada. Quite the opposite. We learn a great deal from finding out what does not work. MST is probably not the answer for this client group, but the current interventions did not fare well either. It would be a mistake to take these results as proof that existing practice is effective. This study puts us one step forward in the journey to find effective interventions for serious young offenders. It is a worth-while trip because the goal is community safety. Details: London, ONT: Centre for Chidlren and Families in the Justice System, London Family Court Clinic, 2002. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 23, 2011 at: http://www.lfcc.on.ca/One_Step_Forward.pdf Year: 2002 Country: Canada Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 122467

Author: Verga, Simona Title: Closed-Circuit TV Surveillance Evaluation: Statistical Analysis of the Effects on Rates of Crime Summary: This paper reports on the statistical analysis conducted on crime data provided by the Toronto Police Services in order to assess the impact on crime after implementing the Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) pilot initiative. Over the period May 2007 to October 2008, the Toronto Police Services installed CCTV cameras in a number of selected areas for periods of time between six months and one year. This report documents the results of the application of standard statistical techniques to determine the effectiveness of surveillance cameras in reducing crime, and compares them with findings from previous research studies. The analysis is based on data derived from the Toronto Police Services call-for-service ACCESS database, a comprehensive, geo-coded database that includes all records of demands for policing services involving events of a violent nature from 1995. This report addresses questions related to crime reduction in the targeted areas and diffusion of benefits beyond the targeted areas, and makes some general considerations about displacement and dispersion. Details: Ottawa: Defence Research and Development Canada, Centre for Security Science, 2010. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: DRDC CSS TR 2010-09: Accessed August 31, 2011: http://pubs.drdc.gc.ca/inbasket/mmgreene.110105_1359.DRDC%20CSS%20TR%202010-09_A1b.pdf Year: 2010 Country: Canada Keywords: Closed-Circuit Television (Toronto) Shelf Number: 122574

Author: Power, Jenelle Title: A Qualitative Study of Self-Injurious Behaviour in Women Offenders Summary: Non-suicidal self-injury (NSSI) may be defined as the deliberate destruction of body tissue without suicidal intent and for purposes not socially sanctioned and may include behaviours such as cutting, ligature use, burning, hitting, swallowing sharp or indigestible objects, inserting and removing objects, and head banging. NSSI poses a serious threat to the safety and well-being of offenders and staff within the Correctional Service of Canada (CSC). To more effectively treat and prevent NSSI in offenders, a greater understanding of the origins and motivations of NSSI is required. The purpose of this study, therefore, is to analyse the motivations and emotions associated with engaging in NSSI as described by women offenders. Fifty-six federally sentenced women from seven institutions participated in semi-structured interviews that were designed to assess their history of non-suicidal self-injury. Of the 56 women who participated in the study and had a history NSSI, 54 provided at least one reason for engaging in this behaviour. The most common reason provided by the women was to cope with their negative emotions. The second most common reason was to communicate with others about their problems and their need for care. Fifty-two women provided information on the emotions they experience before and after self-injuring. The most common emotions reported prior to engaging in NSSI were anger, depression, and anxiety. After self-injuring, women most commonly reported feelings of relief, followed by feelings of regret. Seventeen participants discussed the relationship between NSSI and substance abuse, despite the fact that substance abuse was not part of the original interview protocol. Ten of these 17 indicated that they were consuming drugs or alcohol while involved in an act of NSSI or that substance abuse increased the frequency of NSSI, while seven of these women reported that substance abuse actually decreased the frequency of NSSI or that they used drugs or alcohol as a substitute for NSSI. The issue of coping strategies or alternatives to NSSI was spontaneously discussed by the participating women in many interviews and, over time, the interviewers began to specifically probe participants about this topic. Twenty-four participants reported that they had begun using coping strategies other than NSSI to help them deal with stress or negative emotions. The most commonly reported coping strategies were appropriate release of emotions, relaxation techniques and distraction techniques such as reading, exercising, and creating artwork. The current study improves the current understanding of NSSI, particularly among federally sentenced women. Since the women most commonly reported engaging in NSSI as a method of coping, interventions could explore methods of teaching alternative copying strategies to a wider population of federally sentenced women. Details: Ottawa: Correctional Services of Canada, Research Branch, 2010. 55p. Source: Internet Resource: No. R-225: Accessed September 3, 2011 at: http://www.csc-scc.gc.ca/text/rsrch/reports/r225/r225-eng.pdf Year: 2010 Country: Canada Keywords: Female Inmates (Canada) Shelf Number: 122629

Author: Usher, Amelia Title: Assessment, Intervention and Prevention of Self-Injurious Behaviour in Correctional Environments Summary: Self-injurious behaviour (SIB) is a significant concern for the Correctional Service of Canada (CSC) because of the risks it can pose to the safety of staff and offenders within federal correctional institutions. SIB can be defined as any type of direct bodily harm or disfigurement that is deliberately inflicted on oneself that is not considered to be socially acceptable, including cutting, ligature use, burning, hitting, swallowing sharp or indigestible objects, inserting and removing objects, and head banging. To contribute to a safer environment for offenders and staff, CSC must respond to SIB in an effective manner and work towards the reduction and prevention of this behaviour. This literature review was undertaken to determine the best practices for preventing and treating SIB in correctional settings. While it is difficult to predict with certainty which offenders will exhibit SIB while incarcerated, certain factors have been consistently associated with increased risk for SIB. A number of variables such as ethnicity, lower socio-economic background, same-sex attraction, borderline personality disorder, depression, anxiety, substance abuse, impulsivity, dissociation, and history of childhood trauma have been found to correlate with SIB. CSC’s offender population has high rates of many of these factors and therefore likely have an elevated risk for SIB. SIB, and particularly non-suicidal self-injury (NSSI), is a troubling and complex behaviour which presents a challenge for effective treatment. A number of risk assessment tools have the potential for early identification of offenders at risk, but currently no instrument has been proven to be empirically valid in correctional settings. Research indicates that certain interventions can reduce the frequency and severity of this behaviour. Therapeutic treatments such as cognitive behavioural therapy, dialectical behaviour therapy, and manual assisted cognitive therapy have demonstrated effectiveness for treating SIB in both the community and in correctional settings. Further, certain elements common to these therapies such as creating a positive therapeutic relationship, incident analysis, and cognitive restructuring have been found effective in the literature. These elements can be incorporated into existing correctional programs for improved prevention and treatment of SIB. A number of systemic interventions have also been proposed and are supported in the literature such as suicide awareness training and peer support programs. Correctional staff working closely with self-injuring offenders require additional support in dealing with this behaviour, as it can lead to increased stress and burnout. Evidence in the literature supports increased training for staff and the provision of support services such as critical incident stress debriefing and employee assistance programs. Currently, CSC has implemented a number of policies and initiatives that are in-line with evidence based practices for the treatment and prevention of self-injury. The research examined in this literature review presents a number of options that CSC could continue to develop or adopt to improve current management of SIB. Details: Ottawa: Correctional Service of Canada, Research Branch, 2010. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: No. R-220: Accessed September 3, 2011 at: http://www.csc-scc.gc.ca/text/rsrch/reports/r220/r220-eng.pdf Year: 2010 Country: Canada Keywords: Inmates (Canada) Shelf Number: 122630

Author: Barkley, Mark Title: CCTV Pilot Project Evaluation Report Summary: In January 2006, the Toronto Police Service commenced research into the use of Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) in public spaces to reduce crime and increase community safety. This report presents the findings of the project team that conducted a external review of the program. In brief, the external evaluation found that the level of crime decreased in three of the five deployment areas; however, there are some differences in reported results between the internal and external evaluations. Details: Unpublished Report prepared for the Toronto Police, 2009(?). 111p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 3, 2011 at: http://geeksandglobaljustice.com/wp-content/TPS-CCTV-report.pdf Year: 2009 Country: Canada Keywords: Closed-Circuit Television (CCTV), Toronto Shelf Number: 122643

Author: Heckbert, Doug Title: Turning Points: A Study of the Factors Related to the Successful Reintegration of Aboriginal Offenders Summary: This study examined the lives of 68 Aboriginal ex-offenders who, at one time, had been very serious offenders and who had turned their lives around to become law-abiding citizens successfully integrated into the community. A similar study (Hodgson & Heckbert, 1995) identified a number of factors associated with the successful integration of Aboriginal offenders. The present study served as a follow-up to examine these factors more thoroughly and to explore other factors associated with success. The sample, chosen from the Edmonton (Alberta) area had to meet three conditions: the participants had to be Aboriginal; they had to have served one or more sentences in a federal penitentiary; and, they had to have been out of trouble for at least two years. Twelve women and 56 men took part in the study. The participants were interviewed according to a questionnaire (Appendix A) that guided them through; their early years, getting into trouble, getting out of trouble and staying out of trouble. Each interview was tape recorded, the tapes were transcribed and the transcripts were used as the primary source of data, which is presented using basic statistical methods with excerpts from the interviews. The study found that the majority of the participants said that their childhood years were dysfunctional. Almost two-thirds (62%) described their childhood as negative and 81% described their adolescence as negative. They experienced unstable family environments and living conditions of abuse and neglect. For example, 40% said that they had lived in an orphanage or in foster care and 28% said that they had been placed in a residential school. In addition, 40% reported being abused (physically, mentally, and/or sexually). As a result of their early living conditions, many respondents resorted to crime and violence. The respondents reported committing a great number of offences and having spent large amounts of time in the correctional system. When asked what would have prevented them from getting into trouble in the first place, the two main factors were communication and family support. Gradually, however, the respondents turned their lives around. This process took many different forms and different lengths of time for each person. There were many variables that influenced their getting out of trouble, but some of the main influences were: controlling alcohol and drug use, family support, and feeling sick and tired of being in trouble. At this point in time, the participants have stayed out of conflict with the law for at least two years, but most have been crime-free for many years. There were many factors that influenced their life choices, but some of the main factors in staying out of trouble include: personal values and identity, family, staying clean and sober, self-improvement activities, and friends. For each respondent the pivotal turning point was different. For some, it was the combination of different variables. Change was often slow with many relapses, but change took place. This process of change was often personal, thus, difficult to quantify. This study also demonstrates that Aboriginal spirituality and cultural activities were a major factor in the respondents’ recovery. However, many respondents mentioned that these activities were not always respected while they were in jail. Details: Ottawa: Correctional Service of Canada, 2001. 74p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 6, 2011 at: http://www.csc-scc.gc.ca/text/rsrch/reports/r112/r112_e.pdf Year: 2001 Country: Canada Keywords: Aboriginals Shelf Number: 122649

Author: Human Sector Resources Title: Challenge, Choice, & Change: A Report on Evidence-Based Practice in the Provision of Policing Services to Aboriginal Peoples Summary: This is paper #12, one of more than 20 research documents commissioned by the Ipperwash Inquiry for the purpose of assisting in the development of the Inquiry’s “Part 2” recommendations. Those recommendations will consider both “systemic” and “operational” issues relating to the Inquiry’s mandate of assessing evidentiary information and making recommendations regarding the avoidance of violence during confrontations between police and Aboriginal peoples. In preparing this report, researchers reviewed more than 15,000 pages of material gleaned from inquiries, commissions, studies, reports and evaluations of Aboriginal–police relations in Canada, Australia, and the United States. Unfortunately, the original plan to identify only “evidence-based” initiatives had to be abandoned—there was little evidence about what really worked. There was, however, consensus in three significant areas as to what “should” and, in some cases, what “seemed” to be working. It also became evident that the potential for significantly impacting crime and victimization of Aboriginal peoples simply through adjustments to Aboriginal–police relations was limited. The reality of Aboriginal “overrepresentation” in the Canadian criminal justice system is that the circumstances that give rise to this overrepresentation are principally age, poor education, unemployment, and substance abuse; by and large, conditions that are beyond the criminal justice system’s ability to ameliorate. Notwithstanding, there are opportunities to make a difference. The first area of consensus was the potential for community policing approaches to reduce crime and to improve relationships between police and the people they are to serve. Unfortunately there were few examples where the strategy has been applied comprehensively and/or where police have had the resources to witness its full potential—at least in relation to Aboriginal people. A second area of consensus was with regard to “governance” models. Aboriginal people must be given greater control over police services and in turn, must be more accountable for results. The key dimension of a successful governance model includes the right to self-determination and the full and effective participation of Aboriginal people in overseeing police activity. The third area of consensus was in relation to recruitment, training, and retention of police officers. The key dimensions of a successful approach include screening for racism, recruitment of more Aboriginal people to police service, employee and family assistance programs, and cross-cultural training that utilizes Aboriginal officers in an experiential model. This report goes on to identify other innovations in Aboriginal police relations that appear to have great promise. These include: • Community Justice Groups • National Indian Youth Academy • Diversion • Circle Sentencing • Gang Resistance Education and Training • Aboriginal Police Commissions • Watch House • Rules for Interrogation The report concludes with a summary of the various program choices that would appear to have the potential to make a difference, a challenge that we must finally act on these choices, and a caution that real change will occur only if we address the underlying economic and social conditions experienced by Aboriginal people in Canada. Details: Ottawa: Ministry of the Attorney General, 2004. 73p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed September 6, 2011 at: http://www.attorneygeneral.jus.gov.on.ca/inquiries/ipperwash/policy_part/research/pdf/Human_Sector_Resources_Report.pdf Year: 2004 Country: Canada Keywords: Aboriginals Shelf Number: 122654

Author: Deisman, Wade Title: A Report on Camera Surveillance in Canada: Part One Summary: This is a report about camera surveillance in Canada. Although cameras have been appearing for some years in the streets, shopping malls, airports, train stations, arenas and even convenience stores and taxi‐cabs, no one has undertaken a systematic survey of what's happening in the Canadian context. This report offers some of the history of camera surveillance in Canada, the driving forces behind the trends, the deployment of cameras in specific sites and some of the issues, such as the effectiveness of systems, and privacy and civil liberties questions, raised by this relatively new development. Details: Kingston, ON: Surveillance Cameras Awareness Network, Queen's University, 2009. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 6, 2011 at: http://www.sscqueens.org/sites/default/files/SCAN_Report_Phase1_Final_Jan_30_2009.pdf Year: 2009 Country: Canada Keywords: Closed-Circuit Television (CCTV) Shelf Number: 122663

Author: Bozbeyoglu, Alanur Cavlin Title: The Private Sector, National Security and Personal Data: An Exploratory Assessment of Private Sector Involvement in Airport and Border Security in Canada Summary: Security has become a rationale for new laws and initiatives that call in question the future of key Canadian social values and legal rights, including the right to privacy. Security tasks are increasingly carried out by the private sector. This exploratory study by the Surveillance Studies Centre (SSC) at Queen's University assesses the involvement of the private sector in border and airport security in Canada. Details: Kingston, ON: Surveillance Studies Centre, Queen's University, 2011. 63p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 6, 2011 at: http://www.sscqueens.org/sites/default/files/OPC_Final_31_March.pdf Year: 2011 Country: Canada Keywords: Airport Security Shelf Number: 122668

Author: British Columbia. Ministry of Attorney General, Justice Services Branch Title: Downtown Community Court in Vancouver: Interim Evaluation Report Summary: Vancouver’s Downtown Community Court (DCC) was launched in September 2008. The DCC was created as a pilot project in response to a recommendation of the B.C. Justice Review Task Force and its Street Crime Working Group. The DCC was established as a partnership of 14 agencies to integrate services and supports: the Ministry of Attorney General, the Ministry Public Safety and Solicitor General, the Provincial Court of B.C., and a number of health and social services agencies. The justice ministries, and other partner agencies, have made significant financial contributions to develop and operate the DCC. The DCC partner agencies work together in an integrated manner, facilitated by staff and services that are co‐located in the courthouse, to support victims and offenders. This level of integration was possible due to considerable organizational and staff commitment and dedication. The DCC also creates relationships with neighbourhoods and community groups, and seeks opportunities for the public to connect with the court. The DCC takes a problem‐solving approach to deal with offending behaviours of individuals and the health and social circumstances that often lead to crime. The DCC has a number of goals: improve outcomes for offenders; implement innovative criminal case management to improve justice efficiencies; and provide new opportunities for community participation in the justice system. Ultimately, the DCC aims to reduce crime in Vancouver’s downtown area, reduce offender recidivism, improve public safety, and increase public confidence in the justice system. Evaluation is a fundamental component of the project. It will ultimately determine if the DCC model results in more successful outcomes for victims, offenders and the community, and whether it helps the justice system operate more efficiently. Interest in the DCC is broad and many B.C. communities are looking to establish community courts as possible solutions to crime. The DCC full evaluation, due for release in 2012, will inform these discussions. Details: Vancouver, BC: Ministry of Attorney General, 2010. 81p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 17, 2011 at: http://www.criminaljusticereform.gov.bc.ca/en/reports/pdf/interimevaluation.pdf Year: 2010 Country: Canada Keywords: Case Management Shelf Number: 122765

Author: Doob, Anthony N. Title: Concern with Leniency: An Examination of Sentencing Patterns in British Columbia Summary: There is no question that the topic of sentencing is controversial in Canada, generally, and in British Columbia in particular. As just one illustration of this issue, 69% of all Canadians and 74% of British Columbians indicated that they believed that sentences in criminal matters are too lenient. Such responses are best thought of as ‘beliefs’ since nobody in Canada has completely adequate data on which to evaluate such a statement since completely adequate data on this issue do not exist. The difference between there being some sentences that are demonstrably wrong and sentences generally being too lenient is, of course, important. ‘Fixing’ incorrect sentences is a routine activity of Courts of Appeal. It is most likely that if asked about evidence that sentences were too lenient, people would, at best, give a few examples of apparently lenient sentences rather than systematic data about sentencing patterns. British Columbians may believe sentences are too lenient in part because they, like most Canadians, undoubtedly believe that if the severity of sentences was ‘turned up’, rates of crime would decrease. Compared to the rest of Canada, British Columbia has a relatively high crime rate as measured by crimes reported to the police. However, it is important to note that victimization is not, uniformly, associated with the view that sentences are too lenient. Indeed, in British Columbia those who were victimized in the 12 months prior to being asked their views on the severity of sentences were less likely to say that sentences were too lenient than were those who had not been victimized. Nevertheless, British Columbians are more likely than people in other regions to hold relatively poor views of the criminal courts. However, British Columbians also appear less favourable about other criminal justice institutions - prisons and parole, and the police. It is possible that the special concern that British Columbians have about sentences reflects deeper distrust, in British Columbia than elsewhere in Canada, in the effects of public institutions. One likely explanation for people’s views that sentences are too lenient is that they may believe that judges, at sentencing, could reduce crime if they would only hand down harsher sentences. But there are other reasons. Given that close to three-quarters of Canadians think that sentences are too lenient, this view is seldom challenged. Indeed, in British Columbia, a statement in the Speech from the Throne in February 2008 may easily have been interpreted by the public as suggesting that sentences across all offence categories are more lenient in British Columbia than in other parts of Canada. Publicly available data (from Statistics Canada) certainly support the actual statement that appeared in the Throne Speech. However, if one looks at these data in detail – across all categories of offences – the measures of severity of sentences do not show such a consistent picture. More importantly, the measures that most people may think of when they think about sentence severity do not give an adequate picture of the complexity of the problem. We need to understand the nature of sentences being handed down before we can evaluate their severity. There is no doubt that there is what might be called ‘unexplained’ variation in sentences across judges, court locations, and provinces and territories. Part of the reason for this variability is that the sentencing structure contained in Canada’s Criminal Code does not lay out specific sentences that are appropriate for individual cases. Hence individual judges, interpreting the sentencing provisions of the Criminal Code, might well hand down different patterns of sentences. But there is another important consideration. People often talk about ‘short’ and ‘long’ sentences as if the only relevant dimension of sentences is the average (median or mean) length of a prison sentence that is imposed. It is not that simple. To illustrate the inadequacy of the ‘average length of a prison sentence’ as a measure of sentence severity, one could look at some Statistics Canada data tables presenting the median and mean length of prison sentences for all offences imposed in 2003. These measures were almost identical for British Columbia and for Canada as a whole. One might conclude, on the basis of these comparisons, that sentencing in British Columbia and in Canada, more generally, was of equal severity. However, approximately 40% of cases in British Columbia resulted in a prison sentence as compared to about 35% of cases in all of Canada. Is British Columbia harsher than the rest of Canada? Looking at the proportion of cases with a finding of guilt resulting in a prison sentence, one would easily arrive at this conclusion. Looking at the average length of these prison sentences, one would not. The problem of ‘scaling’ the severity of sentences becomes even more salient when these two indicators – prison sentence length and percent receiving a prison sentence – directly conflict with one another. Take for example, the offence category of “uttering threats.” Statistics Canada reports that in 2003, the average (median and mean) prison sentences in British Columbia were shorter than for Canada as a whole. The mean prison sentence in Canada was reported to be 83 days, whereas for British Columbia it was 61 days. One could easily conclude, therefore, that prison sentences were ‘shorter’ in British Columbia and that sentences for this offence were more lenient in British Columbia than in Canada as a whole. But in British Columbia, 41% of the cases of ‘uttering threats’ resulted in a prison sentence compared to 35.5% of cases in Canada as a whole. What may be happening in British Columbia, therefore, is that cases of uttering threats are receiving relatively short prison sentences that, elsewhere in Canada, would have received a non-custodial sentence. By averaging in a number of relatively short sentences for British Columbia that are not part of the calculation elsewhere in Canada, British Columbia’s average prison sentence decreases because more people convicted of this offence are being sent to prison. We strongly believe that what is needed to compare sentencing patterns across jurisdictions is a comprehensive picture that does not reduce overall sentencing in a jurisdiction to a single number. Hence we have suggested that there be multiple measures of sentencing patterns and that one should look at all available categories of offences. It is natural – and not necessarily inappropriate – to find that there is some variation in sentencing across jurisdictions. After all, under our current law, judges have to decide, within the context of their own jurisdictions, how serious offences are, and what the goals of sentencing should be in determining the sentence. Notwithstanding the ease with which sentences can be described by the average length of a prison sentence, we conclude that these measures (mean or median sentence) have too high a probability of failing to accurately describe sentencing to justify their use. We demonstrated in the full report, for example, that one could have a situation in which five jurisdictions all had the same mean and median sentences for a particular offence category, but the proportion of those found guilty who were given harsh sentences could simultaneously vary, in our hypothetical example, from 1% of those found guilty to 35% of those found guilty. If 1% of all guilty findings in a jurisdiction were to result in a penitentiary sentence and 35% of all guilty findings in another resulted in a penitentiary sentence, we argue that a description of the mean and median sentences of these two jurisdictions as being identical is not terribly helpful, nor descriptive. In order to understand variation in sentencing across Canada, we concluded that it was important to look at data in as much detail as possible. First of all, this meant looking at individual offence groupings as well as comparisons between British Columbia and individual provinces, rather than ‘Canada’ as a single unit. Second, it meant using multiple measures of sentence severity that acknowledge that the distribution of sentences can vary in a number of different ways. The core of our analysis, therefore, presents comparisons between British Columbia and other individual provinces. For various reasons described in the full report, we felt that comparisons between British Columbia, on the one hand and the three territories, Manitoba, and Quebec, on the other hand, should not be made. The most compelling reason for not including the territories in our analysis is their small sample sizes. Comparisons with Manitoba and Quebec were excluded because of the (in)completeness of the data from these two jurisdictions. Hence we present comparisons of British Columbia with each of the remaining 7 provinces. We present five inter-related measures of sentence severity for each offence grouping: 􀂃 the percent of all guilty findings resulting in a prison sentence; 􀂃 the percent of prison sentences that are greater than 3 months in length; 􀂃 the percent of prison sentences that are greater than 6 months in length; 􀂃 the percent of all guilty findings that resulted in a prison sentence of greater than 3 months in length; and 􀂃 the percent of all guilty findings that resulted in a prison sentence of greater than 6 months in length. Details: Toronto: University of Toronto, Centre of Criminology; Ottawa: Department of Criminology, University of Ottawa, 2008. 94p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 17, 2011 at: http://www.criminaljusticereform.gov.bc.ca/en/reports/pdf/ConcernLeniency.pdf Year: 2008 Country: Canada Keywords: Punishment Shelf Number: 122766

Author: Dandurand, Yvon Title: Addressing Inefficiencies in the Criminal Justice Process: A Preliminary Review Summary: British Columbia has an ongoing commitment to addressing justice inefficiencies and is preparing a proposal for a broad review of inefficiencies in the province’s criminal justice system. The British Columbia Justice Efficiencies Project, led by the Criminal Justice Reform Secretariat, is attempting to identify steps which could be taken provincially or at the national level to address perceived justice inefficiencies and to improve the overall performance of the criminal justice process in the province. At the national level, the Federal/Provincial/Territorial Meeting of Deputy Ministers Responsible for Justice in January of this year, Deputy Ministers agreed that they would review the criminal justice system to identify and address factors that impinge the ability of the Canadian criminal justice system to function efficiently. The present review is only one part of the Justice Efficiencies Project. Based on local and international consultations as well as a survey of the literature, it attempts to identify promising practices and successful reform initiatives to improve the efficiency of the criminal justice process. Some of the key problems that affect the efficiency of the criminal justice system were identified in a preliminary consultation with local justice officials. These concerns have oriented the present review and focused its search for successful strategies to improve the system’s overall efficiency. The present report offers an overview of some of the key issues involved in improving the efficiency of criminal justice systems and the general approaches used in various jurisdictions to improve that efficiency. A more detailed review of the many reforms contemplated or implemented in Canada and in other jurisdictions will be necessary to assess which reforms may be most appropriate for British Columbia. Details: Vancouver: International Centre for Criminal Law Reform and Criminal Justice Policy, 2009. 53p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 17, 2011 at: http://www.criminaljusticereform.gov.bc.ca/en/reports/pdf/InefficienciesPreliminaryReport.pdf Year: 2009 Country: Canada Keywords: Criminal Justice Reform -= Criminal Justice Polici Shelf Number: 122767

Author: Barrett, Nicole A. Title: An Exploration of Promising Practices in Response to Human Trafficking in Canada Summary: This report was commissioned by the Government of Manitoba on behalf of the Federal-Provincial- Territorial (“FPT”) Forum of Senior Officials responsible for the Status of Women. Its purpose is to identify and explore promising practices focused on human trafficking prevention and victim support that could be considered by Canadian Federal/Provincial/Territorial (“FPT”) governments to better address human trafficking in Canada. The report has three parts. The first part discusses the legal and sociological context required to understand human trafficking issues as they relate to prevention and victim services. In this regard, the Trafficking Protocol to the Convention Against Transnational Organized Crime, the first internationally agreed upon definition of trafficking in persons, frames the discussion. The report outlines Canada's laws against human trafficking: section 279.01 of the Criminal Code, passed in 2005, and section 118 of the Immigration and Refugee Protection Act, passed in 2002. Canada's existing human trafficking coordination bodies and victims services at the federal, provincial and territorial levels are briefly canvassed. The second section explores promising practices in human trafficking prevention and victim services while the third offers brief conclusions and recommendations on the practices presented. Details: Vancouver: International Centre for Criminal Law Reform and Criminal Justice Policy, 2010. 84p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 17, 2011 at: http://www.icclr.law.ubc.ca/files/2010/An%20Exploration%20of%20Promising%20Practices%20in%20Response%20to%20Human%20Trafficking%20in%20Canada.pdf Year: 2010 Country: Canada Keywords: Human Trafficking (Canada) Shelf Number: 122768

Author: R.A. Malatest & Associates Ltd. Title: Evaluation of the Bail Reform Pilot Project: Peace Region and Surrey. Final Evaluation Report Summary: In the fall of 2006, the Provincial Court of British Columbia proposed a number of justice system reforms in an effort to address time delays in the criminal justice system. One of these reforms concerned the bail process, which included changes to bail determination and redefined roles for judicial officers. The Bail Reform Project is jointly sponsored by the Provincial Court and the Ministry of Attorney General, and led by the Criminal Justice Reform Secretariat (CJRS). An important component of the Bail Reform Project was a comprehensive evaluation of the program design, delivery and impacts. R.A. Malatest & Associates Ltd. was commissioned to complete the Evaluation of the Bail Reform Project. This report contains the key findings from this evaluation. Details: Victoria, BC: R.A. Malatest & Associates, Ltd., 2010. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 17, 2011 at: http://www.criminaljusticereform.gov.bc.ca/en/justice_reform_projects/bail_reform/docs/brp_evaluation.pdf Year: 2010 Country: Canada Keywords: Bail (Canada) Shelf Number: 122769

Author: Skinnider, Eileen Title: Victims of Environmental Crime – Mapping the Issues Summary: In recent years, with greater understanding of the need to protect the environment and a better appreciation of what the environment can and cannot sustain, regulation, and in some cases, criminalization of harm to the environment is becoming more accepted. Environmental crime has been identified as one of the most profitable and fastest growing areas of international criminal activity, with increasing involvement of organized criminal networks. Serious environmental harms committed by otherwise legitimate corporations for financial motives are increasingly attracting media attention. At the 12th United Nations Congress on Crime Prevention and Criminal Justice (2010), the international community acknowledged the challenges posed by emerging forms of crime that have significant impact on the environment and called on Member States to study this issue and share best practices. Despite this growing awareness, environmental crimes often fail to prompt the required response by governments, the enforcement community and the public. Often perceived as “victimless”, environmental crimes do not always produce an immediate consequence, the harm may be diffused or go undetected for a lengthy period of time. Added to this is the fact that many environmental disruptions are actually legal and take place with the consent of society. Classifying what is an environmental crime involves a complex balancing of communities’ interest in jobs and income with ecosystem maintenance, biodiversity and sustainability. Environmental crime affects all of society. It can have detrimental consequences on the economies and security of a country. For individuals and communities, it may impact public health, livelihoods, and lower property values, as well as impacting on non-human species, nature itself and future generations. The effects of a single environmental offence may not appear significant but the cumulative environmental consequences of repeated violations over time can be considerable. Victims of environmental harm are not widely recognized as victims of “crime” and thus are excluded from the traditional view of victimology which is largely based on conventional constructions of crime. This has meant little attempt to describe the actual prevalence and consequences of environmental crime victimization. Environmental crime victims challenge the traditional victimology approach as they are often victimized collectively and can involve non-conventional victims (non-human species, the environment and future generations). The far-reaching impacts of environmental crime raise complex and unique issues for both victims and government. The objective of this report is to advance the knowledge of the legal and policy issues for victims of environmental crime. Historically, research on environmental crime has lacked the theoretical and methodological depth that has been undertaken for other traditional crimes. In particular, the field of victimology has paid little attention to this type of victimization or to understand how it differs from other types of victimization. Nor has it considered implications for these victims in seeking access to justice, redress, assistance and support. This research maps out the issues relating to victims of environmental crime and identifies topics requiring further study. Part I provides a brief overview of the international and domestic legal framework, using Canada as the case study, before examining some of the conceptual debates regarding definitions and philosophical perspectives. Part II explores the range and types of victims, mapping out the issues for further study. Part III sets out the legal and quasi-legal bases upon which victims of environmental crime can access justice and apply for various types of remediation. Details: Vancouver: International Centre for Criminal Law Reform and Criminal Justice Policy, 2011. 86p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 17, 2011 at: http://www.icclr.law.ubc.ca/files/2011/Victims%20of%20Environmental%20Crime.pdf Year: 2011 Country: Canada Keywords: Natural Resources Shelf Number: 122770

Author: Lawson, Philippa Title: Responding to Victims of Identity Crime: A Manual for Law Enforcement Agents, Prosecutors and Policy-Makers Summary: Identity crime is a serious crime with potentially devastating effects on individual victims. With recent amendments to the Canadian Criminal Code creating new offences for identity theft and identity fraud, it is incumbent on law enforcement to take reports of such crime and to investigate them thoroughly. It is also incumbent on law enforcement to assist victims by providing appropriate advice and referrals. This Manual is designed to support and strengthen the understanding of Canadian law enforcement officers, investigators, prosecutors and policy-makers about victims of identity related crime, so as to better assist victims of these types of crimes and ultimately to reduce the incidence and impact of such crimes. Improving law enforcement response to victims not only serves to help victims recover their reputations and prevent further damage, but it also contributes to the identification and prosecution of identity criminals. The manual includes six modules and several printable appendices for use by police officers and investigators in their daily operations. It is designed to be useful both as a quick reference tool in specific cases and as a more detailed source of information for professional training purposes. Details: Vancouver: International Centre for Criminal Law Reform and Criminal Justice Policy, 2011. 113p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 17, 2011 at: http://www.icclr.law.ubc.ca/files/identity_crime/00%20Victims%20of%20Identity%20Crime%20Manual.pdf Year: 2011 Country: Canada Keywords: Criminal Investigation Shelf Number: 122771

Author: Perreault, Samuel Title: Self-Reported Internet Victimization in Canada, 2009 Summary: Most Canadians use the Internet regularly (Middleton 2010). According to results from the 2010 Canadian Internet Use Survey, 8 out of 10 Canadian households had access to the Internet (Statistics Canada 2011). However, the advent of new information technologies is also creating new opportunities for crime and new risks of victimization (RCMP 2011; Public Safety 2011). In recent years, governments and institutions, as well as users, have identified the need to address the risk of victimization on the Internet (Kowalski 2002). However, to date, it remains difficult to measure the nature and extent of the issue. While police records provide some information, self-reported data show that only a small proportion of victimizations are reported to authorities (Perreault and Brennan 2010). In 2009, the General Social Survey (GSS) on Victimization was conducted on a sample of Canadians aged 15 years and older living in the provinces. For the first time, the GSS collected information from Canadians about their perceptions and experiences of victimization on the Internet, with a particular focus on cyber-bullying, Internet bank fraud and problems encountered with making online purchases. Drawing on the GSS data, this Juristat article presents information on Internet victimization as self-reported by Canadians. In particular, it examines the socio-demographic and economic characteristics (such as age, level of education and income status) and Internet use characteristics of those who have been victimized. This article also examines security concerns of Canadian Internet users as well as hate content found on the Internet. Details: Ottawa: Statistics Canada, 2011. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Juristat: Accessed September 19, 2011 at: http://www.statcan.gc.ca/pub/85-002-x/2011001/article/11530-eng.pdf Year: 2011 Country: Canada Keywords: Cyberbullying Shelf Number: 122779

Author: Canada. Federal/Provincial/Territorial Heads of Prosecutions Subcommittee on the Prevention of Wrongful Convictions Title: The Path to Justice: Preventing Wrongful Convictions Summary: In the fall of 2002, the Federal/Provincial/Territorial Heads of Prosecutions (HOP) Committee established a Working Group on the Prevention of Miscarriages of Justice in response to a number of wrongful convictions that had been identified and studied across the country. The mandate of the Working Group was to develop a list of best practices to assist prosecutors and police in better understanding the causes of wrongful convictions, and to recommend proactive policies, protocols and educational processes to guard against future miscarriages of justice. Two years later, the Working Group, composed of senior police and prosecutors from across the country, completed and presented the Report on the Prevention of Miscarriages of Justice (the “Report”). It was released to the public by Federal, Provincial and Territorial Ministers Responsible for Justice on January 25, 2005. The 165-page Report comprehensively explored common causes of wrongful conviction. In addition, the findings and recommendations made by commissions of inquiries into wrongful convictions throughout Canada and internationally were collected and examined. Most importantly, the Report provided clear, comprehensive and practical recommendations for improvements to the criminal justice system which were designed to reduce the likelihood of wrongful convictions. The Ministers lauded the strong collaboration that produced the Report, viewing it as “a clear signal that prosecutors and police take the issue of wrongful convictions seriously.” The Canadian Association of Chiefs of Police (CACP) issued a news release welcoming the Report and asking all police agencies to review their policies and procedures to ensure consistency with the Report’s recommendations. Then CACP President Edgar Macleod stated: It is important that all players in the justice system – police, prosecutors, the judiciary and defence bar – work together and thereby effectively reduce the risk of wrongful convictions. Following release of the Report, each prosecution service (federal and provincial) conducted an in-depth review of its policies to assure compliance with the recommendations. Several services are now adding separate chapters in their policy manuals on preventing wrongful convictions. Similarly, many police forces conducted in-depth reviews of the recommendations. As a result, a number of police departments have developed training modules that focus on the common causes of wrongful convictions and the best practices to prevent them in the conduct of criminal investigations. Nationally, the Report has been cited at all levels of Court, including the Supreme Court of Canada. The National Criminal Justice Section of the Canadian Bar Association appreciated the Report’s “many practical suggestions” and commended the Working Group on its recommendations. It has been studied at conferences in several countries, and is now part of the curriculum in several law school courses dedicated to the study of wrongful convictions. In short, the Report has had a significant influence and has been an important catalyst in shedding light on the causes and circumstances leading to wrongful convictions. While such cases are mercifully infrequent, the troubling number of Canadians convicted of crimes of which they are factually innocent has heightened the urgent need for implementation of the Report’s recommendations. The 2005 Report suggested that its recommendations be continually reviewed and updated in order to incorporate developments in the law and technology and recommendations made by subsequent commissions of inquiry. It was recommended that, at a minimum, a full review should take place five years after the Report’s publication. Even before the Report was released by Ministers, the HOP Committee did indeed establish a permanent committee on the prevention of wrongful convictions. The Subcommittee generally meets twice a year to share information and best practices, and the latest developments, educational activities, cases and emerging issues. It reports to the HOP Committee at each of its twice-yearly meetings. Thus, there now exists an established network of senior police and prosecution officials with expertise in these issues, which meets regularly to discuss best practices on the prevention and detection of wrongful convictions. One of the Subcommittee’s major projects has been the completion of this updated Report. As will be seen in this update, the prevention of miscarriages of justice remains an overarching goal in criminal justice. The format of this update mirrors the original report: it provides a summary of developments in the law and reports on efforts to implement the 2005 recommendations. Those recommendations are re-examined in light of events over the past six years and, where appropriate, modifications are suggested. It also highlights international developments since 2005 and summarizes the key findings of Canadian commissions of inquiry held since the 2005 Report. Details: Ottawa: The Committee, 2011. 233p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 20, 2011 at: http://www.ppsc-sppc.gc.ca/eng/pub/ptj-spj/ptj-spj-eng.pdf Year: 2011 Country: Canada Keywords: Judicial Error Shelf Number: 122789

Author: Brennan, Shannon Title: Violent Victimization of Aboriginal Women in the Canadian Provinces, 2009 Summary: In Canada, numerous programs and policies have been developed to address violence against women (Johnson and Dawson 2010; Status of Women Canada 2002). Despite these efforts, previous studies have shown that violence against women in Canada continues to be a persistent and ongoing problem, one that is compounded for Aboriginal women (Brzozowski 2006). Given these findings, it is important to differentiate between Aboriginal and non-Aboriginal women’s experiences of victimization, to better understand the extent of violence against Aboriginal women and the context in which it occurs. One source of information that can be used to measure violence against Aboriginal women in Canada is the General Social Survey (GSS) on Victimization. By asking respondents aged 15 years or older to recount their experiences of victimization, the GSS captures detailed information on criminal incidents that may or may not have been brought to the attention of police. Using GSS data from 2009, this article looks at the prevalence and nature of self-reported violence against Aboriginal women in the ten provinces. In addition, reporting of victimization to police, victims’ use of formal and informal support services, and the consequences of violent victimization are discussed. Finally, this report examines Aboriginal women’s perceptions of personal safety and their satisfaction with the criminal justice system. Details: Ottawa: Statistics Canada, 2011. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Juristat Article: Accessed September 20, 2011 at: http://www.statcan.gc.ca/pub/85-002-x/2011001/article/11439-eng.pdf Year: 2011 Country: Canada Keywords: Aboriginals Shelf Number: 122794

Author: Porter, Lindsay Title: Trends in the Use of Remand in Canada Summary: Over the last decade, the composition of Canada’s correctional population has changed, most notably as a result of an increase in the number of adults admitted to custody on remand. Remand is the temporary detention of a person while awaiting trial, sentencing or the commencement of a custodial disposition. According to the Criminal Code, adults and youth can be admitted to remand for a variety of reasons, including to ensure attendance in court, for the protection or safety of the public or to maintain public confidence in the justice system. An increase in the adult remand population can have a number of repercussions on the operations of correctional services. For example, correctional costs can increase as can the challenges for managing the safety and well-being of the remand population. Also, planning correctional space can become increasingly difficult since the length of time an individual spends in remand is not predictable (Johnson, 2003). Using data drawn primarily from the Adult Correctional Services (ACS) Survey, the Youth Custody and Community Services (YCCS) Survey, the Integrated Correctional Services Survey (ICSS) and the Key Indicator Reports (KIR) for Adults and Youth, this Juristat article analyses recent trends in the use of remand in Canada. As the principles and legislation governing detainment differ for adults and youth, separate analyses are presented for each population group. This article makes use of two basic indicators that describe the use of correctional services: the average number or count of individuals in correctional facilities on a daily basis and the number of annual admissions. Admissions are collected each time a person begins any type of custodial or community supervision, and describe and measure the case-flow in correctional agencies over time. The same person can be included several times in the admission counts where the individual moves from one type of legal status to another (e.g., from remand to sentenced custody) or re-enters the system in the same year. It is important to note that the most recent year of data for the average number of those in correctional facilities is 2009/2010 whereas the most recent year of data for annual admissions is 2008/2009. Also, in some cases, not all jurisdictions were able to report complete data. Where this is the case, exclusions are noted. Details: Ottawa: Statistics Canada, 2011. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Juristat Article: Accessed September 20, 2011 at: http://www.statcan.gc.ca/pub/85-002-x/2011001/article/11440-eng.pdf Year: 2011 Country: Canada Keywords: Corrections (Canada) Shelf Number: 122795

Author: Whitehead, Paul C. Title: The Eye in the Sky: Evaluation of Police Helicopter Patrols Summary: The prime objectives of the London Police Helicopter Research Project were: 1) to evaluate whether helicopter patrols have a suppression effect on the incidence of various types of crime and occurrences (residential break and enter, commercial break and enter, auto theft, theft from auto, robbery, property damage, trespass by night, suspicious person and suspicious vehicle); and 2) evaluate whether a helicopter increases the operational effectiveness and/or efficiency of the police service. The suppression (deterrent) impact of helicopter patrols on rates of crime was primarily examined using a pre-test-post-test design with matched comparison areas, where, within each pair, the experimental and comparison areas were chosen randomly. Efficiency and effectiveness were evaluated by comparing a variety of indices of outcome for occurrences where the helicopter was included with occurrences for the police service as a whole. The results and conclusions of the project were: 1) A critical review of the literature concluded that there is no data to substantiate claims that helicopter use suppresses rates of crime. 2) The quasi-experimental tests conducted in the present study led to the following conclusions: a) there is no suppression effect on rates of crime; b) there is no diversion of crime to non-patrolled areas; and c) there is no spillover effect of helicopter patrols to non-patrolled areas. 3) Analyses of occurrence reports and police logs led to the following conclusions: a) there is evidence of increased efficiency (i.e. time per call is less when a helicopter is involved; the helicopter is frequently first on the scene); b) there is evidence of increased effectiveness (i.e. apprehensions are more likely) when the helicopter is involved; c) some types of searches lend themselves exceptionally well to the unique advantages of the helicopter. 4) Surveys indicated the following: a) members of the public are somewhat supportive of police helicopter use; b) police officers are highly positive about its contribution to policing. 5) Other topics addressed included the following: the conduct of urban searches; noise and other bothersome features of police helicopters; traffic; and pursuits. Details: Ottawa: Canadian Police Research Centre, 2001. 118p. Source: Internet Resource: TR-01-2001-R: Accessed September 27, 2011 at: http://dsp-psd.pwgsc.gc.ca/collection_2008/ps-sp/PS63-2-2001R-1E.pdf Year: 2001 Country: Canada Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 122916

Author: Peet, William Title: Regina Provincial Correctional Centre: Escape, August 24th 2008 Summary: On August 24th 2008 six inmates escaped from Unit 3A within the Regina Correctional Center. The Six inmates, all who were remanded on very serious charges engineered their escape over a period of approximately four months. This report presents the findings of an investigation of the events surrounding the escape, as well as prison management policies at the Regina Correctional Center. Details: Regina: Saskatchewan Ministry of Corrections, Public Safety and Policing, 2008. 137p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 28, 2011 at: http://www.cpsp.gov.sk.ca/EITReport.pdf Year: 2008 Country: Canada Keywords: Prison Administration Shelf Number: 122931

Author: Leyton-Brown, Ken Title: Understanding the Circumstances Surrounding the Use of Firearms by Police Officers that result in Death or Serious Injury to a Subject in the Community: A Literature Review Summary: The study of police use of force, and especially the use of deadly force, has been dominated by American researchers, whose interest developed primarily in response to violence associated with the civil rights movement and anti-Vietnam War movement in the United States. The increasing power and reach of news media (and the entertainment industry) ensured that this interest soon spread to other English-speaking parts of the world, especially when sparked by local provocations such as particularly notorious incidents of police use of force or perceptions of high numbers of civilian deaths. Studies have now been undertaken in a number of jurisdictions, and a body of sound research is forming. This literature review is a focused meta-analysis on the extant literature concerning the topics outlined in the objectives: the factors associated with the police discharge of firearms that result in death or serious injury to the subject, and the best practices incorporated to reduce the likelihood of these events occurring. Literature specific to the Canadian context was very limited. Most of the available research in this field was conducted in the U.S.A. a location originally omitted from this review. The authors are aware of the possible cultural issues that can arise with the inclusion of research based in areas that might be significantly different than that of Saskatchewan: specifically, very large urban centers in the United States. However, it was deemed necessary to expand the review to include literature from the U.S.A, given its overall contribution to the literature in general, as well as the observation that much of the US-based research was cited as foundational to research conducted in other locations. Early work, especially in the 1970s and 1980s, sought to identify factors that would help explain police use of excessive force and use of deadly force whether excessive or not, and to use this to knowledge to change practice and policy in ways that would reduce the inappropriate or undesirable use of force. A number of early studies appeared to produce promising results, with the consequence that a number of officer characteristics, suspect/opponent characteristics, and situational characteristics were identified and came to be widely accepted as crucial; these were soon joined by a range of organizational characteristics, extending from police culture to policies and procedures. However, the confidence of those days gradually evaporated, as early results proved not to be robust – i.e. were not duplicated in subsequent studies – and methodological weaknesses in many of the foundational studies became apparent – either because of the recognition of design flaws in earlier research or because of the over-reliance on bivariate analysis, rather than on multivariate analysis, in those same studies (and, indeed, in social science research generally during that period). The result was that many widely-accepted truths were revisited, and by the 1990s many of them had been if not discarded, at least cast into doubt. The era of re-thinking has, however, produced a better understanding of how complex use of force incidents are, and the need for more rigorously designed programs of research in future. Recent research has identified comparatively few officer characteristics as relevant to use of deadly force, and have eliminated such likely candidates as race and ethnicity. Very interesting is the finding that training really works – which is why, for example, race is not a factor in police use of deadly force and why the handling of “domestic” calls (always potentially explosive) does not lead to more fatalities – and this suggests that additional training initiatives, targeted at reducing officer surprise and acceleration in use of force and at encouraging deceleration in the use of force, has the potential to result in fewer and less serious use of force incidents generally. The existence of a class of officer that is prone to the use of force suggests that more effective screening of applicants and monitoring of serving officers is needed. Work in the area of suspect/opponent characteristics has shown, not surprisingly, that armed and physically aggressive people are more likely to provoke police use of force. Of greater interest, with respect to reducing use of force, are two other groups: the first is those whose demeanour alone is seen by officers as objectionable, and who are for that reason alone more likely to be targets of use of force. The second is the potentially very large group of people who by reason of mental impairment or as a result of use of alcohol or drugs are more likely to be targets of use of force, or who may actually seek to be targets of use of force. It would appear that purpose-designed training initiatives could go some way toward addressing problems in dealing with these two groups. Study of situational characteristics shows that the use of force, including use of deadly force, is more likely in some types of situation than in others: specifically, this is true of arrests, but more generally is it true of any situation that results in an element of surprise or one in which an officer does not feel in “control”. The success of training in reducing the frequency and amount of force used when dealing with domestic complaints suggests that training can be of help in other areas as well. Defining what it means to be in control of a situation is also important. Serious study of incidents that do not result in use of force – rather than focussing only on incidents that do – is likely to suggest better training methods, and procedures that are less likely to lead to use of force. Research shows that organizational characteristics are very important determinants of use of force, and are amenable to change. Factors of interest that have been identified within this large category range from aspects of police culture, including such things as an internal culture that excessively values physical assertiveness and bravery, and discourages giving reports that are unfavourable to fellow officers, through to policies and procedures, including such things as the need for better reporting and investigation of incidents of use of force, careful consideration of the desirability (or not) of adopting use of force continua and of how they are used, and even the potential problems when employing single officer patrols. Based on the information uncovered in the literature review there are a number of possible avenues for research: (1) A trend analysis of the application of deadly force by officers in Canada (on-going), (2) A review of the independent investigations undertaken by the province of Saskatchewan into officer-involved shootings in Saskatchewan, (3) A review of Coroner’s inquests into deadly force incidents in Western Canada, and (4) An examination of the policies and procedures in Saskatchewan surrounding the use of force by officers. Each of these proposed studies has the potential to further the knowledge about the subject matter and help inform policy decisions. It should be noted that the following recommendations are limited by virtue of the limited awareness of authors of this literature review as to what data sources are available at the current time within the Saskatchewan context. Details: Regina, SK, Canada: Saskatchewan Department of Corrections, Public Safety and Policing, 2011. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 30, 2011 at: http://www.cpsp.gov.sk.ca/LiteraturereviewAugust20.pdf Year: 2011 Country: Canada Keywords: Firearms Shelf Number: 122957

Author: Goss Gilroy, Inc. Title: Evaluation of Cross-Gender Staffing Pilot Project: Final Report Summary: This is the final report of an evaluation of the Cross-Gender Staffing Pilot Project at the Pine Grove Provincial Correctional Centre (PGCC) for Women in Prince Albert, Saskatchewan. The purpose of the pilot project is to determine the feasibility of introducing male staff into front-line Correction Worker positions. Two male correctional workers (CWs) were appointed on a temporary basis to participate in the pilot project and, with some exceptions, they were given the same roles and responsibilities as female CWs. The pilot project was launched in January 2006 and continues to this date. The objectives of the pilot project are to: Provide positive male role models for female offenders; Determine the effects of employing male Corrections Workers on the main living unit environment; Ensure the right to privacy and safety and the emotional needs of women offenders are respected and are not compromised by the presence of male staff; and Ensure the rights of male Corrections Workers to employment opportunities and that they are not restricted unnecessarily. PGCC is managed by the Ministry of Corrections, Public Safety and Policing (Ministry) and cares for adult female offenders on remand or with sentences of less than two years. It employs 114 correctional workers – 110 women and four men, two of whom are management staff. Details: Regina, SK, Canada: Saskatchewan Ministry of Corrections, Public Safety and Policing, 2009. 62p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 30, 2011 at: http://www.cpsp.gov.sk.ca/GGI-PGCCCross-genderStaffing23-March-2009.pdf Year: 2009 Country: Canada Keywords: Correctional Administration (Canada) Shelf Number: 122958

Author: Leschied, Alan W. Title: The Treatment of Incarcerated Mentally Disordered Women Offenders: A Synthesis of Current Research Summary: This synthesis of the research evidence in relation to the treatment of mentally disordered women offenders is prompted by recent reviews of correctional practice in the Canadian federal correctional system, and the growing awareness of the impact research can have on programs for women within the correctional system. Women offenders, in part as a function of their pre incarceration histories, will display more elevated risky behaviours as expressed through aggression, self-injury and multiple emotion-related disorders. With sex-specific programming and research-informed practice along with support for training in the context of providing adequate resources, correctional practice can have a positive impact both in the institutional management of behaviour as well as with longer-term positive outcomes. However, research also indicates that without the guide of informed practice and staff support, correctional practice tends to resort to traditional punitive measures such as the use of segregation as a means of managing the challenging and high-risk behaviours of mentally disordered women offenders. Details: Ottawa: Public Safety Canada, 2011. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Corrections Research: User Report 2011-03: Accessed October 25, 2011 at: http://www.publicsafety.gc.ca/res/cor/rep/_fl/2011-03-imdwo-eng.pdf Year: 2011 Country: Canada Keywords: Female Inmates Shelf Number: 123139

Author: Gendreau, Paul Title: Managing Prisons Effectively: The Potential of Contingency Management Programs Summary: There has been increasing interest in the prison management policy area to promote a course of action that holds inmates more accountable for their actions. It has been proposed that inmates need more structure and discipline and engage in activities that will demonstrate they truly earn privileges leading to early release. This study draws attention to a long forgotten prison treatment literature known as contingency management (e.g., token economies) which has the potential to meet the goals of an “accountability” management perspective. The contingency management (CM) literature was reviewed to assess its potency for improving inmates’ performance (e.g., prison adjustment, educational/work skills) and to generate a list of principles nominated by experts in the area for managing CM programs effectively. First, it was found that CM programs produced large positive gains in the range of 60%-70% which surpassed the effectiveness of other types of interventions. Secondly, the list of principles tabulated for delivering CM program were categorized as to how to implement them and deliver the service (i.e., strategies for what to do, not to do and problematic issues). It was concluded that following the course of action recommended by experts for running CM programs with fidelity placed tremendous demands on all of the prison stakeholders. Unless a number of conditions were met, CM programs should be approached with a great deal of caution given the nature of prison settings. Details: Ottawa: Public Safety Canada, 2011. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Corrections Research: User Report 2011-03: Accessed October 25, 2011 at: http://www.publicsafety.gc.ca/res/cor/rep/_fl/2011-04-mpe-eng.pdf Year: 2011 Country: Canada Keywords: Correctional Administration (Canada) Shelf Number: 123140

Author: Barnett, Laura Title: Prostitution in Canada: International Obligations, Federal Law, and Provincial and Municipal Jurisdiction Summary: International trafficking in women and children, sexually exploited children in Thailand, female prostitutes murdered in British Columbia: each of these issues has special significance for Canada and its prostitution laws. Canada’s laws attempt to prosecute organized crime and to protect victims of trafficking and other forms of sexual violence, whether at home or by Canadians abroad. Canada’s multifaceted approach to curbing prostitution reflects a range of domestic and international obligations. Criminal laws are implemented at the federal level to meet international treaty obligations, while each province and municipality has its own means of dealing with prostitution locally, within the powers of its jurisdiction. Although these obligations occasionally clash – as when laws stretch beyond their mandated scope or do not manage to extend far enough – the ultimate result is a fairly comprehensive legislative response to prostitution and its associated social ills. Details: Ottawa: Library of Parliment, Parliamentary Information and Research Service, 2008. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 26, 2011 at: Year: 2008 Country: Canada Keywords: Child Prostitution Shelf Number: 123157

Author: Leschied, Alan Title: Seeking Effective Interventions for Serious Young Offenders : Interim Results of a Four-Year Randomized Study of Multisystemic Therapy in Ontario, Canada Summary: This report contains interim outcome data from a four-year randomized study of Multisystemic Therapy (MST) in four southern Ontario communities. With therapy teams in London, Mississauga, Simcoe County and Ottawa, about 200 families received MST between 1997 and 2001. At the same time, about 200 families continued with the usual services available through the local youth justice and social service systems. These services typically took the form of probation supervision augmented as seen necessary by referral to specialized programming. Group assignment was determined randomly so the two groups were equivalent at the outset. That being true, the behaviour of the usual services group reflects the behaviour of the MST recipients, had they not received MST, and any post-intervention differences can be attributed to MST. Ontario’s Ministry of Community and Social Services supported the project because MST promised to be a cost-efficient way of reducing youth crime. Reductions in offending would, in turn, reduce both losses to crime victims and costs associated with criminal justice processing. The National Crime Prevention Centre (NCPC) in Ottawa supported the evaluation to learn if MST could be a cost-efficient intervention for youth crime and if it might be a viable alternative to custody for serious offenders. This is the final report to the National Crime Prevention Centre pursuant to that funding. Because each youth will be tracked for three years, the study will not be complete until 2004. The multi-site nature of the project permitted comparisons across different types of communities under variable conditions of implementation. The intent was to implement the same intervention across the sites and all teams had the same training, were supervised by the same MST consultant, and met quarterly for boosters. A standard research protocol was used. Other important features of the study were intake screening against inclusionary and exclusionary criteria, a large sample, a valid measure of outcome, and long-term follow-up. The data collection strategy was specifically designed to answer research questions posed by stakeholder groups. Considerable care and expense were expended to ensure fidelity to the treatment model. The outcome measure involved real behaviour in the community, not in-program changes in attitudes or clinical symptoms. The research was designed and conducted by investigators independent of the method’s developer, the funder, and the agencies delivering the program. Details: London, ON: Centre for Children & Families in the Justice System of the London Family Court Clinic, 2002. 151p., app. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 12, 2011 at: http://www.lfcc.on.ca/seeking.html Year: 2002 Country: Canada Keywords: Juvenile Offenders (Canada) Shelf Number: 123318

Author: Smyth, Sara M. Title: Measuring the Extent of Cyber-Fraud in Canada: A Discussion Paper on Potential Methods and Data Sources Summary: Central to developing and monitoring the progress of strategies for combating cyber crime is reliable information about crime volume, in terms of the number of incidents and offenders, the prevalence of cyberspace tools for the commission of crime, as well as the number of victims. This discussion paper assesses the potential for using innovative methodologies to estimate the scope of cyber-fraud, identifies existing data sources and gaps, and suggests novel sources of data that may help provide a more accurate picture of the degree of cyber-fraud in Canada. Further, possible ways to determine the proportions of cyber-fraud attributable to criminal networks rather than single individuals are discussed. This research is informed by a literature review and interviews with law enforcement and Information Technology (IT) personnel. The literature review and interviews show that the largest impediment to effectively managing the problem of cyber-fraud is the lack of reliable data. The Government of Canada primarily relies on police-reported data for information about cyber-fraud. Yet, there are a number of reasons why fraud incidents are not reported to police. For example, companies may prefer to handle such matters internally, or individuals may only report that they were defrauded to their financial institution. This research shows that current information about cyber-fraud is being funnelled to a variety of different organizations, including banks, regulatory agencies and various police agencies, or is simply not recorded. There is a clear shortage of data measuring the prevalence and costs of cyber-fraud in Canada and the available information is incomplete and fragmented. The lack of reporting of cyber-fraud incidents by individual and corporate/government victims means that many cases are not recorded or represented in official crime statistics This research demonstrates a strong need for the creation of a national centre to record and measure data relating to cyberfraud across Canada. A central databank of known cyber-fraud offenders and cases across the country could facilitate the identification and tracking of suspects in cyber-fraud cases and could further understanding regarding when one individual, or group of individuals, is committing fraud all over the country. Ultimately, a national databank on cyber-fraud incidents could give law enforcement officials a better understanding of the types of cyber-fraud being committed in Canada. Sophisticated technologies and the global distribution of computer networks also increase the difficulty of detecting and addressing cyber-fraud and hinder the ability to find and prosecute criminals operating online. In addition, there are operational challenges related to ensuring that law enforcement officials have the training and resources they need to adequately address the problem and able to identify perpetrators of cyber-frauds. Attempting to locate a perpetrator is problematic in many cases of cyber-fraud because skilled attackers cover their tracks by using proxies and other technical obfuscation methods. This research suggests that the best source for further information on cyber-fraud is offender populations. Offender interviews may help uncover the network structure of hidden populations and help the law enforcement community to identify key players within the group. Of the options available for hidden populations, a truncated Poisson model is suggested as the most effective model. Ideally, this research could help pave the way for data collection and analysis that would better inform law enforcement officials, investigators, and policy makers about the extent of cyber-fraud and cyber-criminal populations in Canada. This research may contribute toward the enhancement of prevention and suppression strategies, as well as the development of an empirical means for evaluating the effectiveness of initiatives, including elements of Canada’s Cyber Crime Strategy. Details: Ottawa: Public Safety Canada, 2011. 65p. Source: Internet Resource: Report No. 020, 2011: Accessed November 22, 2011 at: http://publications.gc.ca/collections/collection_2011/sp-ps/PS14-4-2011-eng.pdf Year: 2011 Country: Canada Keywords: Computer Crimes Shelf Number: 123422

Author: Gabler, Nachum Title: Combatting the Contraband Tobacco Trade in Canada Summary: Contraband tobacco has been a recurring problem in Canada, and one that has become noticeably worse over the past decade. It has been estimated that contraband tobacco makes up roughly 30% of the total Canadian tobacco market. In 2009, the RCMP seized a record high of 975,000 cartons of contraband cigarettes. Key factors fueling the contraband trade include relatively high and rising tobacco excise taxes, the inability of law enforcement to impede tobacco smuggling, Aboriginal autonomy in taxation and on-reserve law enforcement, and the erroneous perception that lawful and contraband tobacco are close substitutes. Health Canada contends that contraband tobacco undermines existent anti-smoking initiatives. Furthermore, the black market for tobacco deprives the private sector of business revenues and the public sector of excise tax receipts. Perhaps most alarming of all, the contraband tobacco trade has been linked by the RCMP and other law enforcement agencies to an assortment of related criminal activities. This study proposes six policies for combatting the contraband tobacco trade. Details: Fraser Institute, Studies in Risk and Regulation, 2011 Source: Internet Resource: Accessed on December 6, 2011 at: http://www.fraserinstitute.org/uploadedFiles/fraser-ca/Content/research-news/research/publications/combatting-contraband-tobacco-trade-in-canada.pdf Year: 2011 Country: Canada Keywords: Black Markets Shelf Number: 123494

Author: Dionne, Georges Title: Does Opportunistic Fraud in Automobile Theft Insurance Fluctuate with the Business Cycle? Summary: The report analyzes the empirical relationship between opportunistic fraud and business cycle. The authors find that residual opportunisitc fraud exists both in the contract with replacement cost endorsement and the contract with no-deductible endorsement in the Taiwan automobile theft insurance market. These results are consistent with previous literature on the relationship between fraud activity and insurance contracting. The authors also show that the severity of opportunistic fraud fluctuates in the opposite direction to the business cycle. Opportunistic fraud is stimulated during periods of recession and mitigated during periods of expansion. Details: Montreal, Canada: CIRRELT, 2011. Source: Internet Resource: CIRRELT-2011-49, Accessed on December 6, 2011 at: https://www.cirrelt.ca/DocumentsTravail/CIRRELT-2011-49.pdf Year: 2011 Country: Canada Keywords: Automobile Theft Shelf Number: 123495

Author: Mahoney, Tina Hotton Title: Women and the Criminal Justice System Summary: The involvement of women and girls in the criminal justice system has largely been as crime victims rather than as perpetrators. While females make up about half of violent crime victims, they represent a minority of offenders. However, in order to understand the scope of issues related to women and the criminal justice system it is important to look at the incidence and experience of crime against women, as well as women as offenders. It is because of the relatively small number of females committing crimes that it is crucial to closely monitor female offending patterns. Otherwise, differences in the experiences of women and girls in the criminal justice system may be masked by trends that reflect the larger male offender population. This information is necessary to assess responses by the justice and social systems to females who offend and in the development of gender-informed crime prevention strategies. This report explores the prevalence and nature of female victimization, female criminality as well as the processing of female offenders through the criminal justice system in Canada. Details: Ottawa: Statistics Canada, 2011. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 12, 2012 at: http://www.statcan.gc.ca/pub/89-503-x/2010001/article/11416-eng.pdf Year: 2011 Country: Canada Keywords: Female Crime Shelf Number: 123593

Author: Charron, Mathieu Title: Neighbourhood Characteristics and the Distribution of Crime in Toronto: Additional Analysis on Youth Crime Summary: This study, funded by the National Crime Prevention Centre of Public Safety Canada, explores the spatial distribution of police-reported youth crime in Toronto. It examines how youth crime is geographically distributed in Toronto and endeavours to shed light on the relationship between police-reported youth crime and the neighbourhood characteristics that are most strongly associated with it. This report represents the second phase of the spatial analysis of police-reported crime data for Toronto and builds on the research paper, Neighbourhood Characteristics and the Distribution of Police-reported Crime in Toronto (Charron 2009). Other cities, including Edmonton, Halifax, Montréal, Regina, Saskatoon, Thunder Bay and Winnipeg have also been analysed as part of this series on the spatial analysis of police-reported crime data. The spatial analysis of crime data provides a visual representation of areas of concentrated crime. It also helps identify neighbourhood characteristics that are related to crime levels (See Text box 1). It can be an important tool in the development and implementation of crime reduction strategies. (See Methodology section at the end of the report for more detailed information on the methodologies used in this study). Data for this study cover the city of Toronto, an area patrolled by the Toronto Police Service. Toronto is located at the heart of a vast metropolitan system bordering the western end of Lake Ontario (from Oshawa to St. Catharines–Niagara), that includes 9 of the country’s 33 census metropolitan areas and over 8,000,000 inhabitants (nearly one quarter of Canada’s population). The city of Toronto is the capital city of Ontario and had a population of over 2,500,000 in 2006, the reference year for this study; about 175,000 were aged 12 to 17 years. Previous studies undertaken by the Canadian Centre for Justice Statistics have similarly focused on the relationship between crime and neighbourhood characteristics (Charron 2009; Savoie 2008). These studies have shown that crime is not distributed evenly in a municipality, but tends to be concentrated in certain neighbourhoods or ’hot spots’. Additionally, other studies have focused specifically on youth crime. For example, Perreault et al. (2008) found that neighbourhood characteristics accounted for only a small proportion of youth crime hot spots in Montréal. In Toronto, Fitzgerald (2009) found that the delinquency of young students was not associated with the characteristics of the neighbourhoods surrounding their schools. Details: Ottawa: Statistics Canada, 2011. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Crime and Justice Research Paper Series; Accessed January 13, 2012 at: http://publications.gc.ca/collections/collection_2011/statcan/85-561-M/85-561-m2011022-eng.pdf Year: 2011 Country: Canada Keywords: Crime Hot Spots Shelf Number: 123601

Author: Latimer, Jeff Title: A Meta-Analytic Examination of Drug Treatment Courts: Do They Reduce Recidivism? Summary: A meta-analysis was conducted to determine if drug treatment courts reduce recidivism compared to traditional justice system responses. After a comprehensive search of both the published and unpublished literature, 54 studies were located and deemed acceptable according to the study inclusion criteria. Since studies oftentimes contained information on more than one program, data from 66 individual drug treatment court programs were aggregated and analyzed. The results indicated that drug treatment courts significantly reduced the recidivism rates of participants by 14% compared to offenders within the control/comparison groups. Several variables identified in the analysis, however, had an impact on the results, including the age of the participants, the length of the program, the follow-up period used to measure recidivism, and other methodological variables (i.e., the use of random assignment and the choice of the comparison group). While there are other issues that were not the subject of this research, such as the cost-effectiveness of DTCs, the results of this meta-analysis provides clear support for the use of drug treatment courts as a method of reducing crime among offenders with substance abuse problems. Details: Ottawa: Research and Statistics Division, Department of Justice Canada, 2006. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed on January 20, 2012 at http://www.justice.gc.ca/eng/pi/rs/rep-rap/2006/rr06_7/rr06_7.pdf Year: 2006 Country: Canada Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 123698

Author: Nog, Hien Van Title: Unravelling Identities and Belonging: Criminal Gang Involvement of Youth from Immigrant Families Summary: This dissertation study was a response to community concerns about youth gangs in Calgary. It aimed to achieve theoretical understanding of criminal gang involvement of youth from immigrant families, and to develop a collaborative, practical framework to support high risk youth. Informed by participatory action research and grounded theory, the inquiry process involved an interplay of theoretical development and participation of community stakeholders in group reflection and action. The analysis of the experiences of predominantly male participants (29 males, 1 female) resulted in a grounded theory of unravelling identities and belonging. According to the proposed theory, some youth from immigrant families became involved in criminal gang activity as a result of the unravelling of their self-concept, Canadian identity, ethnic identity and sense of belonging. Such unravelling occurred as the youth experienced gradual disintegration in their relationships with family, school and community. The analysis further unearthed complex pathways of youth from immigrant families towards criminal gang involvement. The gang involved participants either directly experienced pre-migration vulnerabilities or were indirectly impacted by their parents' pre-migration histories. Their life experiences in Canada involved gradual disintegration of their interactions with their families, schools and communities. Subsequently, the participants experienced crises of identities and belonging, which propelled them towards forming friendships with other socially disconnected peers. They became involved in social cliques, and progressed towards membership in criminal gangs. Drawing upon recommendations from the community stakeholders, this dissertation offers a practical framework for supporting high risk youth from immigrant families. The framework is guided by a set of principles that focus on development amongst youth from immigrant families of a positive sense of identity, and of equity, multi-sectoral involvement, coordination and collaboration, multiple approaches to youth services, addressing multiple needs with multiple interventions, and timeliness and responsiveness as criteria for community stakeholders and service providers. It focuses on prevention, and offers concrete strategies for home-based, school-based and community-based support for youth. The dissertation addresses the implications of the study with respect to theoretical development, research, public discourse, policy development, and practice and service development. The findings of the study have made valuable theoretical and practical contributions to addressing the involvement of youth from immigrant families in criminal gangs. Details: Calgary, AB: Centre for Newcomers, 2010. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed on January 29, 2012 at http://www.threesource.ca/documents/June2011/unravelling_identities.pdf Year: 2010 Country: Canada Keywords: Immigrants (Canada) Shelf Number: 123865

Author: Jaffe, Peter Title: Confronting the Many Faces of Child Sexual Abuse: Developing a Comprehensive National Prevention Strategy Summary: This paper summarizes key ideas and recommendations from a national think tank on the prevention of child sexual abuse that took place on November 11-12, 2010 at the University of Western Ontario in London, Ontario. The think-tank brought together 22 practitioners, researchers, and government officials from across Canada. The purpose of the think tank was to discuss child sexual abuse prevention. The purpose of this discussion paper is to reflect on current research, policy and practices across Canada that has been directed at preventing child sexual abuse and provides a framework for future directions. This framework represents the consensus of the discussion at the think-tank but does not reflect the individual views of each participant, individual provinces and territories or the Department of Justice who funded this initiative. The government policy experts were attending as resource persons and did not speak for their ministry in any official capacity. Several emerging issues around child sexual abuse prevention were identified. There is concern that there is a perception that the incidence rates of child sexual abuse are declining whereas the people working in the field do not seem to be experiencing this as a reality. Online exploitation is a rapidly growing area of concern. Prevention, education and awareness strategies have become less coordinated and comprehensive in some areas. These issues present many challenges across Canada but various provinces and helping systems have implemented promising practices that should be shared on a broader basis. Details: London, ONT: -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Centre for Research & Education on Violence Against Women and Children, University of Western Ontario, 2010. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 6, 2012 at: http://www.crvawc.ca/documents/CSA%20recommendations%20paper%20(2).pdf Year: 2010 Country: Canada Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 123992

Author: Minerson, Todd Title: Issue Brief: Engaging Men and Boys to Reduce and Prevent Gender-Based Violence Summary: This Issue Brief has been commissioned by Status of Women Canada (SWC) in collaboration with The Public Health Agency of Canada to provide an overview of efforts to engage men of all ages in efforts to reduce and prevent gender-based violence. The paper will begin with a look at the historical efforts in Canada and the development of work with men and boys to end gender-based violence around the world. This overview will also chronicle the expression of this effort in various United Nations commitments since the Beijing 4th World Conference on Women in 1995. A brief review of Canadian statistics around violence against women, and a look at what little research exists on men’s attitudes towards genderbased violence in Canada and globally will follow. In order to address the roles men of all ages can play in preventing and reducing gender-based violence, the paper will then examine the root causes; the socialization of men, power and patriarchy, masculinities, gender inequality and the links to all forms of violence against women. Further detail will be provided for the complex issues and multiple dimensions around gender-based violence particularly as they relate to men, and a brief contextualization of the relevance to several communities of interest. Finally, the paper will illustrate the promising strategies, best practices, and effective frameworks for engaging men and boys in the effort to reduce and prevent gender-based violence. This section will also identify gaps, and note the considerations, limits and risks involved as well. Details: Ottawa: Status of Women Canada, 2011. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 6, 2012 at: http://whiteribbon.ca/issuebrief/pdf/wrc_swc_issuebrief.pdf Year: 2011 Country: Canada Keywords: Family Violence Shelf Number: 123998

Author: British Columbia. Canada. Braidwood Commission on Conducted Energy Weapon Use Title: Restoring Public Confidence: Restricting the Use of Conducted Energy Weapons in British Columbia Summary: Conducted energy weapons, for the past decade, have been used widely by law enforcement agencies in British Columbia, across Canada, and internationally. They are designed to achieve control over a subject through pain compliance (when used in push-stun mode) or through neuromuscular incapacitation (when used in probe mode). In October 2007, at the Vancouver International Airport, an officer of the Royal Canadian Mounted Police used a conducted energy weapon (CEW) against Mr. Robert Dziekanski, who died within minutes. Public reaction to this incident was immediate and intense and, at a more general level, concern was expressed about the deployment and use of conducted energy weapons by policing bodies in British Columbia. In response to this public concern, the provincial government appointed me to conduct two separate inquiries under the new Public Inquiry Act. I was appointed as sole Commissioner on February 15, 2008, under the Public Inquiry Act to conduct a study commission to inquire into and report on the use of conducted energy weapons by provincially regulated law enforcement agencies, the Sheriff Services Division and the Corrections Branch. My terms of reference (set out in Appendix A) were to: Review the current rules, policies and procedures applicable to constables, sheriffs and correctional officers respecting their use of conducted energy weapons, including their training and re-training; Review research, studies, reports and evaluations respecting the safety and effectiveness of conducted energy weapons when used in policing and law enforcement; and Make recommendations respecting the appropriate use of conducted energy weapons, including appropriate training and re-training. The Commission convened for 15 days of informal, non-adversarial public forums in May and June 2008, at which 61 people made presentations. They represented a wide range of commercial, engineering, medical, mental health, law enforcement, civilian oversight, political, non-governmental, and personal interests. Contemporaneously, Commission researchers explored a variety of medical, scientific, legal, and policy issues, and conducted a detailed empirical analysis of every BC law enforcement agency’s use of conducted energy weapons. Details: British Columbia, Canada: Braidwood Commission on Conducted Energy Weapon Use, 2009. 556p. Source: Braidwood Commission on Conducted Energy Weapon Use Report: Internet Resource: Accessed February 12, 2012 at http://www.braidwoodinquiry.ca/report/P1_pdf/BraidwoodInquiry-Phase1Report-2009-06-18.zip Year: 2009 Country: Canada Keywords: Conducted Energy Weapons Shelf Number: 124005

Author: British Columbia. Canada. Braidwood Commission on the Death of Robert Dziekanski. Title: Why? The Robert Dziekanski Tragedy Summary: In October 2007, at the Vancouver International Airport, an officer of the Royal Canadian Mounted Police (“RCMP”) used a conducted energy weapon against Mr. Robert Dziekanski, who, after being subdued and handcuffed, died within minutes. Public reaction to this incident was immediate and intense, and at a more general level, concern was expressed about the deployment and use of conducted energy weapons by policing bodies in British Columbia. In response to this public concern, the provincial government appointed me in February 2008 to conduct two separate inquiries under the Public Inquiry Act. The first inquiry report, entitled Restoring Public Confidence: Restricting the Use of Conducted Energy Weapons in British Columbia, included recommendations respecting the appropriate use of conducted energy weapons, including appropriate training and re-training. It was released on July 23, 2009. This second inquiry report deals with the death of Mr. Dziekanski. My Terms of Reference (set out in Appendix A) were: to conduct hearings, in or near the City of Vancouver, into the circumstances of and relating to Mr. Dziekanski’s death; to make a complete report of the events and circumstances of and relating to Mr. Dziekanski’s death, not limited to the actual cause of death; to make recommendations the commissioner considers necessary and appropriate; and to submit a report to the Attorney General on or before a date to be determined by the Attorney General in consultation with the Commissioner. The Commission convened 61 days of evidentiary hearings at which 91 witnesses testified under oath or affirmation, followed by five days of closing oral submissions. Official participant status was granted to 16 individuals and organizations, all of whom were represented by counsel. Three of the 91 witnesses were senior employees of the Canada Border Services Agency and the Vancouver Airport Authority, who explained their policies, practices, and procedures respecting the handling of, and services provided to, arriving international passengers, especially those who do not speak English, and what changes have been made since October 2007. This report offers recommendations the use of conducted energy weapon use by police services in British Columbia. Details: British Columbia, Canada: Braidwood Commission on the Death of Robery Dziekanski, 2009. 556p. Source: Braidwood Commission on the Death of Robert Dziekanski: Internet Resource: Accessed February 12, 2012 at http://www.braidwoodinquiry.ca/report/P2_pdf/BraidwoodInquiry-Phase2Report-2010-06-17.zip Year: 2009 Country: Canada Keywords: Conducted Energy Weapons Shelf Number: 124006

Author: Physicians for a Smoke-Free Canada Title: Estimating the Volume of Contraband Sales of Tobacco in Canada: 2006-2010 Summary: Although contraband tobacco sales have been identified as a major concern by health organizations, tobacco suppliers and governments, there have been no official government estimates provided of the level of contraband activity in Canada. We previously attempted to estimate the volume of contraband cigarettes in Canada by comparing actual sales to historic levels of consumption on a per‐smoker basis. To do this we used estimates of the number of smokers produced by the Canadian Tobacco Use Monitoring Survey, sales data from Health Canada reports of wholesale shipments, and historic levels of consumption by taking an average consumption from the first 3 years of the CTUMS survey (1999‐2001). We believe that problems and limitations of this approach have increased over time. • CTUMS is no longer the only annual survey of tobacco use, and discrepancies between it and the other large national survey, the Canadian Community Health Survey, are increasing. • Health Canada has changed the way it reports wholesale shipments of tobacco products, in ways that produce discrepancies with volumes we cited earlier. This data is not provided in a consistent manner (i.e. either weight or unit measurement), and adjustments are required to some reports. • Basing actual consumption on measurements that were taken a decade earlier, before smoking bans were implemented and taxes were increased seem less reliable over time. • The largest tobacco company has changed its manufacturing and wholesaling practices, which have unknown effects on regional reports of shipments. To respond to these challenges, we are repeating our estimation exercise with a few changes and several additional caveats. Details: Ottawa, ONT: Physicians for a Smoke-Free Canada, 2011. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 13, 2012 at: http://www.smoke-free.ca/pdf_1/2011/contraband2010.pdf Year: 2011 Country: Canada Keywords: Black Markets Shelf Number: 124118

Author: Barkans, Meagan Title: Contraband Tobacco on Post-Secondary Campuses in Ontario Summary: In Ontario 27% of young adults smoke, and annual surveillance data suggests tobacco use is plateauing after years of decline. The availability of inexpensive contraband tobacco products maybe contributing to this situation. Limited research has been conducted on the use of contraband tobacco and despite the increasing availability of contraband 'Native cigarettes', no studies to date have examined their use among young adults. Accordingly, this study examines: (a) what proportion of cigarette butts discarded on post-secondary campuses are contraband; and (b) whether the proportion of contraband butts varies between colleges and universities, across seven geographical regions in the province and based on proximity First Nations reserves. In March and April 2009, discarded cigarette butts were collected from the grounds of 25 post-secondary institutions across Ontario. At each school, cigarette butts were collected on a single day from four locations. The collected cigarette butts were reliably sorted into five categories according to their filtertip logos: legal, contraband First Nations Native cigarettes, international and suspected counterfeit cigarettes, unidentifiable and unknown. Contraband use was apparent on all campuses, but varied considerably from school to school. Data suggest that contraband Native cigarettes account for as little as 1 % to as much as 38 % of the total cigarette consumption at a particular school. The highest proportion of contraband was found on campuses in the Northern part of the province. Consumption of Native contraband was generally higher on colleges compared to universities. The presence of contraband tobacco on all campuses suggests that strategies to reduce smoking among young adults must respond to this cohort's use of these products. Details: St. Catharaines, ONT: Brock University, Applied Health Sciences, 2010. 116p. Source: Internet Resource: Master's Essay: Accessed February 13, 2012 at: http://dr.library.brocku.ca/bitstream/handle/10464/3152/Brock_Barkans_Meagan_2010.pdf?sequence=1 Year: 2010 Country: Canada Keywords: Black Market Shelf Number: 124119

Author: Brennan, Shannon Title: Canadians' perceptions of personal safety and crime, 2009 Summary: The effects of crime are vast and varied, and may result in many physical, financial, and emotional consequences for those directly involved. Moreover, the effects of crime can extend beyond victims (Jackson 2006, Gardner 2008). Previous research has shown that indirect exposure to crime can impact feelings of security within entire communities, and may create a fear of crime. Fear of crime refers to the fear, rather than the probability, of being a victim of crime, and may not be reflective of the actual prevalence of crime (Fitzgerald 2008). Self-reported victimization data have shown that, in Canada, rates of victimization have remained stable over the past decade (Perreault and Brennan 2010). In the same vein, police-reported data has shown decreases in both the amount and severity of crime, with the crime rate reaching its lowest point since 1973 (Brennan and Dauvergne 2011). Despite these findings, crime continues to remain an issue of concern for many Canadians. Using data from the 2009 General Social Survey (GSS) on Victimization, this Juristat article examines the perceptions of personal safety and crime of Canadians 15 years and older living in the 10 provinces. More specifically, it looks at their overall level of satisfaction with their personal safety from crime over time at the national, provincial and census metropolitan area levels. In addition, this article examines Canadians’ feelings of safety when performing various activities in their communities, and their use of crime prevention techniques in the previous 12 months. Finally, Canadians’ perceptions of the prevalence of crime and social disorder in their neighbourhoods are explored. Details: Canada: Statistics Canada, Minister of Industry, 2011. 21p. Source: Juristat article: Internet Resource: Accessed February 17, 2012 at http://www.statcan.gc.ca/pub/85-002-x/2011001/article/11577-eng.pdf Year: 2011 Country: Canada Keywords: Fear of Crime (Canada) Shelf Number: 124159

Author: Canada. Institute for the Prevention of Crime, University of Ottawa. Title: Making Cities Safer: Canadian Strategies and Practices Summary: Municipalities have a key role to play in reducing crime and enhancing community safety. This report examines themes and challenges facing 14 municipalities in Canada in their efforts to implement and sustain evidence-based community safety and crime prevention initiatives. It also identifies guiding principles for all orders of government that will assist municipalities in these efforts. In 2006, the Institute for the Prevention of Crime (IPC) at the University of Ottawa invited the mayors of 14 municipalities to delegate a representative to join the Municipal Network on Crime Prevention. The Network currently includes Vancouver, Surrey, Edmonton, Calgary, Saskatoon, Regina, Winnipeg, Waterloo Region, Toronto, Ottawa, Montreal, Quebec City, Saint John, and Halifax. The Municipal Network exists to share knowledge and experience that will help strengthen the capacity of Canadian municipalities to reduce crime and enhance community safety. It is one component of Harnessing Knowledge for Crime Prevention, a project funded through the National Crime Prevention Centre at the Ministry of Public Safety Canada. In order to better understand municipal involvement in community safety and crime prevention in Canadian cities, IPC conducted in-depth consultations with members of the Municipal Network within the following framework: past involvement of the municipality in crime prevention initiatives/programs; current problems and challenges related to delinquency, violence, and safety in the municipality; strategic importance of safety and crime prevention within the municipality; current municipal safety and crime prevention initiatives and programs; and, challenges for the future. Based on an analysis of the information gathered through the consultations as well as the examination of municipally-based crime prevention initiatives at the international level, the Municipal Network has identified a set of guiding principles that will enhance efforts to reduce crime and victimization and improve community safety. A major challenge to implementing and sustaining coordinated initiatives that was identified in this review is the lack of coordination among levels of government in setting priorities and funding programs that target root causes of crime. Details: Ottawa, Canada: Institute for the Prevention of Crime, University of Ottawa, 2008. 71p. Source: Number 2: Internet Resource: Accessed February 17, 2012 at http://www.sciencessociales.uottawa.ca/ipc/eng/documents/IPC_MR2-Eng.pdf Year: 2008 Country: Canada Keywords: Community Safety (Canada) Shelf Number: 124166

Author: Kielasinska, Ewa Title: The Geography of Urban Arson in Toronto Summary: Arson has economic, structural and psychological repercussions. As a crime with such wideranging consequences, it has received little academic attention. Our goal in this research is to highlight how arson can be understood from two perspectives: the anthropogenic environment and the physical environment. Study one employs a generalized linear mixed regression model to explore the relationship between street network permeability and the incidence of deliberatelyset fire events in the City of Toronto. This research aims to highlight the important influence that navigation of the built environment has on crime, specifically arson, in addition to the social characteristics of place that support criminal behaviour. We hypothesize that neighbourhoods with more permeable (less complex) street networks are more likely to be affected by deliberately-set fire events in the case of Toronto. Also using a multivariate regression model, study two aims to highlight the role of heat aggression on the incidence of fire-setting behaviour in the same study region. We consider fire events occurring between the months of May through September, and particularly those occurring during extended heat-wave conditions. We hypothesize that prolonged episodes of high temperatures will have a positive relationship with arson events. This research highlights that two conceivably different forms of geography (anthropogenic and physical) can impact that same phenomena: criminal fire-setting behaviour. Details: Open Access Dissertation and Theses, McMaster University, 2012. Source: Paper 6563, Master's Thesis: Internet Resource: Accessed February 18, 2012 at http://digitalcommons.mcmaster.ca/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=7574&context=opendissertations&sei-redir=1&referer=http%3A%2F%2Fwww.google.com%2Furl%3Fsa%3Dt%26rct%3Dj%26q%3Dthe%2520geography%2520of%2520urban%2520arson%2520in%2520toronto%26source%3Dweb%26cd%3D1%26ved%3D0CCEQFjAA%26url%3Dhttp%253A%252F%252Fdigitalcommons.mcmaster.ca%252Fcgi%252Fviewcontent.cgi%253Farticle%253D7574%2526context%253Dopendissertations%26ei%3DTSZAT7b0LKS30QH0jqG7Bw%26usg%3DAFQjCNGqJvrHJLuMWp6m7nSiYMxKQFK1eQ#search=%22geography%20urban%20arson%20toronto%22 Year: 2012 Country: Canada Keywords: Arson (Canada) Shelf Number: 124179

Author: Canada. Financial Transactions and Reports Analysis Centre Title: Money Laundering and Terrorist Activity Financing Watch: October-December 2009 Summary: The Money Laundering and Terrorist Activity Financing Watch presents a quarterly review of news articles summarizing relevant group-based, activity-based and country-based money laundering and terrorist activity financing issues and alerts readers to new financial mechanisms or technologies that could possibly be exploited for money laundering or terrorist activity financing purposes in Canada. The content presented herein is a summary of news articles and does not include any FINTRAC analysis. The views expressed are those of the original authors. References are provided to the respective articles at the end of this document. Details: Canada: Financial Transactions and Reports Analysis Centre of Canada, 2009. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 21, 2012 at http://www.fintrac.gc.ca/publications/watch-regard/2010-03-eng.pdf Year: 2009 Country: Canada Keywords: Money Laundering (Canada) Shelf Number: 124227

Author: Bouchard, Martin Title: Estimation of the Size of the Illicit Methamphetamine and MDMA Markets in Canada: A Discussion Paper on Potential Methods and Data Sources Summary: Ever since their relatively recent appearance as drugs of choice among the Canadian population, methamphetamine (meth) and 3,4-methylenedioxy-N-methylamphetamine (MDMA or ecstasy) hydrochloride have been the object of concern for public health and law enforcement agencies. The concern with meth and ecstasy are based on two main issues: (i) the highly addictive nature of these drugs paired with serious health consequences for users (especially for meth), (ii) the identification of Canadian offenders as major players in meth/ecstasy production and exportation. Although various reports suggest that both issues deserve immediate consideration from policy makers and researchers, there is a lack of data on the most basic (yet crucial) issue – the size of the markets. The purpose of this report is to re-examine the scientific and grey literature on current methods of estimating the size of illegal markets, with an emphasis on the meth/MDMA markets. The first part of this paper reviews the current data available from various surveys on the prevalence of Amphetamine-Type Stimulants (ATS) and MDMA use in Canada. The second section of the report examines recent innovations in the area, with a special emphasis on two families of methods: (i) multiplier methods, which derive an estimate of the population based on a rate of occurrence of an event in the population of interest (e.g. number of overdoses per ATS user); and (ii) capture-recapture methods, which infer the number of users, dealers or producers never arrested based on the patterns of arrests and re-arrests over a fixed time period. The third part of the paper turns to the data requirements for applying these methods to the Canadian meth and ecstasy markets, with an emphasis on estimating the scale of ATS production. Details: Ottawa: Organized Crime Division, Law Enforcement and Policy Branch, Public Safety Canada, 2010. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Report No. 003, 2010: Accessed February 27, 2012 at: http://publications.gc.ca/collections/collection_2012/sp-ps/PS4-90-2010-eng.pdf Year: 2010 Country: Canada Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 124279

Author: Bowlby, Jeffrey W. Title: At a Crossroads: First Results for the 18 to 20-Year-old Cohort of the Youth in Transition Survey Summary: This report provides a descriptive overview of the first results from the 2000 Youth in Transition Survey (YITS) for 18-20-year-olds in Canada. The YITS, developed through a partnership between Human Resources Development Canada and Statistics Canada, is a longitudinal survey designed to collect a broad range of information on the education and labour market experiences of youth. This report provides new information on high school dropout rates as of December 1999 and compares high school graduates and dropouts on a number of dimensions, including family background, parental education and occupation, engagement with school, working during high school, peer influence, and educational aspirations. This report also provides a first look at pathways followed by young people once they are no longer in high school, including their participation in post-secondary education, employment status, self-assessed skills levels, and barriers to post-secondary education. Details: Ottawa: Human Resources Development Canada, Statistics Canada 2002. 73p. Source: 81-591-XIE: Internet Resource: Accessed March 2, 2012 at http://www.statcan.gc.ca/pub/81-591-x/81-591-x2000001-eng.pdf Year: 2002 Country: Canada Keywords: (Canada) Longitudinal Studies Shelf Number: 124363

Author: Joshi, Pamela Title: Violence and Abuse in British Columbia Summary: This report describes the epidemiology of violence and abuse as reflected in a variety of population and nonpopulation based data sources in British Columbia. Comparisons between BC data and national data, health consequences, economic burden are also described for selected topic areas in violence and abuse, including child abuse and neglect, youth violence, intimate partner violence, violent crimes and elder abuse and neglect. A variety of provincial data sources were consulted in the development of this report. Mortality data on homicides were provided through BC Vital Statistics. Hospital separations data were provided by the BC Injury Reporting System. Emergency department admissions data and child protection services data were provided by the BC Children’s Hospital site of The Canadian Injury Reporting and Prevention Program and BC Children’s Hospital Child Protection Services data. Violent crime data was provided by Police Management and Information System. Details: Vancouver: British Columbia Injury Research and Prevention Unit, 2007. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 6, 2012 at http://www.injuryresearch.bc.ca/admin/DocUpload/3_20090616_100913Violence%20and%20Abuse%20in%20BC_FINAL.pdf Year: 2007 Country: Canada Keywords: Child Abuse & Neglect Shelf Number: 124387

Author: Yon, Yongjie Title: A Comparison of Intimate Partner Violence in Mid-and-Old Age: Is Elder Abuse Simply a Case of Spousal Abuse Grown Old? Summary: The study used a national pooled dataset from the 1999 and 2004 Canadian General Social Surveys (GSS) to compare spousal abuse between mid-age adults (45-59 years) and older adults (>60 years). Two types of abuse: emotional/financial and physical/sexual are investigated. Three regression models on personal, relationship and environmental explanatory factors are examined to determine salient predictors of spousal abuse for each age group. Both similarities and differences were uncovered across the age groups. In general, the differences reflect the complexities of an aging population indicating the importance of social network, such as participation in social activities and community size. In addition, disability status and spousal drinking habits for both age groups were found to be associated with abuse. This study is first of its kind to examine spousal abuse among younger and older populations on the national level. The findings have implications for intervention programs for abused victims. Details: Burnaby, Canada: Simon Fraser University, 2010. 110p. Source: Master's Thesis: Internet Resource: Accessed March 6, 2012 at Year: 2010 Country: Canada Keywords: Elder Abuse (Canada) Shelf Number: 124388

Author: Tan, Lourdes Elisse Title: Forging New Alliance: Exploring the Social Work - Police Constable Partnership within the Abuse Against Older Adults Unit Summary: Elder abuse interventions need a multidisciplinary approach to address the complex dynamics of the abusive situation. The introduction of the Abuse Against Older Adults (AAOA) unit provides a unique opportunity to address the psychosocial, criminal and legal dimensions related to elder abuse. This thesis focuses on the evaluation of the AAOA unit in its first year of operation in Vancouver, B.C. A qualitative research study was conducted, utilizing focus groups to gather data. The findings show that a police-social worker partnership model is critical in meeting service gaps in this area of practice. The data also explored the interaction between the AAOA unit and the external health care agencies that refer cases to this team. The results encourage future research to continue studying collaboration across multidisciplinary service providers, and further study on the social work role in law enforcement culture. Details: Vancouver: The University of British Columbia, 2011. 101p. Source: Master's Thesis: Internet Resource: Accessed March 13, 2012 at https://circle.ubc.ca/bitstream/handle/2429/34183/ubc_2011_fall_tan_lourdes.pdf?sequence=1 Year: 2011 Country: Canada Keywords: Elder Abuse (Canada) Shelf Number: 124525

Author: Bania, Melanie L. Title: New Ways of Working? Crime Prevention and Community Safety within Ottawa's Community Development Framework Summary: Over the past few decades, there has been a shift in crime control discourses, from an almost exclusive focus on traditional criminal justice objectives and practices, to attention to ‘community’ and a range of strategies that seek to prevent crime and increase safety. Overall, evaluations of the community mobilization approach to crime prevention and safety conclude that these initiatives have generally demonstrated limited long-term impacts on ‘crime’ and safety at the local level. Through the ‘what works’ lens, the limits of the approach have typically been attributed to implementation challenges related to outreach and mobilization, and inadequate resourcing. Through a more critical lens, using studies on governmentality as a starting point, this study examines the mechanisms through which crime prevention and community safety became thinkable as sites of governance in Canada, and more specifically within the Community Development Framework (CDF) in Ottawa (ON). To this end, I conducted an ethnography using a triangulation of data collection methods, including extensive fieldwork and direct participant observation within the CDF. The findings of this ethnography describe in detail how the CDF emerged and unfolded (from 2008 to 2010) from a variety of perspectives. These findings show that the CDF encountered a number of common challenges associated with program implementation and community-based evaluation. However, the lack of progress made towards adhering to CDF principles and reaching CDF goals cannot be reduced to these failures alone. The CDF highlights the importance of locating the community approach to crime prevention within its wider socio-political context, and of paying attention to its numerous ‘messy actualities’. These include the dynamics and repercussions of: governing at a distance and of the dispersal of social control; the neoliberal creation and responsibilization of choice-makers; relations of power, knowledge and the nature of expertise; the messiness of the notion of ‘community’; bureaucratic imperatives and professional interests; the words versus deeds of community policing; and processes relevant to resistance within current arrangements. Details: Ottawa: University of Ottawa, 2012. 367p. Source: Doctoral Thesis: Internet Resource: Accessed March 13, 2012 at http://www.ruor.uottawa.ca/fr/bitstream/handle/10393/20723/Bania_Melanie_L._2012_thesis.pdf?sequence=1 Year: 2012 Country: Canada Keywords: Community Safety (Canada) Shelf Number: 124527

Author: Wemmers, Jo-Anne Title: The Offer of Restorative Justice to Victims of Violent Crime: Should it be Protective or Proactive? Summary: Restorative justice favours the participation of both victims and offenders and promotes dialogue between these two parties to deal with the consequences of victimization. Research has shown that victims are generally very pleased with restorative justice. The main question is, therefore, not whether restorative justice should be offered to victims but how this should be done. In general, two divergent approaches exist: the protective model, which seeks to protect victims from possible secondary victimization and the proactive model, which seeks to inform victims about their options so that they can decide for themselves what they want to do. The present study is a qualitative study with victims of violent crime who participated in restorative justice programs, which followed either of these approaches. Based on victims’ experiences and views, the authors present a model procedure on how to offer restorative justice to victims. Details: Montreal: Centre International de Criminologie Comparee (CICC), 2011. 58p. Source: Collection resultats de recherche No. 4: Internet Resource: Accessed March 13, 2012 at Year: 2011 Country: Canada Keywords: Restorative Justice (Canada) Shelf Number: 124529

Author: Ford, Amanda Title: Victim Services in Canada: National, Provincial and Territorial Fact Sheets 2009/2010 Summary: In Canada, there are a variety of government-funded agencies whose mandate is to provide assistance to both primary and secondary victims of crime. A primary victim of crime is a person who is the direct victim of a criminal offence, while a secondary victim of crime is a person who has suffered harm or loss as a result of an incident perpetrated against another person, for example, the spouse of a homicide victim. Information on the types of programs offered by victim service providers as well as those who utilize these services is collected by the Victim Services Survey (VSS). This series of fact sheets presents results from the 2009/2010 cycle of the VSS at the national, provincial and territorial levels. All of the provinces and territories have their own models of service delivery for victims of crime and each has passed legislation to assist victims of crime (Department of Justice Canada 2010). Services offered to victims can cover a wide range, from counselling and financial compensation to public education and crisis intervention. As such, any comparisons made between jurisdictions should be interpreted with caution. It is important to note that two reference periods are used in these fact sheets. Information on the providers themselves, including the types of programs and the services offered, is based upon the fiscal year period from April 1, 2009 to March 31, 2010. Information on the victims who utilized these services is based upon a snapshot date of May 27, 2010. Not all victim service providers were able to report complete data. Where this is the case, exclusions are noted. Details: Ottawa: Statistics Canada, 2012. 33p. Source: Catalogue no. 85-003-XWE: Internet Resource: Accessed March 13, 2012 at http://www.statcan.gc.ca/pub/85-003-x/85-003-x2011001-eng.pdf Year: 2012 Country: Canada Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 124531

Author: MacRae, Leslie Title: Civil Investigation and Abuse of Vulnerable Adults in Calgary: An Exploratory Study Summary: Since 2004, Calgary’s Action Group on Elder Abuse (AGEA), an initiative of the Alliance to End Violence, has engaged community stakeholders in identifying gaps and building community capacity in addressing the issue of abuse of older adults. In 2007, AGEA initiated the development of a coordinated community response model for older adult victims of abuse and neglect in Calgary. As part of this process, three “Pulling Back the Curtain” working sessions were held in 2008, where community stakeholders were engaged in discussions regarding what Calgary’s community response model requires in order to be effective. As a result of these working sessions, a response model was drafted and presented to the community in October 2008. The consultations on the response model led to discussions regarding a civil investigation procedure for responding to situations where abuse or the risk of abuse of an older adult is alleged in the community, as it was recognized that a gap in protection exists in Alberta for this population. This is especially true of cases where there is no discernable criminal element. AGEA recognized the importance of determining whether a non-criminal investigation procedure would be appropriate, feasible, and desired in Calgary. AGEA approached the Canadian Research Institute for Law and the Family (CRILF) in 2009 with the idea of conducting a small feasibility study. Ultimately, AGEA would use the results of the study to increase Calgary stakeholders’ understanding of civil investigation, and consult with the community on whether it should be a part of Calgary’s community response model to address the abuse of older adults. With funding from the Alberta Law Foundation, and in partnership with AGEA, CRILF and legal consultant Sheryl Pearson began work on the feasibility study in March 2010. The purpose of this report is to determine the feasibility of a non-criminal investigation procedure in Calgary for cases where abuse of older adults is suspected, including the resources and legal mechanisms required as well as potential issues that may exist. The objectives of the report are as follows: (1) To increase understanding of the legal mechanisms available in Alberta provincial adult protection legislation; (2) To increase understanding of non-criminal investigation models in Canada and internationally for cases of older adult abuse, and the legal and social mechanisms required for their operation; (3) To determine whether non-criminal investigation would be appropriate and supported in Calgary’s community response model; and (4) To determine the feasibility of adopting a non-criminal investigation procedure in Alberta as a possible tool to better protect older adults in the community. Details: Calgary: Canadian Research Institute for Law and the Family, University of Calgary, 2010. 148p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 14, 2012 at http://people.ucalgary.ca/~crilf/publications/ALF_Final_Report_09_10.pdf Year: 2010 Country: Canada Keywords: Elder Abuse and Neglect(Calgary) Shelf Number: 124533

Author: Brennan, Shannon Title: Victimization of older Canadians, 2009 Summary: In 2009, older Canadians reported the lowest rates of violent victimization. Overall, the nature of violent incidents against older Canadians resembled that of younger Canadians, with both groups citing physical assault as the most common form of violence experienced. Among both groups, most incidents were committed by males acting alone, and many did not involve the use of a weapon and did not result in injury. In addition to experiencing lower rates of violent victimization, household victimization was also lower among the older population. Theft of household property was the most common form of household victimization experienced by older and younger households alike. Less than one-half of violent or household victimizations of older Canadians were brought to the attention of police; however, they were more likely to be reported to police than incidents involving younger Canadians. Overall, older Canadians were more likely than younger Canadians to state that they had been affected emotionally by violent incidents; however, both groups reported experiencing similar emotional consequences. In general, older Canadians reported high levels of satisfaction with their personal safety from crime, and a strong sense of belonging to their neighbourhood; however, these feelings tended to be lower when the person reported having been victimized. Details: Ottawa: Statistics Canada, 2012. 27p. Source: Juristat article no. 85-002-X: Internet Resource: Accessed March 14, 2012 at http://www.statcan.gc.ca/pub/85-002-x/2012001/article/11627-eng.pdf Year: 2012 Country: Canada Keywords: Elderly Victims of Crime (Canada) Shelf Number: 124549

Author: Toronto Police Service Title: Policing a World within a City: The Race Relations Initiatives of the Toronto Police Service Summary: This report was prepared at the direction of Chief of Police Julian Fantino with the co-operation and involvement of senior officers and members from all commands of the Toronto Police Service. Statistics Canada has referred to Toronto as “a world within a city”. Policing a richly multicultural and multiracial environment can be very rewarding, but can also present challenges for a police organization that is dedicated to delivering effective services to all stakeholders equally. This report outlines the most significant efforts made by the Toronto Police Service to ensure that it can meet these challenges. "Moreover, in my opinion Policing A World Within A City – The Race Relations Initiatives of the Toronto Police Service report is testament to the Service’s exemplary record of performance in the field of race relations. While it is not exhaustive, this report presents an inventory of the highlights of race relations initiatives undertaken by the Service which are indicative of the degree of involvement between Service members and the community. This report also illustrates the accomplishments and responsiveness of our organization towards the issue, including recommendations for change, throughout the years. It is self-evident that by any standards the Service has been an innovator in the vanguard of police race relations for at least a quarter of a century." Details: Toronto: Toronto Police Service, 2003. 337p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 17, 2012 at http://www.torontopolice.on.ca/publications/files/reports/2003.02.13-policingaworldwithinacity.pdf Year: 2003 Country: Canada Keywords: Police-Community Relations (Toronto) Shelf Number: 124560

Author: Cameron, Angela Title: Restorative Justice: A Literature Review Summary: This literature review will examine whether current research shows restorative justice to be a safe, effective criminal justice response to cases of intimate partner violence in Canada. ‘Restorative justice’ will be defined in the literature review itself, through an examination of relevant literature and practice. ‘Intimate partner violence’ will be discussed as defined by British Columbia’s Violence Against Women in Relationships Policy (VAWIR). For the sake of brevity, the term ‘intimate violence’ will be used. The term “victim’ will refer generally to victims of crime, including crimes of intimate violence. The term ‘survivor’ will refer specifically to victims of crimes of intimate violence. The primary focus of this research paper will be on adults. Where available materials analyzing intersectionalities such as race, ethnicity, culture, (dis)ability, sexual orientation, age, and poverty will be included. Where there is a significant body of literature (for instance regarding Aboriginal peoples), a separate analysis will be included. Details: Vancouver: The British Columbia Institute Against Family Violence, 2005. 78p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 18, 2012 at http://synthesis.womenshealthdata.ca/uploads/topic200_0.pdf Year: 2005 Country: Canada Keywords: Domestic Violence (Canada) Shelf Number: 124570

Author: Goldstein, Abby L. Title: Youth on the Street and Youth Involved with Child Welfare: Maltreatment, Mental Health and Substance Abuse Summary: Adolescents who are homeless face a variety of adverse outcomes and are at risk for concurrent mental health symptoms and substance use. Many come to the streets with a history of maltreatment, and have left home to escape dysfunctional environments, only to find themselves exposed to additional violence on the streets. Youth involved with child welfare face similar challenges and many are at risk of homelessness due to a lack of resources when transitioning out of the child welfare system. Existing research indicates that concurrent mental health symptoms and substance use, particularly among adolescents, is poorly understood and very challenging to address. The current study was designed to examine factors associated with concurrent mental health symptoms and substance use across three groups of youth: youth currently involved with child welfare; youth who were homeless with a history of involvement with child welfare; and youth who were homeless with no history of involvement with child welfare. This study is a secondary analysis of data from two datasets: the Youth Pathways Project (YPP) (data collected from 2002 to 2006) and the third year of the Maltreatment and Adolescent Pathways (MAP) Longitudinal Study (data collected between 2008 and 2009). The YPP and MAP studies include older youth (16–21 years of age) who are homeless (YPP: N = 150) and youth who are currently involved with child welfare (MAP: N = 34 and YPP: N = 35). The total sample consists of 219 youth participants: 150 who are homeless and 69 currently involved with child welfare. Comparisons between these groups were expected to contribute to an understanding of the extent to which homelessness and child welfare involvement are associated with concurrent substance use and mental health issues; it is also intended to provide useful information to professionals working with these vulnerable populations. Within the sample of youth 16 to 21 years of age who are homeless, 42.7% had a (self-reported) history of child welfare involvement. These youth were significantly more likely to have experienced childhood maltreatment than youth who were homeless with no past history of child welfare involvement. With respect to housing and partner violence, the analyses showed that very few youth currently involved with child welfare had lived without shelter for even one night in the past seven days. Living without shelter was significantly related to concurrent mental health symptoms and substance use, even when controlling for youth homelessness and child welfare involvement; youth who were homeless were much more likely to have concurrent mental health and substance use issues. All three groups of youth studied were equally likely to have been victims of partner violence and to have perpetrated partner violence in the past year. Partner violence perpetration was also associated with concurrent mental health symptoms and substance use. Regarding mental health symptoms, externalizing symptoms were much more likely to be reported by youth who were homeless; externalizing symptoms were consistently associated with substance use and problem substance use. This study illustrates that youth who lack stable housing, had a history of maltreatment, substance use or mental health symptoms and are no longer involved in child welfare constitute a vulnerable population for homelessness. As a result, increasing services with targeted interventions that address maltreatment, mental health and substance use are needed. Furthermore, it is clear that current child welfare involvement appears to exert a protective effect whereas youth living on the street with a previous history of child welfare involvement appear to be at risk. Examining the transition of exit for youth currently involved in the child welfare system who have reached the age-criteria for care should be explored as some youth may not be prepared for adulthood and independent living. Although further research is needed to clarify the chronological relationship between child welfare involvement, homelessness, mental health and substance use, the findings of this study have important policy and practice implications. In particular, creating affordable housing with built-in supports for youth with complex needs may disrupt the cycle of homelessness and help our understanding of the resilience of these youth, demonstrated in the face of extreme risk. Details: Toronto, ON: University of Toronto, 2011. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 10, 2012 at http://publications.gc.ca/collections/collection_2011/aspc-phac/H129-5-2011-eng.pdf Year: 2011 Country: Canada Keywords: Child Maltreatment (Canada) Shelf Number: 124612

Author: Alana LaPerle Project Services Title: Downtown Street Outreach Initiative: Final Evaluation Report Summary: In the fall of 2010, Jim Taylor, Executive Director of the Downtown Business Association, and then-Deputy Chief Norm Lipinski made application to the Edmonton Police Foundation for an initiative to address safety concerns in downtown Edmonton. The proposal was for a downtown street outreach worker, provided by Boyle Street Community Services, who would work in partnership with Edmonton Police Services to “address root causes that bring some people to rely on street culture to survive” (EPF Project Application). Funding for a one year pilot project was granted and the Downtown Street Outreach Worker, Colin Inglis, “hit the streets” December 1, 2011. The worker‟s area of coverage was from 109 Street to 97 Street and from 104 Avenue to the top of the riverbank. In addition to the project funder and project partners (Edmonton Police Services, Downtown Business Association and Boyle Street Community Services), other stakeholders included community service agencies, downtown businesses, residents and people who work, shop and/or spend leisure time downtown. Details: Sherwood Park, AB: Alana LaPerle Project Services, 2011. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 20, 2012 at http://www.threesource.ca/documents/February2012/Downtown-Street-Outreach-Initiative.pdf Year: 2011 Country: Canada Keywords: Community Safety Shelf Number: 124613

Author: Abela, Graham John Title: Early Identification of Police Leadership Potential in Alberta Police Services Summary: This dissertation explored the early identification of leadership potential within municipal policing in the province of Alberta. The municipal members of the Alberta Association of Chiefs of Police participated in this mixed methods sequential exploratory research design consisting of two phases. Phase 1 consisted of a number of face-to-face interviews which were analyzed using Creswell’s (2009) method for analyzing qualitative interviews. The results of Phase 1 formed the basis for an E-Survey deployed in Phase 2 of this research, which included the utilization of a modified Thurstone Scale. The results of Phase 1 and Phase 2 were combined and four criteria were identified by participants in their identification of early leadership potential: a) five identified indicators of leadership potential, b) leadership potential as seen by others, c) leadership potential as seen from within, and d) leadership potential as perceived by leaders. These four criteria established the foundation for the development of the Police Leadership Potential Model. When the criteria are used in conjunction with one another, it describes the exemplar junior officer with leadership potential in Alberta. The Police Leadership Potential Model may have utility in succession planning, and human resource practices within the Alberta municipal police sector. Details: Calgary, Alberta: University of Calgary, Graduate Division of Educational Research, 2012. 176p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed March 29, 2012 at: http://www.policecouncil.ca/reports/Abela%20Identifying%20Police%20Leaders.pdf Year: 2012 Country: Canada Keywords: Police Administration (Alberta, Canada) Shelf Number: 124766

Author: Varrette, Steven Title: A Review of Use of Force in Three Types of Correctional Facilities Summary: The study provides a descriptive analysis of a sample of 185 randomly selected use of force incidents investigated by the Correctional Service of Canada’s Incident Investigations Branch (CSC) between 2003 and 2007. The reports were stratified to equally represent each of the four years in the study and categorised into three groups based on types of institutions where the event occurred: treatment centres, non-treatment centre institutions, and institutions for women. The study examined how use of force was carried out within CSC, the circumstances that triggered the use of force, the type of offenders involved in the incidents, and how well staff complied with policies related to use of force. Data collection was completed from two sources: (1) file reviews of the use of force incidents from records management at National Headquarters; and (2) background information on the offenders involved in the incidents from the Offender Management System. Of the 185 cases reviewed, 64% of incidents were from treatment centres, 26% were from men’s institutions, and 9% were from women’s institutions. Results from this research indicate that the most common reasons for CSC staff to use force were due to offenders refusing direct orders or becoming aggressive or threatening. It was more common in the women’s institutions that use of force occurred due to an offender initiating self-injurious behaviour. Overall, it appears that use of force is applied when offenders become non-compliant towards correctional staff orders or when they behave violently towards staff or themselves. The most frequent types of force applied were verbal orders, followed by physical handling/escort, and the use of restraint equipment (soft restraints, handcuffs, leg irons, or body belts). Other common types of force used were Institutional Emergency Response Team presence and chemical agents/inflammatory sprays. In the course of the use of force incidents reviewed, the majority of inmates and staff received no injuries. When injuries occurred, they were minor including scratches, bruises and eye irritation. Fourteen offenders from the sample made allegations of excessive use of force. Upon review, however, all these allegations were ruled unfounded. Once use of force has been administered, the incident must undergo an institutional, regional, and national review related to Health Care involvement in the incident and post incident. These reviews indicated that the majority of violations of health care guidelines were technical or administrative in nature. Although a significant proportion of the incidents involved procedural violations, most of these were related to issues of problematic documentation or video recording. The most common violation was related to documentation not being appropriately completed or signed. Details: Ottawa: Correctional Service of Canada, 2011. 86p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report 2011 Nº R-236; Accessed April 16, 2012 at: http://www.csc-scc.gc.ca/text/rsrch/reports/r236/r236-eng.pdf Year: 2011 Country: Canada Keywords: Correctional Institutions (Canada) Shelf Number: 124979

Author: Gordon, Arthur Title: Self-Injury Incidents in CSC Institutions Over a Thirty-Month Period Summary: Between April 1, 2006, and September 30, 2008, 1,230 self-injury incidents were reported in the Offender Management System (OMS), a national database that contains information on all federal offenders, and/or in the Situation Reports (SITREP), which are daily reports designed to keep senior managers abreast of significant incidents across CSC. Descriptions of the incidents based on these sources were examined. The following are the main findings: • The number of self-injury incidents across Correctional Service of Canada (CSC) that were reported increased by 73% during the 30-month study period from 197 incidents (between April and September, 2006) to 341 incidents (April – September 2008). The pattern of change is similar whether the data are based on SITREP alone or the more complete dataset (OMS-SITREP) used in this study. The data do not, however, determine what factors drove this increase. The number of self harming incidents may be due to an actual increase in self injurious behaviour related possibly related to a changing offender profile, or to greater staff awareness and changes to reporting standards that occurred within CSC during this time period, or, indeed, other factors. • Women offenders were proportionately more likely than male offenders to engage in self-injurious behaviours. Women were more likely than men to self-injure more than once. • The number of self-injury incidents among Aboriginal offenders was greater than would be expected based on their population in the institutions. • The five treatment centres and the maximum/multi-security institutions had the most self-injury incidents, the most offenders who self-injured, and the most offenders who self-injured repeatedly. • Male offenders tended to self-injure by slashing or overdosing, while women offenders showed higher use of ligatures or head-banging. • Ninety percent of self-injury incidents resulted in no or minor injury to the offender. • Sixty-seven percent of offenders self-injured only once during the study period. While a similar percentage of men and women offenders engaged in self-injury more than once, women who repeatedly self-injured had more such incidents than did men. • Twenty-six of the 1,230 self-injury incidents resulted in death. However, 77% of the inmates who died had no previous documented incidents of self-injury during their incarceration suggesting that self-injury appears to be a distinct phenomenon that should be studied independently of attempted suicide. • Based on the results of this report, it can be concluded that data extraction through OMS queries is not sufficient to provide an accurate measure of self-injurious incidents due largely to variability in how such incidents are coded in OMS. Creating a field in OMS that would indicate whether an incident involved self-injury would provide a more efficient and reliable measure of self-injury. In addition, future research should focus on the psychological and behavioural characteristics of self-injuring offenders to better inform prevention, management and treatment options. Details: Ottawa: Correctional Service of Canada, 2010. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report 2010 Nº R-233: Accessed April 16, 2012 at: http://www.csc-scc.gc.ca/text/rsrch/reports/r233/r233-eng.pdf Year: 2010 Country: Canada Keywords: Inmate Suicide Shelf Number: 124980

Author: Thompson, Jennie Title: Use of Bleach and the Methadone Maintenance Treatment Program as Harm Reduction Measures in Canadian Penitentiaries Summary: To prevent the transmission of blood-borne infections (BBIs), including human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) and hepatitis C virus (HCV), Correctional Service Canada (CSC) directs that bleach be “easily and discreetly” accessible to inmates for the cleaning of injecting, tattooing and piercing equipment (CSC, 2004). Further CSC provides a Methadone Maintenance Treatment Program (MMTP) to inmates severely addicted to opiates (CSC, 2003). To date, there has not been a thorough examination of the demand for bleach (defined as any attempt to access bleach between November 2006 and completion of the survey) and use of MMTP for the purpose of harm reduction in Canadian Penitentiaries. To address this gap in knowledge, CSC conducted the National Inmate Infectious Diseases and Risk-Behaviours Survey (NIIDRBS) in 2007. This questionnaire was completed by a large sample of Canadian federal inmates (n=3,370). This report presents NIIDRBS findings on the use of injection drug use (IDU), tattooing and piercing; awareness of and demand for bleach; and, participation in MMTP. Overall, a minority of inmates reported risk factors for BBIs: 17% reported injecting drugs, 38% reported tattooing, and 13% reported piercing while at CSC. These inmates may be exposed to BBIs through the use of someone else’s equipment for injecting, tattooing, and piercing. A large proportion of inmates who used injection drugs reported using someone else’s used equipment (68%). Notably, fewer inmates used someone else’s equipment for tattooing and piercing on a CSC range (ranging from 15% to 40%). Among all inmates, 87% reported being aware of CSC’s policy ensuring easy access to bleach and 57% reported a demand for bleach. The majority of inmates who engaged in injecting, tattooing and/or piercing at CSC reported using bleach-cleaned equipment. Furthermore, demand for bleach was higher among inmates who reported using someone else’s used injecting equipment. Overall, bleach is being used as intended among inmates engaging high risk-behaviours associated with the transmission of BBIs. Thirty-seven percent of inmates who had a demand for bleach reported problems accessing it. Inmates reported maintenance issues as the primary problem in accessing bleach (men 69%, women 48%). Forty-eight percent of women also reported that they had to ask staff for bleach. Overall availability of bleach could be increased through decreasing these two issues. Generally, inmates who reported injecting opiates were more likely to use someone else’s used injecting equipment than inmates who reported injecting non-opiates. Hence, injecting opiates may increase the risk of exposure to BBIs through increased risky injecting practices. MMTP is a harm reduction measure offered by CSC to reduce the frequency of opiate use and thus exposure to BBIs. At the time of the survey, 7% of inmates reported being on MMTP. Among those who reported being on MMTP, 60% did not report opiate use recently in a penitentiary. For those not on the program but who had previously tried to get on it, 53% reported not meeting the program requirements; the remaining inmates reported that they had taken themselves off (29%), were taken off because of diversion (<1%), or they were taken off for other reasons (17%). Overall, the NIIDRBS provides descriptive estimates of inmates’ risk- and harm-reducing behaviours associated with the transmission of BBIs. The survey’s cross-sectional design, however, limited the measurement of some indicators. Future research should examine the direct associations between demand for bleach, the use of bleach as a cleaning product and factors associated with using non-sterile equipment. In particular, greater knowledge is needed regarding why inmates do not use the available harm reduction measures. Furthermore, greater detail on risk-behaviours prior to and after MMTP initiation would assist in examining and possibly improving program effectiveness. Details: Ottawa: Correctional Service of Canada, 2010. 57p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report 2010 Nº R-210: Accessed April 16, 2012 at: http://www.csc-scc.gc.ca/text/rsrch/reports/r210/r210-eng.pdf Year: 2010 Country: Canada Keywords: Bleach Shelf Number: 124981

Author: Axford, Marsha Title: Homicide, Sex, Robbery and Drug Offenders in Federal Corrections: An End-of-2008 Review Summary: One of the challenges confronting all Correctional Services in recent years is the effective management of offender populations. It has long been recognized that the demographic and offence-related characteristics of these populations influence institutional conduct as well as the safe transition of offenders to the community. As the characteristics of offenders and populations change, it creates the need to develop or refine correctional interventions to best respond to the needs and risks of these offenders. For example, an increase in the number of offenders admitted to prison with drug-related offences may indicate the need to develop and offer more addictions or substance-abuse programs. Moreover, an increase in the number of offenders sentenced with violent offences is typically associated with higher levels of institutional misconduct. As a result, it is important to monitor changes in the offender population. This study provides an overview of offenders convicted of homicide, sexual, robbery and drug-related offences on December 31, 2008. Of the 22,445 offenders under the supervision of the Service on that date, 5,540 had been convicted of a homicide offence, 3,154 were sexual offenders, 6,276 had a conviction for robbery, and 6,433 offenders had been convicted of a drug-related offence. In terms of population trends, the number of offenders sentenced on a homicide offence increased by 18% in the ten years prior to December 31, 2008. Part of this increase is because offenders convicted of first- and second-degree murder will remain under correctional supervision for the remainder of their lives. The number of sexual offenders, by contrast, decreased 14% during that same era, and this may be due to a decrease in the number of these offences reported to the police in the past decade (Dauvergne & Turner, 2010). The number of CSC offenders convicted of a robbery offence followed a similar trend, having decreased 8% from 1998 to 2008. However, during the same time period, the number of offenders who had been sentenced on a drug-related offence increased by 18%. Over the past ten years for which data are reported, there were a number of noteworthy changes in the management of these offenders. First, the number of homicide and drug offenders supervised in the community increased by 431 (+25%) and 117 (4%) respectively, while there were fewer offenders from the other groups who had been conditionally released: sex offenders (-268; -22%) and those convicted of robbery (-490; -18%), In addition, more offenders were placed in maximum security units in 2008 compared to 1998. In 2008, homicide (31%) and robbery (29%) offenders were more often housed in maximum security units than drug and sexual offenders (23% each). Last, the proportion of offenders released at their statutory release date (SR) had increased for all offence types, particularly for robbery offenders (50% in 1998 versus 63.1% in 2008). Altogether, there have been some significant changes in the characteristics of the federal offender population. These changes have resulted in a number of operational changes to better manage the risks that these offenders might pose in either institutions or the community. Basing these operational changes on the latest information about the offender population will enable the Service to focus on the safe transition of these offenders to the community. Details: Ottawa: Correctional Service of Canada, 2011. 53p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report 2011 No R-234: Accessed April 16, 2012 at: http://www.csc-scc.gc.ca/text/rsrch/reports/r234/r234-eng.pdf Year: 2011 Country: Canada Keywords: Drug Offenders Shelf Number: 124982

Author: Zakaria, Dianne Title: Rates of Reported Sexually Transmitted Infections since Admission to Canadian Federal Prison and Associated Incarceration Characteristics and Sexual Risk-Behaviours Summary: Previous research indicates that Canadian federal inmates, particularly women, are a high-risk group for sexually transmitted infections (STIs), but information about incarceration characteristics and sexual behaviours most strongly associated with these infections in correctional systems is sparse. To address this and other deficiencies in the literature, in 2007 the Correctional Service of Canada (CSC) conducted the National Inmate Infectious Diseases and Risk Behaviours Survey (NIIDRBS), a self-administered paper questionnaire completed by a large sample of Canadian federal inmates (n = 3,370). This report presents NIIDRBS data on the rate of reported STIs since admission to Canadian federal prison. Further, it examines associations between reporting an STI since admission and several incarceration characteristics and sexual behaviours. The overall rate of at least one reported STI since admission to federal prison was 158 per 10,000 person-years served. Comparisons across sub-groups revealed elevated rates in women and Aboriginal males. Specifically, the rate of reporting an STI since admission was 4.5 times greater in women than men (669 vs. 150 per 10,000 person-years) and 1.6 times greater in Aboriginal males than non-Aboriginal males (222 vs. 136 per 10,000 person-years). Among men, several incarceration characteristics and in-prison sexual behaviours were associated with reporting an STI since admission to federal prison. First, the odds of reporting an STI were about two times greater among males in maximum security compared to males in minimum security. Second, after serving a total of eight years cumulatively, the odds of reporting an STI among males appeared to consistently increase over time, plateauing after 14 years. After serving more than 16 years, the odds of reporting an STI had increased by a factor of 1.8 relative to those serving two years or less. Last, the odds of reporting an STI were approximately five times greater among males reporting exchange-sex (i.e., a transaction involving the exchange of sex for money, works, rigs, drugs or goods) compared to those who did not. Only 1.8% of the male population, however, reported this high-risk activity during the past six months in prison. Among recently sexually active women, reporting an STI since admission was associated with only one in-prison sexual behaviour. Specifically, those reporting an STI since admission were 1.6 times more likely to have unprotected sex with a casual partner than those not reporting an STI (56% vs. 35%). With respect to community sexual behaviours, only one remained significantly associated with reporting an STI since admission among men: the odds of reporting an STI were about 3.4 times greater among those reporting sex with males compared to those who did not. Among women, several sexual behaviours in the community were significantly associated with reporting an STI since admission. First, the odds of reporting an STI were approximately three times greater in those reporting sex with females compared to those who did not. Second, the odds of reporting an STI were approximately 2.4 times greater among those being paid for sex compared to those who were not. Last, the odds of reporting an STI were 85% lower among those reporting unprotected sex with a regular partner compared to those who did not. This last finding is counterintuitive. Unprotected sex is generally considered a risk-factor for STIs but our finding indicates it is protective. Although further research is necessary to validate this finding, it does reinforce the importance of distinguishing between unprotected sex with casual partners and regular partners. Presently, all of the identified sexual risk-behaviours are screened for in the intake health status assessment at CSC. Healthcare professionals can use this assessment to identify individuals at elevated risk for STIs while incarcerated and thus more likely to benefit from regular STI testing at CSC. Since cumulative time served and security level were also associated with an increased risk of reporting an STI since admission among men, education, screening and testing needs to continue beyond admission, particularly among high-risk subgroups, and access to harm-reduction items (i.e., condoms, dental dams, and lubricant) needs to be monitored across security levels. The primary limitations of this research arise from the cross-sectional design of the NIIDRBS and its reliance on self-report. To overcome these limitations, it may be useful in future research to test all inmates using biosamples (e.g., urine tests) at admission and regular follow-ups to maximize the accuracy of estimating the date of infection and recalling risk-behaviours. Details: Ottawa: Correctional Service of Canada, 2010. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report 2010 Nº R-196: Accessed April 16, 2012 at: http://www.csc-scc.gc.ca/text/rsrch/reports/r196/r196-eng.pdf Year: 2010 Country: Canada Keywords: Inmates, Sexual Behaviors (Canada) Shelf Number: 124983

Author: Greiner, Leigh Title: A Descriptive Profile of Older Women Offenders Summary: Aging prisoners represent a special population that require addressing specific needs, particularly elements concerning adjustment, rehabilitation, programming, and parole (Aday, 1994). Most of the existing literature examining the needs of the aging prison population originates in the United States, and typically limits its sample to male offenders. Consequently, there is a need to examine the different characteristics and needs of older women offenders in Canada, in both a correctional and community setting. The purpose of this study was to: 1) to provide a comprehensive profile of older women offenders; 2) to compare the assessed levels of risk and need of older women and younger women offenders; and 3) to assess the relevance/use of a typology to classify older women offenders. For the current study, the age criterion for older women offenders was 50 years or older. CSC’s Offender Management System (OMS) was used to retrieve data on the study group (older women) and the comparison group (younger women). Both groups were composed of 160 women, of which 54 were in custody and 106 were under community supervision. Results suggest that, older women were rated as having lower overall needs, lower overall risk, and a higher reintegration potential when compared to women offenders under the age of 50. Compared to younger women, older women were found to have lower needs in the domains of employment, associates, substance abuse, and attitude. Looking at institutional misconduct, results suggest that older women are less likely to be victims or perpetrators of minor or major institutional incidents than their younger counterparts. With regard to programming, it was found that older women were significantly less likely to enrol in, or complete educational programs. They were also less likely than younger women to enrol in substance abuse programs, or psychology programs. However, they were significantly more likely to enrol in and complete ‘other’ programs (e.g., chaplaincy, personal development) than their younger counterparts. In order to examine a potential typology for older women offenders, criminal histories were examined. It was found that the majority of older women (80%) were serving time for their first federal sentence. Additionally, 50% of the older women offenders were serving a sentence for homicide. Ultimately, in attempts to delineate older women into a typology based on older male offenders, results revealed that older women did not fit flawlessly into the male typology. A more appropriate typology, specific to older women offenders may therefore exist. Details: Ottawa: Correctional Service of Canada, 2010. 59p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report: 2010 No R-229: Accessed April 16, 2012 at: http://www.csc-scc.gc.ca/text/rsrch/reports/r229/r229-eng.pdf Year: 2010 Country: Canada Keywords: Elderly Prisoners (Canada) Shelf Number: 124984

Author: Usher, Amelia Title: Profile and Outcomes of Male Offenders with ADHD Summary: Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD) is a neurobiological disorder characterized by difficulties regulating attention, activity, and impulsivity. Predominantly diagnosed in childhood and adolescence, ADHD is increasingly being recognized as a disorder that continues to affect individuals into adulthood. ADHD is associated with a number of adverse outcomes including aggression, criminality, substance abuse, and low educational attainment, and it is thought to be more prevalent in forensic populations. Currently there is no information on the level of ADHD among federal offenders, and it is hypothesized that high rates of ADHD would present challenges for CSC in terms of offender behaviour management and community reintegration. To study the relationship between ADHD and a number of variables related to correctional outcomes, the Adult ADHD Self-Report Scale (ASRS) was administered to a sample of offenders newly admitted to CSC. Over a 14 month period, 497 male offenders completed the ASRS at the Regional Reception Centre in the Pacific region (RRAC). It was determined that 16.5% of offenders met the clinical criteria for ADHD, while a further 25% scored in moderate range for this disorder. A significant relationship was discovered between ADHD and a number of demographic and profile variables. ADHD was found to be associated with unstable job history, presence of a learning disability, lower educational attainment, substance abuse, higher risk and need levels, and other mental health problems. ADHD was also found to predict institutional misconduct; offenders with the highest levels of ADHD were 2.5 times more likely to receive an institutional charge than offenders without these symptoms. Additionally, offenders with high levels of ADHD fared poorly on release to the community. Within six months of release, they were more likely to have returned to custody than offenders with no symptoms of ADHD. The current study improves our understanding of the impact of ADHD in forensic populations. The rate of the disorder found in this study was considerably higher than prevalence rates cited in the general population, but in line with estimates from other correctional jurisdictions. Results indicate that high levels of ADHD can present challenges for CSC in terms of offender institutional management and transition into the community. A secondary purpose of this study was to evaluate the ASRS as a screening tool for ADHD in offenders. Findings indicate that the ASRS is a brief measure that can easily be administered at intake to identify offenders who may need additional services or adapted interventions because of this disorder. Details: Ottawa: Correctional Service of Canada, 2010. 53p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report 2010 Nº R-226: Accessed April 16, 2012 at: http://www.csc-scc.gc.ca/text/rsrch/reports/r226/r226-eng.pdf Year: 2010 Country: Canada Keywords: Attention Deficit Disorder, Inmates Shelf Number: 124985

Author: Barrett, Meredith Robeson Title: Twenty years later: Revisiting the Task Force on Federally Sentenced Women Summary: In 1989 a Task Force was established to review the Correctional Service of Canada’s approach to the management of women offenders in federal correctional facilities. As part of this, research was initiated to survey federal women offenders in order to examine their lives, needs and experiences before, during and after incarceration (Shaw, 1991). The results of this survey contributed significantly to Creating Choices, the groundbreaking report put forth by the Task Force, which suggested a number of recommendations that ultimately resulted in changes to the existing management practices concerning women offenders. It has been 20 years since this report launched CSC into reforming its approach to women’s corrections; given the passage of time and the noted improvements that have been made since, an update to the original 1989 survey was identified as a research priority. Accordingly, an updated version of the original survey was developed and distributed to all women’s correctional facilities. All women serving time in a federal women’s institution between October 2007 and January 2008 were invited to participate. Of the 520 women who were available to participate, 178 responded to the survey, representing 34% of the population of women incarcerated in Canada’s federal correctional system. Similar to the survey conducted in 1989, results provide a profile of the lives, experiences, and needs of federally incarcerated women. More specifically, results from the survey include information on physical and mental health, substance use, victimization, self harm, children and family, education and employment, recreation and exercise, relationships with staff and other women inmates, programming, and release. Additionally, results highlighted areas of women’s corrections that have improved, as well as areas that may still benefit from further development. Results were largely positive and revealed an overall improvement with regard to the management of federal women offenders since the original survey. Among other improvements, women reported positive offender-staff interactions, and an increase in the services and programs available to women was noted. Some results revealed areas were development could still be made, with women reporting a desire for increased access to health care services, more frequently run programs and additional contact with community supports and contacts to assist with the reintegration process. Overall, this study was successful in achieving its goal of providing an updated profile of the needs of federal women offenders in Canada. Additionally, it highlighted consistencies and differences between the original and current samples, as well as areas of women’s corrections that have been improved since the original survey and those areas that may benefit from future development. Future research may consider replicating the survey on specific offender sub-populations (e.g., Aboriginal, older women, women in the community). Details: Ottawa: Correctional Service of Canada, 2010. 144p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report 2010 N° R-222; Accesssed April 16, 2012 at: http://www.csc-scc.gc.ca/text/rsrch/reports/r222/r222-eng.pdf Year: 2010 Country: Canada Keywords: Female Inmates (Canada) Shelf Number: 124986

Author: Zakaria, Dianne Title: The Relationship between Knowledge of HIV and HCV, Health Education, and Risk and Harm-Reducing Behaviours among Canadian Federal Inmates Summary: For inmates to make informed decisions about risk-behaviours, such as injection drug use and unprotected sex, they require knowledge about infectious disease transmission and prevention. Previous research suggests that greater human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) knowledge does not necessarily translate into less HIV risk-behaviours, but similar research examining the relationship between hepatitis C virus (HCV) knowledge and risk-behaviours is lacking. Moreover, past research has not extensively examined harm-reducing behaviours, such as bleaching injecting equipment, and no studies were identified which examined the association between knowledge and behaviour in the Canadian correctional context. To address these deficiencies in the literature, in 2007 the Correctional Service of Canada (CSC) conducted the National Inmate Infectious Diseases and Risk Behaviours Survey (NIIDRBS), a self-administered paper questionnaire completed by a large sample of Canadian federal inmates (n = 3,370). This report presents NIIDRBS data on Canadian federal inmates’ knowledge of HIV and HCV; the association between health education program attendance and knowledge; and, the association between knowledge and risk and harm-reducing behaviours. Overall knowledge was higher for HIV than HCV. On average, inmates correctly answered 80% (95% CI: 79, 80) of the HIV questions compared to 69% (95% CI: 68, 70) of the HCV questions. Inmates were most knowledgeable regarding the major modes of transmission for both HIV (M = 85%, 95% CI: 84, 85) and HCV (M = 83%, 95% CI: 82, 84). For HCV, however, knowledge of transmission through casual contact (M = 62%, 95% CI: 61, 64), prevention (M = 63%, 95% CI: 62, 65), and testing and treatment (M = 60%, 95% CI: 58, 61) were lower. The most substantial association between health education program attendance and knowledge was noted among women. Specifically, women attendees correctly answered, on average, 78% (95% CI: 77, 80) of the HCV questions compared to 68% (95% CI: 64, 71) for women non-attendees. Contrary to previously published research, there were instances where greater knowledge was associated with safer behaviour. First, inmates aware of the HIV-risk associated with injecting drugs with needles previously used by others were less likely to report injecting drugs during the past six months in prison compared to inmates who were unaware of the risk (14% vs. 22%, χ2(1, n = 2,922) = 5.84, p < 0.05). Second, among males who injected drugs during the past six months in prison, those aware of the HCV-risk were more likely to have last injected with a needle cleaned with bleach compared to those unaware of the risk (73% vs. 46%, χ2(1, n = 265) = 9.00, p < 0.05). Third, among males ever pierced on a CSC prison range, those aware of the HCV-risk were twice as likely to report consistently using piercing equipment cleaned with bleach compared to those unaware of the risk (63% vs. 31%, χ2(1, n = 306) = 8.15, p < 0.05). Finally, among currently sexually active women, those aware of the HIV-risk were less likely to report unprotected anal sex with women during the past six months in prison compared to those who were unaware of the risk (37% vs. 71%, χ2(1, n = 55) = 5.57, p < 0.05). Further, those aware of the HCV-risk were less likely to report unprotected vaginal sex with women compared to those unaware of the risk (67% vs. 91%, χ2 (1, n = 59) = 5.30, p < 0.05). Thus, greater knowledge may not consistently reduce the occurrence of a risk-behaviour, but it may increase an inmate’s tendency to use harm reduction items should he or she engage in the risk-behaviour. The NIIDRBS provided insight into the associations between knowledge of HIV/HCV, health education, and behaviour, but the cross-sectional survey design limited rigorous evaluation of these relationships, particularly with respect to causal effects. An intervention study1, which captures information about knowledge and behaviour over time, including after release into the community, could provide more accurate information about the impact of health education on knowledge and knowledge on behaviour. Such research should explore why inmates continue to engage in risk-behaviours, despite adequate knowledge. Details: Ottawa: Correctional Service of Canada, 2010. 63p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report 2010 No R-195: Accessed April 16, 2012 at: http://www.csc-scc.gc.ca/text/rsrch/reports/r195/r195-eng.pdf Year: 2010 Country: Canada Keywords: Drug Offenders Shelf Number: 124987

Author: Bourgon, Guy Title: From Case Management to Change Agent: The Evolution Of ‘What Works’ Community Supervision Summary: Traditionally, the role of a community supervision officer has in large-part been that of a case manager. However, knowledge in the area of ‘What Works’ in offender rehabilitation has stimulated efforts to revolutionize what it means to supervise clients in the community; that is, moving from a case-management approach to what we call a ‘change-agent’ approach. In this article, we define what cognitive-behaviourism looks like in a criminal justice context and how it can be used to maximize the impact of community supervision. Through the amalgamation of cognitive-behavioural techniques and risk/need information, we propose the use of a theoretically and empirically-based framework (i.e., the STICS Action Plan) to assist community supervision officers in planning, prioritizing and effectively achieving change with their clients. Details: Ottawa: Public Safety Canada, 2012. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: Corrections Research: User Report 2012-01: Accessed April 16, 2012 at: http://www.publicsafety.gc.ca/res/cor/rep/_fl/2012-01-cmca-eng.pdf Year: 2012 Country: Canada Keywords: Community Supervision Officers (Canada) Shelf Number: 124988

Author: Morselli, Carlo Title: Identifying Illegal Firearm Market Acquisition Patterns - Final Report Summary: This research presents the results of a qualitative survey of 20 incarcerated and nonincarcerated illicit firearm market consumers in Quebec. Its general aim is to identify key acquisition patterns for illegal firearms. 'Illegal firearms' are defined as all firearms that are proscribed by Canadian law and all firearms (legal or illegal) that are acquired through prohibited or unofficial channels. Two specific objectives extend from this general aim: 1) to gather data on individual level experiences in the illegal firearm market and 2) to generalize these individual experiences so as to establish a projection of the scope and shape of the illegal firearm market. Meeting these objectives will help Public Safety Canada meet its own needs established in the 2004 Investments to Combat the Criminal Use of Firearms Initiative. This initiative was designed to improve the national collection, analysis, and sharing of firearms-related intelligence and information to enhance the capacity of law enforcement agencies to counter gun crime and the smuggling and trafficking of firearms. Research on gun crime issues is a component of the Initiative, in order to assist in the development of appropriate policy and relevant operational approaches and strategies. The present report includes two general sections. In the first section, past research on illegal firearm markets within and beyond the Canadian context is reviewed and highlighted for its principal findings and conclusions. The second section follows up on this research review by inquiring upon these past findings and other components lacking in past research on illegal firearm markets with an analysis of the interview material that was obtained from the twenty men who shared their experiences acquiring firearms through a variety of illegal channels. This second section is followed by the principal highlights and conclusions from this research (which are also presented in the current summary) and by a series of recommendations that should be considered by anyone interested in addressing the illegal firearm market problem. Details: Ottawa: Firearms and Operational Policing Policy Division, Public Safety Canada, 2010. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 17, 2012 at http://ocipep-bpiepc.gc.ca/prg/le/2010-iifmap-eng.aspx Year: 2010 Country: Canada Keywords: Firearms (Canada) Shelf Number: 124998

Author: Global Detention Project Title: Immigration Detention in Canada: A Global Detention Project Special Report Summary: The issue of immigration detention has been at the centre of a burgeoning public debate in Canada since the summer of 2010, when several hundred Sri Lankan asylum seekers arrived on Vancouver Island aboard a rusty Thai cargo ship called the MV Sun Sea. Several political figures used the event to stoke fears among the public that the country’s asylum system could be used by Tamil terrorists (Naumetz 2011). Authorities detained all 492 asylum seekers, including 63 women and 49 children, for several months at a cost of several million dollars (AI et al 2011). Although boat arrivals represented only a tiny fraction of the total number of asylum claims made in Canada in 2010, the incident spurred the Conservative Party government of Prime Minister Stephen Harper to introduce that year controversial “anti-smuggling” legislation that would impose mandatory 12- month detention without access to independent review for certain categories of arriving non-citizens. The legislation, currently under consideration in Parliament as part of Bill C-31 (Protecting Canada’s Immigration System Act), has been widely condemned by national and international rights groups, as well as opposition political parties. One opposition member of Parliament argued that if the anti-smuggling legislation passed it would “put a lot of emphasis on putting people behind bars before they get due process” (Naumetz 2011). The Sun Sea episode and the ensuing debate over the anti-smuggling law are only the latest manifestations of what some observers claim is Canada’s increasingly restrictive approach to immigration and asylum. This trend has been bolstered by a number of opinion polls in recent years that reveal growing negative attitudes among large swaths of the Canadian public. A government poll conducted in 2007 found that a majority of Canadians think that immigrants who are in the country illegally should be deported, even if they have family members living in the country (Aubry 2007). In a 2008 poll by the Globe and Mail, 61 percent of respondents said that Canada makes too many accommodations for minorities (Laghi 2008). And a September 2010 poll found that 50 percent of Canadians thought the passengers and crew of the Sun Sea should be deported back to their countries even if they have legitimate refugee claims and are not linked to terrorist activities (Vision Critical 2010). Many of Canada’s detention practices compare unfavourably to those of other key destination countries. Thus, for example, although there are widely recognized international human rights norms against using criminal facilities for the purposes of immigration detention, Canada remains one of only a handful of major industrialized countries to make widespread—and, in the case of Canada, increasing—use of prisons to confine non-citizens in administrative detention, where immigration detainees tend to be mixed with the regular prison population. As the Global Detention Project has found in other federal systems like Switzerland and Germany, Canada’s use of local prisons makes accessing up-to-date information about detention activities extraordinarily difficult, raising questions about the overall transparency of the Canadian detention estate. Also, in contrast to other major detaining countries, Canada has no institutionalized framework for independent monitoring of detention conditions and making reports on these conditions publicly available. Additionally, Canada’s lack of detention time limits places the country in the company of a dwindling number of states. On the other hand, Canada has made an effort to reform some detention practices (including detaining fewer numbers of minors in recent years); the detention capacity of its three dedicated facilities is quite small (currently less than 300 total places, though this number is set to expand); its average length of detention (approximately 25 days) places it in the median with respect to other key detaining countries; and the total number of detainees (less than 9,000 in FY 2010-2011) is comparable to that of other countries facing similar migratory pressures, though these numbers could surge in the near future. Additionally, despite the increasing securitization of immigration in public discourse and steadily decreasing numbers of accepted refugees, Canada has continued to settle more than ten thousand refugees yearly and in 2010 it admitted nearly 300,000 permanent residents. As Canada continues to debate its social attitudes and legal responses to immigrants, asylum seekers, and refugees, this GDP special report aims to focus attention on one aspect of its immigration policy—detention—which could be significantly impacted by this debate. This report offers a comprehensive review of Canada’s immigration detention regime and attempts to situate its policies and practices in an international context to enable observers, policy makers, and engaged individuals—both in and outside Canada—to better observe how the country stacks up to its peers and the potential ramifications of its political decision-making. Details: Geneva, Switzerland: Global Detention Project, 2012. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 2, 2012 at: http://www.globaldetentionproject.org/fileadmin/publications/Canada_special_report_2012.pdf Year: 2012 Country: Canada Keywords: Asylum Seekers Shelf Number: 125123

Author: Cale, Jesse Lee Title: The Antisocial Trajectories in Youth of Adult Sexual Aggressors of Women: A Developmental Framework for Examining Offending, Motivation, and Risk of Recidivism in Adulthood Summary: Distinct typologies of sexual aggressors of women have been established over the years to explain their heterogeneity. To date, typologies have distinguished these offenders based on differences in victim and offence characteristics, motivation, and, the level of risk of reoffending posed by the offender. These distinct typologies have often emerged parallel to policies changing the way these offenders are dealt with in the criminal justice system. The current dissertation departs from previous classification strategies by exploring the utility of a developmental framework for classifying sexual aggressors of women. To this end, it is organized into three separate but related empirical studies. The first study examined the presence of antisocial trajectories in youth using a dynamic classification procedure and uncovered, contrary to current theoretical propositions, that the antisocial development of sexual aggressors of women in youth was characterized by much heterogeneity. More specifically, two meta-trajectories were uncovered, an early- and a late-onset trajectory, the former composed of three pathways, and the latter composed of two. Furthermore, the trajectories discovered were differentially related to several dimensions of general, violent, and sexual offending in adulthood. In the second study, the two meta-trajectories were examined in terms of mating effort and sexual drive, and while a high level of mating effort characterized the late-onset trajectory, the early-onset trajectory was characterized by both high mating effort and high sexual drive. In addition, sexual drive and mating effort were also related to an early-onset and higher frequency of sexual offending in adulthood suggesting that these measures may be associated with the motivation to sexually offend. In the third study, the two meta-trajectories were assessed in terms of their association with violent/sexual reoffending in adulthood. The results indicated that an early-onset antisocial trajectory, characterized by a pattern of escalation in youth, predicted violent/sexual reoffending in adulthood. In addition, the predictive aspect of these measures was demonstrated independently, and in conjunction with current measures that are typically included in many current actuarial risk assessment instruments. Taken together, the results of these three studies challenge current classification strategies, and, developmental conceptualizations, of sexual aggressors of women. Details: Burnaby, BC: Simon Fraser University, 2012. 231p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed May 14, 2012 at: https://theses.lib.sfu.ca/thesis/etd6083 Year: 2012 Country: Canada Keywords: Criminal Career Shelf Number: 125258

Author: Hornick, Joseph P. Title: An Evaluation of Yukon's Community Wellness Court Summary: The Yukon Community Wellness Court (CWC) is a therapeutic court model that is designed to work with offenders to address the underlying, root causes of their offending behaviour. The Court was established in May 2007 as a response to the recognition that a substantial proportion of offenders in the Yukon have underlying issues related to wellness such as alcohol and drug addictions, mental health problems, or Fetal Alcohol Spectrum Disorder (FASD). This report presents results of a comprehensive process and summative outcome evaluation analysis designed to monitor and test the effectiveness of the CWC. More specifically, the evaluation objectives were as follows: (1) to identify whether the Community Wellness Court and program continues to be implemented as planned; and (2) to determine the effectiveness of the Community Wellness Court process and program at achieving their objectives. Details: Calgary, Alberta, Canada: Canadian Research Institute for Law and the Family, 2011. 129p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 14, 2012 at: Year: 2011 Country: Canada Keywords: Alcoholism Shelf Number: 125263

Author: Humphreys, Brad R. Title: Legal Gambling and Crime: Evidence from EGMs in Alberta Summary: Empirical evidence about the relationship between legal gambling and crime is mixed; some studies ¯nd that legalized gambling increases crime and others ¯nd no relationship between legalized gambling and crime, controlling for other factors like hotels. We develop a utility maximizing model of time spent in legal work, crime, and leisure and use this model to understand the relationship between crime and legal gam- bling opportunities. Our model assumes that a potential criminal is risk-neutral and always prefers more income when making time allocation decisions. The opportunity cost of crime changes with perceptions of the probability of winning when gambling. Empirically, we examine the relationship between legal gambling (Casino and VLTs) and nine types of crime in communities in Alberta, using a panel data approach. The results supporting the idea that that opportunity costs actually a®ect crime, and that the introduction of legal gambling can increase some crime rates and decrease others. Details: Edmonton, Alberta, Canada: University of Alberta, Department of Economics, 2010. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 15, 2012 at: http://www.economics.ku.edu/seminars/Friday/papers(1011)/dec8.pdf Year: 2010 Country: Canada Keywords: Gambling and Crime (Canada) Shelf Number: 125303

Author: Bingham, Elizabeth Title: Cruel, Inhuman and Degrading? Canada’s Treatment of Federally-sentenced Women with Mental Health Issues Summary: The inquest into the 2007 death of Ashley Smith while in federal custody has been repeatedly delayed, but the issues that Ms. Smith’s death raises remain pressing. At its most basic level, Ms. Smith died due to the state’s conviction that solitary confinement is a legitimate response to mental illness, coupled with systemic discrimination against federally sentenced women who have inadequate mental health treatment and community support. Ms. Smith’s death should have been a wakeup call for Canada but, instead, nearly five years and at least four major reports later, Canada has shown absolutely no willingness to address human rights violations against FSW with mental health issues. This report is the culmination of a 20-month research project spearheaded by the International Human Rights Program (IHRP) at the University of Toronto Faculty of Law. It details Canada’s treatment of FSW with mental health issues, and analyzes this treatment through the lens of international human rights law. Our research indicates that the Correctional Service of Canada (CSC) responds to FSW with mental health issues in a discriminatory manner. CSC equates mental health issues with increased risk and responds with excessive use of segregation (sometimes for months at a time), repeated institutional transfers (sometimes over ten times in a year), and use of force (including restraints). This treatment is exacerbated by a lack of adequate mental health care resources for FSW and training for prison staff. We find that CSC’s treatment of FSW with mental health issues is a violation of their rights under international law. Canada’s treatment of FSW with mental health issues is discriminatory; results in an unjustified deprivation of liberty without judicial oversight; violates the right to health; and, in cases where women are segregated for long periods or subject to excessive institutional transfers, constitutes cruel, inhuman or degrading treatment. Moreover, CSC’s refusal to provide us with basic statistics and information about the treatment of FSW with mental health issues constitutes a further violation of the CRPD. Details: Toronto: University of Toronto, Faculty of Law, International Human Rights Program, 2012. 74p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 17, 2012 at: http://tinyurl.com/6psz4qr Year: 2012 Country: Canada Keywords: Female Inmates Shelf Number: 125339

Author: Quarterman, Lara Title: Human Trafficking in Calgary: Informing a Localized Response Summary: No one has ever been convicted for humantrafficking in Alberta, yet nearly half of law enforcement, government, and social agencies surveyed in Calgary have come into contact with a victim of human trafficking. This surprising finding is revealed in Human Trafficking in Calgary: Informing a Localized response, a report released by the Action Coalition on human Trafficking (ACT) and Mount Royal University’s Centre for Criminology and Justice Research. The research is unprecedented in Canada, as it represents the first attempt to document how a major Canadian city is addressing the needs of trafficked persons. The report shows how over-reliance on legal definitions of human trafficking allows victims to fall through the cracks, as some trafficked persons are not being identified and are therefore not accessing needed services. “It’s been difficult for police to lay charges, never mind obtain convictions,” says Julie Kaye, co-ordinator for ACT Calgary. “We need a clear, universally accepted definition of human trafficking to develop an effective coordinated response.Everyone needs to be on the same page.” Human trafficking —the use of threat, force, fraud, or deception to exploit people — is often associated with international victims exploited for sex. However, researchers confirmed that both foreign nationals and Canadian citizens are being trafficked in Calgary. Organizations surveyed indicated that trafficking is occurring from First Nation reserves to Alberta cities,for example. While some exploitation is sexual in nature (often involving Eastern European and Asian women), researchers found that people are being trafficked for labour as well from countries such as India, Pakistan and Mexico. In these cases, traffickers used government means such as the Temporary Foreign Worker program to get people into Canada. The report includes recommendations to address human trafficking in Calgary, including more training for frontline service agencies and the development of a local protocol to better serve trafficking victims. Because much information on human trafficking in Calgary remains anecdotal, further research is also recommended. Details: Calgary, Alberta: ACT Alberta - the Action Coalition on human Trafficking, 2012. 66p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 7, 2012 at http://www.actalberta.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/03/Human-Trafficking-in-Calgary-Informing-a-Localized-Response2.pdf Year: 2012 Country: Canada Keywords: Human Trafficking (Calgary) Shelf Number: 125335

Author: Gabor, Thomas Title: Community Effects of Law Enforcement Countermeasures against Organized Crime - A Retrospective Analysis Summary: Police operations against organized crime have limited to no measurable impact on the public's perception of safety or recorded levels of crime at the city-wide level. This report expanded on the body of research on organized crime (OC) counter-measures and reviewed how law enforcement operations targeting organized crime are evaluated. In particular, this research studied seven police counter-measures against OC activities that occurred between 1998 and 2004. The various operations targeted different types of organized crime groups. The purpose of studying these operations was to identify and assess the effects of the counter-measures on crime rates and perceptions of safety and well-being in the surrounding community. Although several data sources were reviewed for their suitability in addressing the current research questions, only the Uniform Crime Reporting Survey (UCR) and the General Social Survey – Victimization (GSS-V) data sets were used in the analysis. A review of newspaper articles about these law enforcement operations over the course of the study period was also conducted. The findings from the UCR and GSS-v data, as well as the content analysis of print media showed that police counter-measures had limited success in changing the public's perception of their safety and in recorded levels of crime. Only in a few situations can an association be made between a specific police countermeasure and residents' perceptions of personal safety or a reduction in criminal activity. Also, it is important to point out that perceived safety does not necessarily reflect actual safety. Although the analysis showed that these operations have limited success achieving tactical disruption and suppression goals, issues surrounding data availability makes it difficult to comprehensively evaluate the effect of police counter-measures on crime or the community overall. As with any retrospective study, this project had several limitations. For example, the GSS data was at the level of Census Metropolitan Areas and was useful in the assessment of police counter-measures that occur in larger cities, but was less useful in the analysis of effects for smaller cities. Additionally, the GSS-v data were not designed to measure Canadian perceptions of crime and the health of the community as they specifically relate to OC, but to crime more generally. Counter-measures often target individual OC groups and not the criminal marketplace overall. The content analysis demonstrated that the print media were more focused on the activities associated with police counter-measures and the follow-up stories (e.g., trials, profile of those involved in the case) than on providing an understanding of the views of those living in the communities. This finding is in line with other content analysis studies which have revealed that the media tends to focus on the sensational aspects of crime (e.g., the takedown of offenders and criminal trials) rather than on the effect of an operation on a community. While this retrospective study shed some light on the effects of the police counter-measures on crime rates, public safety, and quality of life issues, the report articulated the difficulty of measuring the impact of counter-measures. The research confirmed the need for performance measures on police OC counter-measures. Police from other countries (e.g, Australia) are moving towards the development of performance measures to indicate whether resources are being used effectively and efficiently. The authors also suggested that a corporate communication strategy to inform the public about counter-measures could be established by individual police forces, a national database on counter-measures be developed as a useful evaluative tool, and suggested that detailed, prospective evaluation plans be built into counter-measures proposals. Details: Ottawa: Public Safety Canada, 2010. 254p. Source: Report No. 006, 2010: Internet Resource: Accessed June 7, 2012 at http://publications.gc.ca/collections/collection_2012/sp-ps/PS4-93-2010-eng.pdf Year: 2010 Country: Canada Keywords: Criminal Organizations (Canada) Shelf Number: 125342

Author: Ipsos MediaCT Title: Economic consequences of movie piracy - Canada Summary: A joint study undertaken by Ipsos and Oxford Economics, on behalf of the Canadian Motion Picture Distributors Association (CMPDA), measures the scale of harm caused by movie piracy on Canadian jobs and the economy. The study defines and measures movie piracy as anyone viewing a full-length movie via ‘unauthorized’ means, including: digital (downloading, streaming, digital transfer of pirated copies), physical (buying counterfeit/copied DVDs), and secondary (borrowing or viewing pirated copies). The study measures the impact of movie piracy in two steps: 1/ the direct consumer spending loss to the movie industry and retailers from movie piracy, based on a nationally representative telephone survey of 3,325 adults aged 18 and over, conducted from June to September 2010 and 2/ the “ripple effects” of the consumer spending loss to determine the total economic losses from movie piracy across the entire Canadian economy. Note: The results offer a conservative view of piracy, and do not treat every pirate view as a lost sale. As such, the results should be treated as indicators that piracy is at the very least causing this level of harm. Details: London: Oxford Economics, 2012, 11p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 13, 2012 at http://www.mpa-canada.org/press/IPSOS-OXFORD-ECONOMICS-Report_February-17-2011.pdf Year: 2012 Country: Canada Keywords: Costs of Crime (Canada) Shelf Number: 125345

Author: Perrin, Benjamin Title: Migrant Smuggling: Canada's Response to a Global Criminal Enterprise Summary: Migrant smuggling is a dangerous, sometimes deadly, criminal activity which cannot be rationalized, justified, or excused. From both a supply and demand side, failing to respond effectively to migrant smuggling and deter it will risk emboldening those who engage in this illicit enterprise, which generates proceeds for organized crime and criminal networks, funds terrorism and facilitates clandestine terrorist travel; endangers the lives and safety of smuggled migrants, undermines border security, with consequences for the Canada/U.S. border, and undermines the integrity and fairness of Canada’s mmigration system. Introduced in Parliament in June, 2011, the Preventing Human Smugglers from Abusing Canada’s Immigration System Act (Bill C-4) includes amendments to the Immigration and Refugee Protection Act (IRPA) that would: 1. Enhance the existing offence of migrant smuggling, in terms of the elements of the offence, the penalties available, and recognized aggravating factors; 2. Modify the general provisions of the IRPA to provide for detention of foreign nationals on arrival in Canada on grounds of serious criminality, criminality, or organized criminality; and 3. Create a separate legislative scheme for groups of smuggled migrants who arrive in Canada that relates to detention, release, and timing to apply for various forms of immigration status. This paper supports Bill C-4, but with two necessary amendments, namely: 1. Initial review of detention of designated foreign nationals should take place within 48 hours of detention, with further reviews every three or six months thereafter, in order to comply with binding Supreme Court of Canada jurisprudence; and 2. An exemption for designated foreign nationals who are minors (persons under 18 years of age) from the detention provisions of Bill C-4, which would instead subject them to the general rules related to detention of foreign nationals who are minors. These changes would provide Bill C-4 with a more balanced response to migrant smuggling. Bill C-4 is just part of the overall action being taken by the Government of Canada to address migrant smuggling. A comprehensive approach to addressing migrant smuggling ultimately requires three primary strategies pursued together at the national and international levels: 1. National jurisdictions must take greater action to discourage illegal migration and disrupt migrant smuggling operations through legislation like Bill C-4 and through international cooperation; 2. National jurisdictions must establish more efficient refugee-determination processes and expedient procedures to remove failed claimants; and, 3. As part of the solution, the international community should continue to develop a proactive response to the global refugee situation. Details: Ottawa: Macdonald-Laurier Institute, 2011. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 19, 2012 at http://ssrn.com/abstract=1961284 Year: 2011 Country: Canada Keywords: Human Smuggling Shelf Number: 125358

Author: Guay, Jean-Pierre Title: Predicting Recidivism with Street Gang Members 2012-02 Summary: In Québec, street gangs are now among the newest threats to public safety (MSPQ, 2007; SPVM, 2005). Major police efforts to dismantle juvenile prostitution networks or reduce drug trafficking have escalated the flow of juvenile offenders into the adult correctional system. Gang members are a growing presence in the penal system and, to a certain degree, risk assessment creates its own problems. The objective of this research is to examine the applicability of the LS/CMI (Andrews, Bonta, & Wormith, 2004) to gang members and to identify specific criminogenic needs profiles compared to non-gang offenders. A sample of 172 offenders serving sentences of more than six months under provincial jurisdiction was used within this framework. Eighty-six offenders, identified by the Ministère de la Sécurité publique du Québec, were paired by age, status and city of residence with 86 offenders not identified as gang members. All were assessed with the LS/CMI. Data on new arrests and new convictions were used afterward to test the predictive validity of the LS/CMI. The results indicate that gang members present more diverse criminal histories and greater prevalence of convictions for violent offences. The LS/CMI data analysis showed that gang members present more significant criminogenic risks and needs, and in a greater number of areas than did the control group subjects. These higher needs translated into higher rates of re-arrest and substantially more convictions for violent crimes. The LS/CMI was also useful in predicting recidivism for gang members. Multivariate analyses with the Cox proportional hazard model suggest that, at equal risk, gang offenders are arrested more frequently for both general crimes and violent crimes. Age and equal risk factors also apply to new convictions for violent crimes; gang members are more likely to face new convictions than are non-members. The implications of these results are discussed. Details: Ottawa: Public Safety Canada, 2012. 35p. Source: Corrections Research: User Report: Internet Resource: Accessed June 19, 2012 at http://www.publicsafety.gc.ca/res/cor/rep/_fl/2012-02-prsgm-eng.pdf Year: 2012 Country: Canada Keywords: Recidivism (Canada) Shelf Number: 125363

Author: Mahamed, Mahamed Rage Title: Police-reported clearance rates in Canada, 2010 Summary: This report presents information on trends in crimes solved by police at the national, provincial/territorial and police service levels. It includes a comparison of clearance rates for selected violent and non-violent crimes, such as homicide, robbery, sexual assault, break-ins and motor vehicle theft. The report also examines options that police have for clearing incidents, including the laying of formal charges or by other means such as alternative measures for youth. Details: Ottawa: Statistics Canada, 2012. 23p. Source: Juristat Article: Internet Resource: Accessed June 20, 2012 at http://www.statcan.gc.ca/pub/85-002-x/2012001/article/11647-eng.pdf Year: 2012 Country: Canada Keywords: Clearance Rates (Canada) Shelf Number: 125391

Author: O'Grady, Bill Title: Can I See Your ID? The Policing of Youth Homelessness in Toronto Summary: Homelessness, and its visibility, is back in the news in Toronto. Concerns about the scourge of panhandling have once again surfaced in local media with city councillors regularly weighing in on the ‘problem’. With little evidence that there is a dramatic increase in the numbers of people sleeping in parks or ‘aggressively’ panhandling on sidewalks, calls are once again being made for a law and order response to address this highly visible manifestation of urban poverty; to crack down on homelessness with tougher laws and stricter enforcement. All of this raises important questions about how we respond to homelessness in Canada. What does it say about Canadians when popular thought suggests that the appropriate way to address the problem of homelessness is through law enforcement? Is the use of police in dealing with people who are homeless as much a part of the Canadian response to homelessness as is the provision of shelter beds, soup kitchens and street outreach? And perhaps most importantly, what is the impact of a law and order approach to homelessness on the lives of people who experience such extreme poverty? This report sets out to document the criminalization of homelessness in Canada by exploring the relationship between homeless persons – in particular, street youth - and law enforcement officials (both the police and private security). Drawing from over 240 interviews with street youth in Toronto in 2009, as well as a review of official statistics on Ontario Safe Streets Act tickets in Toronto over the past 11 years, we explore the ways in which homelessness has been criminalized through a law and order agenda. Effective policy should be informed by research, not developed as a response to moral panics. Our research raises serious questions about the use of law enforcement as a strategy to address the visibility of homelessness in Canada. Details: Toronto: Justice for Children and Youth, and Homeless Hub Press, 2011. 96p. Source: Internet Resource: The Homeless Hub Research Report Series, Report #5: Accessed June 26, 2012 at: http://www.homelesshub.ca/ResourceFiles/CanISeeYourID_nov9.pdf Year: 2011 Country: Canada Keywords: Homeless Persons Shelf Number: 125405

Author: Cukier, Wendy Title: The Feasibility of Increased Restrictions on the Civilian Possession of Military Assault Weapons at the Global Level Summary: The purpose of this paper is to explore the potential of the feasibility of increased restrictions on the civilian possession of military assault weapons at the global level. Many states and non-governmental organizations pushed for such measures at the 2001 United Nations Conference on the Illicit Trade in Small Arms and Light Weapons in All Its Aspects but were not successful in getting language included in the final Programme of Action. However, this remains a priority for many. The proliferation and misuse of small arms has been increasingly seen as an epidemic, affecting countries ostensibly “at peace” as well as in conflict zones. Although they do not account for the majority of small arms deaths worldwide, military assault weapons pose a particular threat because of their lethality. These weapons are very efficient – they are designed to allow users with limited skill to kill as many people as possible. They are typically fully automatic or semi-automatic and accept large capacity magazines capable of firing 30-50 bullets without reloading. Victims often die of multiple gunshot wounds. Because they require little skill to use, military assault weapons also make it easy for children to become killers and in some cases, members of armed criminal gangs and informal “child soldiers.” The evidence is clear that the circulation of weapons following the cessation of conflict has a high cost. Interpersonal violence often substitutes for the violence between warring factions and leads to levels of violence comparable to those experienced during conflict.1 For the purposes of this paper, military assault weapon will be defined as fully automatic and selective-fire weapons along with selected semi-automatic rifles designed for military purposes and possessing military features such as use of a large capacity magazine. This definition is consistent with the definition used in the 1994 ban on military assault weapons in the US2 and is consistent with the approach used in Canada and many other countries. Restricting the definition to only fully automatic firearms limits the potential impact of global action. At the same time it is critical that the definition be sufficiently precise to allay the concerns of those who believe that the discussion on civilian possession of military weapons is actually aimed at all firearms. The importance of effective firearms regulation in post-conflict situations has been well-established and a number of UN expert groups have called for a prohibition on the civilian possession of military assault weapons, but there has been limited discussion on the feasibility of proceeding with such a prohibition. This paper draws heavily on the experience of industrialized countries where there have been extensive and complex initiatives undertaken to define and restrict civilian access to military assault weapons in an effort to shed light on issues that affect the feasibility of global action. This paper reviews 1) The impact of the misuse and proliferation of military assault weapons in civilian hands 2) Sources of these weapons in civilian hands, including both legal and illegal markets 3) Definitions of military assault weapons 4) Current approaches to regulating military assault weapons 5) Limitations of current approaches to prohibiting civilian possession of military assault weapons 6) Potential measures that might be taken at the global level 7) Potential roles for Canada 8) Conclusions. Details: Waterloo, ONT: Project Ploushares, 2005. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Ploushares Working Paper 05-2: Accessed July 5, 2012 at: http://www.guncontrol.ca/English/Home/Releases/wpMAW.pdf Year: 2005 Country: Canada Keywords: Gangs Shelf Number: 125478

Author: MacRae-Krisa, Leslie D. Title: Risk and Protective Factors Among an Ethnically Diverse Sample of Youth Offenders in Calgary Summary: The Government of Alberta’s recently implemented Crime Prevention Framework (2011) stresses the importance of a proactive approach to crime that addresses the factors leading to offending and victimization. The framework identifies that this may be accomplished by focusing on increasing protective factors and reducing risk among target groups, including at-risk children, youth, and families, Aboriginal people, and prolific offenders (Government of Alberta, 2011). One of the strategic directions by which the Government of Alberta has proposed to achieve the framework’s outcomes is to expand existing research in Alberta. The Mount Royal University Centre for Criminology and Justice Research (CCJR) identified a number of priority research areas that will ultimately support the framework, one of which is examining risk and protective factors among Aboriginal people and “newcomers” to Canada. In response to the CCJR’s call for research to examine risk and protective factors for offending among immigrant and Aboriginal communities, the Canadian Research Institute for Law and the Family (CRILF) conducted an exploratory study of risk and protective factors for crime among Aboriginal youth, 1st and 2nd generation immigrant/refugee youth, and other ethnic groups using existing youth crime data. The objectives were as follows: (1) To examine the existing Canadian literature to determine what is known about ethnic differences in risk and protective factors among youth offenders in Canada; (2) To conduct exploratory analyses of the Calgary youth offending data collected by CRILF in 2006/2007 to determine whether similarities and/or differences in established risk and protective factors for crime exist among different ethnic groups in the sample; and (3) To adopt a grounded theoretical approach, informed by existing theoretical models, to explain the similarities and differences observed in risk and protective factors for youth offending among different ethnic groups. Details: Calgary, Alberta, Canada: Mount Royal University Centre for Criminology & Justice Research, 2011. 81p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 6, 2012 at: http://people.ucalgary.ca/~crilf/publications/Risk_and_Protective_Factors.pdf Year: 2011 Country: Canada Keywords: Aboriginal Youth Shelf Number: 125486

Author: LaBoucane-Benson, Patti Title: Soccer Moms are Part of the Solution "A Cost-Benefit Analysis of a Volunteer-Based Gang Prevention Initiative" Summary: Gang crime prevention is a large, all encompassing descriptor that includes a variety of actions that are taken at the community, municipal, provincial and national levels. For government and policy makers, crime prevention is most often the creation of legislation, policy and funding for services (correctional, policing or justice) that focuses on the reduction and prevention of crime. At the community level, crime prevention can be purposeful, community-based mobilization of members to prevent crime in their communities or may be the result of community member actions that are not necessarily intended to prevent crimes, but nonetheless clearly result in crime. The research presented here begins with a case study of community mobilization that took place in Edmonton, Alberta in 2008. Names and information pertaining to children and community members involved in this action have been changed to protect their privacy. The event itself is recounted using narrative methodology that relates the details of the events in a coherent, holistic story that is based upon interviews with key informants who were part of the narrative. In general, the narrative describes how two self-described “soccer moms” reached out to connect Aboriginal and refugee children to soccer, and how these actions not only had an impact on these children but also describes how these acts triggered a series of actions that lead to the development of summer recreational and cultural programming for 100 children a week for a six–week period. It is a story of how change is created in the community by individuals who set out to the open doors of opportunity to vulnerable children. Details: Ottawa: Aboriginal Corrections Policy Unit, Public Safety Canada, 2009. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 7, 2012 at: http://www.publicsafety.gc.ca/res/cor/apc/apc-31-eng.aspx Year: 2009 Country: Canada Keywords: Crime Prevention, Gangs 00 Voluntary and Community Shelf Number: 125498

Author: Frank, Richard Title: Social Media Sites: New Fora for Criminal, Communication, and Investigation Opportunities Summary: Over the last two decades, rapid advances in communication technologies have significantly enhanced efficiency and information sharing. The spread of online discussion fora and most recently, social networking websites such as Facebook and Twitter, has helped rekindle and maintain connections between friends and acquaintances, facilitated the building of various online communities that share common interests, and created a new space for entrepreneurship and business transactions. Social media tools help to link people with common interests, and facilitate a wide variety of activities in the legitimate sector; it follows that such popular communication and business tools may also facilitate work in the illegitimate sector, perhaps even the work of criminal organizations. The current research complements and builds on existing empirical information regarding the use of social media by criminal organizations and law enforcement by way of literature review and interviews with law enforcement officials and social media experts. All law enforcement respondents and social media experts indicated that law enforcement personnel and organizations have, and continue to, employ social media to connect to the communities that they serve. The goals of law enforcement use of social media as identified by respondents were to connect to and interact with the community, and to proactively monitor the community for disruptive events and activities. Respondents reflected on the challenges they faced when conducting such investigations online. These included the ability to find the correct person among the large number of online social media users, the procedural difficulties associated with acquiring private information from social media data owners, and the time consuming nature of following forensically sound procedures when collecting online evidence, particularly when it is done in such a way as to not leave behind traces of police activities. One recurring recommendation from respondents, which also appears in the literature, is that police officers need more basic training on using computers and the Internet for open source intelligence gathering. Respondents suggest that it is important that law enforcement personnel have access to different computers, websites, and software so that they can be more fluent with them and utilize a variety of tools. Respondents indicated that law enforcement personnel need to accept that police officers will want to use online social media sites for personal reasons. But, they warned that separating police work from personal work is a mandatory requirement. They expressed concern that many police officers do not understand the danger of posting photos and personal information on online social media sites (OSMS), even if they have strict privacy settings. Some respondents suggested that a set of principles be created and followed regarding how police should and can obtain evidence and what they should (not) do to a crime scene where a computer is involved. Respondents suggested that such a guideline would allow law enforcement personnel to be more effective and consistent in gathering evidence from computers. Moreover, such a guideline may help minimize trails left by law enforcement personnel during investigation. Most respondents agreed that persons suspected of organized crime involvement do not tend to display their illicit activities on their social media profiles, but instead use social media to keep connected to their networks. The intersections between the demographic characteristics of persons who use social media and those of persons involved with organized crime may be useful for targeting investigation and communication efforts. This comparison illustrates that, in general, persons involved in organized crime tend to be late-onset offenders, older than those who frequent social media sites, and may perhaps be less likely to use social media. Exceptionally, the two blog sites described in this report, Blogger and Wordpress, were shown to have an older cohort of users. It is possible that members of criminal organizations, like the older general public, may be more attracted to blog sites than to Twitter, FaceBook, or MySpace, and as such may be users or consumers of such social media. Unlike the typical social media user, women involved in criminal organizations tend to be non-Caucasian, with disadvantaged socio-economic backgrounds (Beare 2010). As such, it is possible that female organized crime offenders are even less likely than their male counterparts to use social media sites. Details: Ottawa: Research and National Coordination, Organized Crime Division, Law Enforcement and Policy Branch, Public Safety Canada, 2011. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 7, 2012 at: http://www.sfu.ca/~icrc/content/PS-SP-socialmedia.pdf Year: 2011 Country: Canada Keywords: Criminal Investigations Shelf Number: 125499

Author: Chorney, Brenda Title: Organized Crime Integrated Units: Analysis Report Summary: Public Safety Canada is maintaining a National Research Agenda on Organized Crime in support of the National Coordinating Committee on Organized Crime (NCC). As a step in this process, Public Safety Canada contracted PRA Inc., an independent research company, to compile an inventory of organized crime integrated teams and units1 operating across Canada and to conduct further analysis of a subset of the identified integrated units. An important component of combating organized crime is a collaborative integrated approach. The inventory will provide a greater understanding of the integrated teams operating across Canada, and, as such, will identify existing teams and units, as well as some basic information on each unit. The analysis component examines a subset of the integrated units identified through the inventory phase to gain a greater understanding of the operational aspects, challenges, and keys to success for these units. This report presents the findings for the analysis component. The report also incorporates information obtained while compiling the inventory database. Details: Ottawa: Research and National Coordination, Organized Crime Division, Law Enforcement and Policing Branch, Public Safety Canada, 2010. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 7, 2012 at: http://publications.gc.ca/collections/collection_2012/sp-ps/PS4-101-2010-eng.pdf Year: 2010 Country: Canada Keywords: Criminal Investigation Shelf Number: 125500

Author: Beare, Margaret Title: Woman and Organized Crime Summary: The fight against organized crime has been identified as a key priority for governments in Canada and on an international level. While many studies have focused on identifying organized crime groups, and on assessing the impact of such groups, the vast majority of the research in this area has focussed almost exclusively on male participation. There has been little attention paid to the involvement of women in these organizations, and the vast majority of the research that has been conducted in this area has focussed on women as victims of organized crime, or as occupying passive roles in directing the activities of criminal organizations. The primary objectives of this discussion paper were to: review the literature; enhance the understanding the nature and scope of women’s participation in organized crime; determine the extent to which women actively participate in and lead organized criminal activities; systematically examine the factors that influence women to participate in organized criminal activities; and, to determine how the criminal justice system deals with these offenders. The paper has been grouped into two distinct parts. The first part presents an overview of women’s overall participation in crime, in general, in Canada. The theories for female involvement in crime, a portrait of the “typical” female offender, as well as information on the types of crimes women engage in, and the level of female involvement in crime in Canada. This background information on female offenders serves to situate and contextualize the second part of the paper, which focussed specifically on women’s involvement in organized crime structures in Canada, and abroad. The theories behind women's involvement in organized crime, the particular roles women play in criminal networks, women’s roles in particular types of organized crimes such as drug trafficking, and human trafficking were also explored. The experience of female offenders with law enforcement and the legal system, and future areas of research with regards to women in organized crime were examined. The main findings of the literature review were that women generally commit “minor” crimes, such as common theft, common assault, bail violations, and fraud. Female offenders in Canada are often from disadvantaged socio-economic backgrounds, non-white, they do not have much education, and they often have extensive histories of being victims of abuse. The findings pertaining specifically to women who engage in organized crime found that women who engage in organized crime activities may differ demographically from the “typical” female offender. While very few women have been convicted under the criminal organization legislation in Canada, the majority of organized crimes that women commit in Canada fall under the ‘participation’ offence – the lowest ‘tier’ of charges under the legislation. There was some evidence to suggest that women do occupy positions of trust in criminal organizations, and are much more involved in decision-making than previously believed. Internationally, there is evidence of women taking ‘leadership roles’ in diverse criminal organizations. As with all types of crime, women’s involvement with organized crime is statistically low, but all indications are that it has risen slightly, with some women participating at higher levels or holding leadership positions. Details: Ottawa: Research and National Coordination, Organized Crime Division, Law Enforcement and Policy Branch, Public Safety Canada, 2010. 68p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 9, 2012 at: http://publications.gc.ca/collections/collection_2012/sp-ps/PS4-106-2010-eng.pdf Year: 2010 Country: Canada Keywords: Female Offenders, Organized Crime Shelf Number: 125516

Author: Lyons Venini and Associates, Ltd. Title: Reducing Street Prostitution by Influencing Demand: An Alternate Measures Program for Bill 206 Summary: Bill 206 is an amendment to the Traffic Safety Act of Alberta. The amendment, which would provide for the seizure of vehicles in prostitution related offences, is expected to become available for use by the justice system in 2005. Modeled after similar legislation, now in effect in Manitoba and Saskatchewan, it is viewed as another means of addressing the problems of street prostitution in Alberta communities. Included within the amendment is a provision for the release of a seized vehicle, in conjunction with the offender’s enrollment in an alternative measures program, as provided for under the Criminal Code of Canada. This provision has lead to questions concerning what alternative measures would be appropriate to consider in lieu of vehicle seizure. The report briefly reviews street prostitution issues and alternative measures being used in Calgary today. It then considers the merits of two other alternative measures programs: John Schools, which are now operating in most major Canadian cities; and Community Conferencing, which is being used in Minneapolis for prostitution related offences. Recommendations are then offered for use in Calgary. Details: Calgary, Alberta, Canada: Community Life improvement Council, 2005. 47p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 13, 2012 at: http://www.diversitycup.ca/Resources/Documents/Bill%202006%20Final%20Report%20Apr%2005.pdf Year: 2005 Country: Canada Keywords: Prostitutes Shelf Number: 125607

Author: Gabor, Thomas Title: Economic Sectors Vulnerable to Organized Crime: Commercial Construction Summary: The economic and regulatory environment in which the Canadian commercial construction sector operates is at moderate to high risk of corruption and organized criminal activity. This report is based on a literature review, interviews and a descriptive analysis of economic data from the commercial construction sector in British Columbia and Quebec. The authors state the lack of prosecutions in the Canadian court system demonstrating direct involvement of organized crime in the Canadian commercial construction sector makes it difficult to assess their prevalence in the sector. While the presence of organized criminal groups in the sector remains unknown, however, based upon an analysis of the broader political, economic and regulatory environment, the authors conclude that the commercial construction sector is at a moderate to high risk of corruption and organized criminal activity. The study asserts that the vulnerability of the commercial construction sector is based upon a number of factors. For example, tighter competition in the sector since the 2008 recession could potentially increase the opportunities for activities such as collusive bidding or other illegal practices. The fragmented state of regulation, which is split between different levels of governmental authority, also creates risks of organized criminal activity. More broadly, the nature of large-scale commercial construction projects, and their exposure to numerous risks such as poor weather, labour market fluctuations, and supply chain risks, contributes to vulnerabilities from both unscrupulous industry insiders and external criminal organizations. The Canadian construction sector plays a key role in the overall economy. In May 2010, the sector's contribution to Canada's gross domestic product was approximately C$ 71 billion (5.7 per cent). The influx of the federal government's C$ 40 billion infrastructure stimulus fund assisted with construction sector activities during the economic downturn. Additional stimulus is being provided from infrastructure investments by provincial and municipal governments. In 2010, more than 480,250 people were employed in non-residential construction trades. Industry Canada estimated that, in 2009, about 99.6 per cent of construction companies had fewer than 100 employees. The majority of firms (59.8 per cent) qualified as micro-businesses with fewer than five employees, small firms with 5 to 99 employees accounted for 39.2 per cent of construction sector businesses, and just one per cent of firms had more than 100 employees. The majority of businesses (54.2 per cent) hire contract workers rather than employees. The small size of many firms, and the competitiveness of the market overall, may also create opportunities for organized criminal activity where small firms are vulnerable to any disruptions which may negatively affect their operations or work schedules. Although the Canadian Commission on Building and Fire Codes, established by the National Research Council of Canada, is responsible for the development of national model codes for Canada, responsibility for construction regulations in Canada resides with the provinces and territories. The provinces establish regulations – building, fire, plumbing, and electrical codes – while their enforcement is the responsibility of the local authorities. In addition to building codes, the provinces regulate the health and safety regulations, wages and labour practices, benefits, conditions of work, licensing and employment of workers, and the roles of tradespeople and professionals of the sector. Generally speaking, there are no limitations on companies that can become involved in the commercial construction sector. While in some provinces, and for some trades, individuals must hold a professional or trade certification or designation, or be registered as an apprentice to work, this is not always the case. While this lowers the barriers to entry for new firms, lack of regulation of market participants can also create opportunities for infiltration by organized crime. For example, it is possible that a new firm may enter the market, either as a general or sub-contractor, for the primary purposes of laundering capital gained through illicit activities. High initial start-up costs, such as for heavy equipment, may offer opportunities for money laundering. It is important to note, however, that the commercial construction sector is not alone in being susceptible to these vulnerabilities. The authors identify a number of factors contributing to the vulnerability of the construction sector to organized criminal groups, with complexity being the common thread linking these factors. Large commercial construction projects are complex in almost every aspect. Multiple phases of large projects, for example, require the control and coordination of very large and diversified workforces, as well as the maintenance of supply chains from multiple suppliers. Each phase is thus exposed to numerous risks, which may come from a disruption to the supply of needed materials, labour problems, or other factors. This can make such projects vulnerable to those who can gain control over these processes by criminal means such as extortion. The complexity of projects also makes the understanding of cost overruns more difficult. As each major project in commercial construction is frequently a ‘one-off', gauging the accuracy of the estimated costs of any project becomes very difficult, and opens up the possibility of fraudulent activity. This is compounded by a current low level of expertise within the public sector in the area of acquisitions in the real estate and construction sectors. The authors also contend that, due to this lack of expertise combined with the unique nature of many commercial construction projects, the procurement phase of such projects can be particularly vulnerable to organized criminal influence. This influence may be exercised on those in positions to award contracts through such means as bribery, intimidation or extortion, but may also take the form of cartel-like collusive bidding among firms without the knowledge of public authorities. While the authors found numerous examples of potential vulnerabilities in the commercial construction sector in the two jurisdictions examined (Montreal and Vancouver), there was no indication that these vulnerabilities have been exploited by criminal organizations. The authors attribute this finding to both the limitations in available data, as well as the lack of prosecutions of members of criminal organizations in this sector of the economy. Details: Ottawa: Organized Crime Division, Law Enforcement and Policing Branch, Public Safety Canada, 2011. 57p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 17, 2012 at: http://lailayuile.files.wordpress.com/2012/06/corruptioninconstructionreport.pdf Year: 2011 Country: Canada Keywords: Businesses and Crime Shelf Number: 125655

Author: Bouchard, Martin Title: Estimating the Size of the Canadian Illicit Meth and MDMA Markets: A Multi-Method Approach Summary: This study addresses the lack of reliable estimates on the scope of amphetamine-type stimulants (ATS: amphetamine, methamphetamine, ecstasy/MDMA) production in Canada. Such a study allows for a thorough assessment of Canada’s role in global ATS production and exportation. Using a multi-method approach, this research derives more accurate estimates of:  the total number of ATS users in Canada than currently exists, including an estimate of the quantity of ATS consumed domestically;  the total number of actors active on the supply side of ATS markets than currently exists;  the total production volume of ATS in Canada than currently exists, including an estimate of the number of active ATS labs; and,  the total amount of ATS exported from Canada. This report begins with a literature review of patterns in ATS use and production within and beyond Canada. Drawing from this past research, a series of methods and data sources that will allow the production of an estimate of the size of these populations for the present study are laid out. The remainder of the report presents the results from the various estimation methods that were applied to assess the size of various segments of the ATS market in Canada. The conclusion provides the main highlights and recommendations from the overall study. The review of the literature on trafficking and production found that there is too much uncertainty in regards to the existing data to truly assess the role of Canada in the global ATS trade. There are no established estimates of the size of production and the amount of ATS lab seizures remains low. While Canada ranked 6th in the world in the amount of methamphetamine seized in 2007 with 1.54 metric tons, the figure for the previous years was as low as 60kg. Finally, the review found that two methods for estimating the size of the ATS market in Canada (multiplier methods and capture-recapture methods) have shown more promise in obtaining reliable estimates of illegal populations, including drug dealers and producers. To derive these estimates, existing survey, arrest, and seizure data were used. Procedures used included multiplier methods, synthetic estimation methods, capture-recapture methods, and economic modeling methods. When possible, two methods were used to estimate a segment of the market. In most analyses, the diverse methods yielded consistent results, but much more research is required to provide further validation of this study’s results. Working with small and sparse data increases the levels of uncertainty that already exist in these estimation exercises. This report should be approached as a first step in developing standard methods that academics and policy makers can use to make systematic assessments of the ATS and other illicit drug markets in Canada and beyond. Our efforts should therefore be viewed as an exploration that lays the groundwork for a Canada-wide study with a strong emphasis on collecting fieldwork data. Assessments of the demand-side of the ATS market, based on synthetic estimation techniques, suggest that there are roughly 52,000 meth users and 270,000 ecstasy users in Canada. This estimate is based on a low count of data which combines the general population that is twelve years and older, the homeless population, and the inmate population. This total count of 320,000 likely underestimates the population of ATS consumers. Adjustments for 50% underreporting (high count) suggest a much larger total population of about 480,000 users (77,788 meth users and 402,677 ecstasy users). The assessment of the supply-side of this market relied on arrest data. The market is predominately male, but no more so than other illegal drug markets and crime settings in general. The population estimates suggest that steep increase occurred between 1999 and 2009 in Quebec, echoing what has been found through other indicators in Canada. One limit in our analysis was that we were unable to provide a valid estimate of importers, exporters, and producers. These populations are small, captured offenders have a higher likelihood of being incarcerated for longer time periods (and thus be unavailable for recapture), and simply not enough offenders get re-arrested in Quebec for these methods to be usable. The populations of meth and ecstasy dealers were estimated using both capture-recapture and multiplier estimates. Based on arrest data from Quebec, the capture-recapture estimate resulted in 3,458 meth dealers and 4,561 ecstasy dealers in Quebec. This allowed us to infer Canadian populations of 14,303 meth dealers and 16 980 ecstasy dealers. Results from the multiplier procedure for Canada that was based on a user:dealer ratio provided some validation at the higher end for meth and lower end for ecstasy—the population of meth dealers was estimated from a low of 3,457 to a high of 11,113 dealers, while the population of ecstasy dealers was estimated from a low of 17,897 to a high of 57,525 dealers. Once again, the substantial range that emerges from the multiplier procedure calls for considerable caution and additional verification with different data sources from a variety of regions. Estimates of the population of labs and producers were derived using diverse methods. The number of ATS labs was estimated using an economic model. This estimate ranged from a low of 560 labs to a high of 1,400 ATS labs in Canada. Such information was subsequently carried over to estimate the number of producers in the country. A ratio of 3.5 producers per lab was established, resulting in an estimated low of 1,960 ATS producers if 560 labs were in operation to a high of 4,900 producers if 1,400 labs were in operation in Canada. Both ATS production and consumption were estimated in order to arrive at a final estimate of how much meth could be reasonably exported from Canada. Such an analysis would lend some substance to persistent claims and debate regarding Canada’s pivotal position in the international ATS trade. Using the results from the economic model as a starting point, overall production was estimated at 2,297 kg if the lower-end 560 labs scenario was accurate and 5,743 kg if the higher-end 1,400 labs scenario was accurate. Such results must be approached with caution since the estimates are based on a single cook per lab in a given year—it may very well be the case that ATS labs produce multiple batches and will likely yield much larger quantities than we estimate. Adjusting these estimates to two ‘cooks’ per lab resulted in a low-end estimate of 4,594 kg and high-end estimate of 11,485 kg of meth in Canada. Depending on the scenario, Canadian producers would export between 38% and 75% of domestic ATS production. Using a multiplier method to derive a quantity per user ratio, meth consumption for Canada was estimated between 678 kg and 847 kg. Ecstasy consumption was estimated between 1,643 and 2,054 kg. Combining meth and ecstasy resulted in a total ATS consumption range of 2,321 to 2,902 kg in Canada. Based on mid-point estimates for consumption and seizure data, an excess of 1,733 kg to 8,624 kg of Canadian ATS was estimated for annual exportation. This would suggest that 38% (if 1733 kg of production) or 75% (if 8624 kg of production) of ATS produced in Canada is exported. Information was also added regarding the quantity of Canadian produced ATS overseas to produce an estimate of any ATS unaccounted for by Canadian users or law enforcement agencies around the world. This suggested that an excess of 288 to 7,179 kg of ATS was available for consumption overseas after domestic and international seizures and consumption were subtracted from overall production. The estimates produced for the purpose of this report suggest that Canada produces as little as 0.6% of the world’s supply or as much as 4.6%. Canada would not be considered as a major ATS producer under most standards. Based on the estimates produced in this report, Canada is no more and no less of a player today than it was five years ago. Five specific recommendations could improve these estimates over the long term:  establish a more concerted effort to monitor national trends in synthetic drug markets, especially on the supply side;  monitor trends in domestic illegal ATS precursor importation;  monitor trends in Canadian produced synthetic drugs in other countries;  adopt wastewater analysis as a method to estimate the quantity of ATS used in large Canadian cities; and  make use of capture-recapture methods for the purpose of estimating the size of illegal markets a priority for Canada as a whole. Details: Ottawa: Research and National Coordination, Organized Crime Division, Law Enforcement and Policing Branch, Public Safety Canada, 2012. 75p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 19, 2012 at: http://publications.gc.ca/collections/collection_2012/sp-ps/PS4-125-2012-eng.pdf Year: 2012 Country: Canada Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 125690

Author: Canada. Parliament. House of Commons. Standing Committee on Justice and Human Rights Title: The State of Organized Crime: Report of the Standing Committee on Justice and Human Rights Summary: Organized crime poses a serious long-term threat to Canada’s institutions, society, economy, and to our individual quality of life. Many organized crime groups use or exploit the legitimate economy to some degree by insulating their activities, laundering proceeds of crime and committing financial crimes via a legitimate front. Organized crime groups exploit opportunities around the country and create a sophisticated trans-national network to facilitate criminal activities and challenge law enforcement efforts. The Committee was informed that gangs and organized crime have been with us for at least 150 years. Alienated and disenfranchised young men long ago forged a common bond of lawlessness, using crime as a means of generating wealth. New opportunities for organized crime arrived when illicit drugs became more widely available, due to the increasing ease of international travel and commerce.5 Organized crime involves white collar criminal activity, gang activity and both domestic and foreign participants. Organized crime is of concern not only for its direct impacts, such as the selling of illicit drugs, but also for the indirect impacts, such as the violence that spills into the larger community when rival organized crime groups try to gain control over areas in which to sell drugs. There are immediate and direct costs to the victims of organized crime. These costs can be financial but, more importantly, they can be physical in nature as well as mentally and emotionally traumatic. The losses suffered by victims through such things as the violation of their sense of personal safety and security are long-lasting and difficult to measure. Victims of organized crime can be found everywhere as this type of crime knows no boundaries and carries out its activities in communities of all sizes. Such activities can occur everywhere through such things as fraud over the Internet, the sale of counterfeit goods, and breach of intellectual property laws. The cost of crime is not only a personal one, however, as it is passed on from victims to their insurance companies to businesses and then to consumers. In this way, the personal toll of organized crime becomes a burden on society as a whole. Furthermore, there is also a high price for taxpayers in the form of increased costs for law enforcement and the justice and correctional systems. Domestic policing efforts across Canada increasingly require the development of strategies and programs that address the international components of organized crime. Currently, the Royal Canadian Mounted Police (RCMP) and local law enforcement units are focused on reducing the threat and impact of organized crime. In countering the growth of organized crime groups and dismantling their structures and sub-groups, a critical component is the improved coordination, sharing and use of criminal intelligence and resources. This sharing of information and resources is used in support of integrated policing, law enforcement plans and strategies, and assists the police in communicating the impact and scope of organized crime. The impact of organized crime on the lives of Canadians was certainly communicated clearly to the Committee throughout its hearings. The Committee also heard a level of frustration with how the justice system functions in this regard. There was often an expressed perception that this system operates with a bias in favour of the accused rather than the victim. Details: Ottawa: House of Commons, 2012. 108p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed july 20, 2012 at: http://publications.gc.ca/collections/collection_2012/parl/XC66-1-411-01-eng.pdf Year: 2012 Country: Canada Keywords: Gangs Shelf Number: 125701

Author: Atchison, Chris Title: Report of the Preliminary Findings for Johns' Voice: A Study of Adult Canadian Sex Buyers Summary: This research seeks to balance the stated objectives of understanding sex buyers' perspectives on risk and protective behaviors, and the decision-making processed involved in adopting these behaviours as they relate to HIV/AIDS. As such the research follows along Canadian research on sex buyers. Details: Burnaby, BC, Canada: Simon Fraser University, 2010. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 20, 2012 at: http://24.85.225.7/johnsvoice/docs/JOHNS_VOICE_GENERAL_RESULTS_EXECUTIVE_ SUMMARY_FINAL_DIST.pdf Year: 2010 Country: Canada Keywords: HIV (Viruses) Shelf Number: 125703

Author: Dawson, Catherine J. Title: Perspectives on the Capacity of the Canadian Police System to Respond to "Child Pornography" on the Internet Summary: The Internet, its affordability, accessibility, and anonymity provide new venues where child exploitation crimes have increased. An exponential rise in the exchange of images of sexual abuse, commonly referred to as ‘child pornography’, has occurred. The purpose of this major paper was to explore this phenomenon within an international context, and assess the capacity of Canadian law enforcement (national and municipal) to respond. In order to do so a survey was sent to police departments across Canada, to have officers identify the challenges they faced in responding to images of child abuse on the Internet, and to solicit officers’ general opinions on this issue. The research resulted in five key findings that implied that existing capacity gaps were rooted in a lack of applied or ratified international agreements and commitments, a failure of system interoperability, a lack of effective private-public partnerships, and the weaknesses in current Canadian legislation, particular to mandated reporting of suspicious content (which is now under review). Finally, a lack of appropriate, accessible support and training for police was identified. Informed by the research, the author makes several recommendations. Details: Abbotsford, B.C. : University of the Fraser Valley, 2009. 107p. Source: Internet Resource: Master's Essay: Accessed July 30, 2012 at: http://www.ufv.ca/Assets/BC+Centres+(CRIM)/Safe+Schools/Research+Papers/Dawson_-_Responding_to_Internet_Child_Pornography.pdf Year: 2009 Country: Canada Keywords: Child Pornography Shelf Number: 125798

Author: Prairie Research Associates Title: Evaluation of the Youth at Risk Development Program: Final Evaluation Report. Volume 1 Summary: In response to growing concerns about gang violence, the Youth At Risk Development (YARD) program offered prevention services to high-risk youth and youth involved in gang-related activities in Calgary, Alberta. Between 2002 and the time of the application for National Crime Prevention Centre (NCPC) funding, Calgary had experienced an increase in gang-related criminal activity with most notably, 14 gang-related homicides, 31 drive-by shootings, 3 stabbings and 3 cases of forcible confinement. The Calgary Police Service was also monitoring 300 gang members who were distributed among 8-10 criminal groups. Gang membership in Calgary was dominated by males in their early 20s with auxiliary female involvement. Intelligence gathered on gangs indicates gang members often carry weapons, and are involved in the trafficking of real, altered and replica hand guns. They were also almost exclusively involved in drug trafficking, and were believed to be instrumental players in the drug distribution network in Calgary. Street gangs in Calgary were generally not ethnically or geographically based, but represented a wide range of nationalities/races. All gang-related activity had the potential to impact public safety. The 2005 Calgary Police Service Citizen’s Survey of almost 2,000 Calgary residents reported that illegal gang activity was ranked the number one “most important policing problem” with over 43% of respondents reporting this as the most pressing issue for police. Gangs were also identified as the 3rd biggest safety concern for parents and children in schools. In 2005, the Calgary Police Service conducted a series of focus groups in local elementary, junior and senior high schools. The most frequently identified “safety issue in school” was gang activity, followed by drugs and bullying. Details: Winnipeg: Prairie Research Associates, 2011. 92p. Source: Summary Report Available at: http://www.publicsafety.gc.ca/res/cp/res/_fl/yrd-eng.pdf Year: 2011 Country: Canada Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 125802

Author: Corrado, Raymond R. Title: Youth At-Risk of Serious and Life-Course Offending: Risk Profiles, Trajectories, and Interventions Summary: One of the enduring criminal justice policy issues facing most democratic governments is the reduction of serious and violent offending by both youth and adults. While it is not yet evident whether there has been a reduction in the continuity of offending from adolescence into adulthood in Canada, comparative research from England overwhelmingly confirmed this continuity (Farrington, 2002). In effect, two related major crime prevention policy challenges are how to reduce the levels of adolescent and adult serious offending and how to disrupt the criminal trajectory linking child delinquency, serious adolescent criminality, and serious adult criminality. Since the 1990s, there has been a substantial increase in research confirming the importance of well known risk factors for serious and violent young offenders. In addition, there has been a concomitant increase in the evaluations of intervention programs designed to reduce risk factors. This report reviews the most recent literature that identifies the range of risk factors, the developmental patterns of risk factors, and highlights appropriate age-stage intervention approaches for youth with varying risk profiles. Part of the success of more recent interventions can be attributed to the development of more sophisticated risk assessment instruments. These instruments range from brief screenings for specific risks, such as sexual aggression, to comprehensive instruments designed to identify life-course risk factors. While the related concepts of risk and protective factors for antisocial behaviours is well established, there has been a recent emphasis toward explaining the inherently complex interaction between risk and protective factors. Another major shift in research on serious and violent youth was the emergence of bio-psychological risk factors. While much of this research remains tentative, it has very important implications for both the identification of additional and possibly critical risk factors, as well as the development of new intervention strategies that could be implemented very early on in the life-course and at later stages of development. This report is based on a review of relevant risk factors that must be taken into consideration when applying interventions to prevent, reduce, or respond to youth at risk of serious and life-course offending. Discussion of these risk factors is presented in the format of pathway models that are hypothesized to illustrate the clustering of risk factors among distinct groups of young offenders. These groups are believed to be qualitatively different from each other and while they may exhibit several similar behavioural problems, these problems are experienced differently among the different types of youth and thus must be targeted differently. The key assumption of these models is that there are various groups of young offenders who present with different “causes” of antisocial behaviour. Effective and sustained reductions of antisocial behaviour in childhood, adolescence, and adulthood require interventions that address these causal risk factors, as opposed to behavioural outcomes associated with these causes. Details: Ottawa, Canada: National Crime Prevention Centre, Public Safety Canada, 2011. 42p. Source: Research Report: 2011-02: Internet Resource: Accessed August 8, 2012 at http://www.publicsafety.gc.ca/res/cp/res/_fl/2011-yar-eng.pdf Year: 2011 Country: Canada Keywords: At-Risk Youth (Canada) Shelf Number: 125939

Author: Yessine, Annie K. Title: The Offending Trajectories of Youth Probationers from Early Adolescence to Middle Adulthood: Relation to Dual Taxonomies Summary: This study sought to identify the distinctive criminal pathways, and specify the early characteristics that predict offending trajectories for a Canadian sample comprised of 514 male and female juvenile probationers followed into middle adulthood. Using latent growth curve mixture modeling, the results revealed the existence of two main types of offenders who differed in composition, offending activity, and desistance throughout the life-course. One group represented approximately 13% of the offenders, and showed a chronic high level of offending behaviour throughout the life-course. The offending frequency/ severity of this group increased steadily from adolescence onwards. The remainder of the sample (87%) was characterized by sporadic and/or less serious involvement in criminal behaviour over the years. The offending pattern of this latter group remained stable although it tended to show a slight decline in frequency/severity from age 26 onwards. The offenders classified in the chronic high trajectory group disproportionally engaged in a wider variety of offences as well as more of the violent crimes. Of the criminogenic risk/needs domains studied, the youths’ patterns of associations were the most robust and reliable predictor of group membership. Not surprisingly, the chronic high trajectory group comprised more offenders who had negative and unconstructive ties with their peers than the stable low group. Overall, the findings are consistent with the original dual taxonomies proposed by Loeber and Stouthamer-Loeber (1996), Moffitt (1993) and Patterson, Reid and Dishion (1992). The paper concludes with a discussion of policy and practical implications and directions for future research. Details: Ottawa, Canada: National Crime Prevention Centre, Public Safety Canada, 2012. 29p. Source: Research Report: 2012-4: Internet Resource: Accessed August 8, 2012 at http://www.publicsafety.gc.ca/res/cp/res/_fl/otyp-eng.pdf Year: 2012 Country: Canada Keywords: Adult Offenders Shelf Number: 125941

Author: Gartenstein-Ross, Daveed Title: Terror in the Peaceable Kingdom: Understanding and Addressing Violent Extremism in Canada Summary: Canada is part of a community of nations that has opposed violent Islamist movements, and terrorism more generally, since the 9/11 attacks. While al Qaeda has experienced considerable losses, particularly since the death of its leader Osama bin Laden in May 2011, the organization has also found success in such places as Yemen and North Africa. Moreover, several global trends—austerity, resource scarcity, and the technological empowerment of non-state actors—promise to make the problem of non-state violence a growing rather than declining problem over the next decade. Canada will not be immune. This volume examines the problem set of terrorism in Canada. It traces the history of this phenomenon, examines specific issues (the Liberation Tigers of Tamil Eelam, Shabaab recruitment among Canadian Somalis, Hizballah’s support network, and Iran’s presence), and identifies the tools that Canada can employ to address these threats. Details: Washington, DC: Foundation for Defense of Democracies (FDD Press), 2012. 207p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 8, 2012 at http://www.defenddemocracy.org/stuff/uploads/documents/Peaceable_Kingdom.pdf Year: 2012 Country: Canada Keywords: Terrorism (Canada) Shelf Number: 125943

Author: McIntosh, Cameron Title: An Introduction to Economic Analysis in Crime Prevention: The Why, How and So What Summary: Although evidence-based crime prevention has been identified as a priority in Canada’s political and policy settings, very little is known about the economic efficiency of crime prevention programs in the Canadian context. This is an important issue given current fiscal constraints in this country and around the world. To that end, the objective of the following report is to provide an overview of two of the most widely-used economic approaches to assessing the costs and/or financial benefits of crime prevention programs. Cost-effectiveness analysis links program outcomes (e.g., crime reduction) to investment costs in order to estimate the per-outcome expense of a crime prevention project. Cost-benefit analysis takes this a step further and attaches monetary values to program outcomes, which are then compared to program costs in order to provide an estimate of the financial return on investment. Issues and challenges associated with each type of economic analysis approach are discussed, as well as recommendations for next steps. Details: Ottawa, Canada: National Crime Prevention Centre, Public Safety Canada, 2012. 41p. Source: Research Report: 2012-5: Internet Resource: Accessed August 8, 2012 at http://www.publicsafety.gc.ca/prg/cp/cnmc-nlss/_fls/cnmc-nlss-eng.pdf Year: 2012 Country: Canada Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis (Canada) Shelf Number: 125945

Author: Canada. Public Safety Canada, Evaluation Directorate Title: Final Report 2010-2011 Evaluation of the Youth Gang Prevention Fund Program Summary: Canada’s National Crime Prevention Strategy aims to increase individual and community safety by equipping Canadians with the knowledge, skills, and resources they need to advance crime prevention efforts in their communities. This is done in part through Public Safety Canada’s (PS) National Crime Prevention Center (NCPC), which oversees the planning, development, and implementation of policies and practices related to crime prevention and victimization. In delivering the Youth Gang Prevention Fund (YGPF) Program, the NCPC focuses on social factors and conditions that contribute to gang membership, while recognizing a need to reduce immediate opportunities or situations in which crime and victimization can occur. This approach is based on research which shows that preventive as well as reactive (or suppressive) measures—the apprehension, sentencing, incarceration and rehabilitation of offenders—are necessary to prevent crime. The YGPF invests in communities where youth gangs are an existing or emerging threat and supports initiatives that clearly target youth in gangs or at greatest risk of joining gangs. Total funding for the YGPF Program is $33,595,100 over five years beginning in 2006-2007. In choosing the projects under the YGPF Program, the NCPC worked within the context of the Federal/Provincial/Territorial Working Group on Community Safety and Crime Prevention to identify municipalities and community-based groups that were tackling youth gang issues. The NCPC then worked with these municipalities and communities to develop and implement anti-gang prevention projects using directed funding in the form of contribution agreements. Consistent with the experimental nature of NCPC’s work, these projects were based on promising or proven gang prevention practices. Each project hired an independent evaluator to assess youth participants’ propensity towards gang involvement, based upon set risk factors upon intake to the project, as well as at each six month interval. These results are reported annually to the NCPC which then collects, analyzes, and disseminates results from funded projects and other sources of knowledge and information on youth gang issues. This enables the federal government to play a role in helping develop local solutions to youth gang issues. YGPF Program inception documents note that the federal government has a leadership role to play in helping to build safer and healthier communities. The YGPF Program provides an opportunity for the federal government to show leadership by bringing together partners who have a role in preventing and reducing youth crime. The outcomes of the YGPF Program as stated in inception documents, the YGPF Accountability, Risk and Audit Framework (ARAF) and the program logic model can be summarized as follows: • to increase understanding and knowledge of how to effectively address the issues related to youth gangs; and • to support communities and youth at risk through the implementation of local, targeted and tailored anti-gang initiatives (through directed contribution funding). This document presents the evaluation of PS’s YGPF Program. This evaluation was conducted between May and July 2010 in accordance with the Treasury Board of Canada Policy on Evaluation, which came into effect April 2009, and the 2007 Accountability, Risk and Audit Framework (ARAF) prescribed by the program. The objective of this evaluation is to provide an evidence based, neutral assessment of the relevance and performance of the program that is in its fifth year of operation. The scope of the research for this evaluation includes activities of the YGPF Program from its inception in October 2006 to March 31, 2010. It should be noted that the scope of the evaluation includes the YGPF Program, rather than just the activities of the funded projects. The YGPF Program refers to the results of the funded projects under the YGPF (the fund); the administration of related contribution funding; and the knowledge transfer activities of NCPC related to the youth gang issue. The evaluation methodologies included document/literature review and Internet research; a review of the Grants and Contributions Information Management System; interviews with program management, funded recipients, project evaluators and subject matter experts; a provincial/territorial focus group; a review of NCPC’s Annual Project Evaluation Reports; a comparative analysis; and a cost-effectiveness analysis. Details: Ottawa: Public Safety Canada, 2011. 82p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 10, 2012 at: http://www.publicsafety.gc.ca/abt/dpr/eval/_fl/ygpf-flagj-09-10-eng.pdf Year: 2011 Country: Canada Keywords: Delinquency Prevention Shelf Number: 125959

Author: Craig, Wendy Title: Better Beginnings, Better Futures Study: Delinquency Trajectories of At-Risk Youth Summary: Many studies of juvenile delinquency over the past two decades have focused on older, serious, and violent juvenile offenders. Younger delinquents have been ignored partly because their number is relatively small and their threat is often not as immediate. Understanding the trajectories of delinquency at a young age and the risk and protective factors associated with those developmental trajectories can inform the development of early risk assessments and the development of targeted prevention and intervention programs. The objectives of the research were to identify early trajectories of delinquency for both boys and girls from age 8 (Grade 3), age 11 (Grade 6), and age 14 (Grade 9) in a longitudinal sample of at-risk youth from a multi-informant perspective, assess risk and protective factors that may influence the likelihood that youth will engage in criminal behaviour in adolescence, and examine whether youth in the identified delinquency trajectories differ substantially in terms of delinquency, involvement with the criminal justice system, emotional and behavioural problems, experience of abuse, academic/school functioning, and health/health risk behaviours. Additionally, this study aimed at estimating the costs associated with each delinquency trajectory on utilization of government resources in the criminal justice system, remedial education, health care and social services, and social assistance. In order to examine these research questions, analyses were conducted using the Better Beginnings, Better Futures data. These data followed 842 children living in five disadvantaged communities in Ontario. The same children were assessed when they were in Grades 3, 6, and 9 with measures largely based on the National Longitudinal Survey of Children and Youth (NLSCY). Three key informant sources were used to assess children’s delinquency (parents, teachers and self-report youth ratings). In Grade 3, children’s levels of delinquency were assessed by teachers. In Grade 6, the children were assessed by parents, teachers and the youth, while in Grade 9, they were assessed by parents and the youth. In addition to the above, 31 risk factors and 17 protective factors for delinquency were examined when the children were in Grade 3. When the children were in Grade 9, 41 outcome measures were examined in the following domains: emotional and behavioural problems, delinquency problems, abuse, involvement with the criminal justice system, functioning in school, and health and health risk activities. Finally, monetary costs associated with the criminal justice system, remedial education, health care and social services, and social assistance were estimated for each participant. The literature on delinquent trajectories identifies three main delinquency groups among children and youth: a low delinquency group, a high delinquency group, and a desisting delinquency group. The trajectory analyses of the current research indicated that there were six delinquency trajectory groups. Children in two of the trajectories had very low ratings of delinquency across time (lowest delinquency group and the second lowest delinquency group). Two other trajectories showed a similar pattern of delinquency ratings that was decreasing over time. In the moderate desisters group, children had moderate levels of delinquency at Grade 3 followed by low levels of delinquency at Grades 6 and 9. In the highest desisters group children had the highest level of reported delinquency behaviours at Grade 3, followed by a marked decrease in reported delinquency at Grades 6 and 9. The fifth trajectory group, named escalators, had very low levels of reported delinquency at Grade 3 and increased markedly in their reported delinquency over time. By Grade 9, children in this trajectory group had the second highest delinquency scores. The final group, high delinquency, started with moderate levels of reported delinquency at Grade 3, marked by the highest reported levels of delinquency at Grades 6 and 9 of any of the trajectory groups. Children at risk for delinquency (i.e., those in the high delinquency, escalators, and the two desisters trajectory groups) scored significantly higher on 17 of the 31 individual, family, peer, and neighbourhood risk factors. For example, children from these four trajectory groups experienced more hyperactive, oppositional-defiant, and physically aggressive behaviours; family risk factors included single parenthood, less parental education, public housing, and hostile-ineffective parenting. These results highlight the need to further develop and refine assessment tools to include these risk factors associated with delinquency. By Grade 9, the high delinquency and escalators groups also had significantly more problems than the other groups; they exhibited more emotional/behavioural, health, criminal, and school functioning problems. Early identification at school and involvement in special education programs early may have significantly reduced these negative outcomes in Grade 9. Finally, the economic analyses identified that youth in the high delinquency, escalators, and the two desisters trajectory groups cost a significant amount of money; for example, approximately 80% of the estimated costs to society (e.g., on utilization of government resources in the criminal justice system, remedial education, health care and social services, and social assistance) were from these four trajectory groups which represent 18% of the sample. Furthermore, 80% of the estimated criminal justice costs were due to the youth in the high delinquency and escalators groups. The findings of the current study highlight some key conclusions. First, there are early indicators to the developmental pathways to delinquency. The risk factors associated with delinquency involvement (e.g., inattention/hyperactivity problems, oppositional defiant problems, low family functioning, having a teenage mother) can be identified as early as Grade 3 and can inform the implementation of an assessment and/or screening tool for children and youth at-risk of delinquency. Second, delinquency involvement does not just emerge, it develops over time, and without intervention, the problems accumulate and may become serious and significant by as early as Grade 9. Third, investment in prevention, such as educational support, can reduce criminal justice costs and delinquency involvement. The most at risk groups (high delinquency and escalators groups) for delinquency involvement accounted for the majority of the estimated reactive costs (e.g., criminal justice, health care and social services, social assistance) and not the preventative costs (e.g., remedial education). Specifically, the high delinquency and escalators groups accounted for 46% of the reactive costs compared to 32% for the two desisters groups and 22% for the two low delinquency groups; for the preventative costs, high delinquency and escalators groups accounted for 38% of the costs compared to 44% for the two desister groups and 18% for the two low delinquency groups. Although more research is needed to understand the delinquency trajectories of girls, those at-risk of delinquency appear to require more support. Although our high risk group of girls was limited, there are some preliminary indications from this research that they are at a heightened risk for problems (e.g., emotional problems, having delinquent friends, police involvement) and the estimated costs associated with their problems may be higher than for boys because they appear not only through the criminal justice system, but also through the health care system. Details: Ottawa: National Crime Prevention Centre, Public Safety Canada, 2011. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report 2011-03: Accessed August 10, 2012 at: http://www.publicsafety.gc.ca/res/cp/res/_fl/bbbf-eng.pdf Year: 2011 Country: Canada Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 125960

Author: Day, David M. Title: Criminal Trajectories of Two Subsamples of Adjudicated Ontario Youths Summary: This report presents the findings of three studies conducted on two subsamples of adjudicated Ontario youth. The objective of the studies was twofold: (1) to examine the criminal trajectories of the two subsamples over several follow-up periods; and (2) to identify childhood predictors and adolescent correlates of trajectory group membership. This research is grounded in a number of theoretical, empirical, and statistical advances made over the past 15 years that have contributed to a more fine-grained and comprehensive understanding of the onset, maintenance, and desistance of criminal activity over the life course. These advances include publication of the seminal two-volume work on criminal careers (Blumstein, Cohen, Roth, & Visher 1986); emergence of new theoretical models of antisocial and criminal behaviour framed within a development and life course (DLC) perspective (Farrington, 2003, 2005); accumulation of findings in risk factor research (Farrington, 2007); and the advent of group-based trajectory analysis for examining longitudinal data (Nagin, 2005). There is now a greater understanding of the role and impact of key risk factors in the lives of individuals on the development of antisocial and criminal behaviour. These risk factors, falling into five life domains (i.e., individual, family, peer, school, and community), include early onset antisocial behaviour, attention problems, and substance use, as well as child maltreatment, broken home and family transitions, parental criminality, poor academic achievement, and delinquent peer association. As well, new theoretical approaches, including cascade models (Masten & Cicchetti, 2010) that are framed within a development and life course perspective have posited testable hypotheses about the complex transactions and interactions among risk factors across multiple levels and systems within and outside the individual. However, more research is needed to further develop and test these models. As well, more research is needed to understand the role and impact of protective and promotive factors on the development of adaptive and maladaptive outcomes (Loeber, Farrington, Stouthamer-Loeber, & White, 2008; Löesel & Bender, 2003). Details: Ottawa: National crime Prevention Centre, Public Safety Canada, 2012. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report: 2012-1: Accessed August 10, 2012 at: https://www.publicsafety.gc.ca/cnt/rsrcs/pblctns/djdctd-ntr-yth/djdctd-ntr-yth-eng.pdf Year: 2012 Country: Canada Keywords: Juvenile Offenders (Canada) Shelf Number: 125963

Author: Labourse, Eric Title: Late Childhood Risk Factors Associated with Conduct Disorder Subtypes in Early Adolescence: A Latent Class Analysis of a Canadian Sample Summary: Very few studies have investigated the association between risk factors in late childhood and subtypes of conduct disorder (CD) in early adolescence that comprise such heterogeneous symptoms as aggression, destruction of property, theft and serious violations of rules. Previous research has identified four distinct subtypes: No CD type (82.4%), Non-Aggressive CD (NACD) type (13.9%), Physically Aggressive CD (PACD) type (2.3%) and Severe-Mixed CD (SMCD) type (1.4%). These subtypes suggest that there can be multiple pathways to CD that can have similar or different risk factors depending on the qualitative or quantitative aspects of the CD profiles. The aim of the present study was to identify late childhood risk factors in multiple domains, such as neighbourhood characteristics, family adversity, parenting/peer relationships and externalized/internalized behaviours that are common and specific to the four CD subtypes. Methods: Data on CD symptoms and risk factors were collected using the National Longitudinal Survey of Children and Youth. Three cohorts of 12- and 13-year-olds were assessed during 1994–1995, 1996–1997 and 1998–1999 (N = 4,125). Results: Bivariate analyses revealed that out of 12 risk factors, 10 were associated with SMCD, 9 were associated with PACD and 10 were associated with NACD. In contrast to No CD subtype, multivariate analyses revealed that older age, non-intact family, family mobility and hyperactivity/inattention were predictors of SMCD. Males in the younger age category with family mobility and high physical aggression were associated with PACD. NACD was characterized by males in the older age category and with non-intact family, family mobility, coercive/ineffective parenting and deviant peers. Conclusion: Although there are many subtypes of CD, our findings suggest that there is more commonality than differences in risk factors. Components of family adversity, parenting practices and hyperactivity/inattention should be the focus of prevention and intervention efforts. Details: Ottawa: National Crime Prevention Centre, Public Safety Canada, 2012. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report: 2012-2: Accessed August 10, 2012 at: http://www.publicsafety.gc.ca/res/cp/res/_fl/lcrf-eng.pdf Year: 2012 Country: Canada Keywords: Aggression Shelf Number: 0

Author: Goodwill, Alanaise O. Title: In and Out of Aboriginal Gang Life: Perspectives of Aboriginal Ex-Gang Members Summary: This research project generated a categorical scheme to describe the facilitation of gang entry and exit for Aboriginal ex-gang members using the Critical Incident Technique (Flanagan, 1954; Woolsey, 1986) as a method of qualitative data analysis. Former gang members responded to the questions: (a) What facilitated gang entry for you? (b) What facilitated gang exit for you? Participants provided 103 and 136 critical incidents which were categorized into two separate category schemes each containing 13 different categories. The 13 categories for gang entry were; engaging in physical violence, proving one’s worth, hanging around delinquent activity, family involved in gangs and following a family pattern; going to prison, gang becoming family and support system, looking up to gang members and admiring gang lifestyle, becoming dependant on gang, experiencing unsafe or unsupportive parenting practices, gaining respect by rank increase, reacting to authority, caught in a cycle of fear, and partying. The 13 categories for gang exit were; working in the legal workforce, accepting support from family or girlfriend, helping others stay out of or move away from gang life, not wanting to go back to jail, accepting responsibility for family, accepting guidance and protection, participating in ceremony, avoiding alcohol, publically expressing that you are out of the gang, wanting legitimate relationships outside gang life, experiencing a native brotherhood, stopping self from reacting like a gangster, and acknowledging the drawbacks of gang violence. Diverse methods of checking trustworthiness and credibility were applied to these category schemes, and it was found that both category schemes can be used confidently. Details: Vancouver: University of British Columbia, 2009. 191p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed August 10, 2012 at: https://circle.ubc.ca/bitstream/handle/2429/11076/ubc_2009_fall_goodwill_alanaise.pdf?sequence=1 Year: 2009 Country: Canada Keywords: Aboriginals Shelf Number: 125955

Author: Pearson, Ashley Title: An Evaluation of Winnipeg’s Electronic Monitoring Pilot Project For Youth Auto Theft Offenders Summary: In 2008, the Manitoba government implemented an electronic monitoring (EM) project for high-risk automobile theft offenders. To evaluate this program, youth in the program were matched with other high-risk auto theft offenders who had not been put on EM. Dimensions including characteristics, daily contacts and criminal histories were examined between groups. Interviews were also conducted with offenders who had been on EM and with program staff and stakeholders. The results of the evaluation indicated a small change in criminal history for the EM group for auto theft, technical and combined offences. Since the Winnipeg Auto Theft Suppression Strategy (WATSS) began in 2005, there has been a decrease of approximately 11,000 auto thefts. Notably, only a very small part of this number could be attributed to the EM program. Electronic monitoring as an intervention can be a complementary program when offered in accompaniment with other WATSS and Manitoba Youth Correctional Services (MYCS) programs. Details: Winnipeg: Department of Sociology, University of Manitoba, 2012. 242p. Source: Internet Resource: Master's Thesis: Accessed August 11, 2012 at: http://mspace.lib.umanitoba.ca/bitstream/1993/8102/1/Pearson_Ashley.pdf Year: 2012 Country: Canada Keywords: Automobile Theft (Canada) Shelf Number: 125968

Author: Public Safety Canada. National Crime Prevention Centre Title: Prevention of Youth Gang Violence: Overview of Strategies and Approaches Summary: There are many reasons why interventions on social issues should be evidence-based. In the case of crime, violence and youth gangs in particular, these interventions deal with at-risk groups of the population, and so should try to maximize the potential to achieve positive outcomes. Furthermore, given limited resources, all partners and stakeholders involved should ensure that programs implemented will be the most effective and cost-efficient possible. And finally, interventions should be based on evidence so as not to replicate what does not work. Available evidence suggests that well-designed and rigorously implemented prevention strategies can produce significant changes in youth gang and youth violence problems. Rigorous evaluations of youth gang programs are rare; nevertheless, available studies point to some programs, approaches and strategies that have shown promise in effectively reducing youth gang crime (National Crime Prevention Centre, 2007, 2011; OJJDP, 2010). This document briefly describes some of the most evidence-based approaches to prevent youth gangs and serious youth violence which the National Crime Prevention Centre (NCPC) is interested in developing through the Youth Gang Prevention Fund (YGPF). It is designed to assist organizations interested in submitting a proposal to have access to some of the best available knowledge in Canada. The document is organized in three parts. Part I describes three key approaches, while Part II summarizes some of the key lessons learned through the first five years of the YGPF (2006-2011). Finally, Part III provides a list of Canadian and international resources in youth gang prevention. Details: Ottawa: Public Safety Canada, 2012. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 11, 2012 at: http://www.publicsafety.gc.ca/prg/cp/ygpf/ygpf-osa-eng.aspx Year: 2012 Country: Canada Keywords: Gang Violence Shelf Number: 125970

Author: Chettleburgh, Michael C. Title: Evaluability Assessment Final Report: Breaking the Cycle Youth Gang Exit and Ambassador Leadership Program Summary: The issue of street gangs in Canada has generated considerable concern among criminal justice professionals and the general public. Because of the high level of criminal behaviour associated with street gangs, and the inherent dangers posed to youth who choose to participate in their activities, the value of prevention and intervention programs has taken on new importance. Specific programs that seek to help young people exit a gang are not yet commonplace in Canada, and those that do exist typically have not undergone formal evaluation to determine actual program effect. This study sought to assess the evaluability of one of Canada’s longest running street gang exit programs ‐ Breaking the Cycle, developed and managed by Toronto‐based Canadian Training Institute – that is, to answer the question “Is the Breaking the Cycle program at a suitable state of readiness for comprehensive process, impact and cost effectiveness evaluation?” Four key methods were used to show that subject to some modifications to identification of the appropriate target group, documentation and data collection practices, the Breaking the Cycle program can be accurately evaluated in the near future. Thus, the National Crime Prevention Centre or other organizations are encouraged to formally evaluate the program, and indeed, support it financially, because of the initial positive indicators demonstrated during the Evaluability Assessment. Details: Report to the National Criminal Prevention Centre of Public Safety Canada, 2008. 159p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 11, 2012 at: http://www.cantraining.org/BTC%20Final%20Report.pdf Year: 2008 Country: Canada Keywords: Gang Prevention Shelf Number: 125971

Author: Hoogland, Michelle Title: Gangs, Girls and Sexual Exploitation in British Columbia: Community Consultation Paper Summary: In late 2009, the Abbotsford Youth Commission was contacted by Victim Services and Crime Prevention, Ministry of Public Safety and Solicitor General (MPSSG) to undertake a literature review and community consultation to explore why and how girls become involved in gangs in British Columbia, what their roles are, and the potential links to sexual exploitation. This paper consists of six main sections: an overview of the scope, key terms and methodology used in developing the paper; background and context out of which this discussion paper was initiated; a thematic analysis of key linkages between girls, gangs and sexual exploitation found in both the literature and community consultations; prevention and intervention models from both the literature and community consultations; a brief discussion of gaps in the current information available on this subject and possible next steps; and a conclusion. The major findings of this review are that little research is available on the involvement of girls in gangs in British Columbia, and the link between gang involvement and sexual exploitation. However, existing research on sexual exploitation and youth gangs indicate that the risk factors for girls’ involvement in the two are similar. While much is known about the heightened risks facing Aboriginal youth, less is known about the situation for other cultural and ethnic groups of youth in British Columbia. A continuum of support services should be developed with sensitivity to the links between both issues using culturally-relevant, gender-specific and relationship-based approaches. Additionally, more research is needed in order to fully understand the scope and nature of this issue in the lives of girls in British Columbia. Details: Abbotsford, BC: Abbotsford Youth Commission, 2010. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 11, 2012 at: http://www.pssg.gov.bc.ca/crimeprevention/publications/docs/gang-prevention-girls-sexual-exploitation.pdf Year: 2010 Country: Canada Keywords: Female Gang Members Shelf Number: 125975

Author: Bhatt, Gira Title: Strength-based Approaches to Youth Gang Prevention in B.C.: Community Consultation Paper Summary: This paper discusses strength-based strategies for reducing youth involvement in gang violence. The current discussion is meant to provoke thought and provide some theoretical background. This discussion includes a review of research on strengths that matter, some cautions such as concerns about cultural relevance, and a differentiation of types of strength-based interventions. It also explores some strength-based practices with examples of specific strategies implemented by the Community Assessment and Action Networks. The paper includes feedback from three workshops conducted with community stakeholders on March 24th 2010 consultation hosted by the BC Ministry of Public Safety and Solicitor General. The discussion concludes with recommendations to connect evidence-based research with practice. This discussion paper provides background that may help people considering strength-based interventions. Details: Ottawa: National Crime Prevention Centre, Public Safety Canada, 2010. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 13, 2012 at: http://www.pssg.gov.bc.ca/crimeprevention/publications/docs/gang-prevention-youth-strength-based.pdf Year: 2010 Country: Canada Keywords: Gang Prevention Shelf Number: 126000

Author: Sersli, Stephanie Title: Gang Prevention for New Immigrant and Refugee Youth in B.C.: Community Consultation Paper Summary: This paper explores why and how immigrant and refugee youth between the ages of 13-23 years old and in Canada less than 5 years may or may not become involved with youth gangs. Community stakeholders involved with the provincial youth gang prevention strategy identified a knowledge gap regarding newcomer youths’ participation in gang activities and their unique risk factors and pathways to involvement. The purpose of this research was threefold: 1) to identify why and how newcomer immigrant and refugee youth become involved in gangs in BC (i.e., specific risk factors and pathways to gang involvement in BC); 2) to review the individual, family, school and community strengths and assets that support newcomer youth to resist gang involvement and build resiliency, and; 3) to identify BC-based effective, culturally responsive strategies to prevent or intervene in newcomer youth gang involvement and support their positive development. Drawing both from contemporary Canadian studies, and consultations with newcomer immigrant and refugee youth and youth workers in Metro Vancouver, this paper outlines the challenges newcomer youth face in their settlement process and advocates for early sustained support to assist youth and their families to adjust to life in Canada. Youth who become marginalized or isolated are at enhanced risk of forming negative peer associations and becoming involved in risky behaviour; youth at the beginning of their settlement trajectory are least likely to become gang-involved, but this risk increases with number of years in Canada. The paper also identifies newcomer youths’ strengths and assets, and discusses BC-based culturally responsive approaches that endeavor to enhance strengths while decreasing risk, thus laying essential building blocks for gang prevention. These approaches include: early ongoing support for youth and families; helping families support youth; individualizing approaches; building relationships, reducing isolation and normalizing life experience; building individual and social competencies; empowering and building a positive identity; incorporating anti-oppression elements in programming, and; recognizing the unique challenges and strengths of newcomer youth. The paper concludes with proposed further research directions. Details: Ottawa: National Crime Prevention Centre, Public Safety Canada, 2010. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 13, 2012 at: http://www.pssg.gov.bc.ca/crimeprevention/publications/docs/gang-prevention-immigrant-refugee.pdf Year: 2010 Country: Canada Keywords: Gang Prevention Shelf Number: 126001

Author: Institute for the Prevention of Crime Title: Appendix A: Review of Youth Gang Exit Programs, Compiled June 2011 Summary: The purpose of this review is to compile an inventory of youth gang exit programs that will serve to assess the appropriateness of different program models for the needs of the city of Ottawa. A preliminary review, examining both published and unpublished materials relating to Canadian and international best practices in this area, was conducted via literature and internet searches. The search was conducted in June 2011 and the review was limited to programs (developed and implemented) and resources published from 2000 on. Exceptions were made if an earlier program or practice was identified and reappeared systematically in the references of the material covered. The focus of this program review is on the scope of the program, participants, model of programming (including theoretical basis of model and underlying promising practices), source of funding, and outcomes (including formal evaluation). By bringing this material together, we hope to increase access to this knowledge and to contribute to the development of an effective youth gang exit program for Ottawa. Details: Ottawa: Institute for the Prevention of Crime, University of Ottawa, 2011. 68p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 13, 2012 at http://www.crimepreventionottawa.ca/uploads/files/initiative/appendix_a_-_review_of_youth_gang_exit_programs.pdf Year: 2011 Country: Canada Keywords: Exit Programs (Canada) Shelf Number: 126013

Author: Light, Linda Title: Police-reported Spousal Violence Incidents in B.C. in which Both Partners are Suspects/Accused Summary: The purpose of this study was threefold: • To enhance our understanding of the police practice of identifying both partners in a relationship as suspects in incidents of spousal violence, the implications of this practice, and what has been done to inform that practice • To determine whether or not a problem exists with respect to dual suspects in police-reported incidents of spousal violence, and if so, the nature and extent of this problem • To develop recommendations to address this situation, based on analysis of statistical data on dual suspects/accuseds in spousal violence cases in BC police jurisdictions and on discussions with key informants. Published police-reported crime data show that provincial proportions of dual suspects in spousal violence in BC remained relatively constant from 1995 to 2005 (Ministry of Public Safety and Solicitor General, Police Services Division, 2006). One possible explanation for community concern in the face of this relative stability of provincial proportions of dual suspect incidents is that variation from jurisdiction to jurisdiction may exist within the context of a relatively stable provincial proportion that masks high proportions in some jurisdictions. The results of the study confirmed that there is a wide variation from jurisdiction to jurisdiction across BC in terms of both proportions of police-reported spousal violence incidents involving dual suspects and proportions of these cases recommended for charge. The total provincial figures from 2000 to 2005 for dual suspects as a percentage of total spousal violence incidents in these cases ranged from a low of 7.7% to a high of 10.2%. During this same period, proportions of dual suspects in spousal violence cases in individual BC policing jurisdictions in at least one of these years ranged from 0% to 22.9%. Caution should be exercised in the interpretation of these figures as, when numbers are small, small changes in volume can result in large variations in percentages. Details: British Columbia Ministry of Public Safety, 2009. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 17, 2012 at: http://www.pssg.gov.bc.ca/victimservices/publications/docs/police-reported-spousal-violence.pdf Year: 2009 Country: Canada Keywords: Domestic Violence (Canada) Shelf Number: 126059

Author: Charlton, Alexandra Title: The Challenges to Responding to Human Smuggling in Canada: Practitioners Reflect on the 1999 Boat Arrivals in British Columbia Summary: During the summer of 1999, four boats arrived off the west coast of British Columbia (BC) carrying a total of 599 migrants smuggled directly from Fujian, China. After their arrival, most of the migrants made refugee claims. Once the first group of migrants had been processed and released, many disappeared, thus abandoning their refugee claims. In response, the federal government detained most of the migrants who arrived on the following three boats. Because of the scale of the boat arrivals and the decision to detain refugee claimants, Canadian governmental and non-governmental institutions faced unprecedented challenges in responding to this migration. Many of these challenges involved collaboration and resource sharing among institutions. While other federal departments and other levels of government were involved, Citizenship and Immigration Canada (CIC) held primary responsibility, with its mandate to facilitate immigration and to enforce international borders in relation to human migration. This paper is a collective contribution made by seven people – with distinct perspectives – involved in the response to human smuggling in BC in 1999. They convened at a workshop held at the Fifth National Metropolis Conference in Ottawa on 20 October 2001 with the goal of furthering the dialogue about the cross-institutional response to human smuggling. The objective of this paper is to continue the dialogue about the many challenges to responding to human smuggling in Canada, as outlined by speakers. Speakers were asked to address the following questions: (1) What is the framework within which you work (e.g., the mandate and culture of your institution)? (2) What are your roles and responsibilities in responding to human smuggling? (3) What have been the main challenges in the cross-institutional coordination of the response? Details: Vancouver: Vancouver Centre of Excellence, 2002. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: Research on Immigration and Integration in the Metropolis Working Paper Series, No. 02-23: Accessed August 28, 2012 at: http://mbc.metropolis.net/assets/uploads/files/wp/2002/WP02-23.pdf Year: 2002 Country: Canada Keywords: Human Smuggling (Canada) Shelf Number: 126155

Author: Totten, Mark Title: Evaluation Report for the North Central Community Association Regina Anti-Gang Services Circle Keeper Project Summary: The purpose of this report is to provide an overview of the evaluation activities for the Circle Keeper Program of the Regina Anti-Gang Services Project for the period of December 2010 – March 2011. The RAGS Project is a unique initiative for gang-involved Aboriginal youth and young adults aged 16 – 30 years living in the North Central neighbourhood of Regina. It is the only Canadian project of its kind. The RAGS program engages clients in intensive daily services aimed at reducing their involvement in gang life and facilitating their exit from gangs. Circle Keeper is one of the four core programs. The other programs are Life Skills Programming for Young Men; Intensive Gang Exit Counselling; and Outreach to schools and institutions. Both quantitative and qualitative methods were utilized in the evaluation. Fourteen young women completed a baseline interview and eight completed a follow-up survey. Two of the young women who completed baseline surveys died prior to completion of the follow-up surveys. A pre and post design was used for the measurement of change over time. The post measure was administered three months following the baseline measure. It is clear that the Circle Keeper intervention has had a positive effect on the treatment group. The mean and median ages of the fourteen participants were 21.4 years and 20 years respectively. Of the eight young women who completed follow-up surveys, all continued to have close friends who were gang members. Seven young women reported that they frequently partied with gang members at baseline, and these same seven reported having continued partying with gang members throughout the three month program. The one participant who did not party with gang members at baseline did not party with them during the program. Seven participants had a gang-involved boyfriend at baseline whereas only four had gang-involved boyfriends at the time of the follow-up survey. The remaining young woman was in a relationship with a severely abusive partner at baseline and she terminated this relationship during the program. Two exited their gangs and another remained an active gang member. Three participants who were using intravenous drugs daily at baseline got off these drugs in February 2011 and were in a methadone program. An additional woman stopped hard drugs during the program and was only using marijuana at the three-month follow-up. Three women continued their intravenous drug usage throughout the group. Two participants stopped dealing drugs whereas three continued to deal drugs at follow-up. Six decreased their involvement in non-violent crime and four women decreased their involvement in violent crime. Four were active in the sex trade at both time periods, two had reduced their involvement, and one young woman had gotten out of prostitution completely at follow-up. Seven participants engaged in frequent binge drinking at both baseline and follow-up. Seven had frequent contact with police at baseline, whereas only one woman had contact with the police during the group program. Each participant attended on average 38% of all group sessions, or 21 days of programming. On average, the total cost per case was $10,053.86, or $2,513.46/month. This includes all administration costs, such as rent, staffing, evaluation and participant stipends. Given the relatively low attendance rate, this was an expensive program to deliver. Costs are considerably higher compared to the average male RAGS client. Key conclusions of the evaluation include reductions in the overall risk levels and individual risk levels of participants over time. The Circle Keeper program should be replicated in Canada. Details: Gatineau, QC: Totten and Associates, 2011. 88p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 28, 2012 at: http://www.nccaregina.ca/wp-content/uploads/2011/11/Circle-Keeper-Report-Totten-May-10-2011.pdf Year: 2011 Country: Canada Keywords: Aboriginal Youth Shelf Number: 126166

Author: Canada. National Crime Prevention Centre, Public Safety Canada Title: A Statistical Snapshot of Youth at Risk and Youth Offending in Canada Summary: Juvenile delinquency is a complex, multi-faceted issue. In order to devise effective prevention and intervention strategies for youth at risk, it is important to understand the context in which this behaviour occurs. Of the population of youth in Canada, the majority of them will experience normal transitions to adulthood. However, some will be exposed to adverse factors that negatively impact their psycho-social development, and which may even contribute to offending behaviour. This, in turn, may lead to their involvement with the criminal justice system. This report examines the family structure, income, employment, mental health, victimization, families-at-risk, substance use, and school dropout rates of at-risk youth in Canada. This report also examines the statistics of youth offending, including types of crime and criminal justice system involvement. Details: Ottawa, Canada: National Crime Prevention Centre (NCPC), Public Safety Canada, 2012. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 5, 2012 at: http://www.publicsafety.gc.ca/res/cp/res/_fl/ssyr-eng.pdf Year: 2012 Country: Canada Keywords: At-Risk Youth (Canada) Shelf Number: 126268

Author: John Howard Society of Ontario Title: Effective, Just and Humane: A Case for Client-Centered Collaboration: Case Study of John Howard Society of Toronto’s Housing Program Summary: Access to safe and affordable housing is a cornerstone of healthy communities. Failure to provide this necessary foundation for individuals who are vulnerable to homelessness results in a population that faces enormous health disparities, not to mention massive costs to health care and social service systems. Health disparities or inequities are differences in health outcomes that are avoidable, unfair and systematically related to social inequality and disadvantage. The literature is quite clear in this regard: homelessness is inexorably linked with significantly poorer health outcomes, including, but certainly not limited to: being at a higher risk for communicable diseases, acute and often life-threatening conditions, victimization and extremely high mortality rates. Social determinants of health such as poverty, lack of social supports, unemployment and lack of stable housing all increase an individual’s likelihood of becoming homeless. In fact, the underlying determinants of homelessness tend to be the very same factors that predict involvement in the criminal justice system. Indeed, there is a significant bidirectional relationship between homelessness and involvement in the criminal justice system, whereby precariously housed or homeless individuals are more likely to come into conflict with the law and be incarcerated, and once incarcerated, risk of homelessness becomes greater upon eventual release. Not surprisingly then, simply providing housing will not eliminate the existence of homelessness, given all of its associated complexities. It is also necessary to provide resources that address the underlying causes of homelessness, which are manifold (Tremblay, 2009). It is evident from the current literature that the challenges of homelessness require a comprehensive and multi-sectoral solution, which not only addresses the issue of lack of safe and affordable housing, but also targets other intersecting determinants of health inequities experienced by the homeless population. Despite this need, there generally exists a lack of, or inadequate mechanisms for, effective communication between community organizations, government agencies, and other key stakeholders in coordinating the multiple services often required by individuals who are homeless. This need is especially salient for homeless populations who have been recently released from correctional institutions, or who have had previous contact with the criminal justice system, as this population tends to have added challenges that cross-cut any one service sector. Details: Toronto: John Howard Society of Ontario, 2012. 47p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 18, 2012 at: http://www.johnhoward.on.ca/pdfs/FINAL%20Community%20Report%20May%202012.pdf Year: 2012 Country: Canada Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 126369

Author: British Columbia. Ministry of Finance. Internal Audit & Advisory Services Title: Review of the Provincial Justice System in British Columbia Summary: The provincial justice system in British Columbia is jointly administered by the Ministry of Attorney General (MAG) and the Ministry of Public Safety and Solicitor General (PSSG). MAG is responsible for law reform, for the administration of justice and for seeing that public affairs are administered in accordance with the law, while PSSG works to maintain and enhance public safety in every community across the province. Combined, the ministries are responsible for the provision of an effective and efficient justice system, including:  police services;  prosecutorial services;  court services, including family, civil and criminal courts;  the funding of the judiciary; and  corrections services. The justice system has faced increasing demands and related costs resulting in increases in the time a case takes to get to trial, growing number of cases being stayed and unscheduled courtroom closures due to lack of availability of sheriffs and/or court clerks. Further, the size of the judiciary has been a concern in that the number of judge sitting hours may not adequately ensure timely access to justice. In addition, the justice sector is facing significant systemic challenges which serve to drive up costs. As examples, the complexity of crime continues to increase, along with increasing complexity in the legal system and in managing offenders. Organized crime has expanded, and both trafficking in persons and domestic violence require increasingly specialized responses. In order to respond to accelerating demand, delays and resource shortfalls, the ministries continue to rethink and reshape the delivery of justice services. A key goal is to enhance efficiencies and reduce costs by reducing the volume of cases going into the courts, and for more than a decade MAG has devised and implemented a number of justice reform initiatives. Likewise PSSG has implemented a number of initiatives intended to reduce operational costs and eliminate discretionary spending, including risk-based approaches to treating offenders and those under bail supervision and streamlining of services such as health care, food and community corrections. As a result of the increasing pressures on the system, Internal Audit & Advisory Services (IAAS) was requested to conduct a broad review of the Ministries of AG and PSSG. Details: Vancouver, BC: British Columbia Ministry of Finance, 2012(?). 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 21, 2012 at: http://www.ag.gov.bc.ca/public/JusticeSystemReview.pdf Year: 2012 Country: Canada Keywords: Criminal Justice Reform Shelf Number: 126390

Author: Apps, Joel Title: Residential Burglary in Guelph: Looking at the Physical and Social Predictors of Break and Enters Summary: The rate of residential break and enters in Canada has been declining according to official statistics, but has increased according to self reports of victims. Since the 1970s, considerable attention has been given to preventing break and enters by altering the physical environment. However, studies that assess the effects of physical design have produced mixed results. The data for this study were drawn from Guelph Police Service break and enter records, and property site assessments were performed using Google Earth and Street View. Drawing from rational choice and routine activities perspectives, physical and social features of burgled and non-burgled single detached dwellings were assessed to determine which features predicted break and enter victimization. Results suggest little empirical support for place-based crime prevention strategies such as Crime Prevention Through Environmental Design. Details: Guelph, ONT: University of Guelph, 2012. 133p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed September 21, 2012 at: http://dspace.lib.uoguelph.ca/xmlui/bitstream/handle/10214/3866/ETD%20submission%20Apps,%20Joel.pdf?sequence=1 Year: 2012 Country: Canada Keywords: Breaking and Entering Shelf Number: 126393

Author: British Columbia. Minister of Justice Title: Modernizing British Columbia's Justice System Summary: This Green Paper is intended to highlight several key issues within the justice system of British Columbia. These issues include the way independence is preserved, the way information and processes are managed, and the way change is implemented. While significant progress has been made within the justice system in recent years, problems of cost and delay are appearing to a degree which is increasingly unacceptable. Action is required due to the reliance of British Columbians, their families and our economy on a sound system of justice. While the system’s basics – its integrity, its personnel and its ability to innovate – remain strong, indicators of the system’s performance and current health give a mixed and confusing message, particularly in the area of criminal justice. “Inputs” into the system such as the rate of crime and the number of new cases are down. But the length of time spent by people remanded in custody or on bail awaiting trial is increasing, as is the total number of people being managed by the Corrections system. Costs, too, are increasing in real terms. The system is complex and challenging to reform. While it is possible to point to areas where a discussion of reform is warranted, it is also true that there are significant issues of culture and tradition within the system that may impede real understanding and change. Standing above this is the issue of independence of decision-making within the system. It is vital for our democracy that the exercise of judgment in criminal and civil cases – by police, by counsel, by judges and others in the system – be free of interference or influence. At the same time, the close linkage between the different parts of the justice system in managing case files, and our need to explain what is happening within the system, means we must administer the justice system as a system. In doing so, we must remain on strong constitutional grounds. These complexities were before Deputy Ministers during a review of the Ministries of Attorney General and Public Safety and Solicitor General throughout the autumn of 2011. They considered evidence showing that inputs to the system were in decline, as well as the measures currently being implemented across the ministries that are meant to increase efficiencies and reduce future pressures. Considering the counter-intuitive results of the ministries’ work – that resource demands continue – Deputies engaged Internal Audit to look more closely at immediate funding pressures and future costs. A number of areas of possible reform have been identified, and many more remain to be discovered. However, two important steps are required before further conclusions about next steps are drawn. First, an immediate review by an external observer is sought by government, focused on those areas considered within the realm of judicial independence and including the delivery of concrete recommendations for action. Second, input on this Green Paper will be sought from participants in the system as well as the citizens of British Columbia, who are the system’s ultimate stakeholders. The review and consultations will continue at the same time as ongoing administrative reform initiatives are being undertaken in the ministries. In July, government will issue the results of the review and consultations, along with an update on the ongoing administrative reforms, and will develop a plan of action to be outlined in a White Paper on Justice Reform in September 2012. Details: Vancouver, British Columbia: Minister of Justice, 2012. 32p. Source: Green Paper: Internet Resource: Accessed September 23, 2012 at http://www.ag.gov.bc.ca/public/JusticeSystemReviewGreenPaper.pdf Year: 2012 Country: Canada Keywords: Administration of Justice Shelf Number: 126402

Author: McDougall, Kate Title: Selling Sex: A Study of Adult Women Who Exchange Sex for Money or Drugs on Toronto's Moss Park Stroll Summary: This research is a phenomenological case study on street-level sex work and the adult women who exchange sex for money or drugs in Moss Park, a particularly poor and crime-ridden neighborhood in Downtown Toronto. Hopefully, this research can be extrapolated and applied to other urban neighborhoods where street-level sex work is prevalent. The chosen methodology for this study was ten qualitative, guided one-on-one interviews in which the researcher was careful not to impose an outside conceptual framework. It is hoped that this research will help continue to cultivate a dialogue with the women engaged in this form of labor and further the ongoing discussions regarding sex work, violence, health and well-being, and the individual’s own identity and experience in street-level sex work. The information gathered from ten marginalized women who identify as being sex workers is intended to provide not only the social service organizations and advocacy groups in the community with an educational tool for understanding the nature of street-level sex work in Moss Park, but also a source of empowerment for both the women and the surrounding community to seek both change and urban social transformation around this issue. Details: Philadelphia: Eastern University, 2011. 94p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed September 26, 2012 at: http://www.eastern.edu/academic/ccgps/ssc/urban/pdf/McDougall_Thesis_690_5-9-2011.pdf Year: 2011 Country: Canada Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 126462

Author: Cox, Lisa Title: Global Monitoring Status of Action Against Commercial Sexual Exploitation of Children: Canada. 2nd Edition Summary: While childa prostitution is present throughout Canada, it is most visible in larger urban centres, such as Montreal, Toronto and Vancouver, where small organised crime groups often control prostitution rings involving children. It is estimated that the average age of children entering prostitution in Canada is 13 to 18. Despite this problem, there are extremely limited services to support sexually exploited children. Experts in the field note that the single biggest challenge is securing safe housing for these child victims, as organisations providing shelter and focused services struggle to find funding to provide the full array of services needed. Several distinct groups of children are at particular risk of becoming involved in the sex trade in Canada. Those vulnerable groups include runaways, unwanted children, youth living independently, and children using Internet communications to solicit clients for sex. These children generally lack supervision and are developmentally unprepared to deal with the dangers associated with the sex trade. Canada is a source, transit, and destination country for children subjected to trafficking in persons. Across the country Canadian women and girls, particularly from Aboriginal communities, and foreign women and children, primarily from Asia and Eastern Europe, have been identified as victims of sex trafficking and commercial sexual exploitation. Victims of sex trafficking have been identified from the following countries: China, Hong Kong, Fiji, Taiwan, South Korea, the Philippines, Romania, Ukraine and Moldova. It is reported that Asian victims are found primarily in Vancouver and Western Canada while victims from Eastern Europe are primarily sent to Toronto, Montreal and Eastern Canada. Authorities also report Canadian lawmakers continue to grapple with the pressures and complexities of new technologies that increase the availability of child pornography. In the past several years, investigators in Canada have reported an increase in the number of videos available that depict child sexual abuse, as well as an increase in the size of personal collections that organised crime units are often involved and that many of the victims, especially ones from South Korea, were “in-transit” to the United States. Details: Bangkok: ECPAT International, 2012. 62p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 3, 2012 at: http://www.ecpat.net/EI/Pdf/A4A_II/A4A_V2_AM_CANADA.pdf Year: 2012 Country: Canada Keywords: Child Pornography Shelf Number: 126551

Author: Canada. Parliament. Standing Senate Committee on Human Rights Title: The Sexual Exploitation of Children in Canada: the Need for National Action Summary: The exploitation of children through prostitution, child pornography, the luring of children over the Internet and any sexual abuse of a child are all forms of sexual exploitation. The common thread that runs through these crimes is that a child‘s inherent human dignity has been violated for the sexual gratification of adults. Whether these adults are referred to as sexual predators, sex offenders, or child abusers, they are taking advantage of Canada‘s most vulnerable members, its children, and abusing the trust that children place in adults to protect them and to help them identify what is in their best interest. The Standing Senate Committee on Human Rights (the committee) began its study in 2009 of ―the issue of the sexual exploitation of children in Canada, with a particular emphasis on understanding the scope and prevalence of the problem of the sexual exploitation of children across the country and in particularly affected communities.‖ It had previously drawn attention to the pressing need for action by the Government of Canada in response to the commercial sexual exploitation of children in its 2007 report, Children: The Silenced Citizens, Effective Implementation of Canada’s International Obligations with Respect to the Rights of Children. Over the course of the present study, the committee learned from witnesses that the sexual exploitation of children is all too prevalent and that much more needs to be done to provide appropriate help to children who find themselves in these situations. The committee heard from many Canadians who are working to reduce the incidence of sexual exploitation in Canada and to assist those children who have been sexually exploited. These witnesses have a wealth of experience, creative initiative and commitment to contribute and we applaud their dedication. It became clear from their testimony, however, that many organisations across Canada do not have the funding, resources and support necessary to allow them to share experiences among themselves and to build upon each others‘ strengths. Witnesses also emphasized that there is currently a limited understanding of the scope and extent of sexual exploitation in Canada, of the challenges facing children in this regard, of the root causes that make some children more vulnerable to abuse, and of the various methods being used to lure children into exploitive situations. This lack of knowledge only serves to help the perpetrators who sexually exploit children. In this report, the committee provides its recommendations for how the federal government can develop well-informed policies, programs and services to help children avoid, escape or heal from the harms of sexual exploitation. Immediate action is also needed to ensure that an adequate and consistent level of services is available across the country to all Canadian children. By supporting the work of government agencies and non-government organisations through the national gathering of appropriate data and research, performing the appropriate analyses, and thereby leading the way to the development of better programs, the Government of Canada can lay the foundation for rebuilding children‘s trust that Canada can truly help them. Details: Ottawa: Canadian Parliament, 2011. 101p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 5, 2012 at: http://www.parl.gc.ca/Content/SEN/Committee/411/ridr/rep/rep03nov11-e.pdf Year: 2011 Country: Canada Keywords: Child Pornography Shelf Number: 126560

Author: Skinnider, Eileen Title: Canada’s Approach to Minor Offences, Behavioural Problems and Administrative Detention Summary: In the past few years, the Government of China has been reviewing and revising various forms of administrative detention that continue to be used in parallel to the criminal justice system. The “Re-education Through Labor” (laodong jiaoyang) permits the detention for up to four years of people who are not formally regarded as “criminals”. This form of administrative detention applies to people who are accused of minor offences which are not considered to amount to “crime” in China. For example, this can include people who are deemed to disturb public order, such as prostitutes and people who engage in fights and petty theft. Detention for these groups of people is usually decided by the public security alone, without much judicial supervision or review, without charge or trial, with no right to counsel and no opportunity to defend themselves. The re-education through labour process does not proceed under the Chinese criminal justice system, however people receiving such a term can be detained for one to three years, which can be further extended by one year. With the signing of the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights, China is preparing to change the Re-education Through Labour system to ensure the compatibility of the Chinese legal system with the provisions in the Covenant. This paper is meant to assist our Chinese partners in such a review by providing some information on the Canadian approach to minor crime and problem behaviour as well as the use of detention outside the criminal justice system. In Canada, a crime involves socially proscribed wrongdoing that have been “agreed” by society as conduct that goes against not only the victim but also the community. Even “minor offences” are dealt with in the criminal justice system, whether this is through the traditional or community based approach. The traditional criminal model puts the State in charge; the case is investigated by the police, the charge is brought by the prosecution and it is up to the State as to how far it will proceed. With the recent concern of the overburden in and cost of the justice system5, as well as the shifting emphasis on restorative justice principles, many countries including Canada, are introducing various measures or alternatives to deal with minor offences. Such alternatives may be based on the restorative justice model which creates greater opportunities for involvement by the victims and more substantial connection between victim and offender. Our criminal justice system focuses on specific acts defined as crimes in the Canadian Criminal Code. Of course these specific acts may be manifestations of underlying behavioural issues. Our system does not criminalise “behavior” per se, nor do we generally detain people who are seen as exhibiting problem behaviour that does not amount to a specific criminal act. There are other State mechanisms that address social ills, such as drug addiction, poverty, child neglect, but these do not generally include detention. However, administrative detention, or the use of forcible confinement for non-criminal matters, is used in a number of situations such as immigration and refugee claims, mental health issues and youth protection. Part II of this paper serves as a review of the Canadian criminal justice system and the international norms pertaining to restorative justice and administrative detention. The importance of ensuring adequate safeguards, fairness and due process in administrative detention proceedings provided by international law is reflected in the Canadian laws on administrative detention. In addressing detention within the criminal justice system, Canada has played a significant role in promoting the importance of restorative justice around the world. The recent United Nations recommendations reflect the growing tendency by countries to seek alternatives to the traditional punishment discourse. Part III examines the history and evolution of the various forms of punishment and incarceration in Canada particularly dealing with minor offences and problem behaviour. Part IV provides an overview of non-custodial measures currently in place in Canada to deal with minor offences. Underlying many of these measures are the principles of restorative justice, providing the victims and the community the opportunity to have a voice while holding the offender accountable for his or her actions. Part V looks specifically at how the Canadian system deals with vagrancy, prostitution, drug addiction, and child abuse or neglect. Part VI examines the procedural fairness that applies to administrative detention situations in Canada. Lastly, Part VII introduces some interesting alternatives to incarceration being undertaken by other countries. While each of these topics could easily be the subject of lengthy discussion, the modest purpose of this paper is to provide an introductory exploration of the legal framework relating to each. Details: Vancouver, BC, Canada: International Centre for Criminal Law Reform and Criminal Justice Policy, 2005. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 5, 2012 at: http://www.icclr.law.ubc.ca/publications/reports/china_re-education_through_labor.pdf Year: 2005 Country: Canada Keywords: Administrative Detention Shelf Number: 126875

Author: Stockwell, Tim Title: Operator and Regulatory Best Practices in the Reduction of Violence in and Around Licensed Premises: A Review of Australian and Canadian Research Summary: The social, health and economic costs of alcohol related problems are conservatively estimated to cost the people of Canada $14.6 billion per annum (Rehm et al., 2006). The problems of violence in and around licensed premises make a significant though often hidden contribution to these health, social and economic costs. Responding to alcohol related incidents utilizes a great deal of police and other emergency services resources, especially late at night when provision for these services is often stretched. This report was prepared to support efforts to respond to growing community concerns about alcohol related violence in recent years. While violence in and around licensed premises is commonplace among economically developed nations, especially in areas with large clusters of licensed venues, there are some special circumstances contributing to these problems in some regions of Canada, notably British Columbia and Alberta. These include a relatively healthy economy, an influx of young male fly in-fly out workers in some areas and the increasingly deregulated liquor markets. The purpose of this report is to summarize the evidence for "what works" in communitywide efforts to prevent the problem of violence in and around licensed premises based mostly on Australian and Canadian research. Special reference is made throughout to 92 strategies recommended as a result of the Alberta Roundtables on violence in and around licensed premises (Alberta Gaming and Liquor Commission, 2006). These strategies are grouped into larger categories in the present report under the general headings of operator, regulatory and community mobilization strategies. Each category was given a rating based upon the level of available evidence. In order to aid local efforts to implement evidence-based strategies, a set of basic principles are recommended for successful violence prevention in this particular arena. Details: Victoria, BC : Centre for Addictions Research of BC, 2010. 78p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 6, 2012 at: http://www.carbc.ca/Portals/0/propertyagent/558/files/15/alcohol&violence.pdf Year: 2010 Country: Canada Keywords: Alcohol Abuse (Canada, Australia) Shelf Number: 126887

Author: Skinnider, Eileen Title: Corruption in Canada: Reviewing Practices from Abroad to Improve Our Response Summary: The impact of corruption and the associated costs to society are better understood today than even two decades ago. It’s been said that we are now in a “new world of international anti-corruption standards and enforcement”. The last twenty years have seen a fundamental shift in attitudes about corruption. This is reflected in the increased efforts at the international and national levels to reduce and fight corruption. Some countries have introduced broad jurisdictional reach in their criminalization of transnational official bribery and others have expanded and updated their domestic bribery laws, pursuant to treaties or simply due to an enhanced focus on combating corruption. Canada, like many other States, is confronted with the challenge of determining how best to respond and effectively combat corruption. The perception of Canada as an honest corrupt-free society is slipping, somewhat. It is telling that Canada’s ranking on the Transparency International (TI) Corruption Perception Index has gone from 6th place out of183 countries in 2010 to 10th place in 2011. Further, from another TI Survey, we see Canada going from being tied for first place in 2008 for honesty abroad to being tied for sixth place in 2011. Another survey by TI shows that Canadians think corruption is on the rise and that the government is not doing enough to stop it. With the establishment of a commission of inquiry into alleged corruption in the construction industry in Quebec, the media reports regarding federal spending related to the G20 summit in 2010, the Schreiber affair, the sponsorship scandal and the recent criticism by the OECD Working Group of Canada’s poor enforcement record relating to bribery of foreign public officials, questions arise including whether Canada’s current legal framework and policies are sufficient to combat corruption. In particular, what impact does this expansion of transnational and domestic laws have on Canadians and Canadian companies? How does the Canadian legal framework fare in comparison with this complex compliance and enforcement environment? What can we learn from other countries to improve our own legal response? Details: Vancouver, BC: The International Centre for Criminal Law Reform and Criminal Justice Policy (ICCLR), 2012. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 9, 2012 at: http://www.icclr.law.ubc.ca/files/2012/Final%20Paper%20Corruption-09%20May%202012.pdf Year: 2012 Country: Canada Keywords: Bribes Shelf Number: 126896

Author: Carli, Vivien Title: The Aboriginal Justice Research Project: Report Summary: Increasing numbers of Aboriginal people in Canada are migrating to cities, and 50.6% of Aboriginal people now live in urban areas. The city has for many decades been envisioned as a place of opportunity and providing freedom from challenges back home. Montreal is but one example of a city that has experienced a growing Aboriginal population due to educational and employment opportunities, and reconnecting with family and friends. At this point in time we know that 17,865 Aboriginal people live in Montreal (Census 2006). Montreal is among the smallest per capita Aboriginal population; Aboriginal people account for just 0.5 percent of the total population of Montreal, on par with Toronto (UAPS 2011). However, according to the Census (2006) the Aboriginal population in Montreal is the fastest growing populace out of all the cities that were examined in the Urban Aboriginal Peoples Study (2011). The ‘average’ Aboriginal person living in Montreal is female, identifies herself as First Nations, is between the age of 25 and 44, has either a high school or college degree, has an average household income of $10,000 to $30,000 and lives in a rented apartment or house (UAPS Montreal report 2011). One can compare this to the ‘average’ Montreal resident who is male, identifies himself as a Canadian citizen, is between the age of 35 and 44, has either a high school or university degree, has an average household income of $68,000 and lives in a private house or condo (Statistics Canada 2007). While Montreal may be attracting more Aboriginal people, safety is a major issue for many new arrivals as well as long-term residents. Montreal’s Aboriginal population is still relatively invisible, however their vulnerability to crime and violence is oftentimes overlooked despite the fact that they experience a heightened level of exposure compared to most other groups in the city. As in other Canadian urban areas, Aboriginal people are overrepresented in the criminal justice system when one compares their representation in the city. Further, a high proportion of Aboriginal people are victims of crime and violence and Aboriginal women face greater risk of victimization, poverty and oppression than non-Aboriginal women. Urban Aboriginal youth are the fastest growing segment of the Aboriginal population in Canada and face discrimination by the wider community and denied equal opportunities in employment and education, thus being forced to engage in aggressive and risky behaviour, and illegal activities. Taking this information into consideration, safety is an important issue which cannot be neglected. Safety embodies all aspects of one’s life and is instrumental in the achievement of an equitable and inclusive city for all. Details: Montreal: International Centre for the Prevention of Crime, 2012. 130p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed November 23, 2012 at: http://www.reseaumtlnetwork.com/eng/Portals/5/Report%20on%20the%20Aboriginal%20Justice%20Research%20Project.pdf Year: 2012 Country: Canada Keywords: Aboriginal Peoples (Montreal, Canada) Shelf Number: 126950

Author: Gastaldo, Denise Title: Entangled in a Web of Exploitation and Solidarity: Latin American Undocumented Workers in the Greater Toronto Area Summary: This e-book describes key findings of a three-year research project on the health consequences of undocumented work in the largest urban area in Canada – the Greater Toronto Area (GTA). This report has been written to reach a general audience and includes several features of workers’ trajectories because most aspects of people’s health are socially constructed through everyday life. In doing so, we hope to contribute to a social dialogue informed by research findings, that moves beyond moral arguments regarding “deserving and undeserving migrants” which frequently characterize discussions on migration issues. We propose that the experiences of undocumented workers in Canada are embedded in a complex web or matrix of simultaneously oppressive and supportive structures that transcend the sphere of home, work, and community. Several international and national players are intertwined in this web which ultimately functions to create a flexible and cheap workforce for Canadian businesses and constrains workers’ physical, economic and personal mobility once in Canada, with severe consequences for their health and well-being. We explore this central concept through four interrelated chapters and conclude with key messages to stimulate dialogue among a range of stakeholders. In Chapter 1, we explore the reasons why people migrate to Canada, the conditions that make such journeys possible, and the material and subjective reasons for why they stay, despite having limited legal and social protections. We also illustrate the complex pathways in which people fall out of status, and examine the manner in which undocumented migration, as a global phenomenon, is simultaneously created and maintained by global and national level policies, macro-economic and labour market trends and personal level interests that are deeply entrenched in dominant structures of power. In Chapter 2, we untangle the ways in which undocumented migrants report going about their lives in Canada and link their everyday life circumstances to their precarious employment relations and working conditions. We advance the notion of the existence of a web of solidarity and exploitation to characterize the daily life of workers and the challenges they face as they try to resettle and obtain work in a new land. In Chapter 3, we discuss the “tactics” they employ for coping and resisting exploitative conditions, and for functional aspects of their lives such as keeping a job and staying busy. We explore the role of workers’ individual agency and the much related role of hope and spirituality in the coping process. Finally, in chapter 4, we discuss some of the impacts of lack of status of citizenship. We examine the impact of fear on mental health and the production of institutional and interpersonal forms of social exclusion that exacerbate poor health among this population. We also explore the linkages between the types of jobs held by these workers and their health needs, including emergency care and long term health. We explore workers’ experiences of (in) access and to health and social services and critique the role of citizenship in the provision of rights and entitlements. Details: Toronto: University of Toronto, 2012. 160p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 23, 2012 at: http://www.migrationhealth.ca/sites/default/files/Entangled_in_a_web_of_exploitation_and_solidarity_LQ.pdf Year: 2012 Country: Canada Keywords: Health Care Shelf Number: 126982

Author: Basi, Sandip Title: Housing Homeless Youth in Vancouver: Key Barriers and Strategic Responses Summary: The objective of this study − which was developed by master's students from Simon Fraser University's School of Public Policy for BC Housing − is to describe an effective strategy for tackling youth homelessness in Vancouver. Our approach focuses on four key deliverables: 1) a literature review on youth homelessness, 2) a summary of successful youth-homelessness programs and policies, 3) three case studies of programs that effectively address youth homelessness, and 4) an inventory of services for homeless youth in Vancouver. The process of selecting successful practices begins with a short review of the considerable literature on the subject. The literature reflects a general consensus on several important aspects of the problem, such as the diversity of the population, common causes and accepted strategies. Informed by these sources and by recommendations from policymakers and practitioners in the field, we selected several practices to review from different Canadian cities (notably Calgary and Toronto) and comparable countries (Australia, the U.K. and the United States). The study also includes a thorough review of the services available to homeless youth in Vancouver as well as input from Vancouver-area practitioners about what is working, what isn't and what still needs to be done. This data informs our final recommendations about what a strategy to address youth homelessness in Vancouver should include. (Our case studies and inventory of Vancouver services can be found in the appendices.) Ultimately, our findings show that what’s missing in Vancouver is not a specific service or policy, but a system-wide strategy to tackle youth homelessness. Our recommendations highlight three overarching principles that should guide such a strategy and a list of specific programs that would help deliver the objectives of each principle. Details: Burnaby, BC, Canada: BC Housing, 2012. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 26, 2012 at: http://homelesshub.ca/ResourceFiles/Housing%20Homeless%20Youth%20in%20Vancouver%20Key%20Barriers%20and%20Strategic%20Responses.pdf Year: 2012 Country: Canada Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 127001

Author: Diplock, Jordan Title: Clandestine Drug Laboratories In British Columbia Summary: This report describes the results of a study undertaken to find out more about synthetic drug production operations, specifically methamphetamine in British Columbia. The study sought to provide a picture of selected characteristics of clandestine synthetic drug labs discovered by police in recent years, giving particular attention to how these labs came to the attention of police and how, as cases, they were investigated, prosecuted, and sentenced. Further, the study sought to describe the nature of these labs and the characteristics of the offenders involved. Details: Abbottsford, BC: Centre for Criminal Justice Research (CCJR) University College of the Fraser Valley, 2005. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed January 23, 2013 at: http://www.ufv.ca/Assets/CCJR/CCJR+Resources/CCJR+Publications/Clandestine_Labs_BC_(English).pdf Year: 2005 Country: Canada Keywords: Illegal Drugs Shelf Number: 127357

Author: Perreault, Samuel Title: Impaired Driving in Canada, 2011 Summary: Impaired driving has been a recognized criminal act in Canada since 1921. Despite a sizeable drop in the impaired driving rate since the mid-1980s, impaired driving is the leading cause of criminal death in Canada. Impaired driving continues to be an important issue for governments throughout Canada, as well as for police services, the justice system, community organizations and the general public. In Canada, the Criminal Code prohibits driving while one’s ability to operate a vehicle is impaired by alcohol or drugs. It is also an offence to drive with a blood alcohol concentration (BAC) in excess of 80 mg of alcohol per 100 ml of blood. In recent decades, the federal government has implemented numerous measures to combat impaired driving. For example, a number of amendments have been made to the Criminal Code to increase the minimum and maximum penalties for impaired driving, with the most recent amendment introduced in July 2008. In addition to the measures taken by the federal government, the provinces and territories have instituted administrative penalties or controls that allow immediate action to be taken against suspected impaired drivers. All jurisdictions except Quebec have also implemented temporary preventive suspensions for drivers with a BAC that is considered elevated, but still below the criminal limit of .08 set out in the Criminal Code. As well, all provinces have adopted zero BAC limits for novice drivers as part of graduated driver-licensing schemes (Standing Committee on Justice and Human Rights 2009), while half have adopted similar limits for all young drivers, whether or not they are novice. These provincial and territorial administrative sanctions enable police to remove drivers who have been drinking from the road, yet avoid the longer time required for the police to process a Criminal Code impaired driving charge (Standing Committee on Justice and Human Rights 2009). This Juristat article analyzes trends in police-reported impaired driving in Canada, as defined by the Criminal Code, the penalties imposed by the courts, as well as characteristics of those admitted to correctional services for an impaired driving conviction. Details: Ottawa: Statistics Canada, 2013. 29p. Source: Internet Resource: Juristat Article: Accessed January 31, 2013 at: http://www.statcan.gc.ca/pub/85-002-x/2013001/article/11739-eng.pdf Year: 2013 Country: Canada Keywords: Driving Under the Influence (Canada) Shelf Number: 127463

Author: Morselli, Carlo Title: The Mobility of Criminal Groups Summary: The present discussion paper will review evidence from past research that offers alternative themes and theories regarding the shifts and patterns in the mobility of criminal groups. Our main objective is to identify push and pull factors that will help us understand how and why criminal groups, organizations, or general organized crime patterns are present across a variety of settings (i.e., geographical locations, criminal markets, and legitimate industries). Push factors refer to forces which drive criminal groups from a setting. Pull factors refer to forces which draw criminal groups to a setting. Aside from reviewing past research in search of such factors, we also apply the general understanding that emerges from our analysis to assessing journalistic case studies that addressed organized crime threats in Canada during recent years. The concluding section of this report identifies the key issues that must be addressed within this area and provides a series of recommendations that law-enforcement officials and policy makers should find relevant for their own experiences with this particular problem. A distinction is made between contexts in which offenders organize around available opportunities (the strategic context) and contexts in which opportunities create organized offenders (the emergent context). The most general statement that can be formulated from the present exercise is that the opportunities matter more than the group itself. What we will demonstrate in this report is that the problems concerning geographical locations, criminal markets, and legitimate industries that are vulnerable to organized crime are persistent and stable over time. Groups that seize such opportunities, on the other hand, are transient and more than often short-lived. Thus, preventing the environmental problems that persist over time and from one criminal group to the next is a more effective approach than repressing one group at a time. This general guideline is supported by past research. Our assessment maintains that while many claim that criminal organizations are intentionally or strategically mobilizing themselves to seize opportunities in various geographical locations across the world, empirical demonstrations supporting such claims are lacking, with most restricted to anecdotal illustrations. Empirical research in this area is rare and the few studies that do provide some level of systematic data generally fall in a less strategic image of criminal groups. Instead, criminal groups are the product of offenders’ adaptations to the constraints and opportunities surrounding them. Such groups are self-organizing and emergent in settings where there are considerable vulnerabilities to exploit across a variety of cross-border, cross-market, and cross-industry contexts. In short, it appears that there is plenty of hype and little demonstration in favour of the more sensationalist strategic criminal organization. In turn, there is less hype and growing evidence for the less sensationalist emergent organized crime scenario. This research review probes the multitude of past studies on criminal market settings, the ethnic composition of criminal networks, criminogenic conditions in legitimate settings, and general research on criminal mobility patterns. The principal push and pull factors identified often overlap across each area of research, with some relating to specific contexts. Details: Ottawa: Organized Crime Division, Law Enforcement and Policy Branch, Public Safety Canada, 2010. 47p. Source: Internet Resource: Report no. 004, 2010: Accessed February 8, 2013 at: http://publications.gc.ca/collections/collection_2012/sp-ps/PS4-91-2010-eng.pdf Year: 2010 Country: Canada Keywords: Criminal Networks Shelf Number: 127555

Author: Silverstone, Daniel Title: A Response to “The Mobility of Criminal Groups”. A reflection in light of recent research on Vietnamese organized crime Summary: The degree to which organized crime groups extend their activities and influence into new geographic areas is a major concern for law enforcement officials and policy makers worldwide. Over the last decade, a number of researchers have conducted specialized studies and reviews of this phenomenon, and have offered a number of explanations of its underlying drivers. Recently, Morselli, Turcotte, and Tenti (2010) were commissioned by Public Safety Canada to prepare a report on this topic, The Mobility of Criminal Groups, which reviewed several case studies and prior commentaries and, based on an inductive (evidence-based) process, offered a conceptual framework for understanding how organized crime groups come to establish themselves (successfully or unsuccessfully) in places outside of their area of origin. The current discussion paper consists of a written response to Morselli et al.’s report, reflecting on their position in light of recent research on Vietnamese organized crime in the UK (Silverstone & Savage 2010; Silverstone 2010). In particular, the current paper will provide:  an assessment of the comprehensiveness and depth of the literature review in Morselli et al’s (2010) paper;  a critical reflection and commentary on the strategic vs. emergent taxonomy described by Morselli et al (2010), as well as the associated push and pull factors;  a succinct review of recent case studies on the growth of organized crime within the Vietnamese community in the UK (Silverstone & Savage 2010; Silverstone 2010), with a particular focus on how well the events fit into Morselli et al’s (2010) strategic vs. emergent taxonomy, as well as a discussion of whether the push and pull factors identified by Morselli et al (2010) can account for these developments;  suggestions for additions to the identified push and pull factors; and recommendations for how law enforcement officials and policy makers could use knowledge of the various push and pull factors to stem the transnational spread of organized crime groups. Details: Ottawa: Organized Crime Division, Law Enforcement and Policy Branch, Public Safety Canada, 2010. 19p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed February 11, 2013 at: http://publications.gc.ca/collections/collection_2012/sp-ps/PS14-1-2011-eng.pdf Year: 2010 Country: Canada Keywords: Criminal Networks Shelf Number: 127561

Author: Glasser, Uwe Title: Estimating Possible Criminal Organizations from Co-offending Data Summary: A method of data mining regular police records to identify possible criminal organizations has been developed. Between 2001 and 2006, offending related to 236 possible criminal organizations was reported to RCMP "E" Division, with 39 of the groups being particularly serious. This study combined computational mathematical analysis, social network analysis methods, and data mining techniques in a unique way to automatically identify traces of possible criminal organizations in operational police records. Under Canadian law organized crime groups, such as gangs, are termed "criminal organizations." The minimum requirements characterizing a criminal organization are that it consists of three or more people; that there is the commission of a serious criminal offence that can result in a material benefit; and that group offending happen more than once. The dataset that was used in the study was extracted from the Police Information and Retrieval System of RCMP "E" Division. (RCMP "E" Division covers most of British Columbia, not including some urban areas in the Lower Mainland like Vancouver and the Victoria area.) The massive dataset of more than 4 million records covered all reported offences and all persons associated with a crime, from complaint to charge, from mid-2001 to mid-2006, for the policing jurisdiction. Using social network analysis methods, the research first identified groups of people that the police-reported data indicated had co-offended with one another. (A "co-offence" is when one or more offenders are associated with a crime incident.) The level of activity, seriousness of criminality, and material benefit associated with the offending for these co-offending groups was then calculated and compared between years. Two different methods were used to determine the level of criminality for a co-offending group. This identified which co-offending groups demonstrated the minimum characteristics of a possible criminal organization and which demonstrated the characteristics of a particularly serious criminal organization. The research then examined how group membership and the structure of these groups changed over time. The analysis identified more than 18,000 groupings of co-offenders in the crimes that came to police attention. Of these 18,000 groupings, approximately 300 groups were active over a period of time. Of the 300 groups active over a period of time, 236 committed at least one serious offence. These 236 groups represent possible criminal organizations, as they met the minimum quantitative criteria under law for a criminal organization. When only co-offending groups that were active over a period of time which consistently committed crimes that were of above average seriousness were considered, 39 possible criminal organizations of particular seriousness were identified. Most of the more serious criminal organizations that were identified were also very active over a number of years, indicating their greater stability and intensity of offending compared to the other possible criminal organizations. Similarly, if a group was more criminally active, its members were more likely to have committed serious crimes. Estimating Possible Criminal Organizations from Co-offending Data PUBLIC SAFETY CANADA - Most of the possible criminal organizations were quite small, with an average core group's size being between six and seven individuals. The particularly serious possible criminal organizations had an even smaller average size, of just less than five. The less serious possible criminal organizations tended to have more peripheral members and a less tightly connected core group. This type of analysis may eventually provide a useful tool for operational policing in the real-time identification of individuals possibly associated with a criminal organization, as well as serve as an alternative source of information in intelligence gathering and verification. Intelligence and further criminal analysis is required to properly use this type of information in the investigation of, and reporting on, organized crime because there are a number of caveats regarding these possible criminal organizations that have been identified. Further work would be required to determine if the possible criminal organizations identified were component parts of larger organized crime groups. It is possible that not all individuals in a criminal organization are included in the identified networks because only police-reported crime information was analyzed. Individuals operating in the background or who are more able to escape police interventions, who may be more likely to direct the activities of others, would not be captured with this type of methodology. Details: Ottawa: Public Safety Canada, 2012. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 13, 2013 at: http://publications.gc.ca/collections/collection_2012/sp-ps/PS14-7-2012-eng.pdf Year: 2012 Country: Canada Keywords: Co-offending Shelf Number: 127602

Author: Thomson, Jessica Title: Housing Needs of Adults Post-Incarceration in Edmonton Summary: The Mustard Seed is a humanitarian organization that delivers basic services, housing, and employment programs to those in need and partners with the community to address the root causes of poverty. As the organization develops and expands its housing programs it recognizes that one of its strengths is the ability and experience to work with the correctional population. This research study is an investigation into the housing status and plans of adults being discharged from correctional facilities into the Edmonton area. Headed by the Mustard Seed, the project was conducted in collaboration with researchers from the University of Alberta. Aside from one recent study conducted by the John Howard Society in Toronto it appears that very little research has been conducted on this topic in the Canadian context and virtually none has been done in Edmonton. This exploratory study aims to address a gap in the research on the challenges faced by incarcerated populations and their post-incarceration housing status in Edmonton and surrounding area. There are five federal institutions (Edmonton Institution, Edmonton Institution for Women, Stan Daniels, Buffalo Sage, Grierson) in Edmonton, another a federal institution that releases into Edmonton (Bowden Institution), a Remand Centre, and a Provincial Centre in a suburb near Edmonton. The consequence of being home to or near to these institutions is a high number of offenders settling in the Edmonton area post-incarceration. The implications for housing-related issues and challenges to reintegration are significant. Although research specific to the Edmonton area is lacking other research suggests that the first 90 days after release is the critical period that can ‘make or break’ the reintegration effort (Oregon Re-entry, 2011). Numerous studies acknowledge the link between incarceration, reintegration, and homelessness. In a recent study of homelessness and incarceration among Aboriginal women in Canada, Walsh et al. (2012) pointed out that Aboriginal women who are incarcerated are at an increased risk to be homeless and those who are homeless are at an increased risk for being incarcerated. A 2004 study in the United Kingdom acknowledged that the risk of re-offending is linked to a former prisoner’s housing situation and that accommodation issues can increase the likelihood of reoffending by up to 20% (Home Office, 2004a, p. 9, from Harding & Harding, 2006). In Canada, the link between incarceration and homelessness has been most fully described by a recent Toronto study. According to Homeless and Jailed: Jailed and Homeless, a study conducted by the John Howard Society of Toronto (2010) being homeless increases the likelihood of ending up in jail, while imprisonment increases the risk of homelessness. As Padgett et al. (2006) have argued, a ‘housing first’ approach to addressing the needs of those dealing with homelessness, mental illness, and drug addiction – common challenges to many leaving prison – is much more successful in dealing with mental illness and drug addiction issues than standard models of care. Research Questions The research questions informing this project are: 1. What is the housing status of adults transitioning from correctional facilities into the Greater Edmonton Area into the community? 2. Do releases from correctional facilities impact the homeless count in the Greater Edmonton area? 3. Does this demographic require additional support around issues pertaining to housing? Details: Edmonton, AB, Canada: Mustard Seed Edmonton and the University of Alberta, 2013. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 22, 2013 at: http://www.homewardtrust.ca/images/resources/2013-02-11-14-31MustardSeed_FINAL_2013%2001%2030.pdf Year: 2013 Country: Canada Keywords: Ex-Offenders Shelf Number: 127705

Author: Didenko, Eugenia Title: Evaluation Report: National Employability Skills Program Summary: Employment is a prevalent and well-documented need among federal offenders (Brews, Luong & Nafekh, 2010; Correctional Service of Canada Review Panel, 2007; Delveaux, Blanchette, & Wickette, 2005; Gillis, 2000; Gillis & Andrews, 2005; Taylor et al., 2008; Trevethan & Rastin, 2003). As one part of the Correctional Service of Canada’s (CSC) employment continuum aimed at providing offenders with employment support from intake to post-release, the National Employability Skills Program (NESP) offers training in the generic, transferable skills necessary to secure and maintain employment in the community. NESP is estimated to have an annual budget of approximately $442,667. The present evaluation was conducted to examine the relevance, implementation, success, and cost-effectiveness of the program. The evaluation found that the employability skills targeted by NESP had consistently been identified as relevant and important for employers across occupational sectors, and that the program was consistent with government-wide and correctional priorities. Since the program’s inception, NESP was delivered to incarcerated offenders across CSC regions by trained facilitators who reported to have performed program activities in accordance with program guidelines. The majority of NESP participants were awarded employability skills certificates from The Conference Board of Canada and improvements in offenders’ employability skills were noted by program facilitators, work supervisors and program participants themselves. Importantly, skill improvements were observed in all twelve employability skills targeted by the program. Overall, NESP participants were as likely as a comparison group to find employment in the community, although women participants were more likely to gain employment than women participants in the comparison group. In addition, participation in NESP was associated with a reduced likelihood of any first return to custody and a first return for new offence. When the treatment effect of the program was examined separately for different offender subgroups, these results only held true for male participants. Several program design and implementation issues appeared to have contributed to the limited treatment effect on examined community correctional outcomes. For example, although participants were expected to apply the employability skills they acquired through the program in their immediate work environment, some institutional work assignments did not appear to have provided such opportunity. Also, many work supervisors reported that they were not familiar with NESP and did not consistently perform program activities. Program facilitators, on the other hand, identified the need to revise the curriculum content and teaching methods to be more applicable to the offender population and the types of jobs they would likely obtain upon release, and to foster hands-on learning in the classroom. It is worth acknowledging that the scope of twelve employability skills taught as part of the NESP curriculum was deemed appropriate given the review of the literature and feedback received by program stakeholders. Additional relevant employability skills, such as computer skills, were also identified as important for meeting the needs of employers. NESP has been mostly delivered to offenders with identified employment needs. Specifically, 77% of all program participants had their employment needs assessed as some or considerable at intake to federal custody and, when the Quebec Region was excluded from this analysis due to the apparent differences in assessment practices, the proportion of offenders with some or considerable employment need increased to 89%. Furthermore, NESP may not be accessible by all offenders who may be in need of employability skills development. For instance, despite an identified employment need, if an offender did not have an institutional work assignment, he or she would not be eligible to participate in or access NESP services. Overall, NESP participants tended to have higher levels of motivation and reintegration potential and lower levels of overall need and overall risk compared to the general incarcerated offender population. NESP was designed to improve participants’ ability to acquire and maintain employment in the community; however, there was no formal linkage between NESP and employment services and opportunities in the community. Program stakeholders indicated that enhanced linkage to community employment opportunities would be beneficial to NESP participants. Finally, cost-effectiveness of the program could not be examined as part of the evaluation due to a lack of accurate and reliable financial data. In summary, the evaluation found that participation in NESP was associated with significant improvements in program participants’ employability skills levels. Positive treatment effect was also observed on some community correctional outcomes, such as job attainment and decreased rates of return to federal custody, albeit not for all offender groups. Further, the evaluation identified issues related to the design and delivery of NESP, as well as program governance and financial management. To address identified program issues and thus to enhance offenders’ outcomes, this evaluation report makes several recommendations, focusing specifically on the design and delivery of NESP. The implementation of the recommended changes should, however, be contingent upon full examination of the existing comparable employability programs and services offered across the regions. Details: Ottawa: Correctional Servivce Canada, 2010. 103p. Source: Internet Resource: File 394-2-83: Accessed February 27, 2013 at: http://www.csc-scc.gc.ca/text/pa/ev-nesp-394-2-83/nesp-394-2-83-eng.pdf Year: 2010 Country: Canada Keywords: Ex-Offenders Employment (Canada) Shelf Number: 127734

Author: Sinha, Maire, ed. Title: Measuring Violence Against Women: Statistical trends Summary: For the past three decades, Federal-Provincial-Territorial (FPT) Ministers responsible for the Status of Women have shared a common vision to end violence against women in all its forms. Violence against women in Canada is a serious, pervasive problem that crosses every social boundary and affects communities across the country. It remains a significant barrier to women's equality and has devastating impacts on the lives of women, children, families and Canadian society as a whole. This report marks the third time that the FPT Status of Women Forum has worked with Statistics Canada to add to the body of evidence on gender-based violence. Assessing Violence Against Women: A Statistical Profile was released in 2002 and was followed by Measuring Violence Against Women: Statistical Trends 2006. The 2006 report expanded the analysis into new areas, presenting information on Aboriginal women and women living in Canada's territories. The current report maintains this important focus and also includes information on dating violence, violence against girls and violence that occurs outside of the intimate partner/family context. It also shows trends over time and provides data at national, provincial/territorial, and census metropolitan area levels. A study on the economic impacts of one form of violence against women, spousal violence, is also presented. We acknowledge that there is more to learn to provide a complete picture of violence against women and girls. For example, there are new and emerging issues such as cyber-violence and areas where data gaps continue to exist, such as trafficking in persons, as well as an increasing emphasis on building evidence about promising prevention and intervention practices. Ongoing research and analysis will further our understanding of the complex, gendered dimensions of violence in all its forms and how women's experiences of violence intersect with other aspects of their lives. This report was designed to reach a wide audience. It is intended to support policy and program development and decision making for governments, non-governmental organizations, service providers, academics, researchers and all others working to eliminate all forms of violence against women and girls. We are confident that as this body of knowledge continues to advance, it will promote prevention efforts and enhance responses to women and girls who experience violence in our communities. Details: Ottawa: Statistics Canada, 2013. 120p. Source: Internet Resource: Juristat Article: Accessed March 1, 2013 at: http://www.statcan.gc.ca/pub/85-002-x/2013001/article/11766-eng.pdf Year: 2013 Country: Canada Keywords: Dating Violence Shelf Number: 127741

Author: San Patten and Associates Title: Building a Calgary Community Response for Children, Youth, and Adults Involved in the Sex Trade/Sexual Exploitation Trade. Project Report Summary: In fall 2006, the United Way of Calgary brought together a variety of stakeholders to develop a Coordinated Community Response Plan to the Sex Trade in Calgary. Subsequently, San Patten and Associates1 were contracted to lead the research and writing of the Community Response Plan. This project is strategically positioned under the United Way’s Safety from Violence portfolio within the current “People Living in Vulnerable Situations” community impact plan. The development of a coordinated response for people involved in the sex trade in Calgary and area builds on new and existing partnerships and collaborations amongst a wide variety of stakeholders, including several levels of government, non-governmental agencies, academic researchers, and clients. Though this project was initiated in part to address the closure of the Stepping Out Program, it is expected that Community Response Plan will also inform future programming efforts in Calgary to help address the diverse needs of individuals involved in, or impacted by, the sex trade. While valuable research has been conducted on specific elements of the sex trade in Calgary, limited research has been conducted about the broad context of the sex trade and the full continuum of programs and policies that impinge on the sex trade. Our consultation with a broad range of stakeholders, supplemented by research from across Canada and other countries, indicates that there are several factors that are integral to prevention efforts, supporting people in the sex trade, and helping them to transition out of it. 1.1 Purpose The purpose of this project is to build a coordinated response for people who are involved in the sex trade/sexual exploitation trade in Calgary and area. More specifically, this project aimed to gather and document the perspectives of a broad range of stakeholders (including community based organizations, government, researchers and individuals currently or previously involved in the sex trade) about the current context of sex trade work and sexual exploitation in Calgary. In addition, this project included a scan of the current program and policy environment with respect to the sex trade in Calgary. This data gathering was completed to identify appropriate responses to the needs of individuals involved in the sex trade, and to identify possible future program and policy directions for the city of Calgary to meet the diverse and complex needs of individuals involved in the sex trade and those who are sexually exploited. Details: Halifax, Nova Scotia: San Patten and Associates, 2007. 114p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 20, 2013 at: http://www.sanpatten.com/Project%20Report.pdf Year: 2007 Country: Canada Keywords: Child Prostitution Shelf Number: 128017

Author: Simpson, Brenda Title: Changing Perspectives - Calgary Network on Prostitution -- Environmental Scan. Final Report Summary: The Calgary Network on Prostitution (CNOP) was formed in 2007 to address service planning and coordination as a response to the United Way of Calgary’s Coordinated Community Response Plan to the Sex Trade in Calgary. CNOP is a group of agency and consumer representatives interested in improving services and service systems related to prostitution. The Network vision is “to recognize the harm caused by prostitution to all individuals, to end prostitution and /or exploitation, to support individual human rights, and to strengthen and streamline partnerships.” In order to address this vision, the Network plans to raise awareness of the issue and to empower and advocate for programs and individuals working with and affected by prostitution. In particular the Network wants to: 1) address the root causes, policies and systems that harm communities and individuals 2) strengthen and sustain partnerships within the community 3) promote responsibility and apply a human rights based approach. The environmental scan contains information on • Prostitution in Calgary • Feedback from sex trade workers, sexually exploited individuals and those who have exited the trade regarding their experiences • An overview of services in Calgary for those working in the sex trade and/or trying to exit the sex trade • An overview of supportive services in Calgary not specifically targeted to sex trade workers but generically available to address some of the specific needs identified by individuals working in the sex trade (e.g. health, emergency housing, addictions treatment, counseling, basic needs, legal services) • An overview of services and strategies to protect children at risk of sexual exploitation (i.e. individuals under the age of 18 who are involved or at risk of being involved in sex trade activity • An overview of prevention strategies in Calgary • Feedback from Calgary service providers regarding their perception of services and strategies needed to support sex trade workers, both active and exiting • Perspectives from several Calgary communities with identified prostitution strolls • Recommendations for service development. Details: Calgary, AB, Canada: Brenda Simpson, 2009. 71p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 20, 2013 at: http://bsimpson.ca/reports/sexual_exploitation/environmental_scan_2009.pdf Year: 2009 Country: Canada Keywords: Child Prostitution Shelf Number: 128018

Author: Simpson, Brenda Title: Changing Perspectives - Calgary Network on Prostitution -- Systems Analysis Project. Final Report Summary: The Calgary Network on Prostitution is a group of agency and consumer representatives interested in improving services and service systems related to prostitution. The Network vision is “to recognize the harm caused by prostitution to all individuals, to end prostitution and /or exploitation, to support individual human rights, and to strengthen and streamline partnerships.” In order to address this vision, the Network plans to raise awareness of the issue and to empower and advocate for programs and individuals working with and affected by prostitution. In particular the Network wants to: 1) address the root causes, policies and systems that harm communities and individuals 2) strengthen and sustain partnerships within the community 3) promote responsibility and 4) apply a human rights based approach 1.1 Systems Analysis Project Objectives • To gather information about key systems and services in Calgary responding to prostitution related issues. • To explore programs, services and strategies used in other cities to address prostitution related issues. • To connect with four communities impacted by prostitution activity in order to gather community perspective on the issue. • To determine key intervention/diversion points within the system. • To determine what needs exist in Calgary and recommend options for addressing these needs. • To map out potential intervention/diversion points and recommend strategies for improving Calgary’s response to prostitution. In particular, the systems analysis project focused on the justice systems’ response to adult sex trade workers; and the impact of street level prostitution activity on several identified communities. Cases where the individual is under the age of 18 are managed under the PSECA legislation within a well-defined community and justice system response protocol. Therefore, this younger group was not included as part of this study. Details: Calgary, AB, Canada: Brenda Simpson, 2008. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 20, 2013 at: http://bsimpson.ca/reports/sexual_exploitation/nop_systems_response_2008.pdf Year: 2008 Country: Canada Keywords: Prostitution (Canada) Shelf Number: 128019

Author: Zhang, Ting Title: An Estimation of the Economic Impact of Spousal Violence in Canada, 2009 Summary: This report provides an estimate of the economic impact of spousal violence that occurred in Canada in 2009. Spousal violence is a widespread and unfortunate social reality that has an effect on all Canadians. Victims of spousal violence are susceptible to sustaining costly and long-lasting physical, emotional, and financial consequences. Children who are exposed to spousal violence suffer in many ways and are at increased risk of developing negative social behaviours or disorders as a result (Dauvergne and Johnson 2001). The victims’ family, friends, and employers are also affected to varying degrees. Every member of society eventually feels the impact of spousal violence through the additional financial strain imposed on publicly funded systems and services. The more Canadians understand about the costly and serious impact of spousal violence, the better prepared we are to continue efforts to prevent it and where it does occur, to protect and assist victims, to hold perpetrators accountable, and to take measures to break the cycle of violence. Estimating the economic impact of a social phenomenon such as spousal violence, a process known as costing, is a way to measure both the tangible and intangible impacts of that phenomenon. By placing a dollar value on the impact, a common unit of measurement is provided. The dollar value for the economic impact of spousal violence can then be compared to the corresponding estimates of other social phenomena. Proponents of costing contend that the understanding of economic impacts and the comparison of different social issues in the same units are important to policymakers, activists, social workers, and the public by assisting in the proper allocation of resources, and in evaluating the effectiveness of programs. Two complementary data sources reflect the incidents of spousal violence in Canada: the policebased Uniform Crime Reporting Survey 2 (UCR2) and the self-reported 2009 General Social Survey (GSS, cycle 23, Victimization). While the UCR2 captures detailed information on all Criminal Code violations reported to police services, the GSS interviews Canadians aged 15 and older regarding their experience of physical or sexual victimization regardless of whether or not the incident was reported to police. The UCR2 Survey reports that 46,918 spousal violence incidents were brought to the attention of police in 2009, 81% involving female victims and 19% involving male victims. More victims were victimized by current spouses (71%) than by former spouses (29%). According to the 2009 GSS, 335,697 Canadians were victims of 942,000 spousal violence incidents in 2009; 54% of the victims were female, and 46% of the victims were male. More victims were victimized by current spouses (69%) than by ex-spouses (31%). It is important to note that police-based surveys (such as the UCR2) and self-reported surveys (such as the GSS) normally report different proportions of female and male victims of spousal violence. Specifically, police-based survey data show a significantly higher proportion of female victims of spousal violence while GSS data depict gender parity in experiences of spousal violence. Many studies offer some reasons for this discrepancy. For instance, Allen (2011) states that this inconsistency can be explained by the fact the two types of surveys may actually capture different types of spousal violence; police-based surveys capture the more serious intimate terrorism (IT), which involves the use of severe violence to gain domination and control over a spouse, whereas self-reported surveys capture the generally more minor common couple violence (CCV), which involves poor resolution of typical conflict issues without the appearance of one party trying to completely dominate or control the other. Kevan and Archer (2003) find that perpetration rates for CCV are fairly even between genders (45% perpetrated by men), but that the large majority of IT is perpetrated by men (87% perpetrated by men). These findings may help to explain the disparity in the results of the GSS and the UCR2. Details: Ottawa: Department of Justice Canada, 2012. 162p. Source: Internet Resource: rr12-07-e: Accessed March 20, 2013 at: http://www.justice.gc.ca/eng/pi/rs/rep-rap/2012/rr12_7/rr12_7.pdf Year: 2012 Country: Canada Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 128049

Author: Robertson, Robyn D. Title: Canada's Impaired Driving Framework: The Way Forward. Proceedings of the Drinking and Driving Symposium, May 17, 2012, Ottawa, Ontario Summary: Drinking and driving has been a primary road safety concern among Canadians for more than three decades. During this time, there has been considerable progress in reducing the number of fatalities and injuries resulting from this behaviour as jurisdictions have worked to develop a comprehensive approach to address the problem. Since the 1980s, education and awareness programs have proliferated, enhancements have strengthened criminal and administrative laws, and enforcement activities have become prominent and commonplace. It must be underscored that a continued focus on this issue is warranted. The progress achieved since the late 1990s has been nominal and the number of persons killed and injured in crashes involving drinking drivers remains high. In 2010, (the most recent year for which data are available), 32.3% of fatally injured drivers in Canada had a blood or breath alcohol concentration (BAC) in excess of the illegal limit of .08 (Mayhew et al. 2011). In addition, in 2009, 714 people were killed in Canada in road crashes that involved a driver who had been drinking and approximately 2,913 drivers (excluding Newfoundland and Labrador) were involved in alcohol-related serious injury crashes in Canada (Mayhew et al. 2011)1. The good news is that efforts to address this problem have evolved considerably in the past three decades as our understanding of the problem has grown. Today, there is growing awareness among researchers, policymakers and practitioners of the limitations of a solely punitive approach to the problem, although there is less awareness of these limitations among the public and a demand for the “get tough” philosophy still dominates much of the application of justice. More recently, increasing recognition of the importance and benefits of tools such as risk assessment and treatment as alternatives to complement punitive measures has emerged. Research shows that properly-designed strategies and tools designed to match offenders’ risks and needs with appropriate programs and interventions have beneficial effects (Taxman 2007), including reductions in repeat offences as well as reductions in substance misuse that translate into longterm risk reduction and public safety. Hence it is timely to take stock of Canada’s existing framework to reduce drinking and driving and examine what opportunities exist to further strengthen the continuum of programs and policies and to make the best use of available resources to achieve greater declines in the magnitude of the problem. To this end, the Brewers Association of Canada, through its Centre for Responsible Drinking, partnered with the Traffic Injury Research Foundation (TIRF) to organize a drinking and driving symposium in Ottawa, Canada on May 17th, 2012. The objective of this one-day event was to review the continuum of different strategies that have been put in place to manage impaired drivers in Canada, to explore the strengths and challenges associated with each of these strategies, to identify lessons learned, and to gauge what opportunities exist to further enhance Canada’s impaired driving framework moving forward. Information about this event was sent to a wide range of agencies with a vested interest in impaired driving issues and all agencies were welcome to attend. More than 70 attendees from nine jurisdictions representing a broad cross-section of agencies participated in this event. These proceedings were developed based on the presentations and discussions that took place during the Symposium and are structured to highlight many of the key issues that were raised. In addition, relevant research surrounding many of these issues has been included where appropriate to better inform the reader. These proceedings do not represent the views of the sponsors, individual presenters, or any attendees. Details: Ottawa: Traffic Injury Research Foundation, 2013. 49p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 2, 2013 at: http://www.tirf.ca/publications/PDF_publications/BAC%20Symposium%20Proceedings_10.pdf Year: 2013 Country: Canada Keywords: Driving Under the Influence Shelf Number: 128193

Author: National Advisory Council on Prescription Drug Misuse (Canada) Title: First Do No Harm: Responding to Canada’s Prescription Drug Crisis Summary: Certain prescription drugs, like opioids, sedative-hypnotics and stimulants, are associated with serious harms like addiction, overdose and death. These drugs can have a devastating impact on individuals and their families, as well as place a significant burden on our health, social services and public safety systems. In countries like Canada, where these prescription drugs are readily available, the associated harms have become a leading public health and safety concern. Canada is the world’s second largest per capita consumer of one type of these drugs, opioids (International Narcotics Control Board, 2013). Some First Nations in Canada have declared a community crisis owing to the prevalence of the harms associated with prescription drugs (Dell et al., 2012). While Canadian cost data is lacking, recent research from the United States estimates the annual cost of the non-medical use of prescription opioids to be more than $50 billion, with lost productivity and crime accounting for 94% of this amount (Hansen, Oster, Edelsberg, Woody, & Sullivan, 2011). The National Advisory Council on Prescription Drug Misuse was formed in response to the growing problem in Canada. Led by the Canadian Centre on Substance Abuse (CCSA), the Coalition on Prescription Drug Misuse (Alberta) and the Nova Scotia Department of Health and Wellness, in partnership with Health Canada’s First Nations and Inuit Health Branch’s Prescription Drug Abuse Coordinating Committee (PDACC), the Council developed First Do No Harm: Responding to Canada’s Prescription Drug Crisis (the Strategy). The Strategy represents a broad collective effort by contributors who are active participants in this work and stewards of its realization. Council members were invited to participate because of their expertise, involvement and commitment to the issue, and their ability to take on responsibility in addressing it or in implementing solutions. Members represent governments, healthcare professionals (physicians, pharmacists, coroners, dentists and nurses), patients and families, First Nations, enforcement officials, regulators, industry leaders and researchers. This membership reflects a commitment to coordinated action across multiple sectors and jurisdictions. The Council developed a strategy that addresses the harms associated with prescription drugs, while giving important consideration to their therapeutic uses. Council members were actively involved in developing the recommendations, sought input from their networks of organizations and across sectors, and focused on communication and coordination within and across jurisdictions, disciplines and communities. First Do No Harm: Responding to Canada’s Prescription Drug Crisis addresses prescription drugs that are legal and have therapeutic uses, but also have a high potential for harm. This Strategy defines the scope of the prescription drug crisis Canada faces and provides a roadmap for reducing the harms associated with these drugs. It presents 58 achievable short- and longer-term recommendations that Council members believe will address these harms and have a collective impact. The members share in the issue and will now share in addressing it through implementing the recommendations. Details: Ottawa: Canadian Centre on Substance Abuse, 2013. 88p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 5, 2013 at: http://www.ccsa.ca/2013%20CCSA%20Documents/Canada-Strategy-Prescription-Drug-Misuse-Report-en.pdf Year: 2013 Country: Canada Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 128276

Author: Cowper, D. Geoffrey Title: A Criminal Justice System for the 21st Century: Final Report to the Minister of Justice and Attorney General Honourable Shirley Bond Summary: review of the justice system, led by Geoffrey Cowper, QC, looked at challenges set out in the Province’s Green Paper, Modernizing British Columbia’s Justice System. Mr. Cowper was asked to identify the top issues affecting the public’s access to timely justice, and to determine what can be done to ensure efficiencies currently underway have the desired impacts, while also respecting judicial independence. Mr. Cowper provided A Criminal Justice System for the 21st Century: Final Report to the Minister of Justice and Attorney General to government in August 2012. The report was developed over six months with input from more than 100 justice system participants, stakeholders and members of the public. Details: Victoria, BC, Canada: BC Justice Reform Initiative, 2012. 288p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 5, 2013 at: http://www.ag.gov.bc.ca/public/justice-reform/CowperFinalReport.pdf Year: 2012 Country: Canada Keywords: Criminal Justice Reform Shelf Number: 128286

Author: Hoffart, Irene Title: Calgary Drug Treatment Court: 2010 Evaluation Report Summary: The CDTC program seeks to accomplish several outcomes for its clients, for the service providers who are involved with the program and for the community as a whole. Service provider outcomes, including enhanced collaboration and communication as well as the enhanced knowledge of court processes and issues were measured and evaluated for this report. Also measured were pro-social lifestyle indicators as well as participant behavior, relapse and recidivism outcomes. This document represents a second evaluation report, summarizing information about CDTC activities from its inception up to July of 2010. The first evaluation report was produced in December of 2008 and covered the period between February 2007 and November 2008. Recommendations in the first report were directed at responding to clients’ treatment needs, defining roles and structures, clarifying screening policy and criteria, involving the community and seeking new funding. Nineteen program participants were interviewed and their perspectives were gathered regarding the functioning of the program and its effectiveness. Interviews with key program stakeholders helped reflect the perspective of those who work with CDTC on a regular basis. The interviews were used to help identify areas of strength and challenges with respect to program implementation and to gather opinions about the program’s effectiveness in achieving its goals. A total of 12 stakeholders were interviewed. The CDTC evaluation was based on multiple sources of data, was consistent with promising practices in drug court program evaluations and included both qualitative and quantitative data collection and analysis methods. As all other evaluations, however, this study was subject to several limitations, such as a comparatively small sample of participants (n=31), limited follow-up information available and comparatively short follow-up period, missing client information, and dated information. In the period between January 2007 and July 13, 2010, CDTC Crown reviewed a total of 141 applications. Over the four years of program operations, the Crown has consistently accepted between 36% and 30% of the applicants, or a total of 44 out of 141 applications received. The reasons for refusing admission were grouped in 18 different categories and often there were more than one reason for Crown decision. Perceived risk to the community was the most frequently cited reasons for non-acceptance (documented in over 55% of the cases) followed by offences for commercial gains cited as the reason for refusal in 14% of the cases. At the time of this report, there were a total of 21 clients who either graduated or were still in the program (68%). Further review showed that seventeen clients (about 56%) remained in the program for a year or longer and an additional 16% were in the program for a period between 9 months and a year. Calgary’s graduation rate of 16% is on the higher end of the graduation rates elsewhere in Canada that range between 7% and 16%. One of CDTC’s objectives is efficient movement of offenders through the process as measured by reduced time from charge to treatment initiation. Presently, there is no system in place that allows CDTC to measure the time required for screening activities, and, particularly, the time between the initial charge and Crown referral to program. It is recommended that a measurement system be developed to accurately capture the time between original charge and Crown referral to the program. There are some trends indicating interaction between client retention and some client characteristics. These characteristics include client age, client gender and client ethno cultural background. Visible minority clients are the most likely group to be discharged early (57% as compared to 40% and 39% of the other groups). Caucasian clients are also more likely to graduate or remain in the program for a long period of time (62% as compared to 60% and 43% of the other ethno-cultural groups). Recommendations to increase retention and success in the program include ensuring programming reflects the needs of younger clients (i.e., more structure, physical activity and attention to relationship issues) and adding addiction treatment programs that specifically target Aboriginal or immigrant clients. The recidivism analysis demonstrated that CDTC program leads to a reduction in criminal behaviour associated with drug use such as theft, assault and trafficking. This result is particularly consistent for CDTC graduates, but is also true for some of the discharged clients, particularly those who appear to have been more engaged with the program, as demonstrated by length of time sober, but also longer program stays and positive attitudes towards program participation. Conclusive recidivism analysis is only possible with continued and long-term access to recidivism information. Information that is currently collected describing CDTC outcomes does not include treatment indicators such as knowledge about substance abuse and drug avoidance skills as well as well-being indicators such as enhanced self-esteem, mental and physical health and enhanced social skills. The specific definition of those outcomes and indicators as well as the relevant tools and measures would need to be developed collaboratively with the treatment providers. Details: Calgary, Alberta: Synergy Research Group, 2011. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 9, 2013 at: http://calgarydrugtreatmentcourt.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/11/FinalEvaluationReport-2010.pdf Year: 2011 Country: Canada Keywords: Drug Courts (Calgary, Canada) Shelf Number: 128327

Author: Hoffart, Irene Title: Calgary Drug Treatment Court: 2012 Evaluation Report Summary: Since the pilot start-up in May of 2007, the program was granted full Charity Status by Canada Revenue Agency, secured funding until March 2013 from Safe Communities and the City of Calgary and has expanded its roster of treatment agencies. The current CDTC Board of Directors includes representation from the City of Calgary, Calgary Police Services, Private-Corporate sector, Prosecution Branch of Canada, Court Manager and other Not for Profit sector organizations. This document represents a third evaluation report, summarizing information about CDTC activities from its inception up to March 2012. This document builds on the information collected in earlier evaluation reports. It describes and summarizes all evaluative information that has been collected since the inception of the program, including client documentation, client feedback, stakeholder feedback, and the Social Return on Investment Analysis (SROI). In addition to cumulative analysis, and to address specific requirements from the Safe Communities Innovation Fund (SCIF), the report also highlights 2011/2012 fiscal year program activities and results. The CDTC evaluation was based on multiple sources of data, was consistent with promising practices in drug court program evaluations and included both qualitative and quantitative data collection and analysis methods. The research that was gathered on evaluation of drug courts provided the context for the development of the evaluation methodology and the analysis of the results. As all other evaluations, however, this study was subject to several limitations, such as a comparatively small sample of participants, limited follow-up information available, comparatively short follow-up period, and missing and/or dated client information. During the period between January 2007 and March 2012, CDTC Crown reviewed a total of 244 applications. Over the five years of program operation, the Crown has accepted 31% or 76 of the applications received. In the period between April 1st 2011 and March 31st 2012 the CDTC Crown reviewed 64 applications and accepted a substantially higher proportion of the applicants (n=25 or about 40%). Reasons for rejection have changed substantially in the 2011/2012 fiscal year. The applicants in that fiscal year were more likely to be rejected as a result of serious mental health issues (39% as compared to 17%), but much less likely to be rejected because they were judged to be risk to the community (36% as compared to 62% of the applicants overall). This shift in the last fiscal year is a reflection of some changes in Crown screening criteria, better clarity among referring sources as to the CDTC eligibility requirements, a larger emphasis in the program on mental health screening to ensure a good fit between participant’s needs and CDTC services, and, in general, the experience gained over time by the court team. Twenty-eight clients have been formally discharged since program start up (a rate of about 42%). The clients were generally discharged for a combination of reasons which often included multiple relapses, behaviour problems in the program, their own choice to withdraw from the program, and/or a team decision that the services did not represent a good match for the needs of the participant. Fourteen clients (21%) successfully graduated and, as of August 17 2012, 25 clients (37%) were still in the program. Of those 17 clients who were in the program after one month in the 2011/2012 fiscal year, to-date 2 have been discharged, 3 graduated, 1 remains in program in Stage I and 11 clients or almost two-thirds of all those admitted in 2011/2012 (65%) are transitioning into the community in Stage II of the program. Efforts were made to complete a comparative analysis of the CDTC retention rates to the retention rates of other Canadian Drug Courts. Unfortunately, this has proven to be a daunting task because of several significant differences among the drug courts. Specifically, the CDTC program may differ from other programs in its admission of higher risk clients and more stringent rules governing discharge and graduation. These differences could lead to lower graduation and higher discharge rates compared to other drug courts. In addition, as compared to most other programs in Canada, CDTC did not receive early Federal funding and this lack of resources may impact CDTC retention rate. Given the limitations above, it is difficult to determine precisely how CDTC retention rates compare to the retention rates in other Canadian courts. However, even with all these limitations, Calgary’s discharge rate of about 42% is lower than the rates in other courts, specifically Toronto (84%) and Vancouver (51%), but is comparable to or higher than the rates in Winnipeg (17%) and in Edmonton (39%). Most notably, Calgary’s graduation rate of 21% is on the higher end of the graduation rates compared to other drug treatment courts elsewhere in Canada that range between 7% and 16%. In general, the information presented in this report demonstrates that CDTC is valuable to the community and the clients that it serves. Some highlights are as follows: •The Social Return on Investment analysis showed that, for every dollar spent, $2.25 are created in savings to the community in the first year of program and $6.50 are created in the second year. •Over half of the program participants remained drug free and sober for a period of 6 months or longer; •Clients describe the program as life changing and the CDTC staff and court team as supportive, caring and helpful; •A comprehensive employment program is in place that provides the participants with crucial work experience as well as long-term employment opportunities. 65% of CDTC participants were employed at the time of graduation and all of these clients have been long-term unemployed at the time of their entry into the program; •The program helps clients develop long-term stability by linking them with multiple supports such as individual and family counseling, skill development programs, money management services, medical, vision and dental services and services needed to acquire necessary identification; •For the engaged participants, the length of time between relapses increases and the nature of the relapse incidents becomes less serious over time. The issue of Governance and sustainable program funding is a barrier to CDTC capacity building and ongoing progressive success in deliverables. Similar programs embedded within the criminal justice system receive better access to services and resources for their designated offender population, than CDTC does as a Not-for-Profit Organization. The evaluation shows that some challenges continue to exist for some client groups in CDTC. There is a shortage of treatment beds for women in Calgary, younger clients tend to leave the program earlier, and the program is less successful with visible minority or First Nations, Métis and Inuit (FNMI) clients than with clients of European backgrounds. Expansion to include day treatment will help address some of these concerns by providing an opportunity to have gender-specific groups, groups for FNMI participants and groups for younger clients. The Day Program will also integrate best practices from both justice and treatment paradigms in a curriculum that is trauma informed and grounded in culturally appropriate approaches. Day programming will also provide treatment opportunities designed to stop the cycle of addictions in families. Those supports may include parenting classes, helping parent participants reconnect with their children and providing programming for women with children. Details: Calgary, Alberta: Calgary Drug Treatment Corut Society, 2012. 69p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 9, 2013 at: http://calgarydrugtreatmentcourt.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/10/CDTC2012_FinalEvaluationReportOctober2012.pdf Year: 2012 Country: Canada Keywords: Drug Courts (Calgary, Canada) Shelf Number: 128328

Author: Spencer, Sonya Title: Day Reporting Centres: A Service Delivery Model Summary: The following report documents the findings of a review of Day Reporting Centres (DRCs) currently operating in Canada, how they are similar or differ from those that research has proven to be effective, and recommendations for further consideration. For the purpose of this report all Day Reporting Centres included in this review are providing services to federal offenders on conditional or legislated release in the community. All programs are delivered by the Non-Governmental Organizations (NGOs) under contract with Correctional Service of Canada (CSC). In gathering information for this report, input was solicited from the following groups;  NGOs  CSC  Parole Board of Canada  Police  Community Members/Volunteers  International Experts  Community Stakeholders Roundtable discussions were held in Vancouver, British Columbia, Calgary, Alberta, Saskatoon, Saskatchewan, Winnipeg, Manitoba, Toronto, Ontario, Montreal, Quebec and Moncton, New Brunswick between January 10, 2011 and January 27, 2011. In total 129 people participated and contributed to the findings within this report. Based on a literature review, the consultation process and the service delivery experience of the author, the following observations we noted in relation to Canadian CDRCs;  There are a total of 21 DRCs currently operating, in various stages of implementation, in 5 Provinces. In the remaining Provinces and Territories programs are delivering similar services, however for the purposes of this report they were not included. It should be noted that these programs may have promising practices that could be explored in a broader review of community based programming for offenders.  When reviewing the operating practices of the DRCs it became apparent that although all shared the same name and overarching goal of the safe reintegration of offenders, there were few similarities in the models of service delivery, funding models, program utilization or data collection. This appears consistent with the models in both the UK and in the United States. Generally DRCs seem to be more of an accepted concept rather than a model for direct replication. This report attempts to provide a guide for further implementation of DRCs based on the principles of effective correctional interventions.  During roundtable discussions it was unanimous that DRCs could be an effective tool within the continuum of community correctional interventions. It was agreed that principles of practice would support current and future program implementation yet there must be the flexibility within the model to allow for customization based on unique demographics and specialized populations. Details: Toronto: St. Leonard’s Society of Toronto, 2011. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 12, 2013 at: http://www.stleonardstoronto.com/pdf/Day%20Reporting%20Centres.A%20Service%20Delivery%20Model.pdf Year: 2011 Country: Canada Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration (Canada) Shelf Number: 128343

Author: British Columbia. Ministry of Justice Title: White Paper on Justice Reform Part One: A Modern, Transparent Justice System. Part Two: A Timely, Balanced Justice System Summary: This White Paper sets out Government’s overall vision for a transparent, timely, and balanced justice system. It also provides detail on the specific steps Government will take to achieve this vision, through systems change, policy innovation and legislative reform. It represents the culmination of intensive review of the key aspects of the system, with input from different perspectives and consideration of alternative approaches. The White Paper is separated into two parts. Part One, this document, outlines the steps necessary to create a transparent system of justice. It also outlines immediate steps, using coordinated planning and decision-making, to make real headway towards eliminating the backlog of cases in the courts, and to avoid similar challenges in the future. Part Two represents the next stage with further emphasis on front-line operations and services to the public in the civil, family, administrative and criminal law settings and with respect to public safety. Part Two, completing the vision of transparent, timely and balanced justice, is also timed to allow consideration of findings and recommendations of the Missing Women Commission of Inquiry, and to address key points from the forthcoming BC Policing Plan. Details: Victoria, BC: Ministry of Justice, 2012-2013. 28p.; 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 18, 2013 at: http://www.justicebc.ca/shared/pdfs/WhitePaperOne.pdf Year: 2013 Country: Canada Keywords: Criminal Justice Reform Shelf Number: 128415

Author: Louie, Christine G. Title: Community Attitudes to Street Prostitution: The Downtown Eastside and Strathcona Summary: In 2006, the House of Commons “Subcommittee on Solicitation Laws” agreed unanimously that Canada’s prostitution laws are “unacceptable” and need to be changed, but its members could not agree on how to change them. Consequently, this thesis explores the experiences and attitudes of residents and business-persons to prostitution law and social policy in an area that has long been a host to street prostitution: Vancouver’s Downtown Eastside. The research involved an on-line questionnaire on respondents’ attitudes to prostitution laws, safety issues, street prostitution control, and their experiences with street prostitution. The study found that while respondents (n=122) did not want street prostitution in residential areas, they did support indoor and street prostitution in non-residential areas as well as policies that aim to increase sex workers’ personal safety. Seventy-six percent of residents thought that the sale of sex should be legal and 72% thought that buying a sexual service from an adult should be legal. Seventy-five percent of residents think that the government should decriminalize adult prostitution in Canada. Details: Burnaby, BC: Simon Fraser University, School of Criminology, 2009. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed April 22, 2013 at: http://184.70.147.70/lowman_prostitution/HTML/CAP/Louie_Community_Attitudes_to_Street_Prostitution.pdf Year: 2009 Country: Canada Keywords: Nuisance Behaviors and Disorders Shelf Number: 128423

Author: STAR (Sex Trade Advocacy Title: Safety, Security and the Well-Being of Sex Workers. A Report Submitted to the. House of Commons, Subcommittee on Solicitation Laws (SSLR). Summary: In the early part of the 18th century, sex work venues in Canada were predominately street- and brothel based. Since then they have become much more diverse and fluid. In Toronto, for example, sex worker organizations estimate that 5-10% of workers are street-based, divided between ‘low’ and ‘high’ strolls2, while 90-95% use hotels, apartments, houses, bars, bath houses, massage or body rub parlours, strip clubs brothels. This distribution varies in other cities but nation-wide, less than 20% of sex workers meet their clients on the street (Shaver, 1993; Lowman, 2005). The movement of sex workers between locations makes it difficult to establish stable estimates of location of work and undermines the idea that there is a strict hierarchy across the different types of work. Concerns about money, independence, the weather, and violence influence the day-to-day choices that workers make about where they will work (Benoit & Miller, 2001; Lewis et al., 2005; Jeffrey & MacDonald, forthcoming). Sexual services may include the provision of sexual gratification using fantasy as in exotic dancing, phone or internet sex, and/or physical contact. There are a variety of ways to organize sex work. One can work independently, with colleagues, or for someone else. In addition, work may be organized on an “in-call” or an “out-call” basis. In the former case, sex workers typically have a fixed location where they receive clients. In the latter, the sex worker goes to the client’s home, business, or hotel room. These two dimensions (location and organization), in conjunction with social and legal policies currently in place, interact with gender, stigma, and risk factors to affect the ability of sex workers to secure and maintain control over their environments. The majority of sex workers are women. Counts from street-based sex work suggest that about 20% of street-based sex workers are men (Shaver, 1993) while a much smaller number identify as transsexual/transgender (TS/TG)3. Clients are overwhelmingly men in all sectors of the industry. Exceptions include a small number of women clients who seek out male or female sex workers (primarily escorts or erotic massage providers) and women who are part of a heterosexual couple seeking sexual services. Unfortunately, public assumptions about sex work and sex workers are most often grounded in impressions of street-based prostitution, the most visible but smallest sector of the industry. Typically these impressions are based on stereotypical images of the women working the low stroll, engaging in survival sex or selling sexual services to support a drug habit. These assumptions tend to reinforce a homogeneous stereotype of sex workers as victims. Sex work venues and sex workers are much more diverse than the street portrait indicates. The majority of sex work occurs off-street, with victimization varying by the location of work. Those working off-street and high strolls are exposed to far less victimization than those working low strolls. Recognizing this is a key component for developing policies to improve the safety and security policies of all sex workers. This report is based on a study conducted between 2001 and 2004 that explored how public policies influence the working lives, conditions of work, and the health, safety, and well-being of sex workers operating in diverse venues. Details: Windsor, ON: University of Windso5, STAR, 2006. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 25, 2013 at: http://web2.uwindsor.ca/courses/sociology/maticka/star/pdfs/safety_and_security_report_final_version.pdf Year: 2006 Country: Canada Keywords: Prostitutes Shelf Number: 128489

Author: O'Doherty, Tamara Title: Off-Street Commercial Sex: An Exploratory Study Summary: This thesis explores women’s experiences working in off-street prostitution venues in Vancouver, BC. The victimization experienced by street-based sex workers has led many people to conclude that prostitution is inherently dangerous. However, street-based workers form the minority of sex workers in Canada. The question remains, can their experiences be generalized to other types of prostitution? Consequently, this thesis examines whether female off-street sex workers face the same degree of victimization as female street-based sex workers, and asks if the experience of prostitution always entails violence. The research contained two components: a) a victimization survey examining interpersonal violence and other forms of victimization of off-street sex workers (n=39); and b) in-depth interviews with ten off-street sex workers exploring their working conditions, safety, stereotypes of prostitution, and law reform (n=10). While violence and exploitation do occur in the off-street industry, this study indicates that some women sell sex without experiencing any violence. Details: Burnaby, BC: Simon Fraser University, School of Criminology, 2007. 135p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed May 1, 2013 at: Year: 2007 Country: Canada Keywords: Prostitutes Shelf Number: 128584

Author: Sondhi, Shireen Title: Are We Chasing Rainbows?: Achieving the Decriminalization of Prostitution in Canada Summary: Prostitution has often been referred to as the oldest profession in the world. Yet the Canadian legislature and courts refuse to recognize it as a profession but merely as a social nuisance or worse yet a social evil. While the act of selling sex in exchange for money is technically legal in Canada, all related activities are criminalized. The majority of social science studies concerning the impact of prostitution-related laws on the health, safety and wellbeing of prostitutes indicates that criminalization jeopardizes the safety of prostitutes, as well as their access to health and social services and recommends the decriminalization of the profession. Despite these studies and requests from sex workers and experts, the government has refused to repeal any of the prostitution-related laws. This paper outlines the societal and legislative treatment of prostitution and then seeks to determine whether decriminalization is a viable goal in Canada. Details: Toronto: University of Toronoto, Faculty of Law, 2010. 61p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed May 1, 2013 at: https://tspace.library.utoronto.ca/bitstream/1807/25806/1/Sondhi_Shireen_201011_LLM_thesis.pdf Year: 2010 Country: Canada Keywords: Decriminalization Shelf Number: 128585

Author: Lam, Anita Yuen-Fai Title: Making Crime TV: Producing Fictional Representations of Crime for Canadian Television Summary: Criminologists and sociolegal scholars have become increasingly interested in studying media representations of crime in popular culture. They have studied representations using content analyses, often examining their “accuracy” against academic research. Alternatively, these scholars have also studied media effects. In contrast to these studies, I focus on the television production process of making entertaining, dramatic representations of crime. In doing so, I empirically address the following research question: how do TV writers know about crime, and how do they transform that knowledge into fictional representations? I answer this question using a triangulation of methods to gather data – specifically, ethnography, archival research, and interviews with writers and producers – and through the juxtaposition of several case studies. My case studies include the following Canadian crime television programs: 1) the police drama The Bridge, 2) an original Canadian drama about insurance fraud, Cra$h and Burn, and 3) crime docudramas, such as F2: Forensic Factor and Exhibit A: Secrets of Forensic Science. Taking cues from Bruno Latour‟s actor-network theory, I focus on the site-specific, concrete, dynamic processes through which each television production makes fiction. I conceive of the writers‟ room as a laboratory that creates representations through collaborative action and trial and error. This research demonstrates that, during the production process, representations of crime are unstable, constantly in flux as various creative and legal entities compel their revision. Legal entities, such as Errors and Omissions insurance and broadcasters‟ Standards and Practices, regulate the content and form of representations of crime prior to their airing. My findings also reveal the contingency of (commercial) success, the heterogeneity of people who make up television production staff, and the piecemeal state of knowledge that circulates between producers, network executives and writers. Details: Toronto: Centre for Criminology and Sociolegal Studies University of Toronto, 2011. 273p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed May 4, 2013 at: https://tspace.library.utoronto.ca/bitstream/1807/32075/1/Lam_Anita_YF_201111_PhD_thesis.pdf Year: 2011 Country: Canada Keywords: Crime in Mass Media Shelf Number: 128654

Author: Turnbull, Sarah Louise Title: Reconfiguring Canadian Penality: Gender, Diversity, and Parole Summary: This research provides a local case study of responses to ‘gender’ and ‘diversity’ within Canada’s federal parole system. I examine the following questions: How are certain ‘differences’ and categories of offenders constituted as targets for ‘accommodation’ or as having ‘special needs’? How do penal institutions frame ‘culturally relevant’ or ‘gender responsive’ policy and, in doing so, use normative ideals and selective knowledge of gender, race, culture, ethnicity, and other social relations to constitute the identities of particular groups of offenders? I explore these questions by tracing the history of policy discussions about gender and facets of diversity within legislation and penal and parole policies and practices, as well as the current approaches to managing difference used by the National Parole Board (NPB). Specific focus is given to the organizational responses and approaches developed for Aboriginal, female, and ‘ethnocultural’ offenders. In this study, I show that the incorporation of diversity into the federal parole system works to address a variety of organizational objectives and interests, including fulfilling the legislative mandate to recognize and respond to diversity; appealing to human rights ideals and notions of fairness; managing reputational risk and conforming to managerial logics; instituting ‘effective’ correctional practice; and addressing issues of representation. At the same time, the recognition of gender and diversity produces new penal subjectivities, discourses, and sites upon which to govern. I argue that the accommodation of gender and diversity provides a narrative of conditional release and an institutional framework that positions the NPB as responsive to the diverse needs and/or experiences of non-white and non-male offenders. In the Canadian context, the penal system strives to deliver ‘fair’ punishment through the selective inclusion of difference, and without altering or reconsidering fundamental structures, practices, and power arrangements. Diversity and difference are instead added onto and/or incorporated into preexisting penal policy and logics, including risk management and managerialism. Details: Toronto: Centre of Criminology and Sociolegal Studies, University of Toronto, 2012. 304p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed May 4, 2013 at: https://tspace.library.utoronto.ca/bitstream/1807/34950/1/Turnbull_Sarah_L_201211_PhD_thesis.pdf Year: 2012 Country: Canada Keywords: Diversity Shelf Number: 128660

Author: Levin, Avner Title: International Comparison of Cyber Crime Summary: This report compares Canada’s international partners and several other countries on measures related to cyber-crime. The main findings are as follows:  Countries distinguish in their policy and strategy documents between cyber-crimes, which are the domain of law enforcement agencies, and cyber-attacks which are increasingly the domain of the military.  Canada’s international partners have turned their focus from the prevention of cyber- crime to the protection of critical national infrastructure from cyber-attacks.  In order to cooperate effectively with its allies Canada must also focus on the protection of critical national infrastructure. However, the risk of this focus is the loss of cooperation with non-traditional allies, such as Russia and China, on the prevention of cyber-crimes.  European countries and the US allow for warrant-less access to electronic information in order to prevent both cyber-crime and cyber-attacks. Other countries do not acknowledge this possibility publicly.  The need for, and practice of, warrant-less lawful access or warrant-less lawful intercept is moot in Canada, given recent policy decisions to abandon such legislation.  Countries have not attempted the creation of a ‘Nav-Canada’ type of agency (private-sector, not-for profit) to implement their cyber-security strategies.  Agencies to combat cyber-crime or cyber-attacks are typically created as an organizational part of the existing law enforcement or military structure. Details: Ted Rogers School of Management, Ryerson University, 2013. 51p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 4, 2013 at: http://www.ryerson.ca/tedrogersschool/privacy/documents/Ryerson_International_Comparison_ofCyber_Crime_-March2013.pdf Year: 2013 Country: Canada Keywords: Computer Crime Shelf Number: 128664

Author: Levin, Avner Title: Securing Cyberspace: A Comparative Review of Strategies Worldwide Summary: Several distinct cyber-blocs have formed with their unique cyber-security strategies and emphases. The Anglosphere, led by the US and the UK, emphasizes a leading private sector role, an educated workforce, and outreach and diplomacy. The EU, led by Germany, focuses on a robust legal and regulatory framework, and on the promotion of the Council of Europe (Budapest) Convention of Cybercrime as a blueprint for international cooperation and enforcement. The Baltic States are in tight cooperation with NATO in the development of their national cyber-security strategies. The post-Soviet CIS bloc, led by Russia with some degree of Chinese cooperation, focuses on internal threats, abhors extra-territorial judicial action, and promotes a corresponding international framework under the auspices of the UN. Most cyber-strategies, with the notable exceptions of Russia, China and their allies, are compatible with Canadian interests. Strategies generally differ on the roles that they allocate to the public and private sectors, and within those, on the roles allocated to policy, regulation, for-profit and not-for profit ventures as promoters of cyber-security. Strategies also direct a wide range of resources in a variety of ways. The majority of countries reviewed are in the process of developing and implementing their cyber-security strategies, and setting the focus of their efforts. These rapidly occurring changes in strategies and policy implementation add to the challenge of determining best practices for securing cyberspace while protecting civil liberties. Information on the origin and ultimate target of many cyber-threats is contradictory due to the difficulty of pinpointing sources and destinations with ultimate certainty solely by technological means. China, for example, the current “cyber-villain” may be suffering from cybercrime more than commonly acknowledged and open to collaboration. Leading Western countries, such as the US and Germany, may not only be the target of attacks but the ultimate source of cyber-criminal activity as well. In order for Canada to proceed with its strategy in an informed manner, accurate, verifiable cybercrime data must be collected and evaluated to determine the optimal countries for collaboration. As it develops its own cyber-strategy, Canada should look to global leaders and learn from the approaches of the US, UK and Germany, that emphasize education, diplomatic outreach, private sector involvement and a legal and regulatory framework that balances cyber-security and privacy. Details: Toronto: Privacy and Cyber Crime Institute, Ted Rogers School of Management, Ryerson University, 2013. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 8, 2013 at: http://www.ryerson.ca/content/dam/tedrogersschool/privacy/documents/Ryerson_cyber_crime_final_report.pdf Year: 2013 Country: Canada Keywords: Computer Crimes Shelf Number: 128676

Author: Robertson, Robyn D. Title: Impaired Driving Risk Assessment: A Primer for Policymakers. Summary: The primer is the result of a partnership between principals from the Traffic Injury Research Foundation (TIRF), the Addiction Research Program of the Douglas Mental Health University (McGill) Institute, Université de Montréal and Université de Sherbrooke under funding from the Canadian Institutes of Health Research (CIHR) in Transdisciplinary Studies in Driving While Impaired Onset, Persistence, Prevention and Treatment. As part of the project, researchers ran focus groups with remedial impaired driver program practitioners and surveyed justice professionals from across Canada. The report provides an overview of risk assessment practices in Canada for impaired drivers and provides a snapshot of the practices used by driver licensing and criminal justice practitioners. It summarizes current risk assessment practices and describes the different ways that impaired drivers are assessed for risk in both systems. In addition, the primer highlights the strengths and limitations of practices in Canadian driver licensing and criminal justice systems and includes recommendations to inform and/or guide future efforts to develop or improve best practices related to risk assessment in both systems. Details: Ottawa: Traffic Injury Research Foundation, 2013. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 9, 2013 at: http://www.tirf.ca/publications/publications_show.php?pub_id=291 Year: 2013 Country: Canada Keywords: Driving Under the Influence (Canada) Shelf Number: 128694

Author: Carter, Connie I. Title: Getting to Tomorrow: A Report on Canadian Drug Policy Summary: The Canadian Drug Policy Coalition is a broad coalition of non-governmental organizations and individuals committed to working with Canadians to create an approach to drug problems that will take a radical new direction—a course that will put the protection of public health and safety, social justice and equity at the forefront of Canada’s response to drugs. The primary goal of this report is to provide an overview of the state of Canadian drug policy by focusing the lens on key issues of concern to Canadians: public safety, access to services and supports for people with drug problems, national-level drug policy, and Canada’s escalating role in the international war on drugs. This report highlights the failing role that current federal drug policies play in supporting safety and health and draws attention to the acute need for an improved system of supports for people who use drugs including harm reduction. This report also highlights the patchwork of provincial policies and services that support people with drug problems. These policies, while valiant attempts to integrate and streamline services, do not always translate into meaningful changes on the front lines. This report also calls for a review of the overall use of the criminal law in responding to the use of illegal substances and drug related problems. The findings of this report, based on interviews with changemakers and service providers, and scans of important documents and research, reveals that Canada is at a crossroads when it comes to drug laws and policies. A new direction in drug policy is required. We can continue to work within the paradigm of drug prohibition or we can begin to explore alternative approaches and chart a new course that can help save lives, respect human rights and be more cost effective. The use of illegal substances is a complex issue and people use drugs for many reasons. Most people do not experience significant problems because of their drug use, some do develop drug problems, and others may experience clear benefits from illegal drug use. But despite deep public purse investments in enforcement- based approaches, lifetime use of cannabis stands at 39.4% and the non-medical use of prescription opioids is the fourth most prevalent form of substance use in Canada behind only alcohol, tobacco and cannabis. Rates of hiv and hcv associated with drug use are unacceptably high particularly among some groups. In 2010, 30.4% of new infections in women versus 13.5 % of new cases in men were attributed to injection drug use. Cases of hiv attributed to injecting drug use among First Nations, Métis and Inuit persons have gone up to more than 50 per cent in the period spanning 2001 to 2008. Deaths related to overdose of prescription opiates whether used medically or non-medically have risen sharply and are estimated to be about 50% of annual drug deaths. But like hiv and Hepatitis C infections, overdose deaths are highly preventable. This report addresses some of the urgent changes needed to support a comprehensive harm reduction and public health approach to the prevention and treatment of overdose. Despite often heroic efforts at the provincial and local levels to improve the system of supports, many people still wait unacceptably long for services. Where sound and relatively safe treatments exist, provincial governments and health authorities drag their feet because of outmoded ideas about some drugs or shortsighted concerns about finances. The Federal government remains openly hostile to evidence-based measures like key harm reduction services and has clearly taken a punitive approach to addressing drug use problems. Failure by all levels of government to fully meet the needs of people with drug problems, means that some groups are still outright denied these lifesaving services and many community-based organizations struggle to meet the basic needs of their clients. These difficulties are particularly acute for residents in rural areas, women and First Nations, Métis and Inuit citizens. Canada still relies on the criminal law to curb illegal drug use and stem the growth of illegal drug markets. These laws and policies disproportionally target already marginalized groups. Canada also spends enormous amounts of money annually to prevent the purchase, use and distribution of illegal drugs both inside Canada and beyond its borders. The federal government has allocated $527.8 million for the National Anti-Drug strategy for 2012-2017, much of it on enforcement related activities. This strategy only accounts for a portion of government spending on drug control. “Activities such as rcmp drug enforcement, drug interdiction, and the use of the military in international drug control efforts, drive up policing, military and border security budgets. Cannabis remains a key target of these policing activities—cannabis possession charges numbered 61,406 in 2011, a rate of 178 per 100,000 people in Canada. Police reported incidents of cannabis possession are far higher than any other illegal drug (21 for cocaine possession and a rate of 30 for all other illegal drugs combined.) And incidents of cannabis possession have increased 16% between 2001 and 2011. Cannabis remains a lucrative market—annual retail expenditures on this substance are estimated to be about $357 million per year in bc alone. Cannabis is a popular drug, and its harmful effects are certainly less than alcohol and tobacco, but the potential financial benefits of regulated and taxable product like cannabis are completely unavailable to federal and provincial treasuries. Rather than curbing drug markets, drug enforcement has actually been shown to escalate drug trade violence. Canada’s prisons are already overcrowded and the effects of recently introduced mandatory minimum sentences for some drug crimes are yet to be fully felt. And because of poor data collection we still do not have a full picture of the effects of the millions of dollars spent every year on enforcing Canada’s drug laws. One of the most urgent issues affecting Canadians is discrimination against people who use illegal drugs. This discrimination and the accompanying hostility towards people who use drugs can be felt in the derogatory statements that appear routinely in media reports of public debates about services. The recommendations in this report address the need for urgent change in three key areas: drug law reform, discrimination, services and supports. 1. Modernize Canada’s legislative, policy and regulatory frameworks that address psychoactive substances. We call for the replacement of the National Anti-Drug Strategy with one focused on health and human rights, the decriminalization of all drugs for personal use and the creation of a regulatory system for adult cannabis use. 2. Support and expand efforts to implement evidence- based approaches to eliminate stigma and discrimination, and social and health inequities that affect people who use drugs. 3. Support the scaling-up of comprehensive health and social services, including housing and treatment services that engage people with drug problems. Increase support for efforts to reduce the harms of substance use which includes robust educational programs about safer drug use, programs for distributing new supplies for injection and crack cocaine use, safer consumption services, opioid substitution therapies and heroin assisted treatment. Ensure these services are part of larger public health approach to substance use that respects the human rights of people who use drugs. Details: Vancouver, BC: Canadian Drug Policy Coalition, 2013. 112 p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 18, 2013 at: http://drugpolicy.ca/report/CDPC2013_en.pdf Year: 2013 Country: Canada Keywords: Decriminalization Shelf Number: 129029

Author: British Columbia Centre for Excellence in HIV/AIDS. Urban Health Research Initiative Title: Drug Situation in Vancouver. Second Edition. Summary: The Drug Situation in Vancouver report includes detailed information on drug use trends, drug availability, HIV rates, and behaviours among some of the city’s most vulnerable people who use illicit drugs. The analysis found: • Fewer people using injection drugs • Significant decrease in syringe sharing and related HIV and hepatitis C transmissions • Increase in drug cessation and access to addiction treatment • Unchanged ease of access to and affordability of illicit drugs Among people who use drugs in Vancouver, methadone maintenance treatment increased from 11.7 per cent in 1996 to 54.5 per cent in 2008, remaining stable since. In addition, reports of difficulty accessing addiction treatment dropped from 19.9 per cent in 1996 to as low as 3.2 per cent in 2006, and has remained below 1996 levels. There was a corresponding upward trend of injection drug use cessation during a similar period, with a rate of just 0.4 per cent in 1996 compared to 46.6 per cent in 2011. Conversely, researchers found between 2000 and 2011 illicit drugs remained easily accessible and prices were stable. Details: Vancouver, BC: Urban Health Research Initiative, 2013. 62p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 1, 2013 at: http://uhri.cfenet.ubc.ca/images/Documents/dsiv2013.pdf Year: 2013 Country: Canada Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction (Vancouver, Canada) Shelf Number: 129228

Author: Sinha, Maire Title: Family Violence in Canada: A Statistical Profile, 2011 Summary: Family violence accounted for 26% of all police-reported violent crime in 2011, a proportion similar to 2010. About half (49%) of the nearly 95,000 victims of family violence were in a current or previous spousal relationship with the accused, including both common-law and legally married partnerships. An additional 18% of victims were children of the accused, 13% were extended family members, 11% were siblings and 9% were parents, often in their senior years. Similar to overall police-reported crime trends, police-reported violence against family members appears to be declining, with decreases seen in both homicides and assaults. In 2011, the rate of family homicides per million was 47% lower than in 1981. More recently, rates of physical assault against family members have fallen by 6% since 2009 and sexual assault by 5%. The most frequent type of family violence offence reported to police in 2011 remained common assault, which includes pushing, slapping and punching, without serious physical injury. The next most frequently reported offence was major assault, which involves a weapon or results in bodily harm, followed by the offence of uttering threats. As in previous years, the majority of victims of family violence were females. They represented 80% of spousal victims, 63% of parents victimized, 58% of extended family members victimized, 57% of child victims and 57% of sibling victims. Details: Ottawa: Statistics Canada, 2013. 95p. Source: Internet Resource: Juristat Article: Accessed July 3, 2013 at: http://www.statcan.gc.ca/pub/85-002-x/2013001/article/11805-eng.pdf Year: 2013 Country: Canada Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 129254

Author: Beasley, Erin E. Title: A Comparison of Drug- and Alcohol-involved Motor Vehicle Driver Fatalities Summary: Drugs and driving is an emerging issue both within Canada and internationally, but knowledge about this topic is still in its infancy. This project was designed to complement and extend our previous and ongoing work on drug-impaired driving. Data from two distinct sources (coroners‘ reports and motor vehicle crash records) were merged to compare and contrast the circumstances and characteristics of fatally injured drivers of motor vehicles who have used either alcohol, drugs or both, and the crashes in which they were involved. The first of these datasets, the Fatality Database, houses information on all persons killed in motor vehicle collisions in Canada. This database contains the results of alcohol and drug tests performed by coroners on victims of motor vehicle collisions in Canada. These data were linked with detailed information about the crash contained in the National Collision Database, which is collected and maintained by Transport Canada. From 2000–2007, 12,978 drivers died in vehicle crashes on public roadways in Canada. Of these driver fatalities, 84.0% were tested for alcohol and 46.4% were tested for drugs. There were 5,929 drivers that were tested for both alcohol and drugs. Of these drivers, 2,689 (45.4%) had no alcohol or drugs present, 1,097 (18.5%) tested positive for a psychoactive drug (but negative for alcohol), 1,301 (21.9%) tested positive for alcohol only, and 842 (14.2%) drivers tested positive for both alcohol and at least one psychoactive drug. These findings indicate that the extent of drug use among fatally injured drivers (33%) is comparable to that of alcohol use (37%). The most common psychoactive substances found among fatally injured drivers were central nervous system depressants, cannabis, central nervous system stimulants, and narcotic analgesics. Different patterns of drug use by gender and age were also evident. An examination of the circumstances and factors associated with the crash provides evidence that collisions involving drugs were very different in nature than those involving alcohol. For example, whereas alcohol-involved fatal crashes were most common during early morning hours on weekends, drug-involved fatal crashes were more likely than alcohol-involved crashes to occur during daytime hours on weekdays. There was also a tendency for alcohol-involved crashes to involve a single vehicle; drug-involved crashes were more likely to involve more than one vehicle. The overall pattern of findings indicates that the use of drugs by drivers is an issue distinct and separate from that of alcohol use by drivers and therefore requires a unique approach to prevention, education and enforcement to reduce the number of fatal crashes involving driver drug use and improve overall road safety in Canada. Details: Ottawa, ONT: Canadiain Centre on Substance Abuse, 2011. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 18, 2013 at: http://www.ccsa.ca/2011%20CCSA%20Documents/2011_CCSA_Drug-and_Alcohol-Involved_Motor_Vehicle_Driver_Fatalities_en.pdf Year: 2011 Country: Canada Keywords: Driving Under the Influence (Canada) Shelf Number: 129444

Author: Beirness, Douglas J. Title: Alcohol and Drug Use Among Drivers: British Columbia Roadside Survey 2010 Summary: In the spring of 2010, the Government of British Columbia announced new sanctions for drinking drivers. As part of an evaluation of the impact of these new sanctions, a random survey of drivers was conducted at preselected locations in British Columbia from Wednesday to Saturday nights in June 2010. The primary purpose was to gather information on the prevalence of alcohol use among nighttime drivers to be used as a pre-legislation baseline for the evaluation. This study was also intended to extend the findings from a previous Roadside Survey (Beirness and Beasley 2009; 2010) to include a community in northern British Columbia as well as a community from the interior. An additional purpose of the survey was to gather information on the prevalence of drug use among drivers in the selected communities to complement and extend the information gathered as part of the 2008 Roadside Survey. Drivers were randomly sampled from the traffic stream between 21:00 and 03:00 and were asked to provide a voluntary breath sample to measure their alcohol use and an oral fluid sample to be tested subsequently for the presence of drugs. Of the 2,840 vehicles selected, 86% of drivers provided a breath sample and 71% provided a sample of oral fluid. Key findings include: • 9.9% of drivers had been drinking; • 7.2% of drivers tested positive for drug use; • Cannabis and cocaine were the drugs most frequently detected in drivers; • Alcohol use among drivers was most common on weekends and during late-night hours; drug use was more evenly distributed across all survey nights and times; • Alcohol use was most common among drivers aged 19 to 24 and 25 to 34; drug use was more evenly distributed across all age groups; and, • While driving after drinking has decreased considerably since1995, the number of drivers with blood alcohol concentrations (BACs) sufficient to be subject to provincial sanctions (i.e., over 50 mg/ dL ) or Criminal sanctions i (i.e., over 80 mg/dL) continues to be an area of concern. The results show that drug use among drivers is not uncommon and that the pattern of drug use by drivers differs from that of alcohol use. For example, whereas the prevalence of alcohol use increases during late night hours, particularly on Friday and Saturday nights, drug use appears more consistent across days and times. The different patterns of alcohol and drug use by drivers suggest that driving after drug use presents a unique behaviour that differs from driving after drinking, indicating the need for a separate and distinct approach to enforcement, public education, prevention, and research. In comparison to previous surveys conducted in British Columbia since 1995, there has been a considerable reduction in the proportion of drivers found to have been drinking. However, the proportion of drivers with BACs over 50 mg/dL and over 80 mg/dL remain high, suggesting the need for further initiatives directed specifically at these high risk groups. Details: Ottawa, ON: Canadian Centre on Substance Abuse, 2011. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 18, 2013 at: http://www.ccsa.ca/2011%20CCSA%20Documents/2011_CCSA_Alcohol_and_Drug_Use_Among_Drivers_en.pdf Year: 2011 Country: Canada Keywords: Breath Tests Shelf Number: 129449

Author: Cohen, Irwin M. Title: A Report on the Utility of the Automated Licence Plate Recognition System in British Columbia Summary: With the high rate of auto theft in British Columbia and the general risk to the public from unlicenced, prohibited, or uninsured drivers, the RCMP, other municipal police forces, and the Insurance Corporation of British Columbia continue to develop and test a myriad of strategies to keep citizens safe. One such strategy is the deployment of Automated Licence Plate Recognition (ALPR) technology. Over the last decade, British Columbia has had the reputation of being a world leader in auto thefts per capita. In 2003, 40,000 cars and trucks were stolen in British Columbia, with 30,000 of these stolen from within the Greater Vancouver Regional District (Schuurman, 2007). More specifically, until very recently, the city of Surrey, British Columbia, was known as the auto theft capital of the world (Schuurman, 2007). In 2005 alone, the city of Surrey experienced nearly 6,500 auto thefts (Schuurman, 2007). As part of a more general response to auto theft, in 2006, IMPACT (Integrated Municipal Provincial Auto Crime Team) began to examine the utility and feasibility of ALPR. The current study will discuss the results of the initial phase of the testing of this technology and its effectiveness in assisting police to respond to auto theft and other auto-related offences. ALPR technology uses illumination to highlight a licence plate, allowing a camera to take a photograph of the car’s licence plate. The plate image is then scanned by image-processing software which extracts the necessary data and compares the data against any number of police databases (Gordon and Wolf, 2007). ALPR software is a form of Optical Character Recognition which scans images and recognizes the characters present (Gordon and Wolf, 2007). Theoretically, ALPR can scan up to 3,600 plates per hour, either from a moving or stationary platform (Pughe, 2006). The technology can work in all lighting and weather conditions. ALPR was originally designed for use with parking lot security to regulate, for example, entry to the location or to record time of entry (Gordon and Wolf, 2007). However, current technology allows the licence plate to be compared with information stored on a variety of databases, such as stolen car hotlists or prohibited driver databases. While currently in use in British Columbia to identify stolen vehicles and unlicenced, uninsured, and/or prohibited drivers, ALPR can also assist the police to identify persons of interest associated with other criminal activity. According to a recent article (Canada NewsWire, 2007), auto theft is associated with a wide range of criminal activity, including the offences of break and enter, armed robbery, and drug-related offences. In other words, offenders steal cars for use in the commission of additional offences. For example, drug offenders may steal from within cars, but may also steal the car to raise money to purchase drugs (Schuurman, 2007). Those engaged in break and enters may steal cars to transport the stolen property. Given this, ALPR may have the benefit of assisting the police to uncover other crimes in the course of investigating prohibited, unlicenced, or uninsured drivers. As such, ALPR has the capacity to deter criminal activity, assist in locating offenders, and recover stolen property. The ability of ALPR to assist in these critical police functions is based on research suggesting that those who consistently violate traffic regulations often have a criminal history (Rose, 2000). For example, Chenery, Henshaw, and Pease (1999) found that one-third of people who illegally parked in disabled parking spots had a previous criminal record, nearly half (49 per cent) had a history of traffic violations, and one-fifth (21 per cent) were of immediate police interest or were known or suspected of having involvement with other criminal activities (18 per cent). In this study, registered keepers of vehicles who were of immediate interest to the police, who had a criminal record, whose vehicle had a history of traffic violations, whose vehicle had been used in the past for criminal activity, or who had a current vehicle illegality were all significantly more likely to be parked illegally than legally (Chenery, Henshaw, & Pease, 1999). This research suggests that ALPR can assist police beyond catching traffic violators by providing an additional tool to identify those individuals who are wanted by the police. The literature on ALPR is, to date, fairly limited. Although the technology has been used in various countries across the world, very little research on its utility has been conducted. The following sections will review the history of use of ALPR, discuss the current research project, and consider the known benefits and limitations of the technology. Details: Vancouver, BC: University College of the Fraser Valley, School of Criminology and Criminal Justice, 2007. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 18, 2013 at: http://www.ufv.ca/media/assets/ccjr/publications/ALPR.pdf Year: 2007 Country: Canada Keywords: Automated License Plate Recognition Systems Shelf Number: 129454

Author: McInturff, Kate Title: The Gap in the Gender Gap: Violence Against Women in Canada Summary: This study finds that progress on ending violence against women in Canada is stalled by the absence of a coherent national policy and consistent information about the levels of that violence. The study estimates the combined cost of adult sexual assault and intimate partner violence in Canada, and also makes several recommendations on how to improve the situation. Details: Ottawa: Canadian Centre for Policy Alternatives, 2013. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 19, 2013 at: http://www.policyalternatives.ca/publications/reports/gap-gender-gap Year: 2013 Country: Canada Keywords: Costs of Crime Shelf Number: 129459

Author: Beasley, Erin E. Title: Alcohol and Drug Use Among Drivers Following the Introduction of Immediate Roadside Prohibitions in British Columbia: Findings from the 2012 Roadside Survey Summary: In the spring of 2010, the Government of British Columbia announced new measures to deal with drinking drivers that would be implemented in September 2010. The Immediate Roadside Prohibition (IRP) program involved a series of increased sanctions applied at roadside for drivers with blood alcohol concentrations (BACs) starting at 50 mg/dL. As part of an evaluation of the impact of the IRP legislation on the drinking-driving behaviour of drivers, a survey of drivers was conducted in five communities in British Columbia in June 2010 and again in June 2012. Drivers were randomly selected from the traffic stream between 21:00 and 03:00 on Wednesday through Saturday nights and asked to provide a voluntary breath sample to measure their alcohol use and an oral fluid sample to be tested subsequently for the presence of drugs. Of the 2,513 vehicles selected for the survey in 2012, 89% of drivers provided a breath sample and 70% provided a sample of oral fluid. Driving after drinking decreased significantly following the introduction of IRP. In particular, the percentage of drivers with BACs over 80 mg/dL decreased by 59%; drivers with BACs of at least 50 mg/dL decreased by 44%. Compared to similar roadside surveys dating back to 1995, the levels of drinking and driving were the lowest ever recorded. The decreases in drinking and driving were not restricted to specific sub-groups of drivers but were universal across age groups, sex, and communities. The results also revealed a changing pattern of drinking of driving. For example, the typical pattern of increased drinking and driving on weekend nights was not observed and the prevalence of drinking drivers on the road during late night hours was less than half that found in 2010. No driver with a BAC over 80 mg/dL reported that they were coming from a bar, pub or nightclub. Together, these findings are evidence of a profound and universal change in drinking and driving in British Columbia following the introduction of the IRP legislation in September 2010. The prevalence of drug use by drivers in 2012 did not change from the levels reported in 2010. Overall, 7.4% of drivers tested positive for drugs; in 2010 7.2% of drivers were drug-positive. Once again, cannabis and cocaine were the most commonly detected substances. As was the case in previous surveys, the pattern of drug use by drivers was more consistent than alcohol use across age groups, days of the week, and time of night. It was evident from the interviews and questionnaires that drivers in British Columbia were aware of the new IRP legislation and remain concerned about impaired driving. They appear willing to accept tough measures in support of efforts to improve the safety of the roads. Several challenges remain to sustain the observed changes and further reduce the impact of impaired driving. Male drivers between 25 and 34 years of age remain the most likely to drive after consuming impairing amounts of alcohol. Although females are less likely than males to drink and drive, when they do, they tend to do so with elevated BACs. Of the drinking drivers that remain, they tend to be frequent and/or heavy drinkers. Also, the overall prevalence of drug use among drivers has not changed but there were increases in drug use among certain subgroups. These issues continue to be in need of further study and extra attention is required to develop appropriate and effective policies and programs for education, prevention, enforcement, and rehabilitation. Details: Ottawa, ON: Beirness & Associates, Inc., 2012. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 22, 2013 at: http://www.pssg.gov.bc.ca/osmv/shareddocs/bc-roadside-report2012.pdf Year: 2012 Country: Canada Keywords: Driving Under the Influence (Canada) Shelf Number: 129480

Author: Rossiter, Katherine R. Title: Domestic Violence Prevention and Reduction in British Columbia (2000-2010) Summary: This report reviews domestic violence prevention and reduction initiatives in British Columbia (BC), from 2000-2010, and more recently. The review was undertaken to support the work of the Violence Reduction Circle, a collaborative group of researchers, policy makers, clinicians, and service providers, hosted by the Centre for the Prevention and Reduction of Violence at the Justice Institute of BC. The review begins with a description of the process, which involved a comprehensive scan of online sources and key informant interviews with academic and community-based researchers, policy makers, service providers, and advocates. The author then outlines the various terms used to describe domestic violence against women, and justifies the use of this term to reflect the language adopted in provincial policy without losing the gendered language of feminist scholars. The report goes on to present the latest statistical data on rates of domestic violence in Canada and British Columbia, before summarizing the health, social, and economic costs of domestic violence against women, and the effects on children who witness. The review defines three levels of prevention strategies (primary, secondary, and tertiary), which are conceived of as interdependent and mutually reinforcing strategies to prevent and reduce violence against women and to increase the safety of women and children. The body of the report reviews domestic violence prevention and reduction initiatives in BC over the past decade, including relevant legislation and policy, training initiatives for service providers across systems, and efforts to strengthen the community response to domestic violence, including public awareness campaigns. The author makes the point that key decisions pertaining to domestic violence legislation, policy, funding, and services are closely linked to changes in government and high-profile cases of domestic violence and domestic homicide that serve to open policy windows. A brief overview of government-, police-, and community-based victim services and programs for domestic violence perpetrators follows. The review then focuses on services and prevention initiatives designed to meet the needs of specific populations of victims, namely: Aboriginal women and girls; immigrant, refugee, and non-status women; women in rural and remote communities; persons within the LGBTTS community; and children and youth. Relevant national and international domestic violence prevention programs and initiatives are identified, and the case is made for primary prevention strategies that address the root causes of crime and promote strategic investments in children and families. Details: New Westminster, BC: The Centre for the Prevention and Reduction of Violence Office of Applied Research Justice Institute of British Columbia, 2011. 81p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 22, 2013 at: http://www.jibc.ca/sites/default/files/research/pdf/Domestic-violence-prevention-reduction_REPORT.pdf Year: 2011 Country: Canada Keywords: Battered Women Shelf Number: 129486

Author: Park, David E. Title: Economic Aspects of the Development and Prevention of Criminality Among Children and Youth. A Sequel to the Kids 'N Crime Report Summary: Adverse factors impacting children from before birth to adulthood can have serious psychological effects leading to criminal behaviour in later life. In this report twelve of those factors are described, and their humanitarian impacts and prevalence are noted. Financial and other quantitative impacts and the cost of remedial measures are cited to the extent that information has been found through the literature search carried out in this study. During pregnancy and the ages from birth to five years, the long term future probabilities are established with respect to children developing into adults who live positive lives, or conversely into youths and adults who may become involved in criminal activity. The criminal tendency can be avoided to a substantial extent if children in their early years are involved in developmental activity that leads to positive personal growth or if developmental difficulties are recognized and remedial efforts applied. Thus, efforts to avoid the adverse impact on children that is caused by consuming alcohol and illicit drugs during pregnancy are one of the keys to a positive life. Early home visitations by specially trained nurses are important to identify new mothers and children where healthy child development is at risk. Centre-based programs coupled with home visitations are particularly effective. Preschool and other programs for disadvantaged children provide large social and economic benefits, particularly with respect to avoidance of long-term criminal behaviour. Remedial actions to assist children who do not outgrow aggressive tendencies are another crucial requirement. Treatment for Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder and learning disabilities can substantially improve the prospects for older children. For youths that do become involved with the criminal justice system, many can be helped by proven programs to achieve a more positive life course. In this report twelve different facets of the development and prevention of criminality among children and youth are reviewed. The general conclusion is that the humanitarian and economic consequences of these problems are very large, and that actions to prevent them or provide remedies can have even larger benefits for individuals, families and society as a whole. Investing in these actions is good public policy. “- research has provided evidence that investment in our children’s early development before they go to school can prevent many social problems and that the economic payback is spectacular.”1 Remedying these problems among school age children has similar benefits. In particular, diverting children and youth from a life of crime achieves outstanding positive results in terms of both social and economic dimensions, including costs borne by government. Details: New Westminster, BC: Justice Institute of British Columbia, 2010. 96p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 22, 2013 at: http://www.jibc.ca/sites/default/files/research/pdf/Kids-N-Crime-Sequel_Economic-Aspect_SummaryReport-Appendix_2010.pdf Year: 2010 Country: Canada Keywords: Delinquency Prevention (Canada) Shelf Number: 129487

Author: Daudelin, Jean Title: Border Integrity, Illicit Tobacco, and Canada's Security Summary: T he small town of Cornwall in eastern Ontario can be considered the contraband capital of Canada, thanks to the high volume of cross-border smuggling and illicit trade in the area. The problem has two sources: the unique local geography combined with practical, legal, and political problems that make it easy to bypass border controls; and the tolerance of Canadian and US law enforcement toward the illicit manufacture and sale of tobacco products on the Mohawk territory that straddles the Canada-US border between Ontario, Quebec, and New York State. Much of the local problem revolves around tobacco; however, significant amounts of illegal drugs, weapons, and humans have been trafficked through the area, all of these accounting for a chain of collateral crime in the surrounding region. The gross value of these illegal practices reaches into the hundreds of millions of dollars. Contraband has national security implications for Canada. Tobacco and its trade generate important economic benefits for the Mohawk community that lives on the Akwesasne (Canada) and St. Regis (US) Mohawk reserves that straddle the border. A substantial part of the production and sale is legal, but the Mohawk generally refuse to apply taxes to their legal tobacco products, and they tolerate the illegal production and sale of tobacco. As a result, a direct attack on those activities may provoke confronta- tions, and possibly even a loss of federal control over the border area. In addition, US authorities are preoccupied with the movement of illegal drugs and humans through Cornwall: any measures they take to stem the flow would hurt Canada economically by inhibiting the free circulation of goods and people across the border. Illicit tobacco accounts for about 15 percent of cigarette sales in Canada, a large proportion of which comes through Cornwall. Attempts to constrict that flow have failed. However, the pressure exerted on the trade has helped keep profits much lower than they could have been. Given the sensitive political situation and the overlapping jurisdictions and legal frameworks, enforcement authorities have been remarkably effective in containing broader security fallout. We found little evidence of extensive smuggling of drugs, weapons, and humans in recent years, and the large-scale involvement of organized crime appears to have been curtailed. Tensions with the Mohawk community have been rare, confrontations largely avoided, and a fluid and effective relationship with the Mohawk police on everything but tobacco on reserve has been built. In summary, federal authorities on both sides of the border appear to tolerate the illicit tobacco trade in favour of containing the broader criminal and security dangers that smuggling and its repression represent. On that count, current efforts have been quite successful. Executive Summary The Seaway International Bridge over the St.Lawrence River connecting the city of Cornwall, Ontario in Canada to the town of Massena, New York in the US. Details: Ottawa, ON: MacDonald-Laurier Institute, 2011. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 23, 2013 at: http://www.macdonaldlaurier.ca/wp-content/uploads/2013/03/MLIBorder-Integrity-Illicit-Tobacco-Canadas-Security.pdf Year: 2011 Country: Canada Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 129489

Author: Newark, Scott Title: Police-reported Crime Statistics in Canada: Still More Questions Than Answers Summary: Juristat’s (a division of Statistics Canada) annual Police-reported Crime Statistics in Canada provides an incomplete portrait of crime in Canada because of the way it collects and collates data. Many gaps contribute to this situation. are otherwise alerted, not the actual number of criminal incidents in the country—the two being vastly different: Canadians are only reporting 31 percent of crime, in part because of perceptions that nothing will be done by the justice system or even because of a fear of retribution. Another important gap is that Statistics Canada arbitrarily reports only one—the most serious—offence in an incident and probation, only what was deemed to be the ‘most serious’ offence would be reported by Juristat. On a positive note, and in contrast to Juristat’s practice, police services across the country are moving towards counting and reporting all offences and facilitating public reporting of crime. If adopted, such an approach also would bring drug-related crimes into Juristat’s count, which are currently not preceding year only); such comparisons are necessary to identify longer trends instead of just last year’s change. As well, relevant and available data about the criminal history of offenders is not included despite its clear value as a systemic performance measure and for legislative reform. This is especially important since recidivists commit persons charged with homicide in 2011 had a previous criminal record (most for violent offences) and the Justice - formation is available somewhere. Data such as this belongs in Juristat’s annual report on crime in Canada. Juristat’s Crime Severity Index also brings an inappropriate element of subjectivity to the measurement of crime. The Index, which is designed to separate serious from minor crime, attributes a “weight” to a crime based on the sentence the judge has subjectively decided is appropriate, not on the objective severity of the crime itself. or not) lowers the reported ‘severity’ of the crime and the attendant statistics related thereto. decreasing over time. Juristat report shows that only one recommendation has been implemented. The report also omits key findings and trends from its Highlights section that would provide a more balanced and accurate snapshot of crime in Canada. Details: Ottawa, ON: Macdonald-Laurier Institute, 2013. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 23, 2013 at: http://www.macdonaldlaurier.ca/files/pdf/Police-reported-Crime-Statistics-in-Canada-February-2013.pdf Year: 2013 Country: Canada Keywords: Crime Statistics (Canada) Shelf Number: 129490

Author: Hataley, Todd Title: Organized Crime Beyond the Border Summary: On February 4, 2011, President Barak Obama and Prime Minister Stephen Harper launched a strategy for new era of cooperation called Beyond the Border: A Shared Vision for Perimeter Security and Economic Competitiveness. Although the strategy of loosening the “belt” and tightening the “suspenders” instead is widely believed to be economically advantageous for Canada, it also lends itself to ready exploitation by organized crime. Perimeter security may be good for economic competitiveness; whether it makes us any safer, by contrast, is debatable. Beyond the Border has four goals: addressing early threats; and facilitating the growth of trade, the national economies and jobs. It envisages a layered approach to border security, with the two nations working jointly to shift border functions away from the border itself to points inland. As the title suggests, a perimeter agreement between the United States and Canada defines an established security perimeter around the continent, ostensibly protecting the approaches to the region. Its premise is to push the perimeter out by means of pre-clearance for customs, reducing the need for enforcement at actual ports of entry. Like its antecedents, Beyond the Border’s purpose is diminish marginal costs of legal cross-border activity. Yet, it does little to raise the marginal costs of illicit cross-border activity. In fact, it actually risks lowering marginal costs for illicit cross-border activity which has significant implications for law enforcement. Its assessment of the resources necessary for adopting a layered security strategy in the region is deficient and does little to curb organized crime. Far from discouraging organized crime groups from crossing the Canada–US border, the streamlining processes in Beyond the Border may actually abet intra-continental organized crime. As law enforcement agencies shift their attention beyond the North American perimeter, there is potential to pay attention to those travelling within it, thereby easing the movement of organized criminals and illicit goods within North America . Organized crime groups exploit risk management models that facilitate trusted shippers. Fitting neatly into a trustedshipper program, either by appearing as a legitimate trader or by using corrupt officials (or better yet, both), gives them the same expedited border passage afforded to legitimate businesses. Finally, Beyond the Border does not address transnational crime and related smuggling at the border point near Cornwall, Ont., which spans the Mohawk nation of Akwesasne. Without a strategy targeted specifically at this region, nefearious elements will continue to capitalize on Akwesasne’s multiplier effect on the markets of opportunity created by the differences in policy in either side of the Canada-US border. Security and economic competitiveness are at stake for both countries. However, the Americans appear to want, first and foremost, to achieve greater security, while Canadians are prioritizing economic competitiveness. Security and economic competitiveness are a false dichotomy. Paradoxically, Beyond the Border skirts Canada’s most pervasive and persistent cross-border security liability—that is, organized crime—and may even enhance its economic competitiveness. Details: Ottawa, ON: Macdonald-Laurier Institute, 2013. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 23, 2013 at: http://www.macdonaldlaurier.ca/files/pdf/2013.04.24-MLI-BorderSecurity_F_vWeb.pdf Year: 2013 Country: Canada Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 129491

Author: Vancouver Police Department Title: Vancouver Police Department 2011 Stanley Cup Riot Review Summary: On June 15, 2011, British Columbia’s National Hockey League team, the Vancouver Canucks, played their seventh and final game of the Stanley Cup Finals against the Boston Bruins. The level of local and regional interest in the current Canucks team was unprecedented and likely exceeded the public interest in any event in BC’s history, including the Canucks’ Cup Final years of 1982 and 1994, as well as the 2010 Winter Olympics Men’s Hockey Gold Medal Game. The Canadian Broadcasting Corporation (CBC) and the City of Vancouver had created “fan zones” through their Live Site where crowds gathered to watch the game on large screens. Until Game 7, despite challenges, the Vancouver Police Department (VPD) policed the series effectively for 24 playoff games and facilitated a safe environment. However, on June 15, there were approximately 55,000 people watching the game in the Live Site and another crowd that peaked at 100,000 people wandered Granville Street as well as the streets and laneways near the Live Site. The crowds were massively larger than what was expected and the level of intoxication and general belligerence was higher than that seen in previous games. This was the first game where individuals came downtown with the intent to start a riot. In the final minutes of the game, fights broke out, bottles were being thrown at the screen and cars were overturned and set on fire. It is generally accepted that the riot broke out at the Live Site location on Georgia Street. Most public attention and media coverage seems to have been focused in this area; however, what is not as commonly known is that a concurrent riot broke out at the intersection of Nelson and Granville Streets. Members of the public and police officers were assaulted by rioters and significant property damage and loss occurred. It is unusual for a sports‐related riot to have two simultaneous flashpoints and this fact could not have been anticipated. The fact that it did occur caused the VPD and its policing partners to respond to the riot on two fronts, thus stretching resources. The VPD, with assistance from other agencies in Metro Vancouver, controlled the situation in approximately three hours without serious injuries or loss of life to the police and the public. This report will examine the events leading up to and during the events of June 15 at the VPD and the City of Vancouver. To develop a complete record of events, the VPD’s Riot Review Team interviewed a total of 115 internal and external officers who were involved in Game 7 and the riot. Furthermore, a de‐brief questionnaire was developed to obtain the feedback of all officers, internal and external, who were directly involved with the events of June 15 and a total of 393 responses were received. Details: Vancouver, BC: Vancouver Police Department, 2011. 101p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 23, 2013 at: http://vancouver.ca/files/cov/2011-stanley-cup-riot-VPD.pdf Year: 2011 Country: Canada Keywords: Crowd Control Shelf Number: 129495

Author: Hunt, Sarah Title: Violence in the Lives of Sexually Exploited Youth and Adult Sex Workers in BC Summary: Violence in the Lives of Sexually Exploited Youth and Adult Sex Workers in BC was a research project conducted by community-based researchers at the Justice Institute of BC. Sarah Hunt, Natalie Clark and Melanie Mark visited 5 areas of BC during 2005, talking to people about violence in their communities. The communities they visited included Victoria, Campbell River, Kamloops, Terrace, and Prince George, as well as the smaller communities surrounding these 5 locations. These communities were chosen for the project based on an expressed need to focus on rural realities rather than larger cities such as Vancouver that have well-established resources for addressing sexual exploitation and sex work. The researchers interviewed youth and adults about their experiences as victims or witnesses of violence and talked to front-line workers, police and others about the role that the justice system plays in the lives of victims who have been sexually exploited or who work in the sex trade. This report is intended to provide a provincial overview of violence in the lives of sexually exploited youth and adult sex workers in BC, to review the informal and formal supports that are available, and to identify what communities can do to better respond to this violence. This final report has been divided in to the following sections: Project Overview and Background outlines the goals and purpose of the research, the methodology developed for the project, the role of community advisories and the involvement of experiential youth and adults. Provincial Overview includes three sections: Focus on Violence, Focus on Formal and Informal Community Supports, and Focus on the Justice System. These sections are intended to identify provincial themes, connections between communities, key barriers to reporting violence, and common experiences of those involved in the sex trade or sexual exploitation. Community Summaries includes individual summaries of the research findings in each community. The individual community sections outline local issues, recent trends, local resources, and community-based strategies. Provincial Recommendations and Next Steps provide suggested points of action for communities across BC, drawing upon the “best practices” identified in the Prince George court cases and other strategies that can be applied to any community in BC. In the Appendices we have provided further documents from the research, including the question guides and other useful tools. Details: Vancouver, BC: Justice Institute of British Columbia, Centre for Leadership and Community Learning, 2006. 78p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 5, 2013 at: http://www.peers.bc.ca/images/violence_report1106.pdf Year: 2006 Country: Canada Keywords: Prostitutes Shelf Number: 107074

Author: Asgarova, Sevinj Title: Evaluation of the Code White Program to Reduce Workplace Violence At St. Paul’s Hospital Summary: This evaluation report presents findings from the evaluation of the Code White Program at St. Paul’s Hospital. The focus of the research study was to learn more about the relationship between Code White training and response in order to strengthen the implementation of the program. Staff at St. Paul’s Hospital, who had attended Code White training and who had been involved in Code White incidents, were surveyed to identify their experiences of violence and aggression in the workplace, their receipt of training, the adequacy and relevance of the training in response to the incidents with which they were involved. An anonymous semi-structured questionnaire was sent out to the staff at St. Paul’s Hospital with the assistance of Providence Health Center. Quantitative data were analyzed by SPSS and thematic content analysis was done for the qualitative data. One-way and two-way ANOVA statistical procedures and Chi-square tests were used to analyze the quantitative data. Overall, a relationship between the training and preparedness level of staff to deal with crisis situations was established. However, age of the staff (as a proxy for experience) did not appear to have any impact on their preparedness level. The staff who received NCPI training demonstrated ability to apply training techniques. Techniques addressed in training and used most often by staff include the timely provision of medication; limit setting; verbal de-escalation; and diversion. Additional findings about the differences across job classifications and units in the use of any relevant training techniques, as well as the impact of workplace violence on the employees and staff produced suggestions for effective implementation of the program. Respondents expressed their desire for ongoing training with refreshers with respect to Code White Training. It was suggested that better resourcing, facilitating better communication and collaboration among staff teams, offering joint trainings for staff teams (particularly, for nursing and security), increasing security presence and increasing medical intervention should be priorities for effective implementation of the Code White Program. Details: New Westminster, B.C.: Justice Institute of British Columbia, Centre for Prevention and Reduction of Violence, Office of Applied Research & Graduate Studies, 2012. 49p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 5, 2013 at: http://www.jibc.ca/sites/default/files/research/pdf/Code-White_Report.pdf Year: 2012 Country: Canada Keywords: Hospitals Shelf Number: 129512

Author: Pivot Legal Society Title: Throwing Away the Keys: The human and social cost of mandatory minimum sentences Summary: Crime rates in Canada are at their lowest point since 1972, yet last year Canada’s federal government introduced sweeping legislative reforms to our criminal justice system. The stated goal of these expansive and expensive measures is to increase the safety and security of Canadians by getting “tough on crime” and holding offenders accountable. The Safe Streets and Communities Act (SSCA), alternately known as Bill C-10 and the “Omnibus Crime Bill,” was passed by Parliament on March 12, 2012. When the SSCA was debated in Parliament, Canadians were told that many provisions of the Act, including the introduction of mandatory minimum sentences for a number of drug offences, would target “serious organized drug crime” rather than people struggling with drug dependence. Many well-respected commentators, including the Canadian Bar Association, the Canadian Centre for Policy Alternatives, and the Assembly of First Nations have argued, however, that these amendments will affect a spectrum of drug offenders, including people involved in the sale and/or production of illicit substances as a result of their struggle with drug dependence. Pivot Legal Society undertook this research in order to assess the potential scope and nature of the effects of the Safe Streets and Communities Act on low-income drug users. We also sought to examine whether new criminal law provisions were likely to raise constitutional issues, particularly when applied to members of Charter-protected groups, such as Aboriginal people and people with disabilities (including drug dependence). Our conclusion is that several provisions of the SSCA, including mandatory minimum sentences for certain drug offences, are unlikely to achieve their stated goals of deterrence and disruption of organized crime. Our findings also suggest that these “tough on crime” measures will be costly, both economically and socially, and will have disproportionate negative effects for people living with drug dependence, Aboriginal people, and youth in or leaving the foster care system. Finally, we make the argument that the application of a number of provisions of the SSCA may result in violations of the Charter rights of low-income drug users and other protected groups and may therefore be vulnerable to constitutional challenge. Details: Vancouver, BC: Pivot Legal Society, 2013. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 5, 2013 at: http://d3n8a8pro7vhmx.cloudfront.net/pivotlegal/pages/395/attachments/original/1372448744/Final_ThrowingAway_lo-res_-_v2.pdf?1372448744 Year: 2013 Country: Canada Keywords: Mandatory Minimum Sentences Shelf Number: 129530

Author: Shea, T. Brent Title: Female Participation in the Police Promotion Process: Are women competing for promotion in numbers proportionate to their statistical representation in policing? Summary: Since its origin policing has existed as a male dominated para-military profession. It is only in the past two decades that women have navigated into police organizations with increasing mass. This research is focused on the positioning of women in the police management hierarchy subsequent to acquiring experience and tenure. Using primary research acquired from Ontario Police Services, viewed within the theoretical context of organizational culture, systemic discrimination, pipeline and glass ceiling theories, this paper examines the participation rate of female officers in the police promotion process. Details: London: ON: The Local Government Program Department of Political Science The University of Western Ontario, 2008. 73p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 10, 2013 at: http://www.scribd.com/doc/122834579/Female-participation-in-the-police-promotion-process-are-women-competing-for-promotion-in-numbers-proportionate-to-their-statistical-representation-i Year: 2008 Country: Canada Keywords: Female Police Officers Shelf Number: 129606

Author: O'Grady, Bill Title: Can I See Your ID? The Policing of Youth Homelessness in Toronto Summary: Homelessness, and its visibility, is back in the news in Toronto. Concerns about the scourge of panhandling have once again surfaced in local media with city councillors regularly weighing in on the ‘problem’. With little evidence that there is a dramatic increase in the numbers of people sleeping in parks or ‘aggressively’ panhandling on sidewalks, calls are once again being made for a law and order response to address this highly visible manifestation of urban poverty; to crack down on homelessness with tougher laws and stricter enforcement. All of this raises important questions about how we respond to homelessness in Canada. What does it say about Canadians when popular thought suggests that the appropriate way to address the problem of homelessness is through law enforcement? Is the use of police in dealing with people who are homeless as much a part of the Canadian response to homelessness as is the provision of shelter beds, soup kitchens and street outreach? And perhaps most importantly, what is the impact of a law and order approach to homelessness on the lives of people who experience such extreme poverty? This report sets out to document the criminalization of homelessness in Canada by exploring the relationship between homeless persons – in particular, street youth - and law enforcement officials (both the police and private security). Drawing from over 240 interviews with street youth in Toronto in 2009, as well as a review of official statistics on Ontario Safe Streets Act tickets in Toronto over the past 11 years, we explore the ways in which homelessness has been criminalized through a law and order agenda. Effective policy should be informed by research, not developed as a response to moral panics. Our research raises serious questions about the use of law enforcement as a strategy to address the visibility of homelessness in Canada. Details: Toronto: Street Youth Legal Services, Justice for Children and Youth; Homeless Hub, 2011. 94p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 12, 2013 at: http://www.homelesshub.ca/ResourceFiles/CanISeeYourID_nov9.pdf Year: 2011 Country: Canada Keywords: Homelessness (Canada) Shelf Number: 129619

Author: LaRue, Elise Title: Patterns of Crime and Universities: A Spatial Analysis of Burglary, Robbery and Motor Vehicle Theft Patterns Surrounding Universities in Ottawa Summary: This thesis explores the spatial distribution of crime in Ottawa, Canada in 2006. Crime pattern theory provides the theoretical framework for examining the relationship between the rates of burglary, robbery, and motor vehicle theft and the two universities, University of Ottawa and Carleton University. This thesis uses ArcView 3.3 software to geocode and spatially join the crime and census data, and uses GeoDa 0.9.5-i software to conduct a spatial regression procedure that accounts for spatial autocorrelation between the crime rates and socio-demographic characteristics at the dissemination area level. This thesis finds support for crime pattern theory and the geometric theory of crime, as universities are the strongest predictors of the rates of burglary and motor vehicle theft. This thesis also finds some support for both social disorganization theory and routine activity theory as a number of the expected relationships between the socio-demographic and socio-economic variables and crime are observed. Details: Burnaby, BC: Simon Fraser University, School of Criminology, 2013. 134p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed October 28, 2013 at: Year: 2013 Country: Canada Keywords: Automobile Theft Shelf Number: 131399

Author: Hicks, David Title: Economic Sectors Vulnerable to Organized Crime: Securities Summary: This report offers a detailed and accessible study of the vulnerabilities to organized crime affecting the securities sector in Canada. Much of the focus is directly or indirectly placed on Toronto (Ontario) and Montreal (Quebec) given that these jurisdictions host and regulate the main Canadian stock and derivatives exchanges, respectively. Since 2002 the Criminal Code has provided an expansive definition of organized crime/criminal organizations that includes three or more persons involved in a group that has as one of its main purposes or activities the commission of serious offences. At the time of writing, we were unable to locate any securities-related cases where a Canadian court has issued a conviction for criminal organization charges although we are aware of one pending case. There are clearly ongoing difficulties in applying the label organized crime to the stereotypical groups (Type I), let alone the diversity of individuals and groups (Type II) that may facilitate or collude in securities-related misconduct and crime. The information reviewed shows that individuals who violate the Criminal Code are typically charged with fraud. The securities sector plays a key role in Canada's financial services industry and economy. The total market capitalization in 2010 amounted to $2.3 trillion or 4 per cent of total trading among the world stock exchanges. While the 2011 Supreme Court of Canada decision rejected the federal government move towards a national securities regulator, the sector is a complex and de-centralized model of provincial regulation and cooperative national harmonization of key features. In addition, 'national' self-regulatory organizations (SROs) that receive their mandate through provincial legislation play a critical role to regulate the member firms and their employees. The securities sector is vulnerable to organized crime for several reasons, not least that this is a hybrid zone with a focus on regulatory approaches and difficulties in applying crime labels. Potential wrong-doing can be difficult to identify and the interpretation of motivations and behaviour is not as clear as in other fields, such as interpersonal crimes. The securities sector is an area of low visibility that requires proactive enforcement and prevention, in part because victims may tend not to complain due to embarrassment or lack of knowledge, and industry participants may not want to report rule violations that would undermine confidence in their business. Organized crime involvement in capital market offences is possible at several levels in terms of the depth of its infiltration of the securities market. The securities sector may be a site for the laundering of proceeds of crime generated outside of the industry, for instance, drug money, or a site for fraud and related laundering of proceeds generated to varying degrees within or alongside the sector. Criminal organizations can establish real or paper-based companies and sell real or fictitious stocks outside the regulated market, or attempt to secure the cooperation of industry insiders through the threat of violence or in repayment of gambling debts. It is also possible that criminal organizations or their members may establish partial or direct beneficial ownership of brokerage houses and engage a broader and deeper exploitation of victims. Some schemes that occur in Canada include fraudulent high-yield investments, pyramid or Ponzi schemes, and illicit 'tax-free' investments. The 20 (N=20) interviewees expressed particular concerns about Canadian investor involvement with boiler-room operations and the regulatory light-touch segments of international markets such as pink sheets and Over-the-Counter Bulletin Board (OTCBB) in the United States, the Frankfurt Stock Exchange (FSE) in Germany, and domestic markets, such as exempt securities. Fundamentally, vulnerability is represented in the asymmetry between investors and (potentially fraudulent) market actors within or outside of the securities sector. The imbalance of information, knowledge and control in favour of market actors can be reduced through the scope and intensity of regulatory oversight. However, this can also result in push and pull factors for fraudulent behaviour to capitalize on variable standards across jurisdictions and national boundaries. Vulnerability is also a product of the convergence in the securities sector of a wide range of complementary and competing government, regulatory, industry and business, and investor interests. The essential profit-driven logic underlying commercial crimes is an apparently voluntary trade in (typically) legal goods and services combined with illegal (fraudulent) methods to manipulate market values to the disadvantage of victims. Enforcement data presented by regulatory authorities and the SROs illustrate their attempts to address these vulnerabilities. The volume of criminal charges in the securities sector remains limited in number but substantial in terms of estimated losses. Reducing the vulnerability to crime and organized crime in the securities sector can be achieved through systematic attention to the limitations and possibilities of market forces and control systems. There is an ongoing need for basic and enhanced public education for investors to better protect themselves and to promote a culture of lawful and ethical behavior. Control agencies should function as interdependent (rather than strictly independent) agents within a clear set of defined goals and a coordinated strategy is necessary to detect and deter violations and to reduce impact and harm by issuing proportionate sanctions. Stakeholders could consider research and policy development in the design and implementation of a national data collection and securities intelligence model. This could improve the separate and cumulative detection and deterrence of serious repeat offending in Canadian capital markets, and its potential utility as a vehicle for criminals and organized crime. Details: Ottawa: Public Safety Canada, 2012. 65p. Source: Internet Resource: Report No. 26: Accessed October 28, 2013 at: http://publications.gc.ca/collections/collection_2012/sp-ps/PS4-123-2012-eng.pdf Year: 2012 Country: Canada Keywords: Financial Crimes Shelf Number: 131494

Author: Plecas, Darryl Title: RCMP Surrey Ride Along Study: General Findings Summary: Over the past thirty years, the public has increased their demands for police services which has contributed to RCMP detachments taking on additional responsibilities. At the same time, changes in policing technologies and Canadian case law have increased the number of steps and the amount of time it takes police to perform many of their routine activities. For many RCMP detachments, an increase in the number of members and other resources has not kept pace to the changes to the job of policing or the demands for police services. A common claim from police managers and general duty police officers is that by not adequately increasing resources, there are simply not enough members to do the job. As a result, general duty members claim that they have little to no discretionary time during their shift. In effect, there is a perception within detachments that general duty police officers are so busy responding to calls for service or dealing with paperwork that there is little time for proactive policing or other critical activities. The purpose of this study was to quantify the typical shift of a general duty police officer in Surrey, British Columbia, how often general duty members perform specific activities, the amount of time it takes, on average, for members to perform their daily activities, and the proportion of time out of a typical full shift these routine activities consume. This current report is the first in a series of reports that will examine general duty officers. While this report will focus on the methodology of the study, an analysis of the main actions and activities that general duty officers engaged in, and the amount of time it takes, on average, to perform these activities, subsequent reports will focus, for example, on officer maintenance and health, general patrolling and police driving, and investigative activities. The results provided in this report, as well as the reports to follow, will serve on-duty patrol members as well as those in administrative roles by informing them statistically on the time and task demands of general duty officers. Details: Abbotsford, Canada: BC Centre for Social Responsibility; and University of the Fraser Valley, Centre for Public Safety & Criminal Justice Research, 2012. 55p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 30, 2013 at: http://www.ufv.ca/media/assets/ccjr/reports-and-publications/Surrey_General_Findings.pdf Year: 2012 Country: Canada Keywords: Police Officers Shelf Number: 131513

Author: Laurence, Courtney Title: Reducing Crime through Physical Modification: Evaluating the Use of Situational Crime Prevention Strategies in a Rapid Transit Environment in British Columbia Summary: Situational crime prevention and crime prevention through environmental design are strategies that reduce criminal opportunities through modification of the physical environment. Although limited, evidence suggests that these strategies are successful at reducing crime that occurs in transit environments. The rapid transit system in Vancouver, British Columbia provides a unique opportunity for evaluation of situational prevention strategies as both control and experimental groups are available for examination. 2008 crime rates at stations were used to determine if there were differences in crimes between two SkyTrain lines. Bivariate analyses found that crime rates at stations that were not designed with crime prevention techniques were not significantly related to crime rates within a 100m buffer of the station suggesting that factors outside of neighbourhood crime trends affect station crime. Multiple regression was then employed to determine if particular design characteristics are predictive of crime. Implications and areas for future research are also discussed. Details: Burnaby, BC, Canada: Simon Fraser University, 2010. 117p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed November 6, 2013 at: http://summit.sfu.ca/item/11355 Year: 2010 Country: Canada Keywords: Crime Prevention through Environmental Design (CP Shelf Number: 131590

Author: McCormick, Amanda V. Title: Challenges Associated with Interpreting and Using Police Clearance Rates Summary: Police-reported crime statistics include frequency of criminal incidents, the severity of incidents, and the solve rate of incidents (Statistics Canada, 2011). These statistics are collected nationally on a monthly basis from over 1,200 different police departments in Canada, and are used to determine the overall crime and clearance rates annually reported to the public in a Statistics Canada document describing trends on a national, provincial, and, at times, municipal basis (Statistics Canada, 2011; Wallace, 2009). Police-reported crime statistics are collected for Statistics Canada by the Canadian Centre for Justice Statistics (CCJS) through the Uniform Crime Reporting (UCR) Surveys (Wallace, 2009). One survey collects aggregate data, while the other collects incident-based data; specifically, incident and offender characteristics (Statistics Canada, 2003). Importantly, when a single criminal event involves multiple offences (e.g. an intoxicated person who committed an assault in public is found to be holding a small amount of marijuana), the aggregate UCR collects data on only the most serious incident (the assault)1; therefore, the national statistics on crime represents only a portion of the total amount of crime. While the UCR Incident-Based Survey records additional incidents (although detailed information pertaining to the additional offences is not reported), there is a maximum of four violations allowed recorded per incident, meaning that undercounting of criminal incidents occurs (Wallace, Turner, Matarrazo, & Babyak, 2009). Furthermore, data reported to CCJS does not reflect all activities of police, as many calls for service are based on violations of provincial (e.g. Mental Health Act) or municipal (e.g. bylaw issues) legislation. UCR-based data is further limited in that it does not reflect the dark figure of crime, i.e. the amount of crime not detected, reported to, or recorded by police, nor does it reflect unfounded (crimes that were reported but which did not actually occur) or unsubstantiated (crimes that were reported but police determine there is no evidence to support that an offence occurred) crimes. These offences are not reflected in UCR data, and, therefore, are not factored into crime and clearance rates (Statistics Canada, 2011; Wallace et al., 2009). Instead, UCR data only consists of crimes that have been reported and substantiated by police. Despite these restrictions and limitations, these official statistics are commonly used by policy makers, academics/researchers, and the general public to draw inferences about the effectiveness of various police forces at deterring, investigating, and solving crime, and inform the public about the quantity and nature of crime (Hollins, 2007). Crime rates are calculated by dividing the number of criminal incidents in a given time period (often the past year) by a given population number (often 100,000 for national statistics or 1,000 for provincial). Thus, the crime rate theoretically allows for meaningful comparisons to be drawn between jurisdictions as the size of the population is controlled. However, using crime rates for this purpose should be done with caution, given the limitations on the types of data included. Similarly, clearance rates are calculated by dividing the number of solved crimes by the total number of crimes. Theoretically, clearance rates measure the effectiveness of a police force at investigating and successfully solving crimes. According to Statistics Canada, crimes are "solved" when police have sufficient evidence to charge an individual with the offence. These solved offences can then be cleared through a charge or cleared "otherwise", meaning that police had sufficient grounds to lay charges, but proceeded in some other way, such as by diverting the chargeable suspect. These two forms of solving crime are factored into the clearance rate, which, prior to 2009, was calculated by dividing the total number of calls successfully cleared by the total number of known incidents. The remaining offences not cleared may be left as founded uncleared in that there is evidence that a crime occurred, but not enough evidence to identify a chargeable suspect. Alternatively, the offence may be unfounded or unsubstantiated but, as previously noted, these latter two offence types will not be factored into the crime or clearance rates, as there is insufficient evidence that a crime actually occurred. Calls for service can also be scored as involving assistance, information, or prevention; similar to unfounded or unsubstantiated calls, these do not involve reportable offences and so are not factored into crime or clearance rates. With these non-reportable exceptions to police calls for service, founded uncleared crimes represent the overall number of reportable crimes unsolved by police. Recently, changes have occurred to both crime and clearance rate calculations to factor in the severity of crimes cleared by police. This is a very important change because, previously, crime rates would be dominated by high volume, but relatively minor crimes. For example, a decrease in the number of thefts under $5,000 could have the effect of decreasing the overall crime rate when more serious crimes, such as assaults, were increasing (Wallace et al., 2009). Thus, in 2009, the Crime Severity Index was introduced so that offences were weighted based on their seriousness. Similarly, since 2009, clearance rates have also been calculated using a weighting formula that assigns more weight to more serious offences (Wallace et al., 2009). As a result of this weighting system, a national weighted clearance rate of 38% does not mean that police solved 38 out of every 100 recorded crimes. Clearance rate statistics today are therefore not straightforward reflections of how many incidents were cleared relative to how many occurred, making it more difficult to use these statistics for comparative purposes. However, as will be argued below, even prior to the introduction of the weighted clearance rate, using clearance rate data for comparative purposes was problematic for other reasons. Details: Abbotsford, BC, Canada: University of the Fraser Valley, Centre for Public Safety and Criminal Justice Research, 2012. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 6, 2013: Year: 2012 Country: Canada Keywords: Crime Statistics (Canada) Shelf Number: 131599

Author: McCormick, Amanda V. Title: Motor Vehicle Theft: An Analysis of Recovered Vehicles in the Fraser Valley Summary: Motor vehicle theft is one of the most commonly reported crimes in Canada. In British Columbia, an estimated 48 vehicles are stolen every day. Vehicles are typically stolen for three reasons: recreation, transportation, or profit. Vehicles stolen for recreation primarily involve youth attempting to establish status among peers. This form of motor vehicle theft involves joyriding or stealing a vehicle for fun. Vehicles stolen for transportation are often stolen for a single-trip. These vehicles may also be stolen for use in other offences, such as break and enter. Vehicles stolen for profit are either stolen directly for resell or in order to sell the vehicle's individual parts. These vehicles may also be falsely reported stolen for the purposes of insurance fraud by the vehicle's owner. Research on motor vehicle theft has primarily focused on its motives, the methods used by auto thieves, and the profile of auto thieves. There has been a lack of research specifically on the recovery of stolen vehicles. The current study analyzed 2,335 police reports of vehicles stolen from the Fraser Valley cities of Abbotsford, Chilliwack, and Mission. The analysis also included vehicles reported stolen in other jurisdictions, but subsequently recovered in Abbotsford, Chilliwack, or Mission. Nearly half (49 per cent) of all stolen vehicles were taken from the owner's house. Most stolen vehicles (85.5 per cent) were taken by damaging the vehicle's ignition system. Cars were stolen more frequently than trucks, comprising nearly two-thirds (62 per cent) of the current sample. On average, stolen vehicles were 13 years old. Dodges (14.5 per cent) and Fords (13.7 per cent) were the most commonly stolen vehicles. Almost all (89 per cent) vehicles reported stolen in the current study were eventually recovered by police. Slightly more than one-third (35.5 per cent) of stolen vehicles were recovered in residential areas. Other locations included rural (16.8 per cent) or remote areas (11.2 per cent), in addition to business areas (14.7 per cent). Given that only 5.6% of vehicles were stolen from rural and remote locations, but nearly one-third (28 per cent) of stolen vehicles were recovered in rural and remote locations, further analyses were conducted with 305 vehicles that met this criteria. The most common location for vehicle recoveries in remote and rural locations was Burma Road in Mission (9.8 per cent). The results suggest that Burma Road may be somewhat of a "hot spot" for the dumping of stolen vehicles. The majority (81 per cent) of recovered vehicles had some degree of damage upon recovery. In total, 3.6% of vehicles were destroyed completely, while 5.3% were burned. Vehicles that were recovered in rural or remote dumpsites were significantly more likely to be damaged than vehicles recovered in non-rural or remote locations. Over two-thirds (68.7 per cent) of destroyed vehicles were dumped in a rural or remote location. Similarly, over half (56.1 per cent) of burned vehicles were dumped in rural or remote locations. Much of the motor vehicle theft analyzed in the current study could likely be categorized as motor vehicle theft for transportation. The vast majority of vehicles stolen in the Fraser Valley were also recovered there. Further, many vehicles were recovered in the same jurisdiction from which they were stolen. A small proportion of vehicles recovered in the Fraser Valley were vehicles stolen from neighbouring or otherwise nearby jurisdictions. It is possible that the lack of available transportation between Lower to the Fraser Valley. Over one-quarter (28 per cent) vehicles stolen in the Fraser Valley were subsequently recovered in rural or remote areas. Specifically, 11.2% of stolen vehicles were recovered from remote dumpsites. It is not reasonable to presume that transportation would be the motive for theft in these cases. Instead, it is plausible that some of these vehicles are reported stolen for the purpose of committing insurance fraud. Many of the vehicles recovered in rural and remote dumpsites were damaged, possibly indicating an attempt to cover up the identity of the vehicle's owner or other evidence indicative of fraud. To prevent, or at least increase, the potential to substantiate suspicions of insurance fraud, the results of the study suggest that utilizing stationary surveillance cameras may be beneficial in known dumpsites. By using stationary cameras along access roads to more frequently used rural and remote dumpsites, investigators will have access to documented photographs that may support claims that a person has engaged in insurance fraud through falsely reporting a motor vehicle theft. The results of the current study identified several potential areas for future research. The current study provided much needed information regarding the nature of vehicle theft and recovery in the Fraser Valley; however, future research should seek to expand the understanding of the role of insurance fraud; in particular, as it relates to remote dumpsites. This is especially important, given that the high rate of vehicle recovery in the current study (89 per cent) indicated a lack of theft for profit. Secondly, research should focus on the identification of risk factors for motor vehicle theft. In other words, future research should seek to identify those factors that most likely contribute to vehicle theft and recovery. Details: Abbotsford, BC: School of Criminology and Criminal Justice, University College of the Fraser Valley, 2007. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 11, 2013 at: http://www.ufv.ca/media/assets/ccjr/reports-and-publications/Auto_Theft_Recovery.pdf Year: 2007 Country: Canada Keywords: Automobile Theft Shelf Number: 131616

Author: Morden, Hilary Kim Title: Violent Victimization in Cyberspace: An Analysis of Place, Conduct, Perception, and Law Summary: The anonymity, affordability, and accessibility of the Internet can shelter individuals who perpetrate violent acts online. In Canada, some of these acts are prosecuted under existing criminal law statutes (e.g., cyber-stalking, under harassment, s. 264, and cyber-bullying, under intimidation, s. 423[1]). However, it is unclear whether victims of other online behaviours such as cyber-rape and organized griefing have any established legal recourse. Examples of virtual violence in social networking sites, immersive games, and metaverses are critically examined against the backdrop of cyberspace as place, psychology of the constructed persona, and violations of trust online. These examples are then discussed with reference to current criminological theory and relevant Canadian and American legislation. Details: Burnaby, BC: Simon Fraser University, 2012. 141p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed November 11, 2013 at: http://summit.sfu.ca/item/12358 Year: 2012 Country: Canada Keywords: Cyberbullying Shelf Number: 131640

Author: Plecas, Darryl Title: Do Judges take Prior Record into Consideration? An Analysis of the Sentencing of Repeat Offenders in British Columbia Summary: A fundamental principle in nearly every common-law jurisdiction, such as the United Kingdom, Australia, New Zealand, Canada, and the United States, is that an offender's prior record should play a central role in sentencing. In fact, the importance of previous criminal history should only be surpassed by the seriousness of offence committed (Roberts, 1997; Ulmer, 1997; Vigorita, 2001). In Canada, the public has held the views that repeat offenders should be held more accountable for their offenses and should receive a harsher penalty (Roberts, 2008). This perspective is based on the notion that deliberate and persistent criminal activity indicates that the offender is a chronic and significant risk to society who consistently demonstrates a disregard for the rules and laws of society and its citizens. As Ruby et al. (2004: 311) stated, a "criminal record may show that the offender is committed to a criminal way of life and therefore a danger to society". Indeed, many legislators and courts have stated that an offender's second offence must be considered more serious than their first, and leniency should not be given to offenders with lengthy criminal histories (Ulmer and Kramer, 1996; Roberts, 2008). Although criminologists have questioned the general deterrent effect of custodial sentences for decades, several authors have pointed out its strong specific deterrent effect, especially with dangerous and repeat offenders (Gendreau, Goggin, & Cullen, 1999; Weinrath and Gartrell, 2001). Indeed, while looking at the overall effect of prison sentences on recidivism, Gendreau et al. (1999) maintained that the most important objective of prisons should be the targeted incapacitation of chronic and high-risk offenders. In British Columbia, even a cursory review of sentencing practices suggests that prior criminal record has played little or no role in the sentencing decision of judges. To illustrate this point, data collected from police records in PRIME-BC was analyzed to examine the likelihood of being sentenced to a term in prison and the sentence length for offenders found guilty of either assault or break and enter. While it is apparent that judges in British Columbia treat first time offenders somewhat more leniently than repeat offenders, the data presented in this article clearly indicates that judges have not been taking prior record into consideration when sentencing repeat offenders. Details: Abbotsford, BC: University of the Fraser Valley, Centre for Public Safety & Criminal Justice Research, 2012. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 13, 2013 at: http://www.ufv.ca/media/assets/criminology/Do+Judges+Consider+Prior+Record.pdf Year: 2012 Country: Canada Keywords: Judges Shelf Number: 131649

Author: Koren, Elaine Title: Border Patrols Between Ports of Entry: A Discussion Paper Summary: When considering the challenge of managing borders between highly organized, formal ports of entry (POEs), the European Union (EU), the United Kingdom (UK) and the United States (US) seem to have much in common with Canada: long coastlines and land borders. In addition, they have shared democratic ideals and similar political institutions that have to cope with issues of illegal immigration, smuggling and the potential for terrorism, even when their citizens have expectations of freedom of travel across borders. Underlying these commonalities, however, there is the reality that the cultural and political institutions are not identical. The rankings of public policy priorities differ. Both geography and history shape how different societies chose to organize to preserve their territorial integrity. This paper provides a comprehensive description of the current state of those efforts. It allows for an informed discussion of whether there are lessons of implementation or examples of arrangements that could find application in Canada. Even if it is judged not to be the case, Canada will still have to interact with these, its closest partners, in guarding common interests. Knowledge of the structure, operation and political environments in which they have developed will help Canada understand their preoccupations and achieve the highest level of effective cooperation that is reasonably possible in a diverse world. Details: Ottawa: Public Safety Canada, 2013. 94p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 23, 2013 at: http://www.publicsafety.gc.ca/lbrr/archives/cn63314180-eng.pdf Year: 2013 Country: Canada Keywords: Border Patrol Shelf Number: 131669

Author: Vanlaar, Ward Title: Behavioral Patterns of Interlocked Offenders: Phase II Summary: The purpose of this new study was to further investigate the behavioural patterns of offenders using interlock data organized by jurisdiction and sex of offenders for a number of different violation types (e.g., attempt to skip a running retest). This quantitative study was conducted using interlock data compiled from Texas, California and Florida for the period between 1999 and 2012 and was provided by LifeSafer. One of the primary objectives of the study was to enable administrators and practitioners to effectively utilize knowledge about behavioural patterns of interlocked offenders to create reasonable, realistic and achievable expectations regarding program features and offender performance. The results from this current study corroborate the findings from previous research and demonstrate that many offenders on an interlock are not compliant at the beginning of their program participation, however the majority of them quickly become more compliant. Findings also suggest that monitoring can have an important impact on compliance. Details: Ottawa: Traffic Injury Research Foundation, 2013. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 23, 2013 at: http://tirf.ca/publications/PDF_publications/Behavioral_Patterns_of_%20Interlocked_Offenders_Phase_II_6.pdf Year: 2013 Country: Canada Keywords: Alcohol Interlock Devices Shelf Number: 131670

Author: Carrington, Peter J. Title: Co-offending in Canada, 2011 Summary: Police-reported crime statistics provide a wealth of information on the number and type of criminal offences committed in Canada each year, yet few studies have looked at the issue of co-offending: crimes committed by two or more people. Traditional crime statistics tend to focus on the number of incidents and the characteristics of offenders or victims, and have yet to explore incident characteristics of crimes committed by groups of people. Co-offences can be categorized into pair crimes, those incidents committed by 2 offenders, and group crimes, which involve 3 or more offenders. Measuring the nature and extent of co-offending is an area of importance as previous studies have shown that co-offences are, on average, more serious than those involving a lone offender (Carrington 2002). Further, pair and group crimes are evidence of collaboration among offenders and play a role in the recruitment of new offenders (van Mastrigt and Farrington 2011). Using police-reported information from the 2011 Incident-based Uniform Crime Reporting (UCR2) Survey, this Juristat article addresses three key questions related to co-offending: 1.Prevalence: how many incidents reported by police in 2011 were committed by 2 or more people, and how did this vary over time and by jurisdiction? 2.Associated factors: which factors (i.e. age, sex, offence type) are associated with increased rates of co-offending? 3.Seriousness: are co-offending incidents more or less serious compared to incidents committed by a lone accused? The seriousness of an incident can be assessed using many factors, including the use of weapons during the commission of the offence, and injuries incurred by victims, to name a few. In addition to exploring these three key questions, this Juristat article also examines other areas related to co-offending, including street gangs, and concludes with an examination of the clearance rates of those accused of co-offences. Details: Ottawa: Canadian Centre for Justice Statistics, 2013. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Juristat; Accessed November 23, 2013 at: http://www.statcan.gc.ca/pub/85-002-x/2013001/article/11856-eng.pdf Year: 2013 Country: Canada Keywords: Co-offenders Shelf Number: 131689

Author: Arbel, Efrat Title: Bordering on Failure: Canada-U.S. Border Policy and the Politics of Refugee Exclusion Summary: The report examines Canadian border measures designed to intercept and deflect "undesirable travelers", including asylum seekers, before they set foot on Canadian soil and make a claim for refugee protection. It also examines the U.S.-Canada Safe Third Country Agreement, a "refugee sharing" agreement implemented by Canada and the United States to exercise more control over their shared border. In effect since 2004, the Agreement forces refugee claimants to seek protection in the first country they reach-either Canada or the United States. It prevents asylum seekers who are in the United States, or traveling through the United States, from making refugee claims at the Canadian border (and vice versa), subject to certain exceptions. The report finds that through these measures, Canada is systematically closing its borders to asylum seekers, and avoiding its refugee protection obligations under domestic and international law. Details: Cambridge, MA: Harvard Immigration and Refugee Law Clinical Program, Harvard Law School, 2013. 115p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 27, 2014 at: http://harvardimmigrationclinic.files.wordpress.com/2013/11/bordering-on-failure-harvard-immigration-and-refugee-law-clinical-program1.pdf Year: 2013 Country: Canada Keywords: Asylum, Right of Shelf Number: 131809

Author: Morgan, David Title: Promising Practices to Help Children and Youth who have been Exposed to Violence Summary: Children and youth in challenging contexts, both in Canada and overseas, face common threats to their mental health that can be better addressed when researchers, service providers, practitioners, and communities pool their knowledge, resources, and lessons learned of what works best for improving young peoples' mental health. If these groups continue to work within their occupational and disciplinary boundaries, they will fail to mobilize the full potential of the evidence documented by researchers, the practice-related knowledge of service providers and practitioners, and the local knowledge of communities. The CYCC Network was developed in response to this need and in the summer of 2013, released three thematic knowledge synthesis reports: violence, technology, and youth engagement. Violence against children and youth, in particular, is a complex public health problem that affects communities worldwide, and can lead to potentially devastating consequences for young people and their families if left unaddressed. To tackle this problem, a coordinated effort to share and document best practices for addressing young peoples' mental health needs is urgently needed. Without opportunities to share this knowledge, there is a risk of delivering potentially ineffective interventions that are difficult for young people and their families to access or relate to. Additionally, poorly-researched or evaluated interventions often ignore the structural barriers (e.g. limited access to mental health practitioners, stigma, and a lack of resources to evaluate programs) that shape young peoples' mental health and wellbeing. In light of these challenges, the knowledge synthesis report on violence explores the effective strategies used among children and youth in challenging contexts who have been exposed to violence, in order to help them overcome trauma and feel safe in their families, schools, and communities. Recent years have seen an explosion of new, innovative programs that focus on improving the lives of vulnerable young people through the use of technology. The internet has opened doors of opportunity to reach these children and youth in more effective ways with the information and support they need to lead healthy lives. Today, mobile phones are one of the most prolific mediums through which interventions can be delivered. While the rapid developments made in technology present many opportunities, the expansion of this field has not been accompanied by a comparable level of research and evaluation. There is a need for more evidence to support the use of technology as a means of intervention with children and youth in challenging contexts. In response to this gap, the knowledge synthesis report on technology reviews innovations in technology that are known to be effective in helping children and youth in the most challenging of contexts, to nurture resilience, prevent mental health problems, and build a special place for themselves in the collective life of their communities. Finally, there has been an increasing recognition that youth engagement is central to any best practice or intervention that involves young people. Valuing youth engagement puts the focus on the positive contributions that youth make to programs and their effectiveness. Programs and services that acknowledge the independence and agency of at-risk youth provide opportunity for young people to give feedback on the relevance and appropriateness of the programs that serve them. Additionally, youth engagement can promote a sense of empowerment on an individual level, and facilitate healthy connections between young people and their community. Despite these benefits, however, there remains a gap in our understanding of the implications of engaging vulnerable youth. In order to better understand and optimize youth engagement, different strategies need to be explored that identify their appropriateness for youth living in different challenging contexts, representing all genders and age categories. With these gaps in mind, the knowledge synthesis report on youth engagement explores strategies that have been shown to work in engaging children and youth in challenging contexts as full members of their communities and in ending feelings of disempowerment and abandonment. Ultimately, the three knowledge synthesis reports are interconnected in ways that can help to form a comprehensive strategy for researchers, practitioners, service providers, and communities to address the needs of vulnerable children and youth in Canada and overseas. For example, lessons learned from the violence report can inform programs and interventions that use technology to address the mental health needs of young people in challenging contexts. Similarly, the many innovative examples and lessons learned highlighted in the technology report may be used to inform professionals working with children and youth exposed to violence, through the design and delivery of technology-based programming that is safe, accessible and effective for youth in different contexts. In turn, the youth engagement report showcases important work that can be used to inform both the violence and technology reports with best practices for engaging youth in the design and implementation of programs so that interventions are relevant, meaningful and effective to children and youth in challenging contexts. Details: Halifax, NS: CYCC Network, 2013. 134p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 31, 2014 at: http://www.cyccnetwork.org/files/Violence%20Report.pdf Year: 2013 Country: Canada Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 131835

Author: McDonald, Susan Title: Male Survivors of Sexual Abuse and Assault: Their Experiences Summary: Over the past three decades, the Canadian criminal law on sexual assault and other sexual offences has changed quite significantly through both the courts and parliament. It is now recognized that males, both as children and as adults, can be victims and survivors of sexual abuse and sexual assault. The majority of victims of sexual assault are female and there is a significant body of research from many disciplines examining the criminal and civil justice system responses, impacts, treatment, etc. The body of research on male victims is much more limited likely due to the smaller numbers and challenges recruiting representative samples. This research study examines the experiences of male survivors of both child sexual abuse (CSA) and adult sexual assault (ASA). In Canada, statistics come from police-reported and self-reported data. The police-reported data for 2010 show that males accounted for 12% of sexual assault victims (Levels 1, 2 and 3) (Brennan 2012). In nearly half (47%) of police-reported sexual assaults against male victims in 2008, the accused was someone known to the victim (e.g., friend, acquaintance, or current/former dating partner), but was not a family member. In 2009, the self-reported sexual assault victimization rate for males was half the rate for females (15 vs. 34 per 1,000) (Perrault and Brennan 2010, 22) and it is estimated that the majority of sexual assaults against males and females (88%) are not reported to police (Perreault and Brennan 2010, 14). Researchers worked closely with staff at two men's support centres. Staff provided input on the survey tool, helped recruit participants and provided follow-up counseling to participants if requested. Letters of information and consent were provided to participants. Interviewers conducted a total of 59 semi-structured interviews, each interview lasting on average 45 minutes. The sampling for this research project was purposive and non-random and thus the findings reflect the experiences of the participants and cannot be generalized to all male sexual abuse/assault victims. The findings section is organized by themes including demographics of the sample, supports, effects, coping strategies and suggestions. Details: Ottawa: Department of Justice Canada, 2013. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: http://www.justice.gc.ca/eng/rp-pr/cj-jp/victim/rr13_8/rr13_8.pdf Year: 2013 Country: Canada Keywords: Child Sexual Abuse Shelf Number: 131850

Author: National Crime Prevention Centre (Canada) Title: Local Safety Audit Guide: To Prevent Trafficking in Persons and Related Exploitation Summary: This guide is designed to contribute to the development of strategic action plans to prevent human trafficking and other related forms of violence and exploitation in Canada's urban centres, and to address the factors which make particular groups far more vulnerable to sexual exploitation and/or forced labour than others. It uses a sound evidence-based approach, and explicitly considers gender and other intersecting factors which influence an individual's vulnerability. It will enable stakeholders from the public sector and civil society to assess the nature and extent of these problems in their particular urban area, and to develop an action plan tailored to those problems and their local context. The need for unified action - in Canada and internationally - to prevent human trafficking, a modern form of slavery, which violates fundamental human rights, is clear. The Government of Canada's National Action Plan (2012) seeks to accelerate action against trafficking in relation to prevention, prosecution, and protection of victims, and to foster partnerships which are vital to achieving progress in each of these areas. Human trafficking is a complex crime which is facilitated by many factors, including the vulnerability of particular populations to exploitation, complicity or ignorance on the part of civil society, and the demand for particular goods and services. Human trafficking involves the recruitment, transportation, harbouring and/or exercising control, direction or influence over the movements of a person in order to exploit that person, typically through sexual exploitation or forced labour. Trafficking may occur entirely in one country or involve individuals being trafficked from other countries. It may involve illegal migrants who find themselves exploited once they arrive in Canada. It may involve people legitimately entering the country under foreign worker programs, but whose treatment and conditions of work amount to exploitation. Details: Ottawa: Public Safety Canada, 2013. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report: 2013-1: Accessed March 13, 2014 at: http://www.publicsafety.gc.ca/cnt/rsrcs/pblctns/lcl-sfty-dtgd/lcl-sfty-dtgd-eng.pdf Year: 2013 Country: Canada Keywords: Forced Labor Shelf Number: 131906

Author: Gobeil, Renee Title: Older Incarcerated Women Offenders: Social Support and Health Needs Summary: Due to the increasing aging offender population, and the limited research on older women offenders, a recent profile of older federal women offenders was undertaken by the Research Branch. While that study provided a preliminary descriptive profile of the levels of risk and need of older women, it also identified several areas that would benefit from further investigation. As a follow-up to the initial profile report, the goal of current study was to collect information concerning the unique needs of older women offenders in the areas of social support and health. What we did Interviews were conducted with 30 federal women offenders over the age of 50. The interview focused on the women's perceptions and experiences with sources of social support both internal and external to the institutions. Additionally, women's concerns regarding their physical and mental health, as well as their experiences with health care services were also explored throughout the interview. What we found Women were asked about their sources of social support outside (family, friends, community groups) and inside (staff, other inmates, programs/activities) the correctional facilities. All the women reported having at least one source of support available to them outside of the facility. Overall, they ranked the support they received from these external sources higher compared to institutional sources of support within the facilities. Most older women offenders (96%) identified having two or more physical health problems at the time of the study. Three common physical health problems that primarily affect older women include menopause, cancer (breast, uterus, and cervix), and osteoporosis. Half the women reported that they had experienced a mental health condition, symptom, or diagnosis since admission. Overall, older women were mostly satisfied with physical health care and psychological services; however, they identified limited access to both physical and mental health staff as an area of improvement. What it means Areas of improvement identified by the women include separate housing for older and younger offenders, and increased access to alternative health care options. Increased knowledge of these and other specific need areas will assist the Women Offender Sector in effectively addressing current barriers and planning for upcoming decisions relating to the use of new infrastructure. Details: Ottawa: Correctional Service Canada, 2012. 83p. To obtain a PDF version of the full report, contact the following address: research@csc-scc.gc.ca Source: Internet Resource: 2012 No. R-275: Accessed March 28, 2014 at: http://www.csc-scc.gc.ca/005/008/092/005008-0275-eng.pdf Year: 2012 Country: Canada Keywords: Elderly Inmates Shelf Number: 132023

Author: Allenby, Kim Title: A Profile of Women Who Sexually Offend Summary: Women who have committed sexual offences are an understudied offender population that only relatively recently has become a growing area of interest in research. More recently, research has focused on exploring pathways to offending and developing a descriptive model of the process of female-perpetrated sexual offending (e.g., Gannon & Cortoni, 2010). In collaboration with Theresa Gannon, the Research Branch will seek to reproduce her work using a sample of Canadian women sexual offenders (WSOs). As an initial phase, the goal of the current study was to provide a descriptive profile of WSOs under CSC jurisdiction and contribute to our general knowledge and understanding of this population. What we did All Canadian federal women offenders identified as sexual offenders between January 2001 and March 2010 were included in the sample (N = 58). Using the Offender Management System, data were collected concerning offender demographics, risk, and needs; offence, accomplice and victim characteristics; social history; and typology. Data were gathered via automated extraction and manual file review. What we found WSOs were most likely to be Caucasian, in their thirties at intake into federal institutions, and under-educated. They presented with high risk and high needs, particularly in the areas of personal/emotional and family/marital needs. Most women had experienced some type of abuse in childhood (70%; most frequently sexual abuse) and/or adulthood (84%; most frequently physical abuse). 72% of WSOs committed their offence alongside at least one accomplice who was most likely to be male and the woman's partner. Victims' ages ranged but victims were most often young children (5-11) or adolescents (12-17). Typology analyses revealed that over half the WSOs (55%) were male accompanied/coerced offenders; another 19% were identified as angry/impulsive offenders. In comparison to the rest of the WSO sample, those women identified as male accompanied/coerced offenders presented with significantly higher need in relation to the family/marital domain. Angry/impulsive WSOs, in comparison to the rest of the sample, presented with higher risk and more considerable needs in the domains of substance abuse, associates and personal/emotional. What it means Results contribute to our understanding of the unique characteristics, risk and needs of women who commit sexual offences and will assist staff in understanding, treating, and managing these women who present with complex needs. In addition, these results provide early evidence for gender differences in sex offending behavior and thereby provide background for an upcoming, in-depth report examining the pathways to, and processes of female-perpetrated sexual offending. Finally, these results also provide context for the development and implementation of the Program for Women Who Sexually Offend; a program designed to meet the needs and promote successful community reintegration for federal women sexual offenders. Details: Ottawa: Correctional Service of Canada, 2012. 29p. To obtain a PDF version of the full report, contact the following address: research@csc-scc.gc.ca Source: Internet Resource: 2012 No. R-274: Accessed March 28, 2014 at: http://www.csc-scc.gc.ca/research/005008-0274-eng.shtml Year: 2012 Country: Canada Keywords: Female Offenders Shelf Number: 132024

Author: Dunbar, Laura Title: Gang Cohesion and Intervention Strategies: A Review of the Literature Summary: The proliferation of gang membership and activity has become an increasing concern in Canadian society. As the gang problem becomes more severe, CSC's need to better understand this population and find effective strategies to deal with gang-affiliated offenders has become more important. What we did A review of current literature was conducted to outline the status of gangs in Canada, examine gang cohesion, and provide an overview of gang management and intervention strategies, both in the community and in the institutional settings. What we found Despite a lack of consensus on the definition of a 'gang', some key elements of gang activity and structure have been identified and several typologies of gangs have been proposed. Based on continuous changes and their complex nature, gangs must be defined in the local Canadian context. In the community setting, street gangs are growing in number and type and are becoming more violent and sophisticated; Canada is becoming the center of operations for some trans-national organized crime groups; and there has been an increase in female gangs. Further, the line between different types of criminal groups is becoming less distinct. In the institutional setting, differences have been identified between gang affiliate types suggesting unique offender profiles rooted in gang groupings. Street gangs and prison gangs present a major challenge for correctional officials because of the high level of violence and criminogenic need commonly associated with these groups. Individuals may join gangs, maintain membership and leave gangs for a myriad of reasons; what is key is the understanding that gangs often serve to meet unfulfilled needs of their members. Variations in gang cohesion are related to the conditions under which the gang is founded or developed, the characteristics of the members, their collective choices, and the level of loyalty expected. Community-based interventions include suppression, detached-worker and school-based programs displaying limited success, and recent multi-faceted approaches showing promise. Management and suppression strategies are important for ensuring institutional safety and security, however their effectiveness is limited. Emphasis should be placed on research and development of correctional programming and treatment that respond to the unmet needs of gang-affiliated inmates. Details: Ottawa: Correctional Service of Canada, 2012. 62p. To obtain a PDF version of the full report, contact the following address: research@csc-scc.gc.ca. Source: Internet Resource: 2012 No. R-292: Accessed March 31, 2014 at: http://www.csc-scc.gc.ca/005/008/092/005008-0292-eng.pdf Year: 2012 Country: Canada Keywords: Gangs Shelf Number: 132032

Author: Usher, Amelia Title: The Effectiveness of Correctional Programs with Diverse Offenders: A Meta-Analytic Study Summary: Correctional populations in most countries today are composed of a heterogeneous group representing offenders from varying ethnic and racial backgrounds. Correctional constituencies therefore have an interest in determining if interventions are effective in reducing criminal recidivism for a diverse group of individuals. Canada's federal offender population increasingly represents a broad range of ethnic and cultural groups. The Correctional Service of Canada (CSC) is responsible for providing effective correctional programming for all offenders requiring it. Traditionally, most research on correctional interventions has not disaggregated outcomes for the various ethnic groups participating in these programs. Some critics have suggested that the current correctional model may not be appropriate for all ethnic groups. There is evidence to suggest from individual studies, however, that cognitive-behavioural approaches, which form the basis of CSC's correctional programming, are appropriate for individuals from a wide range of ethnic and cultural backgrounds. The present study seeks to examine the effectiveness of CSC's correctional model for offenders of diverse ethnic backgrounds by using meta-analysis. The study will also estimate the base rates of reoffending for the various groups attending programming and their comparison groups. To investigate this issue, a search was undertaken of all previous outcome research on CSC correctional programs. Studies were selected for inclusion in the meta-analysis if they investigated cognitive-behavioural correctional interventions, included federal offenders from a wide range of ethnic groups, used readmission to custody as an outcome measure, and employed a control group methodological design. Participants were grouped according to four different ethnic backgrounds: Aboriginal, Black, Caucasian, and Other. Overall mean effect sizes were calculated for each group using the odds ratio. Overall, it was found that all ethnic groups showed decreased likelihood of readmission after participating in correctional programming. Odds ratios ranged from 1.36 to 1.76. For example, Aboriginal offenders who participated in correctional programming had odds of success that were 1.45 times greater than Aboriginal offenders who did not participate in programming. Base rates of readmissions to custody were also calculated. The highest rates of readmission were found for Aboriginal offenders, followed by Caucasian, Black and Other offenders. Results of this study indicate that CSC's correctional programs are effective across a broad range of ethnic groups. Offenders who participate in programming are less likely to return to custody than offenders who do not participate in programs, regardless of ethnic background. While the cognitive-behavioural treatment model appears to be effective in addressing criminal recidivism for offenders with diverse cultural backgrounds, the results do not preclude attending to responsivity issues related to culture within the treatment model. Offender ethnicity and culture remain important responsivity factors in effective correctional programming. Details: Ottawa: Correctional Service of Canada, 2011. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: 2011 No. R-246: Accessed March 31, 2014 at: http://www.publicsafety.gc.ca/lbrr/archives/cn21448-eng.pdf Year: 2011 Country: Canada Keywords: Aboriginals Shelf Number: 132033

Author: Hughes, Caitlin Title: Performance Measures in the DWI System Summary: Performance measures and benchmarks are an emerging interest generally in the traffic safety field, and in relation to impaired driving specifically. The globalization of our environment has created an increasing demand for leadership to enable the development of meaningful and standardized measures of problems, and to facilitate comparisons across jurisdictions that are local, regional, national, and international. Such measures are essential to increase understanding of the different facets of the impaired driving problem, and afford policymakers new insight into available opportunities to not only address the issue, but more importantly, to measure progress in doing so. The ability of jurisdictions to measure progress is closely connected to their success in effectively filling gaps that exist and developing evidence-based actions to reduce impaired driving. Professionals involved in each phase of the DWI system rely upon a variety of measures to determine their effectiveness in achieving their respective goals and objectives. However, these measures may not be consistent across jurisdictions, or even within a profession, depending on the management structure within a state or Tribe, and the branch of government in which the professionals are situated. To date, there is no national set of widely accepted, essential benchmarks for each of the phases of the criminal DWI system. This report from the Working Group on DWI System Improvements is designed to inform practitioners, program administrators, and policymakers about the most commonly available performance measures that currently exist at each phase of the system, their strengths and limitations, and opportunities to bolster the measurement of impaired driving progress. It was created through input from practitioners and provides context to inform decisions about performance measures, describes what measures generally exist, and identifies recommendations to improve available measures for the system as a whole. Details: Ottawa: Traffic Injury Research Foundations, 2014. 69p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 3, 2014 at: http://tirf.ca/publications/PDF_publications/DWI_WG_Performance_%20Measures_In_the_DWI_System.pdf Year: 2014 Country: Canada Keywords: Driving Under the Influence Shelf Number: 132040

Author: Booth, Laura Title: Effective Correctional Programs for Women Offenders Summary: The provision of effective correctional programming is central to the Correctional Service of Canada (CSC) in achieving its goal of successful offender rehabilitation. Accordingly, the current Program Strategy for Women Offenders suggests that the goals of successful rehabilitation are best achieved by providing programming that follows empirically supported elements of the risk-need-responsivity (RNR) programming model within a gender-responsive framework. CSC maintains that programs should be women-centered, holistic, and acknowledge the diversity of women offenders within a supportive environment. The purpose of the current study was to assess the extent to which correctional programming for women offenders successfully integrates both the traditional programming aspects of the RNR model and the principles of gender-responsive programming, as outlined in the Program Strategy for Women Offenders. The Women's Violence Prevention Program (WVPP) and the Women Offender Substance Abuse Program (WOSAP) were used in the current analysis as examples of programs developed by CSC following a gender-responsive structure. Data were collected regarding these programs via a series of assessments and reviews during three separate stages with three different groups of participants. In the first stage, key informants involved in program development and facilitation participated in the completion of the Correctional Program Assessment Inventory 2000 (CPAI - 2000; Gendreau & Andrews, 2001) and the Gender-Responsive Program Assessment (GRPA; Covington, 2007). The second stage involved staff facilitators of the aforementioned programs who completed self-report measures including the Gender-Responsive Questionnaire (GRQ) - Staff Version and the Effective Treatment Element Questionnaire (ETEQ; Nesovic, 2003). In the final stage, women offenders who had completed WVPP or any phase of WOSAP from two federal institutions, (Grand Valley Institution for Women and Nova Institution for Women), participated in an interview-based questionnaire. A total of 15 staff facilitators and 15 women offenders participated. Overall, responses from both staff and offenders supported the effective integration of RNR principles within a gender-responsive framework. One area of concern that was highlighted by both staff and women was limitations in the provision of culturally sensitive programming. Responses also indicated certain gaps in the provision of ongoing support and booster sessions, while staff noted operational issues impacting the provision of programs such as high staff turnover and limited funding. Although the current research is preliminary in nature and needs to be interpreted with caution given small sample sizes, results do support CSC's ability to target established elements of correctional programming while implementing a gender-responsive approach. Results also suggest that a continued focus on the provision of culturally sensitive programming within the gender-responsive framework is needed. Additionally, in order to facilitate successful program implementation, operational and implementation issues related to staffing and ongoing supervision are other areas that warrant additional attention. Details: Ottawa: Correctional Service of Canada, 2012. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: 2012 No. R-279: Accessed April 7, 2014 at: http://www.publicsafety.gc.ca/lbrr/archives/cn21543-eng.pdf Year: 2012 Country: Canada Keywords: Female Inmates Shelf Number: 132042

Author: Canada. Health Canada Title: Best Practices: Treatment and Rehabilitation for Driving While Impaired Offenders Summary: The aim of this report is to bring together current knowledge on the planning and delivery of driving while impaired (DWI) remedial programs (i.e. education programs and treatment and rehabilitation programs). Although the magnitude of the drinking and driving problem in Canada has declined over the past two decades, it remains a significant cause of mortality and morbidity in this country. Less is known about the impact of driving impairment due to other drug use, alone or in combination with alcohol, but there are indications that this is also an issue. It is widely acknowledged that successes in reducing drinking and driving in this country have been the result of a broad and sustained mix of measures by governments and non-government groups. DWI remedial programs include both educational and treatment interventions, and are an important part of this mix, as are effective public awareness and prevention programs, comprehensive roadside detection and meaningful sanctions. There is now a reasonably extensive literature concerning remedial programs for impaired driving offenders and good scientific evidence for their general effectiveness. The research reviewed and the experts consulted in the preparation of this report point to a number of practices that contribute to effectiveness; where the evidence warrants, these practices have been identified as best practices. Details: Ottawa: Health Canada, 2004. 109p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 9, 2014 at: http://www.hc-sc.gc.ca/hc-ps/alt_formats/hecs-sesc/pdf/pubs/adp-apd/bp_treatment-mp_traitement/treatment_rehab_driving_impaired_practices.pdf Year: 2004 Country: Canada Keywords: Driving Under the Influence Shelf Number: 132057

Author: Lyons, J.S. Title: Youth Residential Treatment Options in Newfoundland & Labrador Summary: The Issue In 2009, the Government of Newfoundland & Labrador announced the creation of two youth residential treatment (YRT) centres for youth with complex needs. YRT is a multifaceted form of care that requires programming in the areas of treatment, milieu (i.e., plans to manage group interactions among clients and staff), and the residence itself. A broad range of multi-disciplinary research-based evidence can inform the design and implementation of these YRT centres. For this evidence to be useful to decision makers, it needs to be interpreted in the context of Newfoundland & Labrador. Providing health decision makers with the best available evidence that is attuned to the capacities and characteristics of the province is the goal of the Contextualized Health Research Synthesis Program (CHRSP). The Results The Research Team, led by Dr. John Lyons, synthesized and contextualized the systematic review research literature related to several areas of interest: 1) YRT as a generic treatment program; 2) treating youth with addictions; 3) treating youth with disruptive behaviours; 4) treating sexually aggressive youth; 5) treating Aboriginal youth; 6) YRT site design, staffing and governance; and 7) the health economics of YRT. Despite a long history, YRT does not have a robust base of systematic review evidence due to methodological challenges. Nonetheless, there was evidence indicating that: YRT is most useful for those youth with elevated levels of complex needs. Some established treatments for youth with addictions and youth with disruptive behaviours can produce statistically significant, but clinically small, effects in clients. There are significant gaps in evidence concerning Aboriginal youth with complex needs and several indications that they may need specialized programming in order for treatments to be effective. YRT centres may benefit significantly from an autonomous intake system and they are most efficient if they operate within an integrated continuum of child care services including less intensive options. The costs of not treating youth with complex needs greatly exceeds the costs of treatment, although community-based services are more cost efficient than residential services. Details: St. Johns: NL: Newfoundland & Labrador Centre for Applied Health Research, Memorial University, 2010. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Evidence in Context: Accessed April 9, 2014 at: http://research.library.mun.ca/145/1/Youth_Residential_Treatment_Options.pdf Year: 2010 Country: Canada Keywords: Juvenile Detention Shelf Number: 132058

Author: Harris, Andrew Title: Paraphilias: Incidence and Co-occurrence in Normative and Sex Offender Samples Summary: For sexual offenders the presence of paraphilias is associated with increased risk of sexual recidivism. However, there are no studies that compile what is known about the presence of paraphilias in noncriminal and sexual offender samples. For clinicians, it is not known how likely a sexual offender is to have additional paraphilias beyond the one that brought him to the clinician's attention. This paper is the first attempt to organize what information is known about co-occurring paraphilias based on past independent research. Details: Ottawa: Correctional Service of Canada, 2011. 1p. (Full report available upon request) Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 18, 2014 at: http://www.csc-scc.gc.ca/005/008/092/005008-0235-eng.pdf Year: 2011 Country: Canada Keywords: Paraphilia Shelf Number: 132062

Author: Smith-Moncrieffe, Donna Title: Youth Gang Prevention Fund Projects: What Did We Learn about What Works in Preventing Gang Involvement? Summary: Public Safety Canada's National Crime Prevention Centre (NCPC) has a mandate to help prevent crime in local communities by generating and disseminating evidence-based knowledge of 'what works' in crime prevention. This practical knowledge of effective practices will assist policy makers, program developers and practitioners make the best use of limited resources. Since 2007, NCPC has undertaken a deliberate effort to develop the Canadian knowledge base of effective crime prevention programming focused on addressing known criminogenic factors among specific groups of persons including: children 6-11 who demonstrate early risk factors such as premature police contact, systematic difficulties adapting to school or high levels of impulsiveness and aggression; youth 12-17 who demonstrate multiple risk factors such as substance abuse, school drop-out or contact with the youth criminal justice system; young adults who have a known history of offending and incarceration; Aboriginal peoples because of their significant over-representation as offenders and victims; and gang-involved youth. In order to conduct this work, NCPC provides financial and technical support for the implementation and evaluation of community-based projects that address one or more of these priority areas. This report provides a high level synthesis of key findings from projects addressing youth gangs between 2007 and 2012. During this period, NCPC provided funding to community-based organizations for 17 youth gang intervention projects in communities across Canada through its Youth Gang Prevention Fund (YGPF). These projects aimed to reduce the number of gang-involved youth in communities with a known or emerging gang problem. To determine what works in gang crime prevention, 14 impact evaluation studies of gang projects were conducted across Canada. Evaluation research of crime prevention programs is one of the key activities conducted to generate this knowledge. Given that resources are limited and communities require the most effective programs to reduce offending among at risk children and youth, it is important to rigorously establish what works in crime prevention. This paper provides a context for NCPC's work on youth gangs, briefly describes the funded projects and the approach to conducting the evaluation studies, presents the key findings, and provides some conclusions for moving forward. Details: Ottawa: National Crime prevention Centre, Public Safety Canada, 2013. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 19, 2014 at: http://www.publicsafety.gc.ca/cnt/rsrcs/pblctns/yth-gng-prvntn-fnd/yth-gng-prvntn-fnd-eng.pdf Year: 2013 Country: Canada Keywords: Delinquency Prevention Shelf Number: 132074

Author: Gallison, Jordana Kimberly Title: The Skytrain as a Exporter of Crime? Exploring the Spatial Distribution of Crime on the Canada Line Summary: The Canada Line is the most recent expansion of Metro Vancouver's SkyTrain system. The implementation of the new mass transit route aroused many concerns and fears that the expansion of the SkyTrain would facilitate a greater number of crimes occurring to the stations and cities that host the new line. The following study was conducted to determine whether such fears of transit expansion and crime growth could be validated. This study offers a preliminary evaluation of the impact upon crime at seven stations of the Canada Line. Time series techniques were used to analyze crime data from the Richmond detachment of the Royal Canadian Mounted Police (RCMP) from January 2006 to August 2011. Results of the study are considered in relation to a number of various factors influencing both the type and geographical location of the region. The study illustrates the importance for planners of considering the relationship between crime, land use and transit systems. Details: Burnaby, BC: Simon Fraser University, 2012. 71p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed April 21, 2014 at: http://summit.sfu.ca/item/12286 Year: 2012 Country: Canada Keywords: Mass Transit Shelf Number: 132091

Author: British Columbia. Missing Women Commission of Inquiry Title: Forsaken: The Report of the Missing Women Commission of Inquiry Summary: The Commission Report consists of four volumes: Volume I: The Women, Their Lives and the Framework of Inquiry: Setting the Context for Understanding and Change. It provides the framework for the Inquiry's factual findings and conclusions and for its broader policy advisory responsibilities, which focus on recommendations for forward-looking change. Emphasis has been placed on developing a contextualized framework: context is the setting for a particular idea or event, a set of circumstances or facts that surround an event or situation that give it meaning. The missing and murdered women investigations were not isolated events; they must be situated and assessed relative to a bigger picture. This contextual framework comprises of four elements: The international, national and provincial dimensions of the crisis of missing and murdered women; - The women as individuals; - The women as a group and their lives in the DTES; and - The legal and policy framework for police investigations of missing women and suspected multiple homicides. Volume II: Nobodies: How and Why We Failed the Missing and Murdered Women. It contains my findings of facts and conclusions pertaining to the police investigations framed by four main parts: - The police investigation into the assault on Ms. Anderson and the decision to stay proceedings against Pickton in January 1998; - An overview of the missing and murdered women investigations designed to serve as a narrative account upon which further analysis is carried out, including a timeline of key events to assist the reader; - An analysis of the seven main critical police failures; and - An analysis of the underlying causes of these critical police failures. Due to its size, Volume II is printed in two volumes: Volume IIA and Volume IIB. A summary of my findings of facts and conclusions is included at the end of Volume IIB. Volume III: Gone, but not Forgotten: Building the Women's Legacy of Safety Together. This volume summarizes the information gathered through the study commission process and sets out my recommendations for reform. The framing of the recommendations is closely tied to the factual conclusions that I reached in Volume II. The discussion and recommendations are set out in relation to what I identify as the ten components of the missing women's legacy: - Laying the foundation for effective change: acknowledging the harm and fostering healing and reconciliation; - Renewing our commitment to equal protection of the law through practical measures; - Listening, learning and responding: strategies to prevent violence against marginalized women in the DTES and other urban areas; - Standing together and moving forward: strategies to prevent violence against Aboriginal and rural women; - Fostering innovation and standardization: a framework for best practices in missing person investigations; - Enhancing police investigations of missing persons and suspected multiple homicides; - Committing to a regional police force in Greater Vancouver; - Facilitating effective multi-jurisdictional responses to crime; - Ensuring police accountability to the communities they serve; and - Assuring the women's legacy: implementation, change management and evaluation. A summary of my recommendations is included at the end of Volume III and at the end of this Executive Summary. Volume IV: The Commission's Process. It contains materials related to the Commission's process and is meant to provide a public record of the work that led to the preparation of this report. The first section is a detailed overview of the Commission's approach to the hearings and study commission processes. The remaining sections provide information about the Commission's work including the Terms of Reference, a list of Commission personnel, a list of Participants and Counsel, practice and procedure guidelines and directives, a list of witnesses at the evidentiary hearings, a list of oral and written submissions to the study commission, and a list of Commission studies and reports. Details: Victoria, BC: Missing Women Commission on Inquiry, 2012. 180p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 21, 2014 at: http://www.ag.gov.bc.ca/public_inquiries/docs/Forsaken-ES.pdf Year: 2012 Country: Canada Keywords: Criminal Investigations Shelf Number: 132100

Author: Nova Scotia Human Rights Commission Title: Working Together to Better Serve All Nova Scotians: A Report on Consumer Racial Profiling in Nova Scotia Summary: This report is the first report in Canada to address the issue of the experiences of customers and how they are treated by staff in retail and service establishments in Nova Scotia. More often than other ethnic groups in Nova Scotia, Aboriginal people and African Nova Scotians say they are treated poorly when they shop for goods and services. People from all racialized groups, including Asian, Latin American, and Middle Eastern people, reported being treated poorly by staff far more than white people. Racialized groups include people who are treated unequally because of their race, particularly in ways that matter to economic, political, and social life. In the report 1,219 people from Halifax Regional Municipality, Millbrook, Digby and Sydney were spoken with about their experiences in retail establishments in Nova Scotia. The study consists of information gathered through surveys and focus groups which were conducted between March 28 and August 21, 2012. Details: Halifax, N.S.: Nova Scotia Human Rights Commission, 2013. 133p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 21, 2014 at: http://humanrights.gov.ns.ca/sites/default/files/files/crp-report.pdf Year: 2013 Country: Canada Keywords: Bias Shelf Number: 132103

Author: Giles, Christopher M.H. Title: The Criminal Careers of Chronic Offences in Vancouver, British Columbia Summary: Typically, research on "chronic offenders" employs a cohort design with general population or higher risk samples. These designs tend to include a small number of high frequency offenders. This dissertation examines the conviction histories of 152 pre-identified high frequency offenders who are supervised by the Chronic Offenders Program (COP) at the Vancouver Police Department in Vancouver, British Columbia. The lifetime conviction histories and other background variables of the 152 offenders were coded from official police data repositories to examine the parameters from the criminal career paradigm. The results indicate that the COP offenders participate in many types of less serious and serious crime. They have long average criminal careers with an average of 47 total convictions accrued in their lifetimes. Moreover, the age of onset of the COP sample is in the late teens and early adulthood and they typically start offending with a property crime. The analysis of age-crime curves of the COP offenders indicates that their offending increases significantly after the typical drop in the mid to late twenties. The analysis of three lambda estimates shows that the COP offenders have high yearly conviction rates. Moreover, the inclusion of incapacitation time in the estimate of lambda has important ramifications for both the lambda score and the distribution of scores. The analysis of lambda over time shows that it is not constant over time. The multivariate models predicting lifetime lambda scores indicate that lambda estimates for total convictions are positively influenced by ethnicity and residential instability. In contrast, the models predicting serious conviction lambdas show that ethnicity is positively related, while age of onset and gender are inversely related to these estimates of lambda. The analysis of specialization, using the diversity index, shows that COP offenders as a group are not specialized over the life course. However, an analysis of diversity over time indicates that COP offenders become less versatile as they age. Tobit regressions predicting lifetime diversity scores indicate that females are more specialized than males and that age of onset is positively related to specialization. The significance of the results to research and DLC theory is discussed. Details: Burnaby, BC: Simon Fraser University, School of Criminology, 2011. 256p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed April 22, 2014 at: http://summit.sfu.ca/item/12071 Year: 2011 Country: Canada Keywords: Career Criminals Shelf Number: 132111

Author: Johnson, Holly Title: Building Prevention: Sexual Violence, Youth and Drinking Summary: This report is the outcome of an Ottawa-based study that explores the connections between sexual violence and drinking among young people. Along with a review of programs aiming to reduce alcohol-related sexual violence, this study profiles some Ottawa-based prevention programs, and presents the results of focus group discussions with local service providers, youth workers, and young women and men recruited from high schools and universities. The objective of this project is to stimulate broader discussion about prevention strategies for the Ottawa community. Effective sexual violence prevention requires an understanding of the context in which it is most likely to occur. Young women experience the highest rates of sexual violence and young men are most often the perpetrators. Most sexual violence takes place between people who know each other, typically in the context of social events such as parties and bars or in dating situations. Alcohol is so common in sexual violence that it is considered by many to be the "date rape drug". A study of women using sexual assault treatment centres in Ontario found that two-thirds had consumed alcohol immediately prior to the assault and 21% (25% in Ottawa) were thought to have been drugged (Du Mont et al., 2009). In fact, alcohol is often used as a deliberate strategy to increase the vulnerability of victims and to reduce resistance to sexual violence. Very often young men receive approval from friends to use these tactics. In one study in the United States, one-third of male university students said their friends approve of getting a woman drunk to have sex with her (Carr & Van Deusen, 2004). When alcohol is involved, a societal double standard arises. Intoxicated women are held responsible for their own victimization whereas intoxication is considered to reduce the responsibility of male perpetrators. Thus, although alcohol is not a direct cause of sexual violence, alcohol adds a particular complexity to the topic of sexual violence prevention. Details: Ottawa: Crime Prevention Ottawa, 2011. 67p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 23, 2014 at: http://www.crimepreventionottawa.ca/uploads/files/publications/bullding_prevention_final_report.pdf Year: 2011 Country: Canada Keywords: Alcohol Related Crime, Disorder Shelf Number: 132152

Author: Stewart, Lynn A. Title: Profile and Programming Needs of Federal Offenders with Histories of Intimate Partner Violences Summary: Previous research has indicated that prevalence rates for domestic violence (DV) are high among offender populations. An up-to-date profile of this population in the Correctional Service of Canada (CSC) is required to determine the treatment needs of offenders with this history. What we did A sample of 15,166 offenders was drawn from those currently under custody who had a suspected history of domestic violence based on the Family Violence Risk Assessment (FVRA) screening process. We also obtained a sample of 6,144 domestic violence offenders identified as moderate to high risk since 2002 on the Spousal Assault Risk Assessments (SARA) who were compared to offenders without a history of DV during the same time period. Further analyses compared high and moderate risk DV offenders and Aboriginal and non-Aboriginal DV offenders. What we found Forty percent of offenders currently under CSC supervision have a suspected history of DV. Of these, 45% were rated as either moderate or high risk on the SARA, providing an estimate of at least 18% of the CSC population with a confirmed history of DV. The population of federal offenders assessed as moderate or high risk on the SARA indicated that DV offenders scored higher on criminal history risk ratings, had more learning disabilities and mental health problems, and were rated as higher need than non-DV offenders. DV offenders had extensive and varied offence histories with 79% having had at least one other violent offence and 18% had a sexual offence. Aboriginal offenders were over-represented among the DV perpetrators with 57% having a suspected history and 30% a confirmed history. Aboriginal DV offenders generally had higher criminal risk ratings and higher need ratings than non-Aboriginal DV offenders; in particular, they had more substantial histories of alcohol abuse indicating that interventions for Aboriginal offenders with DV must include treatment for substance abuse. The rate of DV among Inuit offenders is particularly high with over 48% having a confirmed history. When the DV group was assessed against the current program referral criteria, 40% meet the criteria for a violence prevention program, over 37% meet the criteria for a substance abuse program, and 22% meet the criteria for a sex offender program. Of concern are results that indicate that almost half (47%) of confirmed DV offenders would not qualify for participating in a family violence prevention program unless over-ride provisions are invoked. What it means Domestic violence offenders in CSC present with multiple criminogenic and mental health needs but are unique in the extent to which they have needs in the family and marital domain. Current referral guidelines mean that 47% of these offenders no longer qualify to attend a DV program to address this area and would not be treated for this offence pattern. Details: Ottawa: Correctional Service of Canada, 2012. 29p. To obtain a PDF version of the full report, contact the following address: research@csc-scc.gc.ca Source: Internet Resource: Research Report R-265: Accessed April 28, 2014 at: http://www.csc-scc.gc.ca/005/008/092/005008-0265-eng.pdf Year: 2012 Country: Canada Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 132185

Author: Gottschall, Shannon Title: Ethnic Diversity in Canadian Federal Offender Admissions Summary: Statistics Canada reports the demographic characteristics of the Canadian population are changing, partially due to immigration. As the size of visible minority groups in the community increases, it is plausible that similar changes will occur in the federal correctional population. The development of correctional interventions and management of the risks and needs of visible minority offenders requires research into their characteristics, as well as a better understanding of their involvement in gangs and institutional incidents. What we did Ten year trends in the representation of ethnocultural groups were examined first. Secondly, comparisons were made between different ethnocultural groups in a cohort of 16,925 men and 1,153 women offenders admitted on a new federal sentence between January 1, 2006, and August 31, 2009. What we found There were significant proportional increases in the 2000 to 2009 offender populations among Southeast Asian (464%), Chinese (355%), and Latin American (328%) groups, although the number in each group was less than 350. Slower growth was found for other groups: Arab/West Asian (68%), South Asian (21%), and Black (16%) offenders. Black and Southeast Asian offenders are currently over-represented in the Correctional Service of Canada population compared to their representation in the Canadian population. Aboriginal women offenders were more likely than their Black or White counterparts to be assessed as high risk (34%) and need (63%), be convicted of violent offences (61%), be gang-affiliated (22%), or be involved in institutional incidents. Aboriginal male offenders were most likely to be assessed as having high overall risk (62%) and need (76%). All male visible minority offenders had greater need in the area of negative or pro-criminal associations than White male offenders. Aboriginal (70%), Latin American (60%), and Black (57%) male offenders were more likely to have been convicted of violent offences than White males (54%) while Southeast Asian (62%), Chinese (58%), Arab/West Asian (40%), Latin American (39%), Black (39%) and South Asian (37%) male offenders were more likely to have been convicted of drug-related offences than White males (30%). The group with the highest gang membership was Aboriginal male offenders (25%) followed by Black (22%), South Asian (18%), Latin American (18%), Southeast Asian (18%), Chinese (15%), Arab/West Asian (13%) and White (10%) male offenders. Aboriginal offenders (25%) were most likely to be perpetrators or associates involved in major incidents, while South Asian offenders (58%) were most likely to play these roles in minor incidents. In both cases, Black male offenders followed closely behind. What it means Recent increases in the number of non-Aboriginal visible minority offenders may require the Service to develop or modify institutional and community interventions and services to respond to the risks and needs of these ethnocultural groups. Details: Ottawa: Correctional Service of Canada, 2012. 37p. To obtain a PDF version of the full report, contact the following address: research@csc-scc.gc.ca Source: Internet Resource: Research Report No. R-263: Accessed April 28, 2014 at: http://www.csc-scc.gc.ca/005/008/092/005008-0263-eng.pdf Year: 2012 Country: Canada Keywords: Aboriginals Shelf Number: 132186

Author: Cotter, Adam Title: Firearms and Violent Crime in Canada, 2012 Summary: While firearm-related violent crime accounts for a relatively small proportion of all violent crime in Canada, it can have considerable physical, emotional, and psychological effects on those who are victimized, on families, and on communities (Hahn et al. 2005). As a result, firearm-related violent crime is a significant social concern. In addition, about one in five (21%) firearm-related deaths in Canada is the result of a criminal offence, while the majority (79%) are the result of suicide, accident, or legal intervention (Statistics Canada 2012). The analysis of firearm-related violent crime in this Juristat relies on two separate data sources. The Uniform Crime Reporting (UCR) Survey provides data on firearms and police-reported violent crime while data on firearm-related homicides comes from the Homicide Survey. Quebec is excluded from the analysis of UCR data due to data quality issues; specifically, a large proportion of incidents where the most serious weapon present was reported as unknown. The analysis of firearm related homicides, however, includes all provinces and territories in Canada. As there are differences in coverage between the two data sources, they are used as separate yet complementary sources of data in order to analyze firearm-related violent crime in Canada. Information on the types of firearm most frequently present and most frequently used in the commission of an offence, the relationship between the accused and victim, the level of injury, and the involvement of youth is presented. These findings are compared to violent crime committed without a firearm to further understand the nature of firearm-related violent crime in Canada. In addition to data from the Uniform Crime Reporting (UCR) Survey and the Homicide Survey, the Integrated Criminal Court Survey is used in this Juristat to examine court case processing of violent offences involving a firearm. Details: Ottawa: Canadian Centre for Justice Statistics, 2014. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Juristat article: Accessed May 3, 2014 at: http://www.statcan.gc.ca/pub/85-002-x/2014001/article/11925-eng.pdf Year: 2014 Country: Canada Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 132209

Author: Norton, Adam P. Title: The Evidence on Police Contributions to Crime Reduction: What do we know and what does the Ottawa Police Service do about it? Summary: There are two main objectives of this thesis. First, to review the social science evidence on the extent to which different police practices have been proven to reduce crime, or not reduce crime, as well as those cases where the evidence is not clear. This thesis synthesizes crime reduction strategies to short-list those practices that are proven to reduce crime. Second, it uses the evidence collected to facilitate an exploratory case study with three key informants from the Ottawa Police Service (OPS). The case study examines the current use and perceived future role of the police in evidence-based crime prevention efforts. Overall, the research study seeks to answer the following four research questions: 1. What sources of literature provide well-researched and reliable data on effectiveness of policing in crime reduction? 2. In this literature, what policing strategies/practices are shown to reduce crime, not reduce crime or are promising in reducing crime? 3. To what extent is the OPS using evidence-based knowledge to guide their policing strategy/practices? 4. To what extent is the OPS open to using evidence-based knowledge to guide their policing strategy/practices in the future? Details: Ottawa: Department of Criminology, University of Ottawa, 2013. 1142p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed May 3, 2014 at: http://www.ruor.uottawa.ca/en/bitstream/handle/10393/23663/Norton_Adam_2013_thesis.pdf?sequence=1 Year: 2013 Country: Canada Keywords: Crime Control Shelf Number: 132230

Author: MacRae-Krisa, Leslie D. Title: Pathways and Transitions of Persistent Youth Offenders in Alberta: A Profile of Persistent Youth Offenders Summary: This report summarizes the findings of the first year of a three year study of pathways and transitions of persistent youth offenders in Alberta. The overall objectives of the study are to understand the factors that differentiate persistent youth offenders who offend into adulthood from those who do not, understand these factors in a developmental context, and provide focussed information to develop and improve multi-sectoral prevention and intervention initiatives. The objectives of the first stage of the study are as follows: ◾To establish an understanding of the risk factors for persistent offenders and youth offending trajectories by reviewing the relevant literature; ◾To develop a retrospective profile of individual, family, peer, community and school factors for a sample of persistent offenders in Alberta; and ◾To develop a preliminary retrospective profile of offending for the sample. Details: Calgary, Alberta: Canadian Research Institute for Law and the Family, 2013. 105p., app. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 7, 2014 at: http://www.homelesshub.ca/resource/pathways-and-transitions-persistent-youth-offenders-alberta-profile-persistent-youth?id=56021 Year: 2013 Country: Canada Keywords: Juvenile Offenders Shelf Number: 132275

Author: MacRae-Krisa, Leslie Title: Pathways and Transitions of Persistent Youth Offenders in Alberta: Final Report Summary: This report summarizes the findings of a four-year study of the pathways and transitions of persistent youth offenders in Alberta. The overall objectives of the study are to understand the factors that differentiate persistent youth offenders who offend into adulthood from persistent youth offenders who desist, understand these factors in a developmental context, and provide focussed information to develop and improve multi-sectoral prevention and intervention initiatives. Details: Calgary, Alberta: Canadian Research Institute for Law and the Family, 2014. 223p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 7, 2014 at: http://www.crilf.ca/Documents/Pathways%20of%20Youth%20Offenders%20-%20Final%20report%20-%20Apr%202014.pdf Year: 2014 Country: Canada Keywords: Juvenile Offenders Shelf Number: 132282

Author: Leuprecht, Christian Title: The Blue Line or the Bottom Line of Police Services in Canada? Arresting runaway growth in costs Summary: Despite rapidly rising costs, Canadians are not getting all the police they pay for. Canada's police are pricing themselves out of business; police budgets have increased at a rate double that of GDP over the last decade, while calls from the public for service have remained stable. Police associations have been happy to stoke public fears about safety, but the correlation between numbers of officers, crime rates, and response times has long been shown to be spurious. In fact, a great deal of work now done by highly trained, well-paid, and experienced uniformed officers is only tangentially related to law enforcement and could be done as well or better and more cheaply by someone else, freeing police to do their core job. Consider the fact that almost 40 percent of the Toronto Police Service's workforce made Ontario's 2012 "Sunshine List" of employees making more than $100,000, including six parking enforcement officers and a cadet in training. Consider also that much of uniformed officers' time is spent waiting to give testimony in court, transcribing interviews, teaching CPR, transporting prisoners, or a hundred other duties that take them off the street. In some jurisdictions outside Canada, civilian investigators even handle burglaries, leaving full officers to take on more demanding cases. We can learn from such examples. Canada needs a new debate about how we provide police services. That debate would focus on three main areas. First is the changing nature of policing, public expectations of police, and myriad inefficiencies related to the role of police in Canada's justice system. These powerful cost drivers go well beyond the salaries and benefits police enjoy but do not get the same attention. Second is the economies of scale to be harnessed from overhead. This report points out many areas where savings can be generated beyond what agencies themselves have already identified. They include: having forces share or contract dispatch, tactical teams, forensics, and investigations; common provincial standards and processes for hiring, communication, and procurement; and using technology, including record management systems to gather evidence and share it with the court and defence, and using lapel cameras, licence plate readers, and more, to make the job easier. Third, even if we reduce overhead and find economies of scale the benefits are limited, since almost 90 percent of police budgets go to pay salaries. Police work is complex, difficult, and demanding and should be well compensated. The real question is why police who are making upwards of $100,000 a year are performing so many tasks that are not really core policing duties and that other jurisdictions are delivering as or more effectively, efficiently, and productively through alternative service delivery in the form of both civilianization and outsourcing. Examples include: administrative functions, such as finance and human resources; burglary investigations, lifting fingerprints, and collecting DNA evidence; prisoner transport and court security; transcription of interviews; professional development and training; and background checks. Finally, general recommendations in this study to curtail the overall growth of police service costs include: re-directing calls and call volume to allow police to spend more time on problem-focused and community-oriented policing; rewarding achievement rather than seniority; cross-training police, fire, and Emergency Medical Services; reforming the leadership and institutional culture (or brace for a crisis); spending less time reactively "fighting crime" and more time on proactive intervention, mitigation, and prevention; having police colleges spend more time on developing critical thinking and analytical skills so as to counter a paramilitary institutional culture; and shifting from command-and-control principles to more participative and dispersed leadership and management. In the end, the responsibility lies with legislators to provide legislative frameworks that constrain cost escalation on the one hand, and provide greater latitude in service delivery on the other. The balance struck by reform and legislative renewal in Quebec is instructive in this regard. Details: Ottawa: Macdonald-Laurier Institute, 2014. 40http://www.macdonaldlaurier.ca/files/pdf/MLI_CostofPolicing_Final.pdf. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 8, 2014 at: http://www.macdonaldlaurier.ca/files/pdf/MLI_CostofPolicing_Final.pdf Year: 2014 Country: Canada Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 132301

Author: McCormick, Lila Chelsom Title: From What They See, to What They Think, to What They Do: How Exposure to Interparental Violence Leads to Dating Violence, Through Implicit and Explicit Attitudes Summary: Previous research has revealed that children who are exposed to interparental violence are at an increased risk of involvement in dating violence later in life, a relationship that has been found to be mediated by attitudes toward violence. However, such research has focused solely on explicit attitudes, and has not taken into consideration the role of implicit attitudes. The current study sought to fill this gap in the literature by exploring the potential mediating role of both explicit and implicit attitudes in the relationship between interparental violence and dating violence among a young adult sample. Participants were asked to complete self-report measures regarding their exposure to interparental violence, dating violence involvement and explicit attitudes towards violence, as well as two measures of implicit attitudes. The results revealed that for females, explicit, but not implicit, attitudes mediated the relationship between interparental violence and dating violence. However for males, both implicit and explicit attitudes were found to mediate the relationship between interparental violence and dating violence, suggesting that implicit attitudes are an important, though under-researched, predictor of dating violence. The current findings have implications for clarifying the importance of implicit attitudes in theories of the intergenerational transmission of violence, as well as for intervention programs targeting dating violence attitudes and behaviours. Details: Guelph, ON: University of Guelph, 2013. 130p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed May 10, 2014 at: https://atrium.lib.uoguelph.ca/xmlui/bitstream/handle/10214/7712/McCormick_Lila_201312_Phd.pdf?sequence=1 Year: 2013 Country: Canada Keywords: Children and Violence Shelf Number: 132321

Author: Desai, Anita Title: Towards an Integrated Network. Working Together to Avoid Criminalization of People with Mental Health Problems. 2nd ed. Summary: In 2006, St. Leonard's Society of Canada (SLSC) and the Canadian Criminal Justice Association (CCJA) designed a national initiative to identify the elements and means that can contribute to reducing the criminalization of individuals with mental health problems. This initiative, Towards a Model Community Mental Health Strategy, was an interactive community-based project that brought together service providers, researchers and academics to share experiences and knowledge about mental health programs and services. In 2007, four fora were held in Vancouver, Calgary, Kingston and Halifax that brought together concerned experts from health, mental health, law, corrections and law enforcement. The participants met to learn, innovate, and become familiar with services in their region. During the sessions, participants also contributed to the development of a community-based approach to stimulate cohesive, integrated, knowledge-based responses that would reduce the criminalization of people with mental health problems. Participants and advisors identified a perspective of change, reduction of stigma and discrimination, development of community capacity, and promotion of a continuum of care as the core tenets underlying the necessary first steps to addressing the intersections between criminal justice and mental health. This broad-based approach, presented and explored here, must be credited to the rich dialogue and national collaboration that took place among everyone involved. This edition of Towards an Integrated Network features updated information and promising practices. It also includes an updated research section as well as policy considerations which affect the criminalization of persons with mental health problems and illnesses. This section outlines some of the background issues faced by the service delivery systems, which contribute to the challenge of creating an integrated network. It is our hope that the information contained in this report will help to forge new routes towards this goal. Details: Ottawa: St. Leonard's Society of Canada, 2013. 111p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 15, 2014 at: http://www.stleonards.ca/sitefiles/Towards%20an%20Integrated%20Network%20Second%20Edition_2013.pdf Year: 2013 Country: Canada Keywords: Mental Health Services Shelf Number: 132360

Author: Scott, Terri-Lynne Title: Women Gang Inmates: A Profile Summary: Why we did this study Gangs pose a risk to the safety and security of both the correctional facilities where they serve their sentence, and the communities upon release. The rise in the number of women entering federal custody with gang affiliations, up 85% since 1997, suggests there is an important need to generate a profile of gang-involved women so effective gang management and intervention strategies can be developed. What we did All data were extracted from the Correctional Service of Canada's (CSC) Offender Management System (OMS) for all women gang-affiliated or gang members admitted to the CSC between 1978 and 2009. A comparison sample was generated by matching non-affiliated federal women offenders on sentence length and age. The resulting sample included 337 gang involved women inmates and 337 non-gang involved women inmates. What we found Compared with the non-gang group, women gang-involved inmates typically had more extensive criminal histories, static risk and dynamic risk (needs), lower motivation and reintegration potential, and poor institutional adjustment indicated by involvement in institutional incidents and involuntary segregation. At intake, gang-involved women were more likely to be rated as as medium or maximum security level. In addition, many of the gang-involved women had both prior youth and adult convictions, and had previously served a sentence of up to 4 years. Specific needs in the areas of procriminal attitudes and associates, which translated into difficulties within the institution as increased violent incidents and disruptive behaviour were found for the gang group more often. These women also participated in more core corretional programs for violent offenders, substance abuse, education, living skills, and womens programs than their non-gang involved counterparts. What it means Gang-involved women offenders have more serious criminal histories and are more disruptive in the institution. Identification of high level's of criminogenic needs among these women suggests that program participation and interventions that encourage program participation with resistant offenders might be areas that would lead to effective reductions in gang membership. Details: Ottawa: Correctional Service of Canada, 2012. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report No. R-272: Accessed May 15, 2014 at: http://www.csc-scc.gc.ca/005/008/092/005008-0272-eng.pdf Year: 2012 Country: Canada Keywords: Female Gang Members Shelf Number: 132369

Author: Scott, Terri-Lynne Title: Offender Perceptions on the Value of Employment Summary: Why we did this study Offenders who obtain and maintain employment generally have lower rates of recidivism. As a result, preparing offenders for the workplace is an important need to address prior to their release to the community; especially given the histories of employment instability of the individuals entering the federal correctional system. It has been reported that 70% of offenders coming into federal institutions have an unstable work history at admission, 60% or more have no trade or skills knowledge, and 70% have not completed high school. Despite the importance of employment in reducing recidivism, there is a gap in our knowledge about offender perceptions toward employment and how they weigh the costs and benefits of working as well as engaging in crime. Better understanding these values will enable the Service to develop interventions that better respond to these needs. What we did This study examined offender perspectives regarding the perceived value of employment and crime. Results are presented for 294 male and 14 female federal offenders who had returned to the community. Offenders completed two questionnaires: three to six weeks following release, and after they had lived in the community for approximately six months. What we found Financial security and material gain were the two most commonly reported advantages to working; however benefits such as self-development, personal satisfaction and wanting to provide for family and friends suggest the value assigned to employment is not entirely extrinsic. Respondents most often reported that insufficient leisure and recreation time and the structure and/or schedule of the job were disadvantages of employment. In addition, offenders also expressed apprehension over the possibility of becoming involved in conflicts with co-workers and their employers. The majority of offenders did not assign a positive value to committing crimes; however the common advantages listed by those who did respond to these questions identified the appeal of quick and easy money without the responsibility of working. By contrast, the most often reported disadvantages to engaging in crime were being incarcerated and lost time. Analyses of the responses to the questionnaires across the two time periods showed that offender perceptions about the value of employment and crime were generally consistent over time. What it means In order to develop correctional programs that best respond to the needs of offenders, it is important that we are aware of their perceptions and values. The attitudes toward employment and crime identified by the participants in this study show that most of their perceptions are fairly conventional. In order to increase the likelihood of obtaining and keeping a job, correctional interventions might address issues that offenders identified as challenges, such as taking direction from employers, establishing positive relationships with co-workers and working toward a healthy work and life balance. Details: Ottawa: Correctional Service of Canada, 2011. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report No. R-243: Accessed May 15, 2014 at: http://www.csc-scc.gc.ca/005/008/092/005008-0243-eng.pdf Year: 2011 Country: Canada Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 132370

Author: Stys, Yvonne Title: Federal Offenders with a High Reintegration Potential (RP): Characteristics and Community Outcomes Summary: Correctional systems are tasked with managing a diverse population of offenders from those who could be released from custody early in their sentence, without risk of re-offence; to those who may never be safely released. The challenge is to identify those suitable for early release through an effective assessment process. In addition to individual measures of risk, the Correctional Service of Canada (CSC or the Service) calculates a reintegration potential (RP) score; this RP classification forms the basis of the offender's correctional plan and paves the way for a specific correctional path. Given the potential value of effective assessment for identifying lower risk offenders, it is important to know whether the expected differences in the flow of offenders through correctional systems can actually be demonstrated. To do so, this research examined the characteristics of 21,746 offenders admitted to the CSC between 2002 and 2006 and recorded the success of their releases into the community until January 2010. Of this group, a total of 8,824 offenders identified at admission as being lower risk (high RP) were followed through the system from admission to release (and for those who were not successful, back to custody) in order to investigate the characteristics of these offenders and to determine if they are following a correctional trajectory that is consistent with what would be expected for this group. A profile of offenders with a high RP was created through the examination of admission information, institutional experiences, and community outcomes. These results were then compared against those who were designated as offenders with medium or low RPs in order to identify the distinct attributes of the high RP cohort. Analyses were conducted separately for four groups of offenders (study groups); non-Aboriginal males (n=16,815), Aboriginal males (n=3,731), non-Aboriginal women (n=876) and Aboriginal women (n=324). At the time of admission, both high RP non-Aboriginal offender groups were found to be significantly older than their medium and low RP counterparts. Generally, males with a high RP tended to be admitted for shorter sentence lengths than the medium and low RP groups, although this relationship did not always hold true for the women's groups. Offenders with a high RP were also generally less likely to be admitted with a violent offence, and more likely to be admitted for a drug-related offence than offenders with medium or low RPs. Examination of institutional experience revealed that only non-Aboriginal women offenders with a high RP differed from their medium RP counterparts in institutional program participation - they were more likely to start and complete programs - and only non-Aboriginal male offenders with a high RP were less likely than their low RP counterparts to complete programs. Where there were significant differences in institutional employment, the high RP groups were always employed for significantly fewer days than the other RP levels, even when time served in the institution was taken into account. The high RP Aboriginal groups did not differ from the medium RP groups and the high RP Aboriginal women group did not differ from the low RP group in terms of involvement in institutional incidents, however in all other instances, the high RP groups were significantly less likely than the medium and low RP groups to be involved in institutional incidents as the instigator/associate. When considering release types, results indicated that offenders with a high RP were generally more likely than offenders with medium and low RPs to participate in escorted and unescorted temporary absences (ETAs and UTAs), with limited exceptions for women offenders. Overall, offenders with a high RP were significantly more likely than the other RP levels to be granted day or full parole as their first release from custody, again with limited exceptions for women offenders - for example there was no significant difference in this regard when comparing high and medium RP Aboriginal women. All four high RP offender groups served a significantly smaller percentage of their sentence prior to their first release than offenders in the medium and low RP groups. Finally, survival analyses conducted to determine differences in the risk of failure upon release for the three RP levels found that for all four interest groups, offenders with a high RP were significantly more likely to be successful on release, and less likely to experience a revocation or a new offence upon release. Specifically, being an offender with a medium RP rather than an offender with a low RP was found to increase the hazard of return to custody by between 1.52 (Aboriginal males) and 2.39 (non-Aboriginal males), and being an offender with a low RP rather than an offender with a high RP increased the hazard of return to custody by between 1.93 (Aboriginal males) and 3.37 (non-Aboriginal males). In conclusion, based on these outcomes, it would appear that the designation of high reintegration potential is associated with better access to correctional resources and earlier release from prison to serve the balance of the sentence in the community. Offenders with a high RP are generally following a correctional trajectory appropriate for that RP level and are performing as would be expected in the community. However, it should be noted that not all offenders who are identified as having a high RP are actually released early, nor do they all succeed after release. This demonstrates the variability of risk within the high RP group and suggests that reintegration potential may require some adjustments to the scoring which serves to define the levels for the three groups. Details: Ottawa: Correctional Service of Canada, 2012. 122p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report No. R-260: Accessed May 15, 2014 at: http://www.publicsafety.gc.ca/lbrr/archives/cn21494-eng.pdf Year: 2012 Country: Canada Keywords: Early Release Shelf Number: 132371

Author: Giesbrecht, Norman Title: Strategies to Reduce Alcohol-Related Harms and Costs in Canada: A Comparison of Provincial Policies Summary: Alcohol is consumed by over 80% of Canadian adults and in many instances is used in moderation (Ialomiteanu et al., 2012). However, alcohol is associated with a wide range of harms such as acute injuries, trauma, and violence. Alcohol use is also associated with the development of many chronic diseases (Rehm et al., 2009) and is one of the leading causes of disease and disability in the Americas (Lim et al., 2012). There is a strong line of research demonstrating that increases in alcohol consumption, and hazardous drinking patterns are associated with increases in a range of alcohol-related harms (Norstrom, 2007; Ramstedt, 2008; Rossow, 2004; Skog, 2003; Rehm, et al., 2008; Anderson et al., 2009a; Babor et al., 2010). Recent data from Canada indicate that alcohol consumption increased by 13% between 1996 and 2010 (Statistics Canada, 2011) and that approximately 20% of drinkers drink above the Canadian low-risk drinking guidelines (LRDGs) (Ialomiteanu et al., 2009; Canadian Public Health Association, 2011). Several factors may be driving these developments, including a gradual shift towards privatization, increased access to alcohol, extensive marketing and increased acceptability of alcohol use in Canadian society. A system-level response is required in order to curb consumption and reduce these alcohol-related harms and associated costs. Several types of alcohol policy have been shown to be effective in not only reducing population levels of damage, but also modifying the behaviour of high-risk drinkers (Edwards et al., 1994; Babor et al., 2010; Smart & Mann, 2002). This report provides a systematic and comparative review of policies and programs across all Canadian provinces which have the potential to reduce the considerable health and social harms from alcohol. The overall objective is to encourage greater uptake of these practices and thereby improve public health and safety in Canada. Details: Toronto: Centre for Addiction and Mental Health, 2013. 90p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 15, 2014 at: http://www.camh.ca/en/research/news_and_publications/reports_and_books/Documents/Strategies%20to%20Reduce%20Alcohol%20Related%20Harms%20and%20Costs%202013.pdf Year: 2013 Country: Canada Keywords: Alcohol-Related Crime, Disorder (Canada) Shelf Number: 132372

Author: Bonta, James Title: The Prediction of Risk for Mentally Disordered Offenders: A Quantitative Synthesis Summary: Mentally disordered offenders (MDOs) pose a significant challenge for forensic and correctional staff charged with managing them in a safe and humane manner. As with non-disordered offenders, it is important to recognize that not all MDOs are of equal risk and efforts must be made to differentiate the lower risk MDO from the higher risk MDO. The General Personality and Cognitive Social Learning (GPCSL) perspective of criminal behaviour (Andrews & Bonta, 1994, 2010) has had an important impact on the development of risk/need assessments for general offenders. GPCSL posits eight risk/need domains that are central to the prediction of criminal behaviour: Criminal History, Procriminal Companions, Procriminal Attitudes and Cognitions, Antisocial Personality Pattern, Education/Employment, Family/Marital, Substance Abuse, and Leisure/Recreation. Notably missing in GPCSL are mental health variables which are prominent in clinical models of MDOs. The present meta-analysis evaluated the relative predictive validities of the risk/need domains from GPCSL and variables taken from the clinical perspective. Our general conclusion is that the theoretically informed risk/need factors from GPCSL are more predictive of general and violent recidivism than the clinical factors (the one exception being antisocial personality/psychopathy). Details: Ottawa: Public Safety Canada, 2013. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: User Report: 2013-01: Accessed May 15, 2014 at: http://www.publicsafety.gc.ca/cnt/rsrcs/pblctns/prdctn-rsk-mntlly-dsrdrd/prdctn-rsk-mntlly-dsrdrd-eng.pdf Year: 2013 Country: Canada Keywords: Mentally Ill Offenders (Canada) Shelf Number: 132376

Author: Public Safety Canada. National Crime Prevention Centre Title: Results from the Stop Now and Plan (SNAP) Program Summary: Stop Now and Plan (SNAP) is a community-based program for children (under the age of twelve) who have come into contact, or are at risk of coming into contact, with the criminal justice system, and who display early signs of anti-social or aggressive behaviour. The program uses a cognitive-behavioural, multicomponent approach to decrease the risks of children engaging in future delinquent behaviour. The SNAP model is based on a comprehensive framework for effectively teaching children with serious behavioural problems, emotional regulation, self-control and problem-solving skills. Parents also learn SNAP skills, as well as cognitive behavioural parenting techniques. Children learn how to stop and think in order to find solutions to resolve their problems. Although there is evidence regarding the effectiveness of SNAP in Canadian contexts (within accredited mental health centres), further evaluation is needed to assess the impact the program has in a variety of community-based organizations across Canada. This summary provides an overview of the multi-site impact evaluation of SNAP that is being funded by the National Crime Prevention Centre (NCPC). Details: Ottawa: Public Safety Canada, 2013. 8p. Source: Evaluation Summary ES-2013-38: Internet Resource: Accessed June 12, 2014 at http://www.publicsafety.gc.ca/cnt/rsrcs/pblctns/rslts-stp-nwpln/rslts-stp-nwpln-eng.pdf Year: 2013 Country: Canada Keywords: At-Risk Youth (Canada) Shelf Number: 132448

Author: Tanasichuk, Carrie Title: Process and Outcome Evaluation of the Saskatoon Gang Strategy: Evaluation Report Summary: This report contains the results of a process and outcome evaluation of the Gang Strategy of Saskatoon. The purpose of the current project was to describe the implementation and activities of the Strategy in the City of Saskatoon and to assess the effectiveness of the Strategy with respect to the goals and objectives set out by the Strategy. The evaluation was designed to identify strengths and weaknesses of the Strategy as implemented, to identify challenges to implementation, to suggest improvements, and to provide information to guide the Strategy in its further development. Strategy Overview The Saskatoon Gang Strategy uses an interagency approach designed to reduce gang-related crime within the City of Saskatoon. The Strategy is not a program per se but focuses on building upon existing community and government resources including employment programs, education, recreation, substance abuse programs, corrections-based interventions and law enforcement. The Saskatoon Gang Strategy uses an interagency approach designed to reduce gang-related crime within the City of Saskatoon. The Strategy is comprised of three pillars: - Prevention of gang formation and gang involvement, - Intervention with individuals associated with gangs, and - Suppression of gangs. Details: Saskatoon: University of Saskatchewan, Department of Psychology, 2010. 199p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 26, 2014 at: Process and Outcome Evaluation of the Saskatoon Gang Strategy: Evaluation Report Year: 2010 Country: Canada Keywords: Gang-Related Violence Shelf Number: 132544

Author: Wormith, J. Stephen Title: Homelessness Among Offenders Released from Federal Correctional Facilities in Saskatchewan Summary: A growing body of research has identified housing as a key component in the successful reintegration of offenders into the community following a period of incarceration. Federal offenders are likely to face greater challenges obtaining stable housing than provincial offenders because, by law, they have been sentenced to longer periods of custody (i.e., a minimum of two years, although most are released within 16 months). Longer time away from the community may result in additional difficulty obtaining stable housing for reasons, which include the loss of past contacts. The purpose of this project was to examine issues related to housing and homelessness of federal offenders released from custody into the Saskatchewan community. More specifically, an examination of current services available to assist offenders in finding appropriate housing, characteristics of offenders who are homeless and housing services that are needed was conducted. Three kinds of research methodology were utilized: 1. A search of Saskatchewan housing services and programs available to released federal offenders was undertaken. 2. In-depth interviews were conducted with a broad cross-section of key informants involved in housing related activities with federal offenders. 3. Data were collected from offender files and interviews with 41 inmates residing in Saskatchewan federal correctional facilities. Two sets of interviews were conducted. One interview took place prior to the offenders' release from prison and the other interview took place after they were released to communities in Saskatchewan. Both qualitative and quantitative analyses were conducted in order to address the research questions of this study. Qualitative content analyses were conducted in order to provide detailed descriptive information of the current services and the housing needs and issues of federal offenders. Quantitative research methods were used to analyze numerical data and conduct analyses to determine whether offender characteristics are related to homelessness. The use of multiple data sources and methods of analyses increases the validity of the findings. Prior to analyzing the findings that address each of the research questions, a description of the housing situation of the participants was provided. Homelessness was found to increase after incarceration. For the 11 participants interviewed in the community only, homelessness decreased to similar levels as pre-incarceration when in the community. It is difficult to state that the levels of homelessness would have decreased to the pre-incarceration levels for the whole sample since they were a more serious offender group. Therefore, the small sample size at follow-up was a limitation for this specific analysis. However, the community sample may be more representative of offenders actually remaining in the community as more serious offenders are more likely to re-offend and be re-incarcerated. The following main findings are presented as they address each of the research questions below. 1. Are there adequate housing resources and support for released offenders? To determine whether there are adequate housing resources and support for released offenders the inventory of housing services, key informant interviews and offender interviews were analyzed. The inventory of housing services available for released offenders indicated that single males who are high risk/high needs with a violent or sexual criminal history and not on parole or conditional release have the least options. Key informant interviews found that a number of positive housing programs and services are available. However, waitlists and accessibility to these programs pose a barrier to offenders trying to access them. Federal offenders stated that more housing support and resources are needed prior to their release in order to help them better establish their housing plans and avoid some of the difficulties they face when trying to obtain housing, such as finding safe and affordable accommodation. 2. How can we prevent federally released offenders from becoming homeless? Federal offenders and key informants identified factors that would prevent offenders from becoming homeless. Federal offenders stated that support/access to resources, financial assistance and accommodation was needed to prevent them from becoming homeless. Key informants stated that a central housing registry and/or an offender housing complex, housing life skills programs, less discrimination, and an appropriate minimum wage to keep up with housing costs was needed to prevent federal offenders from becoming homeless. 3. Are there characteristics that differentiate those who find stable housing from those who do not? Offenders who were homeless prior to incarceration were likely to be more violent and have higher needs than those who had more stable housing. Those who had more stable housing were also more likely to have greater community support. Furthermore, sex offenders and those who engaged in Aboriginal programming were less likely to have an adequate housing plan at release. Key informants reported that offenders who were more likely to be homeless were those who lacked finances, needed housing resources, lacked life skills, had to search for a new home, and did not have a job. 4. Is there a need for specific programs for federally released offenders? Lastly, a review of the information provided through the inventory of housing services available, key informants and federal offenders indicated the need for programs that create more accessibility to housing resources and increase pre-release planning, and the creation of a central housing registry and supportive living unit for federal offenders with no other housing options. Details: Saskatoon: University of Saskatchewan, 2010. 77p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 26, 2014 at: http://www.usask.ca/cfbsjs/research/pdf/research_reports/Federal_Offenders_Housing_and_Homelessness_Final-2.pdf Year: 2010 Country: Canada Keywords: Ex-Offenders Shelf Number: 132552

Author: Diplock, Jordan Title: Targeting Marihuana Growing Operations in British Columbia Summary: Marihuana growing operations are an enduring crime and social problem for British Columbia. At the end of the 20th Century, the province had witnessed a surge in the number of marihuana growing operations coming to the attention of police forces. Growing in sophistication and increasingly moving indoors into residential neighbourhoods to avoid detection by law enforcement, the problem became just as much one of public safety as it was about the control of an illegal substance. Moving into the 21st Century, while the number of marihuana growing operations coming to the attention of police appeared to plateau, the size and sophistication of these operations had increased to the point where the same number or fewer of what had become much larger operations were producing far greater yields, supplying not just domestic consumption, but also largely fuelling international organized criminal drug trafficking. It became evident in many of the more urbanized centres that the traditional police response of waiting for public tips and complaints or coming across growing operation in the course of other police investigations was not adequate to combat the problem. Therefore, police tactics began to change in various locations around the province, accompanied by innovative, targeted approaches by other relevant stakeholders. This project involves the cataloguing of much of the research that has focused on the problems of marihuana growing operations, highlighting the multiple facets of responses to this problem. The purpose of this report is to summarize this research in order to both document the various approaches used and identify the areas in which further action is needed. The report begins by providing background on the growth of the marihuana production industry in British Columbia. The subsequent section highlights what research suggests are some of the key reasons why British Columbians have been so concerned about this problem and the fact that it has become so entrenched into the criminal landscape of the province. The bulk of the report then discusses the various responses to marihuana production. This section begins with the criminal justice system approaches, focusing on tactics used by law enforcement, and then on outcomes to marihuana production cases in the courts. Following that is a discussion of the adoption of non-criminal justice legal response including the use of civil forfeiture, municipal strategies, and bylaws, in addition to the Province Government's legislative responses that have enabled them. Approaches taken in other social arenas, such as electrical consumption, real estate, and health care, will also be reviewed. Finally, the report ends with a discussion of some of the key challenges that could impede the progress made thus far, of which all concerned partners should be preparing to address. Details: Surrey, BC: University of the Fraser Valley, 2013. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 26, 2014 at: https://www.ufv.ca/media/assets/criminal-justice-research/Targeting-Marihuana-Growing-Operations-in-BC-Aug-12-2013.pdf Year: 2013 Country: Canada Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 132557

Author: Curman, Andrea S. Nemeth Title: Crime and Place: A Longitudinal Examination of Street Segment Patterns in Vancouver, B.C. Summary: The study of crime and place recognizes the important interplay between the physical landscape and criminal activity. In doing so, research in this area has shown substantial concentrations of crime amongst micro geographic units, such as street blocks. Despite these revelations, little research has examined whether such criminal concentrations persist over time. The developmental trajectory of criminal activity on street blocks was originally studied in Seattle, Washington. This dissertation replicates that seminal study by examining crime volumes on the streets of Vancouver, British Columbia, over a 16 year period using a group-based trajectory model (GBTM). Going further, this research also applies a non-parametric technique, termed k-means to address various limitations inherent to the GBTM method. The major findings reveal the majority of street blocks in Vancouver evidence stable crime levels, with a minority of street blocks throughout the city showing decreasing crime trajectories over the 16 year period. Both statistical techniques found comparable patterns of crime throughout Vancouver. A geographic analysis of the identified crime trajectories revealed linear concentrations of high, medium and low decreasing trajectories throughout the city, with the high decreasing street blocks showing particularly visible concentrations in the northeast part of Vancouver. Overall, the results confirm the original conclusions from the Seattle study in that many street blocks evidence significant developmental trajectories of crime and that the application of trajectory analysis to crime at micro places is a strategically useful way to examine the longevity of crime clusters. The results did not support the existence or stability of bad areas, but did find 'bad streets'. It is recommended that police and public safety practitioners pay close attention to the varying levels of criminal activity on street blocks when developing place-based crime prevention initiatives. Details: Burnaby, BC: Simon Fraser University, 2012. 180p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed June 26, 2014 at: summit.sfu.ca Year: 2012 Country: Canada Keywords: Crime Analysis Shelf Number: 132560

Author: Allen, Mary Title: Police-reported Hate Crime in Canada, 2012 Summary: Police-reported hate crime in Canada, 2012: highlights - In 2012, police reported 1,414 criminal incidents motivated by hate in Canada, 82 more incidents than in 2011. - About half (51%) of police-reported hate crimes in 2012 were motivated by hatred of race or ethnicity. Another 30% were motivated by religion and another 13% by sexual orientation. - Over two-thirds (69%) of hate crimes were non-violent. Mischief was the most commonly reported offence among police-reported hate crimes, making up over half of all hate crime incidents: 6% were hate mischief in relation to religious property and 51% were other types of mischief. - Almost one-third (31%) of police-reported hate crimes in 2012 involved violent offences, such as assault, uttering threats and criminal harassment. Hate crimes motivated by sexual orientation (67%) or race/ethnicity (32%) were the most likely to involve violent offences. Among religious hate crimes, 13% were violent. - The majority of police-reported hate crime incidents in 2012 were concentrated in major cities (CMAs). While the 10 largest Canadian cities account for just over half of the population (52%), they reported 63% of the hate crimes in 2012. - Among crimes motivated by hate, the accused were predominantly young and male. Among persons accused of hate crimes in 2012, 84% were male and 57% were under age 25. The majority (62%) of the youth accused of hate crimes who were under age 18 were accused of non-violent offences, with 48% accused of mischief. Details: Ottawa: Canadian Centre for Justice Statistics, 2014. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Juristat: Accessed July 3, 2014 at: http://www.statcan.gc.ca/pub/85-002-x/2014001/article/14028-eng.pdf Year: 2014 Country: Canada Keywords: Bias-Motivated Crimes Shelf Number: 132622

Author: McMurtry, Roy Title: The Review of the Roots of Youth Violence. Volume 4, Research papers Summary: The Review has commissioned a number of literature reviews and research papers to help fulfill its mandate. Some of the leading Canadian experts in the fields of criminology, sociology and race relations have authored these materials. This volume contains the following papers: A Province at the Crossroads: Statistics on Youth Violence in Ontario, by Scot Wortley; Youth Crime: The Impact of Law Enforcement Approaches on the Incidence of Violent Crime Involving Youth and Matters Related to Understanding the Implications of These Findings, by Anthony N. Doob, Jane B. Sprott and Cheryl Marie Webster; A Comparative Analysis of Youth Justice Approaches, by Tullio Caputo and Michel Vallee; Racial Minority Perspectives on Violence, by Rinaldo Walcott, Cecil Foster, Mark Campbell, and David Sealy; A Methodology to Identify Communities in Ontario Where High or Increasing Relative Disadvantage May Lead to Youth Violence, By Desmond Ellis; and Governance Models for the Roots of Youth Violence, by the Institute on Governance. Details: Ottawa: Queen's Printer for Ontario, 2008. 492p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 7, 2014 at: http://www.children.gov.on.ca/htdocs/english/documents/topics/youthandthelaw/rootsofyouthviolence-vol4.pdf Year: 2008 Country: Canada Keywords: Juvenile Delinquents Shelf Number: 132625

Author: Wells, Lana Title: Engaging Men and Boys in Domestic Violence Prevention: Opportunities and Promising Approaches Summary: This report outlines seven 'entry points' for engaging men and boys in domestic violence prevention: 1. Engaging fathers in domestic violence prevention; 2. Men's health and domestic violence prevention; 3. The role of sports and recreation in domestic violence prevention; 4. The role of the workplace in domestic violence prevention; 5. The role of peer relationships in domestic violence prevention; 6. Men as allies in preventing domestic violence; and 7. Aboriginal healing and domestic violence prevention. This research provides an analysis of the literature and highlights 67 promising approaches in the areas of policy, programs and practices, and citizen-led initiatives. Details: Calgary, AB, Canada: University of Calgary, Shift: The Project to End Domestic Violence, 2013. 86p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 17, 2014 at: http://www.calgaryunitedway.org/socialvoice/wp-content/uploads/2013/03/Shift-Engaging-Men-and-Boys.pdf Year: 2013 Country: Canada Keywords: Abusive Men Shelf Number: 132710

Author: End Immigrant Detention Network Title: Indefinite, Arbitrary and Unfair: The Truth About Immigration Detention in Canada Summary: Today, more migrants enter Canada on temporary permits than as permanent residents. Though this has been the case with economic immigrants versus migrant workers since 1993, Canadian policies over the last decade have accelerated this trend. The Federal skilled workers program is limited to 50 occupations requiring advanced degrees (an increase from 24 since April 2014), along with years of work experience. As a result, most low-income and racialized migrants can only come to Canada under various categories of the Temporary Foreign Workers Program (TFWP). The move from permanent status towards temporary status is occurring in all aspects of the immigration system. Today, many parents and grandparents enter Canada as temporary migrants under the so-called 'Super Visa' - and only if strict income requirements are met. Many spouses and common-law partners arrive in Canada with "conditional" permanent residence, which is a temporary permit that may force some women to remain in abusive situations rather than risk revocation of status on separation. Refugee applications have dropped in half just over the last year. All of these changes disproportionately impact women, and low-income and racialized families. The Federal government has enacted increasingly harsh measures to remove people's permanent residence, particularly from those who have already served a sentence for a crime, resulting in a 'double punishment'. In the last few years, over 3,000 people have had their citizenship revoked. With more people in Canada in precarious immigration status, many migrants have to choose between living without full status in Canada or returning to places they may not want or be able to return. As a result, there are approximately 500,0005 undocumented migrants in Canada, while an unknown number of migrants on temporary visas are also engaged in unauthorized work. The legislated shift towards temporariness has been accompanied by an increase in immigration enforcement. As more people lose immigration status and become undocumented, immigration detention and deportation grows at an unprecedented rate. The Canada Border Services Agency (CBSA), established in December 2003, and overseen by the Ministry of Public Safety has seen its immigration enforcement budget balloon in recent years, rising from $91 million in 2010-2011, to over $198 million in 2012-2013. Though latest data on specific expenditure on immigration detention is not available, in 2008-09, when CBSA enforcement budget was $92 million, immigration detention costs were $45.7million. In 2009, immigration detention cost an average of $3,185 per detained case. In the same year, CBSA was paying between $120 and $207 to jail migrants in provincial facilities per day. By mid-2013, approximately 80,000 immigrants had been detained under the current government. In 2013 alone, between 7,373 and 9,932 immigrants spent a total of 183,928 days in immigration hold. This is a combined total of 504 years in prison. Over the past seven years, the number of detained children has fluctuated between 807 children per year in 2008 to 205 in 2013. The actual number is higher as many children are not tracked as detainees but as "accompanying their parents," or are themselves Canadian citizens and thus "not subject to" immigration detention. Advocates point to the particularly severe impacts of incarceration on women and mothers due to the lack of medical facilities for pregnancies and neo-natal care. Migrants in detention thus include those facing deportation; children 'accompanying' their parents; migrant workers who have acted outside the terms of their visas; detention upon arrival in Canada while applications are processed; those held on security grounds such as the Security Certificate detainees and others. Details: s.l.: End Immigration Detention Network, 2014. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 28, 2014 at: www.truthaboutdetention.com Year: 2014 Country: Canada Keywords: Immigrant Detention Shelf Number: 132792

Author: Griffiths, Curt Taylor Title: Economics of Policing: Baseline for Policing Research in Canada Summary: In contrast to other countries, Canadian police services, governments, research institutions and other policing stakeholders are not capitalizing on the many opportunities for better collaboration on policing research issues. In addition, with a few notable exceptions, Canadian police services have not invested in developing the capacity to conduct policing research that focuses on outcomes rather than outputs. As a result, police service operational and organizational strategies are not benefiting from evidence-based research and the intended impact may not be fully realized. To improve this situation, leading police scholars in Canada have called for the creation of a coordinating body to bring stakeholders together to conduct, disseminate and use policing research. The creation of a national, credible, broad-based and representative policing research centre is widely viewed as the cornerstone to any strategy to overcome many of the noted challenges. Growth in the cost of police service is a major concern for the Canadian policing community. In 2011 alone, the total operating expenditure for Canadian local policing was roughly $13 billion. As a result, police services across Canada are facing increased fiscal challenges while attempting to balance the need to combat crime. To respond to this challenge, Canadian police services will need to consider a new management paradigm focusing on the use of evidence-based research to help: 1) develop efficient and effective law enforcement strategies; 2) generate improved outcomes to make our communities safer; and 3) better control policing costs. This research paper examines the state of police research in Canada. More specifically, it assesses the extent to which policing research is carried out in Canada, by whom and how policing research is shared nationally. Structured interviews with police services, the private sector, not-for-profit organizations and universities across Canada were carried out. The views of several organizations abroad that conduct police research in the UK, Australia, the Netherlands and the US were also examined to determine how policing research is conducted and networked and to identify international best practices. Lastly, discussions were held with a number of participants at the National Summit on the Economics of Policing, held in Ottawa in January 2013, to solicit their views on police research in Canada. Public Safety Canada funded this study to understand the state of policing research in Canada and to benchmark the Canadian situation in comparison to other countries. Details: Ottawa: Public Safety Canada, 2014. 90p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 4, 2014 at: http://www.publicsafety.gc.ca/cnt/rsrcs/pblctns/bsln-plcng-rsrch/bsln-plcng-rsrch-en.pdf Year: 2014 Country: Canada Keywords: Collaboration Shelf Number: 132876

Author: McMurtry, Roy Title: Review of the Roots of Youth Violence (Volume 3): Community Perspectives Report Summary: There are many kinds of communities. Often, we think of a community as something that has a specific location - our own neighbourhood, town or city, or our rural township or region. But we are all familiar with other kinds of communities: those made up of individuals who share common cultures or common interests, or attend the same school or work at the same jobs. In that sense, you are probably a member of several different communities. This volume focuses on what we heard from our community contacts, most especially from the youth. We've provided the full text of the Neighbourhood Insight Sessions Final Report (Insight Final Report), the Grassroots Youth Collaborative's Rooted in Action: A Youth-Led Report on our Demands and Plans to Address the Root Causes of Violence in our Communities (GYC Report) and a report from the Urban Aboriginal Youth consultations, and we've included some of the thoughts contributed by others through our online survey and one-on-one meetings. Details: Ottawa: Queen's Printer for Ontario, 2008. 173p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 4, 2014 at: http://www.children.gov.on.ca/htdocs/English/topics/youthandthelaw/roots/volume3/index.aspx Year: 2008 Country: Canada Keywords: Juvenile Delinquency Shelf Number: 132881

Author: Canadian Civil Liberties Association and Education Trust Title: Set Up to Fail: Bail and the Revolving Door of Pre-trial Detention Summary: On any given day in 2012/2013, approximately 25,000 people were detained in Canada's provincial jails. Over half of them were in pre-trial custody - legally innocent and waiting for their trial or a determination of their bail. Canada's jails have not always looked like this. The remand rate has nearly tripled in the past 30 years, and 2005 marked the first time in Canadian history that our provincial institutions were primarily being used to detain people prior to any finding of guilt, rather than after they had been convicted and sentenced. While questions remain about what is driving the rise in pre-trial detention, it is clear that it is not a response to increasing crime. Canada's overall crime rate has been declining for at least 20 years. The violent crime rate is at its lowest rate since 1987. In 2012, property offences and other non-violent Criminal Code offences, such as breaching court orders or mischief, accounted for four-fifths (79%) of police-reported crime. The law governing bail aims to safeguard individual liberty, the presumption of innocence and the right to a fair trial by putting in place a strong presumption of release and only imposing restrictions on liberty or detaining a person where absolutely necessary. Not only does the Canadian Charter of Rights and Freedoms ("the Charter") guarantee our right to liberty, but it specifically enshrines a constitutional right to reasonable bail. In many courts across the country, however, the bail system is operating in a manner that is contrary to the spirit - and, at times, the letter - of the law. Legally innocent individuals are processed through a bail system that is chaotic and unnecessarily risk-averse and that disproportionately penalizes - and frequently criminalizes - poverty, addiction and mental illness. Canadian bail courts regularly impose abstinence requirements on those addicted to alcohol or drugs, residency conditions on the homeless, strict check-in requirements in difficult to access locations, no-contact conditions between family members, and rigid curfews that interfere with employment and daily life. Numerous and restrictive conditions, imposed for considerable periods of time, are setting people up to fail - and failing to comply with a bail condition is a criminal offence, even if the underlying behaviour is not otherwise a crime. Details: Toronto: Canadian Civil Liberties Association, 2014. 111p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 6, 2014 at: http://ccla.org/wordpress/wp-content/uploads/2014/07/Set-up-to-fail-FINAL.pdf Year: 2014 Country: Canada Keywords: Bail (Canada) Shelf Number: 132909

Author: Iacobucci, Frank Title: Police Encounters with People in Crisis Summary: 1. On August 28, 2013, Chief of Police William Blair of the Toronto Police Service (TPS) requested that I undertake an independent review of the use of lethal force by the TPS, with a particular focus on encounters between police and what I refer to in this Report as "people in crisis." 2. By a person in crisis I mean a member of the public whose behaviour brings them into contact with police either because of an apparent need for urgent care within the mental health system, or because they are otherwise experiencing a mental or emotional crisis involving behaviour that is sufficiently erratic, threatening or dangerous that the police are called in order to protect the person or those around them. The term "person in crisis" includes those who are mentally ill as well as people who would be described by police as "emotionally disturbed." B. Mandate 3. My mandate as given to me by Chief Blair was to conduct an independent review of "the policies, practices and procedures of, and the services provided by, the TPS with respect to the use of lethal force or potentially lethal force, in particular in connection with encounters with persons who are or may be emotionally disturbed, mentally disturbed or cognitively impaired." 4. I was instructed by Chief Blair that the hallmark of my Review was intended to be its independence, and that the end result of the Review was to be a report, to be made public, setting out recommendations that will be used as a blueprint for the TPS in dealing with this serious and difficult issue in the future. I elaborate on the issue of independence in Chapter 2. 5. My mandate included reviewing the following topics: (i) TPS policies, procedures and practices; (ii) TPS training, and training at the Ontario Police College; (iii) equipment used by the TPS; (iv) psychological assessments and other evaluation of TPS police officers and officer candidates; (v) supervision and oversight; (vi) the role of the Mobile Crisis Intervention Teams (MCIT) currently employed by the TPS; (vii) the role of the TPS Emergency Task Force (ETF); (viii) best practices and precedents from major police forces internationally (in Canada, the United States, the United Kingdom, Australia and other jurisdictions) (ix) available studies, data and research; and (x) other related matters falling within the scope of the independent review. Details: Toronto: Toronto Police Service, 2014. 413p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 6, 2014 at: http://www.torontopolice.on.ca/publications/files/reports/police_encounters_with_people_in_crisis_2014.pdf Year: 2014 Country: Canada Keywords: Mentally Ill Offenders Shelf Number: 132913

Author: Toronto Police Service Title: The Police and Community Engagement Review (The PACER Report); Phase II -- Internal Report and Recommendations Summary: Since March 2012, the Toronto Police Service has been undertaking a review of the way in which we engage with the community. The Police and Community Engagement Review (PACER) has considered the procedures that flow from these contacts, in particular the recording of an individual's personal information on a card or in a database after an encounter with a police officer. Chief William Blair initiated this review in response to growing concerns by individuals, public groups, and organizations in the community, that the police were unfairly targeting some people. There were also growing concerns about the nature of the information being gathered, what was being done with that information, and how that information might affect an individual. The goal of the PACER Team was to make recommendations that would improve public safety while ensuring the delivery of bias-free police services. To do this, the team analyzed data and consulted with the community, frontline officers, academics, and legal experts to arrive at a comprehensive view of the issues. The result was 31 recommendations designed to improve our systems, our training, and our public communications, to bolster the confidence and respect among all members of the community. The implementation of these recommendations will mean changes to the way we conduct and manage our operations, evaluate our performance, and communicate with the public. We invite you to learn more about the recommendations and the rationale behind them by reading the report. Highlights of the Report include: - The Service will create a Standing Community Advisory Committee that will include people from outside of the Toronto Police Service who will work continuously with the Service on the delivery of bias-free police services. - Training for all officers will be enhanced in the areas of the Canadian Charter of Rights & Freedoms, the Ontario Human Rights Code, articulable cause, note-taking, tactical communications and strategic disengagement. - Officers' performance will include a review of the quality, not quantity, of their community engagements. - The Service will continue to consider Community Safety Note information in the recruitment and hiring process, however, a CSN does not preclude anyone from employment opportunities with the Service. Any consideration of a CSN as part of the hiring process will now include a supervisor's review and input from the original issuing officer. - The Service will explore body-worn cameras and an Intercultural Development program. - Officers will no longer complete a hard-copy Community Inquiry Report card. Officers will make notes directly into their memo books. Information that can be used to solve crimes or protect the community may be entered as a Community Safety Note into the Service's records management system. This information will be retained for seven years. - The Community Inquiry Report Receipt will be modified into a re-designed business card. Keeping our neighbourhoods safe from harm remains at the forefront of our thoughts and forms the basis for all of our actions. Nevertheless, we recognize that the community needs to understand our purpose and have confidence in our ability to understand the lived experiences of others. These recommendations will ensure we continue to improve in that regard. Details: Toronto: Toronto Police Service, 2014. 95p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 12, 2014 at: http://www.torontopolice.on.ca/publications/files/reports/2013pacerreport.pdf Year: 2014 Country: Canada Keywords: Police Legitimacy Shelf Number: 133003

Author: Wetstein, Simon Title: Cash-in-Transit: An analysis of the victimization of armoured guards Summary: Although armoured truck guards perform a valuable service in transporting cash and other valuables to financial institutions, businesses, and private individuals, there has been very little research into the ways in which they are victimized while on-duty. Routine Activities Theory was used as a theoretical basis to analyze data collected from respondents currently employed as armoured guards regarding their victimization experiences, and to provide policy suggestions to reduce the likelihood of further incidents. Respondents were asked to answer questions regarding their target suitability and level of guardianship, as well as the geographic and environmental characteristics of the location in which the event took place. Results suggest mixed support for the use of Routine Activities Theory as a suitable explanation for the victimization of armoured guards. Details: Guelph, ONT: University of Guelph, 2013. 134p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed August 12, 2014 at: https://atrium.lib.uoguelph.ca/xmlui/bitstream/handle/10214/7725/Wetstein_Simon_201312_MA.pdf?sequence=3 Year: 2013 Country: Canada Keywords: Armoured Guards Shelf Number: 133022

Author: Plecas, Darryl Title: Why the Integrated Municipal Provincial Auto Crime Team (IMPACT) Summary: Since 2003, auto theft has decreased substantially across Canada (Wallace, 2003; Dauvergne and Turner, 2010). In fact, auto theft has had the largest rate of decline in police-reported crime trends with a decrease of 17,000 auto thefts from 2008 to 2009 (Dauvergne and Turner, 2010). Still, over the past decade, British Columbia, and in particular the city of Surrey, was listed among the jurisdictions with the highest auto theft rates in the country (Wallace, 2003). Specifically, in British Columbia, approximately 40,000 vehicles were stolen in 2003, mostly from the Greater Vancouver area (IMPACT, no date b). However, between 2003 and 2009, the number of vehicles stolen in British Columbia decreased by 55%, a decrease mainly attributed to the targeting of chronic offenders, the courts awarding harsher sentences to convicted auto thieves, and more auto theft prevention tactics employed by the makers and users of motor vehicles (IMPACT, no date c ). One of the main policing strategies to prevent and respond to auto theft in British Columbia has been IMPACT, or the Integrated Municipal Provincial Auto Crime Team. Specialized police auto theft investigators from municipal police departments and the Royal Canadian Mounted Police (RCMP) throughout the province staff the unit. Two main initiatives of relevance to this discussion are (1) the Bait Car program which uses police owned vehicles left in high theft areas as decoys to be stolen by auto thieves and (2) a specialized Enforcement team to target known auto thieves. However, even with the recent successes of police, technological advances to combat auto theft, such as the increasing installation of immobilizers, and the substantial general reductions in auto theft worldwide, there still remains the need for police and academics to understand the motivations behind auto theft and the characteristics of auto thieves. There is debate in the research literature about who commits auto theft and for what reasons. One perspective holds that auto theft in British Columbia is commonly committed by joyriding youth aged 12 to 17 years old (Fleming et al., 1994; Wallace, 2003; Fleming, Brantingham, & Brantingham, 1994). Other researchers contend that auto theft in British Columbia is overwhelmingly committed by adult males with lengthy criminal histories for the purposes of reselling or exporting the stolen cars, using the cars in the commission of another crime, or for transportation purposes (Garis et al., 2007; Zapotichny, 2003; McCormick, Plecas, & Cohen, 2008; Wallace, 2003; IMPACT, no date b). One study examining auto theft and vehicle recovery in British Columbia identified transportation as a leading cause of auto theft in the Fraser Valley (McCormick, Plecas, & Cohen, 2007). Considering this more recent academic research and the various pronouncements of law enforcement agencies throughout the province, it appears that auto theft in British Columbia is much more likely to be committed by seasoned criminals stealing vehicles for transportation or crime commission. These findings are important because auto theft rates continue to decline due to technological advances, but will eventually level off to the point that this offence is committed almost exclusively by offenders to facilitate the commission of other offences, for organized crime, or for transportation. Given this, the role of police initiatives, such as IMPACT, are extremely important in both reducing the success of seasoned or known to police auto thieves and to deter the more 'casual' auto thief. However, this assumption only holds if IMPACT has a measurable effect on the overall auto theft rate by effectively targeting chronic or prolific auto thieves. To assess these assumptions, the authors analyzed data associated to all 260 Bait Car and 450 Enforcement arrests by IMPACT between 2005 and 2008 and compared these cases to a random sample of 75 RCMP auto theft arrests in British Columbia per year over the same time period (n = 300). As demonstrated in Table 1, the demographic profiles and criminal history of auto thieves arrested by IMPACT initiatives were essentially the same as those arrested by regular police activity. Regardless of the method by which an offender was identified and arrested, the typical auto thief tended to be an adult male (approximately 80% of the time) with a lengthy criminal record (approximately 9 years). Moreover, at least half of auto thieves could be classified as repeat, if not chronic, offenders. This finding suggests that, unlike the claim of some researchers that auto theft remains the domain of young joyriders, the typical auto thief in British Columbia is an adult with a long history of diverse criminality. Details: Burnaby, BC, CAN: BC Centre for Social Responsibility and University of the Fraser Valley, Centre for Public Safety and Criminal Justice Research, 2014. 6p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 13, 2014 at: http://www.ufv.ca/media/assets/ccjr/reports-and-publications/Why_IMPACT.pdf Year: 2014 Country: Canada Keywords: Automobile Theft (Canada) Shelf Number: 133033

Author: Power, Jenelle Title: Working With Offenders Who Self-Injure: Fostering Staff Resilience In High Stress Situations Summary: Several evidence-based interventions were identified for correctional staff in the literature, including education and training related specifically to self-injurious behaviour (SIB), role clarification to address the conflict between the requirement to maintain institutional security and safety and promote offender rehabiliation, coping skills training to reduce workplace stress and improve wellness, and the implementation of peer support groups to encourage team-based problem solving and debriefing. Implementation of specific interventions should be accompanied by a framework to assess efficacy and outcomes. What we found Staff who work with offenders who engage in SIB are at increased risk of burnout, a psychological syndrome characterized by emotional exhaustion and depersonalization. Role conflict and ambiguity, as well as a reduced sense of personal accomplishment, were noted as important correlates of burnout, particularly for younger or less experienced staff. Staff who regularly encounter SIB could be at risk for experiencing secondary traumatic stress, compassion fatigue, or vicarious traumatization. These staff members often feel ill-equiped to deal with SIB and may lack specific training in the etiology and treatment of the behaviour. Protective factors identified in the literature include social support, coping skills, physical and mental health, and a perception of adequate skills to competently perform the job. Burnout prevention interventions typically take two forms: (1) individual-focused and (2) organization-focused. Most of the research conducted to date has focused on interventions aimed at supporting individual staff members, such as education and job training, coping skills training, peer support groups, cognitive-behavioural therapy, and critical incident debriefing. Few organization-focused interventions have been empirically validated. Why we did this study Correctional staff are frequently exposed to high stress situations, particularly when working with offenders who engage in SIB. Continued exposure to high stress environments may have negative physical and psycholocal effects and staff who work with offenders who engage in SIB are at increased risk of burnout. The purpose of this research was to identify evidence-based interventions or management practices that promote staff resilience and could be implemented to mitigate stressful working environments in correctional institutions. What we did A literature review was conducted to identify specific factors related to burnout in correctional staff and characteristics of staff resilience when working with offenders who self-injure. A review of the literature on evidence-based interventions that have been successfully implemented at the organizational and individual level was also undertaken. Details: Ottawa: Correctional Service of Canada, 2014. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report No. R-276: Accessed August 23, 2014 at: http://www.csc-scc.gc.ca/005/008/092/005008-0276-eng.pdf Year: 2014 Country: Canada Keywords: Correctional Staff Shelf Number: 133125

Author: Gobeil, Renee Title: Offenders with Long Term Supervision Orders Assigned Residency Conditions at Release Summary: Why we did this study A very small number of offenders present a high risk of re-offence even after the end of their sentence. Legislation exists to allow for these offenders to be imposed a long term supervision order (LTSO), a period of additional community supervision of up to 10 years at the end of their sentence. In addition, many offenders with LTSOs are given a residency condition at release - that is, are required to live in a halfway house. In the last decade, the number of offenders with LTSOs has increased, as has the proportion who receive residency conditions. What we did We therefore conducted a study to better understand if and how residency conditions contribute to the management of the risk presented by offenders with LTSOs. We examined all offenders with LTSOs released to the community by August 2011. The 347 with a residency condition were compared to the 120 without one in areas such as demographics, risk and need, and both suspensions and returns to custody (that is, revocation of conditional release as well as breach of LTSO and other new offences). What we found In general, offenders with and without a residency condition were very similar. This was true for demographic characteristics, victim information patterns, and mental health. However, those assigned a residency condition were judged by their parole officers to present higher levels of risk and of need, though the two groups returned to custody (due to revocations of conditional release or breaches of LTSO and other new offences) at the same rates. After statistically controlling for differences in reintegration potential, offenders with LTSOs with a residency condition may be less likely to be suspended. Nonetheless, the overall pattern of findings suggests that residency conditions are not contributing to managing the risk presented by offenders with LTSOs. Notably, two factors which were peripheral to the offender - the region where release occurred and how recently the offender was released - were both also related to whether residency was imposed. What it means Findings suggest that decisions to impose residency conditions may not be sufficiently rooted in risk. From a correctional theory perspective, imposition of restrictive conditions should be based on sound principles and research, and there may be room for improvement in this area with respect to the imposition of residency conditions on offenders with LTSOs. The Correctional Service of Canada (CSC) has undertaken relevant initiatives in this domain (specifically, education programs) that may lead to improvements if they are expanded. Details: Ottawa: Correctional Service of Canada, 2012. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report No. R-285: Accessed August 23, 2014 at: http://www.csc-scc.gc.ca/005/008/092/005008-0285-eng.pdf Year: 2012 Country: Canada Keywords: Community Supervision Shelf Number: 133126

Author: Nolan, Amanda Title: Outcomes for Offender Employment Programs: Assessment of CORCAN Participation Summary: What it means While CORCAN participation supports offender reintegration by helping offenders obtain employment after release, results of this research also highlight the importance of assisting offenders in retaining their initial employment to help decrease their likelihood of reoffending. Findings further highlight the importance of community employment in reducing the likelihood of reoffending and readmission to federal custody. What we found - 61% of offenders employed with CORCAN were granted day parole, compared to 41% of offenders employed with Correctional Service Canada (CSC) institutional employment (excluding CORCAN), and 51% of offenders who were not employed in the institution. - Offenders employed with CORCAN were 1.09 times more likely than offenders employed in non-CORCAN institutional employment and 1.37 times more likely than offenders not institutionally employed to obtain a job in the community, even after controlling for important risk factors. - Community Employment Centre (CEC) participation, as well as vocational certification in addition to CORCAN employment were both found to contribute to an increased likelihood of obtaining a job in the community. - Involvement in CORCAN employment was not found to have a significant impact on the length of time that offenders retained their first job post-release. - There was no overall association between CORCAN participation and direct reductions in recidivism (any revocation or revocation with a new offence). - Offenders who were employed in the community, regardless of institutional employment participation, were almost three times less likely to be revoked with a new offence than those who were not employed. Why we did this study Approximately 60% of offenders in the CSC have employment needs identified at intake to federal custody. CORCAN is a key rehabilitation program that focuses on providing offenders with employment and employability skills training. Offenders who participate in CORCAN are afforded the opportunity to develop employment skills though vocational certification and on-the-job skills training during their incarceration. There is a need for CSC to examine the effect of CORCAN participation on key correctional results. What we did The current research compared the outcomes of three study groups: 1) offenders who participated in CORCAN employment, 2) offenders who participated in CSC institutional employment (employment that is not part of CORCAN and involves general work around the institution), and 3) offenders who had no employment assignment during their incarceration. Analyses examined: rates of institutional charges and admissions to segregation, time to and type of first conditional release, community job attainment and retention, and recidivism (any revocation and revocation with a new offence while on conditional release). Details: Ottawa: Correctional Service of Canada, 2014. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report No. R-283: http://www.csc-scc.gc.ca/005/008/092/005008-0283-eng.pdf Year: 2014 Country: Canada Keywords: Employment Programs Shelf Number: 133127

Author: Stewart, Lynn A. Title: Outcomes of Federal Aboriginal Offenders in Correctional Programs: Follow-up from the ICPM Evaluation Summary: What it means Past research suggests that Aboriginal offenders benefit from participation in both Aboriginal-specific, and mainstream Correctional Service Canada (CSC) correctional programs. Further research on their response to the Integrated Correctional Program Model (ICPM)Footnote 1, found that Aboriginal offenders participating in the Aboriginal Integrated Correctional Program Model (AICPM) do as well as, or better than, participants in the Aboriginal Nationally Recognized Correctional Programs (NRCP). AICPM, however, demonstrates no improvement in efficiency over the Aboriginal-specific NRCP menu in assisting offenders in the timely completion of correctional programs identified on their correctional plans. Key outcomes related to sex offending, violent offending and domestic violence offending have yet to be examined. What we found When risk factors were controlled and region was held constant, returns to custody and returns with an offence did not differ between Aboriginal offenders participating in ICPM or AICPM and matched participants in NRCPs. When the time period during which the offenders attended programs was the same between study groups, controlling for multiple risk factors, Aboriginal offenders participating in AICPM were significantly less likely to return to custody and to return with an offence than Aboriginal offenders participating in the Aboriginal-specific NRCP menu. An analysis of program efficiencies found that time from admission to start of the first correctional program was significantly longer for AICPM than Aboriginal NRCP. Time to the completion of the last correctional program prior to release did not differ between the AICPM and Aboriginal NRCP groups. Why we did this study A prior evaluation of the ICPM pointed to a trend for poorer results for offenders in the AICPM group than those in the NRCP group. Further information on the efficacy and efficiency of ICPM and AICPM for Aboriginal offenders was requested in order to inform decisions regarding full implementation of the program. What we did The following analyses were conducted: - All research reporting on outcomes for Aboriginal offenders who participated in CSC correctional programs was reviewed and summarized; - Aboriginal offenders in the ICPM (n = 24) and AICPM (n = 70) were compared on correctional outcomes; - Using a longer-term follow-up period, 137 Aboriginal participants in the ICPM/AICPM were compared to their matched NRCP pairs; and - The recent population of Aboriginal offenders in AICPM (n = 163) were compared to the recent population of Aboriginal offenders in Aboriginal NRCP programs (n = 858) on correctional outcomes and program efficiencies. Details: Ottawa: Correctional Service of Canada, 2014. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report No. R-328: Accessed August 23, 2014 at: http://www.csc-scc.gc.ca/005/008/092/005008-0328-eng.pdf Year: 2014 Country: Canada Keywords: Aboriginal Offenders (Canada) Shelf Number: 133128

Author: Dunbar, Laura Title: Unlawfully at large: A profile of federal offenders who breach conditional release Summary: Why we did this study In Canada, conditional release is an important strategy for offender management. However, concerns have been raised regarding offenders who have difficulty transitioning to the community and go unlawfully at large (UAL). There is a paucity of empirical research in this area and a need to better understand the characteristics of this group. What we did The characteristics of 18,321 offenders released from the Correctional Service of Canada (CSC) between April 2006 and March 2009 were examined, and conditional release outcomes were recorded until March 2010. Of this group, a total of 3,990 offenders (22%) went unlawfully at large by the end of the follow-up period. UAL features including length of time to UAL, as well as revocations with and without offence were explored. Further, UAL offenders were compared to those who did not go UAL to identify factors related to UAL status. What we found Offenders who went UAL tended to do so soon after release (50% within two months). Once UAL, 50% of offenders returned (or were apprehended) within about one week. Eighty percent of this group had their release revoked. The overwhelming majority (84%) were revoked without being charged with a new offence - only 16% were revoked with an offence. UAL offenders were more likely to be single, younger, Aboriginal, have lower levels of education, unstable job histories, longer periods of unemployment, and more problematic substance use than non-UAL offenders. Greater proportions of UAL offenders were also convicted of violent, property, and escape/UAL offence types and had more extensive criminal histories. Although UAL offenders were more likely to be enrolled in institutional correctional programs, they were less likely to complete programming. They were also more likely to have institutional charges (both serious and minor) than non-UAL offenders and, when they were released, were more likely to have a residency condition. Overall, a variety of static and dynamic risk factors predicted UAL status. Predictors of UAL status were largely consistent for non-Aboriginal male offenders, Aboriginal male offenders, and female offenders. Additionally, the predictors demonstrated marked similarity to risk factors for general criminal behaviour and going UAL from an institutional setting. What it means Though some different predictors of UAL status emerged across gender and ethnicity, there were many commonalities (e.g., unemployment / job instability and a history of drug use) suggesting that a focus on correctional interventions to address these issues may be areas to pursue to reduce UALs in the future. Moreover, this study demonstrated that the first two months on release in the community appear to be critical risk periods for going UAL. The findings also suggest that it may be possible to develop a tool to assess risk of going UAL. Details: Ottawa: Correctional Service of Canada, 2014. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report No. R-271: Accessed August 23, 2014 at: http://www.csc-scc.gc.ca/005/008/092/005008-0271-eng.pdf Year: 2014 Country: Canada Keywords: Conditional Release (Canada) Shelf Number: 133129

Author: Pashley, Charlotte R. Title: The Road Safety Monitor 2013: Drugs and Driving Summary: The new report, The Road Safety Monitor 2013: Drugs and Driving, based on a survey of Canadian drivers, looks at drivers' views, experiences and behaviours in relation to the use of licit and illicit drugs and driving. While there is less concrete evidence regarding the prevalence, risks and implications of drug-impaired driving in comparison to alcohol-impaired driving, there are indications that the problem is a growing source of concern among road safety professionals and drivers. "According to Transport Canada, drugs, other than alcohol, are found in about one-third of the fatally injured drivers in Canada who are tested for drugs," notes TIRF President and CEO Robyn Robertson. "The National Fatality Database, maintained by TIRF, contains an index of over 200 different substances that have been detected in fatally injured drivers in Canada." The proportion of Canadian drivers admitting to using both licit and illicit drugs (3.2% prescription drugs; 1.6% marijuana or hashish and 0.8% illegal drugs) before driving underscores the need for more research and increased awareness of the potential risks associated with mixing drug use and driving. While the presence of a particular legal or illegal drug does not necessarily imply impairment of a driver, more research is needed to better understand the effects on driving behaviour. Over 63% of respondents to the survey said they felt that drug-impaired drivers posed a serious threat to traffic safety with the youngest (71.9%) and oldest (78.5%) of drivers expressing the most concern for drug-impaired drivers. While only a relatively small percentage of the population chose to drive under the influence of drugs in 2013, concern is still warranted due to the relative risk of crashing that has been associated with different drugs. "Survey results showed that individuals who chose to drive after taking prescription drugs that may affect their driving had a 60% increase in the odds of self-reporting injury as a result of a motor vehicle crash compared to those who did not drive after taking prescription drugs," explains Robertson. "In addition, drivers who drove under the influence of marijuana had a 71% increase in the odds of reporting that they had been injured in a motor vehicle collision." Researchers also remind drivers that it is illegal under the Criminal Code to drive impaired by any legal or illegal drugs. Progress has been made in the detection of drug-impaired driving, and in 2008 the Criminal Code of Canada was strengthened to include specially-trained police officers trained in detecting impairment among drivers, known as Drug Recognition Experts (DREs). Details: Ottawa: Traffic Injury Research Foundation, 2014. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 10, 2014 at: http://www.tirf.ca/publications/PDF_publications/2013_RSM_Drugs&Driving_6.pdf Year: 2014 Country: Canada Keywords: Driving Under the Influence (Canada) Shelf Number: 133250

Author: Ternes, Marguerite Title: An Examination of the Effectiveness of the National Substance Abuse Program Moderate Intensity (NSAP-M) on Institutional Adjustment and Post-Release Outcomes Summary: What it means The findings suggest that the National Substance Abuse Program - Moderate Intensity (NSAP-M) reduced the risks associated with substance use and criminality. The offenders with partial exposure to the program showed the poorest outcomes with respect to return to custody. The results also demonstrate the value of participating in community maintenance even with limited exposure to NSAP-M. Unfortunately, only a small percentage of offenders participated in community aftercare. What we found The occurrence of institutional misconduct was not significantly reduced by NSAP-M participation. Offenders who fully completed NSAP-M were as likely to engage in serious institutional misconduct as offenders who failed to complete all sessions of the program or offenders who had been assigned to NSAP-M but who had not enrolled in the program. Offenders who completed NSAP-M were less likely to be readmitted to prison during the 24-month follow-up period. In fact, offenders who partially completed were 25% more likely to return to prison compared to those who completed NSAP-M. The Not Enrolled group did not differ from program completers in likelihood of returning to custody. At the end of the 2 year follow-up period, 52% of both the Complete and Not Enrolled groups remained in the community, compared to 39% of the Incomplete group. When participation in the National Maintenance Substance Abuse Program delivered in the community and release type were considered, the association between NSAP-M and return to custody was no longer significant, suggesting that release type and community aftercare may be key variables in the pathway between program exposure and returning to custody. Overall, offenders who did not participate in community aftercare were 41% more likely to return to custody than those who had some exposure to the program; offenders who were released on a non-discretionary basis were 53% more likely to return to custody. Why we did this study Ensuring the safety and security of staff and offenders within the institution environment and the safe reintegration offenders into the community are key priorities of Correctional Service Canada (CSC). Correctional interventions can help address offender behavior associated with criminal activity. Given that 80% of the federal offender population has a substance use problem, it is imperative that effective substance abuse interventions are available to these offenders. The current study examined the effectiveness of NSAP-M in addressing the needs of federally incarcerated male offenders who have an identified substance abuse problem. What we did The study examined the effect of NSAP-M on institutional misconduct and return to custody. The study sample consisted of 8,121 male offenders who had accessed NSAP-M between June 2004 and December 2009. Details: Ottawa: Correctional Service of Canada, 2014. 63p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report R-291: Accessed September 12, 2014 at: http://www.csc-scc.gc.ca/research/005008-0291-eng.shtml Year: 2014 Country: Canada Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 133297

Author: Di Matteo, Livio Title: Police and Crime Rates in Canada: A Comparison of Resources and Outcomes Summary: There is growing public concern over the rising cost and sustainability of police services given that crime rates continue to decline. Indeed, between 2001 and 2012, the number of police officers per 100,000 population in Canada rose 8.7% while the crime rate declined by 26.3%. This study reviews the literature on the relationship between police resources and crime rates and then examines trends in crime rates and police resources in Canada. It also estimates the "efficiency" of police staffing across Canadian cities using a determinants approach that first estimates the relationship between the number of police officers per 100,000 in population and the crime rate, controlling for other factors. It then uses that relationship to estimate the predicted number of officers relative to the actual figure. The purpose is to assess whether the efficiency of municipal policing can be improved. The study finds substantial variation in the number of police officers per 100,000 of population and overall spending in cities across the country. The estimates of "efficiency" find cities of different sizes and different parts of the country ranking among the most and least efficient. Using this methodology, Kelowna, BC, Moncton, NB, and Ottawa-Gatineau, ON/QC, were found to have the most efficient staffing levels. Saint John, NB, Winnipeg, MB, and Windsor, ON, were found to have the least efficient staffing levels. There is substantial scope for police forces across Canada's census metropolitan areas (CMAs) to discover what the best practices are for creating a more efficient operation. Details: Burnaby, BC: Fraser Institute, 2014. 64p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 25, 2014 at: http://www.fraserinstitute.org/uploadedFiles/fraser-ca/Content/research-news/research/publications/police-and-crime-rates-in-canada.pdf Year: 2014 Country: Canada Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 133425

Author: Johnson, Sara Title: Assessing the Impact of Enhanced Drug Interdiction Activities at Kingston Penitentiary: A Pilot Study Summary: Beginning in January 2009, Kingston Penitentiary introduced substantial changes to its drug interdiction activities under a three-phased Drug Interdiction and Contraband Eradication (DICE) initiative. Some of these changes included the introduction of random drug interdiction "blitz" days, changes to the protocol for community gatherings at the institution, enhanced enforcement of urinalysis policy/procedures and educating visitors and inmates about the effects of drugs in a prison setting. The aim of the DICE was to maintain a safe environment for both staff and inmates through the coordination of activities to stop the introduction of drugs into the prison. The purpose of the current report was to examine the operational impact of the DICE activities with respect to alcohol, drug and security-related measures, as well as visiting practices. In order to achieve this, pre- to post- DICE comparisons were conducted on a variety of variables including contraband/unauthorized items seized, drug dog search results, urinalysis results, institutional incidents and attendance at visits and community gatherings. In addition, where possible, the same indicators were examined over a similar timeframe at another maximum security institution in the Ontario region (Millhaven Institution) that was not subjected to enhanced interdiction activities. While a slight decrease in the rate of positive results for random urinalysis testing was observed at Kingston Penitentiary pre- to post-DICE, a large decline in the refusal rate was noted (24% to 11%). This decrease followed a strict enforcement of the CSC policy that positive test results and refusals to provide urine samples are subject to equal disciplinary consequences, modifications to correctional plans, employment opportunities, and visits. In addition, a shift in the type of drugs for which offenders tested positive was observed pre- to post-DICE, with fewer inmates testing positive for THC and cocaine metabolites and more testing positive for Opiates A and Methadone metabolites1. Increases in the number of alcohol/drug-related incidents also occurred after the implementation of DICE. Regarding contraband items, an increase in seizures for all types of alcohol/drugs and alcohol/drug-related paraphernalia was observed following the augmented searching that occurred through the DICE initiative. The exceptions were brew/alcohol and cannabis, which remained stable. The results also suggested that there were broader operational impacts of the increased searching. For example, there was an increase in the number of weapons seized pre- to post-DICE3. The combined effect of all of the elements of the DICE initiative may be reflected in other results. For example, the number of institutional incidents related to disciplinary problems showed a large decline, from a monthly average of 37.4 to 16.64. In addition, the number of institutional incidents and disciplinary charges involving fights and assaults5 increased from a monthly average of 6.2 pre-DICE to 8.3 in the post-DICE period. During the same timeframe, no changes in the number of requests for protective custody were observed. The results for visiting practices pre- to post-DICE were mixed. When accounting for visits that were cancelled, there was only a marginal decrease (3.4%) in the number of visits that occurred following the implementation of DICE in comparison to the pre-DICE period. However when examining the number of inmates and visitors attending community gatherings, these numbers declined by 41% for inmates and by 51% for visitors pre- to post-DICE. Furthermore, the percent of visits that were denied increased three-fold and the percent of special visits (i.e., noncontact visits or designated seating visits) increased five-fold. The percent of visits that were suspended did not change pre- to post-DICE implementation. Taken together, these results suggest some positive impacts of the DICE initiative in relation to drug trafficking and drug use, as well as additional positive operational impacts such as an increase in the seizures of weapons and a decrease in institutional incidents related to disciplinary problems. However, possible negative post-DICE consequences include an increase in fights and assaults and an increase in positive urinalysis results for Opiates A and Methadone. It should be noted that many of these results also occurred at the comparison site, Millhaven Institution, but often to a lesser degree. Therefore the findings at Kingston Penitentiary may not have been a result of the impact of the DICE initiative alone. The findings of this study should be interpreted with caution due to methodological shortcomings (i.e., lack of a controlled research design, inconsistent recording of information, and small number of observations for some variables). As a result of these limitations, it is suggested that the next step for research in this area would be to conduct a study implementing increased drug interdiction activities in a more controlled and monitored manner at multiple sites, with measurement occurring prior to, during, and following implementation. Details: Ottawa: Correctional Service of Canada, 2010. 70p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report No. R-232: Accessed September 27, 2014 at: http://www.publicsafety.gc.ca/lbrr/archives/cn21418-eng.pdf Year: 2010 Country: Canada Keywords: Drug Detection Shelf Number: 133427

Author: Paquin-Marseille, Lysiane Title: Review of the Prison Crowding and Double-Bunking Literature Summary: A number of Canadian criminal justice organizations, including Correctional Service of Canada (CSC) have linked prison crowding and double-bunking with safety concerns for other offenders, correctional staff, and the public. This report reviews the literature on the association between crowding and offender outcomes, with a focus on institutional misconduct. By understanding if issues, such as institutional misconduct, can possibly develop from an increase in the offender population, CSC can implement effective strategies to reduce the effects on offenders and staff. Institutional crowding can be viewed from two common perspectives. An institutional-level measure of crowding, or population density, is the most common perspective taken. Alternatively, an individual-level perspective can be taken which views crowding as a perceived constraint by the individual. These varying perspectives, in addition to a range of methodologies used, have led to conflicting results on the relationship between crowding and institutional misconduct. Several meta-analyses have been conducted to provide a summary of the results, and they generally conclude there is a small effect of crowding on institutional misconduct. Nonetheless, there may be impacts in other areas such as offenders' levels of stress; therefore, strategies should be developed and implemented to effectively deal with the changing offender population and the potential for increased crowding that may occur. CSC has several accommodation strategies in place to deal with the increases in the offender population, many of which are also practised by other countries experiencing increasing offender populations. One short-term strategy used by all the countries included in the review is double-bunking (i.e., assigning two offenders to an accommodation space originally intended for one). Currently, the limited research that exists indicates that double-bunking may be associated with negative outcomes such as higher illness complaints, higher perceived crowding of the environment, and higher rates of non-aggressive infractions. However, research also demonstrates that double-bunking can be implemented without an increase in risk to offenders or staff, if implemented properly. Policies such as maintaining the current level of services offered and matching offenders prior to double-bunking is one method to ensure risk stays at a minimum. This can involve the use of an assessment tool that helps to structure the correctional staff's evaluation, and ensures all the relevant factors are considered when deciding which offenders would be best paired together. In light of the current evidence, it is important that CSC continue to consider and plan to address the potential effects of crowding and double-bunking when developing strategies to handle potential increases in the offender population. Furthermore, prospective research should be done to evaluate the effectiveness of the strategies CSC develops and to help guide future policy. Details: Ottawa: Correctional Service of Canada, 2012. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report No. R-266: Accessed September 27, 2014 at: http://www.publicsafety.gc.ca/lbrr/archives/cn21510-eng.pdf Year: 2012 Country: Canada Keywords: Double-Bunking Shelf Number: 133428

Author: Canada. Public Safety Canada Title: Public Safety Canada 2012-2013 Evaluation of the Crime Prevention Program: Final Report Summary: Evaluation supports accountability to Parliament and Canadians by helping the Government of Canada to credibly report on the results achieved with resources invested in programs. Evaluation supports deputy heads in managing for results by informing them about whether their programs are producing the outcomes that they were designed to achieve, at an affordable cost; and, supports policy and program improvements by helping to identify lessons learned and best practices. What we examined Public Safety Canada's Crime Prevention Program (CPP) includes all activities managed by the National Crime Prevention Centre (NCPC). The Centre provides national leadership on effective and cost-effective ways to prevent and reduce crime by intervening on the risk factors before crime happens with two core activities: providing contribution funding to support evidence-based targeted interventions; and developing and disseminating knowledge products, tools and resources related to effective crime prevention. The scope of the evaluation includes, starting April 1, 2008, the knowledge transfer activities of NCPC related to crime prevention and the administration of the following contribution funds: - Crime Prevention Action Fund (CPAF) - Northern and Aboriginal Crime Prevention Fund (NACPF) - Youth Gang Prevention Fund (YGPF) - Communities at Risk: Security Infrastructure Program (SIP)2 Details: Ottawa: Public Safety Canada, 2013. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 29, 2014 at: http://www.publicsafety.gc.ca/cnt/rsrcs/pblctns/2013-vltn-crm-prvntn-prgrm/2013-vltn-crm-prvntn-prgrm-eng.pdf Year: 2013 Country: Canada Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 133468

Author: Mazowita, Benjamin Title: Police-reported Cybercrime in Canada, 2012 Summary: The Internet is an increasingly integral part of the daily lives of Canadians. According to results from the Canadian Internet Use Survey, 83% of Canadians aged 16 and over accessed the Internet for personal use in 2012. A majority of Internet users in Canada did their banking online (72%), visited social networking sites (67%), and ordered goods and services online (56%). The total dollar value of orders placed online by Canadians reached $18.9 billion in 2012 (Statistics Canada 2013). The rapid growth in Internet use has allowed for the emergence of new criminal opportunities (Nuth 2008). Criminal offences involving a computer or the Internet as either the target of a crime or as an instrument used to commit a crime are collectively known as cybercrime. Frauds, identity theft, extortion, criminal harassment, certain sexual offences, and offences related to child pornography are among the criminal violations that can be committed over the Internet using a computer, tablet, or smart phone. Using data from the 2012 Incident-based Uniform Crime Reporting Survey, this Juristat article examines police-reported cybercrime in Canada. Analysis is presented on the number of cybercrimes reported by police services covering 80% of the population of Canada, as well as the characteristics of incidents, victims, and persons accused of cyber-related violations. These findings are supplemented with self-reported data on cyber-bullying, based on results from the 2009 General Social Survey (GSS) on Victimization. Details: Ottawa: Statistics Canada, 2014. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Juristat Bulletin: Accessed October 2, 2014 at: http://www.statcan.gc.ca/pub/85-002-x/2014001/article/14093-eng.pdf Year: 2014 Country: Canada Keywords: Child Pornography Shelf Number: 133541

Author: Gobeil, Renee Title: Use of the Custody Rating Scale with Male Offenders Summary: Periodic revalidations of instruments used in assessing and classifying offenders are necessary given that offender populations can change over time. It is important to ensure that instruments continue to be valid and to measure what they purport to measure despite changes in the populations to which they are applied. This is particularly true for instruments used in security classification as this classification impacts penitentiary placement and can influence access to programs and interventions, as well as conditional release decisions. In determining offenders' initial security classification, CSC uses the Custody Rating Scale (CRS), which measures offenders' institutional adjustment and security risk. The CRS is a 12- item empirically-derived actuarial instrument that provides a security classification recommendation which is then considered together with the clinical judgment of experienced and specialized professional staff and, in some cases, psychological assessment. Given changes in the offender population since the CRS's development, a revalidation was undertaken. The study was limited to male offenders and included a total of 11,438 CRSs completed between January 1, 2008 and December 31, 2009. Analyses demonstrated that the CRS continues to be appropriate for use in the determination of initial security classifications. Offenders receiving higher CRS security classification recommendations tended to be higher risk and less well adjusted than their counterparts receiving lower recommendations. CRS recommendations were consistent with ratings on measures of risk, need, motivation, reintegration potential, and, for non-Aboriginal offenders, scores on a measure of the likelihood of recidivism. CRS recommendations were also predictive of involvement in minor and major institutional incidents, conviction of serious institutional charges, and the granting of discretionary release (used as a measure of manageability of risk). Though slightly higher proportions of Aboriginal offenders than of non-Aboriginal offenders received higher CRS security classification recommendations, the CRS was able to predict involvement in serious institutional misbehaviours and the granting of discretionary release at comparable rates for offenders of each ethnicity. This pattern suggests that the difference in security classification recommendation distributions for Aboriginal and non-Aboriginal offenders reflect underlying differences in risk rather than over-classification. Results were therefore supportive of the continued use of the CRS with Aboriginal offenders. Finally, whether domains not included in the CRS are also useful predictors of institutional adjustment and security risk was examined. Measures of antisocial attitudes and antisocial associates were found to be related to involvement in institutional misbehaviour. Relationships were sufficiently strong to indicate that if and when modifications are made to the current security classification approach, there may be value in considering the inclusion of measures of antisocial attitudes and antisocial attitudes, as well, perhaps, as other measures. Details: Ottawa; Correctional Service of Canada, 2014. 68p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report No. R-257: Accessed October 2, 2014 at: http://www.publicsafety.gc.ca/lbrr/archives/cn21484-eng.pdf Year: 2011 Country: Canada Keywords: Classification of Offenders Shelf Number: 133548

Author: Doherty, Sherri Title: An Examination of the Effectiveness of the National Substance Abuse Program Moderate Intensity (NSAP-M) on Institutional Adjustment and Post-Release Outcomes Summary: What it means The findings suggest that the National Substance Abuse Program - Moderate Intensity (NSAP-M) reduced the risks associated with substance use and criminality. The offenders with partial exposure to the program showed the poorest outcomes with respect to return to custody. The results also demonstrate the value of participating in community maintenance even with limited exposure to NSAP-M. Unfortunately, only a small percentage of offenders participated in community aftercare. What we found The occurrence of institutional misconduct was not significantly reduced by NSAP-M participation. Offenders who fully completed NSAP-M were as likely to engage in serious institutional misconduct as offenders who failed to complete all sessions of the program or offenders who had been assigned to NSAP-M but who had not enrolled in the program. Offenders who completed NSAP-M were less likely to be readmitted to prison during the 24-month follow-up period. In fact, offenders who partially completed were 25% more likely to return to prison compared to those who completed NSAP-M. The Not Enrolled group did not differ from program completers in likelihood of returning to custody. At the end of the 2 year follow-up period, 52% of both the Complete and Not Enrolled groups remained in the community, compared to 39% of the Incomplete group. When participation in the National Maintenance Substance Abuse Program delivered in the community and release type were considered, the association between NSAP-M and return to custody was no longer significant, suggesting that release type and community aftercare may be key variables in the pathway between program exposure and returning to custody. Overall, offenders who did not participate in community aftercare were 41% more likely to return to custody than those who had some exposure to the program; offenders who were released on a non-discretionary basis were 53% more likely to return to custody. Why we did this study Ensuring the safety and security of staff and offenders within the institution environment and the safe reintegration offenders into the community are key priorities of Correctional Service Canada (CSC). Correctional interventions can help address offender behavior associated with criminal activity. Given that 80% of the federal offender population has a substance use problem, it is imperative that effective substance abuse interventions are available to these offenders. The current study examined the effectiveness of NSAP-M in addressing the needs of federally incarcerated male offenders who have an identified substance abuse problem. What we did The study examined the effect of NSAP-M on institutional misconduct and return to custody. The study sample consisted of 8,121 male offenders who had accessed NSAP-M between June 2004 and December 2009. Details: Ottawa: Correctional Service of Canada, 2014. 59p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report No. R-290: Accessed October 9, 2014 at: http://www.csc-scc.gc.ca/research/005008-0291-eng.shtml Year: 2014 Country: Canada Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 133639

Author: MacSwain, Mary-Ann Title: Characteristics of women participants in the Methadone Maintenance Treatment Program (MMTP), . Summary: Why we did this study Ensuring that offenders have access to interventions that address their substance abuse issues allows the Correctional Service of Canada (CSC) to support the safe reintegration of offenders into society. The treatment needs of federal offenders with opioid dependence are facilitated through the provision of CSC's Methadone Maintenance Treatment Program (MMTP). Some of the objectives of CSC's MMTP include reducing relapse to opioid drug use and the incidence of drug-related criminal activity; improving the offender's general health and quality of life; and assisting and motivating offenders to gradually desist from all illicit drug use. Understanding the characteristics of women MMTP participants will assist CSC in developing its MMTP delivery to more effectively address the challenges of opioid addicted offenders, a group with high levels of criminogenic needs and long criminal histories. What we did The study included women federal offenders who were initiated into CSC's MMTP between January, 2003 and December, 2008 (N = 209). The comparison group consisted of the remaining women institutional population (N = 1879). The demographic characteristics, criminogenic risk and need factors and criminal histories of MMTP participants and the institutional population were compared. The drug use and mental health histories of MMTP participants were also examined. What we found Results indicate that, compared to the institutional population, female MMTP participants had higher static (risk) and dynamic (need) factor ratings. In addition, they had lower reintegration potential and motivation level, and a longer criminal history. MMTP participants were also more likely to currently be serving sentences for offences related to the acquisition of money or personal belongings such as robbery, theft or break and enter, and forgery/fraud, along with other non violent offences. They were also less likely to have current homicide or drug related offences. Most women MMTP participants report the use of pharmaceutical opioids, rather than heroin or a combination of heroin and pharmaceutical opioids. However, in the Pacific and Quebec regions, heroin use was more prevalent. Almost two thirds of women MMTP participants report problematic poly drug use in addition to their opioid use, with cocaine being the most commonly used non-opioid drug. Almost all (97%) of MMTP participants reported a history of injection drug use, and many also reported a history of overdose, and other risk behaviours related to their drug use such as needle sharing. Many women also present for MMT with other mental health issues such as depression (63%), anxiety (62%), and panic disorder (32%), as well as trauma such as physical (81%), mental (74%), and sexual abuse (67%). What it means The current study indicates that women MMTP participants have long criminal histories and represent major challenges for reintegration. However, successful treatment of their addiction and other criminogenic factors may lead to reductions in criminal activity after release. In addition, this research highlights a need to focus attention on the abuse of other drugs, trauma and mental health issues for this group of women. Details: Ottawa: Correctional Service of Canada, 2014. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report No R-307 Accessed October 9, 2014 at: http://www.csc-scc.gc.ca/005/008/092/005008-0307-eng.pdf Year: 2014 Country: Canada Keywords: Drug Abuse Treatment Shelf Number: 133630

Author: Gostomski, Amira Title: Vancouver Police Department: police officers' assessment of the effectiveness of the Crisis Intervention Training Program and its impact on their attitudes towards their interactions with persons living with serious mental illness Summary: The purpose of this research was to examine the effectiveness of the Vancouver Police Department's (VPD) Crisis Intervention Training (CIT) course in equipping police personnel with the knowledge and skills to effectively intervene with mental health consumers by encouraging non-violent, non-lethal crisis intervention and the minimal use of force. This study examined 83 (n=83) course evaluation questionnaires completed by the recipients of the CIT course at the VPD, statistical data from the Office of the Police Complaint Commissioner (OPPC), and coroner's and media reports of deaths involving the mentally ill that resulted from police encounters. The analysis of the feedback from the CIT course participants revealed their enhanced awareness and knowledge about mental illness as well as an increased confidence in the disposition of skills and techniques learned during the training. The OPCC statistical data indicated a reduced number of complaints filed against the VPD; however no definite conclusions could have been drawn from this data. The analysis of deaths of the mentally ill killed by VPD officers did not reveal a specific trend after the enactment of the CIT course. Results of the study highlighted the necessity for the adoption of the VPD's CIT course model by all of the police departments in the province. Further recommendations for collaboration between law enforcement agencies in the province, mental health resources, and the implementation of various policies related to the CIT course were addressed. Details: Burnaby, BC, Canada: Simon Fraser University, 2012. 104p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed October 15, 2014 at: http://summit.sfu.ca/item/12182 Year: 2012 Country: Canada Keywords: Crisis Intervention Shelf Number: 133924

Author: Kohm, Steven A. Title: Sex Work and City Planning: Winnipeg's Red Light District Committee and the Regulation of Prostitution Summary: In November of 1999, a Manitoba Provincial Court decision called into question the City of Winnipeg's ability to regulate off-street prostitution through its municipal licencing by-law for escort services. The result was a lengthy process that saw the city establish a volunteer committee to investigate the regulation of the sex trade in Winnipeg and make recommendations about what could be done in the future. This paper examines the process by which the volunteer committee arrived at its recommendations, and the resulting response from city bureaucrats and officials within the provincial Department of Justice. In the end, most of the committee's recommendations did not result in any concrete action by the city or province, and perhaps the most significant one - the creation of a new city by-law to regulate the industry - is, nearly two years later, still in the planning phase. In the meantime, the province has put into place a tough new law to deal with the sex and drug trade. At present, the city has yet to address the key concern of the court decision that began the process over three years ago: the development of a clear set of regulations for an industry badly in need of closer monitoring and supervision. Details: Winnipeg: University of Winnipeg, Institute of Urban Studies, 2004. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Research and Working Paper # 42: Accessed October 15, 2014 at: http://www.uwinnipeg.ca/faculty/ius/iusweb/pdf/Kohm_Selwood_ResearchWorkingPaper42.pdf Year: 2004 Country: Canada Keywords: Prostitutes Shelf Number: 133884

Author: Danford, Nicholas Title: Bylaws and Brothels: An analysis of Toronto's adult entertainment governance strategy Summary: Planning for the adult entertainment and sex industry is incredibly controversial. Issues of morality, safety, and health all play major roles on where adult entertainment and sex establishments should be located in cities. Given the municipal government's role in land-use planning it holds strategic position to influence where legal bawdy-houses (brothels) are located. Municipalities have taken a variety of approaches to regulating the location of adult entertainment establishments. As more jurisdictions legalize brothels, municipalities will need to ensure that these establishments are located in the optimal location to ensure safety and security for the workers, their patrons, and the general public. The report has taken an investigative nature and has identified areas for Toronto to develop and improve policies and governance tools related to regulating the sex industry, more specifically inclusion of brothels as a type of sex establishment. The recommendations of this report are geared to municipal decision makers and aim to begin the discussion and set out a strategic direction on this important and pressing planning topic. It is also important, however, that the political climate is considered prior to implementation of any of the recommendations outlined in this report. It is imperative for the safety of the community, sex workers, and their clients that municipalities begin this policy discussion now. It is clear that, although not at the forefront of municipal policy-makers, this topic is of interest. Details: Kingston, ON: Queen's University, 2013. 74p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed October 15, 2014 at: http://qspace.library.queensu.ca/handle/1974/7987 Year: 2013 Country: Canada Keywords: Brothels Shelf Number: 133911

Author: Easton, Stephen Title: The Cost of Crime in Canada Summary: While in 1998 Canada spent over $42.4 billion on crime- $15.5 billion on what we think of as the direct cost of crime and the remainder on the less easily measured consequences for the victims - today's estimates reveal that Canadians spend over $85 billion being victimized by, catching, and punishing crime. Victims' losses through criminal acts committed against them amount to over $47 billion, more than half of the total. The current cost of crime is over 5% of our national product and this is an underestimate. The crime rate has been falling since the early 1990s and there is a paradox here since in many dimensions the cost of crime has risen, not fallen. At the same time as crime is declining, the cost of dealing with crime by the police, the courts, and the prisons has become greater. At least part of the reason for this increase has been the requirements of the justice system itself. To safeguard the rights of Canadians, the Supreme Court of Canada has imposed a set of evolving requirements on the police and prosecution that make it manifestly more expensive to capture and prosecute. This is not to argue that the courts should not impose these requirements. It is, however, important to understand their consequences and, of course, there are other contributors to the increasing costs. Over the decade from 2002 to 2012 the crime rate has fallen by roughly 27%: from 7,700 to 5,600 crimes per 100,000 of the population. Nonetheless, the cost of dealing with crime by the justice system has risen by 35%. The greatest increases have been in policing (44%) followed by corrections at (33%). One of the puzzles has been that the incarceration rate has changed little since 1978 while the crime rate fluctuated from a 1991 peak of over 10,000 per 100,000 to 5,600 today. Our measure of the cost of crime has many gaps. Canadian data do not permit an annual assessment of the cost of crime at this time. We have provided or developed annual measures for different components of crime, including the cost of the justice system and the cost of pain and suffering associated with the crimes that we measure. However, there are still no annual assessments of the costs of private security, business losses, medical costs, foregone productivity costs, and a number of other contributors to the overall cost of crime. Details: Vancouver, BC: Fraser Institute, 2014. 122p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 16, 2014 at: http://www.fraserinstitute.org/uploadedFiles/fraser-ca/Content/research-news/research/publications/cost-of-crime-in-canada-2014.pdf Year: 2014 Country: Canada Keywords: Costs of Crime (Canada) Shelf Number: 133729

Author: Greene, Margaret Eleanor Title: A Girl's Right to Learn Without Fear: Working to End-Gender-Based Violence at School Summary: Education is a fundamental human right for every child but it is too often denied, especially to girls. Plan Canada's latest report, A Girl's Right to Learn Without Fear, produced in partnership with the University of Toronto's International Human Rights Program, and in collaboration with the Canadian Women's Foundation, Native Women's Association of Canada, and White Ribbon Campaign, finds that gender-based violence is a major and critical factor threatening the education of children, and particularly girls, in many countries of the world, including Canada. School-related gender-based violence School-related gender-based violence refers to acts of sexual, physical or psychological violence inflicted on children in and around schools because of stereotypes and roles or norms attributed to or expected of them because of their sex or gender identity. There are immediate and long-term consequences of school-related gender-based violence including health consequences (STDs, HIV infection, unwanted early pregnancies); psychological suffering; poor performance at school; absenteeism; and high dropout rates. - Between 500 million and 1.5 billion children experience violence every year, many in and around the institutions we trust most: our schools. - The World Health Organization ranked Canada as one of the worst countries for its bullying victimization rates. Canada was ranked 27th out of 35 comparable countries - Nearly a quarter of Canadian girls and, at least 15% of boys, have experienced sexual violence before they reach 16. - Female victims of sexual harassment report a loss of interest in school activities, increased absenteeism, lower grades, and increased tardiness and truancy. Ending the violence While violence against children is unjustifiable, it is also preventable. Therefore, the report also focuses on solutions with recommendations for all governments, including Canada's, to put an end to violence against children, with a special focus on girls. The report does not just highlight problems, but is focused on solutions drawn from the experiences of countries leading on these issues. It includes specific recommendations for the Canadian government that are consistent with recent observations on Canada made by the United Nations Committee on the Rights of the Child. Details: Toronto: Plan Canada, 2012. 94p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed October 20, 2014 at: https://plancanada.ca/document.doc?id=325 Year: 2012 Country: Canada Keywords: Gender-Based Violence (Canada) Shelf Number: 133781

Author: Manitoba. Manitoba Justice Title: Working Together to Address Sexual Exploitation on our Streets Summary: The sex trade has profoundly negative effects on neighbourhoods and the individuals involved on the streets. The Criminal Code of Canada (federal law) has measures to deal with the sex trade. The Manitoba government has also introduced many measures to discourage the harmful activities related to the sex trade and sexual exploitation. Manitobans in all neighbourhoods have an important role to play in addressing the sex trade and its impact on the community at large. This publication provides an overview of the sex trade, including its impact on the victims of sexual exploitation and the communities where it occurs. The publication is also a resource for neighbourhoods that wish to take action to help reduce the harm caused by street prostitution. Connecting communities to the many resources available will help us work together to address sexual exploitation on our streets. The information in this publication is based on the experience and advice of: - front line workers - Manitoba Family Services and Housing - law enforcement agencies - Crown attorneys - Manitoba Justice - community members Details: Winnipeg, Manitoba: Manitoba Justice, Community Justice Branch, 2006. 57p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 27, 2014 at: http://www.gov.mb.ca/justice/safe/neighbourhoodsolutions.pdf Year: 2006 Country: Canada Keywords: Child Prostitution Shelf Number: 133828

Author: Gabriele, Felicia Title: The Incidence of Human Trafficking in Ontario: Ontario Coalition Research Initiative Summary: "The findings in this report reveal that the province of Ontario urgently needs to invest in system changes, revise its child welfare legislation, fund shelters, develop a province-wide action plan, and a provincial task force to take a proactive approach to combatting human trafficking," said AAMS president, Karlee Sapoznik. Among its important highlights, the Alliance Against Modern Slavery Ontario Coalition Research Report on The Incidence of Human Trafficking in Ontario reveals that: approximately 62.9% of victims trafficked to, through, within or from Ontario were Canadian citizens, 90% of these individuals were female, 63% of trafficked persons were between the ages of 15-24, and the most common age of trafficked persons was 17 years old at 18%. The majority of individuals were recruited through a personal contact (84.6%). Within Ontario, the General Toronto Area (GTA) was the most common destination site for human trafficking. The city of Toronto was also a significant transit point, acting as a hub for a number of human trafficking routes. Within Canada, individuals were trafficked to Ontario from the provinces of British Columbia, Alberta, Manitoba, Quebec, Nova Scotia and Newfoundland. Individuals trafficked to Ontario from foreign countries were trafficked from: Afghanistan, Antigua, Czech Republic, Hungary, India, Indonesia, Jamaica, Kenya, Mozambique, Nigeria, Philippines, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Thailand, the United States, Ukraine, and Vietnam. From Ontario individuals were trafficked to the provinces of Manitoba, Alberta and Quebec, and to the countries of Afghanistan, England and the United States. 96.5% of victims experienced some or multiple forms of violence. Overall, males were predominately trafficked for the purpose of forced labour. Significantly, females were more likely than males to be trafficked in every category of trafficking reported. Out of those who were trafficked for the purpose of sexual exploitation (68.5%), one (0.7%) was male and 67.8% were female. Out of those who were trafficked for the purpose of forced labour (24.5%), 8.4% were male and 16.1% were female. Out of those trafficked for the purpose of a forced marriage (7.7%), all 7.7% were female. Additionally, out of those trafficked for the purpose of petty crime (6.3%), all 6.3% were female. In almost half of the cases (49.7%), individuals spent from less than 1 year up to 2 years in slavery. The four biggest challenges that organizations faced when assisting victims of trafficking were: Organizational funding/financial resources (46.9%), lack of housing (46.2%), providing financial support to the victim (42.7%), and finding counselling for the victim (37.1%). Other problems identified included providing medical support (21%), finding legal support (14.7%), the lack of proper risk assessments (13.3%), obtaining police support (12.6%), regressive immigration policies (11.2%), accessing Federal Government assistance (5.6%), and a lack of understanding from children's aid services (2.8%). Alarmingly, in 24.5% of cases, it was not known if follow-up attempts with the trafficked person had taken place. Out of the 2.1% of victims that pursued a civil claim in civil court, only one received a financial settlement. Details: Toronto: Alliance Against Modern Slavery: Ontario Coalition Research Initiative, 2014. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 27, 2014 at: http://www.allianceagainstmodernslavery.org/sites/default/files/AAMS-ResearchData.pdf Year: 2014 Country: Canada Keywords: Forced Labor Shelf Number: 133829

Author: Canada. Office of the Correctional Investigator Title: A Three Year Review of Federal Inmate Suicides (2011-2014) Summary: Sadly, we have come to expect about ten suicide deaths each year in federal penitentiaries. Though the number of prison suicides fluctuates annually and has generally been declining, the rate has remained relatively stable in recent years and is still approximately seven times higher than in the general population. In the 20-year period from 1994-95 to 2013-14, a total of 211 federal inmates have taken their own life. Suicide is the leading cause of un-natural death among federal inmates, accounting for about 20% of all deaths in custody in any given year. While there is no fail-safe method to predict suicide in a prison setting, there is an obligation on the Correctional Service of Canada (CSC) to preserve life in custody. A comprehensive suicide awareness and prevention program increases the likelihood of identifying and safely managing suicidal inmates. This report, part of the Office's continuing focus on prevention of deaths in custody, consists of a comprehensive review of all completed acts of suicide (n=30) that occurred in federal penitentiaries in the three year period between April 2011 and March 2014. The Office was prompted to undertake this review in light of a number of concerning developments that, when considered together, suggest that progress has stalled in CSC's efforts to prevent and publicly account for deaths in custody: 1. Persistent concern about the disproportionate number of prison suicides that continue to occur in segregation cells under conditions of close monitoring and supervision. Policy prohibits segregation placements for the purpose of managing suicide risk. Notwithstanding, the Service continues the dangerous practice of long-term segregation of mentally disordered inmates at elevated risk of suicide and/or self-injurious behaviour. 2. Critical findings and recommendations emanating from recently concluded high profile provincial fatality inquiries and inquests into deaths involving federally sentenced inmates. 3. CSC has stopped producing its Annual Inmate Suicide Report, an initiative that dates back to 1992. (The last report covered prison suicides that occurred in FY 2010-11). 4. In February 2009, as part of its follow-up to the Office's reports on deaths in custody, the CSC committed to sharing quarterly summaries highlighting pertinent issues and statistical information on deaths in custody (other than deaths by natural causes). The first of six quarterly bulletins (Deaths in Custody - Highlights and Significant Findings) was received by this Office in September 2009, with the last bulletin issued in March 2011 covering 17 deaths that occurred between October and December 2010. 5. As a policy streamlining measure, as of April 2014 the Service is no longer conducting suicide risk screening of first-time federal inmates awaiting transfer from provincial remand to federal custody. 6. As it agreed to do, the Service has still not yet posted on its external website its response to the findings and recommendations of The Final Report of the (Second) Independent Review Committee (November 2012). Appointed by the Commissioner, this external review body, part of CSC's response to the Office's 2007 Deaths in Custody study, examined 25 non-natural deaths in custody (6 suicides, 4 overdoses, 5 homicides, 9 deaths by unknown causes and 1 death by deadly force) that occurred in federal facilities between April 2010 and March 2011. 7. Finally, despite documents that remain in draft and incomplete form, CSC has not yet produced a performance monitoring and reporting framework that would serve to publicly account for its progress in preventing deaths in custody. Details: Ottawa: Office of the Correctional Investigator, 2014. 59p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 30, 2014 at: http://www.oci-bec.gc.ca/cnt/rpt/pdf/oth-aut/oth-aut20140910-eng.pdf Year: 2014 Country: Canada Keywords: Deaths in Custody Shelf Number: 133835

Author: Canadian Women's Foundation Title: Summary: The Task Force was mandated to investigate the nature and extent of sex trafficking and recommend a national anti-trafficking strategy to the Canadian Women's Foundation's Board of Directors. This strategy would address service needs and gaps, public awareness and prevention strategies, legal and law enforcement issues, sector capacity building and training, government policy and funding, and philanthropic strategies. Over the following 18 months, the Task Force gathered for eight two-day meetings, with additional phone meetings and research between meetings. During these meetings we heard from over 20 Canadian and international experts, practitioners and advocates, undertook and reviewed environmental scans as well as other research prepared by Canadian Women's Foundation staff. For example: - We commissioned three research papers: - An Assessment of Sex Trafficking in Canada, by Nicole Barrett, J.D., M.I.A., B.A., Director of Global Justice Associates and a Senior Scholar in Residence at New York University Law School's Center for Human Rights and Global Justice. - Sexual Exploitation and Trafficking of Aboriginal Women and Girls: Literature Review by the Native Women's Association of Canada. - Laws to Combat Sex Trafficking: An overview of international, national, provincial and municipal laws and their enforcement by Nicole Barrett and Dr. Margaret Shaw, Crime and Policy Consulting. - Met with 160 experiential women and over 260 organizations in Vancouver and Surrey, Calgary, Edmonton, Regina, Saskatoon, Winnipeg, Thunder Bay, Toronto and the Greater Toronto Area, Montreal, Halifax, and North Preston. - Conducted an on-line survey of agencies serving trafficked and sexually exploited women and girls - the first of its kind in Canada. The survey tool was reviewed by four independent researchers before it was sent to 1700 agencies. A total of 534 organizations responded. - Brought together 46 of Canada's leading providers of services for trafficked women and girls to a Service Provider Roundtable. The findings were compiled in the report, "We are at a critical moment." - Convened 20 women who had been trafficked into and within Canada to a National Experiential Women's Roundtable. The findings were compiled in the report, "We need to find our voices and say, "NO MORE." This report summarizes the Task Force's findings Our research led the Task Force to a shared conviction that sex trafficking is a serious threat to women's equality - one that must be addressed by the Canadian Women's Foundation and all Canadians. In the following pages, we present the case for ending sex trafficking of women and girls in Canada and our recommendations for action. This case is based on our understanding of the state of sex trafficking in Canada, informed by our research, the advice of those working in the field, and in particular, by the voices of women who have been sex-trafficked and sexually exploited. Details: Toronto: Canadian Women's Foundation, 2014. 138p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 30, 2014 at: http://canadianwomen.org/sites/canadianwomen.org/files//NO%20MORE.%20Task%20Force%20Report.pdf Year: 2014 Country: Canada Keywords: Human Trafficking (Canada) Shelf Number: 133877

Author: Native Women's Association of Canada Title: Sexual Exploitation and Trafficking of Aboriginal Women and Girls - Literature Review and Key Informant Interviews Summary: This research was prepared for the Canadian Women's Foundation's National Task Force on Trafficking of Women and Girls. This research will form a comprehensive picture on the state of human trafficking for sexual exploitation of Aboriginal women and girls in Canada. The review will help to inform the work of NWAC and the Canadian Women's Foundation's Task Force and aid in the Task Force's preparations to identify and suggest key solutions for a national anti- trafficking strategy effectively addressing sexual exploitation of Aboriginal women and girls in Canada. Details: Toronto: Canadian Women's Foundation, 2014. 81p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 30, 2014 at: http://canadianwomen.org/sites/canadianwomen.org/files//NWAC%20Sex%20Trafficking%20Literature%20Review_2.pdf Year: 2014 Country: Canada Keywords: Aboriginals Shelf Number: 133878

Author: Barrett, Nicole A. Title: An Assessment of Sex Trafficking in Canada Summary: This report, summarizes the prevalence of sex trafficking in Canada in 2013, examines the profile of victims and techniques of traffickers, and explores the demand to purchase sex in Canada, the role of the internet in sex trafficking, and the social and economic costs of sex trafficking. Details: Toronto: Canadian Women's Foundation, 2013. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 30, 2014 at: http://canadianwomen.org/sites/canadianwomen.org/files//Assessment%20of%20Sex%20Trafficking%20in%20Canada_3.pdf Year: 2013 Country: Canada Keywords: Human Trafficking Shelf Number: 133879

Author: Alexander, Jemma Title: A Place-Based Approach to Understanding Gun Violence: Exploring the Physical Characteristics of Sites where Youth-Related Gun Violence Occurred in the Halifax Regional Municipality Summary: This research examines whether a greater understanding of the causes of gun violence can be gleaned by examining the characteristics of the physical and built environment where shootings take place. This study seeks to fill a void in the extant literature by exploring the characteristics of sites where youth gun violence occurred in Halifax Regional Municipality. Drawing from the literature on the relationship between crime, crime prevention and the physical environment, 36 shooting sites were examined to identify common design features. A standardized questionnaire gathered data that measured four physical and built environmental attributes that the literature suggests can influence the opportunity for criminal and violent acts to occur in a particular time and place: (1) location/surrounding environment, (2) site permeability, (3) surveillance opportunities, and (4) image. The findings indicate that the following are common characteristics of sites where shootings took place: a high level of accessibility to targets via through streets and intersections, locations close to crime generators (bus stops, public housing, and fast food restaurants), design features that limit surveillance opportunities, and poorly maintained properties. These findings are limited by this study's lack of analysis that could draw a causal relationship between the physical and built environment, on the one hand, and human behavior (including that of offenders and the legitimate users of these sites), on the other. Details: Halifax, Nova Scotia: Saint Mary's University, 2014. 92p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed November 10, 2014 at: http://library2.smu.ca/bitstream/handle/01/25791/alexander_jemma_masters_2014.pdf?sequence=1 Year: 2014 Country: Canada Keywords: Gun Violence Shelf Number: 134012

Author: Perrin, Benjamin Title: How to Make Canada's New Prostitution Laws Work Summary: Bill C-36 (Protection of Communities and Exploited Persons Act) marks a turning point in Canada's approach to addressing prostitution that was spurred by the Supreme Court of Canada decision in Canada (Attorney General) v. Bedford, which declared the old approach unconstitutional. This proposed legislation was recently passed by the House of Commons and has already been pre-studied by the Senate. It is expected to become law in the coming weeks. Under the new approach, prostitution is no longer considered merely a nuisance, but is recognized as inherently exploitative. While "johns," "pimps," and human traffickers are criminally liable, prostitutes generally are not. This is the right approach to this complex issue. It represents a major shift in how the harms of prostitution are characterized and confronted in the criminal law. It will require substantial work from governments, police, and civil society to ensure effective implementation. This brief Commentary highlights the major differences between the old and new approaches to addressing prostitution in Canada, discusses the anticipated Charter challenge to this new legislation that advocates for legalized/decriminalized prostitution have threatened, and identifies the next steps that are needed to ensure the effective implementation of Bill C-36. Details: Ottawa: Macdonald-Laurier Institute, 2014. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: Commentary: Accessed November 12, 2014 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2516028 Year: 2014 Country: Canada Keywords: Criminal Law Shelf Number: 132058

Author: Perrin, Benjamin Title: Oldest Profession or Oldest Oppression?: Addressing Prostitution after the Supreme Court of Canada Decision in Canada v. Bedford Summary: The future of Canada's laws related to prostitution has become an urgent public policy issue in the wake of the Supreme Court of Canada decision in Canada (Attorney General) v. Bedford. Three prostitution-related offences in the Criminal Code were found to infringe the Canadian Charter of Rights and Freedoms and are to be struck down, effective within one year. The Court's decision of December 20, 2013 has spurred a national debate on the issue as Parliament has this limited timeline to adopt any new legislative approach, or else Canada will face the de facto legalization of adult prostitution. Studies have painted a bleak picture of prostitution in Canada: - Street-level prostitution represents between 5-20 percent of all prostitution, the rest occurring indoors; - the majority of prostitutes entered prostitution between 14 and 20 years of age; - a disproportionate number of prostitutes were sexually abused as children; - substance abuse is significant among street prostitutes; and - marginalized women, including Aboriginal women, are particularly vulnerable to prostitution and more likely to face violence (including assaults, sexual assaults, and murder). Parliament has an opportunity to respond, within the general constitutional parameters that the Court has set. Decriminalizing/legalizing prostitution in the foreign jurisdictions reviewed in this paper (the Netherlands, New Zealand, Germany, Australia (Queensland), and the United States (Nevada)) has not been the hoped-for panacea for protecting prostitutes. Such an approach is not recommended. Canada should instead overhaul its prostitution laws. The starting point for such an approach could consist of three key components, inspired by an abolitionist model developed by Sweden and since adopted by other countries. The evidence from an independent inquiry is that such a model is working to reduce prostitution, change public attitudes, and undermine criminal elements and sex trafficking. First, going forward, Canada's objective should be to abolish prostitution. Its harms are inherent and cannot simply be regulated away. Second, prostitutes themselves should not be criminalized, but given support to help them exit. Leaving prostitution is the only way to truly protect prostitutes. In most provinces, this intensive assistance is sorely lacking. It has been suggested that the perpetrators of prostitution ("johns" and "pimps") should pay substantial fines that could be used to fund such services. There is merit in exploring this idea further. Finally, our criminal laws and enforcement should instead target pimps, traffickers, and johns with enhanced penalties - they are the perpetrators responsible for the harms of prostitution. Details: Ottawa: Macdonald-Laurier Institute, 2014. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 12, 2014 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2387042 Year: 2014 Country: Canada Keywords: Criminal Law Shelf Number: 134060

Author: Farabee, David Title: It Came from the North: Estimating the Flow of Methamphetamine and Other Synthetic Drugs From Quebec, Canada Summary: The focus of this study was to estimate the size of synthetic drug production (methamphetamine in particular) in Quebec, Canada, assess its export potential, and explore implications for counter-narcotics policies. Research on drug trafficking in the U.S. has mostly centered on Latin America-particularly Mexico-in recent years due to widely publicized violence. However, there have been well documented cases of drug trafficking organizations (DTOs) in Canada, such as the Hells Angels and Asian gangs, that produce and transport large quantities of cannabis and amphetamine-type stimulants (ATS) into the U.S. Official reports from both countries and the United Nations suggest that Canada is becoming a major global supplier of synthetic drugs. But little empirical research has been conducted to verify these claims or to estimate the size of the drug trade. Estimating the production and trafficking of any illicit drugs is a daunting endeavor because conventional sampling or statistical procedures are inadequate. However, without reliable empirical knowledge, policy making becomes problematic. Innovative methods therefore must be used to acquire the information in a systematic, albeit incremental, manner. In this study, we used capture-recapture sampling and multiple data sources to gauge this "hidden market" and its impact on the U.S. drug market. The scientific as well as policy implications of this empirical effort cannot be overstated at a time when there is a resurgence of high-quality synthetic drugs in the U.S. Policy makers and law enforcement agencies are searching for valid empirical measures to marshal resources to mount counter measures. The specific objectives of this study were as follows: 1. What is the scale of production and consumption of ATS in Quebec Canada, based on capture-recapture sampling and analysis of official data? 2. What is the difference between production and consumption, assuming any surplus is intended for export to other North American markets? 3. How are these drugs manufactured in Quebec (using lab records of chemical composition assays of seized drugs to establish the origin of production)? 4. What are the organizational characteristics of those involved in the production and distribution of methamphetamine and other synthetic drugs in Quebec? 5. What threats do these criminal organizations pose to both the U.S. and Canada, and what policy implications can be drawn from our impact estimates? This study capitalized on existing data sources and field research opportunities already established by our Canadian colleagues. We had access to data sources of multiple years, which are necessary for repeated sampling of the target population. The capture-recapture method specified in this proposal has been around for many years but have rarely been applied to organized crime research, particularly impact assessment. Based on our findings, it appears that the same method can be applied to assess the impact of other illicit commodities or enterprising activities because inference to larger populations is possible under theoretical and empirical assumptions. Findings from this joint effort by U.S.- and Canada-based researchers provide much needed empirical guidance to policy makers of federal and local governments of both countries. Details: Final Report to the U.S. National Institute of Justice, 2014. 110p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 13, 2014 at: https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/248134.pdf Year: 2014 Country: Canada Keywords: Drug Enforcement Policy Shelf Number: 134076

Author: Brown, Radhika Title: Getting Safety on Track. Expanding Edmonton's LRT Design Guidelines to Improve Women's Perceptions of Safety at Transit Stations Summary: People base their travel choices on their perceptions of personal safety in environments such as transit stations. Women are more likely to perceive public spaces as threatening and they use public transit more than men, to access fundamental needs such as employment, childcare, education and healthcare. Effective design can reduce crime and fear by creating defensible spaces that assert ownership, and offer opportunities for natural surveillance. This is the underlying concept of Crime Prevention Through Environmental Design (CPTED). Creating transit stations that make users feel safe could potentially increase use of public transit among women, particularly at off-peak hours. Identifying elements that affect women's feelings of safety in suburban (non-central) surface LRT stations in Edmonton can guide future station development, and reduce experiences of fear in existing stations for a safer and more inclusive transit system. The aim of this study is to determine how the City of Edmonton can better address women's safety in suburban (non-central) surface LRT stations through expanding their existing design guidelines to incorporate both CPTED guidelines as well as additional elements addressed by the safety audit checklist provided in the City of Edmonton's Safety Audit Guide for Crime Prevention (2000). The main questions guiding research are: 1. In what ways do the City of Edmonton's existing LRT Design Guidelines for Edmonton Transit System (ETS) incorporate CPTED guidelines, if at all? 2. What are the similarities and differences between the CPTED guidelines and the criteria that enhance safety in public spaces as noted in the Safety Audit Guide for Crime Prevention developed by the City of Edmonton, which is based on the Metropolitan Action Committee on Violence Against Women and Children (METRAC) Women's Safety Audit Guide? 3. How can the City of Edmonton's LRT Design Guidelines be expanded to enhance women's safety at above-ground suburban light-rail transit stations? The research involved a review of the published literature on gendered fear of crime in public spaces, the relationship of the built environment to perceptions of safety, and situational crime prevention. This was followed by a document review of the City of Edmonton's LRT Design Guidelines for Edmonton Transit System (ETS) (2011), as well as CPTED guidelines from the existing literature. A safety audit was undertaken using the a slightly modified version of the Checklist of Safety Audit for Crime Prevention in the City of Edmonton's Safety Audit Guide for Crime Prevention (2000). The key CPTED principles of natural surveillance, territorial definition, compatible building placement, and building form formed the broad framework under which the specific concerns addressed by the safety audit were classified. The findings of the safety audits conducted at Clareview and Century Park stations showed that there had been some, but not full, integration of CPTED principles in the design and upkeep of these stations. The newer Century Park station benefitted from the transparency resulting from the extensive use of glass in the building, and offered better natural surveillance opportunities than the older Clareview station which used concrete and had no windows on the lower level. Century Park was also noticeably better-maintained than Clareview, where signs of vandalism, disrepair, and poor maintenance contributed to feelings of insecurity. Both stations were fairly isolated at night, due to lack of activity-generating land uses in the immediate area of the station. The findings of the safety audit emphasize the importance of natural surveillance and territorial definition (maintenance and defensibility of space) in creating feelings of safety in transit users. Recommendations were formulated based on the findings of the safety audits: Conduct safety audits at all LRT stations. The results of these safety audits could then inform the design of future LRT stations in the expanding network, and provide a CPTED framework that is better tailored to the specific opportunities and challenges of the Edmonton transit system. Details: Kingston, ONT: School of Urban and Regional Planning, Queen's University, 2013. 77p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed November 13, 2014 at: http://qspace.library.queensu.ca/bitstream/1974/8328/1/Brown_Radhika_201309_MPL.pdf Year: 2013 Country: Canada Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 134081

Author: Linden, Rick Title: Making communities safer : lessons learned combatting auto theft in Winnipeg. Summary: In Winnipeg, auto theft was once such a serious problem that leaders recognized conventional approaches to policing and justice were insufficient. They established a task force to tackle the growing problem using a new approach called evidence-based crime prevention that has produced tangible results. Similar approaches can be taken to combat property crime in other Canadian communities. This briefing outlines current Canadian crime trends; the impacts of crime on victims, the criminal justice system, and communities; misconceptions about reducing crime; and alternative approaches that can make communities safer. Evidence-based crime prevention holds great promise for making communities safer, because it focuses on the causes of crime. Successfully reducing crime requires that planners analyze crime and disorder problems, determine likely causes of those problems, and implement programs that address those causes. Unless interventions are substantial and sustained, there is almost no chance they will be effective. Details: Ottawa : Conference Board of Canada, 2008. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 18, 2014 at: http://www.conferenceboard.ca/press/newsrelease/08-10-21/new_approach_to_crime_prevention_puts_the_brakes_on_auto_theft_rates_in_winnipeg.aspx Year: 2008 Country: Canada Keywords: Automobile Theft (Canada) Shelf Number: 134123

Author: DeBeck, Kora Title: Drug-Related Street Disorder: Evidence for Public Policy Responses Summary: The objectives of this thesis were to describe the impacts of drug-related street disorder on street-based injection drug users (IDU) in Vancouver, Canada and to explore the potential impacts of three policy interventions (Low-threshold supportive housing, low-threshold employment, and supervised inhalation facilities) on the reduction of street disorders Details: Vancouver, BC: University of British Columbia, 2010. 186p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed December 8, 2014 at: https://circle.ubc.ca/bitstream/id/105067/ubc_2011_spring_debeck_kora.pdf Year: 2010 Country: Canada Keywords: Disorderly Conduct Shelf Number: 134282

Author: Canadian Centre for Justice Statistics Title: Family Violence in Canada: A statistical profile, 2013 Summary: Section 1 Overview of family violence - In 2013, police reported that there were 87,820 victims of family violence in Canada. This represents a rate of 252.9 victims of family violence for every 100,000 individuals in the population. In comparison, the rate of victimization for violent crimes that were not family-related was 712.8 per 100,000 population. - Spousal violence was the most common form of family violence in 2013, with nearly half (48%) of family violence occurring at the hands of a current or former spouse (married or common law). - Following spousal violence, victimization by a parent was the next most common form of police-reported family violence, representing 17% of family violence victims. - In 2013, more than two-thirds (68%) of all family violence victims were female. - The risk of family violence varies with age and overall, tends to be lowest for seniors, followed by young children (9 years and under), and highest for adults in their 30s. While this pattern was generally similar for male and female victims, female rates of family violence peaked at age 30 to 34, whereas for males, rates were highest from age 15 to 19. - Common assault was the most frequent form of family violence reported to police, experienced by over half (58%) of victims, followed by intimidation offences (17%), such as criminal harassment, indecent telephone calls or uttering threats. - More than half (55%) of family violence victims suffered no physical injury. For those that sustained injuries, the vast majority of these injuries were minor, calling for no professional medical treatment or first aid only. When injuries were sustained, they were much more likely the result of the use of physical force (84%) against the victim, rather than the use of a weapon (16%). - Charges were laid more often in police-reported family violence incidents (56%) than in violent incidents that were not family-related (46%). - Trend data indicate that police-reported incidents of family violence have decreased in recent years. From 2009 to 2013, rates for the most prevalent form of police-reported family violence, physical assault, dropped 14%, spousal victimization declined 17% and incidents involving other family members fell 10%. - Rates of homicides committed by family members continue to fall for both male and female victims. Family-related physical and sexual assaults have also declined modestly in recent years. Section 2 Intimate partner violence - In 2013, there were more than 90,300 victims of police-reported violence by an intimate partner (including spousal and dating partners) accounting for over one quarter of all police-reported victims of violent offences. - Dating violence accounted for 53% of police-reported incidents of intimate partner violence, while spousal violence represented 47%. - As with violent crime in general, adults in their twenties and thirties experienced the greatest risk of violent victimization by an intimate partner. In particular, rates of intimate partner violence were highest among 20- to 24-year olds. - Similar to previous years, common assault (level 1) was the most frequent type of police-reported intimate partner violence. Major assault (levels 2 and 3), uttering threats and criminal harassment were the next most frequent offences. - Charges were laid or recommended in the majority (71%) of intimate partner violence incidents reported to police. - Rates of intimate partner homicide have remained stable in recent years. In 2013, the rate of homicides committed against a female intimate partner stood at 3.74 per million population. The rate of intimate partner homicide was 4.5 times higher for female victims than for male victims. - Between 2009 and 2013, the rate of the most prevalent form of police-reported intimate partner violence, common assault (level 1), fell 11%. Section 3 Family violence against children and youth - According to police-reported data for 2013, about 16,700 children and youth, or 243.5 for every 100,000 Canadians under the age of 18, were the victims of family-related violence. This represented over one-quarter (29%) of all children and youth who were the victims of a violent crime. - Physical assault was the most common type of police-reported family violence against children and youth. Sexual offences were the second most common type of police-reported family violence against children and youth. - Parents (60%) were the family members most often accused of violence against children and youth, especially in incidents involving children under the age of four. - The rate of police-reported family violence committed against children and youth tends to increase with age of the victim. However, when younger children (i.e., under the age of four) were victimized, they were more likely to be victimized by a family member. - Overall, homicides against children and youth are relatively rare. When they do occur, unlike with other types of family violence, familial homicides were more common among younger age groups, with children under the age of one at greatest risk. - Girls were more likely than boys to be victims of police-reported family violence, especially sexual assault. In 2013, the overall rate of police-reported family violence victimization for girls was 1.5 times higher (298.2 per 100,000) than the rate for boys (191.5 per 100,000); and the rate of sexual victimization by a family member was four times higher for girls (125.0 per 100,000) compared to boys (30.2 per 100,000). - Physical injuries were reported for about 4 in 10 victims of family violence against children and youth; the vast majority of these were minor, requiring no medical treatment or requiring first aid. - Charges were laid in less than half (45%) of family violence incidents against children and youth, compared to 59% of police-reported family violence involving adult victims aged 18 years and over. Section 4 Family violence against seniors - Seniors represented a relatively small proportion of all family violence victims, out 3%, and had lower rates of family violence than any other age group. - Rates of police-reported family violence are generally highest among younger seniors and gradually decline with age. - In 2013, the police-reported rate of family violence for senior women (62.7 per 100,000) was higher (+26%) than the rate for senior men (49.7 per 100,000). Nevertheless, the difference between female and male rates of family violence among seniors is notably smaller than the gap observed between the sexes for younger victims. - Similar to previous years, family members made up one-third of those accused in police-reported incidents of violent crime against seniors (aged 65 and over) in 2013, with just over 2,900 seniors (56.8 victims per 100,000 seniors) victimized by a family member that year. In total, nearly 8,900 (173.9 victims per 100,000 seniors) of persons aged 65 and over were the victims of a violent crime in Canada in 2013. - Senior victims of family violence were most likely to be victimized by their own adult children. About 4 in 10 senior victims of police-reported family violence indicated that the accused was their grown child; spouses (28%) were the second most likely family members to be identified as perpetrators of family violence against seniors. - Common assault accounted for more than half (55%) of violence committed against seniors by family members. Weapons were involved in fewer than one in six (15%) family violence incidents against senior victims. Most incidents (85%) involved the use of physical force or threats. - A majority (61%) of senior victims of family violence did not sustain physical injuries. Among those who were injured, most sustained minor injuries requiring little or no medical attention (e.g., some first aid). - Family violence against seniors that escalates to homicide continues to be rare. In 2013, the overall rate of family-related homicides was 3.2 for every 1 million persons aged 65 and over. Details: Ottawa: Canadian Centre for Justice Statistics, 2015. 85p. Source: Internet Resource: Juristat vol. 34, no. 1: Accessed January 21, 2015 at: http://www.statcan.gc.ca/pub/85-002-x/2014001/article/14114-eng.pdf Year: 2015 Country: Canada Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 134432

Author: Inter-American Commission on Human Rights Title: Missing and Murdered Indigenous Women in British Columbia, Canada Summary: 1. This report addresses the situation of missing and murdered indigenous women in British Columbia, Canada. It analyzes the context in which indigenous women have gone missing and been murdered over the past several years and the response to this human rights issue by the Canadian State. The report offers recommendations geared towards assisting the State in strengthening its efforts to protect and guarantee indigenous women's rights. 2. Indigenous women and girls in Canada have been murdered or have gone missing at a rate four times higher than the rate of representation of indigenous women in the Canadian population which is 4.3%. The most comprehensive numbers available were collected by the non-profit organization Native Women's Association of Canada (NWAC) through an initiative financed by the governmental entity Status of Women Canada. As of March 31, 2010, NWAC has gathered information regarding 582 cases of missing or murdered indigenous women and girls across the country from the past 30 years. Civil society organizations have long claimed that the number could be much higher, and new research indicates that over 1000 indigenous women could be missing or dead across Canada. Although high numbers of missing and murdered indigenous women in Canada have been identified at both the national and international levels, there are no trustworthy statistics that could assist in reaching a fuller understanding of this problem. The Government itself recognizes that Canada's official statistics do not provide accurate information regarding the true numbers of missing and murdered indigenous women. In addition, there is no reliable source of disaggregated data on violence against indigenous women and girls because police across Canada do not consistently report or record whether or not the victims of violent crime are indigenous. 3. As the report explains, the numbers of missing and murdered indigenous women are particularly concerning when considered in light of the fact that indigenous people represent a small percentage of the total population of Canada. Although the information received by the Commission indicates that this could be a nationwide phenomenon, this report is focused on the situation in British Columbia, because the number of missing and murdered indigenous women is higher there in absolute terms than any other province or territory in Canada. 4. British Columbia accounts for 160 cases, 28% of NWAC's total database of 582 and is followed by Alberta with 93 cases, 16% of the total. The high numbers of missing and murdered indigenous women in British Columbia are concentrated in two different areas of the province: Prince George, in the northern part of the province; and the Downtown East Side, an area of downtown Vancouver, the largest city and metropolitan area in the province. 5. The disappearances and murders of indigenous women in Canada are part of a broader pattern of violence and discrimination against indigenous women in the country. Various official and civil society reports demonstrate that indigenous women are victims of higher rates of violence committed by strangers and acquaintances than non-indigenous women. During the IACHR visit the Canadian government indicated that indigenous women are significantly over-represented as victims of homicide and are also three times more likely to be victims of violence than non-indigenous women. Also, indigenous women suffer more frequently from more severe forms of domestic violence than non-indigenous women. 6. According to the information received, the police have failed to adequately prevent and protect indigenous women and girls from killings and disappearances, extreme forms of violence, and have failed to diligently and promptly investigate these acts. Family members of missing and murdered indigenous women have described dismissive attitudes from police officers working on their cases, a lack of adequate resources allocated to those cases, and a lengthy failure to investigate and recognize a pattern of violence. Also, the existence of multiple policing jurisdictions in British Columbia resulted in confusion between the Royal Canadian Mounted Police and the Vancouver Police Department regarding responsibility for investigation. This situation in turn has perpetuated the violence; as the failure to ensure that there are consequences for these crimes has given rise to both real and perceived impunity. The kinds of irregularities and deficiencies that have been denounced and documented include: poor report taking and follow up on reports of missing women; inadequate proactive strategies to prevent further harm to women in the Downtown Eastside; failure to consider and properly pursue all investigative strategies; failure to address cross-jurisdictional issues; ineffective coordination between police; and insensitive treatment of families. 7. Canadian authorities and civil society organizations largely agree on the root causes of these high levels of violence against indigenous women and the existing vulnerabilities that make indigenous women more susceptible to violence. These root causes are related to a history of discrimination beginning with colonization and continuing through inadequate and unjust laws and policies such as the Indian Act and forced enrolment in residential schools that continue to affect them. In this regard, the collection of laws determining Aboriginal status established in the Indian Act restricted the freedom of women who identified themselves as indigenous to be recognized as such. Additionally, the residential schools program separated indigenous children from their families, communities, and cultural heritage. 8. As a consequence of this historical discrimination, the IACHR understands that indigenous women and girls constitute one of the most disadvantaged groups in Canada. Poverty, inadequate housing, economic and social relegation, among other factors, contribute to their increased vulnerability to violence. In addition, prevalent attitudes of discrimination - mainly relating to gender and race - and the longstanding stereotypes to which they have been subjected, exacerbate their vulnerability. 9. The OAS Charter and the American Declaration of the Rights and Duties of Man constitute sources of legal obligation for OAS Member states including Canada. The organs of the international and regional human rights systems for the protection of human rights have developed jurisprudence that recognizes the rights of indigenous peoples as well as the obligation to guarantee women's rights, both of which encompass rights to equality, nondiscrimination and non- violence. In this regard, international and regional human rights systems have developed a set of principles when applying the due diligence standards in cases of violence against women, as well as particular standards in relation to missing women. 10. International and regional systems have also emphasized that a State's failure to act with due diligence with respect to cases of violence against women is a form of discrimination. The lack of due diligence in cases of violence against indigenous women is especially grave as it affects not only the victims, but also their families and the communities to which they belong. In addition, given the strong connection between the greater risks for violence that indigenous women confront and the social and economic inequalities they face, when applying the due diligence standard, States must implement specific measures to address the social and economic disparities that affect them. 11. The IACHR stresses that addressing violence against indigenous women is not sufficient unless the underlying factors of racial and gender discrimination that originate and exacerbate the violence are also comprehensively addressed. A comprehensive holistic approach applied to violence against indigenous women means addressing the past and present institutional and structural inequalities confronted by these women. Elements that must be addressed include the dispossession of their land, as well as historical laws and policies that have negatively affected indigenous women, put them in an unequal situation, and prevented their full enjoyment of civil, political, economic, social and cultural rights. Details: Washington, DC: Organization of American States, 2014. 127p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 21, 2015 at: http://www.oas.org/en/iachr/reports/pdfs/Indigenous-Women-BC-Canada-en.pdf Year: 2014 Country: Canada Keywords: Gender-Based Violence Shelf Number: 134433

Author: Cotter, Adam Title: Homicide in Canada, 2013 Summary: Homicide continues to be a relatively rare event in Canada, accounting for about 0.1% of all police-reported violent crime and about 0.2% of all annual deaths. In a given year in Canada, there are about 4 times more deaths from motor vehicle accidents and about 7 times more deaths from suicide than there are deaths from homicide. While rare, homicide is the most serious criminal offence in Canada and can have devastating consequences for families, communities, and society more broadly. Homicides also require considerable police and criminal justice resources and, due to their visibility, can contribute to the public's perception of safety (Romer et al. 2003). Since 1961, police services have been reporting detailed information on homicides in Canada through Statistics Canada's Homicide Survey. In 1974, the survey was expanded to include manslaughter and infanticide. Using data from the Homicide Survey, this Juristat explores the characteristics of homicide incidents, victims, and accused persons in 2013 and compares these findings to short- and long-term trends. Details: Ottawa: Minister of Industry, 2014. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Juristat vol. 34(1): Accessed January 22, 2015 at: http://www.statcan.gc.ca/pub/85-002-x/2014001/article/14108-eng.pdf Year: 2014 Country: Canada Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 134439

Author: Canada. Public Safety Canada Title: 2012-2013 Horizontal Evaluation of the Measures to Address Contraband Tobacco: Final Report Summary: This is the 2012-2013 Horizontal Evaluation of the Measures to Address Contraband Tobacco (MACT). Evaluation supports accountability to Parliament and Canadians by helping the Government of Canada to credibly report on the results achieved with resources invested in programs. Evaluation supports deputy heads in managing for results by informing them about whether their programs are producing the outcomes that they were designed to achieve, at an affordable cost; and, supports policy and program improvements by helping to identify lessons learned and best practices. What we examined The government announced the MACT in 2010, to help strengthen tobacco control, and advance initiatives aimed at reducing the availability and demand for contraband tobacco with a particular focus on organized crime activities. Time-limited funding of $17 million over three years was allocated to five federal departments/agencies for the following measures: - Royal Canadian Mounted Police - Combined Forces Special Enforcement Unit - Contraband Tobacco Team in Cornwall, Ontario, for investigative purposes. - A dedicated liaison resource to increase awareness of the dangers of organized crime involvement in contraband tobacco. - Public Prosecution Service of Canada - Legal advice to the Contraband Tobacco Team and prosecution services. - Canada Border Services Agency - Contraband Tobacco Detector Dog Teams in the Vancouver International Mail Center and in the marine port of Montreal. - Research and develop new scientific methods to determine the origin of tobacco and to compare tobacco products to support law enforcement efforts to target criminal groups (herein refer to as the Laboratory). - Canada Revenue Agency - An advertising campaign aimed at increasing public awareness among young adults in Ontario and Quebec concerning the sale of contraband tobacco in financing criminal activities. - Public Safety Canada - Development and delivery of a performance measurement strategy, and to conduct a horizontal evaluation during the third-year. Funding approval requirements for this time-limited initiative specified that an evaluation be conducted in the third year of the Initiative. Over the past decade, the Government of Canada has introduced numerous initiatives to address tobacco control, including the Federal Tobacco Control Strategy (Health Canada) in 2001; the Contraband Tobacco Enforcement Strategy (the Royal Canadian Mounted Police) in 2008; the Task Force on Illicit Tobacco Products (Public Safety Canada) in 2008; and, most recently, the Anti-Contraband Tobacco Force (the Royal Canadian Mounted Police) in 2013 Details: Ottawa: Public Safety Canada, 2014. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: 2014-05-29: Accessed January 30, 2015 at: https://www.publicsafety.gc.ca/cnt/rsrcs/pblctns/2013-hrzntl-vltn-msrs-cntrbnd-tbcc/2013-hrzntl-vltn-msrs-cntrbnd-tbcc-en.pdf Year: 2014 Country: Canada Keywords: Contraband Shelf Number: 134498

Author: Canada. Public Safety Canada Title: 2014 Public Report on the Terrorist Threat to Canada. Feature Focus 2014: Responding to Violent Extremism and Travel Abroad for Terrorism-related Pubposes Summary: Understanding how the global threat environment affects the terrorist threat to Canada, Canadians and Canadian interests enables the Government to counter these threats more effectively. This document, the Government's 2014 Public Report on the Terrorist Threat to Canada, examines major international and domestic terrorism-related developments during 2013 and early 2014. It highlights two alleged terrorist plots that resulted in arrests in Canada. It also describes several cases where individuals left Canada to participate in terrorism-related activities abroad. These observations draw on consultations with non-government partners, including Canadian community leaders, academics and those in the private sector. In many cases, the 2014 Public Report explains further developments relating to issues discussed in the 2013 Public Report on the Terrorist Threat to Canada. The 2014 Public Report also contains a Feature Focus detailing Government actions in 2013 to respond to violent extremism and travel abroad for terrorism-related purposes. The 2014 Public Report represents the combined efforts of several Canadian federal departments and agencies. It fulfills a Government commitment made in the February 2012 document, Building Resilience Against Terrorism: Canada's Counter-terrorism Strategy, to update Canadians on the terrorist threat. In accordance with their individual mandates, many departments and agencies also provide separate updates to Canadians on various aspects of the threat. Details: Ottawa: Her Majesty the Queen in Right of Canada, 2014. 49p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 30, 2015 at: https://www.publicsafety.gc.ca/cnt/rsrcs/pblctns/2014-pblc-rpr-trrrst-thrt/2014-pblc-rpr-trrrst-thrt-eng.pdf Year: 2014 Country: Canada Keywords: Domestic Terrorism Shelf Number: 134499

Author: Lindsay, Melissa Title: Violence Perpetrated by Ex-Spouses in Canada Summary: Intimate partner violence affects the lives of many Canadians. In 2011, there were 97,451 victims of police-reported intimate partner violence1 (Sinha 2013) with women representing 80% of the victims of police-reported intimate partner violence in 2011. While these numbers provide some insight into the prevalence of spousal violence in Canada, it only reflects a small portion of the actual violence that occurs. Data from the 2009 General Social Survey - Victimization (GSS) found that only 22% of victims of self-reported spousal violence reported the incident to the police (Brennan 2011). These numbers also do not provide information on the prevalence of violence perpetrated by ex-spouses, nor the experiences of victims of ex-spousal violence. While data exist on violence perpetrated by current spouses, very little information is available on the experiences of ex-spousal violence in Canada. In 2001, Hotton published the report, Spousal Violence after Marital Separation, which was based on data from the 1999 GSS. This report provided great insight into the prevalence of ex-spousal violence in Canada, as well as on experiences of victims of ex-spousal violence. With data from the 2009 GSS, it is possible to look at these same issues using the most current data available. The purpose of this report is to provide an update on the 2001 Spousal Violence after Marital Separation report using data from the 2009 GSS. This report explores Canadians' experiences with violence committed by ex-spouses, including the prevalence of ex-spousal violence, violence experienced after separation and the emotional consequences of ex-spousal violence. The prevalence of child witnesses to ex-spousal violence is discussed, as is information on the issues surrounding child residence and contact in situations of ex-spousal violence. Finally, the issue of reporting ex-spousal violence to police is explored. Details: Ottawa: Department of Justice Canada, 2014. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 31, 2015 at: http://www.justice.gc.ca/eng/rp-pr/cj-jp/fv-vf/rr14_03/rr14_03.pdf Year: 2014 Country: Canada Keywords: Intimate Partner Violence Shelf Number: 134514

Author: Tanovich, David M. Title: Breaking Down the Barriers: Enhancing the capacity of the WPS to recruit a diverse police service Summary: This report and its recommendations are grounded in five pillars in an attempt to break down the barriers to establishing a representative Windsor Police Service: 1. Building trust and confidence 2. Finding out where you stand through a workplace census and equity audit 3. Creating a sophisticated, well-publicized and sustained recruitment drive that partners with under-represented communities 4. Developing benchmarks to assess the success of any recruitment strategy Details: Windsor, ONT: University OF Windsor, 2010. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 23, 2015 at: http://web4.uwindsor.ca/units/law/LEAP.nsf/0/24de2f735ac09c7a852575950071442a/$FILE/LEAPWPSDiversityRecruitmentReport.pdf Year: 2010 Country: Canada Keywords: Police Legitimacy Shelf Number: 134665

Author: Thompson, Jennie Title: A profile of women in segregation Summary: Consistent with the findings of previous research, the current study found that women who have been segregated have higher risk, poorer institutional adjustment, and greater challenges associated with reintegration than those who have not been segregated. Furthermore, the results suggest that these differences, along with those in demographic and incarceration characteristics and program participation may shed light on factors that could be used to minimize the potential for segregation through the development of interventions. What we found Although the use of segregation is growing, it is not increasing at the same rate as the population growth. The majority of segregations were involuntary in nature (89%), with voluntary (8%) and disciplinary segregation (3%) being used infrequently. Most segregation events were under 10 days in length and involuntary segregation occurred much earlier in a sentence than voluntary or disciplinary segregation. Most regions used segregation similarly, although some variation was found. Compared to women who had not been in segregation, women who had been in segregation were more likely to have a higher level of security and ratings of high static and dynamic risk, higher rates of involvement in institutional incidents and charges, lower rates of successful completion of correctional programs, and to have a revocation of their supervision period. Additionally, women who have been in segregation were less likely than those who had not to be rated as having high reintegration potential or motivation to participate in their correctional plan, to have completed some programming and to be granted discretionary release. Aboriginal women were more likely than non-Aboriginal women to be involuntarily segregated and have longer segregations. The scope of the current study did not allow for an examination of factors that may be associated with differences in the use and length of segregation. Why we did this study Segregation is among the most restrictive measures available in correctional institutions. Given this, some argue that segregation should not be used, while others argue that it is an operational necessity. Previous research indicates that women who have been segregated have greater criminogenic risks and needs at intake, poorer institutional adjustment, and greater challenges associated with reintegration than those who have not been segregated. The current study aims to update knowledge regarding the characteristics and experiences of women in segregation and provides an opportunity to understand the risk factors that may lead to segregation. What we did This study included 844 women who had been segregated and 1,858 who had not been segregated between April 2002 and March 2012. We examined demographic and incarceration characteristics, security classification information, intake assessment results, institutional adjustment and release outcomes. We focused on the event of segregation as well as the differences between women who were and were not segregated. Details: Ottawa: Correctional Service of Canada, 2013. 1p. (Full report available upon request) Source: Internet Resource: 2013 No. R-320: Accessed March 4, 2015 at: http://www.csc-scc.gc.ca/005/008/092/r320-eng.pdf Year: 2013 Country: Canada Keywords: Aboriginal Women Shelf Number: 134751

Author: Nolan, Amanda Title: Community Employment Characteristics and Conditional Release Outcome among Federal Offenders Summary: What it means Results revealed that maintenance of a community job, but not skill level of the job, was related to a reduced likelihood of recidivism. This demonstrates the importance of a focus on assisting offenders in obtaining employment they can maintain. Furthermore, offenders identified as having the potential for difficulties with maintaining stable employment should be targeted for additional employment intervention to further help them with their reintegration efforts. What we found After controlling for other factors related to recidivism, offenders who were not employed with a stable job were 3.6 times more likely to return to custody for any reason and 2.5 times more likely to return to custody with a new offence than offenders who were employed with a stable job. Skill level of community employment, however, was not found to be significantly related to conditional release outcomes. In examining characteristics that best predicted an offender's likelihood of job stability, results revealed that being of Aboriginal ancestry, having a medium or high level of risk, a low level of motivation, and a moderate or high level of need in the areas of substance abuse and community functioning were meaningfully associated with a lower likelihood of having stable employment in the community. Why we did this study The role employment plays in reintegration and in reducing recidivism has been widely acknowledged. Much remains to be known, however, regarding what underlies this relationship and what variables are most likely to affect success. The purpose of the present study was to explore the relationship between characteristics of jobs obtained by recently released federal offenders and conditional release outcomes. What we did Participants were taken from all federal offenders released into the community on conditional release between April 1st, 2010 and March 31st, 2011. To be included, offenders had to be on the first term of their current sentence, have a follow-up time in the community of a minimum of 180 days, and be employed at least once during the follow-up period. Two community employment characteristics were examined: job stability (maintained at least one job in the community for 90 days or more) and employment skill level (had at least one job in the community that was rated as high-skilled). The total number of participants was 1,741; 94% were men and 13% were of Aboriginal ancestry. In terms of employment characteristics, 81% had at least one job that was considered stable, while 55% had at least one job that was considered high-skilled. Details: Ottawa: Correctional Service of Canada, 2014. 1p., (Full report available upon request) Source: Internet Resource: 2014 No. R-316: Accessed March 4, 2015 at: http://www.csc-scc.gc.ca/005/008/092/005008-0316-eng.pdf Year: 2014 Country: Canada Keywords: Community Corrections (Canada) Shelf Number: 134752

Author: Tam, Katie Title: Exposure to Trauma among Women Offenders: A Review of the Literature Summary: Given high rates of trauma among women offenders and evidence of positive gains associated with support in this area, trauma and trauma-informed treatment should be available for women with histories of physical and sexual abuse or other traumatic experiences. All of the Correctional Service of Canada's (CSC's) programs for women offenders are trauma-informed; in addition, CSC offers the Survivors of Abuse and Trauma program, which provides counselling to women offenders to deal with issues of trauma. Although program participants reported benefits from their participation, long-term and in-depth follow-up research could provide further support for the continuation of the program. What we found A review of the literature found that, while many offenders of both genders have been exposed to trauma, the rates are higher among women offenders. Women are also more likely to both develop and experience a higher intensity of symptoms of posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD), which can develop as a result of exposure to a traumatic event. PTSD has been linked to other psychiatric disorders such as major depression, lifetime substance use disorder, borderline personality disorder, and self-injurious behaviour. Both substance abuse and self-injurious behaviour have been argued to be maladaptive responses to traumatizing experiences or to PTSD. Drugs and alcohol are often used to cope with exposure to trauma and the symptoms of PTSD but can develop into a larger problem and exacerbate PTSD symptoms. A relationship between previous trauma and self-injurious behaviour has also been demonstrated in several studies, with the majority of women offenders who have reported self-injurious behaviour having experienced sexual, emotional, or physical abuse. Women offenders with a history of self-injurious behaviour often report doing so to cope, to release negative emotions, or as a reaction to negative emotions arising from exposure to trauma. Although research has not demonstrated a causal link between exposure to trauma and subsequent criminality, there is a strong association between trauma exposure and women's offending behaviour. Support and treatment in coping with exposure to potentially traumatizing experiences has been found to allow participants to better benefit from correctional programs that target criminogenic risk factors, such as substance abuse, and thereby potentially decreasing the likelihood of recidivism. Evaluations of trauma and trauma-informed treatment programs have demonstrated a positive effect on women offenders, including reductions in trauma symptoms, substance use, institutional adjustment, and recidivism, but further research is required to determine overall effectiveness. Why we did this study In recent years, there has been increased focus on the relationship between exposure to trauma and criminality, especially for women offenders. Research on trauma may support mental health-related interventions. What we did A literature review was conducted on the experience of trauma and related constructs, such as PTSD, self-injurious behaviour, and substance abuse. Several assessment tools used to assess exposure to trauma and PTSD among women offenders were reviewed to provide a description of the assessment tools and example of studies in which the measures have been used. Some trauma-related treatment programs were also examined to assess for their outcomes. Details: Ottawa: Correctional Service of Canada, 2014. 1p. The full report is available upon request. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report No R-333: Accessed March 4, 2015 at: http://www.csc-scc.gc.ca/005/008/092/005008-0333-eng.pdf Year: 2014 Country: Canada Keywords: Female Inmates Shelf Number: 134753

Author: Jewell, Lisa Title: An Evaluation of the Community Cadet Corps Program in Saskatchewan Summary: The Community Cadet Corps (CCC) is a program for youth that, in Saskatchewan, is supported by the Royal Canadian Mounted Police (RCMP) "F" Division. It is intended to provide youth with discipline, responsibility, respect, and entertainment in order to help them develop the skills and tools they need to build positive futures for themselves and the communities in which they live. The mission of the CCC is to instill integrity, honesty, professionalism, compassion, accountability, and respect. The program hopes to instill the youth with positive life skills and habits by providing them with mentoring from culturally-sensitive role models. The CCC is designed to be a community-driven and community-owned program. The RCMP provides support for the program through the dedicated CCC Coordinator position and by encouraging local RCMP members to assist with teaching drill to the cadets; however, each community is expected to provide funding for the program, provide an appropriate space, find volunteer community members (including a cadet leader) to lead the program, and determine the specific objectives and activities to ensure that the program meets their community's needs. The program is targeted toward youth aged 10 to 18 years who are attending school full-time. Typically, the cadets meet once a week after to school to practice drill and engage in other activities (e.g., sports, crafts) decided upon by their communities. The purpose of the current evaluation is to provide the RCMP "F" Division with an understanding of the processes, outputs and, where appropriate, measurable outcomes of the CCC program in Saskatchewan. Specifically, six questions guided this evaluation: - What factors facilitate the successful implementation of CCCs? - What support do CCCs require from Aboriginal Policing Services during start-up? - How has the CCC helped build partnerships between the RCMP and Aboriginal communities? - How does participation in the CCC impact the individual outcomes of youth during, and after, their involvement in the program? - How does the presence of a CCC impact a community? - What makes a CCC sustainable? Details: Saskatoon, SK: University of Saskatchewan, Centre for Forensic Behavioural Science and Justice Studies, 2014. 113p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 9, 2015 at: http://www.usask.ca/cfbsjs/research/pdf/research_reports/Evaluation%20of%20the%20CCC%20Program%20-%20Jan%2016.pdf Year: 2014 Country: Canada Keywords: Delinquency Prevention (Canada) Shelf Number: 134759

Author: Murphy, Joshua John Title: Beyond a Split-Second: An Exploratory Study of Police Use of Force and Use of Force Training in Canada Summary: The authority to use force, including lethal force is a defining feature of the police profession. A police officer's decision to use force carries potentially significant consequences for all involved and is arguably the most heavily scrutinized aspect of modern police work, despite its rare use. Situations involving the use of force are often characterized by a rapidly evolving scenario, complex environment, considerable uncertainty, and a potentially high degree of fear. These factors make it extremely challenging for officers to decide when and how to act. The high stakes nature of police use of force events and the level of scrutiny that the use of force attracts places a premium on the quality of training that officers are given, both in terms of content and application. Yet, in spite of the importance ascribed to training, the research in this area is limited, particularly from a Canadian perspective. What is known about use of force training comes largely from research and experience in the U.S.A., a significantly different policing environment than Canada. Using a qualitative research framework, this thesis seeks to fill the gap in Canadian use of force research and shed light on recruit and in-service training that is given to police officers. Using in-depth, semi-structured interviews with ten Canadian police academy and department-based use of force instructors, this study explores the factors involved in police use of force situations and how use of force training prepares officers for use of force events in Canada. The findings indicate that while current police training is evolving to better prepare officers for the realities of police use of force encounters, it is nonetheless limited by a number of factors. These factors are identified and discussed noting the implications for police services, policing scholars, and police oversight bodies. Details: Burnaby, BC: Simon Fraser University, 2014. 130p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed March 12, 2015 at: http://summit.sfu.ca/item/14482 Year: 2014 Country: Canada Keywords: Decision Making Shelf Number: 134912

Author: Griffiths, Curt Taylor Title: Policing in Winnipeg: An Operational Review Summary: This document represents the results of an Operational Review of the Winnipeg Police Service. The purpose of this review was to examine and evaluate the core activities of the WPS and to develop recommendations that will improve the effectiveness and efficiency of service delivery. More specifically, the review involved an in-depth examination of the use of overtime in the WPS, the potential for civilianization of positions in the service, staffing, deployment, the response to calls for service, and the activities of investigative units. The review was informed by best practices in police management and operations, and multiple data sources were used in the review, including field observations of patrol, interviews with patrol members and senior police personnel, quantitative data on overtime and from Computer-Aided Dispatch, and a survey of selected investigative units. These analyses were conducted within a framework that considered the environment in which the WPS delivers services and responds to community demands and expectations. The components of this review are set out in chapters, beginning with a discussion surrounding the context of policing in Winnipeg, focusing on the unique challenges surrounding the delivery of policing services in the City of Winnipeg. A special focus is afforded to relationships between the WPS and Aboriginal peoples, immigrants, and refugees. This also includes a discussion surrounding mandates and downloading between different levels of government and the WPS, particularly surrounding persons with mental illness, chronic youth runaways, and special event policing. Two stand-alone chapters examine two separate issues - those of civilianization, and overtime usage for the entire Service. The objective of the civilianization review is to discuss the benefits and drawbacks of civilianizing positions within a police force, and then objectively analyze what positions would be appropriate to civilianize in the WPS. A number of positions currently occupied by sworn officers are identified as more appropriately staffed by civilians. Converting these positions will allow for greater continuity of expertise, reduced operational costs in many instances, and will free up sworn members for deployment in areas of greater need, including patrol. The study of overtime in the service identifies the source of these costs. A key finding is that patrol members generate the majority of overtime, an indicator that the WPS does not currently have sufficient resources deployed. The analysis makes it possible to determine what initiatives can be taken to reduce overtime, including making adjustments to staffing and shift deployment. Generally speaking, the opportunities for cost savings appear to reside within the staffing levels in some parts of the organization, namely in Patrol. Staffed properly, this could result in savings of approximately $1.5M. Details: Ottawa: Canadian Police Association, 2013. 479p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed march 16, 2015 at: http://curtgriffiths.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/09/WPS-operational-review.pdf Year: 2013 Country: Canada Keywords: Police Administration Shelf Number: 134931

Author: Hylton, John H. Title: Canadian Innovations in the Provision of Policing Services to Aboriginal Peoples Summary: An initial report on evidence-based practice in the provision of policing services to Aboriginal people was one of more than 20 research reports commissioned by the Ipperwash Inquiry for the purpose of assisting in the development of the Inquiry's "Part 2" recommendations. The Inquiry's recommendations will consider both "systemic" and "operational" matters relating to the Inquiry's mandate, and make comprehensive recommendations regarding the improvement of relations between the police and Aboriginal peoples. In preparing the first report, more than 15,000 pages of documentation were reviewed from previous inquiries, commissions, studies, reports, and evaluations of Aboriginal-police relations in Canada, Australia, and the United States. Unfortunately, however, the goal of identifying evidence-based best practices proved to be illusive; at least in terms of documentation, there was little evidence about what really worked. However, three significant themes, summarized later in this report, emerged as to what should work, and, in some cases, what appeared to be working. Although the initial report uncovered little documentation respecting best practices, experts advising the Inquiry were aware of many Canadian innovations that had been undertaken with the specific intent of improving Aboriginal-police relations. Since these experiences had not been uncovered in the review of documentation, it was considered important that the Inquiry take additional steps to identify and document these innovations. The Inquiry wanted to know what lessons had been learned from these experiences and how these lessons might assist the Inquiry in completing its mandate. The canvassing of key respondents within a number of police services was of value. However, like the earlier literature review, it fell short of providing a sound basis for the development of lessons and principles that could guide future policy and program development. Therefore, additional research was undertaken to examine other areas of Aboriginal human services and to identify lessons learned in those areas that might guide reforms in Aboriginal-police relations. Section 2 of this report highlights the results of the initial review of the literature on Aboriginal-police relations and summarizes the major findings. Section 3 reports the results of a survey of key respondents from police services across Canada that were identified as innovators in Aboriginal-police relations. Section 4 analyzes insights and lessons gained from other areas of Aboriginal human services. Finally, a concluding section draws on the work to date to propose a number of directions to guide the Inquiry's recommendations in the area of Aboriginal-police relations. Details: Toronto: Ipperwash Inquiry, 2005. 70p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed march 19, 2015 at: http://www.attorneygeneral.jus.gov.on.ca/inquiries/ipperwash/policy_part/research/pdf/John_Hylton_Canadian_Innovations.pdf Year: 2005 Country: Canada Keywords: Aboriginals (Canada) Shelf Number: 134981

Author: Moens, Alexander Title: Cybersecurity Challenges for Canada and the United States Summary: The Internet was designed not with security in mind, but rather openness and the free flow of information. The resulting globally connected Internet has brought unprecedented levels of information and commercial exchange, contributed enormous gains to individual prosperity, and promoted and expanded individual liberty. Only in recent years have governments, militaries, industries, firms, and individuals come to grips with how to protect legitimate activity in cyberspace without compromising the Internet's open character. Overemphasizing security can restrict freedom and stifle entrepreneurial potential. Conversely, liberty in cyberspace without an appreciation of cybersecurity presents rising commercial and governmental costs as well as unacceptable threats to national security. One study on the economic costs of cyberespionage and other forms of cyberattack estimates the global costs at between $375 billion and $575 billion annually, and a range of nation-states, state-linked groups, and non-state actors are exploiting cyberspace to conduct espionage, military operations, and large-scale theft of intellectual property. Although there have been calls for international norms of behaviour and rules of the road in cyberspace, treaties and arms control as developed and understood in the conventional, nuclear, and chemical realm are not easily transferred to the domain of cyberspace. Nevertheless, the rule of consequences and of self-interest is in play, as is the logic of cost-benefit in escalation. Still, cyberattacks continue, increasing in quantity and quality, which is why resilience is the watchword of cyberspace. As in other zones of commerce and theatres of operation, Canada and the United States are deeply integrated in cyber-space. Canada draws a clear net benefit from close cooperation with the United States in cyberspace because both the nature of the evolving threat and the nature and cost of countering this threat are increasingly more difficult for a state to address on its own. At the same time, as it cooperates with the United States and other close allies, the Canadian government faces the challenge of finding a balance between security and the Canadian definition of freedom. As the powers of Canadian government agencies expand and coordination with US agencies and other allied agencies increases, the task of providing cybersecurity should not be left to the specialized agencies without a layer of oversight by elected representatives. As Canada updates its ability to deal with threats in cyberspace, it needs to enhance the ability of its representative government to oversee this important work. Details: Calgary, AB, Canada: Fraser Institute, 2015. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 1, 2015 at: http://www.fraserinstitute.org/uploadedFiles/fraser-ca/Content/research-news/research/publications/cybersecurity-challenges-for-canada-and-the-united-states.pdf Year: 2015 Country: Canada Keywords: Cybercrimes Shelf Number: 135115

Author: Harris, Aileen Title: Therapeutic Alliance and Offender-Staff Relations in Women's Corrections Summary: What it means The current study demonstrates that healthy working relationships between institutional parole officers (POs) and women offenders may contribute to the overall adjustment of women during their incarceration. Although the findings are preliminary in nature, the results emphasize the importance of positive staff-offender interactions, the practice of dynamic security, and the selection of correctional staff with qualities that foster positive alliances with offenders in promoting correctional objectives. What we found Results of a correlation analysis demonstrated that women's perceived level of bonding with their PO was related to their institutional adjustment. Women with higher bond ratings were less likely to engage in institutional misconducts (r = -.22, p < .05). Interview responses from both staff and offenders further supported the importance of maintaining relational health and positive alliances within the institutional setting. Women consistently highlighted the importance of communication, interpersonal and relational skills that facilitate positive alliances between staff and offenders. Staff demonstrated their knowledge of the construct of therapeutic alliance, its meaning, and its application to the job, while also acknowledging the challenges of establishing alliances with such a diverse population within an environment that requires a focus on both positive interactions and safety/security concerns. The majority of staff and women indicated that dynamic security was being practiced across all of the women's sites. However, both groups also recognized certain operational demands and the provision of resources as obstacles in the maintenance of alliances. Why we did this study The current study emerged in response to an increasing focus in correctional literature on the importance of therapeutic alliance. Therapeutic alliance has been conceptualized as the collaborative and affective rapport established between a treatment provider and his/her client(s). The quality of this alliance is an important variable in the treatment process, affecting rehabilitation outcomes across diverse modes of treatment. Research in this area in correctional settings, particularly in settings with women offenders, is limited. The purpose of the current study, therefore, was to investigate the extent to which relationships between women offenders and institutional staff in the federal correctional system are characterized by healthy connections while exploring the construct of the therapeutic alliance. What we did Participants consisted of 124 women offenders and 88 correctional staff from all six women's federal facilities in Canada. Measures of alliance and relational health were used as predictors of institutional misconducts. Semi-structured interviews were used to gather information regarding staff and offender perceptions of alliances overall within the facility as well as the impact of the operational environment (dynamic/static security) on the development of such alliances. Details: Ottawa: Correctional Service of Canada, 2014. 1p. (Summary report). Full report is available upon request. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report No. R-305: Accessed April 1, 2015 at: http://www.csc-scc.gc.ca/005/008/092/005008-0305-eng.pdf Year: 2014 Country: Canada Keywords: Corrections Officers Shelf Number: 135120

Author: Nilson, Chad Title: Risk-Driven Collaborative Intervention: A Preliminary Impact Assessment of Community Mobilization Price Albert's Hub Model Summary: The purpose of this report is to provide a preliminary assessment of the impact that Community Mobilization Prince Albert's (CMPA) Hub has on acutely-elevated risk, and on the efforts of human service professionals to address the composite needs of individuals who are experiencing elevated risk. Common themes to be addressed in this report include overall challenges, successes and general lessons learned through the community mobilization experience in Prince Albert. The report concludes with an outline of opportunities for future research and evaluation in community mobilization as well as a list of recommendations for improving the Hub model. In describing the Hub model, this report begins with a historical overview of the development of Prince Albert' Hub. Key contributions to this development include: --Global findings from the Institute for Strategic International Studies revealed that accounting for both risk factors and partnerships can help build capacity in policing (ISIS, 2008; 2009). -- Locally, the Prince Albert Police Service (2009) identified a need for change in community safety because the status quo was not working. A front-end approach to crime reduction that involved collaboration among multiple service providers appeared to be most promising. -- The Future of Policing Strategy identified the need for policing in Saskatchewan to align, integrate and mobilize with other human service agencies (Taylor, 2010). -- Observations of the Scotland Violence Reduction Unit by key police and human service professionals from Prince Albert, verified that a collaborative risk-driven intervention model has great potential in their community (McFee & Taylor 2014). -- Evidence compiled by the Saskatchewan Police and Partners Strategy suggested that collaborative risk-driven interventions were both promising and possible in Saskatchewan; and that nearly all human service sectors within the Government of Saskatchewan should become involved in community mobilization (SPPS Enterprise Group, 2011). -- In February of 2011, the Prince Albert Hub was formed as a multi-disciplinary team that meets twice weekly for the identification, rapid development and immediate deployment of real-time interventions and short-term opportunities to address emerging problems, risk conditions and crime prevention opportunities identified and brought forward from the frontline operations of all participating agencies that comprise CMPA. Details: Saskatoon, SK: Centre for Forensic Behavioural Science and Justice Studies, University of Saskatchewan, 2014. 125p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 4, 2015 at: http://saskbprc.com/images/content/pdf/FINALHubPIAMay2014.pdf Year: 2014 Country: Canada Keywords: Community Collaboration Shelf Number: 135154

Author: Comack, Elizabeth Title: Summary: There is growing concern about the level of violence in Winnipeg's North End. The media regularly feature headline reports about gun violence, and street gang activity has become a focus of attention in the effort to "get tough on crime." Against this backdrop, the authors met with six members of a North End street gang, who wanted to convey their experiences of living in the North End, their thoughts on the recent events that have occurred there, and their insights into what it will take to make meaningful change. Too often the voices of such men are not heard. Yet they have an intimate knowledge of, and are an integral part of, these pressing problems. If meaningful change is to occur their voices need to be made part of the public discussion. These men had important things to say about 'getting tough on crime.' They agree that if they commit crimes, they have to do the time. But they are adamant that this strategy will not solve the problem of violence in the North End and broader inner city. We discussed several other options. Policing in the North End has recently been intensified to the point where "it�s like the military in the North End now" and anyone who "fits the description" is being targeted. This strategy, they explained, is likely to aggravate the problem, not solve it. Similarly, they offered reasons why other quick-fix solutions - a gun amnesty, a truce or ceasefire agreed to by street gangs, the Winnipeg Auto Theft Suppression Strategy applied to street gangs - will not work. The central viewpoint, expressed repeatedly over our two days of meetings, is that street gangs and gun violence are a product of the poverty and systemic racism of the North End, and all their consequences - addictions, violence, family disintegration, neglect, abuse. These men grew up in the midst of these conditions, and were exposed to the associated gang life from a very early age. As one told us, "When you're young, and see that, it's all normal." This is the soil in which street gangs and gun violence have grown. What emerged most strongly during our meeting was that these men do not want youngsters in the North End - "the next me" - to go through what they have gone through. Meaningful change will therefore require long term solutions aimed at addressing the poverty and systemic racism that are the root causes of street gangs and violence. Building pride and self-esteem through the provision of the right kinds of jobs and investing in more community recreation and drop-in centres for kids and families in the North End would be important steps in that direction. We know that this strategy will work because there are successful, small-scale examples� such as OPK and BUILD - now operating in Winnipeg's North End. If we want to change the violence in the 'hood, we would do well to heed the wise advice of these hard-headed men who know the 'hood all too well. We have to change the 'hood. Details: Winnipeg, MB: Canadian Centre for Policy Alternatives, 2009. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 7, 2015 at: https://mbresearchalliance.files.wordpress.com/2012/11/3-opkfinal.pdf Year: 2009 Country: Canada Keywords: Gang-Related Violence Shelf Number: 135174

Author: Furtick, Katie Title: The Effect of Cigarette Tax Rates on Illicit Trade: Lessons Learned in Canada Summary: U.S. President Barack Obama is proposing to raise the federal cigarette tax by nearly $1.00 per pack, hoping to bring in additional tax revenue to help fund universal preschool. Likewise, last year legislators in Massachusetts, Minnesota and New Hampshire put forth - and passed - proposals to increase their state's cigarette tax. Such proposals to increase cigarette or tobacco taxes are a politically expedient way to add to state or federal coffers while ostensibly reducing consumption. Since 2000, U.S. states have increased state cigarette tax rates more than 100 times and, generally, smoking prevalence in the U.S. has continued to decline, but is this decline caused by the increase in taxes? If so, what would happen to tobacco consumption if tax rates on cigarettes are cut? An understandably instinctive answer is that consumption would rise, as the price of cigarettes would presumably fall with the tax cut. However, this instinctive answer assumes that smokers purchase all of their cigarettes through legal means where the sale is taxed. In reality, this is not necessarily the case. Taxes have been shown to increase the size of black markets and to cause economic activity to move underground as price-sensitive individuals look for creative ways to evade taxation. Studies have shown that in the tobacco industry, consumers willingness to switch from smoking legally purchased cigarettes and tobacco to contraband products increases with tax hikes. Econometric analysis conducted by Jean-Francois Ouellet, Associate Professor of Marketing at HEC Montreal, and his co-authors Mariachiara Restuccia, Alexandre Tellier and Caroline Lacroix, found that each additional dollar in final applicable taxes raises the propensity to resort to consuming contraband cigarettes by 5.1 percent. This is consistent with the literature pertaining to counterfeit products - that for a product yielding the same benefit, consumers will typically consider a lower-priced option despite the fact that it is illegal. And where there is consumer demand for cheaper products, despite legality, there is profit incentive for players to provide those products on the black market. High cigarette taxes lead to inflated prices, which allow smugglers to profit from bringing cigarettes out of lower-taxed areas and re-selling them into higher-taxed jurisdictions. For instance, in the United States, cigarette prices differ from state to state depending on the states' cigarette tax regimes. Therefore, cigarettes sold in states with low tax rates can be bought and re-sold on the black market in states with high tax rates, yielding a profit for the seller. High taxes also increase the incentive for producing illegal cigarettes completely outside the tax regime. In this case, cigarettes are produced in illegal, unregulated factories and sold on the black market. The sum effect of these factors suggests that it is possible that rather than reducing cigarette consumption, high taxes might shift some consumption from the legal to the black market - that is, to smuggled and/or illegally produced cigarettes. The corollary of this is that tax cuts could drive out illicit trade without increasing overall cigarette consumption. Due to its dramatically varied cigarette taxation rates over the past two decades, Canada has witnessed first-hand the effects that taxes can have on illegal tobacco sales. It therefore provides an excellent case study of the effects of both increasing and decreasing such taxes. This policy brief begins with some background on tobacco taxes in Canadian history. It then analyzes how various changes in the law, both tax increases and cuts, have affected illicit trade, informing policy-makers on likely effects of taxation. Details: Los Angeles: Reason Foundation, 2014. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Policy Brief 113: Accessed April 7, 2015 at: http://reason.org/files/cigarette_tax_illicit_trade.pdf Year: 2014 Country: Canada Keywords: Black Market Shelf Number: 135178

Author: Council of Canadian Academies Title: Policing Canada in the 21st Century: new policing for new challenges Summary: Police in Canada are facing unprecedented internal and external challenges, many of which are rooted in the changing context in which police now operate. At the same time, significant new opportunities are emerging that can help police services to better adjust and ultimately prosper in the evolving safety and security landscape. To better understand how policing may be carried out more efficiently and effectively in the future, the Government of Canada, through Public Safety Canada (the Sponsor), with support from Justice Canada and the Royal Canadian Mounted Police, asked the Council of Canadian Academies (the Council) to undertake an expert panel assessment that brings together the available evidence from Canada and around the world. Specifically, the Sponsor posed the following question: Given the evolution of crime, the justice system, and society, what do current evidence and knowledge suggest about the future of the public policing models used in Canada? Additional direction was provided through three sub-questions: - What existing and emerging issues are identified as key, cross-jurisdictional challenges for Canada's policing models, e.g., service delivery models, public confidence, performance measures? - What are some of the best practices and changes in the policing models of other countries towards greater effectiveness and efficiency, and towards fostering public confidence in policing? What are the relevance and applicability of such ideas in Canada? - What research/knowledge gaps exist respecting these identified challenges? What communities of expertise and other resources might best be utilized towards ongoing policing-related research? To address the charge, the Council assembled a multidisciplinary panel of 12 experts (the Panel) from Canada and abroad. The Panel's composition reflects a balance of expertise, experience, and demonstrated leadership in a number of areas relevant to the charge, including the areas of police reform, police administration and governance, criminology, and law. Each member served on the Panel as an informed individual, rather than as a representative of a discipline, patron, organization, region, or particular set of values. In preparing its report, the Panel drew from a detailed review of peer-reviewed literature, official reports, and statistics from Canada and other countries, particularly the United States and the United Kingdom, each of which has important similarities to Canada that make comparisons informative. Although the Panel recognized the limits of these lessons when applied to Canada, it relied significantly on international policing research, due to the limited availability of Canadian research. Details: Ottawa (ON): The Expert Panel on the Future of Canadian Policing Models, Council of Canadian Academies, 2014. 212p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 23, 2015 at: http://www.scienceadvice.ca/uploads/eng/assessments%20and%20publications%20and%20news%20releases/policing/policing_fullreporten.pdf Year: 2014 Country: Canada Keywords: Law Enforcement Shelf Number: 135367

Author: McIntyre, Susan Title: Buyer Beware: A study into the demand side of the sexual exploitation industry Summary: A total of 20 sex consumers were interviewed for this study between February 2010 and December 2011. Interview subjects were sourced from the Prostitution Offender Program in Winnipeg and Edmonton. Other interviewees were found through Sexual Addiction groups and word-of-mouth in Alberta. All interviews were conducted in confidential, safe locations. The Adverse Childhood Experience (ACE) study's series of 10 questions were administered as part of the Buyer Beware interview process. The ACE study was a collaborative research project by the Centre for Disease Control and Prevention (Dr. Robert Anda) and Kaiser Permanente Health Clinic of San Diego (Dr. Vincent Felitti). For the Buyer Beware study, the ACE study's questions were used as an icebreaker within the interviews. Details: Calgary, Alberta: Hindsight Group, 2012. 69p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 1, 2015 at: http://www.hindsightgroup.com/Resources/Documents/Final%20Report%20Nov%2015%20-%20FINAL%20(with%20TC).pdf Year: 2012 Country: Canada Keywords: Prostitutes Shelf Number: 135489

Author: McIntyre, Susan Title: Aboriginal Domestic Trafficking in Persons Summary: The data for this report was summarized from the following studies completed by Dr. Susan McIntyre: - The Youngest Profession Oldest Oppression (1994) - Strolling Away (2004) - Under the Radar the Sexual Exploitation of Young Men in Alberta (2005) - Under the Radar the Sexual Exploitation of Young Men in British Columbia (2006) - Under the Radar the Sexual Exploitation of Young Men in Saskatchewan (2008) - Under the Radar the Sexual Exploitation of Young Men in Manitoba (2008) - Under the Radar the Sexual Exploitation of Young Men in Western Canada (2010) The key findings in each subsection were derived from Under the Radar the Sexual Exploitation of Young Men in Western Canada (2010): - A total of 157 young men were interviewed and 96 of them were Aboriginal. The highest Aboriginal representation was from Saskatchewan where 85% were Aboriginal. - A background of sexual abuse prior to the street for this population was 70%. A background of physical abuse was reported in 82% of this Aboriginal population. - A total of 54% of these Aboriginal young men reported self harming actions prior to the street. - Sixty-one percent of this population entered into the Child Welfare system - Running away was reported in 81% of young Aboriginal men - Fifty percent reported being thrown out of their home - The youngest person began work at age 8 and the oldest at 30 with an average age of entering into street sexual exploitation being 15 years of age. - Just over half this population reported a connection to their Aboriginal culture - Eighty-three of the 96 Aboriginal young men (86%) had a history with the police - Seventy percent of this population were victims of violence within the home while 90% had witnessed family violence - Nine years was the average time Aboriginal youth reported working - Self introduction or introduction by a friend was the most common route into sexual exploitation - A family history of sexual exploitation was reported in over 60% of those interviewed - Thirty percent of this population reported being a biological parent - Over 60% of this population had not completed high school - Risk of gay bashing violence for this population is always a risk though only close to half had the experience - Family strain and disconnection was prevalent in 58% of these young men - Eighty-two percent of this population reported addiction as an issue - A person has a sexual orientation in their work life and in their private life - Having regular customers and/or sugar daddies was reported in 86% of those interviewed for the study - Sixty-six percent of this population had moved and worked in sexual exploitation - Over half of this population had worked in more than one province A review of the overall findings was complete, and the Aboriginal data was then separated out and analyzed for the Aboriginal Domestic Trafficking in Persons report. The remainder of this report is a discussion and series of seven recommendations which are as follows: 1. That an environmental scan be undertaken and completed at a national level looking at the services and supports available to sexually exploited young men. It should examine the extent of services available to Aboriginal sexually exploited young men given their overrepresentation in Western Canada. It will also be important that this document be province and city specific. 2. That studies such as Under the Radar be completed in other parts of Canada (e.g. Central and Eastern Canada) looking at the sexual exploitation of young men. National studies have been completed on females in sexual exploitation but not on males. This would provide an opportunity to have a complete picture of sexually exploited young men in Canada and the level of Aboriginal representation. 3. That specific research is undertaken that focuses on the issue of transgendered and/or Two-Spirited persons. That education and training be developed for educators, social service providers, health care workers, police, family and the general public in reference to transgendered and Two-Spirited persons. 4. That programs and services be designed, implemented and evaluated that are specifically focused on young sexually exploited young men; and that sexually exploited young men be the primary focus in this process. Specific attention should be directed toward the risk factors facing Aboriginal persons. 5. That a Federal Territorial Provincial Working Group be set up to look at sexually exploited young men. Establishing a gender-specific committee will ensure their needs is being considered from a program, policy and legal prospective. 6. That specific prevention and training programs be developed in looking at sexually exploited Aboriginal persons. Prevention programs and training materials should be designed, developed and delivered examining the role residential schools have played in impacting parents and their communities. These programs could be delivered to families, parents and the community both urban, rural and on reserve. 7. That training and education be designed and delivered to government, correctional and social service practitioners and students on the issue of sexual exploitation of young men including Transgendered and Two-Spirited individuals. Focus should be directed to the overrepresentation of Aboriginal persons and the relationship this has to residential school history. Details: Calgary, Alberta: Hindsight Group, 2012. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 1, 2015 at: http://www.hindsightgroup.com/Resources/Documents/Aboriginal%20Domestic%20Trafficking%20in%20Persons%20Final%20May%2018%20.pdf Year: 2012 Country: Canada Keywords: Aboriginals Shelf Number: 135491

Author: McIntyre, Susan Title: Under the Radar: The Sexual Exploitation of Young Men- Western Canadian Edition Summary: Under the Radar: The Sexual Exploitation of Young Men- Western Canadian Edition compares and contrasts findings from the previous four provincial studies, focuses on similarities and differences; and identifies the types of supports required by this unique population. Characteristics of Respondents - 61% of this population are of Aboriginal heritage - 55% had involvement with child welfare services - 35% had completed high school - 83% had a history of running away - 51% had been thrown out of the house they were living in - 75% had been sexually violated - 85% had been physically violated - 86% witnessed aggression while growing up - 69% began hustling because they needed a way to make quick cash - 51% were introduced to the trade by a friend - 73% entered the trade under the age of 18 years of age - 11% entered the trade over the age of 20 years of age - Males enter the trade younger and stay longer than young women - 62% had been hustling for at least 6 years - 64% experienced staying in shelters - Almost everyone felt no one should do this type of work - The fear of gay-bashing exists - Drug use is extensive - Exiting the trade is a long process, usually attempted more than once - Almost everyone has, and does, access HIV / STD testing Summary of Discoveries - Young men have comparable histories of sexual and physical abuse as young women - Young men in this study were gay, heterosexual and bisexual - Young men create a construct to be able to achieve a level of performance - The issue of young men in the sexual exploitation trade creates a sense of discomfort - Young men begin younger and work in it for a longer period of time - A significant portion enter the trade over the age of 18 - Young men live 'under the radar' of most service providers - Young men have service needs that are different than young women - Public education on condom use and HIV testing has worked - The connection between the street and drug use is longer and greater in the variety of drugs for young men - These young men have strained and distant relationships with their family - Running away often triggers an entrance into the sexual exploitation trade Details: Calgary, Alberta: Hindsight Group,2002. 88p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 4, 2015 at: http://www.hindsightgroup.com/Resources/Documents/UnderTheRadar%20Low%20Res.pdf Year: 2002 Country: Canada Keywords: Male Prostitutes Shelf Number: 135494

Author: Cavoukian, Ann Title: Surveillance, then and now: securing privacy in public spaces Summary: Surveillance is growing, as are the technologies that extend its reach. But surveillance that facilitates the sustained monitoring of people engaged in everyday activities in public is, in Justice Gerard La Forest's unforgettable words, "an unthinkable prospect in a free and open society such as ours." Unthinkable as it may be, the prospect of close and continuous surveillance is no longer simply the stuff of science fiction. Governments now have access to precise and affordable technologies capable of facilitating broad programs of indiscriminate monitoring. The unfettered use of these technologies raises the spectre of a true surveillance state. To freedom-loving people, that is an unacceptable prospect. The purpose of this paper is to assist law enforcement, lawmakers, and the broader public in understanding and protecting our fundamental right to privacy with respect to surveillance by the state of our activities in public spaces through the use of ever-growing new technologies. Details: Toronto: Information and Privacy Commissioner, 2013. 57p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 6, 2015 at: http://www.publicsafety.gc.ca/lbrr/archives/cnmcs-plcng/cn29826-eng.pdf Year: 2013 Country: Canada Keywords: Closed-Circuit Television (CCTV) Shelf Number: 135520

Author: Robertson, Robyn D. Title: DWI Dashboard Report: A Tool to Monitor Impaired Driving Progress Summary: The Working Group on DWI System Improvements1 is a prestigious coalition of senior leaders of organizations representing frontline professionals in all segments of the DWI2 system. The initiatives undertaken by the Working Group in the past decade have demonstrated the need for increased understanding of operational and system practices associated with proven countermeasures. More recently, the Working Group has turned its attention to the need for robust and comparable performance measures in all segments of the DWI system with linkages to traffic safety measures. In 2013, this series of activities culminated in a project undertaken by the Traffic Injury Research Foundation (TIRF), with support from the Working Group, and funded by Anheuser-Busch. It involved the development of a user-friendly, flexible tool designed to capture information that jurisdictions can use to increase understanding of why they are or are not making more progress in reducing impaired driving prevalence, deaths and injuries. Performance indicators of impaired driving typically include: the annual number of alcohol-impaired driving fatalities and injuries; fatalities per vehicle miles travelled (VMT), and criminal justice performance indicators (e.g., impaired driving arrests and/or convictions). Although these indicators provide important insight and are helpful to measure progress nationally as well as to facilitate comparisons across jurisdictions, they reveal little about how or why progress is, or is not, occurring within jurisdictions. This incomplete picture of the problem makes it challenging for jurisdictions to determine what action to take, particularly in an era when most jurisdictions have implemented a comprehensive array of proven countermeasures and interventions (e.g., alcohol interlocks, DWI courts, substance abuse treatment). Compounding this issue are factors related to the context of the jurisdiction (e.g., cultural aspects, population, geography, resources, political environment), and the actual quality of interventions (e.g., use of program features, evidence-based practices, fidelity to the model). These gaps make it challenging for jurisdictions to make informed decisions about impaired driving priorities, and to strategically pursue those that are most achievable and that represent the most efficient use of dwindling resources. Ultimately, this hampers the ability of jurisdictions to capitalize on their strengths, or to target problem areas that can have the biggest impact and are most amenable to change. Goals and methods The goal of this work was to enable jurisdictions to gain insight and understanding into how and why progress is, or is not, being achieved in reducing impaired driving in their individual jurisdictions, and to inform decision-making about strategies to address the problem. This was achieved with the development of a dashboard tool that jurisdictions can use biennially (every two years) or annually to monitor their own progress in preventing and reducing impaired driving. Details: Ottawa: Traffic Injury Research Foundation, 2015. 61p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 6, 2015 at: http://www.tirf.ca/publications/PDF_publications/DWIWG_Dashboard_9.pdf Year: 2015 Country: Canada Keywords: Alcohol Interlock Devices Shelf Number: 135523

Author: Arvanitidis, Tania Title: From Revenge to Restoration: Evaluating General Deterrence as a Primary Sentencing Purpose for Rioters in Vancouver, British Columbia Summary: On June 15 2011, the city of Vancouver experienced the largest and most destructive riot in its history. The legal response was highly punitive. Because a restorative justice response to riot cases remains largely unexamined, this thesis explores whether, and in what capacity, restorative justice offers an appropriate response with significant benefits when holding rioters accountable. Two analyses were conducted. The first is an exploratory qualitative analysis of the reasons for decision given for the first 20 adult rioters sentenced in Vancouver Provincial Court, and the second is a calculation of the economic benefits associated with making available to rioters a variety of community-based and restorative alternatives to custody. The findings of this thesis lend strong support to the appropriateness of a restorative response to riots, particularly in regard to ensuring consistency with the stated purposes of sentencing in Canadian law. Implications for sentencing rioters based on these findings are offered Details: Burnaby, BC: Simon Fraser University, 2013. 172p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed May 14, 2015 at: http://summit.sfu.ca/item/13584 Year: 2013 Country: Canada Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 135641

Author: McIntyre, Susan Title: Under the Radar: The Sexual Exploitation of Young Men - Saskatchewan Edition. Summary: In December of 2002, Strolling Away was released. Strolling Away represented a longitudinal retrospective study that examined young people from the sexual exploitation trade in 1991-1992 and then again in 2001-2002. The opportunity to interview individuals 10 years later was valuable. One of its major findings was that we know very little about young men involved in the sexual exploitation trade. The young men I interviewed commented on how my questions were "chick questions". It was clear that we have traditionally looked at this issue through a female lens. It became evident through this study that more research was required in order to understand young men in the sexual exploitation trade. Interviews for Under the Radar: The Sexual Exploitation of Young Men - Saskatchewan Edition began in April 2006 and wrapped up in December 2006. Forty young men were interviewed in total. Twenty interviews occurred in Regina and 20 in Saskatoon. A total of 10 of the 40 interviewed had exited the sexual exploitation trade. Characteristics of Respondents - 85% of this population are Aboriginal - 62% had involvement with child welfare services - 28% completed high school - 78% had a history of running away - 75% had a history prior to the street of being sexually violated - 80% had been physically violated and witnessed aggression while growing up - 83% entered the sexual exploitation trade under the age of 18 years of age - 10% entered the sexual exploitation trade over the age of 20 years of age - Males enter the sexual exploitation trade younger and stay longer than young women - 30% experienced staying in shelters - Almost everyone felt no one should do this type of work - The fear of gay-bashing exists - Drug use is extensive - Exiting the sexual exploitation trade is a long process, usually attempted more than once - Almost everyone has in the past, and continues to access HIV / STD testing Summary of Discoveries - Young men have comparable histories of sexual and physical abuse to young women - Young men in this study were gay, heterosexual and bisexual - Young men create a construct to achieve a level of performance - The issue of young men, as opposed to women in the sexual exploitation trade creates a sense of discomfort - Young men begin younger and work longer - A significant portion enter the sexual exploitation trade over the age of 18 - Young men fly under the radar of service providers - Young men have unique service needs different from young women - Public education on condom use and HIV testing has worked - The connection between the street and drug use is longer and greater in the variety of drugs for young men - Young men have strained and distant relationships with their family - Running away often triggers entrance into the sexual exploitation trade Details: Calgary, Alberta: The Hindsight Group, 2008. 129p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 14, 2015 at: http://www.hindsightgroup.com/Resources/Documents/Under%20the%20Radar%20Saskatchewan%20Edition.pdf Year: 2008 Country: Canada Keywords: Male Prostitutes Shelf Number: 135648

Author: Ruddell, Rick Title: The Economics of Canadian Policing Five Years Into the Great Recession Summary: Since the start of the Great Recession in 2008 there has been a growing interest in applying business models and cost-benefit analyses to policing, especially in terms of holding police services more accountable for their performance as publically funded agencies. A review of the policing literature reveals an increased number of references to value for money (Barton & Barton, 2011) and return on investment from dollars spent on policing (Boyd, Geoghegan & Gibbs, 2011; Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Constabulary [HMIC], 2013). Police and political leaders, as well as academics have used the economic crisis as an opportunity to advance the issues of reimagining or re-envisioning policing. While Canada has weathered the worst of the economic crisis that started in 2008 with fewer negative effects than our counterparts in the United Kingdom, the euro zone, and the United States, there has been a growing concern about the increasing costs of policing, which has been called unsustainable by the Federation of Canadian Municipalities (2013). Every Canadian municipality is grappling with increasing demands for civic services, including policing, and few local politicians want to increase taxes. With respect to the Ontario Provincial Police, for instance, changes in the manner in which their costs are recovered from municipalities have led to a growing concern from rural community leaders: Brennan (2014, n.p.) noted that "prior to 1998 rural municipalities did not pay for policing." These debates are not isolated to Ontario, and city counselors throughout the nation are trying to balance public safety and their ability to pay for policing. Containing policing costs while ensuring that core policing services (e.g., those related to emergency response, criminal investigations and enforcing laws) are of key importance to policymakers and members of the Canadian policing industry. This is evidenced by an increased focus on the "economics of policing" in the research literature (see Griffiths & Stamatakis, 2012; Leuprecht, 2014; Ruddell & Jones, 2013), and several conferences and summits held throughout 2013-2014 (Charlottetown in January and September, 2013 and Vancouver in March 2014). Topics related to the economics of policing have been addressed at the Canadian Association of Chiefs of Police 2013 annual meeting and were a key subject addressed by the Standing Committee on Public Safety and National Security throughout 2013. In many respects, funding for Canadian policing is more stable than in other English-speaking common-law nations. Police services throughout the United States have been experiencing funding cutbacks and some jurisdictions disbanded their police services in favour of contract policing (U.S. Department of Justice, 2012), while other municipalities have replaced publically operated police with private police agencies. In the United Kingdom, policing budgets are projected to be cut by as much as one-third. Given these funding shortfalls, police leaders in these nations are being forced to rethink the manner in which services are delivered, who will deliver them, and how to best manage cuts to police budgets without threatening core policing services. Canadian police services have the luxury of time to scan the environment for threats as well as opportunities for change, and learn what the police in other nations are doing in response to budget cutbacks. It is possible that the lessons learned from our counterparts will enable Canadian police services to better leverage their resources. Former Public Safety Minister Vic Toews, speaking at the Economics of Policing Summit in January 2013, observed that, "Police services face two options - they can do nothing and eventually be forced to cut drastically, as we have seen in some countries; or they can be proactive, get ahead of the curve, and have greater flexibility in designing and implementing both incremental and meaningful structural reforms." As part of a proactive strategy that examines the economics of policing in the Canadian context, a key goal of this study is to review the economics, management, and policing literatures to identify current trends in respect to the relationships between economics and policing, including how police services in other nations have managed austerity. The main findings from this review are that: - There were 11 recessions between 1948 and 2011 and each one had a different set of causes, economic consequences, as well as recovery times and these three factors influence crime rates in an inconsistent manner. - The global economic recovery has been slow and another downturn could have a significant impact upon the Canadian economy, and in turn, police funding. - Police services in the United Kingdom and the United States have responded to the latest recession by streamlining operations and attempting to reduce demand. - While police services in other nations have been successful in preserving core functions after budget cuts there is some question as to whether these strategies are sustainable over the long-term. - Long-term austerity policing may negatively influence citizen perceptions of the police and has been shown to reduce the morale of police service staff in the United Kingdom. - Cost-benefit analyses consistently reveal that investing in policing is a cost-effective public policy. - Recent research demonstrates that officer effectiveness can be enhanced through directed patrol or "hot spots" policing. - The RAND cost of crime calculator shows that adding police officers in jurisdictions with high crime rates is a good investment in public safety. - Applying the RAND calculator to Saskatchewan policing shows a return of $1.70 for every additional dollar spent on police officers. - Deploying officers in traffic enforcement roles demonstrates a greater cost saving benefit to society than in general duty policing. - Crime reduction strategies must be developed at the local level, as an approach that is effective in one jurisdiction may be unsuccessful when exported to another community. - The current recession has led to many scholars calling for a 'reengineering' or 'remaking' of police operations although there is little consensus on what those changes should entail or who should decide what changes should occur. - Most policing studies focus upon big city policing and there is almost no published research on best practices, cost effectiveness or measuring the performance of rural police services. Details: Ottawa: Public Safety Canada, 2014. 100p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 18, 2015 at: http://www.publicsafety.gc.ca/lbrr/archives/cnmcs-plcng/cn80407908-eng.pdf Year: 2014 Country: Canada Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 135694

Author: Ruddell, Rick Title: Austerity Policing: Responsing to Crime During Economic Downturns Summary: Governments at all levels are grappling with the challenges of increasing demands on police services at the same time that their budgets are threatened with cuts. Although Canada's economy has weathered the financial crisis that started in 2008 with fewer disruptions than in the United Kingdom or the United States, there are signs that global economic conditions, especially in the European Union, continue to be uncertain and those challenges could have a substantial impact upon economic conditions in Canada. Economic uncertainty can have an impact on all government services, including policing. Not only are police budgets under increasing scrutiny but economic disruption, such as high rates of unemployment or inflation, may contribute to an increased demand for police services. Public Safety Canada (2012) identified the following challenges associated with Canadian policing costs: Increasing demands on police combined with decreasing crime rates; Escalating policing costs that are increasingly unsustainable in the current fiscal environment; Limited clarity on how police funding is spent and its efficiency and effectiveness, and the; A need for coordination, focus and leadership. The importance of containing policing costs while ensuring that core policing services (e.g., those related to emergency response, criminal investigations and enforcing laws) are not jeopardized was a key issue examined at the Economics of Policing Summit in January 2013. In many respects, funding for Canadian policing is more stable than in other English speaking common-law nations. Police services throughout the United States have been experiencing funding cutbacks and some jurisdictions have disbanded their police services in favour of contract policing (U.S. Department of Justice, 2012). In the United Kingdom, policing budgets are projected to be cut by as much as one-third. Given these funding shortfalls, police services in those nations are being forced to rethink the manner in which services are delivered, who will deliver them, and how to best manage cuts to police budgets without threatening core policing services. Canadian police services have the luxury of time to scan the environment for threats as well as opportunities for change, and learn what the police in other nations are doing in response to budget cutbacks. It is possible that the lessons learned from our counterparts will enable Canadian police services to better leverage their resources. Former Public Safety Minister Toews, speaking at the Economics of Policing Summit in January 2013, observed that: Police services face two options - they can do nothing and eventually be forced to cut drastically, as we have seen in some countries; or they can be proactive, get ahead of the curve, and have greater flexibility in designing and implementing both incremental and meaningful structural reforms. It is critical that all levels of government and the entire policing community be engaged in innovation and reform efforts, so that we can turn a fiscal challenge into an opportunity to sustain our police services and better serve Canadians. As part of a proactive strategy that examines the economics of policing in the Canadian context a key goal of this study is to review the economics, management, and policing literatures to identify current trends in respect to the relationships between economics and policing, including how police services in other nations have managed austerity. The main findings from this review are that: - There were 11 recessions between 1948 and 2011 and each one has a different set of causes, economic consequences, as well as recovery times and these three factors influence crime rates in an inconsistent manner. - The global economic recovery has been slow and another downturn could have a significant impact upon the Canadian economy, and in turn, police funding. - Police services in the United Kingdom and the United States have responded to the latest recession by cutting costs and attempting to reduce demand. - While police services in other nations have been successful in preserving core functions there is some question as to whether these strategies are sustainable over the long-term. - Long-term austerity policing may negatively influence citizen perceptions of the police and contribute to lower morale of police service staff. - Cost-benefit analyses consistently reveal that investing in policing is a cost-effective public policy. - The RAND cost of crime calculator shows that adding police officers in jurisdictions with high crime rates is a good investment in public safety. - Crime reduction strategies must be developed at the local level, as an approach that is effective in one jurisdiction may be unsuccessful when exported to another community. - The current recession has led to many scholars calling for a "reengineering" or "remaking" of police operations although there is little consensus on what those changes should entail or who should decide what changes should occur. - The newly developed full-circle community safety model may be a useful framework for evaluating police performance. - Most policing studies focus upon big city policing and there is almost no published research on best practices, cost effectiveness or measuring the performance of rural police services. Details: Regina, SASK: University of Regina, Collaborative Centre for, Justice & Safety, 2013. 76p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 18, 2015 at: http://www.justiceandsafety.ca/rsu_docs/ccjs_austerity-policing-1028.pdf Year: 2013 Country: Canada Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 135695

Author: Wilson, Stuart Title: The Changing Economy and Demography of Saskatchewan and its Impact on Crime and Policing: Phase 1 Report: Overview of Demographic, Economic, Crime and Policing Trends in Saskatchewan Summary: This report is the first preliminary report of a larger research project. This larger research project aims to examine the socio-economic determinants of crime, identify how economic and demographic changes in Saskatchewan and its cities have influenced changes in crime rates, and to speculate how crime rates might evolve with continued resource development and the expansion of the Saskatchewan economy. This project will also attempt to identify reactive and proactive responses of police forces in the province to the changing economic, demographic, and crime patterns they face. This first preliminary report provides an overview of the economic and demographic changes that have occurred over the last two decades in Saskatchewan and its ten major cities, and the coinciding changes in policing and crime rates. The Saskatchewan economy shifted into a higher gear around 2006, after two decades of slow population and economic growth, and rising crime rates. The Saskatchewan economy has recently benefitted from: - Rising commodity prices - An export boom - Increased resource exploration and development - An investment and construction boom - Increased international immigration flows - Substantial net interprovincial in-migration Saskatchewan residents are more prosperous and poverty rates have declined. Median family income in Saskatchewan has grown at an average annual rate of 3.7% from 2006 to 2011, in real terms after accounting for inflation, much higher than the 1.1% annual growth in the preceding five years. The prevalence of poverty, as measured by the proportion of individuals living in low-income households, declined from 17.8% in 2005, to 11.3% in 2011, falling below the rates for Manitoba and the country as a whole. Saskatchewan has experienced substantial reductions in rates of violent crime and of property crime while economic conditions in the province improved: The rate of violent crime in Saskatchewan fell by 30% from 2003 to 2012; The rate of property crime fell by 32% from 2003 to 2012 This report is the first preliminary report of a larger research project. This larger research project aims to examine the socio-economic determinants of crime, identify how economic and demographic changes in Saskatchewan and its cities have influenced changes in crime rates, and to speculate how crime rates might evolve with continued resource development and the expansion of the Saskatchewan economy. This project will also attempt to identify reactive and proactive responses of police forces in the province to the changing economic, demographic, and crime patterns they face. This first preliminary report provides an overview of the economic and demographic changes that have occurred over the last two decades in Saskatchewan and its ten major cities, and the coinciding changes in policing and crime rates. The Saskatchewan economy shifted into a higher gear around 2006, after two decades of slow population and economic growth, and rising crime rates. The Saskatchewan economy has recently benefitted from: - Rising commodity prices - An export boom - Increased resource exploration and development - An investment and construction boom - Increased international immigration flows - Substantial net interprovincial in-migration Saskatchewan residents are more prosperous and poverty rates have declined. Median family income in Saskatchewan has grown at an average annual rate of 3.7% from 2006 to 2011, in real terms after accounting for inflation, much higher than the 1.1% annual growth in the preceding five years. The prevalence of poverty, as measured by the proportion of individuals living in low-income households, declined from 17.8% in 2005, to 11.3% in 2011, falling below the rates for Manitoba and the country as a whole. Saskatchewan has experienced substantial reductions in rates of violent crime and of property crime while economic conditions in the province improved: - The rate of violent crime in Saskatchewan fell by 30% from 2003 to 2012 - The rate of property crime fell by 32% from 2003 to 2012 Details: Regina, SASK: University of Regina, Collaborative Centre for Justice and Safety, 2014. 100p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 18, 2015 at: http://www.justiceandsafety.ca/rsu_docs/phase-i-revised-with-cover.pdf Year: 2014 Country: Canada Keywords: Crime Rates Shelf Number: 135696

Author: Jones, Nicholas A. Title: First Nations Policing: A Review of the Literature Summary: Although there are almost 70,000 police officers in Canada, fewer than 2,000 are directly engaged in Aboriginal policing (Burczycka, 2013). While representing a very small proportion of all Canadian officers and policing budgets, the manner in which First Nations communities are policed has profound long-term implications for the residents living there, especially given the high rates of crime and victimization in many of these places. The populations at risk of victimization are not isolated to the First Nations territories, and crimes often displace into other adjacent urban and rural communities. In addition, most Aboriginal Canadians live off-reserve and some of these individuals move between their home communities and urban areas. As a result, the after-effects of an offence may be felt in places far away from where they originated, making this an issue of importance to all Canadians. In order to better understand the challenges of Aboriginal policing, this review first presents a context that includes a review of Aboriginal population trends and the demographic characteristics of that population. The fact that the Aboriginal population is the fastest growing population group in Canada, and the youngest, has long-term implications for police services both on- and off-reserve. Consistent with other research, we found that rates of crime and victimization on many First Nations were very high. In addition to the impacts on victims, high crime rates have a corrosive effect on community relationships and especially opportunities that are lost. When responding to the after-effects of crimes that have already occurred and trying to prevent future offences consumes much of the creativity of a community, leaders lose opportunities to work toward job creation, promoting healthy lifestyles and relationships, helping youngsters succeed, or spending scarce resources on developing a community's infrastructure rather than repairing the damages caused by crime. Having established a context for this study, a historical overview of Aboriginal policing in Canada is presented. This is an important undertaking as academics, policymakers and practitioners often forget the lessons of history. As a result, crime prevention or reduction strategies that were unsuccessful in the past are sometimes re-introduced and unless there have been changes in the way that these 'recycled' interventions are delivered - or the context into The social phenomenon of First Nations peoples moving between the reserve and urban centers is called "churning." which they are delivered - we are often destined to repeat the mistakes of the past. An additional challenge of delivering police services in a nation as culturally, geographically and regionally diverse as Canada is that an intervention that is successful or promising in one jurisdiction might not be as successful in another province, community or First Nation. Consequently, by learning the lessons of history we are less likely to be confronted with unforeseen or unanticipated outcomes after new crime reduction strategies are introduced. It has been said that the past is prologue and our review of the historical context for Aboriginal policing revealed that many of the challenges that existed in the past are present today, such as a lack of resources for police services or the difficulty in engaging communities in the informal regulation of activities that bolster the social fabric and help reduce crime. The historical review is followed by an overview of the evolution of Aboriginal policing in Canada and in that section; the following policy-related areas where our knowledge is not fully developed were identified: - Resourcing / Funding - Administrative Capacity - Policing Arrangements - Aboriginal Policing as a Distinct Policing Model - Responding to Crime and Victimization The gap in our understanding of these five issues is due to a lack of timely and relevant research. In some cases, the answers to these questions might already exist, but researchers have not taken the time to collect and analyze this information and then report it back to police organizations. One of the challenges of policing research is that most of the studies that occur take place in urban areas, and this focus on 'big city' policing does not help us understand evidence-based practices or "what works" in responding to rural crime or best practices in Aboriginal policing. A second challenge is that policing research is also fragmented in Canada and there is a lack of coordination that reduces duplication and decreases efficiency. Our analyses revealed that there are three distinct types of agencies policing Aboriginal communities and peoples and that each type faces a different set of challenges that are shaped by their role and geographic location as well as organizational size and history: - Large networked police organizations, such as the Royal Canadian Mounted Police (RCMP), Ontario Provincial Police (OPP) and Surete du Quebec (SQ) of which we have a good understanding of their priorities and information about these agencies is generally available. The RCMP, specifically, provides enhanced police services to First Nations communities through Community Tripartite Agreements (CTA), i.e., agreements between the federal and provincial governments, and one or more First Nation communities. - Self administered Aboriginal police services (SA), that range from small stand-alone agencies such as the File Hills First Nations Police Service (under ten officers) to larger regional police services such as the Nishnawbe-Aski Police (NAPS), of which we have comparatively less understanding of their practices and their approaches to policing. - Specialized Aboriginal policing programs delivered by municipal or regional police services, such as the Aboriginal Peacekeeping Unit in Toronto and the Diversity and Aboriginal Policing Section in Vancouver, of which we have almost no understanding of their priorities, practices or inter-relationships with other Aboriginal policing services. Each of these police services is apt to respond to the challenges of crime in a different manner and it is likely that some of the crime reduction strategies developed by these organizations are very effective, although this information has not been consistently disseminated to the policing and academic communities. In respect to crime-reduction strategies, it is possible that responding to the knowledge gaps identified above can be addressed by better understanding best practices in other English-speaking common law nations, such as Australia, New Zealand and the United States as these countries also have large Aboriginal populations and legacies of British colonialism. Section V provides a brief overview of Aboriginal policing models in these nations. Again, we find that many strategies appear promising, but there is a lack of research-based information about whether these approaches are effective crime reduction strategies, and to a lesser extent, how to deliver these services in a cost-effective manner. Aboriginal policing is part of the larger Canadian policing environment - one that is evolving in ways that may have strong implications for police services overall (Murphy, 2007). Currently, Canadian policing is in a period of transition, due in large part to a global process in the adoption of private-sector managerial and organizational values and strategies in the hope of producing greater fiscal accountability, cost efficiency, return on policing investments and value for money (Ruddell & Jones, 2013). Given these larger social and political forces, the next few years will shape the future of Aboriginal policing. In March 2013, the federal government announced that federal funding for the First Nations Policing Program (FNPP) would be extended for the next five years, and this time-frame provides the funding stability for First Nations, Aboriginal stakeholder groups, federal and provincial policymakers and police leaders to chart the course for the future. Addressing the policy-related questions raised in this review of the literature provides these stakeholders a framework that will provide the evidence-based information needed to inform that undertaking. Details: Regina, SK: Collaborative Centre for Justice and Safety, University of Regina, 2014. 147p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 18, 2015 at: http://www.justiceandsafety.ca/rsu_docs/aboriginal-policing-literature-review-092014.pdf Year: 2014 Country: Canada Keywords: Aboriginals Shelf Number: 135697

Author: Jones, Nicholas A. Title: The Duty to Disclose. The Challenges, Costs and Possible Solutions: Final Report Summary: In recent years, there has been a growing interest in holding public safety services such as the police more accountable for their performance as publically funded agencies (Ruddell and Jones, 2014). As a result, there has been a determined and focused search for cost efficiencies within the criminal justice system. One area where there has been an increase in workload and costs is due to legal requirements associated with pre-trial disclosure. While Cowper (2012) noted that the disclosure ruling in the Supreme Court's R. v. Stinchcombe (1991) decision was predicted to result in an increased number of pre-court resolutions, which has not always been the case. Malm, Pollard, Brantingham, Tinsley, Plecas, Brantingham, Cohen and Kinney (2005, p. 13) reported that disclosure requirements have, in some cases, had a "debilitating, effect on police resources." Given the inter-related nature of the justice system, it is not difficult to see how this costly requirement also impacts upon the operations and budgets of Public Prosecutor Units as well. The Stinchcombe decision has resulted in justice agencies having to balance the requirements of the court ruling to ensure just and fair outcomes for the accused, while seeking strategies to ameliorate the increased workload they have experienced. The purpose of this report was to shed light on the practice of disclosure in Saskatchewan using information collected from justice-system practitioners and stakeholders, as well as practitioners from other provinces. Based on an analysis of their observations, four broad recommendations were generated that incorporated suggestions from the Saskatchewan participants, while also giving consideration to best practices reported by officials from other provinces who are grappling with similar issues. These recommendations fall under the broad themes of: 1) legal issues and requirements, 2) standardization of disclosure packages, 3) electronic forms of disclosure, and 4) transcription. Details: Regina, SK: Collaborative Centre for Justice and Safety, 2014. 329p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 18, 2015 at: http://www.justiceandsafety.ca/rsu_docs/duty-to-disclose-final-with-cover-to-ps.pdf Year: 2014 Country: Canada Keywords: Police Accountability Shelf Number: 135698

Author: Curry, Philip A. Title: Crime, Apprehension and Clearance Rates: Panel Data Evidence from Canadian Provinces Summary: The Becker (1968) model of crime establishes the importance of the probability of apprehension as a key factor in a rational individual's decision to commit a crime. In this respect, most empirical studies have used U.S. data to study the effects of more police officers on crime rates. We add to the relatively thin literature on the impacts of clearance rates, which we think is an equally important measure of the probability of apprehension. Our data are drawn from a panel of Canadian provinces from 1986-2005. Reduced form and IV estimates yield statistically significant elasticities of clearance rates, ranging from -0.2 to -0.36 from violent crimes and from -0.5 to -0.6 for property crimes. We think that these findings reflect the importance of productivity of the police force in terms of solving crimes and the possibility that hiring of police officers will not necessarily result in lower crime rates. Details: Unpublished paper, 2013. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 19, 2015 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2336202 Year: 2013 Country: Canada Keywords: Arrest and Apprehension Shelf Number: 135716

Author: Nash, Rebecca Margaret Title: Trusting the Con Man: The Role of Social Networks in the Diffusion of Fraud Summary: This dissertation is focused on the social structure of a Ponzi scheme, and the consequences of that structure on various phenomena associated with it. A central assumption of this dissertation is that the social structure of a pre-planned fraud has consequences for understanding how and why such a fraud spread to such a large number of victims, and the implications for the nature of the investment that victims made, or the harm they suffered after it was revealed that they were involved in a fraud. Using data from a detailed survey of 559 victims of Eron Mortgage, a fraud which deceived 2,285 investors for $240 million between 1993 and 1997, this dissertation draws from social network analysis, diffusion theory and models of trust, adding to the body of literature on white-collar crime in the context of fraud victimization. Results show that characteristics of social ties within the structure of the Eron network were responsible for the successful spread of the fraud: 1) Eron principals and Eron employees invested their personal time and effort recruiting investors; 2) independent brokers actively spread the fraud to their clients; and 3) investors themselves, unknowingly spread the fraud through their social networks by recruiting their friends and family to invest in Eron. Findings also show that trust in specific types of social ties is associated with increased initial investments and different types of harms experienced by victims (emotional, financial, and harm to friends and family relations). Respondents who reported having been influenced to invest by multiple types of sources however generally reported lower levels of loss of capital and harms suffered. The social chain element inherent in the structure of Ponzi schemes plays a dual role in either protecting against or being the cause of malfeasance, having implications for fraud victimization and making it an important factor to integrate in future studies on white-collar crime. Details: Burnaby, BC: Simon Fraser University, 2013. 165p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed May 21, 2015 at: http://summit.sfu.ca/item/13534 Year: 2013 Country: Canada Keywords: Fraud Shelf Number: 135749

Author: MacKay, A. Wayne Title: Respectful and Responsible Relationships: There's No App for That. The Report of the Nova Scotia Task Force on Bullying and Summary: Schools are in many ways a microcosm of the larger society and this is also true in respect to the problems of bullying. The problems of bullying, and cyberbullying in particular, are a world-wide phenomenon and are growing in prominence. As the Task Force did its work there was barely a day that passed when there was not some mention of these issues. It is in the news, the basis of television crime dramas and it is affecting the lives of young people around the world. In a presentation to the Senate Human Rights Committee on Bullying and Cyberbullying, the President of Bullying.org indicated that there are 252,000 cases of bullying per month in Canadian high schools. A tragic series of youth suicides in Nova Scotia was the trigger that led to the creation of the Task Force, and courageous parent, Pam Murchison, mother of Jenna, whose talented young life ended in suicide, presented to the Task Force in both private and public meetings. These were important reminders of the need to reduce the problem of bullying and its sometimes tragic consequences on the lives of young people. Also the tearful news account of the father of another young Nova Scotian woman, who was tormented by bullies and whose life ended too early, added motivation and a sense of urgency to the work of this Task Force. Suicides are complex issues of mental health and there is rarely a clear cause and effect. However, the negative consequences of bullying in all its forms are extensive: loss of self-esteem, anxiety, fear and school drop-outs are a few examples. As the title of this report suggests, there is no quick fix to this problem; or to put it in modern terms, there is no app for that. The problems of bullying and cyberbullying raise some of the largest and most complex issues in society. At the core of the bullying issue is the need for respectful and responsible relationships among young people and in society generally. While there is lots of blame to go around, bullying is not just about unacceptable individual conduct but rather a complex web of relationships and attitudes that permeate all aspects of modern society. It is about values, community (or the loss of it), a breakdown in respect for other people, and the need for citizens young and old to take responsibility for their actions and inactions. As an insightful Grade 4/5 student stated, "Other people's feelings should be more important than your own. If everybody thought that way, there wouldn't be any bullying." This Task Force was born in the context of the Stanley Cup riots in Vancouver and extensive riots in the United Kingdom. In both these cases the mob mentality prevailed and acts of violence and vandalism were captured on camera for the entire world to see. The lack of respect for other people and their property, a failure to take responsibility for individual and collective actions, the loss of a sense of community and core values were all too evident in these high profile displays of violence and irresponsibility. Problems of bullying and cyberbullying are not confined to youth and in many respects the mandate of this Task Force intersects with some of the largest and most troubling issues of our time. Details: Halifax: Nova Scotia Task Force on Bullying and Cyberbullying, 2012. 105p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 26, 2015 at: http://antibullying.novascotia.ca/sites/default/files/Respectful%20and%20Responsible%20Relationships%2C%20There%27s%20no%20App%20for%20That%20-%20Report%20of%20the%20NS%20Task%20Force%20on%20Bullying%20and%20Cyberbullying.pdf Year: 2012 Country: Canada Keywords: Bullying Shelf Number: 129790

Author: King, Douglas Title: Moving to Minimum Force: Police Dogs and Public Safety in British Columbia Summary: Every two days someone in British Columbia is injured by a police dog. Police Service Dog (PSD) bites are the leading cause of injury at the hands of municipal police, exceeding by a factor of six injuries incurred by all other forms of non-lethal force, including batons, pepper spray, fists, and Arwen rounds (beanbags). Unlike other police impact weapons such as fists and batons, police dogs are unique in their tendency to inflict permanent injury. Despite heavy reliance on PSDs and the high rates of injury associated with their use, there are no uniform policies specifying when a police dog unit should respond to a call, the types of situations that warrant the deployment of a dog, or how records relating to police dog deployments and related injuries should be kept. This study relies on in-depth case studies from Pivot Legal Society's client base, as well as case law and statistical data provided by the Office of the Police Complaints Commissioner (OPCC) and the RCMP. This study evaluates the prevalence of PSD bites, the impact that training and deployment practices have on the frequency and severity of injuries, and how PSDs fit into the Canadian National Police Use of Force Framework (NUFF). Details: Vancouver, BC: Pivot Legal Society, 2014. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 2, 2015 at: https://d3n8a8pro7vhmx.cloudfront.net/pivotlegal/pages/648/attachments/original/1403740129/Moving_to_Minimum_Force.pdf?1403740129 Year: 2014 Country: Canada Keywords: Injuries Shelf Number: 135847

Author: Sex Workers United Against Violence Title: My Work Should Not Cost Me My Life. The Case against Criminalizing the Purchase of Sex in Canada Summary: On December 20, 2013, the Supreme Court of Canada rendered a landmark decision that substantially reshaped Canada's legal framework regarding adultprostitution. The case of Bedford v. Canada resulted in the striking down of three provisions of the Criminal Code: the communication, bawdy-house and living on the avails laws. The Court found that these three provisions violate section 7 of the Charter of Rights and Freedoms (the "Charter") given their negative impact on sex workers' security of the person. The declaration of invalidity of the laws did not, however, take effect immediately. The Court gave the government one year to contemplate whether new prostitution laws should be enacted. The Bedford decision has brought Canada to a critical juncture. Will Canada shift away from the criminalization of adult sex work? Or will the government continue to criminalize sex work in other ways? The Canadian government has indicated its interest in the approach taken in Sweden, which enacted a law in 1999 prohibiting the purchase of sexual services. Given the active debate that is occurring in Canada and around the world regarding Sweden's approach to criminalization, it is an important time to examine and evaluate the evidence regarding the impact of this model. For this report, Pivot Legal Society collaborated with Sex Workers United Against Violence ("SWUAV") to produce a report which draws on a newly published peer reviewed report in British Medical Journal Open by Krusi et al., entitled "Criminalisation of Clients: Reproducing Vulnerabilities for Violence and Poor Health among Street-Based Sex Workers in Canada. A Qualitative Study." ("Krusi et al. report"). The research for the Krusi et al. report was conducted by the Gender and Sexual Health Initiative (GSHI) of the BC Centre for Excellence in HIV/AIDS and the University of British Columbia ("GSHI/UBC research") as part a larger ongoing research study on the health and safety of street and off-street sex workers throughout Metro Vancouver. The Krusi et al. report is available at www.gshi.cfenet.ubc.ca. Pivot Legal Society, in partnership with SWUAV, drew on the findings of the Krusi et al. report as the evidentiary basis for an analysis of the constitutionality of a prohibition on the purchase of sexual services. Pivot and SWUAV, as community partners and co-authors in the GSHI/UBC research, provided legal/ policy input on the Krusi et al. report and, as such, had advance access to the research. This research was used to prepare this constitutional analysis. The GSHI/UBC research was conducted in Vancouver, which is an important site for an evaluation of the effects of law enforcement targeting purchases of sexual services. Over the past five years or so, the Vancouver Police Department ("VPD") has gradually shifted away from arresting street-based sex workers, while still actively arresting clients. In January 2013, this practice became official policy with the approval of the VPD's Sex Work Enforcement Guidelines ("VPD Guidelines"). Under the VPD Guidelines, the police continue to actively target clients of sex workers through undercover stings and patrols of areas where street-based sex work takes place. The experience of sex workers in this city is instructive and should be a key consideration as government designs Canada's prostitution laws in the post-Bedford environment. Details: Vancouver, BC: Pivot Legal Society, Sex Workers United Against Violence, 2014. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 2, 2015 at: http://d3n8a8pro7vhmx.cloudfront.net/pivotlegal/pages/615/attachments/original/1401811234/My_Work_Should_Not_Cost_Me_My_Life.pdf?1401811234 Year: 2014 Country: Canada Keywords: Prostitutes Shelf Number: 135848

Author: Boyce, Jillian Title: Mental health and contact with police in Canada, 2012 Summary: Canadians can come into contact with the police for a variety of reasons, not all of which are criminal in nature. Previous research has indicated that most people with a mental health disorder do not commit criminal acts; however, contact with police is common among this population (Brink et al. 2011; Coleman and Cotton 2014). Furthermore, the frequency of such interactions has been said to be on the rise in recent decades given policy and legislative changes (Canadian Mental Health Association BC Division 2005; Vancouver Police Department 2013; Lurigio and Watson 2010). For instance, while the process of deinstitutionalization shifted the treatment of mental health disorders from a hospital setting to a community setting, it has been argued that community based supports may not have expanded at the same capacity to make up for the loss of institutional services, which can leave police as the first responders in crisis situations or after regular health facility hours (Coleman and Cotton 2014; Canadian Mental Health Association BC Division 2005). Information on police interactions with people who have a mental health disorder is a priority for various reasons. Firstly, they can be among the most unpredictable and dangerous situations to which officers must respond, and can be equally, if not more, dangerous for the person with the disorder (Chappell 2008; Kerr et al. 2010; Coleman and Cotton 2014; Canadian Mental Health Association BC Division 2005). Secondly, while the majority of such interactions are handled without harm to the officer or the person with a disorder, these interactions can be quite time-consuming, often utilizing a large portion of resources not only from police services, but from the health and social sectors as well (Lurigio and Watson 2010). Currently in Canada there is no standardized framework or guidelines for collecting data on police interactions with people who have a mental health disorder. While some police services independently publish figures on this subject, much of it is not comparable across the various jurisdictions due to differences in definitions, as well as differences in the methods used to collect the information. In the absence of nationally representative data relating to individuals with a mental health disorder and their contact with police, the 2012 Canadian Community Health Survey - Mental Health (CCHS-MH) provides a starting point for filling this gap (see Text Box 1). The 2012 CCHS-MH represents the fourth CCHS cycle with a specialized focus (Statistics Canada 2013). While there was a previous focused cycle in 2002 on the mental health and well-being of Canadians, most disorders measured in the 2012 CCHS-MH are not comparable to the disorders measured by the survey in 2002 (Pearson et al. 2013). In addition, questions about respondents' contact with police were not asked in 2002. This Juristat article utilizes data from the 2012 CCHS-MH to report on the prevalence of mental and/or substance use disorders in Canada in 2012, along with characteristics common among those with a mental or substance use disorder. In addition, it examines in detail the type and frequency of contact that those with a disorder have with police, and how that contact differs from those without a disorder. Details: Ottawa: Statistics Canada, 2015. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: Juristat 35, no. 1: Accessed June 3, 2015 at: http://www.statcan.gc.ca/pub/85-002-x/2015001/article/14176-eng.pdf Year: 2015 Country: Canada Keywords: Mental Health Shelf Number: 135855

Author: Canada. Office of the Correctional Investigator Title: Unauthorized Force: An Investigation into the Dangerous Use of Firearms at Kent Institution Summary: 1. Pursuant to Section 170 of the Corrections and Conditional Release Act, the Office of the Correctional Investigator (OCI) conducted an investigation into the use of firearms during a lockdown and series of searches at Kent Institution between January 8 and January18, 2010. The firearms were deployed by members of an extralegal Tactical Team (TAC), the only unit of its kind operating within the federal correctional system, in response to a suspected ballistic threat ('zip gun')1 that was alleged to have been smuggled into the maximum security facility. 2. For 10 days, the institution was locked down as riotequipped personnel assumed a 'lethal overwatch' function as the Region's Emergency Response Team (ERT) conducted cell extractions in which compliant and handcuffed inmates were removed from their cells at gunpoint. Following cell extraction procedures, inmates were then led down the ranges as charged and loaded weapons were pointed at them. They were taken to a common area where they were strip searched, often with little concern for dignity, modesty or privacy. During the lockdown, inmates were confined to their cells for days on end, some deprived of medication and the most basic necessities of hygiene and routinely denied fresh air exercise, even though meeting this legal requirement would not have increased the threat level. 3. As the lockdown continued and the search failed to turn up the alleged threat, the ERT and TAC response adopted an increasingly provocative and intimidating posture. Legal and policy provisions regarding use of force interventions were routinely violated as members of the Tactical Team operated in the absence of any management presence or effective oversight for the duration of the crisis. In daily reports of their activities, team leaders denied that weapons were drawn or pointed directly at inmates, despite videotape evidence to the contrary. 4. To date, the 10 day lockdown of Kent Institution generated 379 known (or 'reportable') uses of force interventions. Hundreds more suspected use of force incidents have not yet been reviewed - documents are missing, the incidents deemed 'nonreportable' (and therefore not counted officially) or never recorded, downloaded or preserved in the first place, all contrary to use of force procedures and guidelines.2 5. The potential lethal nature of the threat, the duration and magnitude of the lockdown and the ensuing searches should have warranted the designation of a crisis or emergency situation by normal policy standards. The potential for a serious (and lethal) escalation of violence between inmates and armed staff was present at nearly every turn. While informed and aware of developments at Kent Institution, including the deployment of the Tactical Team, the National Headquarters (NHQ) of the Correctional Service of Canada (CSC) did not actively challenge the response of local (institutional) or Regional authorities. To date, no formal disciplinary action has been taken against management or any of the ERT or Tactical Team members, although the twelve year 'pilot' project that sustained the armed unit has been abandoned. The lack of management oversight raised in this investigation gives rise to serious questions regarding CSC's accountability and governance structures. 6. These events should concern Canadians as the issues and questions raised in this report are disturbing. They cannot simply be explained as a 'deviation from policy,' contrary to the perspective of the CSC. Rather, what happened at Kent Institution amounts to an abuse of correctional power and authority, systemic breakdowns in management accountability and oversight, gaps in use of force review and reporting procedures, deterioration in dynamic security practices and principles, and violations of human rights law and policy. These are significant deficiencies that increasingly call into question the effectiveness of CSC's internal use of force review process. 7. In examining the documentary and video record of the events under investigation, the OCI concludes that the level of force used to conduct the two searches of Kent Institution in January 2010 was unwarranted, beyond what was authorized, and dangerous. 8. In concluding this investigation, the OCI calls for an independent and expert review of CSC's legal, policy and administrative frameworks governing use of force interventions in federal penitentiaries. This external review should identify gaps and deficiencies in the current use of force policy and review process, and include recommended measures to strengthen accountability, monitoring, oversight and corrective functions at the regional and national levels of CSC administration. The independent review should be delivered to the Minister of Public Safety, together with an action plan setting out remedies, within six months. The action plan should be made public. Details: Ottawa: Office of the Correctional Investigator, 2011. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 4, 2015 at: http://www.oci-bec.gc.ca/cnt/rpt/pdf/oth-aut/KentReport-eng.pdf Year: 2011 Country: Canada Keywords: Correctional Administration Shelf Number: 135880

Author: Canada. Office of the Correctional Investigator Title: Spirit Matters: Aboriginal People and the Corrections and Conditional Release Act Summary: i. The Corrections and Conditional Release Act (CCRA) makes specific reference to the unique needs and circumstances of Aboriginal Canadians in federal corrections. The Act provides for special provisions (Sections 81 and 84), which are intended to ameliorate over-representation of Aboriginal people in federal penitentiaries and address long-standing differential outcomes for Aboriginal offenders. ii. It has been 20 years since the CCRA came into force, and the Office of the Correctional Investigator (OCI) believes that a systematic investigation of Sections 81 and 84 of the Act is both timely and important. This investigation aims to determine the extent to which the Correctional Service of Canada (CSC) has fulfilled Parliament's intent at the time that the CCRA came into force. It examines the status and use of Section 81 and 84 provisions in federal corrections for the period ending March 2012, identifies some best practices in Aboriginal corrections and assesses the commitment by CSC to adopt principles set out in the Supreme Court of Canada's landmark decision of R. v. Gladue. The investigation concludes with key recommendations for enhancing CSC's capacity and compliance with Sections 81 and 84 of the CCRA. iii. Section 81 of the CCRA was intended to give CSC the capacity to enter into agreements with Aboriginal communities for the care and custody of offenders who would otherwise be held in a CSC facility. It was conceived to enable a degree of Aboriginal control, or at least participation in, an offender's sentence, from the point of sentencing to warrant expiry. Section 81 further allows Aboriginal communities to have a key role in delivering programs within correctional institutions and to those offenders accepted under a Section 81 agreement (Aboriginal Healing Lodges or Healing Centres). iv. The investigation found that, as of March 2012, there were only 68 Section 81 bed spaces in Canada and no Section 81 agreements in British Columbia, Ontario, and Atlantic Canada or in the North. Until September 2011, there were no Section 81 Healing Lodge spaces available for Aboriginal women. v. One of the major factors that inhibit existing Section 81 Healing Lodges from operating at full capacity and new Healing Lodges from being developed is the requirement that they limit their intake to minimum security offenders or, in rare cases, to "low risk" medium security offenders. The evolution of this policy, which was neither Parliament's intent nor CSC's original vision, is seen as a way for the Service to minimize risk and exposure. It creates a number of problems, exacerbated by the fact that only 11.3% of Aboriginal male offenders, or 337 individuals, were housed in minimum-security institutions in 2010-2011. In effect, CSC policy excludes almost 90% of incarcerated Aboriginal offenders from even being considered for transfer to a Healing Lodge. With this limitation, it is no surprise that the investigation found that Healing Lodges do not operate at full capacity. vi. In addition to the four Section 81 Healing Lodges, CSC has established four Healing Lodges operated as CSC minimum-security institutions (with the exception of the Healing Lodge for women that accepts both minimum and some medium security inmates). CSC-operated Healing Lodges can provide accommodation for up to 194 federal incarcerated offenders, which include 44 beds for Aboriginal women. vii. Section 81 Healing Lodges operate on five-year contribution agreement cycles and enjoy no sense of permanency. There is no guarantee that the agreements will be renewed. Indeed, they are subject to changes in CSC priorities and funding, including a 2001 reallocation of $11.6M earmarked for new Section 81 facilities to other requirements. viii. We found that the discrepancy in funding between Section 81 Healing Lodges and those operated by CSC is substantial. In 2009-2010, the allocation of funding to the four CSC- operated Healing Lodges totalled $21,555,037, while the amount allocated to Section 81 Healing Lodges was just $4,819,479. Chronic under-funding of Section 81 Healing Lodges means that they are unable to provide comparable CSC wages or unionized job security. As a result, many Healing Lodge staff seek employment with CSC, where salaries can be 50% higher for similar work. It is estimated that it costs approximately $34,000 to train a Healing Lodge employee to CSC requirements, but the Lodge operators receive no recognition or compensation for that expense. ix. Another factor inhibiting the success and expansion of Section 81 Healing Lodges has been community acceptance. Just as in many non-Aboriginal communities, not every Aboriginal community is willing to have offenders housed in their midst or take on the responsibility for their management. x. CSC did not originally intend to operate its Healing Lodges in competition with Section 81 facilities, but rather saw itself as providing an intermediate step that would ultimately result in the transfer of those facilities to community control under Section 81. As the investigation notes, however, negotiations to facilitate transfer of CSC Healing Lodges to First Nation control appear to have been abandoned. Most negotiations never moved beyond preliminary stages. In some Aboriginal communities, this breakdown in engagement has resulted in long-standing acrimony and mistrust directed at Canada's correctional authority. xi. The intent of Section 84 was to enhance the information provided to the Parole Board of Canada and to enable Aboriginal communities to propose conditions for offenders wanting to be released into their communities. It was not intended to be a lengthy or onerous process, yet that is exactly what it has become: cumbersome, time-consuming and misunderstood. A successful Section 84 release plan requires significant time-sensitive and co-ordinated action. As the investigation reveals, there are only 12 Aboriginal Community Development Officers across Canada responsible for bridging the interests of the offender and the community prior to release. xii. The Supreme Court of Canada in R. v. Gladue (1995) and, more recently, in a March 2012 decision (R. v. Ipeelee) compelled judges to use a different method of analysis in determining a suitable sentence for Aboriginal offenders by paying particular attention to the unique circumstances of Aboriginal people and their social histories. These are commonly referred to as Gladue principles or factors. CSC has incorporated Gladue principles in its policy framework, requiring it to consider Aboriginal social history when making decisions affecting the retained rights and liberties of Aboriginal offenders. Although the Gladue decision refers to sentencing considerations, it is reasonable to conclude that Section 81 facilities would be consistent with the Supreme Court's view of providing a culturally appropriate option for federally sentenced Aboriginal people. Notwithstanding, we find that Gladue principles are not well-understood within CSC and are unevenly applied. xiii. Today, 21% of the federal inmate population claims Aboriginal ancestry. The gap between Aboriginal and non-Aboriginal offenders continues to widen on nearly every indicator of correctional performance: - Aboriginal offenders serve disproportionately more of their sentence behind bars before first release. - Aboriginal offenders are under-represented in community supervision populations and over-represented in maximum security institutions. - Aboriginal offenders are more likely to return to prison on revocation of parole. - Aboriginal offenders are disproportionately involved in institutional security incidents, use of force interventions, segregation placements and self-injurious behaviour. xiv. The investigation found a number of barriers in CSC's implementation of Sections 81 and 84. These barriers inadvertently perpetuate conditions that further disadvantage and/or discriminate against Aboriginal offenders in federal corrections, leading to differential outcomes: 1. Restricted access to Section 81 facilities and opportunities outside CSC's Prairie and Quebec regions. 2. Under-resourcing and temporary funding arrangements for Aboriginal-controlled Healing Lodges leading to financial insecurity and lack of permanency. 3. Significant differences in salaries and working conditions between facilities owned and operated by CSC versus Section 81 arrangements. 4. Restricted eligibility criteria that effectively exclude most Aboriginal offenders from consideration of placement in a Section 81 Healing Lodge. 5. Unreasonably delayed development and implementation of specific policy supports and standards to negotiate and establish an operational framework to support robust, timely and coordinated implementation of Section 81 and 84 arrangements. 6. Limited understanding and awareness within CSC of Aboriginal peoples, cultures, spirituality and approaches to healing. 7. Limited understanding and inadequate consideration and application of Gladue factors in correctional decision-making affecting the interests of Aboriginal offenders. 8. Funding and contractual limitations imposed by CSC that impede Elders from providing quality support, guidance and ceremony and placing the Service's Continuum of Care Model for Aboriginal offenders in jeopardy. 9. Inadequate response to the urban reality and demographics of Aboriginal offenders, most of whom will not return to a traditional First Nations reserve. 10. CSC's senior management table lacks a Deputy Commissioner with focused and singular responsibility for progress in Aboriginal Corrections. The OCI concludes that CSC has not met Parliament's intent with respect to provisions set out in Sections 81 and 84 of the CCRA. CSC has not fully or sufficiently committed itself to implementing key legal provisions intended to address systemic disadvantage. xv. It is understood that CSC does not control who is sent to prison by the courts. However, 20 years after enactment of the CCRA, the CSC has failed to make the kind of systemic, policy and resource changes that are required in law to address factors within its control that would help mitigate the chronic over-representation of Aboriginal people in federal penitentiaries. Details: Ottawa: office of the Correctional Investigator, 2012. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 4, 2015 at: http://www.oci-bec.gc.ca/cnt/rpt/pdf/oth-aut/oth-aut20121022-eng.pdf Year: 2012 Country: Canada Keywords: Aboriginals Shelf Number: 135881

Author: Canada. Office of the Correctional Investigator Title: Risky Business: An Investigation of the Treatment and Management of Chronic Self-Injury Among Federally Sentenced Women Final Report Summary: Over the last five years the number of self-injury incidents in federal correctional facilities has more than tripled. In 2012-13, there were 901 incidents of recorded prison self-injury, involving 264 offenders. A relatively small number of federally sentenced women offenders (37 of 264 total) disproportionately accounted for almost 36% of all reported self-injury incidents. Aboriginal offenders were involved in more than 35% of all self-harming incidents. Aboriginal women accounted for nearly 45% of all self-injury incidents involving the federally sentenced women offender population. Of the 264 federal offenders who self-injured in 2012-13, seventeen individuals engaged in chronic (or repetitive) self-injurious behaviour (i.e., 10 or more incidents). These 17 individuals accounted for 40% of all recorded incidents. Nine were of Aboriginal descent. Nine were women (6 of whom were Aboriginal offenders). In a series of Annual Reports, the Office has repeatedly raised concerns regarding the capacity of the Correctional Service of Canada (CSC) to appropriately manage chronic self-injury in federal penitentiaries: - over-reliance on use of force and control measures, such as physical restraints, and restrictions on movement and association to manage self-injurious offenders; - non-compliance with voluntary and informed consent to treatment protocols; - limited access to services for federally sentenced women offenders with complex mental health needs; - inadequate physical infrastructure, staffing complements, resources and capacity to meet complex mental health needs; and - inappropriate monitoring and inadequate oversight in the use of physical restraints. There is little doubt that management of self-injurious offenders is complex and demanding work. The Office continues to believe that a handful of the most prolific self-injurious offenders simply do not belong in a federal penitentiary. These offenders should be transferred to external psychiatric facilities that are better equipped to accommodate and care for acute and complex mental health needs underlying their self-injurious behaviours. The death in October 2007 of 19-year-old Ashley Smith, a young woman with an extensive history of self-injury who died as a result self-asphyxiation in the presence of CSC staff, underscored the importance of developing effective, evidence-based management and treatment strategies for complex self-injury cases. The Office's investigation into Ms. Smith's death revealed a number of individual and systemic failures that contributed to her tragic death. During 11.5 months of federal incarceration, Ashley's self-injurious behaviours were routinely met with control and security-focused interventions, which included the near-perpetual use of segregation, involuntary treatment (forced medical injections), numerous inter-regional transfers and over 150 documented use of force interventions. CSC's management of Ashley's behaviour served to intensify the frequency and severity of her self-injury. This investigation provides an opportunity to review CSC's capacity to balance the operational and treatment requirements of high-need, mentally ill federally sentenced women who engage in chronic self-injurious behaviour. Six years after Ashley Smith's preventable death, it serves to document how CSC responds to the mental health needs of these women and assesses the use and impact of disciplinary measures and security controls in the management and prevention of prison self-injury. Details: Ottawa: Office of the Correctional Investigator, 2013. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 4, 2015 at: http://www.oci-bec.gc.ca/cnt/rpt/pdf/oth-aut/oth-aut20130930-eng.pdf Year: 2013 Country: Canada Keywords: Female Inmates Shelf Number: 135882

Author: Canada. Office of the Correctional Investigator Title: A Case Study of Diversity in Corrections: The Black Inmate Experience in Federal Penitentiaries Final Report Summary: 1. The face of Canadian corrections is changing. As the Canadian population has become increasingly diverse so too has the federal offender population. The visible minority1 offender population (community and incarcerated) has increased over the past 5 years by 40%. Visible minorities now constitute 18% of the total federally sentenced offender population (those incarcerated and in the community) which is largely consistent with representation rates in Canadian society (19.1%). In 2011/12, Caucasians continued to make up the largest proportion of the federal offender population (62.3%). By comparison, Aboriginals represented 19.3%, Blacks 8.6%, Asians 5.4%, and Hispanics 0.9% of the population respectively. Increasing diversity presents important challenges for the Correctional Service of Canada (CSC), particularly with respect to the relevancy of programs and services as well as representative hiring and the need for greater staff cultural competence, awareness and sensitivity. 2. Prejudice and bias, particularly with respect to Aboriginal peoples, have been well documented in studies and inquiries of the Canadian criminal justice system. However, little Canadian research has systematically explored the treatment of visible minorities within the criminal justice system and even less so on their experiences in correctional facilities, primarily because of the lack of or limited access to data. The principal Canadian study in this field, conducted by The Commission on Systemic Racism in the Ontario Criminal Justice System, examined the extent to which criminal justice practices, procedures and policies in the police, courts and correctional institutions in Ontario reflected systemic racism. Overall, the Commission found evidence of systemic racism within each of the components of the criminal justice system and made a number of recommendations to improve its accountability. Specifically, with respect to correctional institutions, the Commission found evidence of pervasive racial hostility and intolerance within prison environments, racial segregation of inmates within and among prisons and racial inequality in regards to the delivery of institutional services. While this study is now dated and was conducted in provincial institutions in only one province, it provides important contextual information, both from a qualitative and quantitative perspective, on the experiences of Black inmates and visible minorities more generally, within the Canadian criminal justice system and provides a foundation for the present case study. 3. The 2011/12 Annual Report of the Office of the Correctional Investigator (OCI) identified Black inmates as one of the fastest growing sub-populations in federal corrections. It highlighted the increasing over-representation of this group relative to their proportion within the Canadian population. Over the last 10 years, the number of federally incarcerated Black inmates has increased by 75% (767 Black inmates in 2002/03 to 1340 Black inmates in 2011/12) with most of this increase occurring in the last 6 years (2006/07 to 2011/12)10. Black inmates now account for 9.3%11 of the total federal prison population (up from 6.1% in 2002/03) while representing approximately just 2.9%12 of the Canadian population (see diagram). Details: Ottawa: Office of the Correctional Investigator, 2013. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 4, 2015 at: http://www.oci-bec.gc.ca/cnt/rpt/pdf/oth-aut/oth-aut20131126-eng.pdf Year: 2013 Country: Canada Keywords: African Americans Shelf Number: 135883

Author: Canada. Office of the Correctional Investigator Title: Administrative Segregation in Federal Corrections - 10 Year Trends, Summary: Populations Between March 31, 2005 and March 31, 2015 the overall CSC incarcerated population increased by 13.6% (from 12,623 to 14,335). During the same period women increased 77.4% (from 368 to 653), men 11.6% (from 12,255 to 13,682), Aboriginal offenders 52.4% (from 2,296 to 3,500), non-Aboriginal offenders 4.9% (from 10,327 to 10,835), Black offenders 77.5% (from 792 to 1,406) while Caucasian offenders decreased -6.1% (from 8,815 to 8,281). The Caucasian group is the only group showing a steadily declining population. The number of admissions to segregation has grown at a slower rate than for the equivalent CSC incarcerated population of Federally Sentenced Women (FSW), male, Aboriginal, non-Aboriginal and Caucasian inmates. However, Black segregation admissions have grown at a faster rate than the incarcerated population of Black offenders. Length of Stay The average length of stay in segregation has decreased from 40 days in 2005-2006 to 27 days in 2014- 2015. In the same period the FSW length of stay decreased from 15 to 8 days, Blacks from 36 to 27 days, Caucasians from 38 to 26 days and Aboriginals from 45 to 28 days. Aboriginal offenders have consistently had the longest average length of stay in segregation of any of these groups. Self-Injury and Attempted Suicide Of the current incarcerated population of 14,517, 6.7% have a history of self-injuring (11.7% for FSW and 9.1% for Aboriginal). Of the 659 offenders currently in segregation, 13.7% have a history of self-injury (22.2% for FSW and 16.9% for Aboriginal). Of the 967 with a history of self-injury, 86.6% also have a history of segregation compared to a rate of 48.1% in the general population who have not self-injured. Flow-Through Populations When comparing the number of offenders who were incarcerated for at least one day in a penitentiary during the 2014-2015 fiscal year with the number who were admitted to segregation at least once during the same year it is apparent that over 26% of all male offenders are admitted to segregation at least once during the fiscal year compared to over 46% of women. These ratios change to one third of all Aboriginal offenders as compared to one quarter for non- Aboriginals. Characteristics of the Current Incarcerated Population by those with and without a History of being Segregated Of the current incarcerated population of 14,517, males were more likely to have a history of segregation than females (48.5% compared to 39.1%) and Aboriginals were more likely than non- Aboriginals to have been segregated (55.9% compared to 45.6%). Offenders who have a history of segregation are more likely to be assessed with a high risk (75.5% vs. 45.5%), high needs (74.4% vs. 47.5%), low motivation (27.2% vs. 11.2%), low reintegration potential (62.3% vs. 24.5%) and low accountability (30.3% vs. 17.9%). Correctional Plan Principal Domains for those with and without a History of Segregation Of the current incarcerated population of 14,517 who have both a history of being segregated and who also have issues identified related to their Correctional Plan principal domain areas, those with a history of segregation are more likely to have behavioural issues than those with a history of segregation and no behavioural issues (68.6% vs. 44.9%), issues with cognitive thinking (68.8% vs. 45.3%), identified as requiring interventions (64.9% vs. 47.5%), have mental health issues (63.2% vs. 48.0%), have issues with mental abilities (61.6% vs. 47.8%) and have sexual behaviour issues (54.0% vs. 48.0%). History of being in Segregation Correlated with Transfers into Regional Treatment Centres Of the 6,982 currently incarcerated population who have a history of being segregated, 20.7% of these offenders also have a history of being in a treatment centre. For FSW offenders the ratio is 16.9% and for Aboriginal offenders 26.1%. Of the 2,111 currently incarcerated offenders who have been in a treatment centre, 68.3% have also been in segregation. For FSW offenders the ratio is 78.9% and for Aboriginal offenders 72.9%. 3 Details: Ottawa: Office of the Correctional Investigator, 2015. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed Jun3 4, 2015 at: http://www.oci-bec.gc.ca/cnt/rpt/pdf/oth-aut/oth-aut20150528-eng.pdf Year: 2015 Country: Canada Keywords: Prisoner Misconduct Shelf Number: 135885

Author: Canada. Office of the Correctional Investigator Title: An Investigation of the Correctional Service's Mortality Review Process Summary: There is little that is natural about dying in a federal penitentiary. In the 10-year period (2003 to 2013), 536 offenders died in federal custody. Fully two-thirds of all deaths (355 of 536) were attributed to natural causes. On average, about 35 federally sentenced offenders die each year from naturally attributed causes. In 2012-13, 56 inmates died in federal custody, including 12 suicides and 31 deaths from natural causes. The number of in-custody deaths attributed to natural causes far exceeds all other causes reflecting the combined effects of a significant proportion of the incarcerated population serving a life or indeterminate sentence, an increasing percentage of offenders sentenced later in life and an accumulation of the inmate population aged 50 or more. More offenders are growing old in custody and succumbing to chronic disease in prison. Details: Ottawa: Office of the Correctional Investigator, 2013. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 4, 2015 at: http://www.oci-bec.gc.ca/cnt/rpt/pdf/oth-aut/oth-aut20131218-eng.pdf Year: 2013 Country: Canada Keywords: Deaths in Custody Shelf Number: 135444

Author: Emeno, Karla Title: Space-Time Clustering and Prospective Hot-Spotting of Canadian crime Summary: Previous research has consistently shown that repeat crime victimization is common. More recently, research has shown that near repeat victimization is also common, whereby targets located in close proximity to previously victimized dwellings/people/vehicles (depending on the crime) are at an increased risk of also being victimized. However, this elevated risk is only temporary and subsides over time. This near repeat space-time clustering has been found across various crime types (e.g., burglary, theft from motor vehicle (TFMV), gun crime, etc.) as well as across jurisdictions. However, the precise space-time patterning of crimes is location-specific. To date, no published research exists that has examined near repeat victimization using Canadian data; the current study fills this gap. This dissertation consisted of 4 phases of analyses. Phase 1 determined the exact space-time clustering of three crime types (burglary, TFMV, common assault) across three Canadian cities (Edmonton, AB, Moose Jaw, MB, Saint John, NB). Phase 1 results found significant near repeat space-time clustering for Edmonton burglary, Edmonton TFMV, and Saint John TFMV, with the exact near repeat space-time pattern varying from one data file to the next. Phase 2 analyses used the time and distance over which crime clusters (as found in Phase 1) to generate prospective risk surfaces. Risk surfaces were also generated using two traditional hot-spotting methods. Overall, the various hotspot mapping techniques examined were found to be comparable in their accuracy at predicting future crime. Phase 3 examined whether it was possible to improve the accuracy of prospective hot-spotting by considering three different strategies. Although Phase 3 results suggested that the three strategies examined were not effective at improving predictive accuracy of the maps, some interesting trends did emerge, which may have practical implications. Finally, Phase 4 investigated whether near repeat burglaries in one Canadian city (Edmonton, AB) were more likely to be committed by the same offender than more distant burglaries. Phase 4 results suggested that serial offending by the same offender offers a viable explanation for near repeat crime. The theoretical and practical implications of these results, as well as some limitations and directions for future research, are also discussed. Details: Ottawa, ONT: Carleton University, 2014. 2013p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed July 20, 2015 at: https://curve.carleton.ca/system/files/etd/a6e73756-e339-4660-8112-daf4149fd585/etd_pdf/efb739e7e175a2b0b7aabde71546e822/emeno-spacetimeclusteringandprospectivehotspotting.pdf Year: 2014 Country: Canada Keywords: Burglary Shelf Number: 136114

Author: Gabler, Nachum Title: Contraband Tobacco in Canada: Tax Policies and Black Market Incentives Summary: unlawful production, distribution, and sale of cigarettes in Canada appear to have reached unprecedented levels in recent years, creating challenges for public health officials, law enforcement, tax authorities, policy makers, and the public. Our analysis identifies tobacco excise taxes as an important factor in the development and persistence of the contraband tobacco market. By inflating the cost of lawful cigarettes, such taxes do discourage smoking to some extent, but they also create powerful incentives to buy and sell contraband tobacco products. Research shows that a 10% increase in the price of tobacco products can reduce lawful cigarette sales by about 3% to 10%, depending on various geographic and demographic factors. To the extent that smokers evade excise taxes by purchasing contraband, the use of excise taxes to discourage smoking and increase government revenues is rendered ineffective. Based on the available evidence, we conclude that while tobacco taxes clearly reduce lawful tobacco sales, their impact on smoking prevalence is less clear, especially when the effects of other anti-smoking initiatives are taken into consideration. What is clear is that while several factors have facilitated the exploding contraband tobacco trade in Canada, increases in tobacco excise taxes were the spark that ignited the explosion. Details: Vancouver, BC: Fraser Institute, 2010. 75p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 22, 2015 at; http://www.fraserinstitute.org/uploadedFiles/fraser-ca/Content/research-news/research/publications/contraband-tobacco-in-canada(1)(2).pdf Year: 2010 Country: Canada Keywords: Black Markets Shelf Number: 136125

Author: Turner, Alina Title: Alternatives to Criminalizing Public Intoxication: Case Study of a Sobering Centre in Calgary, AB Summary: Western society has for centuries treated public intoxication as a crime, based on the idea that those found drunk in public can be harmful - to themselves, to the people around them, and to the social values of the community. To this day, public intoxication is in many places still a criminal offence, including in Canada. But what happens when, instead of approaching public drunkenness as a crime, we think of it as a symptom of larger problems? And what if, instead of routinely arresting those found drunk in public, we gave them a place to sober up, where they also have the opportunity to get help for other issues that may be contributing to the situation that put them there in the first place? As it turns out, this approach may provide a greater reduction in possible harm to the individual, others around him or her, and the broader community. In Calgary, Alpha House's sobering centre facility takes this approach, welcoming clients who are not eligible for shelter in other, 'dry' facilities. Through its Downtown Outreach Addiction Partnership (DOAP), Alpha House actively works to divert publicly intoxicated people from law-enforcement responses by bringing them into the shelter, or finding other alternatives to incarceration. Once clients have been taken into Alpha House, workers are available and motivated to help clients address any addiction or mental-health issues they might be struggling with and, if appropriate, to assist them in finding secure housing. During a twelve-month assessment period, the results of Alpha House's approach appears to be having a dramatic effect in helping those who have turned up publicly intoxicated, with apparent benefits for the community. During the period measured, there was a 50.1 per cent annualized decrease in the average number of days that clients were hospitalized, compared to the 12-month average prior to their intake into facility programs. There was a 62.6 per cent decrease in the number of times clients were hospitalized, a 50 per cent decrease in the use of emergency medical services, and a 42.4 per cent decrease in the number of times using an emergency room. Most dramatically the study observed a 92.7 per cent decrease in the average number of days clients spent in jail compared to the year prior, and a 70.8 per cent decrease in the number of interactions with police. The number of times clients went to jail actually increased by 26.6 per cent, but that may have to do with Alpha House's staff encouraging clients to address outstanding warrants and charges during their program participation. Calgary Police Services, meanwhile, reports notable decreases in people being processed for public intoxication in its downtown unit facilitated by partnership with community-based organizations, such as Alpha House. This is the crux of the harm-reduction approach: that holding cells should be a last resort for those publicly intoxicated people who cannot safely or effectively be helped through a sobering centre. But for those who are suitable for Alpha House's program, the effects appear to be highly encouraging, providing an option to divert people facing the difficult personal circumstances that might cause them to be publicly intoxicated, into a program where they can access medical support, addiction and recovery programs. We may never eliminate public intoxication, but if our goal in criminalizing it has been to reduce harm to the individual and those around him or her, the sobering-centre approach appears to provide a much more effective response. Sobering centres will not and should not replace the need for medical intervention in some cases. They cannot replace the need for police custody as some clients cannot be safely assisted in such facilities. This means that the triage into sobering centres, health system and police custody will continue to be needed. Ultimately, a comprehensive approach to intoxication is necessary, one including sobering facilities along with a continuum of housing, health, and corrections responses that challenges the criminalization of addiction. Details: Calgary, AB: School of Public Policy, University of Calgary, 2015. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: SPP Research Papers: Accessed July 23, 2015 at: http://www.policyschool.ucalgary.ca/sites/default/files/research/public-intoxication-turner.pdf Year: 2015 Country: Canada Keywords: Alcohol Abuse Shelf Number: 136145

Author: Fung, Ben Title: Counterfeit Quality and Verification in a Monetary Exchange Summary: Recent studies on counterfeiting in a monetary search framework show that counterfeiting does not occur in a monetary equilibrium. These findings are inconsistent with the observation that counterfeiting of bank notes has been a serious problem in some countries. In this paper, we show that counterfeiting can exist as an equilibrium outcome in a model in which money is not perfectly recognizable and thus can be counterfeited. A competitive search environment is employed in which sellers post offers and buyers direct their search based on posted offers. When sellers are uninformed about the quality of the money, their offers are pooling and thus buyers can extract rents by using counterfeit money. In this case, counterfeit notes can coexist with genuine notes under certain conditions. We also explicitly model the interaction between sellers' verification decisions and counterfeiters' choices of counterfeit quality. This allows us to better understand how policies can affect counterfeiting. Details: Ottawa: Bank of Canada, 2011. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Working Paper 2011-4: Accessed July 23, 2015 at: http://www.bankofcanada.ca/wp-content/uploads/2011/02/wp11-4.pdf Year: 2011 Country: Canada Keywords: Counterfeit Currency Shelf Number: 136146

Author: Wells, Lana Title: Preventing Domestic Violence in Alberta: A Cost Savings Perspective Summary: Recent studies show that Alberta has the fifth highest rate of police reported intimate partner violence and the second highest rate of self reported spousal violence in Canada, and despite a 2.3 percent decline over the last decade, the province's rate of self-reported domestic violence has stubbornly remained among the highest in Canada; rates of violence against women alone are 2.3 percentage points higher than the national average. In fact, every hour of every day, a woman in Alberta will undergo some form of interpersonal violence from an ex-partner or ex-spouse. Besides the devastating toll that domestic violence has on victims and their families, the ongoing cost to Albertans is significant. In the past five years alone it is estimated that over $600 million will have been spent on the provision of a few basic health and non health supports and that the majority of this cost ($521 million) is coming out of the pockets of Albertans in the form of tax dollars directed at the provision of services. Fortunately, investment in quality prevention and intervention initiatives can be very cost effective, returning as much as $20 for every dollar invested. Recent research on preventative programming in the context of domestic violence shows promising results in reducing incidents of self-reported domestic violence. The economic analysis of this preventative programming suggests that the benefits of providing the various types of programming outweighed the costs by as much as 6:1. The potential cost savings for the Alberta context are significant; the implementation of these preventative programs has been estimated to be approximately $9.6 million while generating net cost-benefits of over $54 million. Domestic violence is a persistent blight, and continues to have a significant impact on individuals and families in Alberta, but potent tools exist to fight it. This brief paper offers a cogent summary of its costs, and the benefits that could be reaped by investing in quality prevention and intervention programs, making it essential reading for policymakers and anyone else prepared to use them. Details: Calgary, AB: University of Calgary, School of Public Policy, 2012. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: SPP Research Papers, 2012: Accessed July 24, 2015 at: http://www.canadianwomen.org/sites/canadianwomen.org/files/PDF--domestic-violence-alberta.pdf Year: 2012 Country: Canada Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 136148

Author: Amirault, Joanna Elizabeth Title: Criminalizing Terrorism: The Impact of Context and Cohort Effects on the Sentencing Outcomes of Terrorist Offenders Summary: Despite the recent criminalization of terrorism specific offenses little is known about the legal processing of terrorist offenders, and even less is known about how the context that terrorist offenders are adjudicated in impact sentencing outcomes. Collectively, this dissertation explores how changing contextual environments related to legal responses, the timing of an offender' adjudication and perceptions of threat impact the sentencing outcomes of terrorist offenders by utilizing a sample of terrorist offenders convicted both recently, and historically, in Canada (n = 153), and by further employing a sample of terrorist offenders recently adjudicated in the United Kingdom (n = 156). Across studies the context that offenders are sanctioned in impact sentencing outcomes, and cohort effects are uncovered. Terrorism specific offenses are readily utilized, and the criminalization of terrorism offenses appear to have provided law enforcement with legal measures that assist in the proactive prevention of terrorist incidents. However, general criminal provisions still have a significant role to play in the adjudication of terrorist offenders as offenders sanctioned of general criminal provisions only, or both general and terrorism specific offenses, are sentenced more severely than offenders convicted of terrorism specific offenses alone. The timing of an offender's adjudication also impacts sentencing outcomes as offenders sanctioned in the latter stages of a terrorist campaign are generally sentenced more severely than offenders adjudicated at the onset for similar crimes, while variability in the sentence outcomes achieved throughout a terrorist campaign are characterized by cohort effects. Furthermore, being sanctioned in proximity to major terrorist incidents is found to affect sentencing outcomes as offenders sentenced following these events are punished less severely. Finally, offenders who are characterized by factors that are associated with increased perceptions of threat receive harsher punishments; however the impact of perceptions of threat on sentencing outcomes can be limited to specific time periods. Details: Burnaby, BC: Simon Fraser University, 2014. 158p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed July 29, 2015 at: http://summit.sfu.ca/item/14456 Year: 2014 Country: Canada Keywords: Sentencing Shelf Number: 136226

Author: Descormiers, Karine Title: From getting in to getting out: The role of pre-gang context and group processes in analyzing turning points in gang trajectories Summary: Drawing from a mixed-methods approach, the current dissertation examines the sequential process of gang membership, from gang entry to gang disengagement. The dissertation is driven by three interrelated aims. First, the study aims to assess whether variations in opportunities for membership and the nature of gang entry are related to pre-membership factors. Second, it aims to investigate whether gangs' organizational structures and group processes are associated with the nature of their criminal opportunities. Third, it explores the relationship of both individual and group factors to the disengagement process. The study uses retrospective self-reported and official data gathered from a sample of 73 gang members involved in the Study on Incarcerated Serious and Violent Young Offender in Burnaby, British Columbia. Results suggest that being embedded in a criminal social environment facilitates early entry into gangs but not avoidance of an initiation in gangs that require them. A need for recognition and respect is associated with late entry and the occurrence of an initiation. A closer look into the initiation events described by participants revealed three general types: (1) the ego violent event, (2) the crime commission, and (3) the expressive violence towards others. An ego violent initiation was more frequent among younger prospective members and those who were coerced into joining. Individuals who were looking for respect were more likely to be required to perpetrate an act of violence toward someone in order to get in. No individual characteristics were associated with crime commission type. In terms of group characteristics, nature of initiation is not associated with any type of gang organizational structure: both organized and less organized gangs may initiate their members and do so in similar ways. Type of initiation, however, was found to reflect the nature of the criminal activities of the gangs. In terms of gang desistance, internal gang violence and pre-membership criminal social environment both facilitated the persistence of membership and delay in disengagement from gangs. The dissertation addresses the theoretical and policy implications of such findings. Details: Burnaby, BC: Simon Fraser University, 2013. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed August 5, 2015 at: http://summit.sfu.ca/item/13831 Year: 2013 Country: Canada Keywords: Desistance Shelf Number: 136339

Author: Wang, Wei Title: Conventional capital, criminal capital, and criminal careers in drug trafficking Summary: Although the criminal career paradigm has explored various crime types, little effort has been conducted to systematically examine the pattern of drug trafficking careers. Ethnographic studies on drug trafficking have proposed that different forms of capital have an impact on the patterns of drug trafficking careers. The effects of conventional and criminal capital, however, have been the subject of much less empirical attention. Drawing from information on the criminal careers of 182 incarcerated drug traffickers, this study examines the role of conventional and criminal social capital on three dimensions of the criminal career perspective: the timing of entry into the illicit drug trade, the entry positions as a type of criminal achievement that traffickers first obtain in the drug distribution chain, and the progression of trafficking careers. Results suggest that weak conventional capital (e.g. legitimate employment) is associated with the early onset into trafficking careers. An offer coming from a friend or family member to enter the trade and self-initiation trigger the early onset. High levels of both criminal human (skills) and criminal social (contacts) capital are linked to starting at the most prestigious positions in the trade. In addition, criminal social capital is the most important factor to predict the progression of trafficking careers, while legitimate employment negatively affects the progression. Limitations and policy implications are discussed. Details: Burnaby, BC: Simon Fraser University, 2013. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed August 5, 2015 at: http://summit.sfu.ca/item/13633 Year: 2013 Country: Canada Keywords: Criminal Careers Shelf Number: 136343

Author: Edwards, Charlie Title: Out of Reach? The Role of Community Policing in Preventing Terrorism in Canada Summary: When the Kanishka project was being designed in 2010, there was a widespread perception both within Canada and internationally that the country had largely managed to avoid the threat from Al-Qa'ida-inspired terrorism. While there had been one or two isolated cases, these were rare exceptions. Canadian government officials rightly described the threat picture in Canada as 'limited' in comparison with European states and the country's next door neighbour, the US, where attacks directed by Al-Qa'ida had been successful or had reached a mature stage in planning. In contrast, the domestic threat picture in Canada was relatively benign. During the fieldwork phase the authors found this view to be largely still accepted by politicians, law-enforcement practitioners and the public at large. What was interesting to the authors, however, was that this view - influenced by events in Canada and overseas - was changing. A few cases of predominantly Islamist terrorism with links to Canada had appeared over the years. These cases involved, for example, Ahmed Ressam and Momin Khawaja, two individuals with Canadian passports (indeed, Khawaja is Canadian-born). They had connected with elements close to Al-Qaiida and had been involved in planning attacks at the international level, but neither had planned to launch terrorist attacks within Canada itself. A more 'home-grown' threat appeared to emerge in 2006, when Canada's security and intelligence agencies uncovered the so-called 'Toronto 18' cell; their ambitious plans were the first expression of a maturing and purely domestic threat, seeking connections through a network of young radicals across Europe and North America. The plot was successfully disrupted before it reached fruition. Shortly before the publication of this report, the situation changed dramatically as Canada experienced two significant incidents of domestic lone-actor terrorism. On 22 October 2014, Michael Zehaf-Bibeau shot and killed a soldier at the Canadian National War Memorial in Ottawa; police exchanged fire and eventually shot dead the gunman inside the parliament building. Two days earlier, Martin Couture-Rouleau had deliberately driven a car into a group of Canadian soldiers in Saint-Jean-sur-Richelieu, Quebec, killing one and injuring others. Both individuals are thought to have been recent converts to Islam who had become radicalised. Prior to these events, the last major attack that had directly involved Canadian citizens with links to the homeland was the bombing on 23 June 1985 of Air India Flight 182 when Sikh extremists killed 329 people - the majority of whom were Canadian citizens flying from Toronto. Details: London: Royal United Services Institute, 2015. 74p. Source: Internet Resource: Occasional Paper: Accessed August 8, 2015 at: https://rusi.org/sites/default/files/201502_op_out_of_reach.pdf Year: 2015 Country: Canada Keywords: Community Policing Shelf Number: 136369

Author: Laliberte, D. Title: Results of Crime Prevention Programs for 12 to 17 Year Olds Summary: One of the fundamental objectives of Public Safety (PS) Canada's crime prevention activities is to assist those responsible for the implementation and delivery of crime prevention in making the best informed decisions. In order to achieve this objective, Public Safety Canada develops and disseminates practice-oriented knowledge on effective and cost-effective preventative interventions. In turn, this is done through rigorous impact evaluation studies of selected community-based prevention projects funded by PS to determine what works, how it works and at what cost (Smith-Moncrieffe, Lauzon and Jobin, 2008). Through the program funding made available under the National Crime Prevention Strategy (NCPS), Public Safety Canada supports the implementation of community-based projects that respond to specific priorities such as youth gangs, youth violence and bullying. Most of these community-based projects aim to implement interventions that address criminogenic (risk) factors that are known to be related to an increased likelihood of offending, and protective factors that decrease this probability.Footnote 1 These projects aim to test programs that have been evaluated in other countries, but their effectiveness is not known in Canada. The NCPS also evaluates projects that are innovative or promising to better understand what elements of the interventions are evidence-based.Footnote 2 Since 2008, PS has focused most of its efforts on developing knowledge of effective practices in the following domains: early risk factors among at-risk children and youth; youth gangs; recidivism among high risk groups; and prevention in Aboriginal communities. The particular focus on children and youth is explained by well-established knowledge that discernible risk factors can be identified when children enter school, that the earlier the intervention the larger the benefits, and that if nothing is done, a proportion of these children will be at risk of entering into chronic delinquency patterns. Furthermore, delinquency peaks at age 18, and so it is very appropriate that preventative interventions would largely focus on this group.Footnote 3 Using the knowledge base of effective practices developed in other countries, especially in the USA, PS funded crime prevention projects aimed to replicate and evaluate promising and model programs in Canada, focusing on this group of the population. Wherever possible, similar interventions were implemented and evaluated in multiple sites. Overall, since 2010, PS has been conducting 11 evaluation studies of 10 different models implemented for 12 to 17 year olds in 16 different sites across Canada (see names of programs, locations and dates in Table 1). The following programs have been tested: Alternative Suspension; Intervention Rethink Refocus Reintegrate; Prevention Intervention Toronto; Multisystemic Therapy; Programme de suivi intensif de Montreal / Gangs de rue; Youth Inclusion Program; Leadership and Resiliency; Velocity; Life Skills Training; and Towards No Drugs. Details: Ottawa: Public Safety Canada, National Crime Prevention Centre, 2015. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report: 2015-R006: Accessed August 8, 2015 at: http://www.publicsafety.gc.ca/cnt/rsrcs/pblctns/rslts-crm-prvntn-12-17/rslts-crm-prvntn-12-17-eng.pdf Year: 2015 Country: Canada Keywords: Delinquency Prevention Shelf Number: 136370

Author: Harris, Aileen Title: Examining Gender Differences in Institutional Offences Summary: The current study suggests that maladjustment manifests itself differently and earlier among federally incarcerated women placed in medium security upon admission compared to men. This difference may be indicative of the fact that the institutional environment in medium security differs between men and women. Knowledge in this area, however, is still limited. The impact of additional factors (e.g., mental health, disciplinary practices) should be examined and further research in the area is underway. What we found Although gender was not associated with institutional offences among offenders in minimum or maximum security, it was predictive of offending in medium security, with more women committing institutional offences in comparison to men. This difference was especially evident when looking at minor misconduct where women were nearly three times more likely to commit an offence. Women in medium security were also more likely to engage in an offence earlier in their incarceration in comparison to men. Again, differences were more evident for minor offences. Demographic and incarceration characteristics were assessed as potential predictors related to risk of offending for men and women separately. Age was a consistent predictor for both men and women across security levels, with increases in age relating to decreases in the risk of offending. Dynamic risk level (i.e., criminogenic need) and reintegration potential were the only unique variables predicting risk of institutional offending for women and men, respectively. Low need women showed a decreased risk for offending in comparison to high need women, while the risk of low reintegration potential men was three times higher than the risk of men designated as high reintegration potential. Qualitative analysis of violent offence reports also highlighted several gender differences. Men were more likely to use a weapon and target staff as victims, whereas women were less likely to use a weapon and targeted offenders as victims primarily for relational/retaliation reasons. Degree of harm and offence severity ratings were similar for both groups. Details: Ottawa: Correctional Service Canada, 2014. 53p. Source: Internet Resource: No R-312: Accessed August 8, 2015 at: http://www.csc-scc.gc.ca/005/008/092/005008-0312-eng.pdf Year: 2014 Country: Canada Keywords: Female Offenders Shelf Number: 136371

Author: Helmus, Leslie Title: Developing the Risk of Administrative Segregation Tool (RAST) to Predict Admissions to Segregation Summary: This study found that it was possible to develop an actuarial tool with a high degree of predictive accuracy in identifying offenders on their risk for an administrative segregation placement. The ability to determine the likelihood of being placed in administrative segregation within the first two years of incarceration could allow the Correctional Service of Canada (CSC) to develop strategies to intervene to reduce that risk before a segregation placement is needed. Reducing segregation placements could decrease disruption to institutional routine, free beds for those inmates in greatest need, and reduce costs. The scale that was developed includes six static risk factors and can be scored quickly, without requiring detailed file reviews or interviews with the offenders. The ease of scoring this scale could allow for the identification of the highest risk offenders early in the intake period. What we found A simple six-item scale (the Risk of Administrative Segregation Tool), comprised of information generally available at intake, is highly predictive of an administrative segregation placement of six days or more within the first two years of incarceration. The six predictive items are: age at admission, number of prior convictions, previous admission to administrative segregation in prior federal sentences, sentence length, criminal versatility in current convictions, and prior violence. Analyses were conducted to ensure that these same six items predicted equally well for Aboriginal men, non-Aboriginal men, Aboriginal women, and non-Aboriginal women. The tool predicted placements in segregation for both major reasons: inmate safety or jeopardizing the safety of the institution. Including dynamic predictors of segregation risk did not result in meaningful improvement in predictive accuracy. Details: Ottawa: Correctional Service of Canada, 2014. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report No. R-325: Accessed August 8, 2015 at: http://www.csc-scc.gc.ca/005/008/092/r325-eng.pdf Year: 2014 Country: Canada Keywords: Aboriginals Shelf Number: 136372

Author: Rubenfeld, Sara Title: Assessment of the Women's Violence Prevention Program Summary: Acknowledging a need for programming that would target the needs of repeatedly violent women offenders, the CSC developed WVPP. The goal of WVPP was to help women develop lifestyles that would be incompatible with violence and would therefore reduce their risk to re-offend violently. The current study is an assessment of the pilot phase of the WVPP. Results show that the Women's Violence Prevention Program (WVPP) was successfully implemented and that participants benefited in a number of areas. However, institutional adjustment did not appear to improve after program participation. Release outcomes were also examined; however, low-base rates of reoffending and limited follow-up precluded our ability to draw conclusive findings regarding the impact of WVPP on release outcomes at this time. In fiscal year 2010-2011, the Correctional Service of Canada (CSC) began implementing a new continuum of correctional programming for women. Given this new direction in program offerings, WVPP is no longer offered to women as it has been replaced by the High Intensity streams of the Women Offender Correctional Program (WOCP) and Aboriginal Women Offender Correctional Program (AWOCP). However, many of the skills, program material, and framework in the High Intensity Program are based upon and are similar to the WVPP; therefore, results continue to be relevant. Despite the similarities, the High Intensity Program is lengthier and of greater intensity, which may be better suited to the needs of violent women offenders than the WVPP. What we found Results of the pre- and post-program assessment battery and participant feedback reflected positively on the program. These results revealed significant differences in women's scores before and after completing WVPP. Specifically, upon completing the program, there was a decrease in women's expression of anger, hostility, and aggression; an increase in problem-solving and decision-making ability; and a decrease in criminal values and attitudes. Participants' feedback reflected positively on aspects relating to the program content, delivery, and program facilitators. Less favourable results emerged concerning women's involvement in minor and major institutional misconduct before and after programming. There were increases seen in the rate of minor institutional misconducts from six months before the program to six months after completing the program. The less favourable results in this area may be attributed to issues of offenders' responsivity (i.e. motivation) or program intensity (violent behavior may be best targeted through high intensity programs). Similarly, the program did not appear to impact release outcomes, although this could be attributable to the length of follow-up and low overall rates of reoffending rather than program efficacy. Details: Ottawa: Correctional Service of Canada, 2014. 47p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report No. R-330: Accessed August 10, 2015 at: http://www.csc-scc.gc.ca/005/008/092/005008-0330-eng.pdf Year: 2014 Country: Canada Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 136380

Author: Harris, Aileen Title: Gender Differences in Disciplinary Sanctions within the Canadian Federal Offender Population Summary: Overall, the extent of differences in disciplinary sanctions was relatively minimal between men and women offenders, while regional differences were consistently prominent. Where specific gender differences did exist, sanctions tended to be more concrete for women (e.g., extra duties, segregation) than men (e.g., warnings). Although it was not feasible, due to the nature of the data, to ascertain why these discrepancies occurred, potential explanations were explored. For example, given the emphasis placed on dynamic security in women's institutions, certain gender differences may be due to staff relying more frequently on informal sanctions with women than men prior to administering more concrete sanctions. Variation by region may be due to differences in regional offender populations, operational practices, or in the interpretation and application of directives. What we found The men and women offenders who received sanctions differed on certain demographic, sentence, and correctional indicators. These differences, however, tended to be minor and were not expected to have an impact on the type of charges or sanctions they may receive for their institutional behaviour. The most common sanctions were fines (45%), suspended sanctions (24%), and warnings (18%). All other sanction types occurred 5% or less of the time, including segregation. Variation in type of sanction administered occurred by gender, Aboriginal ancestry, region, offender security level, the number of previous institutional offences, number of days incarcerated, and offence severity. For example, women were more likely than men to receive "other" sanctions or segregation; however, women on average were sanctioned for significantly less time in segregation than men. Individuals of Aboriginal ancestry were more likely than non-Aboriginal offenders to receive a fine, and the monetary value tended to be slightly higher as well. Offenders in higher security levels, with a greater number of institutional charges, and a greater number of days incarcerated, and who had been charged with a serious offence tended to receive more concrete sanctions than their counterparts (e.g., fines, segregation, other). Why we did this study One of the Correctional Service of Canada's strategic priorities is to ensure the safety and security of staff and offenders, which includes a focus on order and proper conduct within the institutions. Accordingly, disciplinary practices aim to discourage misconduct and ensure institutional safety. Given that research in this area is limited in Canada, the main objective of the current study was to understand the differences and patterns in the use of disciplinary sanctions, with a particular focus on gender. Details: Ottawa: Correctional Service of Canada, 2014. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report No. R-329: Accessed August 10, 2015 at: http://www.csc-scc.gc.ca/research/005008-0329-eng.shtml Year: 2014 Country: Canada Keywords: Gender Shelf Number: 136381

Author: Beaudette, Janelle Title: Aboriginal Women: Profile and Changing Population Summary: Examinations over a ten-year period demonstrate that Aboriginal and non-Aboriginal women differ on many indicators of correctional outcomes and that First Nations and Metis women also exhibit differences between groups. These patterns are being used as a starting point for a broader examination of First Nations and Metis women's social histories and correctional experiences. Findings from this study can assist the Correctional Service of Canada's (CSC) policy and practices specific to Aboriginal women. That said, the patterns revealed in this study also reflect women's lives prior to incarceration. As such, a comprehensive approach involving both government and community stakeholders would likely be most effective in contributing to closing the gaps between Aboriginal and non-Aboriginal women that are present at admission. What we found Overall, Aboriginal women's profiles were more criminogenic, meaning they presented with more factors related to crime, than non-Aboriginal women's profiles, with relatively few significant changes over time. Differences between First Nations and Metis women were less consistent, although First Nations women tended to have more criminogenic backgrounds. Aboriginal women tended to be younger and to have lower levels of education at admission than their non-Aboriginal counterparts. Over the study period, First Nations women were more likely than Metis or non-Aboriginal women to be serving an indeterminate sentence and to be convicted of a violent offence. The levels of risk and need of First Nations and Metis women were similar; the static risk and criminogenic need of these two groups were assessed as higher than that of their non-Aboriginal counterparts. Both First Nations and Metis women were found to present particularly high levels of criminogenic need relating to substance abuse, employment, and the personal/emotional domain. When considering release, Aboriginal women's rates of discretionary release (that is, day or full parole) were lower than those of non-Aboriginal women. While Metis women's rates of discretionary release were similar to those of non-Aboriginal women in 2003-05, these rates decreased to join those of First Nations women by the end of the study period. Why we did this study Aboriginal offenders are over-represented in the Canadian federal correctional system, with Aboriginal women in particular representing the fastest growing group of offenders. The purpose of the study was to support future policy initiatives and decision-making by contributing a more complete understanding of Aboriginal women offenders' characteristics, as well as changing patterns over time. The findings will guide a larger body of research being conducted on Aboriginal women under federal jurisdiction. Details: Ottawa: Correctional Service of Canada, 2014. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report No. R-341: Accessed August 10, 2015 at: http://www.csc-scc.gc.ca/research/005008-r341-eng.shtml Year: 2014 Country: Canada Keywords: Aboriginals Shelf Number: 136382

Author: Holmgren, Janne Title: Pilot Project: Evaluating the Effects of an Asset Building Program for Young Offenders Summary: This pilot project explored the experience and impact of a six week Asset Building Program (ABP), delivered in Fall 2011 to 6 male youth ages 16-20 in custody at the Calgary Young Offenders Centre (CYOC). This project is not a program evaluation; it is an assessment of the impact of the program on the youths' resiliency development (to build positive personal identities, develop competent social skills and promote positive social values) and their lived experiences as program participants. The theoretical framework for this study draws upon positive psychology (Seligman and Csikszentmihalyi, 2000), a non-pathology model that emphasizes the strengths and resources of individuals, as well as a solution-focused therapy orientation, which is future-focused, goal-directed, and focused on solutions rather than on the problems (Berg and de Shazer, 1993). The study applied a mixed methods design aligned with contemporary resiliency research that suggests a strengths-based therapeutic intervention approach affirming that all youth have strengths to build on and demonstrate resilience. The ABP fostered participant planning of their own treatment program; this study evaluated its outcomes using quantitative and qualitative measures. Six clients voluntarily consented to be part of the program; four completed the sessions (67%). Generally, pre-post program surveys completed by both the participants and their key workers revealed definite improvements. Based on four post-program interviews with the clients, five main themes emerged regarding the ABP: - focused on individual learning styles and individual needs; - identified "stress" as being a past and current issue (including institutional stress); - assisted individuals in learning new coping strategies; - focused on individual positive attributes; and - enhanced personal communication styles and acceptance of other people. The nature of developing and evaluating the impact of a program in a secure facility such as CYOC comes with its own difficulties; however, a few limiting areas could be improved. Five recommendations for future programming are outlined as follows: - Group dynamics were at times challenging due to participants' maturity, skill and ability variance - different groups might be considered based on similarities, - Group session and individual session length too short - increased time for group and individual sessions is recommended, - Key worker support - participants shift key workers when they move from one unit to another; Programs Area staff may be better designates to support the participation of the clients, - CYOC Program Area support - a staff member assigned to assist participants with issues stemming from sessions and support participants' learning between sessions, and - Program process - program facilitator and co-facilitator need to deliver pre-program surveys to provide overview of the program and evaluate comprehension - enhance program content customization. Due to the promising initial results of this pilot study, it is recommended that this project and its impact outcomes serve to inform a future larger research project where 4 to 6 ABPs are facilitated within a year serving a larger population providing a richer dataset, enhanced statistical strength, and greater opportunity for generalization. Details: Calgary, AB: Centre for Criminology and Justice Research, 2011. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 26, 2015 at: http://www.mtroyal.ca/cs/groups/public/documents/pdf/pdf_assettbuildingprogram.pdf Year: 2011 Country: Canada Keywords: Rehabilitation Shelf Number: 131270

Author: MacDonald, Shanna Farrell Title: Profile of Aboriginal Men Offenders: Custody and Supervision Snapshots Summary: What it means Although Aboriginal offenders are often examined as one ethnic group, First Nations, Metis and Inuit offenders have distinct traditions, cultures and world views. In addition, they have unique characteristics that need to be understood and taken into account by decision and policy makers. Correctional staff could also benefit from a deeper understanding of the unique challenges faced by each of these groups. What we found Aboriginal offenders accounted for 22% of the in-custody offender population and 15% of the community population. First Nations were the largest Aboriginal group followed by Metis and Inuit offenders (in-custody: 70% First Nations, 25% Metis and 5% Inuit; supervision: 66% First Nations, 30% Metis, and 4% Inuit). First Nations and Metis offenders were more likely to be incarcerated and supervised in the Prairie Region compared to the Ontario and Quebec Regions for Inuit offenders. Both First Nations and Metis offenders had lengthy criminal histories. A large majority of Aboriginal offenders had committed violent offences, but Inuit offenders were most likely to commit a sex-related offence. First Nations offenders were more likely to participate in Aboriginal-Centred interventions and to be referred to Aboriginal-Centred programming. Regardless of Aboriginal group, however, a similar proportion of referred offenders participated and completed Aboriginal-Centred programming. Inuit offenders had the most stable institutional behaviour of the three Aboriginal groups, while First Nations experienced the most difficulties. Metis and Non-Aboriginal offenders had similar institutional behaviour patterns. Post-release outcomes were examined for the sample. Metis offenders were more likely to be released on discretionary release, while Inuit offenders had a greater number of supervision conditions imposed. About one-third of Aboriginal offenders in the sample returned to custody compared to 16% of Non-Aboriginal offenders. However, the overall return to custody rate for the general offender population in 2012 was 29%. Details: Ottawa: Correctional S3rvice of Canada, 2014. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report No. R-321: Accessed August 31, 2015 at: http://www.csc-scc.gc.ca/005/008/092/r321-eng.pdf Year: 2014 Country: Canada Keywords: Aboriginal Offenders Shelf Number: 136627

Author: Michel, Steve Title: Use of Programs and Interventions with Canada's Federally Sentenced Radicalized Offenders Summary: What it means By examining the institutional and community-based interventions which the Correctional Service of Canada (CSC) has utilized with radicalized offenders and the congruence of these interventions with identified needs, CSC achieves a more comprehensive understanding of how past and current intervention options address the needs of radicalized offenders. This knowledge can be used to inform any future intervention referrals for radicalized offenders, identify limitations in current intervention options, and highlight opportunities for adaptation of existing or new interventions for this group. What we found The three most commonly attended interventions by radicalized offenders were identified as institutional employment, education, and psychological services. When examining core correctional programming specifically, radicalized offenders were most likely to participate in living skills, violent offender, personal development, and substance abuse programming, however this involvement was much less frequently identified than participation in other institutional interventions such as social programs or chaplaincy. Those with an identified need in the education and employment domain were the most likely to participate in at least one intervention that addressed the education and employment domain. The next most common need domain addressed was community functioning (for those assessed by the Dynamic Factor Identification and Analysis, or DFIA) and personal/emotional needs (for those assessed by both the DFIA and its revised version DFIA-R). Least likely to be addressed were needs related to the marital/family domain; however this was a need area that was not frequently identified as problematic for radicalized offenders. Why we did this study Since 1989, CSC has applied the risk-need-responsivity (RNR) principle in order to identify and address the risks and criminogenic needs of the federally sentenced offender population. The effectiveness of this approach has been empirically assessed and validated on offender populations in general. However, to date, there has not been research to demonstrate the applicability of the RNR principle with radicalized offenders. This paper identifies the interventions in which radicalized offenders participated in relation to their identified criminogenic and violent extremist needs. Details: Ottawa: Correctional Service of Canada, 2015. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report No. R-345: Accessed August 31, 2015 at: http://www.csc-scc.gc.ca/005/008/092/005008-0345-eng.pdf Year: 2014 Country: Canada Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 136628

Author: Forrester, Pamela Title: Promising Intervention Approaches for Offenders with Cognitive Deficits Related to Fetal Alcohol Spectrum Disorder (FASD) and Other Neuropsychological Disorders Summary: What it means Offenders with Fetal Alcohol Spectrum Disorder (FASD) and other neurological disorders have complex, lifelong disorders that require adapted correctional practices and continued services from multiple providers. Although there is a scarcity of literature on evidence-based practices with this group, this review has identified best practice guidelines. What we found The evidence-base on what works for offenders with FASD and other neurological disorders is very sparse. There is, however, a growing consensus on promising practices that assist offenders with special needs in key aspects of their functioning. Many of these practices are currently in place within the Correctional Service of Canada (CSC). Based on the literature review, recommendations for institutional correctional practices include: - initial screening for cognitive deficits; - enhanced assessment for those identified with deficits, including an examination of functional deficits and a comprehensive assessment of criminogenic needs; - participation in adapted institutional programs (e.g., small groups; teaching only one or two concepts per session; repetition of material; coaching to demonstrate the application of the concepts). - staff training on strategies for working effectively with this subgroup of offenders; - provision of continuity of care through detailed pre-release planning; and, - case management provisions that broker and coordinate services while incarcerated. Based on the literature review, recommendations for community correctional practices include: - provision of supportive housing; - participation in comprehensive programs that include enhanced supportive case management and mentoring services; - access to meaningful and supported employment services; and, - consolidation of family and/or community support. Why we did this study FASD encompasses a range of conditions caused by prenatal exposure to alcohol which can result in neurophysiological changes to an individual's brain structure and function. Offenders with FASD and other neurological disorders may have difficulty adjusting to the correctional environment and benefiting from conventional programs because of deficits in executive functioning, memory, attention, and adaptive behavior. The purpose of the present study was to provide a comprehensive summary of the existing literature relevant to promising practices for adult offenders with these disorders. Details: Ottawa: Correctional Service of Canada, 2015. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Draft: Research Report No. R-340: Accessed August 31, 2015 at: http://www.csc-scc.gc.ca/research/005008-r340-eng.shtml Year: 2015 Country: Canada Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 136629

Author: MacAlister, David Title: Police Involved Deaths: The Need for Reform Summary: Police-involved deaths have attracted considerable media and public scrutiny in recent years. As a society, we value life, liberty and security of the person as core values worthy of constitutional protection. When government officials interfere with these core values, the call to publically account for that interference is understandably very significant. In 2011, the RCMP reported the results of a poll that revealed many Canadians still had confidence in the RCMP; however, confidence levels were quite low in western Canada where a number of recent incidents attracted negative attention to the police force (CBC News, 2011a). In B.C., only 56 percent of respondents polled by the RCMP indicated they believed the RCMP was an accountable organization (Sherlock, 2011). Summarizing the report for the Vancouver Sun, Tracy Sherlock noted that only 57 percent of British Columbians believed the RCMP investigates public complaints appropriately and with transparency. The RCMP‟s own poll revealed serious deficiencies regarding public confidence in RCMP leadership and openness of communication with the public. Mediocre public support for the RCMP in western Canada follows on the heels of several high profile incidents resulting in deaths at the hands of the police, many of these incidents involving the RCMP. In 2008, Raymond Silverfox died after being held in RCMP cells in Whitehorse, Yukon Territory, where he vomited 26 times over a 13 hour period without receiving medical attention. In 2007, Robert Dziekanski died during a tasering incident involving the RCMP at Vancouver International Airport. In 2005, Ian Bush was shot in the back of the head by an RCMP officer while in police custody in Houston, BC. In 2004, Kevin St. Arnaud was shot to death by an RCMP officer in Vanderhoof, B.C. under suspicious circumstances. Additionally, numerous incidents involving RCMP officers and city police officers mistreating individuals under their care have led to public distress over the actions of those who are supposed to be serving and protecting the public from harm. Details: Vancouver, BC: B.C. Civil Liberties Association, 2012. 232p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 31, 2015 at: https://bccla.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/03/2012-BCCLA-Report-Police-Involved-Deaths3.pdf Year: 2012 Country: Canada Keywords: Deadly Force Shelf Number: 136630

Author: Wortley, Scot Title: Police Use of Force in Ontario: An Examination of Data from the Special Investigations Unit Summary: Police use of force against racial minorities has emerged as one of the most controversial issues facing the law enforcement community in North America. In the United States, high profile incidents involving police use of force - including the Rodney King, Abner Louima and Amadou Diallo cases - often serve to increase tensions between racial minority communities and the police and solidify the public perception that the police are racially biased (Walker 2005; Walker et al. 2004; Joseph et al. 2003). The negative impact of police violence on community cohesion can be profound. For example, over the past twenty years, specific incidents of police violence against racial minorities have sparked major urban riots in several cities including Miami, Cinncinati and Los Angeles. Police use of force against racial minorities has also emerged as an important issue in Canada. As in the United States, well publicized police shootings in Ontario and Quebec - including the cases of Dudley George, Jeffrey Roedica, Lester Donaldson, Allen Gosset, Sophia Cook, Buddy Evans, Wade Lawson and Marlon Neal - have led to community allegations of police discrimination. Unfortunately, unlike the United States, very little empirical research has actually addressed the question of whether the police are more likely to use physical force against racial minorities than Whites (see discussion in Forcese 1999: 181-184). The following report attempts to address the gap in Canadian research by: 1) Providing a detailed literature review on police use of force against minorities in Canada and the United States; 2) Describing the results of a focus group with leaders from Toronto's Black community on the issue of police use of force; and 3) providing the results of a new study on police use of force in Ontario using data from the province's Special Investigations Unit. The report concludes with a discussion of different explanatory models that might help explain the overrepresentation of African Canadians and Aboriginals in police use of force statistics. Recommendations for reducing the illegitimate use of force by the police are provided. Particular emphasis is placed on reducing police use of force against racial minority communities. Details: Toronto: Centre of Criminology, University of Toronto, 2012. 126p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 31, 2015 at: https://www.attorneygeneral.jus.gov.on.ca/inquiries/ipperwash/policy_part/projects/pdf/AfricanCanadianClinicIpperwashProject_SIUStudybyScotWortley.pdf Year: 2012 Country: Canada Keywords: Deadly Force Shelf Number: 136631

Author: Clairmont, Don Title: Crime Prevention and Youth Case Processing: Where and How to Invest and Intervene Summary: The evaluation assessment has been fully summarized in seventeen points on pages 57 to 59 of this report. Essentially the John Howard Society and its restorative justice agency initially had a broad set of objectives for the project wherein the YCLW would play both a liaison role to the CJS for youth and an outreach role vis-a-vis the accused youths and their families. Government specification centered strongly on the liaison role - getting the youth engaged more quickly in the court process via legal aid, to their own and to the justice system's benefit. The governmental emphasis reflected clearly that the project was largely a response to the recommendations of the Nunn Inquiry concerning processing youth cases. As it turned out the project's emphasis was indeed on the contacting the young offenders and encouraging them to make arrangements with Legal Aid if they had not already done so. There was little further contact if the youth was lawyered up or readily indicated an intention to do so or simply did not want any assistance from the YCLW. Lack of adequate contact coordinates and significant transiency among the youth meant that a large proportion of the youth who were referred to the YCLW, or appeared on the court dockets subsequently made available to the YCLW, were never contacted. Few youths were referred by the police agencies which of course largely eliminated the possibility of their being contacted by the YCLW worker prior to first court appearance. There was little emphasis on a more active and continuing outreach role for the YCLW for several basic reasons - narrow interpretation of the role's formal mandate and a strict adherence to that in practice, such that linking the youth to NSLA, and / or making them aware of the need and value to obtain such counsel, became the almost exclusive objective; lack of effective 'buy-in' to the project by many CJS officials which limited police collaboration and led few other court role players to utilize the services of the YCLW; turnover among the YCLW workers which limited the build-up of rapport with officials and familiarity with the young accuseds; no compellability for youths to meet with or talk to the YCLW worker. The contact of the YCLW with the young accused usually occurred over the telephone when such information was provided by police officials or by attendance at youth court but for various reasons the contact was quite limited and only in the last months of the project were they beginning to become more than a single short encounter. The YCLW in concert with the RJ agency staff did develop a YCLW manual, job description, information cards, and promoted and explained the initiative to CJS officials in both Truro and New Glasgow, especially in Truro where the worker had an office. There was a modest input into NSLA practices (i.e., suggestions for simplifying the process of certification for youth). Few services were provided other than encouraging the youths to link up with NSLA and only in last month or so, were a few significant contacts established with youth and/or parent/ guardians. There were also significant lessons and insights that could be drawn from this largely unsuccessful project, in large measure because the competent project management and staff did their best to carry out their mandate and thus, analyses of shortcomings has to focus not on them but on the major structural and problem specification issues such as effectively reaching the small number of multiple repeat offenders - a grouping we have labeled "the 15" since in so many jurisdiction in Nova Scotia roughly that number generate much of the youth crime and a much larger proportion of "secondary" crime (i.e., administration of justice crime). The project perhaps inadvertently highlighted the central query for crime prevention, namely where to put the emphasis, where to make more investment. The overall policy relevance of the YCLW project may well have been to sharply underline that the pivotal policy problem issue for crime prevention and for youth court administration is not the average length of time in processing youth cases. Rather, it is the fact that a small number of multiple repeat offenders - "the 15" as we have labeled them - cause a disproportionate amount of court time and account not only for much crime but also for perhaps as much as 75% of all the administration of justice or "secondary" criminalization which does take court time and limit effective court action. They constitute the proverbial "elephant in the room" for crime prevention and case processing. The YCLW project was not focused on this central problem and did not have the mandate or the tools to deal with it. A different model would appear to be required, a youth intervention outreach model, a model that does not exist in Nova Scotia but does have some modest commonality with the NSLA approach in HRM and the MLSN court worker approach in the Aboriginal community. In this evaluator's viewpoint such a multi-tasked youth intervention approach pinpointing the central youth crime problem highlighted by the YCLW project could be a major step forward for the justice system in Nova Scotia. Details: Dalhousie, Nova Scotia: Atlantic Institute of Criminology, Dalhousie University, 2010. 66p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 31, 2015 at: http://ns.johnhoward.ca/images/YCLWFinalEvaluationReport.pdf Year: 2010 Country: Canada Keywords: Case Processing Shelf Number: 136635

Author: Desai, Anita Title: Social Enterprise and Labour Market Integration for Individuals Exiting the Criminal Justice System: A Synthesis of Pilot Project Evaluations Summary: SLSC is pleased to present the Social Enterprise and Labour Market Integration for Individuals Exiting the Criminal Justice System: A Synthesis of Pilot Project Evaluations report. The objective of this report is to develop a synthesis of the findings of the 2013-14 evaluations of the five Federal Horizontal Pilot Projects (FHPPs) funded under the Homelessness Partnering Strategy (HPS) of Employment and Social Development Canada (ESDC). On April 1, 2007, the Government of Canada introduced the HPS-Xa strategy aimed at preventing and reducing homelessness in Canada. Recognizing that homelessness is a shared responsibility, the HPS works to enhance partnerships with provincial and territorial governments and a wide range of community stakeholders to find longer-term solutions to homelessness, strengthen community capacity and build sustainability. Through work with other federal departments and agencies, the HPS explores innovative ways to prevent and reduce homelessness. The five FHPPs mentioned in this report were developed in partnership with ESDC (under the HPS), Correctional Services Canada (CSC) and Public Safety Canada. These projects aimed to explore how social enterprises can contribute to labour market integration for individuals exiting the criminal justice system who are homeless or at risk of homelessness. For the purposes of this project, social enterprises are defined as businesses owned by non-profit organizations, that are directly involved in the production and/or selling of goods and services for the blended purpose of generating income and achieving social, cultural, and/or environmental aims. Social enterprises are one more tool for non-profits to use to meet their mission to contribute to healthy communities. This definition, from the Social Enterprise Council of Canada, supports the way in which SLSC has observed social enterprise throughout the course of this research. It maintains a focus on the key components of target populations and mission, and reflects a national organization that has undertaken efforts to support the growth of social enterprises in Canada. The synthesis leverages collective knowledge on promising practices on social enterprise, especially in terms of sustainability and effectiveness, and aims to serve as a reference guide to support the creation of social enterprises to prevent and reduce homelessness. The report consists of the following components: - A synthesis of five FHPP Evaluations that addresses: key successes/challenges; lessons learned; strategies employed; and future directions; - A summary of available literature that focuses on: impacts, outcomes, sustainability challenges, and risks in relation to social enterprise and how different sub-populations i.e. mental health, criminal justice, and homelessness intersect with these topics; - A comparative analysis of how the five FHPP organizations' experiences relate to the literature findings; and, - Concluding thoughts to support policy development and knowledge dissemination activities related to social enterprise. Details: Ottawa: St. Leonard's Society of Canada, 2015. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 31, 2015 at: http://www.stleonards.ca/wp-content/uploads/2013/05/SLSC_CDHPD_Social-enterprise-and-labour-market-integration-for-individuals-exiting-the-criminal-justice-system-a-synthesis-of-pilot-project-evaluations1.pdf Year: 2015 Country: Canada Keywords: Ex-Offender Employment Shelf Number: 136636

Author: Richardson, Chris Title: Communicating Crimes: Covering Gangs in Contemporary Canadian Journalism Summary: In this integrated-article dissertation, I examine representations of gangs in Canadian journalism, focusing primarily on contemporary newspaper reporting. While the term - gang - often refers to violent groups of young urban males, it can also signify outlaw bikers, organized crime, terrorist cells, non-criminal social groups, and a wide array of other collectives. I build on Pierre Bourdieu's theoretical framework to probe this ambiguity, seeking to provide context and critical assessments that will improve crime reporting and its reception. In the course of my work, I examine how popular films like West Side Story inform journalists' descriptions of gangs. Though reporters have been covering suburban gangs for decades, they continue to place gangs in the inner city, which fits better with imagery from the Manhattan musical. Meanwhile, politicians and political commentators frequently exploit the ambiguity of gangs, applying its rhetoric to opponents and evoking criminal connotations in mediated debates. Based on these findings, I argue that Bourdieu's concept of symbolic violence envelopes contemporary Canadian newspapers and I suggest that journalists must incorporate alternative images and discourses to challenge these problematic communication practices. Consequently, my last chapter explores art projects in Regent Park and Clichy-sous-Bois, where I find techniques that challenge the dominant tropes of gangs within the news media and provoke more nuanced conversations about such groups. I conclude by outlining the implications of my research for journalists, gang scholars, and concerned citizens. Details: London, Ontario: University of Western Ontario, 2012. 314p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed September 2, 2015 at: http://ir.lib.uwo.ca/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1793&context=etd Year: 2012 Country: Canada Keywords: Gangs Shelf Number: 136648

Author: Morselli, Carlo Title: Crime facilitation purposes of social networking sites: A review and analysis of the 'cyberbanging' phenomenon Summary: There have been growing claims in media circles and law-enforcement settings that street gangs and criminal organizations are turning to Internet-based social networking sites for various reasons, ranging from the showcasing of their images and exploits to the suspected recruitment of members. The present study investigates whether such a trend is, in fact, in place. The presence of street gangs on these Internet sites is referred to as cyberbanging. While there is some anecdotal evidence suggesting that gangs are turning to social networking sites, there is little available research on exactly how street gangs and criminal groups use the Internet. The few studies that are available acknowledge the importance of the Internet as a key channel of diffusion for street gang values and general subculture. The presence of social networking sites has been documented, but no signs of proactive recruitment have emerged. Instead, past research has demonstrated that street gangs are primarily using social networking sites for bragging about their exploits and sharing their plights with law-enforcement and criminal justice with a wider, often supportive public. That street gangs are not recruiting members through social networking sites is not a surprise. It is often assumed that street gangs are cohesive groups, but network research on this issue has found otherwise. Street gang culture and organization is in many ways an individualized phenomenon and this feature ties in directly with recent assessments of the Internet as a setting that is governed by a process of networked individualism. This theoretical link between the individualized street gang setting and the presence of street gang members on social networking sites helps us understand why recruitment is improbable even in a context where people are openly diffusing their image and exploits to a growing number of Internet users. The empirical segment of this research adds to this general outlook. Based on a keyword search of over fifty street gang names, the three main social networking sites (Twitter, Facebook, and MySpace) were monitored for street gang presence. Results illustrate that gang presence on social networking sites is linked primarily to promoting a general gang or street culture through individual displays. In most cases, the sites are designed and managed by members and associates who emphasize their allegiance to reputed groups, such as the MS-13, Crips, Bloods, or Latin Kings. These gangs are the most prominent across the social networking sites that were monitored. There are some exceptions, such as the the Hells Angels, which were also very prominent, but which exist on-line as chapters or groups and not as individuals. Unlike the majority of street gang groups that were monitored in this study, the Hells Angels did not display their criminal or violent exploits. In regard to the visitors to such sites, there is no evidence that they are being tricked or manipulated in any way. They are, however, showing their curiousity in regard to such groups and, for those who share their comments and opinions, signs of support are evident. Street gangs are thus not proactively using the Internet to convert anyone into Details: Ottawa: Public Safety Canada, 2010. 22p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 4, 2015 at: http://publications.gc.ca/collections/collection_2012/sp-ps/PS4-114-2011-eng.pdf Year: 2010 Country: Canada Keywords: Cybercrimes Shelf Number: 132904

Author: Marin, Andre Title: Oversight Unseen: Investigation into the Special Investigations Unit's operational effectiveness and credibility Summary: Canada received considerable unfavourable international attention last fall when millions witnessed the graphic video images of the last terrifying moments in the life of Robert Dziekanski. After a long and delayed international flight from his native Poland, Mr. Dziekanski arrived at Vancouver Airport, only to spend hours wandering hopelessly, unable to communicate or to obtain the assistance he needed to exit and meet up with his mother. As Mr. Dziekanski became increasingly confused and agitated, RCMP officers arrived and, within minutes, stunned him with a Taser. He was then restrained, and died shortly thereafter. In the aftermath of this tragedy, public accusations were made of cover-up and police using excessive force. People demanded assurance that the truth surrounding his ill-fated encounter with police would be revealed, and many voiced distrust of any investigation that would involve police investigating police. To Ontario's great credit, incidents in this province involving serious injury and death of civilians resulting from police contact are not investigated by police officials, but by the Special Investigations Unit (SIU), a civilian criminal investigative agency. Created in 1990, the SIU's existence is a testament to the strength of democratic principles in this province, and the value our government has placed on reinforcing public confidence in policing. Unfortunately, over the past two years, several serious concerns have been raised by individuals, families, lawyers and community advocates who complained to my Office about the credibility and effectiveness of the SIU. As previous independent reviews have documented, the SIU's early history was marked by successive governments failing to provide it with adequate resources, and by police officials aggressively resisting its oversight. While its resources have increased over time, and regulatory requirements now more clearly define police obligations, my investigation found that the Special Investigations Unit continues to struggle to assert its authority, maintain its balance against powerful police interests, and carry out its mandate effectively. The SIU is still very much a fledgling organization. It does not have its own constituting legislation, its mandate lacks clarity, it is administratively and technically challenged and it is dependent on the Ministry of the Attorney General. In turn, the Ministry of the Attorney General has relied on the SIU to soothe police and community sensibilities and to ward off controversy. But in doing so, it performance is subjectively evaluated and rewarded, compromising the SIU's structural integrity and independence. Its credibility as an independent investigative agency is further undermined by the predominant presence and continuing police links of former police officials within the SIU. It is so steeped in police culture that it has, at times, even tolerated the blatant display of police insignia and police affiliation. In addition to lacking the necessary statutory authority to act decisively when police officials fail to comply with regulatory requirements, the SIU often ignores the tools it does have, such as public censure, and adopts an impotent stance in the face of police challenge. Delays in police providing notice of incidents, in disclosing notes, and in submitting to interviews are endemic. Rather than vigorously inquiring into and documenting delays and other evidence of police resistance, the SIU deals with issues of police non-co-operation as isolated incidents. It ignores systemic implications and attempts to solve individual problems through a conciliatory approach. The SIU has not only become complacent about ensuring that police officials follow the rules, it has bought into the fallacious argument that SIU investigations aren't like other criminal cases, and that it is acceptable to treat police witnesses differently from civilians. Police interviews are rarely held within the regulatory time frames, and are all too often postponed - for weeks, sometimes even months. The SIU will not inconvenience officers or police forces by interviewing officers off duty. When it encounters overt resistance from police officials, the SIU pursues a low-key diplomatic approach that flies under the public radar. If disagreement cannot be resolved, the SIU more often than not simply accepts defeat. The SIU also fails to respond to incidents with rigour and urgency - at times inexplicably overlooking the closest investigators, and following routines that result in precious investigative minutes, sometimes hours, being lost. It has become mired in its own internal events, and introspective focus. The SIU's system of oversight is out of balance. It must not only ensure accountability of police conduct, but be perceived by the public as doing so. At present, the public is expected to trust that the SIU conducts thorough and objective investigations and accept that its decisions are well founded when it decides, for example, not to charge officers. But much remains hidden from public view, including Director's reports and significant policy issues. In order to properly serve the function it was created to fulfill, greater transparency is required with respect to the SIU's investigative outcomes, as well as those of the police disciplinary system triggered by SIU investigations. In theory, the SIU is a fundamental pillar of accountability in Ontario. However, the reality is that the SIU is capable of much more than it is achieving at present. It is incumbent on government to provide the agencies it creates with the means to fully accomplish their mandates. The citizens of Ontario are entitled to a Special Investigations Unit with the necessary resources and tools to be the best that it can be. With that in mind, I have made 46 recommendations in this report, addressed at improving the system. The first 25 recommendations focus on the SIU itself. I believe that there is much that the SIU can do on its own to enhance and inject more rigour into its investigative practices, and its response to challenges to its authority. I have also made recommendations to address the issues created by a lingering police culture within the SIU, and to achieve greater transparency. Details: Ottawa: Ombudsman Ontario, 2008. 124p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 5, 2015 at: http://www.siu.on.ca/pdfs/marin_report_2008.pdf Year: 2008 Country: Canada Keywords: Complaints Against the Police Shelf Number: 136686

Author: Presidia Security Consulting Title: Economic Sectors Vulnerable to Organized Crime: Marine Port Operations Summary: The goal of this project is to provide a comprehensive description and analysis of the vulnerabilities of Canadian commercial marine ports to organized crime. Research for this project places particular emphasis on the following key issues: - the different purposes behind the usage of marine ports by criminals and criminal organizations; - commodities smuggled through Canadian marine ports; - methods and techniques used to facilitate the criminal use of marine ports; - recent trends with respect to the vulnerability of marine ports to organized crime; - marine ports in Canada that are particularly vulnerable to organized crime; - conditions that contribute to the vulnerability of marine ports to organized crime; and - successful enforcement measures at Canadian marine ports. The vast majority of information for this study was gathered through a review of open source literature. Interviews were conducted with seven officials from the Royal Canadian Mounted Police, the Canada Border Services Agency, Transport Canada, and the Montreal Port Authority Details: Ottawa: Public Safety Canada, 2011. 127p. Source: Internet Resource: Report No. 25: Accessed September 5, 2015 at: http://publications.gc.ca/site/eng/412723/publication.html Year: 2011 Country: Canada Keywords: Marine Security Shelf Number: 136698

Author: Nimmo, Melanie Title: The "Invisible" Gang Members: A Report on Female Gang Association in Winnipeg Summary: This study is based on twenty-four interviews conducted in 1998 with representatives of different agencies in Manitoba (including criminal justice, inner-city schools, social services and community groups) whose job involves intervening in the lives of gang women. In-depth interviews explored the respondents' experiences with, understanding of and responses to gang women. These second-hand accounts of female gang affiliation contribute to the task of making the social and material circumstances of female gang member more visible. Consistent with previous research on female gang members (and traditional criminological research on male gang members), respondents in this study suggest that female gang members typically come from poor socioeconomic backgrounds, survive "dysfunctional" childhoods, have suffered extensive abuse, live in the deteriorating inner-city areas, and are predominantly Aboriginal - that is to say, from a marginalized ethnic group. Gang life satisfies some of the unmet needs of these women. It provides a sense of family and acceptance, it supplies members with money, drugs and instant gratification, and it gives marginalized, alienated and disenfranchised women a sense of power. The comfort, excitement and clout that the gang provides may seem to be the best they can hop" for. The gang world is highly patriarchal - a "macho" environment characterized by male domination of power. As such, while gang affiliation provides a temporary relief from the pains of marginalization, gang women remain in situations that are dangerous and abusive. Female gang members have been largely overlooked in gang research and in prevention and intervention programming. They would benefit from flexible opportunities for educational and occupational training, positive, realistic role models to give them the encouragement and confidence to access those opportunities, and support for their own community involvement and responsibility. Currently most if not all of the gang strategies and programs in Manitoba are created with male gang members in mind, and may not necessarily meet the needs of female gang members. This neglect should be addressed and alternatives and opportunities developed specifically for gang women. Details: Ottawa: Canadian Centre for Policy Alternatives, 2001. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 5, 2015 at: http://www.apin.org/uploads/files/invisible-gang-members.pdf Year: 2001 Country: Canada Keywords: Female Gang Members Shelf Number: 136707

Author: Ontario Association of Chiefs of Police Title: Out of the Shadows: An Overview of Organized Crime in Ontario Summary: Ontario's police leaders are shining a light on the true nature of organized crime by releasing a new report, Out of the Shadows: An Overview of Organized Crime in Ontario. The report details the aspects of organized crime that are putting communities across the province at risk. The Ontario Association of Chiefs of Police's (OACP) Report explores the role organized crime plays in such criminal activities as: the production, distribution, and sale of illicit drugs; gun and gang violence; eCrime, fraud and money laundering; and human trafficking and exploitation Details: Toronto: Ontario Association of Chiefs of Police, 2007. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 14, 2015 at: http://www.torontopolice.on.ca/media/text/20070705-oacp_outoftheshadows.pdf Year: 2007 Country: Canada Keywords: Drug Trafficking Shelf Number: 136749

Author: Desai, Anita Title: Community Connections: The Key to Community Corrections for Individuals with Mental Health Disorders Summary: The scope of the Community Connections report moves beyond Towards an Integrated Network (St. Leonard's Society of Canada and Canadian Criminal Justice Association 2008) by focusing on those who are not diverted from the criminal justice system and who - sometimes repeatedly - enter this system struggling with mental health disorders. Based on the experiences of SLSC and its affiliates, and research conducted in this field, there is evidence of a need for integrated and cooperative approaches for the successful reintegration of offenders who have mental health disorders. Beyond successful diversion practices, SLSC has identified four major principles to consider when approaching the issue of successful reintegration and community connections for residents at Community-based Residential Facilities (CBRFs) living with mental health disorders. These include: accurate diagnoses, treatment, and discharge planning beginning within the prison; successful in reach efforts between CBRFs and the offender prior to release; successful partnerships between the CBRF, the resident, and at least one mental health partner - inclusive of a mental health agency within the local community; and finally, adequate discharge planning that involves the establishment of a support system that can and will be accessed by clients upon warrant expiry. SLSC has conducted this research with one major issue guiding our objective: to recognize that the needs of offenders who have mental health disorders do not end concurrently with warrant expiry, and it is this reality that motivates and demands that we continue on the journey of creating stronger, healthier, and more reliable community connections. Details: Ottawa: St. Leonard's Society of Canada, 2010. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 16, 2015 at: http://www.hsjcc.on.ca/Resource%20Library/Social%20Determinants%20of%20Health/Community%20Connections%20-%20The%20Key%20to%20Community%20Corrections%20for%20Individuals%20with%20Mental%20Health%20Disorders%202010.pdf Year: 2010 Country: Canada Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 136784

Author: Stys, Yvonne Title: Violent Extremists in Federal Institutions: Estimating Radicalization and Susceptibility to Radicalization in the Federal Offender Population Summary: There is a growing recognition of the need to understand and address violent extremist threats in Western countries. Given that the majority of research in this area has been conducted on nonoffender populations outside of Canada, there is a need to better understand the scope, nature, and process of radicalization in Canada. In recognition of the fact that the Correctional Service of Canada (CSC) is in a position to contribute to addressing this gap, Public Safety Canada entered into a Letter of Agreement with the CSC to produce a report focused on CSC's data holdings on and estimation of violent extremism. This report summarizes the data holdings and gaps in the area, as well as the results of three studies focused on the examination and estimation of radicalization and susceptibility to radicalization of offenders under CSC's jurisdiction. The first study was a qualitative examination of the unique characteristics of offenders who are radicalized and who are susceptible to radicalization, from the perspective of operational staff. Based on data collected at a total of 10 focus groups involving institutional and community security and front-line staff from each of CSC's five regions, a number of themes emerged. Participants recognized the complex, multi-faceted nature of radicalization, and identified a wide range of behaviours indicative of radicalization or susceptibility to radicalization. In most cases, responses (e.g., vocalization of shared grievance, changes in religion) were consistent with the literature, though staff also suggested unique responses. Staff also drew attention to areas of possible improvement. The second study was a quantitative examination of differences between radicalized and nonradicalized offenders. Informed by literature and by the results of study 1, radicalized and nonradicalized offenders were compared on a wide variety of variables which could be measured using administrative data. There were many areas where radicalized offenders were found to differ from other offenders, including ethnicity and citizenship, education and employment, substance abuse history, previous contact with the criminal justice system, and characteristics of their offence(s). The data suggested that, in some ways, radicalized offenders may be more similar to radicalized individuals in the community than to other offenders. The third study involved a theory-drive attempt to identify constructs associated with susceptibility to radicalization. Based on a literature and data review, frequency analysis of variables, and principle component analysis, nine constructs were identified and explored. Though considerable additional work is required to confirm the role and nature of these constructs in influencing susceptibility, this study represents an important first step in this endeavour. Together, the three studies have allowed the CSC to contribute to the evidence base surrounding violent extremism in Canada. The results of these studies may also inform institutional operations and policies at CSC. They consistently demonstrate the need for additional research focused on population management for radicalized offenders, with a particular need for research focused on effective interventions for this group. Details: Ottawa: Correctional Service of Canada, 2015. 130p. Source: Internet Resource: Report No. R-313: Accessed September 16, 2015 at: http://www.publicsafety.gc.ca/lbrr/archives/cn34475-eng.pdf Year: 2014 Country: Canada Keywords: Extremist Groups Shelf Number: 136785

Author: Aulakh, Harpreet Kaur Title: The social and legal context of female youth crime : a study of girls in gangs Summary: Given the relative lack of information about female gang membership in Canada and the hidden nature of this population, a qualitative approach for understanding the lives of female gang members, through a life course perspective guided by feminist standpoint epistemology is utilized in this dissertation. The data for this study are obtained from interviews with fifteen girls and young women who claimed youth gang membership in their lives, from the cities of Saskatoon and Edmonton. .The critical feminist perspective serves as the theoretical framework for this study. It directs us to an understanding in which girls are regarded as active agents in their own lives and who are striving to better their lives albeit with the limited options available to them in the face of locally available constructions of opportunity and possibility. The analyses reflect the lived experiences of the respondents and illuminate the ways in which the personal troubles and daily lives of respondents are explicitly overshadowed by larger public issues. Through critical analysis, this study draws attention to the ways in which girls' experiences of ageism, racism, classism, and sexism interact, resulting in social exclusion, isolation from social institutions, and a subsequent involvement with youth gangs. The study reveals a heterogeneity of respondents' experiences especially with respect to being treated as equals by their male counterparts. From the analysis, it is evident that gangs are highly gendered groups in which gender hierarchies force girls to find ways both to create personas of toughness and independence through participation in violent activities yet also to display appropriate feminine behaviours of sexually non-promiscuous females. Importantly, the decisions to leave the gang are triggered by the negative affects of gang life. Once out of the gang, the girls under study seemed to refocus their efforts toward educational opportunities and obtaining job-related skills. In the end, my research indicates that awareness about the dangers of gang life including the negative consequences of gang membership need to form a core of prevention programs, especially those designed for younger girls and children. Details: Saskatoon: University of Saskatchewan, 2008. 241p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed September 24, 2015 at: http://ecommons.usask.ca/bitstream/handle/10388/etd-04072008-123725/Thesis.pdf?sequence=1 Year: 2008 Country: Canada Keywords: Female Gang Members Shelf Number: 136864

Author: Kelly, Ashlin Title: Girls in Gangs: Listening to and Making Sense of Females' Perspectives of Gang Life Summary: This thesis is an exploratory qualitative study that seeks to capture some of the experiences and challenges faced by females who have been gang-involved, either directly or peripherally. A total of eleven interviews were completed with seven women who were either former members of a gang (directly involved) or knew and associated with male and female gang members (peripherally involved) in Canada. The thesis examines my participants' views of why women enter, persist and desist from gangs. My participants reported that girls join and stay in a gang primarily because they have a significant other who is a male gang member. A sense of kinship, financial dependency, and a lack of alternatives were cited as reasons for girls to join and persist in gangs. The main motivators for desisting were pregnancy, physical separation, treatment and hitting "rock bottom". The principal findings indicate that there is a gendered hierarchy within mixed gangs that enables males to maintain power and control over females, impacting girl's expectations, roles and responsibilities in a mixed gang. The significant social, psychological, physical and financial barriers to desistance are outlined and should be considered when devising programming to facilitate gang desistance for females. Furthermore, my participants stressed the need for comprehensive intervention initiatives that account for gender in order to help women desist safely and successfully. The study highlights that desisting from a gang can be a lifelong process, requiring ongoing support structures. The findings speak to the need to make the 'invisible' female gang members visible. Details: Ottawa: University of Ottawa, 2015. 149p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed September 25, 2015 at: https://www.ruor.uottawa.ca/bitstream/10393/32202/1/Kelly_Ashlin_2015_thesis.pdf Year: 2015 Country: Canada Keywords: Female Gang Members Shelf Number: 136879

Author: Bin Han, Chelsea Title: Smuggled migrant or migrant smuggler: erosion of sea-borne asylum seekers' access to refugee protection in Canada Summary: This paper argues that the criminalisation of smuggling has undermined refugee protection for sea-borne asylum seekers. It is pivotal to consider the categorical differentiation of sea-borne asylum seekers in the Canadian refugee system because, although there have been only seven notable cases of boat arrivals in Canada from 1986 to the present, they have triggered significant reforms in Canadian refugee law. At the intersection of international criminal law, Canadian criminal law and Canadian refugee law, the criminalisation of smuggling has resulted in an inability of sea-borne asylum seekers to access refugee status because they have assisted other presumptive refugees during a voyage. This paper argues that the broad grounds of 'ineligibility' for refugee status in Canadian refugee law and the broad concept of smuggling in Canadian criminal law erode access to refugee protection for sea-borne asylum seekers allegedly implicated in the smuggling of refugees. Moreover, interpretive contestation of sea-borne asylum seekers' complicity in smuggling in Canadian refugee law and the flawed assumption of the static identity of smugglers in international criminal law further undermine sea-borne asylum seekers' access to refugee protection in Canada. Sea-borne asylum seekers who do not align with the assumption of passivity of smuggled migrants are discursively framed as smugglers. International refugee law may fail to provide protection for bona fide refugees because of the artificial distinction between the smuggler and the migrant in international and national criminal frameworks on smuggling. Details: Oxford, UK: Refugee Studies Centre, Oxford Department of International Development, University of Oxford, 2015. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: RSC Working Paper Series, 106: Accessed October 2, 2015 at: http://www.rsc.ox.ac.uk/files/publications/working-paper-series/wp106-smuggled-migrant-or-migrant-smuggler.pdf/ Year: 2015 Country: Canada Keywords: Asylum Seekers Shelf Number: 136940

Author: Butler, Amanda Title: Mental Illness and the Criminal Justice System: A Review of Global Perspectives and Promising Practices Summary: Police officers are often the first point of contact for people living with mental health issues. The rationale for police to intervene in the lives of persons with mental illness (PMI)1 stems from two common law principles: power and authority of police to protect the safety of the community, and the parens patriae doctrine which grants state protection for citizens with disabilities such as the acutely mentally ill (Finn & Stalans, 2002; Lamb, Weinberger, & DeCuir, 2002; Teplin, 2000). Many police officers have expressed concern about the difficulties they encounter in providing assistance to this population and have indicated that they do not feel adequately trained or would like additional training in effective response (Watson & Angell, 2007). Studies indicate that these interactions can be incredibly time consuming and frustrating for both police and persons with mental illness (Durbin, Lin, & Zaslavska, 2010). Efforts to improve police officers' abilities to respond to persons with mental illness are being initiated in jurisdictions globally. These efforts include crisis intervention teams, mobile mental health cars, and a range of educational programs. The US has been a forerunner in the development of police-led and co-response models which have spread rapidly across the US and other western jurisdictions. Many of these efforts have incorporated the perspectives of multiple stakeholders into planning and implementing interventions, but minimal investment has been dedicated to evaluations for effectiveness. These programs would benefit from both rigorous evaluation and a well-developed understanding of interactions between police officers and persons with mental illness. Law enforcement agencies would also benefit from knowledge of "what's working" in other jurisdictions with similar environmental characteristics. This knowledge can help isolate the essential components of effective police response that can be disseminated alone, or as components of a more extensive program. The overall objective of this paper is thus twofold. I begin with a preliminary review of the literature addressing the nature, prevalence and dynamic of interactions between persons with mental illness and law enforcement. This includes the intersections between mental illness, substance abuse and homelessness, which are particularly relevant to policing. The latter half of the paper will be dedicated to law enforcement responses, focusing on programs that have the specific goal of improving response and treatment access. The jurisdictions studied for this review will be predominantly Canada and the United States, and to a lesser extent, Australia and the United Kingdom. There appears to be considerable convergence in attitude amongst all four jurisdictions around the importance of police in effectively managing persons in crisis. Despite the increasing number of programs to improve the interactions of police with persons with mental illness, good evaluations are limited. As well, the objectives of such programs are often vague and difficult to measure. Generally, it appears that effective programs have reduced arrest rates, reduced injuries to both persons with mental illness (PMI) and police, reduced response times, increased coordination with mental health services and increased appropriate referrals to hospital and various community-based agencies. However programs have generally not reduced recidivism, unless the referral is to more than regular mental health services and includes cognitive behavioural training and stable housing. Details: Vancouver, BC: International Centre for Criminal Law Reform and Criminal Justice Policy, 2014. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 8, 2015 at: http://icclr.law.ubc.ca/sites/icclr.law.ubc.ca/files/publications/pdfs/Mental%20Illness%20and%20the%20Criminal%20Justice%20System_Butler_ICCLR_0.pdf Year: 2014 Country: Canada Keywords: Crisis Management Shelf Number: 136964

Author: Gros, Hanna Title: Summary: Every year thousands of non-citizens ("migrants") are detained in Canada; in 2013, for example, over 7300 migrants were detained. Nearly one third of all detention occurs in a facility intended for a criminal population. Migrants detained in provincial jails are not currently serving a criminal sentence, but are effectively serving hard time. Our research indicates that detention is sometimes prolonged, and can drag on for years. Imprisonment exacerbates existing mental health issues and often creates new ones, including suicidal ideation. Nearly one third of all detention occurs in a facility intended for a criminal population, while the remaining occurs in dedicated immigration holding centres (IHCs) in Toronto (195 beds), Montreal (150 beds), and Vancouver (24 beds, for short stays of less than 72 hours). Nearly 60% of all detention occurs in Ontario. A Canadian Red Cross Society report notes that, Canada Border Services Agency (CBSA) held 2247 migrants in detention in Ontario provincial jails in 2012. Unfortunately, more up-to-date statistics are not publicly available. Immigration detention is costly. In 2011-2012, the last year for which there is publicly - available information, CBSA spent nearly $50,000,000 on detention - related activities. In 2013, CBSA paid the provinces over $26,000,000 to detain migrants in provincial jails - over $20,000,000 of that was paid to the province of Ontario. CBSA states that detention in a provincial jail costs $259 per day, per detainee. This report finds that Canada's detention of migrants with mental health issues in provincial jails is a violation of binding international human rights law and constitutes arbitrary detention; cruel, inhuman and degrading treatment; discrimination on the basis of disability; violates the right to health; and violates the right to an effective remedy. We find that migrants with mental health issues are routinely detained despite their vulnerable status. Some detainees have no past criminal record, but are detained on the basis that they are a flight risk, or because their identity cannot be confirmed. Due to the overrepresentation of people with mental health issues in Canada's criminal justice system, some migrants with mental health issues are detained on the basis of past criminality - this is after serving their criminal sentence, however minor the underlying offence. Some spend more time in jail on account of their immigration status than the underlying criminal conviction. Despite Canada's strong commitment to the rights of persons with disabilities, migrants with serious mental health issues are routinely imprisoned in maximum-security provincial jails (as opposed to dedicated, medium-security IHCs). Indeed, the Canadian government publicly states that one of the factors it considers in deciding to transfer a detainee from an IHC to a provincial jail is the existence of a mental health issue. Counsel and jail staff we spoke to noted that migrants are often held in provincial jails on the basis of pre-existing mental health issues (including suicidal ideation), medical issues, or because they are deemed 'problematic' or uncooperative by CBSA. The government claims that detainees can better access health care services in jail, even though all our research indicates that mental health care in provincial jails is woefully inadequate and has been the subject of recent reports and human rights complaints. Alarmingly, we could find no established criteria in law to determine when a detainee can or should be transferred from an IHC to a provincial jail - the decision is at the whim of CBSA. Detainees' counsel are not notified of the transfer in advance and do not have the right to make submissions to challenge it. Of course, outside of Toronto, Vancouver and Montreal, all detainees are held in jails since there are no dedicated facilities to house migrants. Once a detainee finds him or herself in provincial jail, they fall into a legal black hole where neither CBSA nor the provincial jail has clear authority over their conditions of confinement. This is especially problematic since, in Ontario at least, there is no regular, independent monitoring of provincial jails that house immigration detainees. Unfortunately, while the laws and policies on their face pay lip service to the importance of exploring alternatives to detention, the numerous counsel and experts we interviewed all identified the lack of meaningful or viable alternatives to detention for those with mental health issues due to ingrained biases of government officials and quasi-judicial decision-makers who review continued detention. In practice, the detention review process, which is meant to mitigate the risk of indefinite detention, actually facilitates it. Ontario counsel we spoke to uniformly expressed frustration with the futility of the reviews, where a string of lay decision-makers preside over hearings that last a matter of minutes, lack due process, and presume continued detention absent "clear and compelling reasons" to depart from past decisions. It is an exercise in smoke and mirrors. The immigration detainees we profile spent between two months and eight years imprisoned in maximum-security provincial jails, and each had a diagnosed mental health issue and/or expressed serious anxiety or suicidal ideation. Without exception, detention in a provincial jail, even for a short period, exacerbated their mental health issues, or created new ones. This is, of course, unsurprising given the overwhelming evidence that immigration detention is devastating for those with mental health issues. Without exception, the immigration detainees we spoke to communicated incredible despair and anxiety - over their immigration status, their seemingly indefinite detention, their lack of legal rights, their conditions of confinement, and the lack of adequate mental health resources to allow them to get better. They are treated like "garbage," "animals," or something less than human. The detention of migrants with mental health issues in provincial jails violates the human rights of some of the most vulnerable people in Canadian society. It violates numerous human rights treaties to which Canada is a party, including the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights and the Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities, as well as jus cogens norms of customary international law. Details: Toronto: International Human Rights Program (IHRP) University of Toronto Faculty of Law, 2015. 129p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 27, 2015 at: http://ihrp.law.utoronto.ca/utfl_file/count/PUBLICATIONS/IHRP%20We%20Have%20No%20Rights%20Report%20web%20170615.pdf Year: 2015 Country: Canada Keywords: Human Rights Abuses Shelf Number: 137152

Author: Cvitkovich, Yuri Title: Preventing violent and aggressive behaviour in healthcare : a literature review Summary: Since the late 1980's there has been a concerted effort to prevent violence in the workplace however it was not until the mid-90's that government agencies have produced guidelines for violence prevention programs. A systematic approach was used to search the literature for relevant studies from: peer-review journals, government and academic reports, PubMed database, books, reference lists, websites and journal "Table of Contents". Keywords used were: "workplace violence prevention" strategies; workplace violence prevention strategies in healthcare; evaluating "workplace violence prevention programs" in healthcare; healthcare workplace violence prevention; and violence in the healthcare workplace. Inclusion criteria were that the study describe violence prevention programs and provide specific details of interventions. After screening for pertinence we obtained 175 studies/reports for our reference list. We excluded 62 studies that were primarily epidemiological. Of the remaining 113 most described violence prevention programs in various settings: - General application - 65 - Acute care - 17 (some mental health) - Mental Health - 24 (some complex care) - Complex care - 12 (some mental health) - Community Care - 14 (some mental health) After reading the resulting 113 articles, we screened out those only provided a description of the violence prevention program without reporting evaluations. Although a substantial list of violence prevention studies were identified, only 32 studies demonstrated the effectiveness of these interventions. The 32 articles that did some sort of evaluation of intervention were comprised of 5 environmental / administrative, 11 training, and 16 post-incident. Three of the 5 environmental/administrative intervention studies were not in healthcare settings specifically, whereas one was in acute care and another was in a Veterans Administration facility. The eleven training intervention studies were all in healthcare settings: one in nursing homes whereas the remainder were in hospitals (two in emergency departments, two in Veterans Administration facilities, three in mental health hospitals, and five giving a generic acute care description). The sixteen post-incident intervention evaluations comprised of nine studies in healthcare settings and seven studies not in healthcare (armed forces, women experiencing early miscarriage, victims of violent crime, acute burns trauma victims, police officers, and two studies of road traffic accident victims). The nine healthcare setting post-intervention evaluations were distributed as follows: six in psychiatric (forensic) hospitals, one in Veterans Administrative facilities, one in a long-term care facility, and one in community homes for developmental and psychiatric residents. Most evaluation studies did not use a control group but used a one-group pre/post design. Tables 1 to 4 provide a summary of the evaluation studies. The evaluation studies demonstrate some consistency in perception that the greatest quantity of aggressive behaviour incidents arise from patients/clients/residents who have psychiatric or dementia illness or individuals who are in the crowded high-pressure environments of emergency department. However there is very little mention of the integration of clinical guidelines as they relate to violence prevention and OH&S strategies. Now that more people with psychiatric problems and dementia are living in the community rather than being institutionalized, these expanded violence prevention strategies from mental health hospitals may be applicable for community care settings. Details: Vancouver, BC: Occupational Health and Safety Agency for Healthcare (OHSAH) in BC, 2005. 81p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 3, 2015 at: http://www.phsa.ca/Documents/Occupational-Health-Safety/ReportPreventingViolentandAggressiveBehaviourinHea.pdf Year: 2005 Country: Canada Keywords: Healthcare Violence Shelf Number: 137190

Author: Volmert, Andrew Title: "It's Hard to Wrap Your Head Around": Mapping the Gaps Between Expert and Public Understandings of Child Maltreatment and Child Sexual Abuse in Alberta Summary: This research, conducted by the FrameWorks Institute in partnership with the Alberta Family Wellness Initiative and sponsored by the Norlien Foundation, analyzes and compares expert and public views of child maltreatment, with a particular focus on child sexual abuse. In "mapping the gaps" between expert and public perspectives, the report lays out the key communication challenges for strategic reframing efforts. Future communications research will address these challenges by developing and testing framing strategies to enhance public understanding and boost support for effective ways of addressing child maltreatment generally, and child sexual abuse specifically Details: Washington, DC: Frame Works Institute, 2015. 53p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 5, 2015 at: http://www.frameworksinstitute.org/assets/files/canada/albertamtgchildmaltreatmentabusereport.pdf Year: 2015 Country: Canada Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 137199

Author: Canada. Public Safety Canada Title: 2010-2011 Evaluation of the Integrated Proceeds of Crime Initiative: Final Report Summary: The evaluation of the Integrated Proceeds of Crime Initiative (henceforth referred to as the "Initiative"), which covers the period 2005-2006 to 2009-2010, was conducted by Public Safety Canada, in consultation with the Initiative's Evaluation Advisory Committee, which included representatives of the Initiative and of the evaluation units of the federal departments and agencies involved. This Evaluation was conducted in conformity with the Treasury Board's Policy on Evaluation. Its objective is to provide an evidence-based, neutral assessment of the relevance and performance of the Initiative. The inter-departmental Initiative brings together the following federal organizations: the Canada Border Services Agency; the Canada Revenue Agency; the Public Prosecution Service of Canada; Public Safety Canada; Public Works and Government Services Canada - Forensic Accounting Management Group; and, the Royal Canadian Mounted Police. The Initiative contributes to the disruption, dismantling and incapacitation of organized criminals and crime groups by targeting their illicit proceeds and assets. Dedicated, integrated resources from six federal partners have joined together in the Initiative to facilitate investigations, to share information and to turn that information into intelligence that can be used by front-line investigators and ultimately by prosecutors. Over time, the Initiative's units have also included resources from provincial and municipal police forces that allowed for joint operations that contributed to the disruption and dismantling of organized criminal groups. Details: Ottawa: Public Safety Canada, 2011. 86p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 16, 2015 at: http://www.publicsafety.gc.ca/cnt/rsrcs/pblctns/vltn-ntgrtd-prcds-crm-2010-11/vltn-ntgrtd-prcds-crm-2010-11-eng.pdf Year: 2011 Country: Canada Keywords: Asset Forfeiture Shelf Number: 137288

Author: Quick, Matthew Title: Exploring crime in Toronto, Ontario with applications for law enforcement planning: Geographic analysis of hot spots and risk factors for expressive and acquisitive crimes Summary: This thesis explores crime hot spots and identifies risk factors of expressive and acquisitive crimes in Toronto, Ontario at the census tract scale using official crime offence data from 2006. Four research objectives motivate this thesis: 1) to understand a number of local spatial cluster detection tests and how they can be applied to inform law enforcement planning and confirmatory research, 2) explore spatial regression techniques and applications in past spatial studies of crime, 3) to examine the influence of social disorganization and non-residential land use on expressive crime at the census tract scale, and 4) integrate social disorganization and routine activity theories to understand the small-area risk factors of acquisitive crimes. Research chapters are thematically linked by an intent to recognize crime as a spatial phenomenon, provide insight into the processes and risk factors associated with crime, and inform efficient and effective law enforcement planning. Details: Waterloo, ONT: University of Waterloo, 2013. 136p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed January 11, 2016 at: https://uwspace.uwaterloo.ca/bitstream/handle/10012/7331/Quick_Matthew.pdf?sequence=1 Year: 2013 Country: Canada Keywords: Acquisitive Crimes Shelf Number: 137465

Author: Hashimi, Sadaf Title: "On to the next one:" Using social network data to inform police target prioritization Summary: As part of the portfolio of strategies used to achieve crime reductions, law enforcement agencies routinely establish a list of offenders to be targeted as priorities. Rarely considered, however, is the fact that targets are embedded in larger social networks. These networks are a rich resource to be exploited as they facilitate: 1) efficient prioritization by understanding which offenders have access to more resources in the network, and 2) assessments of the impact of intervention strategies. Drawing from law enforcement data, the personal networks of two mutually connected police targets from a mid-size city in British Columbia, Canada were constructed. Results show that of the 101 associates in their combined network, 50 percent have a crime-affiliated attribute. The network further divides into seven distinct communities, ranging from four to 25 members. Membership to these communities suggests how opportunities, criminal and non-criminal, form and are more likely to occur within one's immediate network of associates as opposed to the larger network. As such, seven key players that have the highest propensity to facilitate crime-like behaviours are identified via a measure of "network capital," and located within the communities for informed target selection. Details: Burnaby, BC: Simon Fraser University, 2015. 104p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed January 12, 2016 at: http://summit.sfu.ca/item/15667 Year: 2015 Country: Canada Keywords: Communities Shelf Number: 137469

Author: Scheske, Andrea J. Title: Hitting Crime Where it Hurts: Holistic Victimization Reduction Summary: This paper, prepared by Andrea J Scheske while interning at the Centre, seeks to develop a new paradigm in justice to address victimization, crime and the numerous societal ills that follow in their wake in order to inform future policy initiatives and ultimately result in the improvement of the quality of life for many Canadians, particularly groups such as the Canadian Aboriginal peoples. This paper reframes justice to focus on victimization, explore the numerous associated factors involved with victimization and crime, many of which are often overlooked, and discuss the potential for the implementation of Inter-Professional Collaborative Practice (IPCP). IPCP recognizes the interconnectedness of a mutuality of complex factors involved with the provision of healthcare (World Health Organization (WHO) 2010), and has great potential for reducing victimization by targeting these factors. The framework employed will be the social-ecological model of public health. This model allows for an easier understanding and compartmentalization of the factors contributing to victimization and crime and thus presents a great opportunity for its implementation in a justice context. Details: Regina, SASK: University of Regina, Collaborative Centre for Justice and Safety, 2015. 68p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 13, 2016 at: http://www.justiceandsafety.ca/rsu_docs/hitting-crime-where-it-hurts.pdf Year: 2015 Country: Canada Keywords: Public Health Shelf Number: 137476

Author: Fairbairn, Jordan Title: Sexual Violence and Social Media: Building a Framework for Prevention Summary: Sexual Violence and Social Media: Building a Framework for Prevention explores the relationship between sexual violence and social media with a focus on youth. This Ottawa-based project includes five parts: 1. A review of literature on sexual violence, social media, and youth; 2. A survey of Ontario stakeholders; 3. interviews with Ottawa-based participants; 4. A scan of social media sites; and 5. A summary of a community forum and breakout group discussions of preliminary research findings. The research aims to investigate the relationship between sexual violence and social media among youth. It also offers recommendations to help stimulate discussions about prevention programming and evaluation in Ottawa. Details: Ottawa: Crime Prevention Ottawa, 2013. 122p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 13, 2016 at: http://www.violenceresearch.ca/sites/default/files/FAIRBAIRN2.pdf Year: 2013 Country: Canada Keywords: Online Communications Shelf Number: 137565

Author: Canadian Centre for Justice Statistics Title: Family Violence in Canada: A Statistical Profile, 2014 Summary: Family Violence in Canada: A Statistical Profile is an annual report produced by the Canadian Centre for Justice Statistics under the Federal Family Violence Initiative. Since 1998, this annual report has provided the most current data on the nature and extent of family violence in Canada, as well as trends over time, and has been used to monitor changes that inform policy makers and the public. The layout of the Family Violence report has changed, and presents sections in a fact sheet format allowing readers to find data points quickly. Using 2014 police-reported data from the Uniform Crime Reporting Survey (UCR) and Homicide Survey, each section contains detailed data tables accompanied by highlights of the key findings. This year's report also features an in-depth analysis of self-reported incidents of spousal violence, using data from the 2014 General Social Survey on victimization. This featured section examines the nature and prevalence of self-reported spousal violence in Canada. The analysis examines rates of spousal violence from 2004 to 2014, and because the information provided in this section is collected from individuals (self-reported), it includes incidents that were reported to police as well as those that were not. The featured section also provides analysis of the socio-demographic risk factors linked to spousal violence, the impacts and consequences for victims and the police reporting behaviour of victims. In this report, 'family' refers to relationships defined through blood, marriage, common-law partnership, foster care, or adoption; 'family violence' refers to violent criminal offences, where the perpetrator is a family member. Details: Ottawa: Canadian Centre for Justice Statistics, 2016. 77p. Source: Internet Resource: Juristat: Accessed January 27, 2016 at: http://www.statcan.gc.ca/pub/85-002-x/2016001/article/14303-eng.pdf Year: 2016 Country: Canada Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 137663

Author: Stys, Yvonne Title: Examining the Needs and Motivations of Canada's Federally Incarcerated Radicalized Offenders Summary: This study allowed for an enhanced understanding of the motivations and needs of radicalized offenders, while providing the Correctional Service of Canada (CSC) with further evidence that can be used in its considerations of how to intervene and case manage this population of offenders in the future. This research underscores the need for increased attention to offender motivation and how it impacts case management, supervision, and intervention strategies for radicalized offenders. What we found Results indicated that 30% of radicalized offenders had purely ideological motives for their actions, 17% were purely motivated by criminal (non-ideological) drivers, and 53% held both ideological and non-ideological motivations for their crimes. The most common ideological motivations included a desire for political change, and a desire to respond to a group grievance. Non-ideological motivations were most frequently identified as the desire for material gain and the desire for friendship. Those radicalized offenders who committed the more serious acts (as per the definition of radicalized offender) and those who were seen as leaders of the group were more frequently identified as having purely ideological motivations. Assessment of criminogenic needs via the Dynamic Factor Identification and Analysis instrument revealed that a large proportion of radicalized offenders had needs in the associates, attitudes, and personal/emotional domains and a small proportion had needs in the areas of substance abuse and community functioning. These differences were more pronounced when ideologically-motivated offenders were examined separately, indicating that perhaps the needs of non-ideologically motivated radicalized offenders are more similar to those found in the non-radicalized, general offender population. Similarly, ideologically motivated offenders held many more of the other violent-extremist needs than did non-ideologically motivated radicalized offenders. Why we did this study CSC strives to contribute to the safety and security of society through identifying and addressing the criminogenic needs and criminal motivations of the federally incarcerated offender population. While much is known about the needs of the general offender population, there exists significantly less empirical evidence concerning the needs of those federally-sentenced individuals motivated by ideology: radicalized offenders. This research sought to examine and understand the specific motivations and needs of federally incarcerated radicalized offenders, with the ultimate goal of contributing to an evidence-based approach to effective correctional interventions and case management for these offenders. What we did Using data from the Offender Management System (OMS) as well as information coded from various sources, the motivations (ideological Details: Ottawa: Correctional Service of Canada, 2014. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 8, 2016 at: http://www.csc-scc.gc.ca/005/008/092/005008-r344-eng.pdf Year: 2014 Country: Canada Keywords: Extremist Groups Shelf Number: 137811

Author: Edmonton Police Service Title: Body Worn Video: Considering the Evidence Summary: The Edmonton Police Service has completed a comprehensive three-year study to assess the effectiveness of body worn video (BWV) for use by its officers, and as a result of the research findings, will proceed with a graduated deployment of cameras to specialized police units at this time. The EPS BWV pilot project ran from October 2011 to December 2014, with operational field testing through a variety of environments from October 2012 to July 2014. This project was partially funded through the Canadian Police Research Centre and continued under the Canadian Safety and Security Program, which is a federal program led by Defence Research and Development Canada's Centre for Security Science, in partnership with Public Safety Canada. From the outset, privacy has been a major consideration of the EPS BWV project. The EPS research team consulted with the Alberta Privacy Commissioner who provided valuable insight and recommendations. Respective of this input, the EPS created policies and procedures for the BWV pilot project that aligned with the BWV guidance document issued by the Office of the Privacy Commissioner of Canada. As part of the BWV testing, the EPS issued 56 industry-standard cameras to officers in: Downtown Division and Beats; West Edmonton Mall and Whyte Avenue Beats; the Impaired Driving Countermeasures Unit; and with the Disaster and Emergency Operations Unit for a training exercise with Fire Rescue and EMS. While the body worn video project reviewed technical performance, legal considerations, and usefulness in everyday policing and investigations, it also surveyed the public and police officers on their opinion. Based on the pilot project findings, the EPS has decided to proceed with a graduated deployment of a body worn video program over the next two to five years. Cameras will be used by officers who are involved in high-risk interactions with the public, where the officers are on the scene of a crime being committed, and the evidence captured on video is of the greatest value in providing information to the courts. Examples include: the Specialized Traffic Apprehension Team (STAT) that intercept high-risk vehicles; the Impaired Driving Countermeasures Unit for Checkstop operations; Tactical Team entries where weapons may be involved; and the Public Order Unit when responding to riots. The graduated roll-out of BWV will require training of officers, revising instructional materials, modifying police uniforms to carry cameras, as well as submitting a service package for funding, sourcing newer BWV cameras, and utilizing a new digital asset management system. Details: Edmonton, Alberta: Edmonton Police Service, 2015. 241p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 8, 2016 at: http://www.bwvsg.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/06/Edmonton-Police-BWV-Final-Report.pdf Year: 2015 Country: Canada Keywords: Body-Worn Cameras Shelf Number: 137812

Author: Levine, Amanda Rachel Title: Coercive Control and Physical Violence at the Onset of Dating Relationships: A Prospective Longitudinal Study Summary: Intimate partner violence (IPV) has been suggested as a consequence of coercive control (CC), a pattern of demands placed on a romantic partner, threats about what will occur if the demands are not met (e.g., IPV), and surveillance to ensure that demands have been met (Dutton & Goodman, 2005). This hypothesis has yet to be examined among dating couples, and little is known about how CC and physical violence arise in dating relationships. The current study had three main objectives: (a) to determine the way in which CC and IPV change over time in newly established dating relationships, (b) to examine the influence of CC and physical violence on each other, and (c) to obtain qualitative information on individuals' own experiences with and beliefs about CC. An online survey about CC and physical violence in participants' own relationships was completed at three two-month intervals (baseline and 2- and 4-month follow-ups) by 165 women who had been dating their romantic partners for two months or less. On average, CC occurred at a rate significantly different from zero at the first time point, whereas physical violence did not, providing some support for CC as a precursor to violence. As well, CC decreased over time, suggesting that once a culture of CC had been established, tactics of CC may not need to be used as frequently. Despite many participants describing CC and intimate partner violence (IPV) as part of the same phenomenon, measurement of each of the constructs at a given time point did not significantly predict subsequent occurrences of the other construct. A common theme that emerged among participants' accounts of CC and IPV in their own relationship was the role of jealousy as a precursor to both IPV and CC. This study was one of the first to examine participants' experiences of relationship processes (such as CC and IPV) at the very beginning of a dating relationship. Results suggest that the relation between CC and IPV is quite complex, and further studies that include other related variables in the model, such as jealousy and trust, are recommended. Details: Windsor, ONT: University of Windsor, 2015. 150p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed February 9, 2016 at: http://scholar.uwindsor.ca/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=6495&context=etd Year: 2015 Country: Canada Keywords: Dating Violence Shelf Number: 137821

Author: Mandur, Amrit Kaur Title: Alternative Solutions to Traditional Problems: Contextualizing the Kitchener John School Diversion Program Summary: This thesis is an exploratory study of the Kitchener John School Diversion Program. As a primarily community-based initiative, this program has been developed in response to a particular social problem, street prostitution. The primary focus of the program is to address the problem by targeting the clients of prostitutes. Using a contextual constructionist framework, eight qualitative, semi-structured interviews and three participant observation sessions were conducted to explore and understand how the John School works within the context of its objectives and mandate. Four research questions have been developed to achieve this and focus on (1) how program objectives are implemented within the operation of the diversion program, (2) how stakeholders problematize prostitution and its social actors, (3) what the social conditions and characteristics related to the social construction of prostitution are, as perceived by the social actors, and finally, (4) how the diversion program addresses the problem of prostitution. Through analysis of the data collected, key findings emerge that help to contextualize the diversion program within a broader understanding of its mandates and operations. Specifically, four objectives are identified as the primary goals of the school, being knowledge dissemination, accountability, diversion and change. There are notable discrepancies, however, in terms of how program staff interpret these objectives within the context of their program lectures and materials. Additionally, while strong themes and typifications emerge with respect to how prostitution and its social actors are problematized by the program staff, these themes and typifications have a tendency to conflict with one another when presented to the participants. For example, where prostitution is understood to be a social problem with a number of victims and perpetrators, the participants are frequently typified simultaneously as both victim and villain. In light of these discrepancies, however, it appears that the intended objectives and the actual operation of the diversion program both work towards the same, ultimate goal: change. Details: Waterloo, ONT: University of Waterloo, 2010. 150p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed February 22, 2016 at: https://uwspace.uwaterloo.ca/bitstream/handle/10012/5496/Mandur_Amrit.pdf?sequence=1&isAllowed=y Year: 2010 Country: Canada Keywords: Prostitutes Shelf Number: 137922

Author: Perreault, Samuel Title: Criminal Victimization in Canada, 2014 Summary: Criminal victimization has serious impacts on the well-being of victims, their families and friends, their community and on society as a whole (Justice Canada 2013). Impacts can be both direct and indirect and can include financial, physical, psychological as well as emotional consequences. Overall, crime can impact a community's sense of well being, and can result in heightened costs for policing, victim services and additional prevention measures adopted by businesses and communities. In addition to collecting police-reported data annually through the Uniform Crime Reporting Survey (UCR), every five years Statistics Canada conducts the General Social Survey (GSS) on Victimization which asks Canadians to self-report victimization for eight offence types. Data from the GSS inform us on the victimization experiences of Canadians aged 15 years and older, including incidents not brought to the attention of the police. This information is used by various justice stakeholders to guide victim services, policing, family violence initiatives, and crime prevention programs (Government of Canada 2012). This Juristat article presents the first results from the 2014 GSS on Victimization. The analysis provides insight on the nature and extent of criminal victimization in the 10 provinces. The report also examines the factors associated with the risk of being the victim of a crime, the consequences of victimization, and the reporting of incidents to police. While the rates presented in the first part of this report include data on spousal violence, the sections on the characteristics of incidents, consequences of victimization and reporting to police exclude data on spousal violence. Data on spousal violence were collected using a different methodology and will be analysed in a separate report. Details: Ottawa: Statistics Canada, 2015. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Juristat, 35(1): Accessed February 25, 2016 at; http://www.statcan.gc.ca/pub/85-002-x/2015001/article/14241-eng.pdf Year: 2015 Country: Canada Keywords: Crime Rates Shelf Number: 137968

Author: Keown, Leslie-Anne Title: Aboriginal Social History Factors in Case Management Summary: Why we did this study Aboriginal Canadians are over-represented in correctional populations. The Supreme Court of Canada acknowledged this over-representation in a landmark 1999 ruling where they interpreted the Criminal Code of Canada to require that judges consider the years of systemic disadvantage of Aboriginal peoples in reaching sentencing decisions. Following this ruling, the Correctional Service of Canada (CSC) incorporated this principle into its policy. CSC has implemented policy requiring that Aboriginal social history is reflected in correctional case management decision-making and offered all parole officers two days of related training in 2013-14. What we did This study was undertaken to examine the extent to which Aboriginal social history factors were considered in assessments for decision relating to both security classification and discretionary release. A total of 618 assessments for decision were coded to examine the extent to which these factors were incorporated in recommendation rationales. In addition, a matched sample of assessments for decision corresponding to non-Aboriginal offenders was included. Comparisons allowed for an examination of whether Aboriginal social history factors were associated with recommendations after accounting for the variables on which the groups were matched. What we found Aboriginal social history was documented in 98% of assessments reviewed. That said, there may be room for improvement in the extent to which these factors were explicitly linked to the resulting recommendations. Recommendations for Metis offenders were slightly less likely to be linked to Aboriginal social history factors. Overall, it did not appear that Aboriginal social history factors influenced decisional recommendations. There was no evidence that, as some have worried, Aboriginal social history factors were misperceived as risk factors. The lack of association between these factors and recommendations may be partly explained by the broader context in which parole officers formulate recommendations; it was impossible to disentangle the relative effects of Aboriginal social history factors and other priorities, such as public safety. What it means Clearly, CSC's parole officers are complying with policy with respect to the inclusion of Aboriginal social history factors in assessments for decision relating to security classification and discretionary release. Future iterations of training on Aboriginal social history factors may benefit from a focus on how to ensure these factors are explicitly linked to recommendations, as well as on certain domains that seem to be less well understood. In addition, training could also perhaps be enhanced by including further direction on how to consider both Aboriginal social history factors and other priorities - in particular, public safety - concurrently. Details: Ottawa: Correctional Service of Canada, 2015. 23p. To obtain a PDF version of the full report, or for other inquiries, please e-mail the Research Branch or contact us by phone at (613) 995-3975. Source: Internet Resource: 2015 No. R-356: Accessed March 4, 2016 at: http://www.csc-scc.gc.ca/005/008/092/r356-eng.pdf Year: 2015 Country: Canada Keywords: Aboriginals Shelf Number: 138040

Author: Kassabian, Taline Title: Responses to Youth Crime in Canada: An Examination of the Micro & Macro Processes Associated with the Tough-on-Crime Legislation Summary: The enactment of tough-on-crime legislation in Canada is questionable given the abundance of research rejecting its underlying premises and goals. While there appears to be ongoing concern in Canada about the tough-on-crime agenda, there is currently a shortfall in information addressing the processes through which Bill C-10 (Part 4) was developed and legislated by the Conservative Government. As such, there is limited data that informs Canadians about the ways in which politicians make meaningful decisions about youth crime policy and legislation. Consequently, the objective of this dissertation is to provide a better understanding of the individual (micro) and governmental (macro) processes associated with the tough-on-crime approach in Canada, with a specific focus on responses to youth crime. Using a conflict and Marxist/critical perspective (Alvi, 2012; Chambliss & Seidman, 1971; DeKeseredy, 2011; Garland, 2001; Habermas, 1973, 1985; Hall et al., 2013; Quinney, 1970), this dissertation examines the state as a legitimate power and the ways in which it gains and maintains legitimacy. Theorists suggest modern laws work as an instrument of power to reflect the dominant ideology that is reproduced within the social structural system. Thus, this dissertation specifically examines the claim that laws are shaped by a consensus of dominant interests and values that are embodied and preserved in the tough-on-crime legislation, and is ultimately supported by the public. This research investigates three central questions: First, what are the processes through which Bill C-10 (Part 4) developed and was legislated? Second, in what way(s) has tough-on-crime legislation been implemented in Canadian youth courts? Finally, how does Texas (United States) differ in their response to youth crime, relative to their model of crime control and placement on the tough-on-crime spectrum? To examine the tough-on-crime approach, interviews were conducted with twenty-two participants who were either involved in the political debates of Bill C-10 (Part 4) or had intimate knowledge of the youth justice system. The interview data were cross-referenced and compared to the applicable parliamentary records in Hansard. Second, a case law analysis was conducted to determine how the tough-on-crime mandate has been implemented within Canadian youth courts (2003-2013). Finally, an analysis of case law in Texas was carried out in order to understand how more punitive jurisdictions respond to youth crime and how their legislation differs from Canada (1996-2013). The findings suggest the enactment of the tough-on-crime legislation in Canada was a result of a complex interaction between a number of agencies, institutions, and individuals after the Conservative's won a majority government in 2011. Moreover, the findings demonstrate the values embodied within the tough-on-crime legislation reflect the dominant (conservative) ideology and served as a means of maintaining legitimacy (Habermas, 1985; Hall et al., 2013). While the Canadian case law did not indicate that youth in conflict with the law were more adversely affected by Bill C-10 (Part 4), there was no evidence to suggest that future substantive changes in practice would not occur. However, marginalized Canadian youth were noted as most likely to be subject to tough-on-crime measures (Alvi, 2012). The results from the case law analysis of Texas suggest the state focuses on diversion and rehabilitation, but to a lesser degree than Canada. This is largely due to Texas' transfer laws or ability to impose a determinate sentence. As a result, there appears to be a disproportionate use of the tough-on-crime legislation in Texas, often affecting minority youth. These findings are not only illustrative of a more punitive model of crime control relative to Canada, but point to the potential dangers of enacting tough-on-crime policies. Overall, the implication of the findings from both jurisdictions is that the tough on-crime movement is a way of deflecting unspecified social problems onto youth as marginal political subjects, in an effort to mobilize the political power of the state (Alvi, 2012; DeKeseredy, 2011; Garland, 2001; Hall et al., 2013). In the Canadian context, there is evidence to suggest the state employed both "adaptive" and "non-adaptive" strategies to address the problem of youth crime (Garland, 1996). In effect, the newly enacted tough-on-crime legislation moves Canada further away from a reliance on various collaborative techniques and community based programs, and therefore supports a strong state-centric approach to crime control. Details: Waterloo, ONT: University of Waterloo, 2015. 480p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed March 5, 2016 at: https://uwspace.uwaterloo.ca/bitstream/handle/10012/9248/Kassabian_Taline.pdf?sequence=3 Year: 2015 Country: Canada Keywords: Juvenile Justice Policy Shelf Number: 138120

Author: Wilson, James D. Title: Policy brief on electronic monitoring : review and recommendations Summary: This paper seeks to review the historic use of electronic monitoring, the results of previously implemented pilot programs, and the current policy implications regarding electronic monitoring. Specific questions are raised regarding whether electronic monitoring is a cost-effective measure for enhancing public safety, or whether it is an additional measure that widens the correctional net and toughens the prospects of community reintegration. Furthermore, some key concerns are discussed regarding future initiatives to expand the use of electronic monitoring, before concluding with some recommendations. Details: Ottawa: St. Leonard's Society of Canada, 2013. 10p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 9, 2016 at: http://deslibris.ca/lire/tabid/156/ID/240144/language/fr-CA/Default.aspx Year: 2013 Country: Canada Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 138139

Author: Union of Canadian Correctional Officers Title: A critical review of the practice of double bunking within corrections. The implications on staff, inmates, correctional facilities and the public Summary: There is an increasing prevalence of double bunking within the Correctional Service of Canada. This paper seeks to investigate the impact double bunking has on the health and safety of staff, inmates and the public, as well as the impact it will inevitably have on the physical condition of institutions. Through a review of available research from academic and correctional professionals, this paper addresses and refutes the prevailing notion that further double bunking and overcrowding will have little impact in and on the field of corrections. Details: St. Leonard's, ONT: UCCO, 2015. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 9, 2016 at: http://ucco-sacc-csn.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/05/Double-Bunking-Research-Paper-08-03-201111.pdf Year: 2015 Country: Canada Keywords: Correctional Administration Shelf Number: 138140

Author: National Crime Prevention Centre (Canada) Title: The Achievers: Politive Alternatives to Youth Gangs (PAYG) Summary: Toronto's Jane-Finch community suffers from one of the highest violent crime rates in the province of Ontario and is widely acknowledged as one of the most socially and economically disadvantaged communities in Canada. It is believed that the Jane-Finch community has the highest concentration of youth gangs in Canada, with well-known gangs such as the Bloods and Crips. Researchers from the University of Toronto and officials from the City of Toronto have developed the Youth Crime Risk Index, a tool to identify neighbourhoods with a high risk of youth gang activity. The index demonstrates that Jane-Finch has the highest risk score in Toronto. This indicates that the community suffers from high crime rates, socio-economic disadvantage, and residents have limited access to community programs for youth. Given all of these risk factors, youth who grow up in this community are especially vulnerable to gang membership. In 1999, there were a few local programs that dealt with gang members and gang-related issues, but no programs were available for middle-school youth. Details: Ottawa: Public Safety Canada, 2014. 7p. Source: Internet Resource: Evaluation Summaries ES-2014-40: Accessed march 14, 2016 at: https://www.publicsafety.gc.ca/cnt/rsrcs/pblctns/payg/payg-eng.pdf Year: 2014 Country: Canada Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 138221

Author: Ricard-Guay, Alexandra Title: Frontline Responses to Human Trafficking in Canada: Coordinating Services for Victims Summary: Legislative progress has been made in the fight against human trafficking and the prosecution of traffickers; a National Action Plan to Combat Human Trafficking was adopted in June 2012; and coordinated local action has developed. This study aims to review practices and expertise that have developed over these past ten years of government and community action against human trafficking in Canada. In particular, it examines victim access to appropriate psycho-social and socio-economic support. While the existing body of Canadian and international research helps us understand the phenomenon of trafficking, its dynamics and scale, as well as the profile of victims, a more thorough examination of services and intervention practices for this population is now needed. What have the various players learned? Despite the ground covered in recent years, what difficulties are encountered? Trafficking poses huge challenges for all players and frontline workers, in each phase of victim support. This study will address these questions, paying particular attention to intersectorial collaborative bodies and initiatives and to local, regional and provincial partnerships. This report offers a portrait of existing practices in Canada to support and protect victims of human trafficking. The study is based on a broad definition of human trafficking encompassing exploitation for forced labour and sexual and/or family exploitation, domestic and international trafficking involving minors and adults (for example, forced marriage, domestic servitude of children and women, adoption). Trafficking is understood here as a process and part of a continuum of exploitation in which it is often difficult to know where to draw the line designating severe forms of exploitation as trafficking1. The report relies heavily on testimonies from interview respondents; the voices and words of these frontline workers are thus given a central place. This text is divided into four sections. The first provides an overview of the political and legal context of trafficking in Canada, and then of the realities and dynamics of trafficking in this country. The second part examines support and protection services for victims of trafficking. It presents the range of services available to trafficking victims, and discusses gaps, challenges and good practices. It then provides a more in-depth analysis of three intervention and service sectors identified by respondents as particularly important: housing, service sectors identified by respondents as particularly important: housing, immigration, and police investigations. The third part of the report describes and analyzes intersectorial collaboration and coordination of these services in different cities in Canada. The final part presents the conclusions. It discusses the research results and makes recommendations for better protecting the dignity, security, and rights of people who have been trafficked. Details: Montreal: McGill University School of Social Work, 2016. 164p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 14, 2016 at: http://www.cathii.org/sites/www.cathii.org/files/CATHII_english.pdf Year: 2016 Country: Canada Keywords: Child Human Trafficking Shelf Number: 138242

Author: Kotze, Kevin Title: More Care Less Court: Keeping Youth out of the Criminal Justice System Summary: New Brunswick's rate of youth charged for criminal offences has been decreasing since the enactment of Canada's youth crime legislation, the Youth Criminal Justice Act, in 2002. Yet still nearly a decade passed in our Province without corresponding progress being made in regard to the number of youths being sent to pre-trial detention and secure custody. Far too often it is the most vulnerable youths who are caught in the system - youths with mental health disorders, youths with addictions issues, youths with backgrounds as victims of abuse and neglect; homeless youth; youth with intellectual disabilities; youths from marginalized or minority identity groups. The good news is that New Brunswick has in the past few years begun to make real progress in youth criminal justice issues. The RCMP and their Community Program Officers, as well as municipal police forces, began to lead the way by increasingly diverting youth away from court and toward supports that can reduce their risk of further involvement in crime. However, it takes the work of many different stakeholders to address youth crime effectively, and it takes a system that is built to be responsive to the developmental needs of youth. Very recently, government's Provincial Crime Prevention and Reduction Strategy has worked with police and civil society to produce a Youth Diversion Model that addresses some of the root causes of youth crime. The model is in line with a shift toward an evidence-based child-rights focus that reflects not just what is easiest but what works best. This work deserves praise and holds much promise, but we must bear in mind it is only the beginning of the necessary shift. Much work is still to be done to keep youth from crime. Pre-trial detention rates and secure custody rates remain unduly high. Youth admissions to correction services as a whole in New Brunswick remain higher per capita than other provinces. Reaction must be in proportion to the gravity of the offence. Sentencing should be for the shortest time possible. Community-based sentences should be the usual route. Incarceration should be a last resort, normally reserved for serious violent offences. Only in the most serious cases should youth have to await trial while detained at the detention and secure custody facility. If New Brunswick can take a child-rights approach in all areas involving children and youth, we can lead the way in providing the means to allow children to develop positive senses of how they feel, think and act. This is what will keep youth out of the criminal justice system. The More Care Less Court report seeks to provide an overview of the youth criminal justice system in New Brunswick generally, and shed some light on some of the most apparent problems with the system. The report's recommendations intend to support the work of the Provincial Crime Prevention and Reduction Strategy, and suggest necessary improvements to the youth criminal justice system. Details: Fredericton, NB: Office of the Child and Youth Advocate, 2015. 173p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed march 16, 2016 at: https://www.gnb.ca/0073/Child-YouthAdvocate/MCLC-PAMP/MoreCareLessCourt.pdf Year: 2015 Country: Canada Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 138251

Author: Dawson, Danielle Title: A Report on Camera Surveillance in Canada: Part Two Summary: In January 2009 the Surveillance Camera Awareness Network (SCAN) released part one of its Report on Camera Surveillance in Canada. Since the release of that report the use of camera surveillance continues to proliferate. For example, the Ontario Provincial Police are in the process of procuring surveillance cameras equipped with automated licence plate recognition technology with the hope of providing security on the provinces highways. And while the U.S. Department of Homeland Security unveils plans to install 11 high-tech camera surveillance systems along its border with Canada at the St. Claire River, the City of Vancouver remains tight-lipped about its intentions to employ camera surveillance during and following the 2010 Olympics. In this report the members of SCAN continue to undertake a survey of camera surveillance in the Canadian context. Drawing on innovative primary research this report begins to fill in the picture of camera surveillance practices in Canada. This report contextualizes the proliferation of camera surveillance with site-specific cases studies, provides insight into public and camera operator perceptions of camera surveillance, and explores privacy and civil liberties questions as they relate to the transfer and reproduction of camera surveillance images. Details: Kingston, ON: Surveillance Cameras Awareness Network, Queen's University, 2009. 132p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 21, 2016 at: http://www.sscqueens.org/sites/default/files/SCAN_Report_Phase2_Dec_18_2009.pdf Year: 2009 Country: Canada Keywords: Automated License Place Recognition Technology Shelf Number: 138353

Author: Comack, Elizabeth Title: The Impact of the Harper Government's "Tough on Crime" Strategy: Hearing from Frontline Workers Summary: Crime rates in Canada have been steadily dropping for over a decade, while prison populations have been increasing in recent years. Commentators have attributed this disconnection between falling crime rates and increasing incarceration numbers to the Harper government's "tough on crime" strategy. Since coming to power in 2006, the Harper government has implemented a host of legislative and policy changes designed to "tackle crime," "hold offenders accountable," and "make communities safer." At the same time, the government also enacted significant budget cuts that have affected the ability of the correctional system to uphold its mandate. To learn about the on-the-ground impact of these changes, we interviewed 16 frontline workers in two provinces (Manitoba and Ontario). In their capacities as correctional, parole, and probation officers, and as prisoner advocates, counsellors, and support workers in the community, these workers have a cumulative record of over 200 years of knowledge and experience to draw on. Details: Winnipeg, MB: Canadian Centre for Policy Alternatives Manitoba, 2015. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 21, 2016 at: https://www.policyalternatives.ca/sites/default/files/uploads/publications/Manitoba%20Office/2015/09/Tough%20on%20Crime%20WEB.pdf Year: 2015 Country: Canada Keywords: Crime Rates Shelf Number: 138358

Author: Manitoba Office of the Auditor General Title: Managing the Province's Adult Offenders Summary: The Department of Justice manages approximately 10,000 adult offenders. About 24% are in provincial correctional centres; the other 76% are supervised in the community. We examined how adequately the Department managed adult correctional centre capacity, adult offenders in the community, adult rehabilitation programs, and related public performance reporting. We found that the Department's management of its adult correctional centre capacity was inadequate for its long-term needs. Although it had increased capacity by 52% since 2008, overcrowding in centres was on-going; offender population forecasts were not always reliable; there was no comprehensive long-term capital plan to address either the forecast bed shortfall or the deterioration in aging correctional centre infrastructure; and initiatives to help reduce bed demand required greater attention. There were also problems in managing adult offenders in the community. While the Department had a number of policies in this area, we found that offenders were not always adequately supervised; their rehabilitation plans needed improvement; supervisors were not regularly reviewing staff's work to ensure it complied with standards; and management had reduced offender supervision standards in 3 regions to resolve workload issues. In addition, there were gaps in planning and monitoring adult rehabilitation programs, and limited public information provided on how well the Department was managing its adult offenders. Taken together, these issues affected the Department's contribution to public safety and reduced the likelihood of successful offender rehabilitation. Details: Winnipeg, MB: Office of the Auditor General, 2014. 57p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 21, 2016 at: http://www.oag.mb.ca/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/Chapter-6-Managing-the-Provinces-Adult-Offenders-Web.pdf Year: 2014 Country: Canada Keywords: Adult Offenders Shelf Number: 138359

Author: Smith-Moncrieffe, Donna Title: Evaluation Summary: Final Results - Stop Now and Plan (SNAP) Summary: Stop Now And Plan (SNAP) is a community-based program for children ages 6 to 12 who have come into contact, or are at risk of coming into contact, with the criminal justice system, and/or who display early signs of anti-social or aggressive behaviour. The program uses a cognitive-behavioural, multi-component approach to decrease the risks of children engaging in future delinquent behaviour. The SNAP model is based on a comprehensive framework for effctively teaching children with serious behavioural problems, emotional regulation, self-control and problem-solving skills. The core program components include the children's and parent's groups. The SNAP Boys and SNAP Girls offer 12-week gender-specific groups that teach emotion regulation, self-control and problem-solving skills. The concurrent SNAP Parent Group teaches parents effective child management strategies. Other program components include individual counselling/mentoring, family counselling, academic tutoring, youth leadership and a gender-specific component called "Girls Growing Up Healthy". These are recommended based on a continuing assessment of the child's risk and need levels. Although there is evidence regarding the effectiveness of SNAP in Canadian and United States contexts (within accredited mental health centres and community based settings), a further evaluation was conducted to assess the impact the program in a variety of other community-based organizations across Canada (i.e., youth justice, mentoring, and Aboriginal reserves). This summary provides an overview of the multi-site impact evaluation of SNAP that was funded by the National Crime Prevention Strategy (NCPS). The multisite impact evaluation assessed the efficacy of this program in three unique communities (Toronto, Edmonton and Cree Nation - Quebec), contributing to the collective body of knowledge of what works in crime prevention. Details: Ottawa: Public Safety Canada, 2015. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report: 2015-R017: Accessed March 22, 2016 at: http://www.publicsafety.gc.ca/cnt/rsrcs/pblctns/2015-r017/2015-r017-en.pdf Year: 2015 Country: Canada Keywords: Anti-Social Behavior Shelf Number: 138380

Author: Rosario, Giselle Title: Evaluation Summary of the Velocity Adventure Program Summary: Velocity is an adventure-based program aimed to reduce anti-social behaviour, increase attachment to school, and reduce substance-use among at-risk youth. It was identified as a promising intervention that helps youth overcome adversity, create and enhance their connections in the community, and make healthy lifestyle choices. Velocity is based on research that demonstrates the effectiveness of outdoor adventure-based programs in helping troubled youth channel their energy into more positive behaviours. Velocity targets youth, aged 13 to18 years, who are at risk of, or who have already been involved in criminal activity. The program addresses key risk factors associated with involvement in crime, including aggressive and anti-social behaviour, substance abuse, and poor attachment to school. The program has three chronological components: - Group-building day trip adventures (e.g. kayaking, rock-climbing) to establish program expectations, build relationships with staff and promote group cohesiveness; - 7-day Adventure Camp with activities in a remote setting (e.g. zip-lining, horseback riding) in combination with life skills and personal development activities; and - Engage-Connect-Shift, which provides ongoing adventure day trips, individual support from project workers and workshops. Velocity's programming was comprised of trust and communication activities, goal-setting, life skills, experiential learning, high adventure pursuits and health promotion. Youth were also provided with individual support, community referrals and on-going encouragement towards healthy lifestyles. The length of the program was one year including the selection process. Selection of youth participants into the program involved two referral forms and all data was documented in a data system. Details: Ottawa: Public Safety Canada, 2015. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report: 2015-R012: Accessed March 22, 2016 at: https://www.publicsafety.gc.ca/cnt/rsrcs/pblctns/2015-r012/2015-r012-eng.pdf Year: 2015 Country: Canada Keywords: Adventure Programs Shelf Number: 138381

Author: Reitano, Julie Title: Adult Correctional Statistics in Canada, 2014/2015 Summary: In Canada, the administration of adult correctional services is a shared responsibility between the federal and provincial/territorial governments. The federal system has jurisdiction over adult offenders (18 years and older) serving custodial sentences of two years or more and is responsible for supervising offenders on conditional release in the community (i.e. parole or statutory release). The provincial/territorial system is responsible for adults serving custodial sentences that are less than two years, those who are being held while awaiting trial or sentencing (remand), as well as offenders serving community sentences, such as probation. This Juristat article provides an overview of adult correctional services in Canada for 2014/2015. It presents three indicators that describe the use of correctional services: average daily counts, admissions and initial entry. Average counts provide a snapshot of the adult corrections population on any given day; initial entry provides an indication of the number of adults entering the corrections system during the year; and admissions measure the flow of adults through the system by counting adults each time they begin or move to a new type of custody or community supervision. Data for this article come from three correctional services surveys. The Adult Correctional Services Survey and the Integrated Correctional Services Survey are the source of admissions data. With the exception of Alberta, all provinces and territories as well as Correctional Service Canada (federal corrections) provided data in 2014/2015. The Adult Corrections Key Indicator Report provides information on average daily counts. Average count data for Nova Scotia, New Brunswick and Alberta are limited to custody counts. Details: Ottawa: Statistics Canada, 2016. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Juristat: Accessed March 23, 2016 at: http://www.statcan.gc.ca/pub/85-002-x/2016001/article/14318-eng.pdf Year: 2016 Country: Canada Keywords: Correctional Institutions Shelf Number: 138385

Author: Canadian Centre for Justice Statistics Title: Youth correctional statistics in Canada, 2014/2015 Summary: The Youth Criminal Justice Act (YCJA), enacted in 2003, is the legislation that governs how youth aged 12 to 17 years are to be dealt with by the Canadian justice system. The Act provides for a separate youth justice system that is meant to protect the public while holding young persons accountable in a manner that is proportionate to their level of maturity and the seriousness of the offence. Within this legislative framework, set by the federal government, the provinces and territories are responsible for administering youth correctional services in Canada. This Juristat article presents an overview of youth correctional services in Canada for 2014/2015. The article uses three measures to describe the utilization of correctional services-average counts, initial entry and admissions. Average counts provide a snapshot of the youth corrections population on any given day; initial entry provides an indication of the number of youth entering the corrections system during the year; and admissions measure the flow of youth through the system by counting youth each time they begin or move to a new type of custody or community supervision. Data on average counts come from the Youth Corrections Key Indicator Report, while data on initial entry and admissions come from the Youth Custody and Community Services Survey and the Integrated Correctional Services Survey. It should be noted that not all jurisdictions were able to report data for 2014/2015. Average count data are not available for Quebec and are limited to custody counts for Nova Scotia, New Brunswick and Alberta, meaning nine jurisdictions provided overall average counts. Admissions data are likewise available for nine jurisdictions with Nova Scotia, Quebec, Saskatchewan and Alberta being the exclusions. These same four jurisdictions plus Manitoba were unable to provide initial entry counts in 2014/2015. Details: Ottawa: Statistics Canada, 2016. 16p. Source: Internet Resource: Juristat, 36(1): Accessed March 23, 2016 at: http://www.statcan.gc.ca/pub/85-002-x/2016001/article/14317-eng.pdf Year: 2016 Country: Canada Keywords: Juvenile Corrections Shelf Number: 138386

Author: Westlake, Bryce Garreth Title: The criminal career evolution of child exploitation websites: identification, survival, and community Summary: The distribution of child sexual exploitation (CE) material has been transformed by the emergence of the Internet. Efforts to combat distribution have been hindered by the prevalence and graphic nature of the material. One way to aid combating is to use automated data collection techniques to scan websites for CE-related criteria. Another is to contribute to proactive combat strategies by developing a theoretical framework to explain the evolution of CE distribution. Within this dissertation I develop a custom-designed webcrawler to collect data on hyperlinked networks containing CE websites and compare them to non-CE website networks. I then begin to develop a theoretical framework based on the criminal career paradigm and social network analysis to explain the evolution of website entities. Through the first study, I assess the effectiveness of a police CE-images database and 82 CE-related keywords at distinguishing websites within 10 CE-based networks from 10 sexuality and 10 sports networks. In the second study, I use a repeated measures design to compare baseline survival rates across the 30 collected networks. I then conduct Cox regression models, using criminal career dimensions adapted to website characteristics, to predict failure in CE-based networks. In the third study, I use the faction analysis to explore the formation of communities within CE-seeded networks and the characteristics that bind those communities. Results show that a) automated data collection tools can be effective, provided that the appropriate inclusion criteria is selected; b) a modified criminal career framework can be applied to CE websites, and their surrounding networks, to explain their evolution; c) individual-based criminal career dimensions can be transitioned to entity-based offenders (websites); d) websites within CE-seeded networks differ from non-CE-seeded networks in composition, survival, and network structure. The findings in this dissertation have implications for law enforcement strategies, private data-hosting services, CE researchers, and criminologists. Future research will refine inclusion criteria, expand to the Deep Web, and continue to develop an online criminal career framework. Details: Burnaby, BC: Simon Fraser University, 2015. 152p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed March 26, 2016 at: http://summit.sfu.ca/item/15598 Year: 2015 Country: Canada Keywords: Child Pornography Shelf Number: 138432

Author: McMurtry, Roy Title: The Review of the Roots of Youth Violence: Volume 1: Findings, Analysis and Conclusions Summary: Ontario is at a crossroads. While it is a safe place for most, our review identified deeply troubling trends in the nature of serious violent crime involving youth in Ontario and the impacts it is having on many communities. Those trends suggest that, unless the roots of this violence are identified and addressed in a coordinated, collaborative and sustained way, violence will get worse. More people will be killed, communities will become increasingly isolated and disadvantaged, an ever-accelerating downward cycle will ensue for far too many, and our social fabric as a province could be seriously damaged. To open the door for this kind of review required wisdom and foresight. We commend Premier Dalton McGuinty for asking the bold questions that led to these conclusions. In an era when many seek short-term political gain by simply calling for more law enforcement, despite chiefs of police stressing that "we cannot arrest our way out of this problem," the Premier took a different approach. He gave us a wide mandate and full independence to look at where the violence is coming from, and to identify ways to address its roots, in order to advance the health, safety and long-term prosperity of Ontario. This has been a most challenging assignment. Ontario is a large and diverse province. The issues are interconnected and controversial. Time was limited, and both the pressures and expectations have been high. We nonetheless thank the Premier for the opportunity he gave us to explore the deep and complex issues that lie behind the roots of violence involving youth. We describe in our report the process we followed to understand those issues. In a little over 10 months, we or our staff met with over 750 people, whether in their individual capacities or as representatives of organizations. We met with more than a dozen Ontario deputy ministers, several on more than one occasion. We met with Ontario's Poverty Reduction Committee and its political and public service staff, and separately with certain Cabinet ministers. And, as directed in our mandate, we established a strong working relationship with the City of Toronto and the United Way, whose leadership on these kinds of issues is well-known. We also commissioned a youth-led neighbourhood insight process to delve, as deeply as time permitted, into the issues facing eight neighbourhoods in the province. We engaged the Grassroots Youth Collaborative, a consortium of highly diverse youth-led organizations, to help us hear youth voices in Toronto that might otherwise not have come to our attention. We also engaged the Ontario Federation of Indian Friendship Centres to bring us the views of urban Aboriginal youth from across the province. As well, we commissioned five major research papers and two comprehensive literature reviews, obtained 11 background papers from Ontario ministries, provided provincewide access to our work via a website, an online survey and a 1-800 number, and travelled to England to better understand some particularly relevant approaches there. Nonetheless, we do not profess to have studied all that could have been studied, nor to have met with all who could have helped us with our task. We have almost certainly not done full justice to the work of all who shared their ideas and insights with us and may have failed to fully credit everyone whose ideas inspired us. In all of our work, we joined a conversation rather than started one. We have been encouraged by the large number of people, most certainly including youth, who are bringing expertise and energy to bear on the issue of violence in Ontario. They include people within all orders of government, in community agencies and organizations, and in communities themselves. We have also been encouraged by the commitment the Premier has shown to addressing some key aspects of this issue in recent initiatives such as full-day learning for four- and five-year-olds and the appointment of a Cabinet committee to develop "a focused poverty reduction strategy with measures, indicators and reasonable targets by the end of 2008." For reasons we discuss in our report, we focused on the most serious violence involving youth. We also address the other forms of violence that can be its precursors, but consider the heart of the matter to be those youth who are so alienated and disconnected from our society that they carry guns and often use them in impulsive ways, demonstrating indifference to the consequences and placing no value on human life. We inquired into the mindset of those youth and, from that analysis, we identified the immediate risk factors for their behaviour. This then led us to the roots of those factors and to actions to address those roots. We found the roots to be extensive and pervasive. They permeate society, but are intertwined and particularly virulent in certain neighbourhoods, and made worse everywhere when they include racism. Our core finding can be simply stated: neither the breadth nor the depth of the roots is taken into account in shaping public policy in Ontario. The initiatives underway to address various aspects of them are largely inadequate for the task, and there is no structure to give coherence to those initiatives. Overall, Ontario has not recognized how vital it is to the health of this province to put an aligned and sustained approach to the roots of violence involving youth at the heart of the government's agenda. In reaching these conclusions, we did not adopt a rigid definition of youth. The roots of the immediate risk factors can take hold even before birth and continue to pose threats all through a child's life. Similarly, there is no accepted upper limit on who should be considered a youth, and we do not propose to create one. Certainly, the definition should go beyond the age limit for the Youth Criminal Justice Act (18), up to some point in a youth's early to mid-20s, but there is no benefit in trying to be more precise than that in looking at violence involving youth and considering actions to address its roots. In approaching our work, we were asked not to reinvent the wheel. We found little need to do so. Good work and good ideas abound. To work with that metaphor, we found many excellent "wheels." The problem, however, is that they are not all connected to the same vehicle, and those that are on the same vehicle frequently have separate steering systems and often separate drivers with different ideas of what the destination is and how to get there. That is why we give the highest priority to governance, and otherwise tend to provide more advice than recommendations. What matters most is getting the wheels onto vehicles that are following an agreed-upon map to a shared destination. We are confident that the destination we describe in our report is the right one. It focuses on repairing a social context that is broken for many youth; strengthening neighbourhoods and community agencies; establishing clear outcome goals for initiatives for youth; providing youth with engagement, hope and opportunity; and aligning the provincial ministries to deliver a coordinated, collaborative agenda of change over the long term, including by working effectively with other orders of government and community residents. Having described that destination, we are largely content to leave the details to the planning process we describe in the balance of this report. We do not make a lot of detailed recommendations because so doing would suggest that there are neat, discrete solutions to problems that are deep and intertwined. In our view, only an integrated, collaborative and sustained approach to the roots will succeed. That is why we propose a body at the centre of government with the mandate and resources to consider our advice, situate it within the context of the balance of the government"s agenda, determine priorities, make linkages among ministries and with other governments, and manage a process of both building and being responsive to communities across the province. Only this kind of body and approach will be able to produce a coherent, long-range plan for the province, set agendas for ministries individually and collectively, establish overall and interim targets and monitor work towards them to ensure an aligned and sustained response. We are confident that, with this kind of strong coordination and leadership, we can rely upon Ontario's ministries and their partners to do the detailed planning required to respond to the advice we offer throughout our report. This need not be a lengthy exercise, but it will call for a major focus from many ministries. Given that focus and the leadership structure we propose, we believe that the planning exercise can be completed, and the plans made public, by May 2009. In the result, the recommendations we make to the Premier emphasize the need to recognize the breadth of the issues and to address them by creating significant new governance mechanisms to coordinate the energy and capacity that are waiting and eager to take on the work that must be done. Details: Ottawa: Queen's Printer for Ontario, 2008. 458p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 1, 2016 at: http://www.children.gov.on.ca/htdocs/English/topics/youthandthelaw/roots/volume1/chapter01_intro.aspx Year: 2008 Country: Canada Keywords: Juvenile Delinquents Shelf Number: 138524

Author: Canadian Council for Refugees Title: Migrant Workers: Precarious and unsupported. A Canada-wide Study on Access to Services for Migrant Workers Summary: The report, "Migrant Workers: Precarious and Unsupported", released today by Canada's nine national, regional and provincial umbrellas of organizations serving newcomers, compiles the responses from 167 organizations on the needs and realities of migrant workers, by province and region.. In the first research of its kind, the Canada-wide study on access to services for migrant workers confirms that lack of access to information, language barriers, isolation and precarious status make these workers vulnerable to abuse and exploitation by those who seek to take advantage of their vulnerability, including some employers and recruiters. Details: Montreal: Canadian Council for Refugees, 2016. 73p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 13, 2016 at: http://ccrweb.ca/sites/ccrweb.ca/files/migrant-workers-2016.pdf Year: 2016 Country: Canada Keywords: Forced Labor Shelf Number: 138657

Author: Pollack, Shoshana Title: Locked In, Locked Out: Imprisoning Women in the Shrinking and Punitive Welfare State Summary: Women represent a small proportion of people in jails and prisons in Canada. In 2003/04, 9% of prisoners in provincial and territorial jails were women and 6% of federal prisoners were women (Statistics Canada, 2006). However, despite decreasing crime rates, the rate of women federally incarcerated in Canada is steadily increasing. In 2003 there were 822 federally sentenced women, 374 (45%) of whom were in prison and 448 (55%) were out on bail or under community supervision. By 2006-07, there were 476 women in federal prisons. Between 1997 and 2006, the population of women in federal prisons jumped 22% (Correctional Service of Canada, 2006). Similar trends are seen in other industrialized countries. In the US, for example, Chesney-Lind (2002) states that there is a "women's imprisonment boom." Both Australia and Great Britain are also experiencing an increase in numbers of women being imprisoned (Balfour & Comack, 2006). Feminist activists and researchers have expressed great concern about this growing worldwide trend and many have pointed to neo-liberal policy changes as contributing to the dramatic increase in the imprisonment of women. Drastic cuts to social assistance, the creation of a precarious low-wage job market, reduction in publicly funded daycare, and cuts to social services, addictions treatment and mental health services have eroded the social safety net. It is the already disadvantaged members of our communities who are most hard hit by neo-liberal socio-economic policies. The dismantling of social services and welfare state provisions have resulted "in the increased criminalization of the most marginalized and vulnerable members of our communities" (Neve and Pate, 2005: 27). An overwhelming majority of imprisoned women are convicted of property offences whereas 3% are convicted of violent offences (Statistics Canada, 2006). The most common charge for women charged with property crimes is theft under $5000 or fraud. Many women have committed income-generating offences such as fraud, shoplifting, prostitution and robbery to support addictions (AGC, 2003). In Canada, the fastest growing group of incarcerated women is Aboriginal. The rate of imprisoned Aboriginal women jumped 72.5% between 1996 and 2004 (Office of the Correctional Investigator, 2006). Although Aboriginal people comprise 3% of the Canadian population, 19% of federal prisoners are Aboriginal. For women this number is even higher: 32% of federal female prisoners are Aboriginal. Research has illustrated that well over the majority of imprisoned women in North America have histories of childhood abuse, have experienced violence in their intimate relationships with men, often live in poverty, endure systemic racialized violence and have addictions (Gilfus, 1992; Comack, 1996; Richie, 1996; Owen, 1998; Task Force on Federally Sentenced Women, 1990). This research, often referred to as the 'pathways to crime' literature, illustrates that attempts to cope with victimization experiences such as childhood abuse and violence against women, propel many women into situations that put them at risk of being criminalized. Details: Toronto: Wilfrid Laurier University, 2008. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 22, 2016 at: http://www.efryottawa.com/documents/LockedinLockedout-SPollockresearchreport.pdf Year: 2008 Country: Canada Keywords: Aboriginals Shelf Number: 138722

Author: Power, Jenelle Title: Staff Perspectives on Working with Aboriginal Offenders who Self-Injure: What Works, What Doesn't, and the Role of Culture Summary: What it means Staff who work with Aboriginal offenders who engage in non-suicidal self-injury (NSSI) recommend that intervening or interventions should focus on establishing positive relationships with offenders and addressing their underlying issues, not simply their self-injury. Culturally-specific interventions should be considered for Aboriginal offenders who have not had success with mainstream treatment. What we found Two interrelated themes were evident in all of the interviews and focus groups: (1) the recommendation that interventions should treat the whole person, not just the NSSI; and (2) the importance of establishing positive therapeutic relationships with the offenders is fundamental to NSSI treatment. Responding in a supportive and direct way to an individual's NSSI was identified as an effective method of intervention that also contributes to the establishment of a positive therapeutic alliance. As one participant noted, "[it is most important that offenders know] somebody cares and that spending that time with somebody and building those relationships has another huge impact". Most participants reported that a team approach is an effective strategy for working with offenders who engage in NSSI. The differences between Aboriginal and mainstream culture is important to consider when working with Aboriginal offenders. Many Aboriginal offenders have complicated backgrounds that influence their behaviour and their sense of identity that must be taken into consideration. Culturally-based interventions, such as participating in ceremonies and working with Elders, may be particularly helpful for this population. Most approaches that foster supportive and compassionate relationships, however, are likely to be helpful with all offenders who engage in NSSI, and may be particularly important for those who have not had success with mainstream treatment. Why we did this study NSSI (any type of deliberately self-inflicted harm or disfigurement that is undertaken without suicidal intent) is one of the most distressing behaviours that mental health professionals deal with, yet there is limited research regarding how staff can effectively interact with offenders to promote better outcomes. Given the number of Aboriginal offenders in CSC and the uniqueness of Aboriginal culture, more information is needed on how to best serve these offenders and examine what role their culture plays in designing effective interventions. What we did Fourteen staff members working with Aboriginal offenders in CSC correctional institutions and the community participated in focus groups or one-on-one interviews. The following topics were discussed: 1) experience working with Aboriginal offenders and offenders who self-injure; 2) challenges that arise when working with these groups; 3) treatment of self-injury; and 4) the role of culture in self-injury desistence. All interviews and focus groups were recorded and transcribed verbatim. A phenomenological approach was used to analyze the transcripts. Responses were classified into themes and categories to illustrate the structure or commonalities of experiences described by participants. Details: Ottawa: Correctional Service of Canada, 2014. 1p.(summary), 33p. To obtain a PDF version of the full report, or for other inquiries, please e-mail the Research Branch Source: Internet Resource: Research Report R-317: Accessed April 23, 2016 at: http://www.csc-scc.gc.ca/005/008/092/r317-eng.pdf Year: 2014 Country: Canada Keywords: Aboriginal Offenders Shelf Number: 138796

Author: Snider, Carolyn Title: Community Assessment of a Gang Exit Strategy for Winnipeg, Manitoba Summary: In an effort to address the issue of gangs in Winnipeg, the Gang Action Interagency Network (GAIN) in collaboration with the University of Manitoba, with funding provided by the Department of Justice Canada (Youth Justice Fund - Guns, Gangs, and Drugs) conducted research for the purpose of informing future gang-exit initiatives in Winnipeg. The following report is the result of this research. With the goal of developing tangible and actionable steps towards addressing the gang issue in Winnipeg, GAIN's research was focused on learning from three specific areas: Stakeholder Consultation, Youth Consultation and Existing Evidence. Interviews with key community stakeholders included experts from youth service agencies, corrections, law enforcement, social workers, parole officers and former gang members. Youth consultations included youth who participate in violence prevention programs offered by various community agencies. Youth are often overlooked as keepers of knowledge, and these consultations were valuable in hearing key insights from the very youth who are affected by gangs on a daily basis. A review of existing gang strategies and programs from throughout North America was then conducted to identify successful components, which might be useful when adapted to a Winnipeg context, and to identify measurable indicators. The results of the research indicate a need to address young people's ability to fulfill their own basic needs whether physical or social. Within the research, 3 specific areas of focus were identified. The theme of Identity and Belonging was prevalent in the research as participants identified a need for mentorship, cultural reclamation, and community efficacy. Healing was another focal area which emerged within the research as participants shared about the need for greater access to addictions and mental health care. Participants also spoke about the need for restorative justice and greater support for families in crisis. Finally, participants spoke about the need for Expanded Programming. Although many great programs already exist in Winnipeg, many participants identified the long waiting lists to get into programs and lack of 24hr programming that could provide safe spaces when many young people are at their most vulnerable point and need it most. Participants also spoke about the need for more opportunities with regards to employment and skills/job training. Evidence of components of existing programs and strategies clearly mirrored the needs that were identified in our consultations. This report highlights the need for further action by our governments to work with the member agencies of GAIN to help our youth avoid gang involvement through the development of initiatives that will help fulfill our youths needs of Identity and Belonging, Healing and Expanded Programming. Details: Gang Action Interagency Network (Gain), 2014. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 2, 2016 at: https://gainmb.files.wordpress.com/2011/03/gain-report1.pdf Year: 2014 Country: Canada Keywords: Community Participation Shelf Number: 138886

Author: Kiedrowski, John Title: Amalgamation of Police Services Summary: Police amalgamation (also referred to as regionalization, consolidation, or merger) has been a focus for administrators of police service delivery since the early 1950s when various provincial governments began to promote the amalgamation of services in adjacent municipal governments in the interests of cost-effectiveness and efficiency. The major justification for police amalgamation has been that significant cost savings would result through achieving economies of scale. While several studies show that economies of scale can be achieved in some contexts, other research suggests diseconomies of scale may also occur depending on the context and the size of police services being amalgamated. Police expenditure and crime rate data were collected for nine police services across Canada to help understand the impact of police amalgamation on the cost-effectiveness and efficiency of service delivery. Our review found no significant differences in cost-effectiveness and efficiency of service delivery among those police services that had undergone amalgamation and those continuing to operate independently. Several potential implications of police amalgamation for the FNPP are identified and discussed in the context of the legal framework for First Nations policing, Aboriginal governance and funding issues, and the rural and remote locations of many Aboriginal communities. Details: Ottawa: Public Safety Canada, 2016. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: RESEARCH REPORT: 2015-R027: Accessed May 4, 2016 at: http://www.publicsafety.gc.ca/cnt/rsrcs/pblctns/mlgmtn-plc-srvcs/report-en.pdf Year: 2016 Country: Canada Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 138916

Author: Canadian Centre on Substance Abuse Title: Cannabis Regulation: Lessons Learned in Colorado and Washington State Summary: In November 2012, Colorado and Washington state became the first two US states to legalize the personal possession and retail sale of cannabis. The two states developed regulatory frameworks with many common features (e.g., minimum purchase age of 21, ban on public use), and some key differences. For example, Washington bans personal production, while Colorado permits up to five plants per household. The two states began with different contexts: Colorado had a well-established, regulated medical distribution system to build on, and Washington had no existing regulated supply. Retail sales began on January 1, 2014, in Colorado and on July 8, 2014, in Washington. To learn from evidence and experience about the legalization of cannabis for non-therapeutic use and its health, social, economic and public safety impacts, the Canadian Centre on Substance Abuse (CCSA) led delegations to Colorado (February 2015) and Washington state (August 2015). The delegations consisted of partners from public health, treatment and enforcement sectors. The goal was to inform the ongoing dialogue about policy options for the regulation of cannabis in Canada and internationally by observing the effects of the various models and approaches in the two states. The aim was not to take a position on the question of legalization, but to collect the best available information to support evidence-informed policy advice. To this end, the delegation met with stakeholders from a range of perspectives, including public health, regulation, government, enforcement, prevention and the cannabis industry. The overarching lesson that emerged during discussions with stakeholders was that any jurisdiction considering policy change should identify a clear purpose to drive the overall approach. In other words, begin by defining the problem to be solved and the goals to be achieved. Colorado and Washington had to develop a comprehensive regulatory framework taking a substance from criminal prohibition to retail sales. Any new regulatory system for cannabis needs to address considerations across health, public health, enforcement, criminal justice, social and economic sectors. It must account for the administration, monitoring and enforcement of all processes, including production, processing, sales, advertising and taxation. The framework also has to coordinate federal, state, district and municipal orders of government, and their respective roles in such areas as enforcement, taxation and health care. The CCSA delegation learned the following key lessons about developing a regulatory framework from stakeholders: - Reconcile medical and retail markets to promote consistency in such areas as purchase quantities and administration, and to reduce the scope of the grey market, which is the market for products produced or distributed in ways that are unauthorized or unregulated, but not strictly illegal; - Be prepared to respond to the unexpected, such as the overconsumption of edibles in Colorado and an unmanageable volume of licensing applications within a limited time frame in Washington state; - Control product formats and concentrations to ensure there are no unanticipated consequences from unregulated formats and concentrations; - Prevent commercialization through taxation, rigorous state regulation and monitoring, and controls on advertising and promotion; and - Prevent use by youth by controlling access and investing in effective health promotion, prevention, awareness and education for both youth and parents. The need to invest in effective implementation was a common message of stakeholders in both Colorado and Washington. They highlighted the value of allocating a portion of funds generated through retail sales to education, prevention, treatment and research. They also emphasized the need to ensure proactive investment to build capacity before the new regulations are implemented and retail sales begin. These investments fall into several common themes: - Take the time required to develop an effective framework for implementation and to prepare for a successful launch; (Colorado stakeholders recommended taking longer than the one-year period provided in that state. There is also a need to give retailers time to develop capacity to meet consumer demand. Washington stakeholders encountered price escalation as retailers struggled to obtain or produce product within two months of receiving licenses.) - Develop the capacity to administer the regulatory framework, recognizing that a significant investment in staff and administration is required to process licenses, conductcomprehensive inspections and address violations; - Provide strong central leadership and promote collaboration to bring diverse partners to the table from the beginning and to promote open, consistent communication and collaborative problem-solving; - Invest proactively in a public health approach that builds capacity in prevention, education and treatment before implementation to minimize negative health and social impacts associated with cannabis use; - Develop a clear, comprehensive communication strategy to convey details of the regulations prior to implementation, so that the public and other stakeholders understand what is permitted, as well as the risks and harms associated with use, so that individuals can make informed choices; - Ensure consistent enforcement of regulations by investing in training and tools for those responsible for enforcement, particularly to prevent and address impaired driving and diversion to youth, and to control the black market; - Invest in research to establish the evidence base underlying the regulations, and to address gaps in knowledge, such as new and emerging trends and patterns of use; and - Conduct rigorous, ongoing data collection, including gathering baseline data, to monitor the impact of the regulatory framework and inform gradual change to best meet policy objectives and reduce negative impacts. In summary, the consistent message CCSA heard was that any jurisdiction considering regulatory changes to cannabis policy should take the time to set up the infrastructure and allocate the resources needed to get it right, assess impacts along the way and make incremental changes, as needed. Details: Ottawa: Canadian Centre on Substance Abuse, 2015. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 4, 2016 at: http://www.ccsa.ca/Resource%20Library/CCSA-Cannabis-Regulation-Lessons-Learned-Report-2015-en.pdf Year: 2015 Country: Canada Keywords: Cannabis Shelf Number: 138920

Author: Joffres, Kilauea Title: Disruption Strategies for Online Child Pornography Networks Summary: The advent of the Internet has allowed for the creation of online child pornography networks, in which websites link to one another and facilitate access to child pornographic materials. This project seeks to use social network analysis tools to identify effective disruption strategies against online child pornography networks. For this purpose, four networks of child exploitation material were extracted using a specially designed web-crawler. These networks were then submitted to three different attack strategies (hub, bridge, and fragmentation attacks), the effects of which were measured on three outcome measures (density, clustering, and reachability). It was found that, to reduce density and clustering, hub attacks were generally the most effective strategy. Conversely, to reduce reachability, fragmentation attacks were the most successful strategy. In addition, fragmentation attacks are valuable for extremely large attacks across all outcome measures (e.g., when over half of the network nodes are removed). Variables such as network size and type did not appear to influence the effectiveness of attack strategies. Implications for law enforcement practice and future research are examined. Details: Burnaby, BC: Simon Fraser University, 2012. 121p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed May 4, 2016 at: http://summit.sfu.ca/item/12138 Year: 2012 Country: Canada Keywords: Child Pornography Shelf Number: 138925

Author: McMurtry, Roy Title: The Review of the Roots of Youth Violence: Volume 2: Executive Summary Summary: When Ontario Premier Dalton McGuinty asked us to undertake this review in the aftermath of the fatal shooting of a high school student at school, he had the wisdom not to simply ask for short-term ideas about how to deploy yet more law enforcement resources to try to suppress this kind of violence. Instead, he asked us to spend a year seeking to find out where it is coming from - its roots - and what might be done to address them to make Ontario safer in the long term. This turned out to be a most challenging assignment. Ontario is a large and diverse province. The issues are complex and controversial. Time was limited, and both the pressures and expectations have been high. We nonetheless thank the Premier for this opportunity and commend him for the initiative he took in placing the focus on the long-term well-being of Ontario and its residents. In undertaking this work, we joined a conversation rather than starting one. Our work, although focusing on a more fundamental analysis than has often been the case, did not begin in a vacuum. In provincial and other governments and, perhaps most importantly, in communities across this province, many individuals have combined compassion with passion to help address the violence in our society. However, we found no overall policy in place to guide this work and no structures to coordinate the efforts of those doing it. We found a focus on problems rather than on the roots of problems, and on interventions once the roots had taken hold rather than on actions to prevent that happening. Overall, our analysis brought to light a number of underlying issues that call for attention in a structured and sustained way. While this "roots" analysis has by definition caused us to focus on often very deep and sometimes divisive problems and has perhaps in some areas given our report a negative tone, we believe that our plan for the future is positive. With good communications and sustained and visible commitment, it will earn and receive significant public support. Details: Ottawa: Queen's Printer for Ontario, 2008. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 4, 2016 at: http://www.children.gov.on.ca/htdocs/english/documents/topics/youthandthelaw/rootsofyouthviolence-vol2.pdf Year: 2008 Country: Canada Keywords: Juvenile Delinquents Shelf Number: 138926

Author: McMurtry, Roy Title: Review of the Roots of Youth Violence. Volume 5: Literature Reviews Summary: Includes the following reviews: The Root Causes of Youth Violence: A Review of Major Theoretical Perspectives T he purpose of this report is to briefly outline major theories that have examined the root causes of crime and violence. A full discussion of the many studies and research results associated with each of these theoretical perspectives is well beyond the scope of this document. Indeed, a quick examination of the reference section will reveal that volumes have already been devoted to each of the theories reviewed below. Thus, the purpose of this report is to review the major principles or concepts associated with each theory, examine major research findings that either support or refute these principles, and briefly discuss major policy implications. and: Preventing Youth Crime and Violence: A Review of the Literature The purpose of this report is to briefly outline major theories that have examined the root causes of crime and violence. A full discussion of the many studies and research results associated with each of these theoretical perspectives is well beyond the scope of this document. Indeed, a quick examination of the reference section will reveal that volumes have already been devoted to each of the theories reviewed below. Thus, the purpose of this report is to review the major principles or concepts associated with each theory, examine major research findings that either support or refute these principles, and briefly discuss major policy implications. The Reeport was to review major theories that attempt to identify the root causes of violent crime. The identification of proven or promising crime prevention strategies, unfortunately, was not a priority of this document. However, the next report in this volume, "Youth Crime Prevention: A Review of the Evaluation Literature" (Wortley et al., 2008), provides a much more extensive discussion of crime prevention programs and strategies. In that companion report, a thorough effort is made to identify both proven and promising policy developments, as well as crime prevention strategies that have been shown to be ineffective. Details: Ottawa: Queen's Printer for Ontario, 2008. 570p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 4, 2006 at: http://www.children.gov.on.ca/htdocs/english/documents/topics/youthandthelaw/rootsofyouthviolence-vol5.pdf Year: 2008 Country: Canada Keywords: Delinquency Prevention Shelf Number: 138929

Author: Baker, Linda Title: The Link between Boys' Victimization and Adult Perpetration of Intimate Partner Violence: Opportunities for prevention across the life course Summary: Intimate partner violence (IPV) is defined as violence committed by married, separated, divorced, common-law, dating, or other intimate partners (Statistics Canada, 2015). IPV can involve a range of abusive behaviours, including but not limited to physical, sexual, and psychological harm. It is distinguished from other forms of violence in the nature of the relationship between victims and abusers, which is generally ongoing, with potential emotional attachment and economic dependence (Statistics Canada, 2012). In addition, there tend to be multiple incidents of violence over time rather than single or isolated events. The impact of violence in the context of IPV can extend beyond the direct victim to children who are exposed to the violence (Statistics Canada, 2012). Exposure to IPV, for the purposes of this paper, is included in the term child maltreatment along with neglect, emotional/psychological abuse, physical abuse, and sexual abuse. These various forms of maltreatment are defined in Table 1 and are in accordance with the Canadian Incidence Study (Public Health Agency of Canada, 2010). Typically, children are considered those individuals under 18 years of age (Murray & Graves, 2013). While the majority of individuals who experience maltreatment in childhood do not engage in IPV, a large portion of men who perpetrate violence against their female partners were abused or exposed to family violence as a child (Baker & Stith, 2008; Holt, Buckley & Whelan, 2008; Vezina & Hebert, 2007). Furthermore, just as child maltreatment is a risk factor for future IPV perpetration, the presence of IPV is a risk factor for child maltreatment (Alhusen et al., 2014; Public Health Agency of Canada, 2010). In fact, the cooccurrence of child maltreatment and IPV within families is well-documented in the literature, with prevalence estimates ranging from 30 to 60% (Edleson, 1999; Jouriles et al., 2008; Hamby et al., 2010). Not surprisingly, there are many common risk factors between IPV perpetration and child maltreatment perpetration, which exist at the individual, relationship, community, and societal level (bolded in Table 2; see also: Appendix A). The identified factors tend to be shared by abusers; however, it is also important to acknowledge diversity among men (see "Abusive Men" in Part II for more information). Understanding men's pathways to IPV perpetration, then, involves further exploration of the maltreatment they may have experienced as boys, and preventing child maltreatment also involves working with perpetrators of IPV. Details: London, ON: Centre for Research & Education on Violence Against Women & Children, 2016. 84p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 13, 2016 at: http://www.vawlearningnetwork.ca/sites/vawlearningnetwork.ca/files/PHAC_Boys_report_S_0.pdf Year: 2016 Country: Canada Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 139012

Author: Allen, Mary Title: Young Adult Offenders in Canada, 2014 Summary: Young adult offenders in Canada, 2014: highlights - Police-reported data show that young adults aged 18 to 24 have the highest rates of criminal offending of any age group. In 2014, there were over 183,000 young adults accused of crimes by police, representing a rate of 5,428 individuals accused per 100,000 young adults. In comparison, the rates of accused for youth aged 12 to 17 (4,322 per 100,000 youth) as well as for adults aged 25 to 29 (4,712) and 30 to 34 (4,022) were notably lower. - Between 2009 and 2014, the rate of all individuals accused of crime by police in Canada fell 22%. Over this timeframe, the overall rate for young adults accused declined 31%. However, the drop was greatest among young adults aged 18 and 19 (-37%), similar to that for youth aged 12 to 17 (-39%). The drop among 20- to 24-year-old young adults accused of crime was slightly smaller (-24%), but still greater than for adults aged 25 to 29 (-10%) and those aged 30 and older (-10%). - The criminal offences most frequently committed by young adults were theft of $5,000 or under (727 per 100,000 young adults), common assault (682 per 100,000 young adults), and mischief (585 per 100,000 young adults). Almost one quarter of young adults accused of crime were accused in offences against the administration of justice (1,286 per 100,000 young adults)- primarily failure to comply with the conditions of a sentence, breach of probation and failure to appear. In addition, rates of individuals accused of cannabis possession were also high among young adults (747 per 100,000). - Rates of individuals accused of homicide and attempted murder, as well as assault (levels 1, 2 and 3), were highest among young adults compared to older adults and youth. In addition, young adults had the highest rates of mischief, disturbing the peace, Criminal Code traffic violations (primarily impaired driving), and "other" Criminal Code offences. - As a group, young adults had the highest rates of drug offences under the Controlled Drugs and Substances Act. Two-thirds (67%) of all young adults accused in drug crimes were accused of cannabis possession. While cannabis possession peaked at age 18 in 2014, the rates of individuals accused of non-cannabis drug offences peaked later at age 21. - Although property crimes, such as theft of $5,000 or under, were common among young adults, they were generally more frequent among youth. Youth aged 12 to 17 had higher rates than young adults for many property crimes, most notably break and enter and theft of $5,000 or under. Youth also had higher rates than young adults for robbery and uttering threats. In addition, youth had the highest accused rates for sexual assault level 1 and sexual violations against children. - Police-reported data show that, in 2014, overall criminal offending in Canada peaked at age 17 and then declined steadily with age, but the nature of the age-crime distribution differed by type of offence. For some offences, most notably theft of $5,000 or under, break and enter, uttering threats, robbery, motor vehicle theft, and sexual offences, accused rates peaked among youth before age 18, and were considerably lower by age 25. - Rates of homicide and attempted murder as well as major assault, mischief, and cannabis possession peaked among young adults, but were notably lower by age 30. For other crimes, offending declined with age, but the aging-out process appeared to be more gradual. These include common assault, criminal harassment, impaired driving, non-cannabis drug offences, as well as disturbing the peace. - The Territories show a notable variation from the association between criminal offending and age shown nationally. Instead, the rate of individuals accused of crime in the territories in 2014 peaked at age 24 and continued to remain high until about age 50. This is mainly the result of high rates of non-violent offences, primarily mischief and disturbing the peace. Details: Ottawa: Statistics Canada, 2016. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Juristat, 36(1): Accessed May 18, 2016 at: http://www.statcan.gc.ca/pub/85-002-x/2016001/article/14561-eng.pdf Year: 2016 Country: Canada Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 139068

Author: Currie, Janet Title: Crime Prevention in Canada: Implementation Challenges and Strategies to Overcome Them Summary: This report presents the results of an external contract on the analysis of implementation data from crime prevention projects funded by Public Safety Canada's National Crime Prevention Strategy (NCPS). It documents common challenges based upon certain aspects of the project, and identifies facilitators of successful program implementation. Details: Ottawa: Public Safety Canada, 2015. 2p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report: 2015-R005: Accessed May 23, 2016 at: https://www.publicsafety.gc.ca/cnt/rsrcs/pblctns/2015-r005/2015-r005-smmry-en.pdf Year: 2015 Country: Canada Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 139125

Author: Wilton, Geoff Title: Outcomes for Sex Offenders with Concurrent Substance Abuse and Mental Health Disorders Summary: Sex offenders with concurrent mental health and substance abuse disorders experience more negative outcomes than sex offenders with a mental disorder only or the general sex offender population. Offenders with concurrent disorders require a correctional plan that includes both specific correctional programs to reduce their multiple criminogenic needs as well as specialized interventions to stabilize mental health. Sex offenders with a mental disorder only also experience more negative outcomes than the general sex offender population. Programs for Aboriginal sex offenders should consider that there are higher rates of concurrent mental health and substance abuse disorders than among non-Aboriginal sex offenders. What we found Compared to the population of sex offenders, those with concurrent disorders had significantly higher criminal risk and criminogenic need ratings, higher rates of serious and minor institutional charges, more admissions to administrative segregation, and lower correctional program completion rates. They were more likely to have adult women victims than the other sex offender groups. On release, 29% of sex offenders with concurrent disorders returned to custody with an offence within one year, a rate over three times higher than the general sex offender population (8%). However, survival analyses revealed much of this gap was accounted for by group differences in sentence length, age at release, prior adult convictions, the rating on the associates and employment needs domains. Aboriginal offenders are over-represented among sex offenders with concurrent disorders, representing 42% of offenders with a concurrent disorder, but only 25% of the general sex offender population. Sex offenders with a mental disorder only also had poorer outcomes than the population of sex offenders, but not as poor as those with concurrent disorders. The mental disorder only group had slightly but significantly greater need and criminal risk ratings, more institutional charges, and more admissions to segregation than the population of sex offenders. They were more likely to have only child and adolescent victims than the other two sex offender groups. Rates of returns to custody with an offence within the mental disorder group were approximately double that of the sex offender population, but this difference was not significant. Details: Ottawa: Correctional Service of Canada, 2014. 51p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report No. R-335: Accessed May 26, 2016 at: http://publications.gc.ca/collections/collection_2016/scc-csc/PS83-3-335-eng.pdf Year: 2014 Country: Canada Keywords: Alcoholism Shelf Number: 139159

Author: Gaudig-Rueger, Steffen Title: Street Gangs, Outlaw Bikers, the Mafia and the Mexican Cartels: Dynamics of Transnational Organized Crime and Drug Trafficking in Canada Summary: Over the last few years, Mexican organizations active in the cocaine trade have chosen to stop working through Canadian middlemen and have instead established a direct presence in Canada. What factors have facilitated this decision? How is it likely to affect the dynamics of the transnational drug trade in Canada? It appears that the decision to stop working through middlemen can be traced back to a relative contemporary weakness of Canadian organized crime groups that traditionally handled the Canadian distribution. Further, a convenient network opportunity for direct expansion into Canada has presented itself to the cartels in the form of recently immigrated Mexican-Canadian Mennonites, some of whom have long acted as Mexican cartel-agents. Despite the fearsome reputation of Mexican cartels, there has been no noticeable increase in drug-related violence in Canada, and it is highly unlikely that they will bring Mexico-style violence to Canada with them in the near-term. Details: Calgary, Alberta: University of Calgary, 2015. 109p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed May 31, 2016 at: http://theses.ucalgary.ca/bitstream/11023/2511/4/ucalgary_2015_gaudig_steffen.pdf Year: 2015 Country: Canada Keywords: Bikers Shelf Number: 139251

Author: McIntyre, Susan Title: Under the Radar: The Sexual Exploitation of Young Men. British Columbia Edition Summary: In December of 2002, Strolling Away was released. Strolling Away represented a longitudinal retrospective study that examined young people from the sexual exploitation trade in 1991-1992 and then again in 2001-2002. The opportunity to interview individuals 10 years later was valuable. One of its major findings was that we know very little about young men involved in the sexual exploitation trade. The young men I interviewed commented on how my questions were "chick questions". It was clear that we have traditionally looked at this issue through a female lens. It became evident through this study that more research was required in order to understand young men in the sexual exploitation trade. Interviews for Under the Radar: The Sexual Exploitation of Young Men - British Columbia Edition began in April 2004 and wrapped up in March 2005. Forty young men were interviewed in total. Twenty-four interviews occurred in Vancouver and 16 in Victoria. Details: Calgary, Alberta: Hindsight Group, 2006. 140p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 1, 2016 at: http://www.hindsightgroup.com/Resources/Documents/BC%20Final%20Report.pdf Year: 2006 Country: Canada Keywords: Male Prostitution (Canada) Shelf Number: 139264

Author: Rosario, Giselle Title: Evaluation Summary of the Life Skills Training Program Summary: This research report provides evaluation results for the Life Skills Training (LST) program implemented in Edmonton, Alberta. LST is a prevention program targeting adolescent drug and alcohol use. Implementing and evaluating model programs provides an opportunity to assess what factors contribute to changes amongst different target populations in a variety of contexts. This evaluation research study was conducted between 2010 and 2014 and was adapted to an Aboriginal population. Valid conclusions regarding the effect of the LST program on substance use onset was unable to be drawn from the data available, as the project experienced challenges with enrolment, participant retention and drop-outs. Qualitative findings on most variables, however, were positive. Details: Ottawa: Public Safety Canada, 2016. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report: 2015-R013: Accessed June 8, 2016 at: http://www.publicsafety.gc.ca/cnt/rsrcs/pblctns/2016-r013/2016-r013-en.pdf Year: 2016 Country: Canada Keywords: Drug Abuse Shelf Number: 139327

Author: McIntyre, Susan Title: Under the Radar: The Sexual Exploitation of Young Man. Manitoba Edition Summary: In December of 2002, Strolling Away was released. Strolling Away represented a longitudinal retrospective study that examined young people from the sexual exploitation trade in 1991-1992 and then again in 2001-2002. The opportunity to interview individuals 10 years later was valuable. One of its major findings was that we know very little about young men involved in the sexual exploitation trade. The young men I interviewed commented on how my questions were "chick questions". It was clear that we have traditionally looked at this issue through a female lens. It became evident through this study that more research was required in order to understand young men in the sexual exploitation trade. Interviews for Under the Radar: The Sexual Exploitation of Young Men - Manitoba Edition began in March 2006 and wrapped up in January 2007. Forty young men were interviewed in total. All forty interviews occurred in Winnipeg. Characteristics of Respondents - 67% of this population are of Aboriginal heritage - 55% had involvement with the Child Welfare System - Just over 30% had completed high school - 77% had a history of running away - 80% had a history prior to the street of being sexually violated - 87% had been physically violated and witnessed aggression while growing up - 70% entered the sexual exploitation trade under the age of 18 - 15% entered the sexual exploitation trade over the age of 20 - Males entered the sexual exploitation trade younger and stayed longer than young women - Close to 70% experienced staying in shelters - Almost everyone felt no one should do this type of work - The fear of gay-bashing exists - Drug use is extensive - Exiting the sexual exploitation trade is a long process, and is usually attempted more than once - Almost everyone has, and does, access HIV / STD testing Details: Calgary, Alberta: The Hindsight Group, 2008. 130p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 10, 2016 at: http://www.gov.mb.ca/fs/traciastrust/pubs/under_the_radar.pdf Year: 2008 Country: Canada Keywords: Child Prostitution Shelf Number: 139359

Author: Smith-Moncrieffe, Donna Title: Final Program Evaluation: Towards No Drug Abuse Summary: Conducting an impact evaluation with a Blueprint evidence-based drug prevention program can provide information about how the program works with youth in a school setting in Canada. This evaluation study conducted between 2009 and 2014 in Hamilton, Ontario utilized a quasi-experimental, repeated measures between-group design. Conducting multivariate analyses with an experimental group (n=1,917) and a comparison group of youth (n=309) allowed the NCPS to identify whether this program was effective at reducing key outcomes including drug abuse, weapon-carrying and victimization. Details: Ottawa: Public Safety Canada, 2015. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report: 2015-R010: Accessed June 28, 2016 at: http://www.publicsafety.gc.ca/cnt/rsrcs/pblctns/2015-r010/2015-r010-en.pdf Year: 2016 Country: Canada Keywords: Delinquency Prevention Shelf Number: 139517

Author: Wilson, Amy Title: Engaging Community: Addressing Sex Trafficking in Edmonton Summary: In 2013, in response to growing concern over the issue of sex trafficking in Canadian communities, Status of Women Canada (SWC) provided ACT Alberta with funding to develop a Community Action Plan to prevent and reduce sex trafficking of women and girls in Edmonton. This project was focused on developing a practical, cross-sectoral plan and was guided by Public Safety Canada's Local Safety Audit Guide: To prevent trafficking in persons and related exploitation. A Core Team of eleven distinct community stakeholders was convened to help guide and support this collaborative plan. Details: Edmonton: ACT Alberta, 2014. 97p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 1, 2016 at: http://www.actalberta.org/uploads/110515_Y8eM7nAKDegpW3Zj_142428.pdf Year: 201 Country: Canada Keywords: Human Trafficking Shelf Number: 139544

Author: Hanby, Laura J. Title: A Longitudinal Study of Dynamic Risk, Protective Factors, and Criminal Recidivism: Change Over Time and the Impact of Assessment Timing Summary: Risk assessment and risk management are central to most decisions made about offenders, particularly when considering community release after a period of incarceration. Although the field of risk assessment has progressed considerably, there remain limitations within current practices. The present research uses a variety of sophisticated statistical techniques to examine the systematic assessment and reassessments of risk in a large sample (N = 3498) of New Zealand parolees. The validity of the Dynamic Risk Assessment for Offender Re-entry (DRAOR), a measure of dynamic risk and protective factors, was assessed across time in all offenders released on parole. The measure demonstrated acceptable psychometric properties, although future research should seek to refine the subscales as suggested by its factor structure. Beyond validating the DRAOR, this study showed that reconvictions and criminal reconvictions during a two-year follow-up period can be accurately predicted from dynamic risk factors and protective factors (as measured by the DRAOR). Stable and acute dynamic risk scores decreased over time while protective factor scores increased, suggesting that the DRAOR is sensitive to change. Recidivists differed from non-recidivists in stable dynamic risk and protective factors in the month prior to follow-up end and in acute dynamic risk in the second month prior to follow-up end. Reconvictions were accurately predicted from monthly average Stable Risk beginning at parole start and continuing for 12 months of assessments, while Protective Factors were predictive for the first 4 months only. These results indicate that the DRAOR has promise as a valid tool for risk assessment and risk management. The findings of this study highlight the mechanisms by which risk changes over time and provides support for a transitional model of offender re-entry focusing on dynamic risk and protective factors. Details: Ottawa: Carleton University, 2013. 225p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed July 11, 2016 at: https://curve.carleton.ca/system/files/etd/b6aa7d5d-f44b-48d6-9ea9-5d0f92b8f7a7/etd_pdf/a7fc1a78dfe694530e8937c422d4851e/hanby-alongitudinalstudyofdynamicriskprotective.pdf Year: 2013 Country: Canada Keywords: Offender Risk Assessment Shelf Number: 139593

Author: Ellingwood, Holly Title: A Better Estimation of Police Costs by Offence Types Summary: A BETTER ESTIMATION OF POLICE COSTS BY OFFENCE TYPES PUBLIC SAFETY CANADA 1 = Abst ract The economics of policing and cost of crime remain important issues in Canada, yet much of it is done at an aggregated, macro -level, disallowing more granular estimates. The aim of the current project is to provide a better estimate by examining police data at a micro -level to allow for a more accurate assessment on policing costs by offence type . This report assesse s policing costs through collaboration with two different Canadian police services (Waterlo o Regional Police Service and Ontario Provincial Police ).The tangible costs of policing by off ence type are calculated using hours and salaries per incident. These results are compared, when possible, to the costs of non- criminal police activities. Analysi s of Waterloo Regional Police Service data reveals the proportion for cost of crime is 52.49% and 54.5% of total cost for reactionary and preventative policing in 2012 and 2013 respectively . Primary costs for calls for service in Waterloo are attributable to reactive and preventative police activities. Ontario Provincial Police data shows little variation in crime expenditures. OPP c rime related costs were higher than non- criminal activity expenditures , showing a n average cost of crime per year of 75.95 % for 2009 to 2012. Factoring in patrol costs in 2013 reduced the average cost of crime related costs to 45 %. Comparisons between UCR categories and victimization categories for interpersonal and property crimes indicate estimate outcomes changes depending on the chosen metric . The findings suggest standardized definitions to ensure comparable metrics are used across studies and that more detailed, accurate analyses can provide more informative outcomes. Details: Ottawa: Public Safety Canada, 2016. 71p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report: 2015-R018: Accessed July 12, 2016 at: http://www.publicsafety.gc.ca/cnt/rsrcs/pblctns/2015-r018/2015-r018-en.pdf Year: 2016 Country: Canada Keywords: Costs of Crime Shelf Number: 139621

Author: Savignac, Julie Title: Guide for Selecting an Effective Crime Prevention Program Summary: For several years, the evidence- based approach has been used in the crime prevention domain to support programs that have demonstrated their effectiveness in reducing crime and improving community safety. The evidence- based approach, which relates to program effectiveness, is based on high scientific standards from results on program effectiveness that come from rigorous evaluation studies. Registries /databases , available to the public, widely disseminate evidence - based programs. The notion of "evidence" is operationalized (i.e. , to materialize) through a continuum of program effectiveness: this is why there are different categories of programs, from "model programs", to "promising programs", to "ineffective programs". The evidence- based approach thus needs to be well understood by local authorities and applied appropriately through the programs and practices that will be implemented in local communities. From this conceptualization multiple questions arise, some of which go unaddressed. For example, among all crime prevention programs supported by evidence, how do you select the most appropriate program that will meet the demands of funders, the needs of the population, and the organizational capacities of the lead organization? Where can information on programs and practices supported by evidence be found? How do we ensure that effective strategies and potential challenges will be considered? This report has been developed to provide some answers to questions on the use of evidence-based programs by practitioners and policy makers. Evidence- based crime prevention programs can get better results than traditional programs, but to achieve the expected results, it is necessary that the right program is selected for the right clientele and that it is implemented using effective strategies. This report, without being exhaustive, provides practical guidance to help individuals better understand the evidence-based approach in crime prevention, proposes a step-by-step framework to guide them during program selection and implementation, and also suggests key elements for sustainability. This guide is an updated and more detailed version of a publication previously posted on Public Safety Canada's website ( Guide to Select Promising and Model Crime Prevention Programs ; 2012). Details: Ottawa: Public Safety Canada, 2015. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report: 2015-R009: Accessed July 13, 2016 at: http://www.publicsafety.gc.ca/cnt/rsrcs/pblctns/gd-slctng-ffctv-prgrm/gd-slctng-ffctv-prgrm-en.pdf Year: 2015 Country: Canada Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 139633

Author: Canada. Task Force on Marijuana Legalization and Regulation Title: Toward the Legalization, Regulation and Restriction of Access to Marijuana - Discussion Paper Summary: In the 2015 Speech from the Throne, the Government of Canada committed to legalizing, regulating, and restricting access to marijuana. The current approach to marijuana prohibition is not working: - Youth continue to use marijuana at rates among the highest in the world. - Thousands of Canadians end up with criminal records for non-violent drug offences each year. - Organized crime reaps billions of dollars in profits from its sale. - Most Canadians no longer believe that simple marijuana possession should be subject to harsh criminal sanctions, and support the Government's commitment to legalize, tax and regulate marijuana. The Government understands the complexity of this challenge and the need to take the time to get it right. The Minister of Justice and Attorney General of Canada, supported by the Minister of Public Safety and Emergency Preparedness and the Minister of Health, has created a Task Force on Marijuana Legalization and Regulation ("the Task Force"). The Task Force is mandated to engage with provincial, territorial and municipal governments, Indigenous governments and representative organizations, youth, and experts in relevant fields, including but not limited to: public health, substance abuse, criminal justice, law enforcement, economics, and industry and those groups with expertise in production, distribution and sales. The Task Force will provide advice on the design of a new framework. The Task Force will receive submissions from interested parties, including individual Canadians, consult widely, listen and learn, and commission any necessary focussed research to support its work. It is supported by a federal secretariat and will report back to the three Ministers on behalf of the Government in November 2016, on a date to be determined by the Ministers. This Discussion Paper is designed to support consultations led by the Task Force. Its goal is to support a focussed dialogue. Details: Ottawa: Government of Canada, 2016. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 20, 2016 at: http://healthycanadians.gc.ca/health-system-systeme-sante/consultations/legalization-marijuana-legalisation/alt/legalization-marijuana-legalisation-eng.pdf Year: 2016 Country: Canada Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 139718

Author: Madon, Natasha Sam Title: Intersections of Youths' Perceptions: Youths' Perceptions of Their Treatment by the Criminal Justice System and Other Social Institutions Summary: In three studies, I explore the manner in which young people's encounters with the justice system affects their views of the system as whole. Framed within the procedural justice perspective, I examine how adolescents perceive their treatment by criminal justice actors and explore the relationship of these views to their views of other parts of the justice system and to their views of other social institutions (e.g., the education system and employment sector). In this way, this research seeks to examine whether treatment by the justice system matters to young people in the same way that it has been reported to be important for adults. The findings, although somewhat mixed, suggest that treatment does matter to young people, but that the ways in which they understand the police, courts, and corrections may differ from the more cohesive or consistent views of adults. Young people appear to be in the process of developing their views of the criminal justice system during adolescence and have not forged generalized views of the criminal justice system as a whole. Rather, they distinguish their experiences and views of the police from those of the courts and corrections. Similarly, young people do not appear to possess a negativity bias to all authority figures and social institutions, with the findings here suggesting that the ways in which young people view their treatment by criminal justice actors and the legitimacy of the criminal justice system are quite different from how they are viewing teachers and the educational system as well as future employment and success in later life. Taken together, the findings point to a more nuanced perspective on the nature of youths' views of the criminal justice system and other civic institutions. Details: Toronto: Centre for Criminology and Sociolegal Studies, University of Toronto, 2015. 210p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed July 21, 2016 at: https://tspace.library.utoronto.ca/bitstream/1807/71567/3/Madon_Natasha_S_201511_PhD_thesis.pdf Year: 2015 Country: Canada Keywords: Criminal Justice System Shelf Number: 139751

Author: Taylor, Alyssa Title: The Influence of Target Race on Split-Second Shooting Decisions in Simulated Scenarios: A Canadian Perspective Summary: Research in the U.S. has indicated that community members often show a negative Black bias when deciding to "shoot" Black versus White targets in simulated shooting tasks, but police officers often fail to show this bias. Three studies were conducted using a shooting task similar to the task used in previous research to examine whether this Black bias was present in the shoot/don't shoot decisions of Canadian participants. In addition, factors that were likely to increase or decrease the degree of racial bias in such decisions were examined. Study 1 (n = 146) found that samples of students, police recruits, and police officers displayed a White bias rather than a Black bias in their shoot/don't shoot decisions. Study 1b {n = 74) indicated that this finding was not attributable to the specific instructions provided to participants before they made their shoot/don't shoot decisions,which differed slightly from previous research, in that the purpose of the research was more salient. Study 2 (n = 130) introduced scenes that varied by complexity to students, police recruits, and police officers. As expected, and consistent with Study 1, this study demonstrated that a White bias existed in the shooting decisions of participants and that this bias was exacerbated under conditions of high complexity. Finally, Study 3 (n = 120) demonstrated that student participants exhibited a White shooting bias even when attempts were made to reduce the bias using an implementation intention training technique, which has been shown to reduce racial biases in previous studies. The theoretical and practical implications of this research are discussed, focusing primarily on potential reasons for the White shooting bias and what the bias might mean for use of force training. Directions for future research are also suggested Details: Ottawa, ONT: Carleton University, 2011. 231p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed July 23, 2016 at: https://curve.carleton.ca/c743202a-4e63-4a3d-8577-a7f11818587d Year: 2011 Country: Canada Keywords: Deadly Force Shelf Number: 139806

Author: Canada. Public Safety Canada Title: 2013-2014 Evaluation of the National Strategy for the Protection of Children from Sexual Exploitation on the Internet Summary: The National Strategy for the Protection of Children from Sexual Exploitation on the Internet (the National Strategy) is a horizontal initiative providing a comprehensive, coordinated approach to enhancing the protection of children on the Internet and pursuing those who use technology to prey on them. The evaluation covered the activities delivered under the National Strategy by Public Safety Canada, including: the Canadian Centre for Child Protection as a funding recipient for the management of the national tipline Cybertip.ca, the Royal Canadian Mounted Police (through NCECC-National Child Exploitation Coordination Centre, a national division of the Canadian Police Centre for Missing and Exploited Children/Behavioural Sciences Branch) and the Department of Justice. The evaluation included the Contribution Program to Combat Child Sexual Exploitation and Human Trafficking and its administration by Public Safety Canada. The scope of the evaluation covered the time period over the past five years (July 2008 to December 2013). There is a continued need to address the sexual exploitation of children on the Internet. Evidence shows increasing trends in the number of reported offences, the availability of material and the severity of these criminal acts. The increasing use of the Internet, mobile technologies and social media have facilitated the sexual exploitation of children. Concerns about child pornography have extended to the availability of material on peer-to-peer networks, the "dark Web" and through encrypted technologies. The problem extends well beyond Canada's borders. Law enforcement faces increasing challenges posed by transnational child sex offenders in addition to online child sexual exploitation offences in general. These types of international investigations are appropriately characterized as increasingly complex. The National Strategy remains relevant to ensure national collaboration and a consistent national approach, as well as cooperation with the international community. The evaluation points to a continued need for improved data collection, increased research efforts and enhanced information exchange at the national level in order to better understand the underpinnings and contributing factors surrounding online child sexual exploitation. There may be a need to revisit the current mandate as a number of areas of concern are expanding (e.g. transnational child sex offenders, self-peer exploitation or "sexting", cyberbullying, sextortion, sexualized child modelling) that were not originally envisioned by the National Strategy. Increased public reporting continues to put resourcing pressures on the law enforcement community. There is also evidence to indicate that there is still a need to increase knowledge and awareness about Internet child sexual exploitation and that the issue needs to be addressed through a multi-faceted approach (e.g. socially through education and prevention, and complemented by law enforcement efforts). The National Strategy aligns with federal priorities and the departmental mandates of the federal Strategy partners. The safety and security of children is central to the federal strategic priorities as reflected in numerous legislative initiatives, ministerial press releases, official documents and initiatives, and is consistent with the federal commitment made most recently in the 2013 Speech from the Throne. The National Strategy aligns with federal legislative roles and responsibilities of Strategy partners and the broad role of the federal government in the safety and security of Canadians. Investigations cross jurisdictions and require the collaboration and coordination of many stakeholders nationally and internationally. There is an opportunity for PS to provide greater leadership at the national level in areas of cooperation and in facilitating data collection, research and information sharing. The National Strategy also supports international commitments aimed at combating child sexual exploitation on the Internet. Evidence suggests that initiatives by other jurisdictions or non-profit organizations tend to complement the National Strategy. However, there may be opportunities for greater synergy and collaboration, especially between the federal government and provinces and territories in order to ensure that federal investments are targeted to areas of greatest need. In support of this, Strategy partners continue to develop partnerships with provinces, non-governmental organizations and private industry as well as participate in the Federal/Provincial/Territorial committees. From an enforcement perspective, the Strategy helps avoid duplication by providing a centralized coordinated approach and central point of contact for investigations that cross multiple jurisdictions nationally and internationally. Without a centralized coordinated approach, it was suggested that the system in Canada would be disparate. Despite the different organizations involved at various levels, efforts aimed at coordinating investigations internationally are seen as complementary rather than duplicative. Details: Ottawa: Public Safety Canada, 2015. 67p. Source: Internet Resource: 2015-05-27: Accessed July 25, 2016 at: http://www.publicsafety.gc.ca/cnt/rsrcs/pblctns/vltn-prtctn-chldrn-2013-14/vltn-prtctn-chldrn-2013-14-eng.pdf Year: 2015 Country: Canada Keywords: Child Pornography Shelf Number: 139843

Author: Dunbar, Laura Title: Evaluation Summary: Community Cadets Corps (CCC) Program Summary: The Community Cadets Corps (CCC) program evaluation was undertaken to examine the effectiveness of Cadets as a crime prevention measure for Aboriginal youth. The CCC program was designed to increase the protective factors of Aboriginal youth ages 10 to 18 years old that are at risk of police contact, and/or engaging in criminal offences, anti-social activities, having conduct problems or truancy at school. Through the National Crime Prevention Strategy (NCPS), Public Safety Canada contributed $2.8 million in funding to implement 4 CCC crime prevention pilot projects in Aboriginal communities: Cross Lake, Manitoba; Kahkewistahaw First Nation, Saskatchewan; Touchwood Agency Tribal Council, Saskatchewan; and Hobbema, Alberta. Funding from the NCPS began in 2010 and ended in 2013. Program Description The CCC program aims to enhance youths' ability to make positive decisions, and lead to a productive and crime-free lifestyle. The program's structure was influenced by the core principles underlying the theory of the Circle of Courage. This model provides a framework for healthy, holistic culturally authentic alternatives that will build a sense of identity and community (belonging) as well as provide opportunities to enhance skills (mastery), develop a sense of independence, and support youth to practice generosity. These are the foundations for positive youth development - empowering Aboriginal youth to develop pro-social competencies, attitudes and behaviours, thereby reducing the risk of delinquent activity and criminal involvement. The CCC program is composed of the following five main program components: - Drill and Deportment: This component provides youth with a structured activity that takes place for approximately 30 minutes each week for 40 weeks. It comprises a series of techniques that must be executed in a specific way, requiring practice and focused attention from participants. Drills/marching are modeled after RCMP or military activities. - Group and Individual Mentoring: This component takes place through drill and deportment, life skills training, community leadership, and cultural and recreational activities. Community Elders, community workers and others provide youth with positive role models, inspire youth toward future career directions, and provide support in the areas of personal, academic and career development, social and athletic growth. Youth should meet with mentors at least 1 to 4 hours or more each week. - Life Skills Training: In this component, youth take part in various workshops/activities focused on improving their social and self-management skills. It is recommended that youth meet on a weekly basis, 9 months per year (36 weeks in total) in school settings. - Community Leadership/Involvement: Activities under this component aim to engage youth in the community, to enhance a sense of purpose and belonging as well as to develop leadership, planning, and implementation skills. During 1 week night per month and daily sessions during the summer months, Cadets will work towards benefitting the community through various activities. - Cultural and Recreational Activities: This component incorporates cultural adaptations and activities associated with the tradition, values, practices, beliefs, attitudes, and behaviours of Aboriginal youth involved in the program. Details: Ottawa: Public Safety Canada, 2015. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report: 2015-R007: Accessed July 25, 2016 at: http://www.publicsafety.gc.ca/cnt/rsrcs/pblctns/ccc-prgrm/ccc-prgrm-en.pdf Year: 2015 Country: Canada Keywords: Aboriginal Youth Shelf Number: 139846

Author: McIntosh, Cameron Title: Final Evaluation Summary of the Multisystemic Therapy Program Summary: Multisystemic Therapy (MST) is a widely-used, evidence-based prevention program aimed at reducing anti-social behaviour and recidivism among at-risk youth. The NCPC contributed approximately $2.1 million to fund the Agincourt Community Services Association (ACSA) MST program, from 2009 to 2014. The ACSA MST program targeted at-risk youth aged 12 to 17 who were living with a primary caregiver within the boundaries of Scarborough, Ontario. The outcome evaluation examined the extent to which the intended short-term outcomes were achieved. Over 80% of the 48 program completers experienced a drop of 20 points or more on the Child and Adolescent Functional Assessment Scale (CAFAS) between baseline and their time of discharge, which is considered to be a clinically significant improvement. As for the 9 non-completers, approximately 33% showed a similar drop in CAFAS points. Three months after intake, more youth who graduated from the program than non-completers were: living at home, attending school, vocational training or employed 20+ hrs/wk, and not arrested for an offence committed during MST. At discharge, 75% of youth who graduated from the program were involved with prosocial peers and activities, compared to 29% of those who did not complete the program. Details: Ottawa: Public Safety Canada, 2015. 11p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 25, 2016 at: http://www.publicsafety.gc.ca/cnt/rsrcs/pblctns/fnl-mltsystmc-thrpy-prgrm/fnl-mltsystmc-thrpy-prgrm-eng.pdf Year: 2015 Country: Canada Keywords: Anti-Social Behavior Shelf Number: 139847

Author: Arsenault, Jean-Francois Title: A Discussion of the Economics of Preclearance with Proposed Measurement Methodologies Summary: This report has three objectives: summarize the international literature on the economic and social impact of preclearance operations; identify additional benefits of preclearance not well covered in the literature; and propose feasible methodologies to quantitatively measure the benefits to Canada of establishing preclearance processes and facilities in different environments. Preclearance benefits have not generally been the subject of much measurement. Based on an analysis and literature review, benefits were classified in five categories: optimizing border resources; improving security; improving the experience of crossing the border for passengers; improving the experience of crossing the border for carriers; and generating 'spin-off' benefits. In general, benefits in the first four categories are additive, while the last category spans a wide range of beneficial impacts of preclearance which generally can only be assessed using input-output or computable general equilibrium models. The report describes each benefit, identifies the main recipient of the benefit, and proposes specific methodologies to measure these benefits. For some benefits, in particular those related to security, the inherent difficulties in measuring the impact of preclearance leads the authors to suggest a qualitative treatment. Some preliminary estimates, based on heavy assumptions, are provided as a first step towards an accurate measurement of benefits. Executive Summary Preclearance refers to a process in which customs, immigration and other border functions of a foreign country (e.g. United States) are undertaken within a host country (e.g. Canada). Such operations can potentially generate significant benefits for governments, users and carriers. Preclearance benefits, however, have not generally been the subject of much measurement. This report has three objectives: summarize the international literature on the economic and social impact of preclearance operations; identify additional benefits of preclearance not well covered in the literature; and propose feasible methodologies to quantitatively measure the benefits to Canada of establishing preclearance processes and facilities in various contexts. Details: Ottawa: Public Safety Canada, 2015. 78p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report:2015-R032: Accessed July 26, 2016 at: http://www.publicsafety.gc.ca/cnt/rsrcs/pblctns/2015-r032/index-en.aspx Year: 2015 Country: Canada Keywords: Airport Security Shelf Number: 139860

Author: Todd, Hilary Ellen Marta Title: The effects of citizen monitoring on the police: an examination of citizen monitoring and police use of justified force Summary: Citizen monitoring of police officers is an area of increasing importance in law enforcement research. The most powerful weapon against police misconduct is rapidly becoming the cellular phone and other hand held photography and videography devices. The practice of recording the police conducting their work either properly or improperly and subsequently uploading the footage onto the Internet has had marked effects on members of the force. Monitoring and surveillance are known to have a significant impact on individuals and their resulting actions (Campbell and Carlson, 2002). This study offers an examination of surveillance on the police population. Through the use of a qualitative approach, the present study explores the impact citizen monitoring has on police officers. The study addresses officers' perceptions of citizen monitoring, and the impact the interviewees felt it had on their use of justified force. Guided by the question: "What impact does citizen monitoring have on police use of force, and would body worn cameras (BWC) serve as a means to mitigate this impact?", this exploratory study found that indeed, the officers interviewed may be impacted by citizen monitoring, and further, that a great deal of uneasiness exists within the force around the potential adoption of BWC technology. Details: Burnaby, BC: Simon Fraser University, 2015. 132p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed August 26, 2016 at: http://summit.sfu.ca/item/15420 Year: 2015 Country: Canada Keywords: Body-Worn Cameras Shelf Number: 134047

Author: Ricard-Guay, Alexandra Title: Labour Trafficking in Canada: At the Margins of the Anti-Trafficking Efforts Summary: As in many other countries, such as in Europe, Canada has increased its anti-trafficking efforts since this crime was included in the criminal code in 2005. However, trafficking for labour exploitation remains poorly addressed in the current anti-trafficking response. Concerns related to domestic sex trafficking have dominated the landscape and driven the bulk of government actions, leaving labour trafficking side way. This paper reviews the evolution the Canadian governance of trafficking and examines the key challenges in addressing trafficking for labour exploitation. The paper draws on a study conducted in Canada between 2011 and 2013, and which is based on 79 interviews with key stakeholders. One key argument of the analysis presented in this paper is that the Canadian policy has been shaped by national mobilisation around the issue of sexual exploitation of young women, especially adolescent girls as well as Aboriginal women. Further, this framing and conception of trafficking interact with the legal definition of trafficking in the criminal code and the ways in which it is applied. Indeed, the current trafficking offence is less easily understood as applying to situations of labour exploitation. However, labour trafficking is progressively emerging as a matter that deserves public and political interest. Migrants' and refugees' rights organisations, as well as civil society anti-trafficking initiatives, play a role in raising awareness about this issue and including this issue in the government actions. Details: Florence, IT: European University Institute, Robert Schuman Centre for Advanced Studies (RSCAS), 2016. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: Robert Schuman Centre for Advanced Studies Research Paper No. RSCAS 2016/40: Accessed September 13, 2016 at: http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2832812 Year: 2016 Country: Canada Keywords: Human Trafficking Shelf Number: 140259

Author: Sikka, Anette Title: Labour Trafficking in Canada: Indicators, Stakeholders, and Investigative Methods Summary: Human trafficking is a complex phenomenon, touching on issues of migration, employment, prostitution and crime control. The purpose of this research project is to provide information on labour trafficking in Canada that will assist law enforcement and other criminal justice bodies in identifying and investigating these cases. In addition to an analysis and summary of relevant international and domestic laws and policies, the report synthesizes the existing body of literature, and analyzes published cases of labour trafficking in Canada. The literature review suggests that the topic of labour trafficking has not received significant attention as its own subject matter and merits critical analysis in the legal, jurisprudential and policy context. A case review found little evidence linking labour trafficking in Canada to established organized crime. Further, analysis found no forced labour situations reported as potential cases of trafficking of Canadians or permanent residents outside of the sex trade or criminal activity, such as drug trafficking. The analysis of labour trafficking was focused upon 'legal' occupations, which resulted in published cases that involved potential labour trafficking cases that were mainly related to migrant workers in Canada. A key finding of the report is that cases exist in stories reported by the media, as well as academics, not-for profit and legal literatures, which may meet the legal definition of labour trafficking, but have not been conceptualized or classified as human trafficking for the purposes of labour exploitation. This report identifies a number of exploitative labour practices that can become part of the spectrum of human trafficking activities. An analysis of cases identifies a combination of deceptive recruitment practices and aggravating exploitative work arrangements which result in situations that explicitly or implicitly prevent migrants from leaving employment situations in a manner that conforms to legal definitions of human trafficking. In particular, case analysis reveals activities by recruiters and employers that place individuals in exploitative situations that they are unable to leave. Some of these fears arise from physical threats or abuse, but also from debt bondage or threats of criminalization. For instance, examples are documented where exploitation, whether through inadequate working conditions, insufficient housing, confiscation of identity documents, or physical abuse, exist as factors contributing to a migrants' unwillingness or inability to escape exploitative work situations. The existence of high debt or extreme poverty in a home country can leave migrants vulnerable to exploitative working conditions. Threats, including overt reference to legal actions such as deportation, when used in the context of these exploitative conditions, may constitute trafficking in persons. These factors of coercion or deception and exploitation, when considered jointly, suggest a spectrum of activities that can be considered labour trafficking; which have been, hitherto, given little consideration as a form of human trafficking. The report notes a series of indicators which may aid stakeholders in the detection, investigation, prosecution and amelioration of trafficking generally, and specifically in a labour context. Noting a general dearth of human trafficking cases, and of labour trafficking specifically, the report finds that physical harm, as is often the case in sex trafficking, is a notable, albeit rare, indicator of labour trafficking. Most frequently, cases of labour trafficking come to the attention of authorities when there is a connection to employment standards, occupational health and safety, and labour rights violations that are identified by NGOs. It is not common that police services or government authorities identify cases of labour trafficking directly through their dealings with migrant workers. A gender analysis of the cases indicates that the involvement of youth and females is more common in domestic care or isolated work situations where there is evidence of labour trafficking. Such cases share characteristics with cases of sex trafficking, and appear more likely to also include elements of sexual exploitation. The study also notes victims' lack of awareness of their rights and resources (including an individual's inability to understand they are a victim of human trafficking) and a marked reticence amongst victims to report exploitative work arrangements, as a key characteristic in labour trafficking cases as well as an obstacle to anti-trafficking activities. Employer violations of basic obligations, such as building codes, may not only portend greater offences occurring in the work place, such as egregious exploitation and coercive environments, but may also provide an intervention point for authorities. Federal, provincial/territorial, and municipal stakeholders could therefore benefit from greater information - and intelligence-sharing amongst regulatory and policing agencies to ensure relevant sharing and escalation of employer contraventions across jurisdictions. With potential indicators of labour trafficking identified, there is a suggestion to move toward a definition of forced labour that considers coercion not only through physical force but through several interlocking and overlapping barriers which prevent potentially trafficked individuals from leaving an exploitative workplace. A challenge for researchers and authorities is to define where the regulatory infractions of employment standards end and the criminal offence of human trafficking begin, and to revise trafficking models and anti-trafficking practices accordingly. This work could benefit from further research into existing reported cases of human trafficking and more generally into cases documenting exploitative labour practices experienced by migrant workers, Canadian citizens, and permanent residents alike. Included with the report are annexes of Canadian cases of labour trafficking of a non-sexual nature. Each incident is coded for: location; means by which the incident came to the attention of authorities; any identified law enforcement response or investigative methods; characteristics of victims; activities potentially classified as coercive or deceptive; activities potentially classified as exploitation; any prosecutorial or judicial determinations regarding the status of victims (trafficked or not trafficked); and, any non-governmental or governmental organizations involved either in identification or service provision. Details: Ottawa: Public Safety Canada, 2013. 111p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 13, 2016 at: https://www.publicsafety.gc.ca/lbrr/archives/cn63310954-eng.pdf Year: 2013 Country: Canada Keywords: Forced Labor Shelf Number: 131164

Author: Beatson, Jesse Title: The Exploitation of Foreign Workers in Our Own Backyards: An examination of labour exploitation and labour trafficking in Canada Summary: Background - Many employers who engage in the exploitation of foreign workers have experienced impunity due to factors such as lack of interest by law enforcement agencies, ambiguous or non-existent criminal justice legislation, poor labour standards and/or untenable complaint mechanisms, and government programs for foreign workers with inadequate protections in place to safeguard human rights. - Changes to the Temporary Foreign Worker Program (TFWP) in Canada has resulted in an increase in foreign workers and many of them are quite vulnerable to actual and potential exploitation. - A lot of reports and advocacy efforts focus on trafficking for the purposes of sexual exploitation so the picture many people have of the nature and scope of trafficking in Canada may be skewed. More research is needed on labour-related abuses, both to better understand this phenomenon and also to assess the merits of the "trafficking" framework - The current legal definition of labour trafficking has some limitations and may need to be improved so that better protection and justice for victimized foreign workers in Canada can be provided. Countless numbers of men, women, and children are exploited around the world by unscrupulous employers. Impunity is all too commonly experienced by these employers, regardless of whether they operate in developing or developed world contexts. This impunity is due to a combination of possible factors such as lack of interest or effort by law enforcement agencies, ambiguous or non-existent criminal justice legislation, poor labour standards and/or untenable complaint mechanisms, and government foreign labour programs designed without adequate worker protections. This report was prepared for CATHII (Comite D'Action Contre La Traite Humaine Interne Et Internationale) during the spring and summer of 2015 to investigate labour exploitation and labour trafficking in the Canadian context. Recent changes to Canadian immigration programs, specifically the Temporary Foreign Workers Program (TFWP), has resulted in a comparatively greater increase in non-nationals entering the country versus permanent immigrants (Thomas 2010). The potentially mutually beneficial and positive aspects of the TFWP notwithstanding; in practice, these foreign workers lack access to the same rights and privileges as Canadian citizens or permanent residents and this makes them vulnerable (Macovei 2012). Canadian employers who engage in exploitative practices of foreign workers may be the most immediate and easily identifiable cause of these labour abuses, but the policy context should be considered a structural factor that influences how easy it is to carry these abuses out. According to a government issued pamphlet "Canadian law protects all workers in Canada, including temporary foreign workers... The exploitation of a foreign national may violate Canadian law and human rights" (Temporary Foreign Workers). Nevertheless, Fudge and MacPhail (2009) have argued that the mechanisms designed to monitor and protect the rights of foreign workers are in fact not well developed or monitored and that the actual and potential exploitation of foreign workers "undermines the legitimacy of the program (TFWP) both within and outside of Canada" (p. 43). Thus, one of the objectives of this report - through compiling several documented cases where foreign workers have been exploited - is to shed light on patterns and trends that might point towards problems with the current TFWP system. Case summaries provide vivid testimonies that changes may need to be made to immigration policy to ensure more robust protections of human rights. A second objective of this report is to join others who are beginning to address a disparity in trafficking research and advocacy work in Canada. Within the community of NGOs in Canada dedicated to issues of human trafficking, the heaviest emphasis of research and advocacy efforts tends to be placed on trafficking for the purposes of sexual exploitation. Consequently, the victims of trafficking practices are thought primarily to be young women forced into the sex trade, brought into Canada from foreign countries under false pretences. While efforts made on behalf of individuals fitting this general description are laudable and ideally will continue to be strengthened in coming years, an unfortunate side effect of the intense focus on this particular trafficking narrative is that it gives a misleading impression about the nature and scope of trafficking-related abuses in Canada. By expanding the focus of research and advocacy around trafficking issues to include labour exploitation, victims of these activities, increasingly being accepted as the most common form of trafficking globally, will have a better chance at justice and protection. Potential future victims will also hopefully receive better safeguarding of their human rights. Details: Montreal: CATHII (Comite D'Action Contre La Traite Humaine Interne Et Internationale), 2015. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 14, 2016 at: http://www.cathii.org/sites/www.cathii.org/files/The%20Exploitation%20of%20Foreign%20Workers%20Report.pdf Year: 2015 Country: Canada Keywords: Forced Labor Shelf Number: 140275

Author: Leuprecht, Christian Title: Smoking Gun: Strategic Containment of Contraband Tobacco and Cigarette Trafficking in Canada Summary: anadians think of contraband tobacco and cigarettes as a nuisance at best, or a tax-revenue problem at worst, not in terms of organized crime or terrorism. This authoritative study of the size, scope, and operations of contraband tobacco and cigarettes in Canada reveals this to be a false dichotomy. Canadian law enforcement seizures of contraband tobacco routinely include high-powered weapons, hard and designer drugs, stolen vehicles and other merchandise, and lots of cash. Indeed the week this report was released, police in Quebec carried out 70 raids and made 60 arrests against an international criminal network involved in drug and contraband tobacco trafficking, and money laundering, in the largest anti-contraband operation to date. Contraband tobacco is lucrative, it is produced and trafficked systematically alongside other illicit goods, and Canadian crime syndicates are heavily invested in its proceeds. Globally, money from contraband tobacco and cigarettes is a major source of revenue for the likes of ISIS, al-Qaeda, and Hezbollah, whose contraband fundraising activities in North America have been subject to indictments. Producers and traffickers of contraband prey on the most vulnerable population groups in Canadian society. They brazenly flaunt restrictions on procurement, manufacturing, packaging, promotion, and sale of tobacco and cigarettes. Their ranks count hardened Mafioso and notorious criminal bikers who exploit Native communities. Tobacco farmers divert crops to the illicit market; some cooperate to reap higher profits, some uncooperative ones are coerced or have their tobacco stolen. Compared to illicit drugs, materials and manufacture are readily accessible, and the market for contraband tobacco and cigarettes is huge, highly profitable and easy to reach. The loss factor is minimal because chances of detection are small, penalties lenient (if any are imposed at all), and social stigma less than for alternative illicit activities. Canada's contraband market in tobacco and cigarettes is estimated at more than $1.3 billion, which rivals the narcotics market. In Ontario alone, the illicit cigarette market is roughly $500 million annually and forgone tax revenue between $1.6 billion and $3 billion. Enforcement is hampered by entangled jurisdictional issues, collective action problems within and across jurisdictions, scarce enforcement resources, legislative gaps, and, it seems, lack of a comprehensive plan, let alone strategy. There has been some institutional learning, and worthwhile innovations at different jurisdictional levels - federal, provincial, and First Nations. This study explores and compares some of these innovations to forge a comprehensive approach to contraband tobacco and cigarettes. Although law enforcement has a role to play, like so much other criminal activity, we are clearly not going to arrest our way out of this problem. Ultimately, a comprehensive strategy needs to change the incentive structures in place on both the demand and supply sides, optimize legislative and regulatory frameworks, and improve inter-agency and inter-jurisdictional coordination. Key recommendations include: Revenue sharing with First Nations The collection and administration of an excise tax by First Nations governments promises a sustained stream of revenue for community development and infrastructure projects and a significant incentive to reduce tax evasion in cigarette sales to non-Natives. In return for greater fiscal autonomy, sales to ineligible customers would be curbed by reducing the quota allocation to First Nations. Halting diversion from legitimate growers in Ontario Ontario is the only Canadian jurisdiction where tobacco is grown. Although the transition from the Ontario Flue-Cured Tobacco Growers' Marketing Board to the Ontario Ministry of Finance has tightened monitoring and enforcement of raw leaf tobacco, three changes will hamper the ability to investigate and interrupt diversion of tobacco to illicit markets: once harvested, growers no longer need to identify the source and the final destination of raw leaf; labelling information that tracks baled raw leaf tobacco is no longer required; and reporting frequency has been loosened from weekly to quarterly. Criminalizing the unlicensed growth, sale, purchase, and/or transport of raw leaf would acknowledge the serious consequences of diverted raw leaf and empower police to reinforce the licensing regime. Federal coordination and a Tobacco Ombudsman C-10 opens the opportunity for the federal government to facilitate coordination of a unified taxation structure for tobacco and cigarettes for all Canadian peoples, across provinces and reserves. This authority could be administered and enforced by a Canadian Tobacco Ombudsman under the aegis of the Minister of Public Safety. An ombudsman could improve coordination and communication among law enforcement agencies and between law enforcement and other regulatory bodies. Enforcement: Lessons learned Ontario recently announced a Contraband Tobacco Enforcement Team that stands to draw lessons from Quebec, where Project ACCES has proven quite successful over more than a decade. Moreover, it and its outcomes come at no additional cost to government. In fact, it more than pays for itself: by reaping fines and seizures, and realizing a growing tax base due to deterring contraband without a change in smoking rates, the project has seen a return of as much as 16 times the investment. Public awareness Consumers of contraband tobacco are blissfully unaware of their habit's connection with organized crime; greater awareness might stem consumption, especially if on-reserve manufacturers associated with organized crime are clearly distinguished from those who are not. Contraband has a more pervasive impact on the public safety of Canada, Canadians, and Canadian interests than terrorism has ever had. If Canadians only knew, they would demand that government act accordingly. Now they do. It is time to act to ensure the benefits of taxation accrue to all citizens instead of organized criminals and terrorists. Details: Ottawa, ONT: Macdonald-Laurier Institute, 2016. 65p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 21, 2016 at: http://www.macdonaldlaurier.ca/files/pdf/MLILeuprechtContrabandPaper-03-16-WebReady.pdf Year: 2016 Country: Canada Keywords: Cigarette Smuggling Shelf Number: 145611

Author: Perrin, Benjamin Title: Punishing the Most Heinous Crimes: Analysis and recommendations related to Bill C-53 (Life Means Life Act) Summary: Life in prison for a first-degree murder in Canada currently doesn't mean exactly that. The longest period of ineligibility for parole is 25 years, outside cases of multiple murders. While all murders are of course deplorable, many would argue that some killings are so heinous, so offensive to the public and damaging to Canadian society, that the killers should be imprisoned for the rest of their natural lives. This would include violent predators who plan and deliberate about not only killing another human being, but do so while committing egregious crimes such as sexual assault, kidnapping, or terrorist activities. Or they involve the planned and deliberate killing of police officers or other officials tasked with keeping Canadians safe. To address this issue, the federal government has introduced Bill C-53, the Life Means Life Act, which would make life imprisonment without parole a mandatory sentence for certain heinous murders and a discretionary sentence in other instances. These lifers could apply after 35 years to the federal Cabinet for "executive release". There are legitimate reasons for adding life without parole to the Criminal Code, but there are also legitimate criticisms of Bill C-53. The legislation requires amendments if it is to achieve its stated goals without being struck down based on a challenge under the Canadian Charter of Rights and Freedoms. The main arguments supporting Bill C-53 are that it: enhances proportionality in murder sentencing; reflects denunciation and retribution in sentencing On the other hand, the main concerns about Bill C-53 are that it: is unnecessary and will not increase public safety; denies a second chance to convicted murderers; increases pressure on the corrections system and risk to staff and fellow inmates; includes "executive release" as an illusory hope and it is unlikely to be used in practice; and infringes the Charter. After canvassing these arguments, this paper concludes that life without parole would be appropriate and just in certain cases, but that Bill C-53 is vulnerable to being struck down for infringing the Charter as presently drafted. The following recommendations should be adopted: 1) Bill C-53 should be amended so that life without parole would be a discretionary - not a mandatory - sentencing option for heinous murders. The judge should also have the option of ordering a fixed-term parole ineligibility period of between 25 and 75 years. A jury recommendation, if it is a jury trial, should be sought in these cases. 2) The situations where Bill C-53 would currently provide for discretionary life without parole should not provide for that penalty but instead give the sentencing judge the option of ordering a fixed-term parole ineligibility period of between 25 and 75 years, with a jury recommendation where there is a jury. 3) All offenders serving life sentences with parole ineligibility periods greater than 35 years should be eligible to apply for executive release (not simply those sentenced to life without parole), up until the time that they become eligible for parole. 4) The Parole Board of Canada should provide an assessment to the Minister of Public Safety of all offenders serving a sentence of life imprisonment without parole when they apply for executive release at least 35 years after beginning to serve their sentence. 5) The purposes of Bill C-53 should be clearly articulated. Heinous murderers are not sentenced as severely as they should be in Canada and there is constitutional room to enhance their penalties. However, Bill C-53 overreaches in this effort and thus risks failing to achieve needed reform.heinous murders, which are very important sentencing principles for serious and violent crime; spares victims the ordeal of frequent and ongoing automatic parole board hearings for murderers after their parole ineligibility periods have expired; ensures the protection of victims and society; and potentially contributes to general deterrence. Details: Ottawa, ONT: Macdonald-Laurier Institute, 2015. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 21, 2016 at: http://www.macdonaldlaurier.ca/files/pdf/MLI-BPerrinPunishingTheMostHeinousCrimes-05-15-WebReady-v2.pdf Year: 2015 Country: Canada Keywords: Life Imprisonment Shelf Number: 145612

Author: Perrin, Benjamin Title: Report Card on the Criminal Justice System: Evaluating Canada's Justice Deficit Summary: Canada is suffering from a "justice deficit" - a large and growing gap between the aspirations of the justice system and its actual performance. With few exceptions, our justice system is slow, inefficient, and costly. The Supreme Court sent this message loudly and clearly in its July 8, 2016 decision when it threw out drug trafficking charges from British Columbia; more than four years had elapsed from when the accused was charged to the conclusion of the trial. But until now, the extent of inefficiency and under-performance in the Canadian criminal justice system has never been fully assessed. The Macdonald-Laurier Institute Report Card on the Criminal Justice System aims to enhance accountability and transparency with a view towards its reform and ongoing improvement for the benefit of all Canadians. Using Statistics Canada data and quantitative statistical methods, we assess each province and territory's criminal justice system based on five major objectives: public safety, support for victims, costs and resources, fairness and access to justice, and efficiency. A few of the highlights from the report cards for each province and territory are: 1. The cost of public safety per person is lowest in Quebec, Ontario, and British Columbia, while it is highest in the territories, Manitoba, and Saskatchewan. 2. The territories have disproportionately high per-capita crime rates - far exceeding any of the provinces. Among the provinces, violent crime rates per capita are highest in Saskatchewan, Manitoba, and Newfoundland & Labrador, while they are lowest in Ontario, Quebec, and Prince Edward Island. 3. Public perceptions of the police are generally higher in the Atlantic Provinces than in the Western Provinces. 4. There are serious issues with efficiency in Ontario's justice system. It has the worst record in Canada for the proportion of charges stayed or withdrawn (43.1 percent on average), compared with a mere 8.6 percent in neighbouring Quebec. At just 55.3 percent on average, Ontario is also a significant outlier for the percentage of accused persons found guilty. 5. British Columbia received a failing grade for its weighted clearance rate for violent crime (on average slightly over half of violent crimes were solved by police). 6. In terms of support for victims, restitution orders (where offenders are required to compensate their victims) are infrequent in Canada and ordered in less than 1.0 percent of cases in Quebec, Manitoba, and Nunavut. 7. Referrals to victim services per 1,000 crimes are highest in Ontario, Manitoba, and Alberta, while they are lowest in the territories, New Brunswick, and Prince Edward Island. 8. The number of accused persons on remand (in jail awaiting trial) per 1,000 crimes is highest in Manitoba and Ontario, while it is lowest in Newfoundland & Labrador, Prince Edward Island, and Northwest Territories. Keeping large numbers of accused on remand is costly and suggests undue delays in case processing. 9. In terms of access to justice, legal aid expenditures on criminal matters per crime are highest in Ontario, Newfoundland & Labrador, and Nova Scotia, and lowest in New Brunswick, Prince Edward Island, and the Northwest Territories. 10. Disproportionate levels of Aboriginal incarceration relative to the population are a problem in every jurisdiction in Canada, but are particularly acute in Alberta, Ontario, Saskatchewan, Manitoba, and British Columbia. Details: Ottawa: Macdonald-Laurier Institute, 2016. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 21, 2016 at: http://s3.documentcloud.org/documents/3111332/MLI-Report.pdf Year: 2016 Country: Canada Keywords: Criminal Justice Administration Shelf Number: 145613

Author: Zhang, Bo Title: What Effect Does Tobacco Taxation Have on Contraband? Debunking the Taxation - Contraband Tobacco Myth Summary: Research demonstrates that many factors are associated with contraband tobacco use, including: easy access, misconceptions about "legal" purchase of cigarettes from First Nations' Reserves, insufficient enforcement and penalties, and organized criminal activity. It is frequently claimed that tobacco taxes cause smuggling. For example, a 2010 Fraser Institute Report, Contraband Tobacco in Canada: Tax Policies and Black Market Incentives, concludes that "Our research identifies federal and provincial tobacco excise taxes as a primary precipitating factor in the growth of this black market" (i.e., contraband cigarettes market). Does increasing tobacco tax necessarily increase contraband? To debunk the taxation and contraband tobacco myth we provide evidence from the literature, present Ontario trend data on tobacco taxes, consumption, prevalence and contraband, compare tax and price data in Canada, and critically review the Fraser Institute Report. Key Findings: - Evidence from many countries shows that tobacco tax increases will reduce tobacco use and increase tobacco revenues, even when there is some small amount of accompanied contraband tobacco use. Many of the small proportion of smokers who might move to contraband tobacco return to legal tobacco within a short period of time. - Accompanying increased tobacco taxes with anti-contraband measures are effective in keeping leakage to contraband tobacco. - Self-reported data on purchase of contraband cigarettes based on large population-based surveys show a significant decline between 2008 and 2012 in Ontario - a period during which tobacco taxes increased moderately. - The province of Quebec has successfully decreased contraband tobacco use substantially while maintaining and now raising tobacco taxes. - The Royal Canadian Mounted Police seizure data of contraband cigarettes also show a significant decline between 2008 and 2012 in Canada. - Many factors are associated with contraband tobacco use, including: easy access, misconceptions about "legal" purchase of cigarettes from First Nations' Reserves, insufficient enforcement and penalties, and organized criminal activity. Cigarette smoking prevalence and consumption has been declining since 2007 in Ontario, while tobacco taxes and tobacco tax revenue have been relatively stable during the same period, further supporting a decreasing trend in contraband tobacco use in Ontario. - Ontario and Quebec have the lowest tobacco taxes among all provinces in Canada, yet the number of consumers of contraband tobacco is the largest in these two provinces. - The Fraser Institute Report's conclusion is not supported by the evidence cited in the report and missed substantial evidence from the literature. Our conclusion is that the benefits of increased tobacco taxes outweigh any minor increase in contraband use that might occur. Tax increases are best accompanied by more stringent anti-contraband measures. Details: Toronto: Ontario Tobacco Research Unit, 2015. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 21, 2016 at: http://otru.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/special_tax_contraband_final.pdf Year: 2015 Country: Canada Keywords: Cigarettes Shelf Number: 145614

Author: Canada. Public Safety Canada Title: 2016 Public Report on Terrorist Threat to Canada Summary: Threat Environment The principal terrorist threat to Canada remains that posed by violent extremists who could be inspired to carry out an attack in Canada. Violent extremist ideologies espoused by terrorist groups like Daesh and al-Qaida continue to appeal to certain individuals in Canada. As in recent years, the Government of Canada has continued to monitor and respond to the threat of extremist travellers, that is, individuals who are suspected of travelling abroad to engage in terrorism-related activity. The phenomenon of extremist travellers - including those abroad, those who return, and even those prevented from travelling - poses a range of security concerns for Canada. As of the end of 2015, the Government was aware of approximately 180 individuals with a nexus to Canada who were abroad and who were suspected of engaging in terrorism-related activities. The Government was also aware of a further 60 extremist travelers who had returned to Canada. The National Terrorism Threat Level This Report, for the first time, includes a description of Canada's National Terrorism Threat Level system. The threat level has been unchanged since October 2014; it is MEDIUM, meaning a violent act of terrorism could occur in Canada. The threat level aims to ensure a consistent understanding across the Government of the general terrorism threat to Canada. The threat level serves as a tool for government officials, including those in law enforcement, to identify risks and vulnerabilities from threats and, in turn, determine appropriate responses to prevent or mitigate a violent act of terrorism. The Global Environment The threat environment has also evolved beyond Canada's borders. Daesh has continued to dominate the landscape in the Middle East, where other terrorist groups such as Jabhat al-Nusra and Hizballah also operate. Elsewhere in the Middle East, al-Qaida in the Arabian Peninsula (AQAP) has taken advantage of the civil conflict in Yemen to capture territory there and strengthen itself. This past year also saw Daesh's expansion in Africa, and Boko Haram (now rebranded as an Daesh affiliate in West Africa) continues to pose a major threat to regional stability. In South and Southeast Asia, Daesh expansionism and entrenched regional groups shaped the threat environment. Emerging Issues This Report includes a feature on emerging issues in terrorism. These issues - the role of technology in terrorism, the participation of women in terrorist activities, and use of chemical weapons by terrorist organizations - have been widely discussed in the media over the past year. They represent only a fraction of many evolving issues that make terrorism such a complex problem. Responding to the Threat Since 2002, 20 individuals have been convicted of terrorism offences under the Criminal Code. Another 21 have been charged with terrorism-related offences (including 16 since January 2015) and are either awaiting trial or have warrants outstanding for their arrest. Canada is contributing in a robust way, with more than 60 other countries, to the Global Coalition to Counter Daesh. This includes military initiatives and efforts to stem the flow of "foreign terrorist fighters," cut off Daesh's funding sources, support stabilization, and expose and counter Daesh's ideology. More broadly, Canada has maintained a Counter-Terrorism Capacity Building Program as a key part of its terrorism prevention efforts. The Government of Canada's counter-terrorism efforts to address this evolving threat continue to be guided by the twin obligations to both keep Canadians safe and safeguard fundamental Canadian values and liberties. The Terrorist Threat to Canada In October 2014, Canada suffered two terrorist attacks by lone-actors who had been inspired by extremist ideologies and radicalized to the point of violence. The attacks, in Saint-Jean-sur-Richelieu and Ottawa, left two Canadian Armed Forces (CAF) personnel dead. More recently, the RCMP, working in close collaboration with domestic and international partners, took action in Strathroy, Ontario, to disrupt an imminent terrorist threat and ensure public safety. These incidents reminded Canadians that Canada is not immune to terrorism. Canada remains the target of direct threats by groups such as the Islamic State of Iraq and the Levant (Daesh) and al-Qaida, and by individuals inspired by the violent extremist ideologies of these groups. The United States of America (U.S.) and Western Europe experienced multiple attacks in 2015. Some notable incidents included, in the U.S., attacks on police officers in Boston (June, 2015), military facilities in Chattanooga, Tennessee (July, 2015) and an office party in San Bernardino, California (December, 2015). European incidents included attacks on the offices of the magazine Charlie Hebdo and a grocery store in Paris (January, 2015), an attack on an Amsterdam-Paris train (August, 2015) and coordinated attacks directed by Daesh at several public spaces in Paris (November, 2015). In 2014 and 2015, Australia experienced three attacks - two targeting law enforcement officers in Melbourne and Sydney (September 2014, October 2015) and another targeting civilians in Sydney (December 2014). Terrorist incidents continue to occur with terrible regularity. In June 2016, 49 people were killed and 53 injured when a gunman, who may have been inspired by Daesh, opened fire at an Orlando, Florida night club. In July, 85 people were killed and hundreds more were injured when an attacker drove a truck through a crowd in Nice. There have been other attacks in Western Europe as well, for example, in Brussels, Belgium and in Rouen, France. In Turkey this past June, suicide bombers believed to be affiliated with Daesh struck Istanbul's international airport, killing 45 and injuring over 200. Globally, a few countries bear the heaviest burden of attacks and casualties, particularly during civil conflicts or where terrorist groups have taken part in insurgencies. The Global Terrorism Database for 2015 shows that terrorist activities continue to be highly concentrated. Five countries - Iraq, Afghanistan, Pakistan, India, and Nigeria - sustained more than 55 per cent of all attacks that year, and five countries - Iraq, Afghanistan, Nigeria, Syria and Pakistan - sustained 74 per cent of all terrorism-related fatalities. This threat environment worldwide affects Canadians and Canadian interests. CAF personnel, government officials and private citizens are under constant threat in certain regions. In September 2015, two Canadians were kidnapped in the Philippines. Both were killed by their captors in the spring of this year. In January 2016, an al-Qaida-affiliated group based in Mali attacked a hotel in Burkina Faso, killing six Canadians. That same month, attackers linked to Daesh targeted a coffee shop in Jakarta, Indonesia, killing one Canadian. In June 2016, a Somali government minister with Canadian citizenship was killed in an al-Shabaab terrorist attack on a hotel in Mogadishu, Somalia. Also in June, 15 Nepalese security guards who protected the Embassy of Canada to Afghanistan in Kabul were killed when terrorists targeted the bus that was transporting them to work. Current Threats The Principal Threat The principal terrorist threat to Canada remains that posed by violent extremists who could be inspired to carry out an attack. Violent extremist ideologies espoused by terrorist groups like Daesh and al-Qaida continue to appeal to certain individuals in Canada. Some individuals have engaged in terrorism-related activities such as promoting violence online, radicalizing peers, recruiting and fundraising. Others may consider travelling abroad to join a terrorist group or conducting terrorist attacks themselves. Details: Ottawa: Public Safety Canada, 2016. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 30, 2016 at: https://www.publicsafety.gc.ca/cnt/rsrcs/pblctns/2016-pblc-rpr-trrrst-thrt/2016-pblc-rpr-trrrst-thrt-en.pdf Year: 2016 Country: Canada Keywords: Extremism Shelf Number: 140520

Author: Day, David M. Title: The Monetary Cost of Criminal Trajectories for an Ontario Sample of Offenders Summary: The past 15 years have seen a growing interest in studies that estimate the costs of crime. In that time, there have been advances in data linkage and methodological procedures that have resulted in better cost estimates of official and unofficial offending. Such information is crucial for cost-benefit analysis which seeks to understand whether the long-term costs of crime can be offset by investments in early intervention. This report presents findings on the longitudinal costs of criminal offending for a sample of 386 male offenders in Ontario whose offence costs were tabulated for a 15-year period, between the ages of 12 and 26 years. Cost estimates were obtained for four components: 1) victim costs; 2) correctional costs; 3) other criminal justice system (CJS) costs, for example, police, court, prosecution, and legal aid expenditures; and 4) costs associated with undetected crimes. The results indicated that the aggregate longitudinal cost of offending for this sample was $2.26 billion, an average of $5.86 million per person. Moreover, costs differed across risk trajectory groups and across developmental periods. Costs were disproportionally higher for the small group of high-rate offenders and disproportionally lower for the large group of low-rate offenders. The most costly period was mid to late adolescence, between the ages of 15 and 17, which accounted for 40% of the total costs. These results suggest that tremendous costs savings can be gained if effective developmental crime prevention programs successfully target high-risk children and youth. Details: Ottawa: Public Safety Canada, 2016. 100p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report: 2015-R011: Accessed September 30, 2016 at: https://www.publicsafety.gc.ca/cnt/rsrcs/pblctns/mntry-cst-crmnl-trjctrs/report-en.pdf Year: 2016 Country: Canada Keywords: Career Criminals Shelf Number: 140521

Author: Maslov, Anton Title: Cannabis Performance Metrics for Policy Consideration: What Do We Need to Measure? Summary: Cannabis and its byproducts are the most widely used illegal narcotic substances in the world. Canada has one of the highest prevalence rates of cannabis use in the world; over forty per cent of Canadians have used cannabis as a drug during their lifetimes, and between 10.2% (Health Canada, 2012) and 12.2% (Rotermann and Langlois, 2015) per cent used it in 2010. Its production and consumption is illegal under the Criminal Code of Canada as of February 2016, with the exception of some medical use. However, the federal government has indicated its intent to legalize the use of cannabis for non-medical purposes. When there is discussion regarding whether or not cannabis policy regimes are having their intended effect, or changes in cannabis regimes are being considered, it is important to empirically measure such changes and effects through performance metrics. Performance metrics are instances where the impact of cannabis on various aspects of society is measured using empirical data. This paper highlights the importance of collecting empirical evidence on 45 such metrics when it comes to evaluating possible changes to cannabis policy regimes in Canada. Of the 45 types of metrics identified in this paper, Canada currently collects data to calculate about seven, some partial information on a further 17, and little to no data on the remaining 21 metrics. The meaning, objective, and, where possible, operationalization of each metric is discussed in detail. Details: Ottawa: Public Safety Canada, 2016. 70p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report: 2016-R009: Accessed September 30, 2016 at: https://www.publicsafety.gc.ca/cnt/rsrcs/pblctns/2016-r009/2016-r009-en.pdf Year: 2016 Country: Canada Keywords: Cannabis Shelf Number: 140522

Author: Bouchard, Martin Title: Proportion of Criminal Incidents Associated with Organized Crime Summary: The current report provides: 1) a measure of the proportion of criminal incidents that are associated with organized criminal activities (overall and for each offence type) in Montreal; 2) situates potential organized crime offenders within the wider population of co-offenders, that is, beyond the region under study and; 3) gauges the various types of resources allocated by law enforcement agencies in responding to and combating activities associated with organized crime. The estimates of criminal incidents associated with organized criminal activities are based on three different, yet complementary, models: 1) the wide net model (2 co-offenders); 2) the standard definition model (3+ co-offenders); and 3) the post hoc flag model (modified 3+ co-offenders). Each of these models is subjected to three different thresholds based on the seriousness of offences: A) none (all offences); B) broad (offences classified as serious plus "unclassified offences"; and C) strict (offences classified as serious). Depending on the model and threshold applied to data, the proportion of incidents that fit the definition of organized crime range between 1.6 and 6.9 percent for the first model; 3.9 and 22.8 percent for the second; and 0.26 and 2.93 percent for the third. It was found that roughly half of these organized crime (OC) offenders are connected to the wider provincial OC network in one way or another. Also, combining estimates across units with mandates to only combat OC and those that deal primarily with OC incidents, suggests that there are approximately 250 law enforcement officials at Service de Police de la Ville de Montreal (SPVM) who are directly involved in combating OC. Details: Ottawa: Public Safety Canada, 2016. 55p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 30, 2016 at: https://www.publicsafety.gc.ca/cnt/rsrcs/pblctns/2015-r023/2015-r023-en.pdf Year: 2016 Country: Canada Keywords: Co-offending Shelf Number: 140523

Author: Canada. Public Safety Canada Title: 2015-16 Evaluation of the Kanishka Project Research Initiative: Final Report Summary: Program evaluations support accountability to Parliament and Canadians by helping the Government of Canada credibly report on the results achieved with resources invested in programs. They also support deputy heads in managing for results by informing them about whether their programs are producing the expected outcomes efficiently and cost-effectively. Program evaluations support policy and program improvements by helping identify lessons learned and best practices. What we examined This evaluation examined the relevance and performance of the Kanishka Project Research Initiative, a $10-million, five-year initiative established in 2011, to address gaps in understanding of terrorism in Canada and the way it manifests itself in Canadian communities. The Initiative has several components, including a grants and contributions component that is designed to fund research studies and support direct engagement with researchers. Given that the Initiative includes a grants and contributions component, the evaluation assessed the extent to which the design, delivery and administration of this component of the Initiative conformed to the requirements of the Government of Canada Policy on Transfer Payments. Why it is important Terrorism is considered a threat to Canada's national interest and security. In recent years, the number of terrorist incidents has been increasing steadily, both in Canada and around the world. Many countries, including Canada, are facing radicalization to violence, particularly of youth. More than 180 Canadians are known to have gone abroad to take part in foreign armed conflicts. Preventing, detecting, denying terrorists the means and opportunity to carry out their activities and responding to these developments are among the Government of Canada's, and by extension, the Department of Public Safety's highest priorities. The Initiative plays an important role in creating networks across sectors, generating knowledge for decision-makers, and increasing Canadians' understanding of terrorism and counter-radicalization to violence, which is increasingly needed to contribute to building a safe and resilient Canada. What we found Relevance The raison d'etre of the Initiative was to invest in research on pressing questions to enable Canada to better understand what terrorism meant in the Canadian context and what could be done to support effective policies and programs to counter-terrorism and violent extremism in Canada. Despite its contribution to date, there is still a continued need for the Initiative to shed more light on these issues. The Initiative is well aligned with the federal government and PS's priorities, as ensuring the safety and security of Canadians at home and abroad continues to be among the top priorities of the government. The emphasis on the need for further research communicated as part of the Government's commitment to create the Office of the Community Outreach and Counterradicalization attests to the relevance of the Initiative and ongoing need for similar activities. Performance To a large extent, the Initiative has contributed to the achievement of its expected outcomes: It has supported the creation of various networks and other mechanisms for ongoing dialogue across different sectors on terrorism and counter radicalization; through funding research studies and other mechanisms, the Initiative has facilitated the generation of knowledge and tools to ensure that Canadian policy and decision-makers, as well as frontline officers and other practitioners have access to more relevant and timely information to do their work; and researchers affiliated with the Initiative have more resources and support at their disposal to conduct research and to study the identified priority areas. The Department has put in place a robust governance framework to oversee the delivery of the Initiative. For the most part, the Initiative was delivered efficiently and economically. The design, delivery and administration of the grants and contribution components of the Initiative were found to generally conform to the requirements of Government of Canada Policy on Transfer Payments. Notwithstanding the above achievements, the evaluation identified a few opportunities for improvement. The following recommendations are provided in the spirit of continuous improvement. Recommendations The ADM of the Portfolio Affairs and Communications Branch and/or the future Senior Departmental Officer responsible for the Office for Community Outreach and Countering Radicalization to Violence should ensure that: 1. Kanishka-related research findings are better communicated to policy and decision makers and the general public. In collaboration with the Assistant Deputy Minister Corporate Management Branch ensure that: 2. funding recipients' reporting requirements are proportionate to their current risk profile. Management Response and Action Plan Management accepts all recommendations and will implement an action plan. Details: Ottawa: Public Safety Canada, 2016. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: 2016-06-28: Accessed September 30, 2016 at: https://www.publicsafety.gc.ca/cnt/rsrcs/pblctns/vltn-knshk-2015-16/knshk-2015-16-en.pdf Year: 2016 Country: Canada Keywords: Counter-Radicalization Shelf Number: 140524

Author: International Monetary Fund Title: Canada: Detailed Assessment Report on Anti-Money Laundering and Combating the Financing of Terrorism Summary: This report provides a summary of the anti-money laundering and combating the financing of terrorism (AML/CFT) measures in place in Canada as at the date of the onsite visit (November 3 to 20, 2015). It analyzes the level of compliance with the FATF 40 Recommendations and the level of effectiveness of Canada's AML/CFT system, and provides recommendations on how the system could be strengthened Details: Washington, DC: International Monetary Fund, 2016. 217p. Source: Internet Resource: Country Report No. 16/294: Accessed October 7, 2016 at: https://www.imf.org/external/pubs/ft/scr/2016/cr16294.pdf Year: 2016 Country: Canada Keywords: Financial Crime Shelf Number: 145109

Author: Luk, Rita Title: Contraband Cigarettes in Ontario Summary: This report documents the scope of the contraband cigarette market in Ontario and quantifies the extent of use and the financial impact on tax revenues of one source of contraband tobacco products - cigarettes purchased on First Nations reserves. The report also describes the characteristics of smokers who most frequently purchase untaxed or partially taxed cigarettes on reserves. Key findings are based on data for adult smokers surveyed from July 2005 to June 2006. At least 14% of cigarettes are bought on reserves; this is a conservative estimate of the use of contraband tobacco products, as it does not include contraband cigarettes sold off reserve. To maximize the effectiveness of tobacco tax policy and protect tax revenues, the authors suggest that the Ontario and federal governments will have to work collaboratively, and with First Nations communities, to develop solutions and implement measures to prevent contraband. Details: Toronto: Ontario Tobacco Research Unit, 2007. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 7, 2016 at: http://otru.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/06/special_nov_2007.pdf Year: 2007 Country: Canada Keywords: Cigarettes Shelf Number: 110502

Author: Canada. Department of Justice. Evaluation Division Title: Drug Treatment Court Funding Program Evaluation : final report Summary: 1. Introduction The Drug Treatment Court Funding Program (DTCFP) is a contributions funding program that provides financial support and administers funding agreements to six drug treatment court (DTC) sites: Toronto (established in 1998), Vancouver (2001), Edmonton (2005), Winnipeg (2006), Ottawa (2006), and Regina (2006). This report presents the evaluation findings and responds to the Treasury Board Secretariat's 2009 Policy on Evaluation, which requires that all direct expenditures of the federal government be evaluated every five years. The evaluation, which was conducted between June and September 2014, covers the work of the DTCFP between fiscal years (FYs) 2009-10 and 2013-14. 2. Methodology The evaluation comprised three main lines of evidence: - a document and data review, including relevant Justice Canada sub-studies and research studies, including a recidivism study and a study comparing the results of urine drug tests (UDTs) of graduates and non-completers during the program; - 48 interviews with participants in the program; and - an online survey of DTC stakeholders and staff. Details: Ottawa: Department of Justice Canada, 2015. 148p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 13, 2016 at: http://publications.gc.ca/collections/collection_2015/jus/J2-413-2015-eng.pdf Year: 2015 Country: Canada Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 145085

Author: Newark, Scott Title: Justice on Trial: Inefficiencies and ineffectiveness in the Canadian criminal justice system Summary: Canada's criminal justice system is a vast and complex machine with numerous players whose actions or inactions impact each other: the courts, the police, corrections, and legal professionals. For those Canadians who are exposed to it, whether as victims or accused, delay and inefficiency can cause real hardship. For taxpayers and those who care about effective public policy and public safety, inefficient and ineffective courts create excessive costs and stand in the way of the proper administration of justice. Good justice policy can only be informed by gathering and analysing the right data, but this has rarely been undertaken in Canada. This paper examines the data on crime rates, length of trials, administration of justice offences, and other measures to get a clear picture of a system that is too often beset with delay and inefficiency. The issues could not be timelier, with the Supreme Court of Canada's July 2016 ruling in the case of R. v. Jordan establishing time frames for reasonable lengths of trial. The accused in the case waited more than 49 months from the time of his arrest to his conviction on a drug offence, which the court found was reflective of a "culture of complacency towards delay". The data show that the police-reported adult crime rate is down 25 percent and youth crime is down 47 percent between 2004 and 2014 (although there was a marked increase in violent crime in 2015). Even so, in 2013/14, the median amount of time from an individual's first court appearance to the completion of their case was 123 days (around 4 months), a slight increase from the years prior. So the system overall has been facing fewer cases but taking longer to complete them. Also of note, offences against the "administration of justice" (violating court orders or bail conditions for example) decreased by 7 percent between 2004 and 2014, much less than the 34 percent decline in the overall crime rate, suggesting that the system is dealing with a smaller core of repeat offenders. Additionally, rates of those in jail awaiting trial (or on "remand") have been exacerbated by the practice of the Courts using judicial discretion to award extra credit due to the perceived less pleasant conditions for offenders. Ironically, a result of this approach is to actually reward repeat offenders at sentencing who are properly and lawfully denied bail, and it also creates an incentive for the accused to stay in jail, adding costs to the system. This paper recommends a Criminal Code amendment that permits pre-trial credit at sentencing but expressly precludes it where bail has been denied because of the past criminal conduct of the person charged. In 1990 the Supreme Court of Canada released its decision in the R. v. Askov case, ruling that unjustified delay could constitute a breach of Charter rights. Since then, some defence counsel insist on strict procedural compliance to delay proceedings in an effort to get charges dismissed. What was intended as a shield against abuse has now become a sword to avoid responsibility, and systemic delay is but one of the results. Exacerbating matters, the 1991 Stinchcombe case now mandates disclosure before a preliminary inquiry, which has led to significant delays and calls for its abolition, although this is not feasible because a preliminary inquiry is required by the Charter if the potential punishment is five years or more. But this applies to a wide range of less serious offenses, which have long maximum sentences that are never imposed, including residential break and entry, which has a maximum sentence of life imprisonment. This paper recommends that the Criminal Code should be amended to create select hybrid offences with an option for a sentence of five years less one day, to reduce significantly the number of cases requiring preliminary inquiry. In addition, part XVIII.1 of the Criminal Code regarding mandatory case resolution procedures should be reviewed by the provinces to ensure it is practically achieving the intended result of expediting case processing and resolution. Other promising measures for increasing justice system efficiency include: increasing the jurisdiction of Provincial Courts, simplifying judicial authorizations for evidence gathering and admissibility, changing Legal Aid service delivery models to increase full time salaried counsel and reduce private counsel who bill based on time spent, and more. There is no shortage of reforms to consider. Finally, this paper makes a series of recommendations intended to deal with repeat offenders and administration of justice offences: - Creation of the Criminal Code offence (s. 145) of breach of a condition of conditional release under the Corrections and Conditional Release Act (CCRA); - authorize the Parole Board of Canada to order electronic monitoring of offenders on conditional release; - amend the CCRA to restrict statutory release eligibility to first time federal offenders and require earned parole for repeat federal custody offenders; and - amend the CCRA to expressly restrict parole for convicted non-citizens serving a federal sentence for the purpose of immediate removal from Canada. While the data collected for this report reveal a great deal, there is a wide range of potentially extremely useful data points that should be collected by Statcan or the relevant institutions. Because of the multiple players and processes in the Canadian criminal justice system it is extremely important to identify and track information. The Jordan ruling has articulated the importance of improving justice system efficiency and this paper offers some specific suggestions to achieve that goal. While there will no doubt be institutional resistance to this kind of analysis, the best way to design and implement effective public safety reforms is to gather the relevant information, ask the right questions, and make the appropriate choices. Canadians deserve nothing less. Details: Ottawa, ONT: Macdonald-Laurier Institute, 2016. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 15, 2016 at: http://www.macdonaldlaurier.ca/files/pdf/MLI_NewarkJusticegood.pdf Year: 2016 Country: Canada Keywords: Crime Rates Shelf Number: 144879

Author: Prairie Sky Consulting Title: North Central Crime Prevention through Environmental Design (CPTED) Final Report Summary: The North Central Crime Prevention through Environmental Design (CPTED) project is a partnership with the City of Regina, the North Central Community Society, the Public School Board, Regina Police Service, and North Central residents. The project funding is provided by the City, with volunteer services and in-kind services from the partners, and overseen by a steering committee. Prairie Sky Consulting coordinated the safety audits with volunteers, entered and analyzed the data, and compiled this report. CPTED - pronounced sep-ted - is a tool that deals with the design, planning and structure of cities and neighbourhoods. CPTED brings together local residents to examine how an area's physical features, such as lighting, trees and roadways, can influence crime and the opportunities for committing crime. It has been successfully applied in a number of Canadian cities and contexts. North Central, located northwest of the city's downtown, is home to 6% of Regina's population. Overall, the population tends to be younger than the rest of Regina. It is ethnically diverse, with 35% aboriginal. The housing consists of older homes, most built in the first half of the 20th century. Property values are the lowest in the city. About half the residents are renters. Although the area is sometimes singled for crime and social problems, some residents feel it is unfairly stigmatized. Many speak with pride about the neighbourhood they call home. The project collected data in two ways. Safety audits, designed much like surveys, provided quantitative data for streets, parks and alleys. These were completed by about 40 residents - a thorough mix by age, gender and ethnicity - who volunteered for the CPTED process. Additional data was included from focus group discussions with the auditors, data on service calls to the City, and Regina Police Service statistics on "hot spots" in the area. The audits are a snapshot of people's impressions, at a specific date and time, of a certain street, alley or park. What they see and record can vary between auditors and may differ from the experiences of residents who live on a street or next to a particular park. Details: Calgary: Prairie Sky Consulting, 2004. 86p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 15, 2016 at: http://www.regina.ca/opencms/export/sites/regina.ca/residents/social-grants-programs/.media/pdf/north_central_cpted_project_report.pdf Year: 2004 Country: Canada Keywords: CPTED Shelf Number: 140761

Author: Wenke, Daja Title: Marginalized: The Aboriginal Women's experience in Federal Corrections Summary: The story of how so many Aboriginal women came to be locked up within federal penitentiaries is a story filled with a long history of dislocation and isolation, racism, brutal violence as well as enduring a constant state of poverty beyond poor. The aforementioned factors combined have culminated into the current crisis of highly disproportionate rates of Aboriginal women in the Canadian Federal Corrections system. The current state of over-representation is nothing short of a crisis; that being said it has been a crisis for quite some time now1 with reports from as far back as the 1980s identifying the issue and predicting that the numbers would only increase. Given the current state of the system, absent immediate change, the outlook is bleak for Aboriginal women, their families and communities. Aboriginal peoples account for 4% of the Canadian population; however, within the federal corrections population, Aboriginal peoples comprise 20% of the total incarcerated offender population. The over-representation is even more pronounced in terms of Aboriginal women incarceration rates: As of April 2010, Aboriginal women accounted for 32.6% of the total female offender population, this means that one out of every three women federally incarcerated is of Aboriginal descent. The rates at which Aboriginal women are incarcerated have been on the rise for quite some time. Over the past 10 years, the representation of Aboriginal women has increased by nearly 90%; as such they represent the fastest growing offender population. Furthermore, there is no indication of any anticipated decline. As of April 2010, there were 164 Aboriginal women serving federal sentences. Aboriginal women in federal penitentiaries tend to be younger than their non-Aboriginal counterparts. The Aboriginal female offender profile when compared to that of the non-Aboriginal female indicates that there is an age gap of 5 years and 4 months, meaning that the average age of the Aboriginal female inmate is 34 years old. Overall, Aboriginal people have a higher representation in the 21-40 year old age group than non-Aboriginal offenders and the trend is even more pronounced in regard to Aboriginal female offenders - 39% of the total Aboriginal female offender population are within this age group. Furthermore, the face of the new offender population in terms of Aboriginal people is younger than those Aboriginal persons already incarcerated. Given that Aboriginal peoples are the fastest growing population within Canada and that the projected demographics indicate that the over-representation of Aboriginal peoples in the criminal justice system will only continue to grow, aggressive action must be taken now to address the issues of Aboriginal women in federal corrections. However, it is highly unlikely that the issues of such a marginalized population will receive the attention and resources necessary to even begin to address the multitude of issues. Absent political will, fundamental change will not occur within the system. Furthermore, given the political climate of late, there is no indication that effective change for Aboriginal women in Corrections will occur anytime soon. The Federal Government's "Tough on Crime Agenda" does nothing to ameliorate the disproportionate rates at which Aboriginal peoples are incarcerated - quite the opposite, in terms of Aboriginal peoples' over-representation within the justice system, the federal government's current plan will only serve to further increase the numbers and worsen the already staggering injustice experienced by Aboriginal peoples as a whole. Details: Ottawa: Aboriginal Corrections Policy Unit Public Safety Canada, 2012. 68p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 21, 2016 at: https://www.publicsafety.gc.ca/cnt/rsrcs/pblctns/mrgnlzd/mrgnlzd-eng.pdf Year: 2012 Country: Canada Keywords: Aboriginal Peoples Shelf Number: 131161

Author: Landsdowne Technologies Inc. Title: Developing and Applying an Organized Crime Harm Index: A Scoping and Feasibility Study Summary: The over-arching goal of this study is to produce a report that assesses the feasibility and utility of developing and applying rigorous methodological and analytical models that can reliably measure the harm of organized crime in Canada. Within the context of exploring the development of an Organized Crime Harm Index, this study mandated the team to: - determine if harm assessment research can produce accurate and reliable findings; - analyze the utility of harm assessment research and indices in contributing to the larger goal of organized crime control; and - assess the feasibility and cost-effectiveness of implementing an Organized Crime Harm Index in Canada. 1.1 Research Findings and Analysis Accurately and reliably assessing the harm of organized crime in Canada Do reliable data and data sources exist within Canada for research that measure the scope of and harm caused by organized crime generally and for the development of an Organized Crime Harm Index specifically? This study concludes that, in general, there are insufficient existing sources of quantifiable data in Canada that could be used to reliably measure the scope and harm of the organized criminal activities prioritized in this report. This problem is epitomized by the shortcomings of police-recorded data, which is critical for harm assessment research into organized crime. The only national source of police-recorded data is collected through the Uniform Crime Reporting survey, which under-estimates the scope of criminal activities, is not representative of the population of criminal occurrences, and does not isolate incidents committed as part of organized criminal conspiracies. Outside of the UCR survey data; there is no national, centralized database of relevant, representative police-recorded data that can be sampled for quantitative research purposes. In short, much of the existing data that can be used to measure the scope and impact of organized criminal activities suffers from reliability issues in the sense that precise and accurate estimate of the scope of the problem are difficult to produce. Do rigorous data collection methods exist that can facilitate the production of reliable estimates of the scope and harms of organized crime in Canada? To what extent can data collection methods offset the inherent weaknesses of the data? To what extent can foreign models be replicated in Canada? Most quantitative studies that measure the scope and impact of organized crime rely on traditional criminological research methods, such as household surveys (to estimate the extent and impact of victimization or consumption of illegal goods and services) or surveys of police-recorded data ( in particular the Uniform Crime Reporting survey). Canadian researchers have implemented a number of rigorous methodologies and sophisticated analytical models that can serve as a partial foundation to estimate the scope and impact of at least some of the organized crime activities examined in this report. This can be augmented by methods and analytical models used in other countries. While these rigorous research designs and analytical models can help offset some of the weaknesses of the data, they cannot completely overcome the shortcomings as far as producing precise, accurate, nationally representative estimates of the scope and impact of organized criminal activities. The data collection and analytical models are also fraught with limitations that undermine the reliability of a harm index. Moreover, the methods employed in Canada to date have not produced comprehensive estimates of the scope and impact of the prioritized criminal activities. To produce the harm estimates required of a comprehensive OCHI, new data collection methods will have to be developed for most of the criminal activities or existing ones expanded to ensure comprehensiveness in terms of fully measuring the scope and impact of the prioritized criminal activities. The contribution of harm assessments to the larger goal of organized crime control in Canada Can an OCHI and supporting research contribute to the larger goal of organized crime control in Canada? Can such models assess whether enforcement initiatives have had some effect? This study found that harm assessment research, and harm indices specifically, can contribute to criminal justice policy-making. The literature review revealed studies that advocate the utility of harm assessment research in guiding public policy and programs, especially which respect to drug trafficking and illegal drug abuse. The growing importance of evidence-based policy-making, combined with the ostensible harm reduction purpose of the criminal justice system, underlies the utility of research that measures the scope and impact of crime. Some countries, such as the U.K., Australia, and New Zealand, have attempted to measure the harm of illegal drugs and integrate these measurements into a broader policy initiative. The U.K. has developed a Drug Harm Index to capture the harms generated by the problematic use of any illegal drug and is used as an analytical tool to monitor the success of national drug strategy policies in reducing harms. Interviews and focus groups with criminal justice policy-makers and operational personnel in Canada also revealed strong support for research that measures the harms caused by organized crime. Such research would nurture a better understanding of organized crime, which in turn, can serve numerous purposes at the intelligence, operational and public policy levels. This includes identifying specific and serious harms that need to be addressed through public policy and programs; prioritizing organized crime groups and activities operational targeting; and expanding the repertoire of approaches to dealing with organized crime and its aftermath, which includes a harm reduction approach. As in the U.K., a harm index can also be used to help evaluate organized crime control strategies and, as such, may contribute to more effective and cost-effective control strategies. However, this study concludes that it is unlikely that a harm index potentially could be used to evaluate tactical law enforcement operations. The feasibility and cost-effectiveness of conducting harm assessment research Is an OCHI feasible? Are studies that measure the scope and harms of organized criminal activities feasible? Are they cost-effective? Can such models be implemented in a feasible and cost-effective manner in Canada? A national, comprehensive OCHI will be costly due, in part, to the necessity of measuring a wide range of criminal activities and the complexity of any research that attempts to measure the scope and impact of organized crime. The cost-effectiveness of implementing an OCHI is undermined by the lack of a reliable centralized national repository of relevant, quantifiable police-recorded data and the significant challenges that may be encountered in convincing law enforcement agencies to share information. An increase in the cost-effectiveness of the research may be realized by using the same instrument to collect information on different organized criminal activities (e.g., a comprehensive household victimization survey). The rigour of the research methodology and reliability of the findings positively correlates with the budget provided. Thus, inadequate funding (and other half measures) will undermine the rigour of the research and the reliability of the findings. 1.2 Conclusion This research identified numerous benefits of an OCHI in informing and assessing organized crime control strategies. All future considerations of an OCHI, however, are contingent upon the ability of the supporting research and analysis to produce reasonably precise and reliable estimates. In general, the results of any research that measures the scope and impact of organized crime must be treated as broad estimates; it is unlikely that the scope of or harms caused by organized crime can be measured with exacting precision or accuracy. This is due to the inherently hidden and secretive nature of organized crime and the significant limitations of existing data sources, data collection methods, and analytical models. Governments in other developed countries have funded research that measures the harm caused by organized crime activities, in particular illegal drugs, and have pledged to use the results to inform public policy decisions. The indices that result from the research (e.g. the U.K. Drug Harm Index) take into consideration the shortcomings and limitations of the data. Doing so, however, undermines and narrows the public policy utility of the index. Canada does boast a number of experts, rigorous research designs, sophisticated analytical models, and existing harm assessment studies that can form the basis of an OCHI. However, there are significant weaknesses in existing data sources in this country, which is compounded by shortcomings in data collection methodologies and analytical models. Because of these weaknesses and shortcomings, it is unlikely that precise and rigorous data can be inputted into and reliable and precise estimates produced from an OCHI. The development and implementation of a rigorous, comprehensive, and national OCHI in Canada is a highly ambitious and complex endeavour that will require a nation-wide criminological/criminal justice research strategy that will be unprecedented in this country. It will also be costly, reaching into the millions of dollars, with no guarantee as to the degree of precision, reliability, and accuracy of the findings or its use or utility by government policy makers. The extent to which governments and other key partners are willing to undertake the development and implementation of an OCHI will be contingent upon their willingness to invest in an ambitious, complex, and costly research project, while assuming the risks that it may not yield accurate or reliable results. Details: Ottawa: Research and National Coordination, Organized Crime Division, Law Enforcement and Policy Branch, Public Safety Canada, 2010. 186p. Source: Internet Resource: Report No. 011, 2010. Accessed October 28, 2016 at: http://publications.gc.ca/collections/collection_2012/sp-ps/PS4-99-2010-eng.pdf Year: 2010 Country: Canada Keywords: Crime Control Shelf Number: 144943

Author: Gros, Hanna Title: "No Life for a Child": A Roadmap to End Immigration Detention of Children and Family Separation Summary: Canada should urgently implement alternatives to detaining children rather than housing them in immigration detention facilities or separating them from their detained parents, the University of Toronto’s International Human Rights Program (IHRP) said in a report released today. In failing to do so, Canada is violating its international legal obligations. Over the past several years, Canada has held hundreds of children in immigration detention, including children from Syria and other war-torn regions. According to figures obtained by the IHRP through access to information requests, an average of 242 children were detained each year between 2010 and 2014. These figures are an underestimate because they do not account for all children living with their parents in detention as 'guests, who were not subject to formal detention orders. Some of these include children with Canadian citizenship. The 70-page report, "'No Life for a Child': A Roadmap to End Immigration Detention of Children and Family Separation," uncovers the deficient legal underpinnings and detrimental practical implications of Canadian immigration detention for children. The report makes 11 recommendations to ensure that Canada complies with its international human rights obligations, and analyzes various international models of alternatives to detention and family separation. The report concludes that children and families with children should be released from detention outright or given access to community-based alternatives to detention, such as reporting obligations, financial deposits, guarantors, and electronic monitoring. 'No Life for a Child' is based on IHRP interviews with detained mothers and children, as well as mental health experts, social workers, child rights activists, and legal professionals. The report profiles children, including infants, who lived in detention or were separated from their families. The report finds that conditions of detention are woefully unsuited for children. Immigration Holding Centres resemble medium-security prisons, with significant restrictions on privacy and liberty, inadequate access to education, insufficient recreational opportunities and poor nutrition. One of the children profiled in the report, Michel (not his real name), spent the first 28 months of his life living under these conditions in a Toronto detention facility. Michel’s mother was detained when she was two-months pregnant, because Canada Border Services Agency (CBSA) suspected that she was a flight risk. After giving birth to Michel, the two continued to be detained for nearly three years before they were deported in late 2015. According to Michel’s mother, although Michel was a Canadian citizen, 'he lives the same life as a detained child.' According to medical experts, immigration detention causes serious and lasting psychological harm to children, including depression, anxiety, post-traumatic stress, and suicidal ideation. The report finds that it is the fact of detention — not just the conditions of detention — that is fundamentally harmful to children’s well-being. The report also finds that family separation is not an adequate alternative to child detention because it causes significant psychological distress, and may expose children to the hardships of the child welfare system. Instead, the report recommends that families should be given access to community-based alternatives to detention. The report builds upon years of advocacy by refugee and child rights groups in Canada that have called on the government to ensure that children’s best interests are a primary consideration in decisions affecting them, and ultimately, to end child detention and family separation. International bodies have also repeatedly criticized Canada for its immigration detention practices. The report notes recent initiatives by Canada's federal government and CBSA indicating a strong willingness to reform the immigration detention regime, with a particular view to protecting children and addressing mental health issues. The government has also expressed an intention to engage extensively with non-governmental organizations and other civil society stakeholders in the process of revising relevant policy and designing new programs. Details: Toronto: International Human Rights Program (IHRP) University of Toronto Faculty of Law, 2016. 70p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 2, 2016 at: http://ihrp.law.utoronto.ca/utfl_file/count/PUBLICATIONS/Report-NoLifeForAChild.pdf Year: 2016 Country: Canada Keywords: Human Rights Abuses Shelf Number: 145777

Author: Bennett, Darcie Title: Blueprint for an inquiry : learning from the failures of the Missing Women Commission of Inquiry Summary: From the perspective of the hundreds of marginalized women who protested the Missing Women Commission of Inquiry ("the Inquiry") everymorning for the first month of hearings, the Inquiry was an absolute failure. The Inquiry was set up to examine the problems arising from investigations of the disappearance and murder of dozens of women in Vancouver’s Downtown Eastside ("DTES"), and particularly the investigation of serial murderer Robert William Pickton. Out of the failures of the Inquiry, which are well documented and understood in the affected communities, the hope of the authors is that a positive legacy can still be uncovered. The report, written by experts in community legal processes from the B.C. Civil Liberties Association, Pivot Legal Society and West Coast LEAF, makes a number of recommendations that focus on ways Commissioners of inquiry can facilitate the participation of marginalized groups. The report also addresses basic procedural issues that dogged the MWCI, including full and transparent document disclosure, timely decisions on applications made by lawyers, and issues of conflict of interest. This report does not focus on the nuances of B.C. provincial law, but instead on broad trends and procedural approaches that future commissioners of inquiry and their staff may usefully adapt to the particularities of their own jurisdictions. Details: Vancouver, B.C. : B.C. Civil Liberties Association, 2012. 57p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 11, 2016 at: https://d3n8a8pro7vhmx.cloudfront.net/pivotlegal/pages/189/attachments/original/1353022676/Missing_Women_Inquiry_web_doc.pdf.pdf?1353022676 Year: 2012 Country: Canada Keywords: Disappearances Shelf Number: 130135

Author: Robertson, Robyn Title: Cannabis and Road Safety: Policy Challenges Summary: Drugged driving and strategies to address the problem have been increasingly recognized as a priority in the past decade. Coordinated action across law enforcement, transportation and health sectors at Federal and provincial/territorial levels is needed to keep Canadians safe on our roads. The focus of this study was to identify key strategies, relevant issues, and implementation plans to help inform the development of drugged driving strategies. A total of 46 individuals, that included line staff and managers in 25 agencies representing Federal and provincial stakeholders, were interviewed. Topics explored included: research, laws and penalties, implementation strategies, public perceptions and education, and metrics and evaluation. These results provide practical insight into the knowledge and tools that are needed to help stakeholders address this issue, and the remaining barriers that must be overcome to ensure road safety enhancements. Prevention strategies require adequate resources in the form of capacity, time and funding to support the necessary large-scale modifications to road safety policies and programs to reinforce the emphasis on safety underscored by the Federal government. Details: Ottawa: Traffic Injury Research Foundation, 2016. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 14, 2016 at: http://www.tirf.ca/publications/PDF_publications/TIRF_DruggedDriving_Policy%20Challenges_12_published.pdf Year: 2016 Country: Canada Keywords: Driving Under the Influence Shelf Number: 146647

Author: Perrin, Benjamin Title: Canada's Justice Deficit: The Case for a Justice System Report Card Summary: In Sherbrooke, Quebec, in October 2015, murder and conspiracy charges against five members of that city’s chapter of the Hells Angels were stayed. The men were released from custody because of a lengthy delay in the Crown’s disclosure to the Defence. Thirty-one Hells Angels members and associates who were caught in the same police investigation similarly had drug charges against them stayed, also because of unreasonable delay. This is just one high-profile example that Canada’s justice system risks being too slow and inefficient to fulfill its responsibilities. The main role of the criminal justice system is to protect the safety, lives, and property of Canadians by promptly and thoroughly investigating crimes, holding trials, and dealing with offenders. It must do so while guaranteeing the constitutional rights of accused persons, supporting victims of crime, and do so cost effectively. Similarly, the role of the civil justice system is to resolve disputes by giving litigants timely access to the courts and offering fair and efficient trials. Unfortunately, in neither case is the system working as it was intended to do. Our review has found the justice system to be largely opaque and unaccountable. Evidence suggests that it is slow, inefficient, and failing to meet many of its core objectives. Another problem is that for those without a lawyer, Canada’s justice system is largely un-navigable. The costs of litigation for many are excessive – even prohibitive – which raises ongoing questions about access to justice. Canada is suffering from what we call a "justice deficit": a large and growing gap between the aspirations of the justice system and its actual performance. In provinces and territories that have not taken concrete steps to stem the tide, we see rising case processing times, a growing population of accused persons on remand pending trial, increasing costs across the board, and a growing number of people unable to afford a lawyer. This inefficient system is imposing economic and social costs on Canadians. In Newfoundland and Labrador, it has been reported that as much as 40 percent of judges' available sitting time was lost due to collapsed cases and, due to unproductive appearances and adjournments, as much as 72 percent of the court’s sitting time is spent on scheduling cases for hearings. In Saskatchewan, the justice deficit is particularly prevalent for First Nations and Metis Peoples. One commission notes that they face "high incarceration rates, high crime rates, conflict with police, and a growing concern about the future of Aboriginal young people." In Ontario, the justice deficit is partly caused by fiscal challenges, according to the Drummond Report. A lot of resources are being funnelled into investigating and prosecuting organized crime, gangs, and cyber-crime. At the same time, the province is dealing with a substantial increase in the number of people in custody awaiting trial (about 60 percent of the provincial prison population in 2013). Despite provincial resources going into justice services, many individuals dealing with the system have too many assets to qualify for legal aid, yet have too few assets to be able to pay for expensive legal representation: they are left to become their own lawyers or simply give up on their own cases. Taken as a whole, these circumstances are leading most Ontarians to believe that the justice system works better for the rich than the poor. Canada’s territories have perhaps the country's worst justice deficit, exacerbated by the region's rugged geography and sparse population. Problems with of substance abuse, mental health, and/ or fetal alcohol spectrum disorder abound. The court system has become overstretched, leading to undue delays in the administration of justice. Nationwide, despite a decrease in the average number of charges, the demand placed on court resources has increased over time because of the rise in the number of court appearances. A significant concern is that it takes almost as many court appearances to resolve a case without trial (4.9) as it does for those that go to trial (5.5). Along with the rise in number of court appearances comes the increased likelihood that an accused released on bail will either fail to appear or otherwise breach the terms of his or her release, thus triggering additional proceedings against them, creating a vicious cycle of recidivism. Spending on the justice system takes a major share of public resources, but based on a large number of reviews across the country, the system is not performing to a reasonable standard. To address Canada’s "justice deficit," there is an urgent need for a regular and objective assessment of the performance of the justice system – a report card on Canada’s justice system. Regular monitoring, analysis, and assessment of the performance of Canada’s judicial system would help tremendously to enhance the transparency and accountability of this central branch of government that is responsible for the protection of the rights and freedoms of all Canadians. Details: Ottawa: Macdonald-Laurier Institute, 2016. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 15, 2016 at: http://www.macdonaldlaurier.ca/files/pdf/MLI_JusticeReportCard_F_web.pdf Year: 2016 Country: Canada Keywords: Criminal Justice Administration Shelf Number: 141151

Author: Sorenson, Kevin (Chair) Title: A Study of Electronic Monitoring in the Correctional and Immigration Settings Summary: The use of electronic monitoring is on the rise in Canada and around the world. The emerging application of this type of surveillance in a range of settings is attributable to the fact that electronic monitoring is considered by many as an additional working tool which complements traditional supervision methods. That said, research to date shows that electronic monitoring in and of itself is not a panacea and that its implementation must be carefully focused. A. Terms of reference and review process On January 31, 2012, the Committee agreed to undertake a study of the use of electronic monitoring in the correctional and immigration settings, with a view to determining effectiveness, cost efficiency, and implementation readiness. Through witness testimony, the Committee sought to learn of the advantages and disadvantages of this technology, as well as its various potential applications. For this purpose, the Committee also sought to draw upon the experience of other countries, including Great Britain and the United States. As well, the Committee also reviewed the documentation and research brought to its attention. The Committee devoted seven meetings to this study and gathered evidence from witnesses from the departments of Public Safety, National Defence, Citizenship and Immigration, the Canada Border Services Agency, the Correctional Service of Canada, the Edmonton Police Service, the John Howard Society of Canada and the John Howard Society of Manitoba, Inc. The Committee also had the opportunity to gather the views of electronic monitoring service providers and manufacturers. The Committee heard evidence from JEMTEC Inc., Safetracks GPS Solutions Inc., the 3M Company and 3M Canada. As well, several witnesses appeared before the Committee as individuals. B. Organization of the report The report is divided into two sections: the first focuses on the information gathered by the Committee on the use of electronic monitoring in the correctional setting, and the second on its use in the immigration setting. Each section presents a series of recommendations based on our observations. Details: Ottawa: House of Commons, Standing Committee on Public Safety and National Security, 2012. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 15, 2016 at: http://publications.gc.ca/collections/collection_2012/parl/XC76-1-1-411-06-eng.pdf Year: 2012 Country: Canada Keywords: Electronic Monitoring Shelf Number: 141160

Author: Lam, Rita Lai Man Title: Influence of Weapon Types on the Patterns and Outcomes of Violent Encounters Summary: In collaboration with the Service de police de la Ville de Montréal (SPVM), this study aims to improve the knowledge about the structuring effect of firearms on criminal violence. This study first identifies factors associated with firearms use in violent crimes and second, estimates the risk of fatal and non-fatal injuries associated with gun use. Data used in the present study come from the Module d'information policière (MIP), for the period of 2011 to 2012. Data were analyzed using a two-step strategy. First, logistic regressions were conducted to pinpoint factors associated with firearm use in violent crime. Second, estimates of the average treatment effect were computed using the propensity score matching (PSM) technique. PSM is an innovative statistical strategy that attempts to reproduce conditions of controlled experiments when cases were not randomized in the first place. In general, results show that firearms are more frequently used in gang-related crimes where individuals attack relatively non-vulnerable targets (young males accompanied by other persons). Despite these characteristics, firearm use increases the risk of fatal injuries in violent altercations, but lessens the risk of non-fatal injuries, among other things, in the case of robberies. Findings establish that firearms facilitate the perpetration of violent crimes, even in the hands of the strongest offenders. Results also suggest that other weapons are poor substitutes for firearms. Although the findings cannot fully corroborate firearms as the great equalizer, these weapons do confer several advantages to their user(s). Firearms also appear to be a sufficient threat in the case of robberies, where additional injuries are not necessary to successfully commit the crime. Details: [Montréal] : Université de Montréal, Faculté des arts et des sciences, École de criminologie, 2013. 119p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 16, 2016 at: https://papyrus.bib.umontreal.ca/xmlui/bitstream/handle/1866/11243/Lam_Rita_Lai_Man_2013_rapportdestage.pdf?sequence=1&isAllowed=y Year: 2013 Country: Canada Keywords: Gun-Related Violence Shelf Number: 147317

Author: British Columbia. Office of the Police Complaint Commissioner Title: Taser Technology Review: Final Report Summary: Since the production of our Interim Report, the focus of the investigative team has been to provide suggested Course Training Standards in the areas of Conducted Energy Devices (CED) (i.e.: TASER), Excited Delirium (ED) and Restraint Protocols (RP). These are not intended to be endpoints; rather they reflect best practices based on research available at this time. This Course Training Standards package will be made available upon its completion and is intended to support several of our recommendations in the Interim Report. Since the Interim Report was released in September, 2004, several new studies relevant to this area have been published. The Pacing and Clinical Electrophysiology Study (PACE), although criticized because of the participation of TASER medical and technical personnel, appears to demonstrate that adequate margins of safety exist with respect to the issue of ventricular fibrillation (VF). The Human Effects Centre of Excellence (HECOE) Study, produced by the U.S. Military, also confirmed that VF was unlikely to be a risk, although it identified the potential for serious unintended consequences, "albeit with estimated low probabilities of occurrence." Research done by the Air Force Research Laboratory (AFRL) confirmed several of the hypotheses present in our Interim Report, as it demonstrated that very lengthy TASER exposures (three minutes of five second on - five second off cycling) had significant impacts on blood levels of carbon dioxide, lactate, pH, and other markers. We believe this study provides support for the proposition that police should, where possible, be minimizing multiple TASER applications. The effect that TASER application has on respiration remains an area of concern. Muscular tetany that impairs respiration may be an operative factor that has been previously unrecognized. This concern also relates to the issue of multiple usages. Life preservation and retrieval in situations where an individual is at high risk of death proximal to restraint requires changes not just to police protocols and procedures but also the methods used by ambulance personnel and emergency room physicians. These changes require extensive research to ensure they are based on the best available information. There are now two international research initiatives that may provide definitive answers to many of the ongoing TASER debates. In the U.K, the Defence Sciences Technology Laboratory (DSTL) has carried out experiments designed to study the effects of stimulant drugs and electrical current on cardiac tissue, potentially providing some insight as to why stimulant drug abusers make up the overwhelming majority of people who die in police restraint. In the U.S., the National Institute of Justice (NIJ) is funding a three year study at the University of Wisconsin to map TASER current in the body and to monitor changes to blood chemistry and respiration. In Canada, the Canadian Police Research Centre (CPRC) is proposing a cross-Canada epidemiological study that will focus on ED and gathering data from emergency room admissions. We believe this Canadian initiative, chosen to coordinate with other international studies, will provide previously unavailable insight into this condition and its medical management. The Amnesty International (AI) report on the TASER makes a number of recommendations we have considered in our Final Report. Although we feel some of those recommendations have merit, we believe that blanket prohibitions do not always obtain the desired outcome. The reasonableness of any use of force will always be determined by the situational factors. Our responsibility as a police community is to give officers the information to make the best possible decision. Details: Victoria, BC: Office of the Police Complaint Commissioner, 2015. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: OPCC File No. 2474: Accessed November 17, 2016 at: http://www.llbc.leg.bc.ca/public/pubdocs/bcdocs/376654/taser_finalrpt.pdf Year: 2005 Country: Canada Keywords: Non-lethal Weapons Shelf Number: 140205

Author: Rotenberg, Cristine Title: Prostitution Offences in Canada: Statistical Trends Summary: Between 2009 and 2014, the period prior to the introduction of new legislation that made it illegal to purchase sexual services, there were 16,879 prostitution incidents reported by police in Canada. These incidents represented less than 0.1% of all crimes reported in Canada in the same time period. In 2014, there were 3.0 police-reported prostitution offences per 100,000 population, the lowest rate since 1982. The majority of prostitution offences (82%) reported between 2009 and 2014 were for communicating or attempting to communicate with a person for the purpose of engaging in or obtaining sexual services. Saskatchewan had the highest average police-reported prostitution rate among the provinces and territories (19.3 offences per 100,000) between 2009 and 2014. Over the same time period smaller census metropolitan areas (CMA) and non-CMAs (cities under 100,000 population) tended to experience greater prostitution rates compared with larger CMAs. Among incidents where the secondary violation was prostitution, violent offences accounted for the largest proportion of most serious violations (36%). Close to half (43%) of persons accused of a prostitution-related offence between 2009 and 2014 were female, compared with less than one quarter (23%) of persons accused of any offence overall during the same time period. Females accused of prostitution were much younger than males (median age of 31 versus 42). Repeated contact with police for prostitution-related offences was more frequent among female accused (27%) compared with male accused (3%). Between 1991 and 2014, there were 294 homicides of sex workers. One in three (34%) homicides of sex workers remained unsolved; a much greater proportion than for homicides that did not involve a sex worker victim (20%). Between 2008/2009 and 2013/2014, under one third (30%) of prostitution cases processed in criminal courts resulted in a guilty verdict; this was much lower than the proportion for criminal court cases in general (64%). Details: Ottawa: Statistics Canada, 2016. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Juristat 36(1): http://www.statcan.gc.ca/pub/85-002-x/2016001/article/14670-eng.pdf Year: 2016 Country: Canada Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 140261

Author: Mulligan, Leah Title: Homicide in Canada, 2015 Summary: Homicides continue to account for a small proportion of all police-reported violent Criminal Code offences in Canada, representing 0.2% in 2015.Note 1 While homicide continues to be a relatively rare occurrence in Canada, rates of homicide are considered benchmarks for levels of violent activity both in Canada and internationally (Ouimet 2014). Further, perceptions of safety within communities may be influenced by their homicide rates (Romer et al. 2003). Since 1961, police services have been reporting detailed information on homicide occurrences in Canada through Statistics Canada's Homicide Survey. Using data drawn from the Homicide Survey, this Juristat article explores prevalence and characteristics of homicide incidents, victims, and accused persons reported in 2015, and compares these findings to short and long term trends. A special analysis of the circumstances surrounding homicides of Aboriginal and non-Aboriginal females committed by ‘casual acquaintances’ from 1980 to 2015 is also presented (see Text box 1). Number and rate of homicides at their highest point since 2011 •Police reported 604 homicide victims in Canada in 2015, 83 more than the previous year and the highest number of homicides reported since 2011.Note 2 The homicide rate (1.68 per 100,000 population) increased 15% from the previous year marking the highest homicide rate since 2011 (Chart 1). This was also the largest percentage increase in the annual homicide rate reported in Canada since 1975. The 2015 homicide rate however was 2% lower than the average for the previous decade (Chart 2). •Attempted murders also grew in 2015 (Allen 2016). Police reported 144 more attempted murders compared to 2014 (from 630 in 2014 to 774 in 2015), and the rate increased 22% from the previous year (2.16 per 100,000 population compared to 1.77). The rate of attempted murder has remained consistently higher than the homicide rate since the 1980s, and these offences have often shown similar trends over time (Chart 1). •In 2015, police reported 572 incidents of homicide, the majority involving a single victim (95%). There were 21 incidents involving two victims (4%), and the remaining 5 incidents involved either three or four victims (less than 1%). This pattern has been consistent since homicide data collection began in 1961. •In 2015, police reported solving 75% (451) of the total 604 reported homicides (see Text box 2). There were a reported total of 525 accused persons identified in these homicides. Among the provinces Saskatchewan reported the highest homicide rate in 2015 •The higher number of homicides for 2015 was primarily due to increases in Alberta (+27 homicides), Saskatchewan (+19), and Ontario (+18) (Table 1a). The increased number of reported homicides in Alberta and Saskatchewan occurred primarily outside of census metropolitan areas (CMAs).Note 3 Within Ontario, however, half of the increase occurred within various CMAs. •Saskatchewan recorded the highest homicide rate among the provinces (3.79 homicides per 100,000 population). The next two highest provincial rates were recorded in Manitoba (3.63) and in Alberta (3.17) (Table 1b). •Nova Scotia recorded a large increase in their homicide rate (+100%) with 12 homicides reported in 2015. It should be noted, however, that the large increase is due to the record low rate that was recorded in 2014 with 6 homicides that year (Table 1b). •The rate of homicides per 100,000 population tends to be more variable from year to year within the Territories, in part due to their smaller population counts. This was true in 2015 with 5 homicides in the Northwest Territories (11.34 per 100,000 population), two homicides in Nunavut (5.42), and one homicide in Yukon (2.67) (Table 1b). Of note, the 2015 homicide rate in Nunavut was the lowest reported rate since becoming a territory in 1999. •The lowest homicide rates in 2015 were reported in Newfoundland and Labrador (0.57 per 100,000 population), Prince Edward Island (0.68), and Quebec (0.93) (Table 1b). Regina records the highest homicide rate among census metropolitan areas •With a total of 8 homicides in 2015, Regina recorded the highest homicide rate among the 33 CMAs (3.30 homicides per 100,000 population).Note 4 Saskatoon (with 10 homicides) and Edmonton (with 39 homicides) recorded the next highest homicide rates (at 3.22 and 2.87 per 100,000 population, respectively). Brantford was the only CMA to report no homicides in 2015 (Table 2). Homicide rates continue to be higher for Aboriginal people than for non-Aboriginal people •Aboriginal people accounted for 25% of homicide victims in 2015, compared to 23% in 2014Note 5 (see CANSIM table 253-0009). In total, police reported 148 Aboriginal victims of homicide in 2015 compared to 120 in 2014 (Table 3). Aboriginal people represented an estimated 5% of the Canadian population in 2015 (Statistics Canada 2015). •In 2015, the rate of homicide for Aboriginal people increased by 20% to 8.77 Aboriginal victims per 100,000 Aboriginal people, from 7.30 in 2014Note 6 (Table 3). In comparison, the rate of homicide among non-Aboriginal people increased 13% from 1.17 non-Aboriginal victims per 100,000 non-Aboriginal people to 1.31. Overall, the rate of homicide for Aboriginal people in 2015 was about seven times higher than for non-Aboriginal people. •Aboriginal males were more frequently victims of homicide compared to non-Aboriginal males. In 2015, the rate of homicide for Aboriginal males was seven times that for non-Aboriginal males (12.85 per 100,000 population compared to 1.87). Further, the rate for Aboriginal males was three times that for Aboriginal females (12.85 compared to 4.80). •Amongst female victims, the rate of homicide of Aboriginal females was six times that of non-Aboriginal females (4.80 per 100,000 compared to 0.77). Of note, the rate for Aboriginal females was higher than the rate for non-Aboriginal males (4.80 compared to 1.87) (Table 3). These findings are consistent with those reported in 2014. •In 2015, police reported solving a higher proportion of homicides of Aboriginal victims within the reporting year, than those of non-Aboriginal victims (85% compared to 71%). The proportion of homicides solved by police were comparable between Aboriginal male and Aboriginal female victims (86% and 83%). Within non-Aboriginal homicides however, police reported solving two thirds (66%) of male homicides, while solving 85% of female homicides. •Where the Aboriginal identity of the accused was reported for the 525 accused identified in solved homicide cases, 33% were identified as Aboriginal persons, and 67% were non-Aboriginal personsNote 7 (see CANSIM table 253-0010). Further, the rate of Aboriginal persons accused of homicide was 10.13 persons for every 100,000 Aboriginal people. This rate was 10 times higher than the rate of accused among non-Aboriginal people (1.01) (Table 3). This is equal to the finding for the rate of accused persons by Aboriginal identity reported in the previous year. •In 2015, there were 61 female persons accused homicide, and 37 were Aboriginal (61%) while 24 were non-Aboriginal (39%). The rate of Aboriginal females accused of homicide was 31 times higher than rate of non-Aboriginal female accused (4.33 per 100,000 population compared to 0.14). For the 464 males accused persons, 134 (29%) were Aboriginal and 321 (69%) were non-Aboriginal. For rate for Aboriginal male accused was about 8 times higher than the rate for non-Aboriginal male accused (16.09 per 100,000 compared to 1.90) (Table 3). Female homicide victims more likely than male victims to have been reported as a missing person •In 2015, police services were asked for the first time to report the missing person status of homicide victims to the Homicide Survey (see Text box 3). Of the 604 homicides reported in 2015, 63 (10%) were on record as a missing person at the time the homicide became known to the police. •Female victims were reported as a missing person prior to the discovery of their death two and half times more often than their male counterparts (18% of female victims, compared to 7% of male victims). Those less than 12 years old were most frequently previously reported as a missing person (30% of victims under 12), while those least frequently reported as missing were those aged 65 and older (2% of victims aged 65 and older). •Proportions of victims previously reported as missing were similar regardless of whether the victim was Aboriginal or non-Aboriginal. Overall, 10% of Aboriginal victims were previously reported as missing compared to 11% of non-Aboriginal victims. This was true for 17% of Aboriginal female victims and 18% of non-Aboriginal female victims. For males, 7% of Aboriginal male victims were on record as a missing person, as were 8% of non-Aboriginal male victims (Chart 3). Number of firearm-related homicides increases for second consecutive year •In 2015, stabbings continued to be the most common method of committing homicide in Canada (37%), followed by shootings (30%) and beatings (23%). These proportions are similar to those reported over the past 10 years (Table 4, Chart 4). •For the second year in a row, police reported an increase in the number and rate of firearm-related homicides. In 2015, there were 178 firearm-related homicides, 23 more than the previous year (Table 5). The rate of firearm-related homicides in 2015 increased by 14% to 0.50 per 100,000 population (compared to 0.44 in 2014), and was the highest reported rate since 2010 (0.51). This finding is consistent with the reported 22% increase in rate for all violent firearms offences from the previous year (Allen 2016).Note 8 •Handguns were used in 57% of firearm-related homicides in 2015, and they continue to be the most frequently used type of firearm. This proportion is down from 2014, where handguns accounted for 67% of firearm-related homicides. The rate of handgun-related homicides remained relatively stable at 0.28 per 100,000 population in 2015 (compared to 0.29 in 2014). Of note, the number of homicides committed with sawed-off rifles or shotguns increased to 23 (+17), accounting for 13% of firearm-related homicides in 2015, up from 4% in 2014 (Table 5). Thus, the rate of sawed-off rifle or shotgun-related homicides increased from 0.02 per 100,000 population to 0.06 in 2015. •The highest rates of firearm-related homicide were reported in Yukon and the Northwest Territories (2.67 and 2.27 per 100,000 population respectively). Alberta reported the next highest rate at 1.17 per 100,000. The rate of firearm homicides grew the most, however, in Saskatchewan, moving up from 0.36 per 100,000 in 2014 to 0.97 in 2015. •Across the provinces in 2015, increases in the number of firearm-related homicides from 2014 were reported in Alberta (+13), Saskatchewan (+7), Manitoba (+3), and Ontario (+3) (Table 4). All other provinces and territories reported relatively stable numbers of firearm-related homicides from the previous year. •Among the CMAs, the majority of firearm-related homicides were reported in Toronto (27), Montréal (20), Calgary (16), Edmonton (15), and Vancouver (15) (Table 6). For these CMAs in particular, the proportion of total homicides which were related to firearms ranged from about 30% to 40% of their total homicides in 2015. Calgary reported the largest increase in firearm-related homicides (+13), and this accounted for more than half (57%) of the total increase in firearm-related homicides in Canada in 2015. In comparison, all firearm-related homicides occurring outside CMAs contributed towards 39% of the total increase in that year. Other notable changes reported in the number of firearm-related homicides from 2014 were reported in Montréal (+5), Toronto (-10), and Edmonton (-5). For the other CMAs, the number remained comparable in 2015 to the previous year. •In 2015, 44% of firearm-related homicides were also related to gang activity,Note 9 which has been the case in general for the past five years.Note 10 Alberta recorded an increase of 14 (+26%) firearm-related homicides that were gang-related in 2015; the majority occurring in Calgary and Edmonton CMAs (+7 and +3 respectively). Saskatchewan reported a large decrease in the proportion of firearm-related homicides that involved gangs, moving from 75% of their reported firearm related homicides in 2014, to 18% in 2015. Gang-related homicides increased in 2015 following a three year decline •In 2015, police reported 98 gang-related homicides, up 16 from the previous year. The rate increased by 18% to 0.27 per 100,000 population (from 0.23 in 2014). This follows a period of decline in the rate of gang-related homicides from 2011 to 2014 (Chart 5). •The total increase in the number of gang-related homicides in Canada was reported mostly in Alberta, where the number went up by 19 gang-related homicides from 2014, for a total of 28 gang-related homicides in 2015. Of the increased number of gang-related homicides in Alberta (19), more than two-thirds (68%) occurred in the CMAs of Calgary and Edmonton, and the remainder (32%) within Alberta’s non-CMA areas. In Alberta, gangs were involved in 22% of homicides in 2015, compared to 9% the previous year. •Despite an increase in the number of homicides in Saskatchewan and Ontario, gang-related homicides did not appear to account for the increase in these provinces. In Saskatchewan, gangs were involved in 12% of homicides in 2015 compared to 25% in 2014. In Ontario, 13% of homicides in 2015 were gang-related compared to 15% the previous year. •In Newfoundland and Labrador, the province’s 2 homicides reported in 2014 were both gang related, yet in 2015 none of their 3 reported homicides were gang related. In addition, none of Nova Scotia’s 12 homicides in 2015 were gang related, compared to 17% in 2014. In all other provinces and territories, the proportion of homicides related to gangs remained relatively stable from the previous year. •Within CMAs, gang-related homicides were reported most frequently in 2015 in Montréal (20), Vancouver (13), Toronto (12), and Calgary (12), which combined account for 73% of the total gang-related homicides reported within CMAs (Table 6). Fewer homicides committed by strangers, more by criminal associates •Despite the increased number of victims reported in 2015, increases were not equal across all types of homicides when considering relationship types. Relationship information is available for solved homicides for which an accused has been identified. Decades of relationship information indicates that homicides are frequently committed by someone known to the victim.Note 11 In 2015, 87% of victims knew the accused involved in their death (Table 7). This proportion increased from 2014 where a reported 82% of victims knew the accused.Note 12 •The number of victims killed by a stranger in 2015 declined to 58, from 73 reported in 2014. As such homicides committed by strangers accounted for 13% of homicides in 2015 compared to 18% the year before (Table 7). In comparison, police reported an increase in the number of homicides committed by a person with whom the victim had a criminal relationship (54 in 2015 compared to 29 in 2014). •Increases were also reported in the number of homicides committed by family members other than current or ex-spouses or common law partners. These homicides increased from 73 to 99 in 2015. This was largely due to an increase in homicides committed by extended family members (Table 7). •There were 83 intimate partner homicides reported in Canada in 2015, 3 less than in 2014 (Table 7). The rate of intimate partner homicides remained relatively stable in 2015 at 0.28 per 100,000 population aged 15 and older, which followed a reported increase in the previous year. The rate of female intimate partner homicide remained unchanged from 2014 (0.46 per 100,000 population for both years); while that for males decrease slightly from 0.11 in the previous year to 0.09 in 2015. Majority of homicide victims and accused persons were male •Overall, males account for the majority of both homicide victims and accused persons. In 2015, 71% of homicide victims and 88% of homicide accused were male, findings that have remained consistent over the past 10 years. •Rates of homicide among male victims were highest for those 25 to 34 years of age (4.38 per 100,000 population), followed by 18 to 24 year olds (4.29). For females, the highest homicide rate was reported for those aged 18 to 24 years (1.46), followed closely by females aged 25 to 34 years (1.41) (see CANSIM table 253-0003). •The rate of accused persons amongst the male population in 2015 was highest for those 18 to 24 years of age (8.80 per 100,000 population). Among females, the rate of being accused of homicide in 2015 was highest for those aged 25 to 34 years (0.89). Increase in number and rate of youth accused of homicide from previous year •In 2015, youth aged 12 to 17 accounted for 7% of the 525 accused persons reported in that year. This is consistent with findings reported over the past 4 years, where the proportion of youth accused has accounted for less than 10% of the total accused persons (see CANSIM table 253-0003). •The rate of youth accused of homicide increased, however, by 22% from the previous year. Police reported in 2015 that there were 1.51 youth accused of homicide for every 100,000 youth aged 12 to 17 in Canada, compared with a rate of 1.24 in 2014. Overall, there were 35 youth accused of homicide in 2015, 6 more than the previous year. •Youth accused of homicide in 2015 were two times more likely to be involved in a gang-related incident compared to adults (20% of youth accused compared to 10% of adults accused).Note 13 Accused persons aged 65 and older most likely to have a suspected mental or developmental disorder •In 2015, police suspected 85 persons accused of homicide as having a mental or developmental disorder,Note 14 representing 17% of total accused persons.Note 15 This is lower than the proportion in 2014 (21%), however it is comparable to the average over the previous ten years from 2005 to 2014 (16%). •Seniors aged 65 and older accounted for the largest proportion (36%) of accused persons with suspected mental health or developmental disorders in 2015 (Chart 6). In comparison, those aged 55 to 64 accounted for the lowest proportion (11%), which is contrary to previous findings where the lowest proportion has typically been present amongst younger age groups. Further, according to the average over the previous ten years, the presence of mental or developmental disorders among accused persons has been shown to increase with age. Details: Ottawa: Statistics Canada, 2016. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Juristat 36, no. 1: Accessed December 5, 2016 at: http://www.statcan.gc.ca/pub/85-002-x/2016001/article/14668-eng.pdf Year: 2016 Country: Canada Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 147745

Author: McCrae, Karen Title: Labour Trafficking in Edmonton. Holding Tight to a Double-Edged Sword Summary: Human trafficking is an abhorrent crime that is of serious concern both globally and in Canada. Although Canada has officially taken a firm stance against all forms of human trafficking since ratifying the United Nations Trafficking Protocol in 2002, the response has centered almost entirely on human trafficking for the purposes of sexual exploitation. This report outlines the results of a study on labour trafficking that aims to address this gap. It was undertaken with the goal of developing knowledge about the extent, nature, and responses to labour trafficking in legal industries in Edmonton, Alberta by drawing on interviews and focus groups conducted with 54 key cross-sectoral stakeholders in the spring of 2016. This study identifies that the Temporary Foreign Worker Program, and in particular the low-wage stream within that program, prevails as the primary vehicle by which labour trafficking occurs in Edmonton. By manipulating the weaknesses of a program that fails to robustly protect the rights of migrant workers, recruiters and employers traffic workers both into and across the country with impunity. Many businesses in Edmonton reap immense profits off the backs of victims of labour trafficking, who often work and live in deplorable conditions. Traffickers exploit victims through control tactics such as deceit, monitoring, isolation, and fear. While some fears arise from real and intended physical harm, others stem from non-physical forms of coercion such as debt bondage and threats of denunciation and deportation. Thus labour trafficking in Edmonton occurs along a spectrum of abuse and exploitation, in which physical force assumes only one of many forms of control in the labour trafficking dynamic. This study identifies that these mechanisms of control, exerted in the context of migrant worker vulnerabilities such as precarious immigration status and financial debt, are extremely effective for the purposes of exploitation; workers are forced to labour for long hours for such little pay that they often cannot feed or house themselves. Details: Edmonton: ACT Alberta, 2016. 80p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 7, 2016 at: http://www.actalberta.org/uploads/112916_Nw7T9fXW3Wbh4d_134135.pdf Year: 2016 Country: Canada Keywords: Forced Labor Shelf Number: 140336

Author: Canada. Department of Justice. Evaluation Division Title: Special Advocates Program Evaluation: Final Report Summary: This document constitutes the final report for the evaluation of the Special Advocates Program (also referred to as the Program or SAP). The Department of Justice Canada administers the Program, whose purpose is to implement the set of legislative requirements contained in Division 9 of the Immigration and Refugee Protection Act (IRPA). 1.1. Context for the Evaluation In 2008, the Department of Justice Canada established the SAP in response to the 2007 decision of the Supreme Court of Canada in the Charkaoui case.1 In its ruling, the Court concluded that the existing scheme applicable to security certificates allowed for the use of evidence “that is never disclosed to the named person without providing adequate measures to compensate for this non-disclosure and the constitutional problems it causes”.2 The Program was first evaluated in 2010, as part of the evaluation of the Security Certificate Initiative led by Public Safety Canada.3 This time, the evaluation of the SAP was led by the Department of Justice Canada. Although it is meant to be a stand-alone evaluation, it is also expected to contribute to the 2014-2015 Horizontal Evaluation of the IRPA Division 9 and the National Security Inadmissibility Initiative led by Public Safety Canada. 1.2. Scope and Objectives of the Evaluation This evaluation covers all activities undertaken through the SAP over the past five years (2010– 11 to 2014–15). In accordance with the Policy on Evaluation, it addresses both the relevance and the performance of the Program. More specifically, the evaluation focuses on the following dimensions of the Program: • the extent to which SAP activities align with the role and current priorities of the federal government, as well as with the strategic objectives of the Department of Justice Canada; • the extent to which the Program responds to identified needs; and • the ability of the Program to achieve its expected outcomes efficiently and economically. Appendix A includes the complete list of issues and questions covered by the evaluation. 1.3. Structure of the Report This report contains five sections, including this introduction. Section 2 provides a description of the Program. Section 3 describes the methodology used to address the set of evaluation issues and questions. Section 4 summarizes the key findings that have emerged from the data collection process, while section 5 provides the overall evaluation conclusions and recommendations. Details: Ottawa: Department of Justice, 2015. 59p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 14, 2016 at: http://www.justice.gc.ca/eng/rp-pr/cp-pm/eval/rep-rap/2015/sap-pas/sap-pas.pdf Year: 2015 Country: Canada Keywords: Immigrants Shelf Number: 146142

Author: Gabor, Thomas Title: Costs of Crime and Criminal Justice Responses Summary: In light of rising criminal justice expenditures in Canada over the last decade, concerns about the sustainability of the Canadian justice system programs and services have emerged. Although there is a growing body of international evidence on the associated costs, little has been done to synthesize this literature. This report presents a global, comprehensive literature review on the costs of crime and criminal justice responses for the purpose of examining their comparative burdens to society. An important aim of this report was to lay the groundwork for a comparison of cost estimates from Canadian studies with those found in the international literature and to aid in the development of a framework that could be applied in future costing studies. The report emphasizes the importance of costing methodology (e.g., accounting-based versus court-based awards), crime definitions, study location, population age, and the differentiation between tangible and intangible costs when determining accurate cost estimates for crimes and criminal justice responses. Finally, it offers some key theoretical considerations for the interpretation of study findings, and identifies four recommendations that social science researchers and operational personnel need to know about the future of crime costing studies. Details: Ottawa: Public Security Canada, 2016. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report: 2015-R022: Accessed December 23, 2016 at: https://www.publicsafety.gc.ca/cnt/rsrcs/pblctns/2015-r022/2015-r022-en.pdf Year: 2016 Country: Canada Keywords: Costs of Crime Shelf Number: 144811

Author: Canada. Task Force on Cannabis Legalization and Regulation Title: A Framework for the Legalization and Regulation of Cannabis in Canada Summary: On June 30, 2016, the Minister of Justice and Attorney General of Canada, the Minister of Public Safety and Emergency Preparedness, and the Minister of Health announced the creation of a nine-member Task Force on Cannabis Legalization and Regulation (“the Task Force”). Our mandate was to consult and provide advice on the design of a new legislative and regulatory framework for legal access to cannabis, consistent with the Government’s commitment to “legalize, regulate, and restrict access.” To fulfill our mandate, we engaged with provincial, territorial and municipal governments, experts, patients, advocates, Indigenous governments and representative organizations, employers and industry. We heard from many other Canadians as well, including many young people, who participated in an online public consultation that generated nearly 30,000 submissions from individuals and organizations. The Task Force looked internationally (e.g., Colorado, Washington State, Uruguay) to learn from jurisdictions that have legalized cannabis for non-medical purposes, and we drew lessons from the way governments in Canada have regulated tobacco and alcohol, and cannabis for medical purposes. A Discussion Paper prepared by the Government, entitled “Toward the Legalization, Regulation and Restriction of Access to Marijuana,” informed the Task Force’s work and helped to focus the input of many of the people from whom we heard. The Discussion Paper identified nine public policy objectives. Chief among these are keeping cannabis out of the hands of children and youth and keeping profits out of the hands of organized crime. The Task Force set out guiding principles as the foundation of our advice to Ministers: protection of public health and safety, compassion, fairness, collaboration, a commitment to evidenceinformed policy and flexibility. In considering the experience of other jurisdictions and the views of experts, stakeholders and the public, we sought to strike a balance between implementing appropriate restrictions, in order to minimize the harms associated with cannabis use, and providing adult access to a regulated supply of cannabis while reducing the scope and scale of the illicit market and its social harms. Our recommendations reflect a public health approach to reduce harm and promote health. We also took a precautionary approach to minimize unintended consequences, given that the relevant evidence is often incomplete or inconclusive. Minimizing Harms of Use In taking a public health approach to the regulation of cannabis, the Task Force proposes measures that will maintain and improve the health of Canadians by minimizing the harms associated with cannabis use. This approach considers the risks associated with cannabis use, including the risks of developmental harms to youth; the risks associated with patterns of consumption, including frequent use and co-use of cannabis with alcohol and tobacco; the risks to vulnerable populations; and the risks related to interactions with the illicit market. In addition to considering scientific evidence and input from stakeholders, the Task Force examined how other jurisdictions have attempted to minimize harms of use. We examined a range of protective measures, including a minimum age of use, promotion and advertising restrictions, and packaging and labelling requirements for cannabis products. In order to minimize harms, the Task Force recommends that the federal government: f Set a national minimum age of purchase of 18, acknowledging the right of provinces and territories to harmonize it with their minimum age of purchase of alcohol f Apply comprehensive restrictions to the advertising and promotion of cannabis and related merchandise by any means, including sponsorship, endorsements and branding, similar to the restrictions on promotion of tobacco products f Allow limited promotion in areas accessible by adults, similar to those restrictions under the Tobacco Act f Require plain packaging for cannabis products that allows the following information on packages: company name, strain name, price, amounts of delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol (THC) and cannabidiol (CBD) and warnings and other labelling requirements f Impose strict sanctions on false or misleading promotion as well as promotion that encourages excessive consumption, where promotion is allowed f Require that any therapeutic claims made in advertising conform to applicable legislation f Resource and enable the detection and enforcement of advertising and marketing violations, including via traditional and social media f Prohibit any product deemed to be “appealing to children,” including products that resemble or mimic familiar food items, are packaged to look like candy, or packaged in bright colours or with cartoon characters or other pictures or images that would appeal to children f Require opaque, re-sealable packaging that is childproof or child-resistant to limit children’s access to any cannabis product f Additionally, for edibles: Z Implement packaging with standardized, single servings, with a universal THC symbol Z Set a maximum amount of THC per serving and per product f Prohibit mixed products, for example cannabis-infused alcoholic beverages or cannabis products with tobacco, nicotine or caffeine f Require appropriate labelling on cannabis products, including: Z Text warning labels (e.g., “KEEP OUT OF REACH OF CHILDREN”) Z Levels of THC and CBD Z For edibles, labelling requirements that apply to food and beverage products f Create a flexible legislative framework that could adapt to new evidence on specific product types, on the use of additives or sweeteners, or on specifying limits of THC or other components f Provide regulatory oversight for cannabis concentrates to minimize the risks associated with illicit production f Develop strategies to encourage consumption of less potent cannabis, including a price and tax scheme based on potency to discourage purchase of high-potency products f Require all cannabis products to include labels identifying levels of THC and CBD f Enable a flexible legislative framework that could adapt to new evidence to set rules for limits on THC or other components f Develop and implement factual public education strategies to inform Canadians as to risks of problematic use and lower-risk use guidance f Conduct the necessary economic analysis to establish an approach to tax and price that balances health protection with the goal of reducing the illicit market f Work with provincial and territorial governments to determine a tax regime that includes equitable distribution of revenues f Create a flexible system that can adapt tax and price approaches to changes within the marketplace f Commit to using revenue from cannabis as a source of funding for administration, education, research and enforcement f Design a tax scheme based on THC potency to discourage purchase of high-potency products f Implement as soon as possible an evidenceinformed public education campaign, targeted at the general population but with an emphasis on youth, parents and vulnerable populations f Co-ordinate messaging with provincial and territorial partners f Adapt educational messages as evidence and understanding of health risks evolve, working with provincial and territorial partners f Facilitate and monitor ongoing research on cannabis and impairment, considering implications for occupational health and safety policies f Work with existing federal, provincial and territorial bodies to better understand potential occupational health and safety issues related to cannabis impairment f Work with provinces, territories, employers and labour representatives to facilitate the development of workplace impairment policies The Task Force further recommends that: f In the period leading up to legalization, and thereafter on an ongoing basis, governments invest effort and resources in developing, implementing and evaluating broad, holistic prevention strategies to address the underlying risk factors and determinants of problematic cannabis use, such as mental illness and social marginalization f Governments commit to using revenue from cannabis regulation as a source of funding for prevention, education and treatment Details: Ottawa: Health Canada, 2016. 112p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed December 23, 2016 at: http://www.healthycanadians.gc.ca/task-force-marijuana-groupe-etude/framework-cadre/alt/framework-cadre-eng.pdf Year: 2016 Country: Canada Keywords: Cannabis Shelf Number: 147805

Author: Drapeau, Sylvie Title: PréCrimAdo Program Summary: In recent years, three youth centres (Québec, Chaudière–Appalaches and Montérégie) and a team of researchers from Laval University collaborated to examine the results of the PréCrimAdo Program (preventing the criminalization of high-risk adolescents). The program strives to prevent the criminalization of high-risk adolescents by implementing an intervention based on the mediation approach with a category of youth particularly at risk of engaging in a criminal trajectory, namely, youth aged 12 to 15 who have been reported under Section 38(f) (serious behavioural disturbance) of the Quebec Youth Protection Act. The tested approach relies on a negotiation process that is based on the interests of the participants. It focuses on identifying the participants' needs and choice of options, and leads to the proposal of a fair agreement that is satisfactory to all parties. This interest-based negotiation process is one in a range of approaches to alternative dispute resolution, and more specifically, mediation-based approaches. Evaluative research seeks to better understand the processes and effects of the intervention program by looking at the program's implementation from a youth-protection context specifically, and by gauging the extent to which the effects of the program are achieved. This research also includes a cost-benefit evaluation of the program. Details: Ottawa: National Crime Prevention Centre, Public Safety Canada, 2014. 6p. Source: Internet Resource: Evaluation Summaries ES-2014-39: Accessed February 13, 2017 at: https://www.publicsafety.gc.ca/cnt/rsrcs/pblctns/2014-ES-39/2014-es-39-eng.pdf Year: 2014 Country: Canada Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 147291

Author: Resilience Resource Center Title: Pathways to Youth Resilience: Youth Justice in Nova Scotia/Newfoundland and Labrador Summary: The purpose of this report was to collect all relevant information regarding youth justice services within Nova Scotia and Newfoundland and Labrador. This was done by means of gathering publicly available data and information provided on governmental and non-governmental websites, as well as within academic databases. A major challenge to collecting data by this method is access. It is difficult to provide all of the relevant information needed for a complete report by simply using the internet as a resource. It would have been helpful to have funds to access statistical information from Statistics Canada. As well, having a contact within the justice department may have provided more information regarding the programming process as well as funding and policy initiatives. Beyond the methodological challenges of this report, it was clear that there are several potential barriers to youth receiving adequate justice services within this province. Keeping in mind that each of these challenges is simply speculation, they are still useful for reflection. The youth justice legislation expressly states that extrajudicial measures and sanctions should be utilized by police and judiciary officials in almost every incidence of youth offending. Exceptional circumstances and a previous history of offending contribute to youth potentially being sentenced to custody. It would seem then that most of the youth who are in fact receiving custodial sentences should in theory be continually recidivating. It is clear that the restorative and community justice processes are indeed very important in restraining from the over-reliance on custodial sentences. However, what is not clear is why there is such a large proportion of youth who are eligible for custodial sentences? What is being done within the justice facilities to ensure that youth are not committing more crime once released from jail? Are there programs which specifically address the needs of this vulnerable group of youth? The dilemma of youth recidivists lends to another question of whether or not youth justice services are really in dialogue with other governmental and nongovernmental services that a high risk youth may utilize. Youth custodial sentences are not lengthy in relation to adult sentences. Therefore, a youth is often released into community supervision or the care of another program. This begs the question of whether or not these different services are aware of the youth’s offending and social history. What are these programs doing in order to prevent youth from being funnelled back into the justice system? Another concern arose from capturing different justice services available to youth within Newfoundland and Labrador. Geographically, Newfoundland and Labrador is a much larger province than Nova Scotia making it difficult to reach particular isolated communities. Referring to Appendix One (a map of justice services in Newfoundland and Labrador) it is easy to see that Labrador is lacking in relation to justice services in its smaller communities. The majority of justice service providers as well as the youth custodial facilities are all located within the St. John’s region. Local access to youth justice services for both the young person and their family is critical. If a youth from Labrador does receive a custodial sentence as is relocated to one of the youth facilities in Newfoundland, the isolation from their family and the community is tangible. Lastly, in review of the above justice programs and initiatives and also relevant offending and custodial statistics, there seem to be a large group of individuals that are not accounted for. African American youth contribute to a significant proportion of the general population in Nova Scotia. Rightfully so, the federal government is extremely cognizant of the Aboriginal youth population in their analysis of youth offending. When looking at provincially specific data and programming however, African American youth seem to be missing. Culturally and contextually relevant programming and services is necessary in addressing the unique needs of the young offender population. It is unclear as to whether Nova Scotia adequately provides this for African American youth. Details: Halifax, Nova Scotia: Dalhousie University, 2011. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 22, 2017 at: http://resilienceresearch.org/files/PDF/Youth_Justice_in_Nova_Scotia_Newfoundland_and_Labrador.pdf Year: 2011 Country: Canada Keywords: Juvenile Justice Systems Shelf Number: 141185

Author: Laliberte, D. Title: Evaluation Summary of the Atlantic Youth Inclusion Program Summary: The Youth Inclusion Program (YIP) is a geographically based program aimed at reducing crime in specific neighbourhoods with high rates of crime by targeting 50 youth aged 13-16 who are most at risk of offending. This complex and intensive program is based on individualized action plans developed for each youth and targets specific risk factors. Youth are expected to receive approximately 10 hours of intervention per week (500 hours per year), including a combination of one-on-one case management sessions, and group activities such as life skills training, mentoring, recreation, tutoring, youth support and parent/guardian support. In addition, the program connects participants to external community resources. Specifically, YIP aims to increase protective factors, school attendance and school performance, while decreasing risk factors, youth offending and the number of youth in the criminal justice system. Three YIP projects implemented in the Atlantic region with funding from PS participated in an impact evaluation conducted by a contractor hired by Public Safety. These include: Northside YIP in North Sydney, Nova Scotia (January 2010 - June 2013); Seeds of Change YIP in Spryfield, Nova Scotia (September 2010 - November 2012) and ONE Change YIP in St. John, New Brunswick (April 2010 - January 2014) . Public Safety funded this evaluation study for the amount of $427,534.00 (between August 2010 and March 2014). Details: Ottawa: Public Safety Canada, 2015. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 29, 2017 at: http://publications.gc.ca/collections/collection_2017/sp-ps/PS113-1-2015-47-eng.pdf Year: 2015 Country: Canada Keywords: At-Risk Youth Shelf Number: 144617

Author: Robertson, Robyn D. Title: Distracted Driving: A National Action Plan Summary: Distracted driving deaths have surpassed impaired driving deaths according to the latest fatality data from several Canadian jurisdictions. Nationally, distraction accounted for an estimated 25 per cent of drivers killed in fatal crashes in 2013. This troubling trend has made distracted driving a top road safety priority for governments and organizations across the country. While a wide range of initiatives have been pursued by concerned stakeholders to tackle this pressing problem, there is an urgent need for a coordinated and comprehensive blueprint to effectively address it. To help fill this gap, the Canadian Coalition on Distracted Driving (CCDD) was formed to develop a National Action Plan, which was published today. The Plan contains 15 action items organized according to four priority areas: education and prevention, enforcement, data and research, and technology and industry. It was designed to inspire and engage agencies concerned about distracted driving and provide them with tools to help reverse this trend. In developing the plan, the CCDD explored the diverse topics that play a role in distracted driving, including: driver behaviour, penalties, enforcement, education campaigns, devices and in-vehicle technologies, emergency medical care, auto insurance, the transportation industry and automated vehicles. The components of the plan represent the most essential activities that can support the efforts of agencies with a vested interest in the issue, and help them meet their objectives more efficiently and effectively. In the coming months, the CCDD will produce the series of tools contained in the Plan, and convene discussions in key sectors to help agencies amplify efforts to reduce distracted driving. An initiative of the Traffic Injury Research Foundation, Drop It And Drive and The Co-operators, the CCDD is the first coalition of its kind in Canada. The multi-sectoral group includes members from various levels of government, enforcement, academia, health, industry and communities. Their expertise is varied, including road safety research, injury prevention and health care, policy, enforcement, education, as well as the insurance, automotive and trucking industries. Details: Ottawa: Traffic Injury Research Foundation, 2017. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 7, 2017 at: http://tirf.ca/wp-content/uploads/2017/02/Distracted-Driving-A-National-Action-Plan-Full-Report-12.pdf Year: 2017 Country: Canada Keywords: Distracted Driving Shelf Number: 144744

Author: Canada. Public Safety Canada Title: Tyler's Troubled Life: The story of one young man's path towards a life of crime Summary: The fictional account of Tyler was developed to illustrate the compounding influence of risk factors on the pathway to criminal offending. The account does not depict any real persons or events, but serves as an illustrative example of a prototypical adolescent offender in Canada. Using cost estimates from Canada, the US, and Australia, average costs are affixed to events in Tyler's life and tallied for a grand total cost of his crimes. The direct costs associated with Tyler's life of crime range from a court appearance by police ($239 CAD) to a 5-year federal prison sentence ($550,000 CAD) and total over $1,400,000 CAD by the time Tyler reaches the age of 30. Three evidence-based interventions are also provided to illustrate the potential cost savings by investing in crime prevention at critical junctures of Tyler's youth, and to highlight the importance of intervening early and often in the life of disadvantaged or at-risk youth. Details: Ottawa: Public Safety Canada, 2016. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 10, 2017 at: https://www.publicsafety.gc.ca/cnt/rsrcs/pblctns/2016-r005/2016-r005-en.pdf Year: 2016 Country: Canada Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 144764

Author: Kiedrowski, John Title: The Civilianization of Police in Canada Summary: This report examines the purported benefits and challenges of employing civilians instead of sworn police officers to do different types of police work in Canadian police services. The key research question is what, if any, are the economic benefits (in terms of actual net savings achieved) and non-economic benefits of civilianization of employees working in administration, special uniformed services, investigative services, and specialized technical areas. The report's main focus is a practical one: to provide information useful to police executives, police boards and municipal governments in developing policy with regard to how civilian employees can be most cost-effectively and efficiently deployed to achieve major policing objectives. The research was carried out through a comprehensive literature review of civilianization in Canada, the United States (U.S.), and Great Britain. Twenty one police services responded to the survey while ten participated in follow-up interviews. Civilians were most likely to be employed in administration and specialized support and least likely in uniformed services and investigative services. While the lower salaries and benefits paid to civilians compared to sworn officers do offer some cost savings, the lower pay and lower status of civilians in police organizations is associated with problems in morale and employee turnover. A key finding of both the literature review and empirical research is that the overall costs of policing may not be reduced as the number of sworn officers does not necessarily decline with increased hiring of civilian employees. Indeed, the overall number of police personnel (both sworn and civilian) continues to rise and with it increased costs. A barrier to civilianization is the continued reluctance, for a variety of reasons, on the part of police executives and police associations as well as police boards and other governance bodies to reduce the numbers of uniformed sworn police officers, even with increased civilian staff hiring. The literature also suggests that when employee cuts have been made the preference is to cut civilian employees and not sworn officers. Details: Ottawa: Public Safety Canada, 2017. 82p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report: 2015-R042: https://www.publicsafety.gc.ca/cnt/rsrcs/pblctns/2015-r042/2015-r042-en.pdf Year: 2017 Country: Canada Keywords: Civilian Employees Shelf Number: 144775

Author: Association of Municipalities Ontario Title: Building a new public safety model in Ontario. AMO's Policing Modernization Report Summary: For the past three years, the Association of Municipalities of Ontario (AMO) has been a member of the Future of Policing Advisory Committee being led by the Ministry of Community Safety and Correctional Services (MCSCS). The Committee consists mainly of Ministry officials, police chiefs, police officers, and various police association representatives. This is a laudable initiative. However, it should be noted that the Committee's work is rooted in a consensus seeking process. This has limited the scale and scope of many draft recommendations and the Committee's advice to the Minister of Community Safety and Correctional Services. AMO fundamentally believes in the need to advance the agenda of reform. This paper is designed to broaden the discussion and inject a change of pace in shaping the future. The issue of cost has certainly been a catalyst. Whether negotiated or arbitrated or through the accumulation of years of incremental increases - cost is without a doubt, shining a bright light on this public service. When we combine cost with aging legislation and standards, demographic shifts, and the immediate challenges on the horizon, we find ourselves returning to a basic question: how do we want to be policed? What should it look like? To talk about the future, AMO established a task force of mayors and police board representatives from across the province to explore key questions about policing. The task force interviewed experts, reviewed the best academic research available, sent representatives to the 2015 Summit on the Economics of Policing and Community Safety in Ottawa, and had thorough and lengthy discussions on specific issues about the future of policing. What follows are a series of topics and some recommendations on the path forward. These ideas are not set in stone; they are a starting point for municipal and provincial elected officials and others. These recommendations, many borrowed from experts outside the municipal realm, represent the consensus of the task force. Details: Toronto: The Association, 2015. 47p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 11, 2017 at: https://www.amo.on.ca/AMO-PDFs/Reports/2015/AMO-Policing-Modernization-Report-Final-2015-04-27.aspx Year: 2015 Country: Canada Keywords: Police Effectiveness Shelf Number: 144787

Author: Barter, Ken Title: The Hidden Hurt Project: Final report. Summary: This document is intended to provide a substantive reporting of the activities, successes, and challenges experienced by the Research team of the Hidden Hurt Project over the course of phases I, II, and III from August 2002 through December 2004. The Canadian Red Cross RespectED Program and the three partnering schools of social work at Canadian universities (Dalhousie University, Memorial University of Newfoundland, and University of Calgary), with the support and funding of the National Crime Prevention Strategy, aim to prevent the abuse of children and youth by increasing awareness and understanding of the nature and extent of child abuse in Canadian society. This awareness and understanding has been and will continue to be incorporated into and applied to the abuse prevention programming of the RespectED program. The RespectED Program of the Canadian Red Cross has been delivering two primary prevention programs, "Its Not Your Fault"(child/youth maltreatment prevention) and "What's Love Got to Do with It?" (relationship violence prevention) for over twenty (20) years. These two presentations have reached thousands of Canadian children age 12 and over. An integral dimension to the delivery of these two presentations is the voluntary completion of anonymous evaluation forms by the youth who participate in these programs. These forms contain no identifying information pertaining to the youth, however most of the completed forms contain information on gender, age, province, and the date of completion. Responses by program participants documented on these forms contain disclosures of abuse and neglect experiences of youth age 12 and over. Many youth related the information disseminated during the presentations to their own life experiences or the experiences of others known to them. The content of the presentations raised questions based on their own life experiences as well as provided them with information on how and where to seek help for themselves and others. Until this project, this data had not been analysed in any form. Yet the data contains 'hidden pain' for many youth who have found writing down their story after being exposed to information as a way to validate their feelings. These personal stories were going untold. So too was the collective national story of the extent of abuse, neglect, and relationship violence which is occurring outside the awareness of the service system which is mandated to respond to the needs of these youth. The purpose of this project is to tell these stories. The stories will provide insight into the extent of abuse and neglect that many youth are experiencing in their families, schools, and communities. These stories are not disclosed for purposes of intervention (although intervention may accompany disclosure where and when mandated or appropriate.) This is critical information for further insight into the extent and nature of abuse and neglect among youth age 12 and over. This data provides real life examples to heighten awareness and inform education programs. The Hidden Hurt project was designed around three phases of research: Phase I: Identification and Analysis of the Hidden Hurt; Phase II: Development and Implementation of New Prevention Education Programming; and, Phase III: Evaluation of the New Programming and Dissemination of Findings. Details: Memorial University, School of Social Work, St. John's, NL. 2005. 150p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 12, 2017 at: http://www.croixrouge.ca/cmslib/general/hidden_hurt_finalreport.pdf Year: 2005 Country: Canada Keywords: Child Abuse and Neglect Shelf Number: 144894

Author: Robertson, Robyn D. Title: Drinking and Driving Among Women in Ontario: A Qualitative Study Summary: Impaired driving incidents among women have risen in past decades (Armstrong et al. 2014), making this issue a source of growing concern. In Canada, women now account for one in every five impaired driving incidents as compared to one in thirteen in 1986 (Perrault 2016). In addition, general messages to "not drink and drive" may not be effective with all audiences, and, particularly women. Historically, prevention messaging has been targeted towards males who represent approximately 80% of the impaired driving problem (Beirness & Davis 2007; Drew et al. 2010; Schwartz & Rookey 2008). To date, little is known about the factors that contribute to the likelihood that women will drive after drinking or accept a ride with a drinking driver. For this reason, it is important to explore the perceptions and experiences of women, who have either driven after drinking or been a passenger of a drinking driver, to provide an empirical foundation to develop a gender-specific response to impaired driving. The limited Canadian research that is available reveals that self-reported driving after drinking among women has remained consistent but that women are more often charged with impaired driving as compared to previous years, and represent a larger proportion of drivers killed in road crashes that test positive for alcohol. More generally, research shows that single, unmarried, or divorced women tend to be more likely to drive after drinking, and age is not considered to be a factor. Women are also more likely than men to have children in the vehicle with them while driving after drinking. Women, however, often report more individual-level factors that influence their involvement, or continuing involvement, in driving after drinking or being a passenger of a drinking driver (Beuert et al. 2014; Neale et al. 2014). Common factors include biological factors, personal estimations, coping-mechanisms, safety and availability of public transportation, and lack of gender-specific educational campaigns. As such, more research to investigate contributing factors and risks of impaired driving among women is imperative, and strategies to address this gap require attention. Of greatest importance, much work is needed to improve the development and delivery of tailored educational resources for women about this problem. Details: Ottawa: Traffic Injury Research Foundations, 2016. 72p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 13, 2017 at: http://tirf.ca/wp-content/uploads/2017/04/Womensdrinkinganddrivingreport-24.pdf Year: 2016 Country: Canada Keywords: Alcohol Law Enforcement Shelf Number: 144900

Author: Mucina, Mandeep Kaur Title: Transgressing Boundaries of IZZAT: Voices of Second-Generation Punjabi Women Surviving and Transgressing "Honour" Related Violence Violence in Canada Summary: This study is an act of witnessing second-generation Punjabi women who have survived displacement/excommunication/exile from their family and/or community after transgressing boundaries of izzat. Izzat is a cultural construct that holds particular importance in the Punjabi community of Northern India and is translated into English as meaning "honour". The life histories collected in this study are a result of in-depth interviews through narrative inquiry with 5 second-generation Punjabi women living across Canada. The women's stories speak to the complexities of "honour" related violence in the West, they challenge the dominant discourses that frame family violence in South Asian communities, and they allow the reader to hear how they resisted/reclaimed izzat while challenging/surviving layers of heteropatriarchy, violence and racism throughout their lives. This study aims at shifting dominant discourses that use "honour" related violence as a tool to justify Orientalism/war and cultural racism towards South Asian bodies and it does so through the use of stories. Critical race theory, post-structural feminist theory and narrative inquiry are the lens through which the central question is asked, how can second-generation Punjabi women's voices be heard and contribute to change inside their families and community, while challenging dominant discourses surrounding "honour" related violence? As the researcher, my story and autoethnographic voice is layered throughout the writing and I share my own story of displacement/exile/excommunication throughout this study. In order to understand the history of izzat and violence in the Punjabi community I conduct a genealogy of izzat and trace its development from Northern India to Canada, from a system of morality to a tool of violence against women. Finally, action research informs the final aim of this study. The women gathered and created a piece of collective writing to raise critical consciousness in the Punjabi community, as well as in dominant Canadian society, about the impact of izzat on their lives. Their words and action push us to question how we engage with violence in our communities and instill the importance of listening to young second-generation women's voices and stories of everyday survival against racism, colonialism and heteropatriarchy, Details: Toronto: University of Toronto, 2015. 330p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed May 1, 2017 at: https://tspace.library.utoronto.ca/handle/1807/69458 Year: 2015 Country: Canada Keywords: Family Violence Shelf Number: 145209

Author: Dunbar, Laura Title: Youth Gangs in Canada: A Review of Current Topics and Issues Summary: Youth gangs are not a new phenomenon in Canada. Theoretical and empirical research and evaluation efforts continue with the goal of better understanding and responding to this issue. Advances have been made in defining the nature of youth gangs and their activities, the motivations for joining, and the risk and protective factors that influence involvement in a gang lifestyle. While a precise measure of youth gang involvement and prevalence of their activities in Canada is not currently available, in the last number of years strides have been made in understanding affiliation among several key populations, namely Aboriginal youth, immigrant youth and young women. Greater insight into specific risk factors, pathways to involvement and desistance, and guidance for prevention and intervention efforts can assist in the future development of solutions to address youth gang involvement and gang-related activities in Canada. Public Safety Canada continues to support effective youth gang prevention and intervention strategies that are known to work based on empirical evidence and lessons learned from past implementation and evaluation experiences. Details: Ottawa: Public Safety Canada, 2017. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report: 2017-R001: Accessed May 8, 2017 at: https://www.publicsafety.gc.ca/cnt/rsrcs/pblctns/2017-r001/2017-r001-en.pdf Year: 2017 Country: Canada Keywords: Gang Prevention Shelf Number: 145358

Author: Lepp, Annalee Title: 2010 Winter Games Analysis on Human Trafficking Summary: Between February and August 2010, GAATW Canada researchers conducted a qualitative research project, funded by Public Safety Canada, on possible increases in transnational and domestic human trafficking in British Columbia in connection with the 2010 Vancouver Olympic and Paralympic Games. Research involved examining available data on the link between trafficking in persons and previous mega sporting events, analyzing media, online, and public discussions that focused on human trafficking prior to and during the Olympic Games, and conducting telephone, in-person, and e-mail interviews with 61 key informants, federal and provincial representatives, enforcement personnel, members of non-governmental organizations, as well as legal and human rights advocates. In the process of investigating the main research question, the research team also considered the dynamics of pre-Olympic anti-trafficking discourses and campaigns, what trafficking in persons prevention measures were implemented by governmental, enforcement, and non-governmental sectors and the reported effectiveness of those strategies, as well as the key recommendations that emerged from interview participants. The interview data provided contrary evidence about whether or not there were indications that human trafficking had occurred prior to and during the 2010 Olympic Games. Nonetheless, without out ruling the possibility that human trafficking for the purposes of labour and sexual exploitation might have evaded detection with the risk of domestic trafficking into the commercial sex sector specifically mentioned, the vast majority of informants across stakeholder sectors suggested that they had no specific knowledge of or that there was no concrete and verifiable evidence of trafficking in persons for the purposes of sexual or labour exploitation linked to the 2010 Olympic Games. In addition, as of the end of August 2010, no trafficking in persons cases connected to the event had reached the level of investigation. There was also no strong evidence of a significant spike in male demand for paid sexual services during the Olympic Games. In the absence of evidence-based research, which has systematically assessed the fan base of or measured male demand for paid sexual services during mega sporting events, it is unclear whether this was a feature unique to what some interviewees described as a more "family-oriented" event like the Winter Olympics or mega sporting events more generally. Available data suggests, however, that during presumably less "family-centred" international sporting events like the 2006 and 2010 FIFA World Cups, the anticipated or forecasted level of demand did not materialize. The key recommendations that emerged from the interview data included the following: - Examine the histories of and the lessons learned from previous international sporting events as well as the policies and practices implemented by other host nations/regions. This would include an analysis of the anticipated fan base. - Engage in an early assessment of the risk of human trafficking in the host country/region/city using an evidence-based approach, and develop appropriate prevention strategies accordingly. Labour trafficking should receive equivalent attention to trafficking in persons for the purpose of sexual exploitation, and prevention initiatives, including guiding principles for employers, should be initiated during the infrastructure and venue construction phase. - Establish mechanisms based on a consistent definitional methodology to track trafficking in persons information, data, and measurements, and conduct data collection prior, during, and after the event. - Strategic planning and implementation should include the development of a clearly defined human trafficking prevention plan with milestones and benchmarks, the fostering of partnerships, networks, coordination, and information sharing among relevant government agencies, enforcement bodies, and with NGOs, and the establishment of appropriate investigative protocols and referral mechanisms to monitor the situation on the ground and to respond to the support needs of trafficked persons. Key partnerships and consultations on strategic planning should also involve Indigenous, youth, sex worker, and migrant worker organizations/advocates as well as grassroots community-based groups. - In consultation with relevant NGOs and community-based partners, ensure that relevant and funded service strategies are in place to serve the needs of trafficked persons, as well as irregular migrant workers (including free and confidential legal advice and representation, interpreters, and translation). - Conduct targeted trafficking in persons awareness training of enforcement personnel (police officers, immigration and border officials), criminal justice officials, labour inspectors, first responders and NGO partners, as well as private sector employers and employees in such areas as construction, hospitality services, and transportation. This instruction should also include "sensitivity training" of all security and enforcement officers seconded to the event. Special attention should be paid to non-discriminatory treatment of foreign nationals at ports of entry and temporary foreign workers regardless of labour site, as well as to the rights, safety, and needs of marginalized, stigmatized, vulnerable, and diverse local populations whose lives and work might be negatively impacted by the influx of tourists, an enhanced security and enforcement apparatus in their communities, as well as by certain anti-trafficking interventions. - Devise and initiate a national or regional trafficking in persons public awareness campaign, with input from all relevant community stakeholders. Such a campaign should be accurate, evidence-based, and adhere to the principle of "do no harm." While the above recommendations are consistent with those found in assessments of other mega sporting events, two additional themes emerged from the interview data. The first focused on the important need to foster collaborative partnerships and consultations on strategic planning with communities with on-the-ground knowledge of trafficking in persons and those whose lives and work might be adversely affected by the enhanced security and enforcement presence and anti-trafficking interventions during international sporting events. In the context of the 2010 Olympic Games in Vancouver, the beginnings of such a model was evident and could be extended to include other grassroots, community-based representatives. The second theme concentrated on the critical necessity to adopt an evidence-based strategic approach and practice. Applicable to governmental, enforcement, and non-governmental agencies, this underlying principle would shape the planning and implementation of human trafficking prevention strategies, public awareness and media campaigns, as well as necessary assistance measures for trafficked persons should the need materialize. Details: Ottawa: Public Safety Canada, 2013. 85p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 9,. 2017 at: https://www.publicsafety.gc.ca/cnt/rsrcs/pblctns/wntr-gms-2010/wntr-gms-2010-eng.pdf Year: 2013 Country: Canada Keywords: Forced Labor Shelf Number: 131176

Author: MacDonald, Adrienne A. Title: The Conditions of Area Restrictions in Canadian Cities: Street Sex Work and Access to Public Space Summary: "Area restriction" is the umbrella term used for this thesis to consider geography-based, individually- assigned orders issued by criminal justice agents to remove and restrict targets from particular city spaces. This research focuses on 13 Canadian cities that use arrest-and-release area restriction strategies to managing street sex work(ers). Despite heavy criticism for their punitive nature, area restrictions have received little academic attention. This project takes an exploratory and descriptive approach to the issue in order to develop a platform for future research. Using qualitative, non-experimental methods it also critically analyzes the implementation, logic and reported impacts of the strategies while drawing implications for how area restrictions relate to citizenship statuses of sex workers by mapping exclusions onto the city. Multiple data sources were included but the most significant and compelling information comes from interviews with police officers and community agency workers. Findings suggest that area restriction strategies contribute to substantial social divides between sex workers and other community members, but also between sex workers and important services, resources and their community. At the same time, the strategy is reported as a "temporary relief" measure that is ineffective at lessening sex trade activity and often leads to displacement and dispersal of sex work(ers). However, collaborative efforts in some cities show promise for achieving goals of 'helping sex workers off the street.' Realistic recommendations for area restriction strategies are made that lead to more inclusive approaches that are considerate of needs and concerns of all interest groups linked to the "prostitution problem." Details: Ottawa: University of Ottawa, 2012. 319p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed May 10, 2017 at: http://ruor.uottawa.ca/handle/10393/23352 Year: 2012 Country: Canada Keywords: Prostitutes Shelf Number: 145395

Author: Munch, Christopher Title: Measuring organized crime in Canada: Results of a pilot project Summary: Organized crime has long been identified as a government priority and a public safety issue. As a result of high profile incidents in the 1990s and extensive consultations by the government, the Criminal Code of Canada was amended in 1997 to help identify criminal organizations and to protect justice system participants (Parliament of Canada n.d.).The aim of this and subsequent legislation was to provide law enforcement and justice officials with tools to respond to organized crime, including a clear national definition of a criminal organization, broader powers through sentencing guidelines, and the ability to seize property obtained for the benefit of organized crime (Parliament of Canada 2014). Since then, a number of reports have underscored the issue (40th Parliament Speech from the Throne 2010; Criminal Intelligence Service Canada 2014). For instance, in 2006 Public Safety Canada outlined the issue as follows: Organized crime affects Canadian's basic rights to peace, order and good government. Although the effects of illicit activities are not always obvious, all Canadians, through one form or another, feel them through victimization, higher insurance rates, fewer tax dollars to support social programs, and the eventual undermining of Canadian institutions and consumers. No community is immune from the effects of organized crime (Public Safety Canada 2006). To address the issue of organized crime, data are needed to inform both resourcing and policy questions related to detection, prevention and officer and public safety. Recent reports have indicated that the complexity of organized crime creates additional resource demands on policing (Public Safety Canada 2013; Standing Committee on Public Safety and National Security 2014; Canadian Association of Chiefs of Police Research Foundation 2015). Further, the nature of organized crime is to constantly evolve to adapt and exploit new opportunities-characteristics which, without data and data sharing among law enforcement and those responsible for public safety, make it even more challenging to fight (Criminal Intelligence Service Canada 2014). Despite the need for data to inform resourcing and policy, there are currently no standardized data to monitor the nature and extent of organized crime at the national, provincial/territorial or local levels. This Juristat article provides an overview of existing measures of organized crime in Canada and raises awareness regarding data availability and the efforts being made to collect national police-reported data through the Uniform Crime Reporting Survey (UCR).The article draws from a pilot project launched to determine best practices in the collection of police-reported data on organized crime. The data presented in this article include organized crime data reported by police services involved in the UCR organized crime pilot project for the years 2013 and 2014. These data are limited to a select group of police services reporting on a select group of UCR violations (murder, manslaughter, attempted murder, and conspire to commit murder for Phase I of the pilot data collection, and; drug production and trafficking for Phase II of the pilot). The data are not representative of Canada and are limited to the police jurisdictions that participated in the pilot. Details: Ottawa: Canadian Centre for Justice Statistics, 2017. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 10, 2017 at: http://www.statcan.gc.ca/pub/85-002-x/2017001/article/14689-eng.pdf Year: 2017 Country: Canada Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 145402

Author: Centre for the Prevention of Radicalization Leading to Violence Title: Women and Violent Radicalization: Research Report Summary: Highlights - Women are victims of all forms of violent radicalism, but can also be participants, or active accomplices, of violence in the name of an ideology. - Pursuant to the mandate in the 2015-2018 Government Action Plan, Radicalization in Quebec: Act, Prevent, Detect and Live Together, the Secretariat a la condition feminine (SCF) and the Conseil du statut de la femme (CSF) were asked to collaborate in defining the angle and scope of the present study, whose purpose is to document the differentiated radicalization factors among women and men in Quebec. The CSF and SCF also drew on the expertise of the Centre for the Prevention of Radicalization Leading to Violence (CPRLV) for empirical information. - Radicalization leading to violence is a complex process whereby people adopt a system of extreme beliefs and a willingness to use, encourage or facilitate violence, to promote an ideology, political project or cause as a means of social transformation. - Throughout history, women have been involved in violent radicalism, whether during the French Revolution, in extreme left-wing or right-wing movements, nationalist groups like the Tamil Tigers, or revolutionary groups like the FARC in Colombia. The violent radicalization of women is not a new phenomenon. - Despite the historical presence of women in violent extremist movements, and episodes of political violence perpetrated by them, violent radicalism is a marginal phenomenon among women in comparison to men. - Often viewed through the distorting lens of gender stereotypes and a presumption of passivity, women who join radical groups, or who engage directly in political violence, should not be thought of exclusively as victims, since they are also active participants. To understand their choices, we must explore the particular paths they have taken. The scholarly literature and most media reports have long seen radical women as manipulated and subservient to men, who are seen as the "true" drivers and actors of violent radical movements. - The current phenomenon of women involved with jihadist groups in Syria rarely escapes the interpretive grid by which radicalized young Western women become little more than stereotypes, naive, manipulated, controlled by romantic urges, dependent on the men who have indoctrinated them. That approach reduces a complex phenomenon to a caricatural explanation, denying women any form of agency. It also contributes to the belief that women who are recent immigrants are by definition more submissive toward men than women who are not. In contrast, a postcolonial approach avoids this simplistic, erroneous view of immigrant women by considering the perspective of those directly concerned. Details: Montreal: Conseil du statut de la femme, 2016. 102p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 17, 2017 at: https://www.csf.gouv.qc.ca/wp-content/uploads/radicalisation_recherche_anglais.pdf Year: 2016 Country: Canada Keywords: Extremist Groups Shelf Number: 145556

Author: Centre for the Prevention of Radicalization Leading to Violence Title: Radicalization leading to violence in Quebec schools: issues and perspectives Summary: Violent radicalization, in and of itself, is not a new phenomenon. Throughout history, movements have called upon their followers to use violence in defence of an ideology or cause, whether for religious, social, political or other motives. However, the current context is one of growing activity by violent radical movements that, although extremely diverse in terms of their ideologies and motivations, all eat away at the Promise of Togetherness and pose a direct threat to our collective security. Quebec has not been spared in the emergence and proliferation of radicalization leading to violence, which is how it came about that in 2015 several young Quebecers left for Syria to join extremist groups on the ground there. College de Maisonneuve has been hit especially hard by this state of affairs; it was at the instigation of the college that the CPRLV undertook the present study to document the situation, produce a cross-sectional analysis and propose recommandations. The report explores the following broad topics: - Explaining radicalization leading to violence linked to jihadism and the situation in Syria - Placing Quebec in context with regard to this phenomenon - Understanding the radicalization of some students from College de Maisonneuve and other young people receiving counselling from the CPRLV - Identifying strategies for preventing radicalization leading to violence in Quebec schools. The different recommendations generated by this analysis (and presented at the end of the rapport) are directed not only at College de Maisonneuve, schools and government agencies but also at ordinary citizens affected by the question who would like to engage in a helpful and proactive manner with those around them. Details: Montreal: The Centre, 2016. 84p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 19, 2017 at: https://info-radical.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/10/rapport-cprlv.pdf Year: 2016 Country: Canada Keywords: Extremism Shelf Number: 145633

Author: Heron, Chelsea A. Title: Exploring the Differences Between Domestic Homicide and Homicide-Suicide: Implications for Risk Assessment and Safety Planning Summary: Domestic homicide, the killing of an individual by their current or former intimate partner, is a tragic and pervasive event. Research supports the finding that a history of domestic violence within a relationship acts as a strong predictor of domestic homicide (DH) and domestic homicide-suicide (DHS). At present, there is limited research that examines patterns in risk factors used to distinguish perpetrators of domestic homicide from domestic homicide-suicide. The present study aims to differentiate perpetrators of domestic homicide and domestic homicide-suicide according to prevalent risk factors and case characteristics. In this paper, case reports were examined from the Domestic Homicide Death Review Committee database that has been developed in collaboration with the Coroner's Office in Ontario. A multivariate analysis using demographic information and identified risk factors within the cases was conducted in order to explore key differences between the perpetrators. The study supports the development of more refined risk assessment and risk management strategies in order to prevent deaths in similar circumstances from occurring in the future. Details: London, Ontario: Western University, 2017. 97p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed May 19, 2017 at: http://ir.lib.uwo.ca/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=6237&context=etd Year: 2017 Country: Canada Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 145643

Author: Hillman, Matthew M. Title: Strengthening Our Response to Sexual Violence: A Working Paper on Prevention and Response Strategies for Selkirk College Summary: Bill 23: Sexual Violence and Misconduct Act requires that all post-secondary institutions establish and implement a sexual misconduct policy including prevention and response measures. This paper supports the work that is being done at Selkirk College to address the prevention and response requirements of Bill 23, and support a decrease in the number of sexual assaults on campus while simultaneously working to increase the number of students who seek support following a sexual assault. This paper is informed by two Selkirk College institutional research projects, feedback provided by college staff, and information found in existing guidelines for post-secondary institutions. The resulting understanding of issues related to sexual violence on campus that emerged from this research informs the recommendations for Selkirk College's sexual violence prevention and response strategy in various areas: identifying and utilizing a preferred language, gaining institutional buy-in and support, developing a peer-to-peer delivery model, creating and rolling out an awareness campaign and designing and implementing evaluation mechanisms. Furthermore, this paper outlines three intervention approaches that are either currently in use at Selkirk College or are being considered for delivery to the campus community in the near future: Bringing in the Bystander (BITB) training and supporting survivors education and healthy masculinities groups. While the recommendations found in this paper align with the approaches that many post-secondary institutions throughout the province are taking in order to meet the requirements of Bill 23 and to address issues related to sexual violence, this project considers needs specific to the rural college-community of Selkirk College. The perspectives and insights of Selkirk College staff members and the student body collected during this study reflect the unique nature of this institution and have been incorporated into the suggestions and recommendations this working paper offers. Details: Victoria, BC: University of Victoria, 2014. 124p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed June 2, 2017 at: https://dspace.library.uvic.ca/handle/1828/8041 Year: 2014 Country: Canada Keywords: Campus Rape Shelf Number: 145904

Author: Royal Canadian Mounted Police Title: Domestic Human Trafficking for Sexual Exploitation in Canada Summary: Since 2007, the Royal Canadian Mounted Police's (RCMP) Human Trafficking National Coordination Centre (HTNCC) has been gathering information and intelligence pertaining to human trafficking specific cases and human trafficking related cases from the RCMP and other law enforcement agencies. The majority of these cases involve victims who have been trafficked domestically for the purpose of sexual exploitation. Project SAFEKEEPING, an assessment of domestic human trafficking for sexual exploitation in Canada, was initiated by the HTNCC as a result of this information. Project SAFEKEEPING serves as a baseline report that provides insight into the nature and extent of domestic human trafficking for sexual exploitation in Canada. The findings of this report identify the characteristics of traffickers and victims, the vulnerabilities of victims, and the modi operandi of traffickers. Provincial overviews of domestic human trafficking for sexual exploitation, as well as current gaps and challenges pertaining to investigating this crime, are also included in this report. Overall, the findings of Project SAFEKEEPING provide support to law enforcement, service providers, government organizations, and non-governmental organizations in their fight against this crime. Details: Ottawa: RCMP, 2013. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 2, 2017 at: http://publications.gc.ca/collections/collection_2014/grc-rcmp/PS64-114-2014-eng.pdf Year: 2013 Country: Canada Keywords: Human Trafficking Shelf Number: 145906

Author: Hastings, Ross Title: Leaving Criminal Youth Gangs: Exit Strategies and Programs Summary: The objective of this report is to contribute to the development of local approaches to helping youth "exit" from criminal youth gangs. In Ottawa, youth gangs and their criminal activities are the focus of a significant degree of police activity, and seem to be a concern for both the media and the public. Fortunately though, it appears that the level of the problem is not as serious in terms of volume or severity here as it is in a number of other cities. This presents us with an opportunity to address the problem while it is still relatively manageable. The goal is not to design an area-wide program for the Ottawa region. Given the size of the problem locally, this is not a realistic approach either financially or in terms of program design and delivery. Our objective is to identify what has been tried and what has worked from experiences elsewhere, and to explore the possibility that these lessons could be adapted to the design and implementation of local gang exit intervention strategies and protocols. The idea is not to create a new program but to build on the work already being done by local youth-serving agencies. The first section of the report defines key concepts such as youth, criminal youth gangs (CYGs), exiting from gangs and the meaning of "success". We focus primarily on youth between the ages of 16 and 25. CYGs share two attributes: they facilitate and even require crime and violence, and they are collective solutions to shared problems experienced by their members. This suggests that attempts to help youth leave gangs must provide them with options that give some of the same benefits as gang membership. There are many points at which youth can leave gangs, but our focus is on the more seriously involved gang members, especially those who have had contact with the criminal justice system. Finally we discuss the notion of success. Here, we distinguish between "insertion" and desistance from gang or criminal activity, and "integration" which is a more positive approach that focuses on proving the youth with skills, resources and a sense of hope about their chances of succeeding in the legitimate world. The next section reviews some of the key findings from the literature on desistance from crime and, more specifically, on the issue of leaving youth gangs. The basic theme is that desistance and exiting are processes that occur over time and that are influenced by a combination of individual and situational factors. The most important among these appear to be the following: - Aging and maturation seem to contribute to an openness to change. - Youth seem strongly motivated to escape the violence associated with CYGs. - The development of new social bonds and access to new opportunities to engage in conventional activities are critical. - Structural barriers originating outside the gang, such as labelling or the lack of employment, limit the ability to leave the gang. - There is little mention of motives related to law enforcement or of a fear of arrest or incarceration. The basic theme is that membership in CYGs reflects a complex combination of causal factors, and that youth are unlikely to leave a gang unless and until they have supports and incentives that replace those provided by gang membership. The next section surveys existing programs and initiatives (summaries of each of these are provided in Appendix A: Review of Youth Gang Exit Programs). These can be distinguished on the basis of the point of intervention, the causes or risk factors they address or the types of services or resources that are delivered. Most of the programs covered focus on factors at the individual level or relational levels, and relatively less attention is given to community or structural level issues. The major theme in this section is the need for programs to be comprehensive and to address the multiple risk factors associated with membership in CYGs. Unfortunately, there is relatively little available on the long term impact of most interventions. The next two sections attempt to map the services currently available in Ottawa for youth who are trying to leave a gang. Our review of existing databases and our survey of local youth serving organizations confirm that there are many local organizations that provide youth with services that address the risk factors associated with gang membership (see Appendix C: General Resources and Services Currently Available for Youth in Ottawa for an overview). The problem is that these services are not specifically oriented to gang members, and there is no youth specific youth gang exit strategy per say. We argue that we need a more integrated and coordinated approach in this area. We suggest that a case management approach that blends existing services into an integrated exit strategy is the most promising strategy for building on current capacity. This appears to be the most effective and cost-efficient option for improving assessment procedures, designing intervention plans, and delivering services in an integrated and comprehensive manner. In sum, we argue that youth gang membership is a complex problem that requires an equally complex solution, one that is timely, integrated and well targeted. The final section describes our recommendations for moving forward in developing a youth gang exit strategy Details: Ottawa: Institute for the Prevention of Crime, 2011. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 5, 2017 at: http://www.crimepreventionottawa.ca/uploads/files/initiative/final_report_-_leaving_criminal_youth_gangs_exit_strategies_and_programs.pdf Year: 2011 Country: Canada Keywords: Desistance from Crime Shelf Number: 145920

Author: Bania, Melanie L. Title: Don't Snitch: Responses to Neigbourhood Intimidation Summary: Community-wide intimidation refers to a general atmosphere of fear, silence, and non-cooperation with the police and criminal justice system within a particular neighbourhood or community affected by crime and violence. This is distinguished in the literature from individual-level intimidation: scare tactics and threats specifically targeted at one person or one small group of people following a specific incident. While the literature on individual-level intimidation is vast, much less is known about community-wide intimidation. Despite many anecdotal reports of community-wide intimidation, there is currently very limited reliable information on the prevalence and severity of community-wide intimidation in Canadian communities and elsewhere. In an attempt to explain the dynamics surrounding the causes of community-wide intimidation, existing studies point to a lack of informal social control in disenfranchised communities, strong messaging from the current 'snitch culture' surrounding gang activity, and gang stereotypes that portrait every possible gang-involved person as disproportionality violent. Regardless of potential causes, when deciding whether or not to report an incident to police, victims and bystanders generally consider whether the expected gains of reporting (the 'pros') will outweigh the costs of reporting, including the potential for retaliation (the 'cons'). When it comes to responses to community-wide intimidation, the literature refers to a variety of general suggestions, including: community outreach and education for residents; creating avenues for safe communication between community members and police; community policing; community-based prosecution strategies; civil injunctions targeting the activities of gang-involved persons; and inter-agency cooperation at the neighbourhood level. Only a few concrete examples of these approaches are provided in the literature, primarily from the United States and the United Kingdom. Most have not been well documented or evaluated for their impacts on communities. The most documented model is the Making WAVES program from the United Kingdom, which supports victims and witnesses in a variety of ways. An evaluation of the program showed promising results and emphasized the importance of interagency cooperation with community members. In Canada and Ottawa more specifically, efforts have focused on education and awareness campaigns for residents, and efforts to facilitate safe communication between residents and police. These initiatives have generally not been well documented, researched or evaluated for their effects and impacts on communities. Overall, there is a large gap in knowledge regarding community-wide intimidation of residents in vulnerable and marginalized neighbourhoods, and effective ways of addressing this concern. Further research is needed in order to understand the dynamics, prevalence, severity, and impacts of communitywide intimidation in neighbourhoods affected by crime and violence. Future attempts to address community-wide intimidation should be based on an indepth understanding of the complexity of the issue at the local neighbourhood level, and should be evaluated for their intended and unintended effects and impacts on the community. Finally, much of the literature on community-wide intimidation focuses solely on the challenges it creates for the functioning of the criminal justice system, particularly residents' willingness to report to and cooperate with the police. Very little attention is paid to the effects of intimidation and fear on the quality of life of residents in disenfranchised neighbourhoods. Yet for service providers, community workers, and residents themselves, quality of life issues are of primary importance. Various stakeholders touched by this issue, then, may have different definitions of what "success" looks like in attempts to address community-wide intimidation. Future research and initiatives related to addressing community-wide intimidation in neighbourhoods should therefore reflect carefully on the intended impact of the approach - what do we hope to see change? Should the focus be solely or mainly on reporting to police as a solution? Or are there other, more sustainable ways to meet resident needs and ultimately improve the quality of life of vulnerable and marginalized groups affected by community-wide intimidation? Details: Ottawa: Crime Prevention Ottawa, 2016. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 6, 2017 at: http://www.crimepreventionottawa.ca/Media/Content/files/Publications/Neighbourhoods/Don%20t%20snitch%20responses%20to%20Neighbourhoods%20Intimidation-EN-Final-Jan%202016.pdf Year: 2016 Country: Canada Keywords: Communities and Crime Shelf Number: 145944

Author: Hoffman, Ken Title: Learning from Community-Based Crime Prevention Initiatives: The experiences of three Ottawa communities Summary: Over the past four years, Crime Prevention Ottawa (CPO) helped to establish three comprehensive, community-based crime prevention initiatives: Lowertown, Our Home; Together for Vanier; and United Neighbours. CPO commissioned community and crime prevention consultants, Ken Hoffman and Melanie Bania, to work closely with the staff involved in the three projects to help them plan and evaluate their work. The main purpose of this document is to contribute to both the theory and practice relating to community-based crime prevention. This work was driven by a desire to help communities move beyond simply reporting "what they did" toward critically examining why they chose certain interventions, and assessing the impact of these initiatives. By effectively capturing these experiences and learnings, these communities and others like them are well-placed to learn more from one other, share best practices in community-based crime prevention and strengthen their work. This report presents the outcomes of our efforts, including:  A comprehensive listing of the community-based projects and initiatives undertaken in each of the three communities;  The Theory of Change, developed jointly by the three communities, which describes the conditions that need to be in place to produce changes in community safety; and  Three case studies that illustrate the impact of community-based crime prevention initiatives on residents in each community. Details: Ottawa: Crime Prevention Ottawa, 2012. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 7, 2017 at: http://www.crimepreventionottawa.ca/Media/Content/files/Initiatives/Neighbourhoods/Learning%20from%20community-based%20crime%20prevention%20report-final.pdf Year: 2012 Country: Canada Keywords: Community-Based Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 145946

Author: Butera, Johny-Angel Title: Approaches to Disrupting Street-Level, Open-Air Drug Markets Summary: "Open-air drug markets" are geographically well-defined, open-air areas in which illegal drugs are bought and sold. They are likely to be open markets where there are few barriers to access and those who appear to be plausible buyers will be able to purchase drugs. These drug markets have many consequences for the communities in which they operate (IE. disorderly conduct, loitering, robbery, theft, weapons offences, assaults, homicides), and residents' quality of life may suffer due to a pervasive sense of insecurity and the negative reputation their community receives as a result of drug market activity. However, some members of some communities may benefit from having an illicit economy (IE. through a local market of stolen goods). Furthermore, communities with open-air drug markets tend to share similar characteristics such as high unemployment or lack of employment opportunities, limited opportunities for youth, and areas of concentrated poverty. Relationships between a drug market and the community in which it operates can be complex and responses to drug markets must take into account drug market-community relationships, and the key characteristics and conditions of the market (IE. its nature, the market participants, current responses, consequences of the drug market on the community, and provisions for drug treatment). This permits a tailored response to the drug market problem facing that community. Strategies for disrupting drug markets range from traditional law enforcement initiatives (IE. high visibility police, crackdowns, buy-bust operations, reverse stings) to responses that also include non-police agencies and the community in which the drug market is located (IE. community and problem-oriented policing responses, situational crime prevention). Other approaches include community responses, civil remedies, and demand reduction strategies. Traditional law enforcement measures have been found to have short-term effects and their impact has been inconsistent when used on their own. It has been found that disrupting street-level, illegal drug markets will be most successful when efforts are multi-dimensional and involve a diverse approach of civil, enforcement, community, and environmental elements. Details: Ottawa: Crime Prevention Ottawa, 2013. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 7, 2017 at: http://www.crimepreventionottawa.ca/Media/Content/files/Publications/Neighbourhoods/Disrupting%20Drug%20Markets.pdf Year: 2013 Country: Canada Keywords: Community Policing Shelf Number: 145947

Author: Huey, Laura Title: What One Might Expect: A Scoping Review of the Canadian Policing Research Literature Summary: Using the medium of a scoping review, the author provides an analysis of the Canadian policing research literature published over the past ten years (2006-2015). What this analysis reveals is both expected and unexpected. In line with public views expressed by a number of sources (academics, policy-makers and police), the overall volume of literature produced during this period was low (some 188 (n=188) papers were identified). However, in contrast to the belief expressed by some that the Canadian policing literature is overly theoretical and largely qualitative, the bulk of studies examined (n=123) were quantitative, and eighteen (n=18) were experimental or quasi- experimental in design. Of more critical import, however, is the issue of overall production and lack of coverage of key policing topics. Gaps in topic coverage are explored here, with some key recommendations offered for improving Canadian output. Details: London, ON: University of Western Ontario, 2016. 26p. Source: Internet Resource: Sociology Publications. Paper 36: Accessed June 8, 2017 at: http://ir.lib.uwo.ca/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1037&context=sociologypub Year: 2016 Country: Canada Keywords: Police Research Shelf Number: 145988

Author: Labaky, Elie Title: Women in Policing: Their Disillusion Phase at Work Summary: Studies on the career paths of municipal police officers have revealed an emergence of four distinct phases which officers pass through during their professional careers, phases where the perception of their profession changes. These phases are more constant at the patrol officer level where most officers begin and finish their career. Among these four phases is the disillusion phase (between 6 and 13 years), where the expectations at work are not met. The perception of the police administration, the public and the criminal justice system, all become negative and the hope for promotions diminish. These studies were mainly conducted in a period where there were very few or no women in policing. Through a feminist perspective and a social constructionist theoretical framework, this thesis makes the hypothesis that because women have different expectations at work, a varying work/life balance and a contrasting aspiration to attain positions of power, women will live this second phase differently. To explore this hypothesis, data was collected from ten semi-structured interviews with female patrol officers having worked between 6 and 13 years in municipal police departments. A qualitative data analysis effectively shows significant differences for the reasons underlying our hypotheses. Even if they have some frustrations about certain aspects of their work, we did not see any disillusionment from any women in this phase. Details: Ottawa: University of Ottawa, 2013. 171p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed June 12, 2017 at: http://search.proquest.com/docview/1504642877/abstract/9CFEB297AE854116PQ/1?accountid=13626 Year: 2013 Country: Canada Keywords: Female Police Officers Shelf Number: 146058

Author: Louie, Dustin William Title: Preventative Education for Indigenous Girls Vulnerable to the Sex Trade Summary: Indigenous women in Canada are drastically over-represented in the sex trade (ClerCunningham & Christensen, 2001; NWAC, 2014; Saewyc, MacKay, Anderson & Drozda; Sethi, 2005; Totten, 2009), while the phenomenon is simultaneously overlooked in academia. This dissertation investigated the potential of formal education systems in preventative education for Indigenous girls vulnerable to the sex trade. Five Indigenous sex trade survivors and nineteen service providers from a partner organization in Prince Albert, Saskatchewan, participated in individual unstructured interviews to collaborate in unearthing the life experiences creating vulnerability, methods of recruitment, and preventative education recommendations. The case study methods of this dissertation are steeped in the principles of Linda Tuhiwai Smith's Decolonizing Methodologies (1999). Based on interviews, organizational documents, and scant academic literature, the life experiences creating vulnerability to the sex trade for Indigenous girls were found to be: sexual abuse, transition from reserves, prison systems, violentization, substance abuse, family disorganization/out of home placements, family in the sex trade, poverty, and poor relationship with services. Indigenous girls are recruited into the sex trade by: gang recruitment, boyfriends, female recruitment, family recruitment, meeting basic needs, substance abuse, social media, and reserve recruitment. Prevention education will be targeted to Indigenous girls from 7-13 years old in on-reserve schools. A combination of teachers, female community members, elders, role models, and service providers could teach preventative education using love, engagement, patience, and understanding. Entire families should be included in the education process as much as possible, which should apply local cultural education and ways of knowing as much as possible. Details: Calgary, Alberta: University of Calgary, 2016. 360p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed June 12, 2017 at: http://theses.ucalgary.ca/bitstream/11023/3048/1/ucalgary_2016_louie_dustin.pdf Year: 2016 Country: Canada Keywords: Gangs Shelf Number: 146069

Author: Brown, Gregory Roy Title: The Blue Line on Thin Ice: Police Use of Force in the Era of Cameraphones, 'Citizen Journalism', and YouTube Summary: In today's urban environments the ubiquity of cameraphones and the entrenchment of both 'citizen journalism' and Web 2.0 media into social life and socio-political discourses have exponentially increased the public's exposure to police violence. This thesis investigates the impact on contemporary policing of the 'new visibility' of police conduct. Findings emerged from the surveying of 231 front-line officers in Toronto and Ottawa, follow-up interviews with 20 of these officers, and interviews with 8 policing officials in those cities. It was determined that widespread video oversight of policing and the ability of citizens to disseminate imagery through social media is profoundly embedded in the consciousness of operational officers and has resulted in various behavioural changes through the deterrence of certain 'performances', including significant moderations in police use of force practices. Technological innovations have enabled transformative changes in the public-police relationship and power dynamic through a democratizing social leveling. Details: Ottawa, ON: Carleton University, 2013. 352p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed June 13, 2017 at: https://curve.carleton.ca/system/files/etd/d7998649-b8e4-4181-84e6-47e800d58fa3/etd_pdf/85aa435a3f0c48556e981342a4e7fed0/brown-thebluelineonthinicepoliceuseofforceinthe.pdf Year: 2013 Country: Canada Keywords: Body-Worn Cameras Shelf Number: 146082

Author: Lansdowne Title: Ottawa Gang Strategy: Seeking Solutions to Street-Level Violence. Technical Evaluation Report: Our First Three Years Summary: From 2013-16, the Ottawa Gang Strategy (OGS) offered a roadmap to help Ottawa address gangs and street level violence. This vast partnership - made up of social service agencies, community organizations, police, schools and others - developed and implemented 12 initiatives that address the problem from multiple angles. Together, the partner organizations formed the Ottawa Gang Strategy Steering Committee, which was collectively informed by each group's expertise, knowledge of the issues, networks, resources and determination to work to collaboratively address the problem. This report details the individual project outputs, outcomes and collective results achieved in three years, as set forth in the logic model. As the work on gangs and street level violence continues, this independent evaluation is intended to assist the OGS Steering Committee in transitioning the Strategy to its next phase of implementation based on the shared understanding of the issues and the shifting realities in Ottawa. Details: Ottawa: Crime Prevention Ottawa, 2016. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 16, 2017 at: http://www.crimepreventionottawa.ca/Media/Content/files/Publications/Youth/OGS%20TechEvalReport%20FINAL.pdf Year: 2016 Country: Canada Keywords: Gang-Related Violence Shelf Number: 146207

Author: Myburgh, John-Etienne Title: Review of Pretrial Risk Assessment and Factors Predicting Pretrial Release Failure Summary: One of the most important areas of prison growth is related to the pretrial population, those persons who are charged with the commission of certain offences and are awaiting commencement or completion of their case. While some of these individuals are released during an initial hearing, others are detained for the duration of their trial. A recent innovation in this area has been the use of pretrial risk assessments (PTRAs), instruments which objectively assess a defendant's risk of failing to appear or to commit a new crime prior to their trial date. Research suggest that PTRAs have validity in decreasing the amount of pretrial defendants housed in prisons or jails, may help to honour the presumption of innocence through the expanded release of low-risk pretrial defendants, and may increase efficiencies in the criminal justice system. Details: Saskatoon: University of Saskatchewan, Centre for Forensic Behavioural Science and Justice Studies, 2015. 89p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 16, 2017 at: https://www.usask.ca/cfbsjs/research/pdf/research_reports/ReviewOfPTRAandRiskFactorsPredictingPretrialReleaseFailure.pdf Year: 2015 Country: Canada Keywords: Pretrial Release Shelf Number: 146218

Author: Camman, Carolyn Title: Evaluation of the Seeing Oneself Pilot in Saskatchewan Summary: In 2013, the Royal Canadian Mounted Police (RCMP) "F" Division supported the pilot implementation of the "Seeing Oneself" program at three sites in southern Saskatchewan. The "Seeing Oneself" program is a cognitive-behavioural substance abuse early intervention program for youth. It is intended to reduce alcohol and substance abuse and associated antisocial behaviours by directly addressing youth's reasons and motivations for using substances and building relevant coping skills. Evaluation Methodology The purpose of the current evaluation was to assess the quality of the pilot implementation of "Seeing Oneself" in Saskatchewan in terms of its fidelity to the tested and supported program model, as well as to investigate the effectiveness and sustainability of the program within the Saskatchewan context. Several data sources were engaged for the present evaluation, including key stakeholder interviews, surveys, and document and literature review. A total of six interviews were conducted with stakeholders involved in the Saskatchewan pilot implementation, including representatives of each site and of the RCMP administration in charge of overseeing the pilot. Four supplemental interviews were conducted with individuals involved in the program at other locations, including the program developer and a prior program evaluator. Seven youths at two sites participated in surveys. Additional performance monitoring and training workshop survey data were provided by the prior program evaluator. The collected qualitative data were analyzed using thematic analysis to identify consistent themes relating to the program implementation. The findings within each theme were organized by a description of what occurred in the pilot, followed by a comparison to the program literature and findings from other sites where the program has been implemented. Details: Saskatoon: Centre for Forensic Behavioural Science and Justice Studies, University of Saskatchewan, 2015. 71p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 17, 2017 at: https://www.usask.ca/cfbsjs/research/pdf/research_reports/SeeingOneself.pdf Year: 2015 Country: Canada Keywords: Cognitive-Behavioral Programs Shelf Number: 146244

Author: LaLonde, Mark Title: Assessment in Police Recruit Training Simulations Summary: The author discusses what can be done to improve the assessment instrument used in the assessment of demonstrated knowledge and competency in police recruit training simulations. Details: Victoria, British Columbia : Royal Roads University, 2004. 132p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed June 17, 2017 at: http://www.collectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk4/etd/MQ93535.PDF Year: 2004 Country: Canada Keywords: Police Education and Training Shelf Number: 146309

Author: White Ribbon Campaign Title: Men's Engagement in Gender-Based Violence Prevention: A Critical Review of Evaluation Approaches Summary: This literature review highlights key conceptual and evaluation approaches to engaging boys and men in gender-based violence prevention. While limited research has been conducted regarding promising evaluative approaches, there are numerous promising research instruments being utilized, such as the Gender Equitable Men's Scale and "Violence Against Women and Girls: A Compendium of Monitoring and Evaluation Indicators." Complicating the issue of evaluation, there are diverse entry points and contexts in which boys and men are unpacking masculinity and gender-based violence; from workplace awareness initiatives to community-based workshops. Rigorous and long-term evaluation is essential to ensure that male engagement programming is impactful at multiple levels (individual, community and broader systems). Some of the challenges in the evaluation of male engagement programming are: participant self-selection, one off programming and lack of evaluation data across the long-term. Details: Toronto: White Ribbon Campaign, 2014. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 19, 2017 at: http://www.whiteribbon.ca/pdfs/Lit_Review_2014.pdf Year: 2014 Country: Canada Keywords: Abusive Men Shelf Number: 146264

Author: Angel, Harry Title: Review of the Skills Perishability of Police "Use of Force" Skills Summary: Background This study was conducted for the Police Sector Council to help inform an impartial evidence-based recertification strategy for "use of force" training in Canada. The ultimate goal of the Police Sector Council is to establish national standards for skills training/maintenance that meet operational policing needs. The primary objectives of this study were to conduct a literature review and to conduct an interview-based survey noting the state of use of force training in Canada. The goals of the literature review were to identify factors that influence police skill perishability, identify empirical based evidence that supports the timing of police use of force skills refresher training and recertification and to identify teaching principles and techniques that will promote long term skill retention. The goals of the survey were to identify basic approaches used by training academies for use of force skill acquisition, identify refresher training approaches and finally identify empirical based evidence that supports the timing of police use of force skills refresher training and recertification. Method The literature review began with a systematic search of the relevant literature related to skills perishability, culminating in a preliminary review. This draft review was then distributed to a range of experts in a 2-day workshop conducted in May 2011. This workshop provided academics specializing in motor skills as well as use of force experts to discuss the preliminary review in order to further shape it, and to help identify a way ahead to address the police skills perishability problem. The interview survey began with attendance at a use of force expert workshop. Use of force skill perishability issues and lines of further investigation were identified. The interview process began with the development of an interview script and the identification of open and closed questions. The PSC provided contact information to a number of use of force trainers across Canada. Attempts were made to interview instructors that train their officers at each of the training academies. Telephone and physical interviews were conducted with training academy instructors and in-service training instructors. Key Results It is impossible to separate issues of skill retention from skill acquisition. There are a number of models relevant to skill acquisition, as well as a range of factors impact on skill acquisition. Several evidence-based best practices relevant to training skills and skill acquisition emerged from the literature and workshop discussions, including using a random rather than blocked practice approach when training, providing explicit knowledge of results to trainees early in training but decreasing as skills become automatic, and using high realism training. In general, the psychomotor skill retention literature is underdeveloped in the area of long term skill retention. Skills examined in many controlled studies are artificial in nature and do not reflect the complexity of the police use of force context. However, there is good agreement that characteristics of the individual (e.g., level of initial learning), the nature of the task (procedural skills fade faster than psychomotor skills, and mental tasks are better retained than psychomotor tasks; tasks with more steps are more subject to perishability), and the nature of training (e.g., regular refresher training, active participation, realistic training, and good quality feedback) are all critical factors that influence retention. Although there are few models that enable prediction of skills fading, the User Decision-Aid (UDA) model shows considerable promise. Literature relevant to transfer of training (i.e., the extent to which skills acquired during training are expressed in novel contexts) was also explored. This research also showed controlled but artificial studies that may not reflect the complexity of the police use of force context. However, some training principles were noted, including the importance of exposing trainees to as many different situations as possible to promote knowledge and skills transfer, and providing diverse cases or examples during training that are supported by trainer instruction and using simulation. Although existing research and literature provides some evidence of best practices in training psychomotor skills, when thinking about the application of use of force skills, it seems critical to understand not just the psychomotor aspects that influence skilled performance, but the larger context within which skills are expressed. Only this will yield an optimal understanding of use of force skills acquisition and retention. Conclusion In general, the policing skill retention literature is underdeveloped. Either due to a lack of funding, lack of academic access or due to the sensitivity of the subject itself, substantive research has not been undertaken. The state of Canadian police use of force skills perishability is currently unknown. Only isolated anecdotal information is available on the degree of refresher training across police agencies beyond their statutory requalification requirements. Empirical evidence justifying skill retention timings was not found. It is believed that the OODA Loop model is a more appropriate model for explaining the recognition and action components involved in psychomotor skills in the policing use of force context. The use of force experts workshop supported the view in many of the policing use of force publications that perception and decision making issues need to be addressed. Prior to any application of use of force techniques, the police officer needs to assess the situation and then make the decision to use the proper use of force technique. This suggests that the perishability of use of force skills will need to be addressed within a broader tactical decision-making context. Details: Guelph, Ontario: Humansystems Incorporated, 2012. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 21, 2017 at: http://www.policecouncil.ca/wp-content/uploads/2013/03/Police-skills-perishability-final-Feb-2012.pdf Year: 2012 Country: Canada Keywords: Police Decision-Making Shelf Number: 146307

Author: Fraser, Jennifer Title: Engaging Local Businesses in Community Development and Crime Prevention: A Literature Review Summary: Crime Prevention Ottawa (CPO), in partnership with Ottawa's Community Development Framework, commissioned a literature review to discover what has been done to engage local businesses in community development and crime prevention initiatives. Covering research and examples from several countries, this review looks at why businesses should be involved in community development, the challenges of engaging businesses, examples of innovative approaches to engaging businesses, and some tools and processes that can help community groups engage businesses. Engaging businesses in community development and crime prevention work makes sense when the multiple risk factors for social problems are recognized. Businesses have a lot to offer community groups: resources, ideas from a fresh perspective, and specific skills honed in a business environment. Many businesses are now committing to social responsibility, but their involvement in community development also "makes good business sense" in improving their image, attracting customers, and retaining employees. Overall, pairing business development with community development can create business opportunities and improve the vibrancy of communities. Of course, engaging businesses in community development and crime prevention work can be challenging. Businesses and community groups tend to "speak different languages" - businesses work in a fast-paced, competitive environment toward specific, short-term goals, while community groups often work on long-term projects toward more abstract goals. Businesses may not see their role in community development and crime prevention and may be reluctant to participate in perceived "negative" issues. Community groups looking to engage businesses might want to consider picking specific components of a project in which a business can concretely participate; clearly establish expectations, roles, and timelines for all parties' involvement; and, frame their project in positive terms. Despite these challenges, there are many examples of innovative ways communities have engaged businesses in development and crime prevention work. Community groups have successfully worked with Business Improvement Areas (BIAs) or Districts (BIDs) in New York City, Baltimore, and Winnipeg. Innovative partnerships devoted to curbing alcohol-related violence in entertainment districts have been established in Montreal and Edmonton. Some Toronto-based projects have highlighted the importance of getting businesses to invest in youth and working on focused neighbourhood revitalization projects. Community-business partnerships have also been facilitated by governments in Vancouver and the United Kingdom. A number of tools exist to help community groups identify, approach, and maintain relationships with businesses they would like to engage in development and crime prevention work. For example, the International Centre for the Prevention of Crime and the Institute for the Prevention of Crime outline five steps for effective implementation of crime prevention initiatives and the Tamarack Institute has produced a six step process for obtaining business involvement as well as a "needs-features-benefits" tool for making the case for business involvement. This literature review shows that, despite challenges, community-business partnerships for community development and crime prevention initiatives can be advantageous for all stakeholders involved. Understanding what is already known about engaging businesses in community development and crime prevention is important for CPO and will help to inform future relationships among local business owners, community partners, and residents and to promote joint community development and crime prevention initiatives in the Ottawa region. Details: Ottawa: Crime Prevention Ottawa, 2012. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 26, 2017 at: http://www.crimepreventionottawa.ca/Media/Content/files/Publications/Neighbourhoods/Engaging%20Local%20Businesses.pdf Year: 2012 Country: Canada Keywords: Business Improvement Districts Shelf Number: 146388

Author: Collins, Robynn Title: Women and Girls' Eyes on the Neighborhood: Feeling Safe in Public Space Summary: Everyone has a right to feel safe in their community. To create safe public spaces, we must identify and understand what makes people feel unsafe in their neighbourhoods. There has been limited focus on how women and girls experience safety at a neighbourhood level. To address this gap, Pinecrest-Queensway Community Health Centre (PQCHC) and City for All Women Initiative (CAWI) worked with women and girls in four West end neighbourhoods in a community research project funded by Crime Prevention Ottawa, which is part of United Neighbours (funded by Trillium), and supported by many other partner agencies and individuals. The central purpose of this research is to ignite a fresh dialogue on the gendered nature of safety and to map steps that residents, service providers, and decision makers might take to increase women and girls' ability to safely use public space within their neighbourhoods. This report presents the findings from a 10 month Participatory Action Research (PAR) project with women and girls in 4 neighbourhoods in Ottawa's West end who explore factors that contribute to their sense of feeling safe or unsafe in their communities. The research and subsequent findings have been informed by a literature review, an advisory committee, and employed the methodologies of Safety Audits, PhotoVoice, Workshops, Community Conversations, and Body Mapping as a means of deepening their own, and others� understanding of what safety feels like and how to be an active agent in accomplishing a sense of safety and connectedness to one's community. Research findings demonstrate the strength, resiliency and knowledge-sharing that participants use to feel safer and create a strong sense of community in their respective neighbourhoods. We are happy to share these in the hopes that other Ottawa residents might share their own strategies and challenges, thereby deepening the discussion about women and girls' feelings and experience of safety at the neighbourhood level. Participants in this research use a wide variety of creative and collective strategies to make them feel safer. A major learning in this project has been to unearth what is between the lines. To get between these lines, to the interstices of the issue, means to come to the understanding that while women and girls may say they feel safe, their actions speak louder than words. Safety can be measured by acting as though you feel safe, not just saying that you are. We have organized the recommendations under 5 themes: 1) Community Participation, 2) Reporting, 3) Environment and Beautification and 4) Training and Awareness Raising 5) Community Development Initiatives. Under each theme we list recommendations for partners followed by recommendations for residents. Details: Ottawa: Pinecrest-Queensway Community Health Centre (PQCHC) and City for All Women Initiative (CAWI), 2014. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 26, 2017 at: http://www.crimepreventionottawa.ca/Media/Content/files/Publications/VAW/Women's%20Eyes-Final%20Report%20Nov%2020%20-%20formatted.pdf Year: 2014 Country: Canada Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 146389

Author: Morissette, Charles Title: The underground economy in Canada, 1992-2011 Summary: The aim of the Underground Economy (UE) study is to provide information on the extent of underground economic activity in Canada and the sources of these activities. The impact of these activities on the measurement of published gross domestic product (GDP) for Canada is also of concern. The measurement of the underground economy at Statistics Canada is not new. The first study was carried out by Berger (1986)Note1, followed by Gervais (1994)Note2, then Terefe, Barber-Dueck and Lamontagne (2011)Note3 and Morissette (2012)Note4. The current study is a continuation of this work, and draws heavily on it, specifically the work of Gervais (1994) and Terefe, Barber-Dueck and Lamontagne (2011). The current study is largely comparable to the one published in September 2012 for the period 1992 to 2009. It incorporates the revised definitions and classifications used by the Canadian System of National Accounts (CSNA) that were introduced in October 2012. The results are also more timely, covering the period 1992 to 2011. Finally, a volume measure of UE activity is introduced. Readers should be careful in interpreting the results of this study. First, estimates presented give an upper bound. In order to derive these bounds, assumptions were made to estimate the maximum potential underground activity beyond what is already included in GDP using standard methods. Second, by its very nature, it is difficult to obtain information on UE activities so that the estimates necessarily rely on assumptions, weak indicative information and various indirect methods. Third, the official GDP already includes some implicit and explicit adjustments for UE activity.Note5 For these reasons the estimates calculated in this study cannot simply be added to the official GDP to arrive at a measure of GDP including UE activity. The report is organized as follows. The next section deals with the definition and scope of the study. This is followed by a section on data sources and methods. Results are presented in Section 4 for GDP aggregates of the expenditure, income and industry accounts for selected years over the period 1992 to 2011, but available on request for all years. The report concludes with a summary and recommendations for future work. Included in appendices are various statistical tables and detailed methodology Details: Ottawa, Ontario : Statistics Canada, National Economic Accounts Division, 2014. 53p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Paper: Accessed June 29, 2017 at: http://www.statcan.gc.ca/pub/13-604-m/13-604-m2014073-eng.htm Year: 2014 Country: Canada Keywords: Illegal Goods Shelf Number: 146465

Author: Kiedrowski, John Title: Illustrative Case Studies of First Nations policing Program Models Summary: The purpose of this research is to provide an in-depth exploration of the two primary policing models supported by the First Nations Policing Program (FNPP): Community Tripartite Agreements (CTAs) and Self-Administered (SA) agreements. Qualitative and quantitative data were collected from a sample of CTA detachments (N = 10) and SA police services (N = 10) across Canada to examine challenges related to funding, the role of CTA and SA officers, and the program's resourcing needs. Substantial variation in funding across CTA detachments and SA services was found; however, this variation does not seem to be related to some key indicators of police budgets (e.g., geographic isolation). Although a number of challenges were identified by respondents, some of the more common challenges identified included: the amount of time allocated to transporting prisoners, lack of readily available backup when responding to calls for service in remote areas, inadequate infrastructure, difficulties providing 24/7 coverage/service, officer housing shortages, mental health-related calls for service, and difficulties recruiting and retaining FNPP-funded officers. In contrast, respondents indicated they have had a number of successes in the communities they serve related to community programs and engagement initiatives. Policy considerations are discussed in light of these findings, including improving the funding model for the FNPP; extending funding for infrastructure; reviewing prisoner transportation policies and procedures; advancing inter-departmental coordination at the federal level; creating multi-functional single site facilities serving inter-related justice, healthcare and social services needs; changing the name of the FNPP to Indigenous Policing Strategy (IPS); and assessing the impact of modern treaties on the FNPP. Details: Ottawa: Public Safety Canada, 2016. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report: 2016-R014Accessed July 1, 2017 at: https://www.publicsafety.gc.ca/cnt/rsrcs/pblctns/2016-r014/2016-r014-en.pdf Year: 20176 Country: Canada Keywords: Indigenous Communities Shelf Number: 146481

Author: Morden, John W. Title: Independent Civilian Review into Matters Relating to the G20 Summit Summary: The Independent Civilian Review into Matters Relating to the G20 Summit was launched on September 23, 2010 by the Toronto Police Services Board. The Review examined issues concerning the role the Board played with respect to the policing of the G20 Summit that was held in Toronto on June 25-27, 2010. It also examined the role played by the Toronto Police Service during the G20 Summit, with a view to determining whether the plans developed and implemented were adequate and effective for policing of the Summit. The Board appointed the Honourable John W. Morden, a former Associate Chief Justice of Ontario, to conduct the Review and provide a report and recommendations. Details: Toronto: Toronto Police Services Board, 2012. 475p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 28, 2017 at: http://www.tpsb.ca/g20/ICRG20Mordenreport.pdf Year: 2012 Country: Canada Keywords: Civilian Oversight of Police Shelf Number: 146909

Author: McNeilly, Gerry Title: Policing the Right to Protest: G20 Systemic Review Report Summary: In June 2010, when Toronto hosted the G20 summit for international leaders, the event attracted thousands of protesters. What occurred over the course of the weekend resulted in the largest mass arrests in Canadian history. These disturbances had a profound impact not only on the citizens of Toronto and Canada generally but on public confidence in the police as well. It is my hope that this Report will provide a comprehensive account of the G20 security operation - from planning to conclusion. This Report is not about condemnation. It is about learning, moving forward, and using the lessons learned to improve future events of this scale. The results of the massive G20 security operation were significant. Although the summit itself was not disturbed, the security operation disrupted life as usual in downtown Toronto. We saw high security fences, police patrolling in riot gear, people demonstrating for all sorts of causes, protesters in black employing "Black Bloc" tactics, businesses vandalized, property destroyed, and police cars burned. Toronto lost its innocence that weekend. We realized we were not immune to mass protest and violence, and not removed from police having to employ extraordinary tactics in order to keep the peace. At the conclusion of the G20 summit, my office began receiving complaints regarding police conduct. In total we received 356 complaints, and the analysis of these complaints revealed allegations of a pattern of conduct that occurred throughout the summit. I determined that it was necessary to begin a systemic review of the G20 and what had happened. In July 2010, I announced that my office would be conducting this review. In preparing this Report, the Office of the Independent Police Review Director (OIPRD) has had the advantage of reviewing reports and documents that have already been written on the Toronto G20 summit, along with the many reports prepared after similar events in other jurisdictions. What occurred in Toronto during the summit is not much different from what took place in other cities that have hosted international gatherings. In addition to attracting large protests, these gatherings also tend to attract small groups of individuals who intend to commit criminal acts in the midst of peaceful protests and spark widespread disorder. The fact that so much has already been written about public order policing during international gatherings speaks to the need for improving police planning, training, and operations in this area. More important than that, it highlights the significant value we place in our fundamental freedoms, such as the freedom of expression and peaceful assembly. One of the fundamental goals of this Report is to help ensure the protection of the right to peaceful protest as well as the duty of law officers to police those protests. The disorder that occurred during the G20 summit and the ensuing police response certainly came as a shock to many, including some of the police. As a result, some members of the public have expressed a loss of trust in the police, and the police themselves have engaged in their own critical assessment of their actions. The vast majority of police officers carried out their duties in a professional manner during the G20 summit. Many made personal sacrifices to prepare for the summit, and many placed themselves at significant risk during it. For many officers, this was the first time they were part of a security operation of this magnitude, and it was the first time they were faced with such a large number of protesters, some of whom were intent on destruction, riot, and violence. The officers who acted within the law, who carried out their duty to serve and protect with diligence and respect, must be congratulated, commended, and thanked. All in all, given the size of the summit security operation, its integrated nature, the number of police jurisdictions involved, and the short time frame for planning, policing was generally carried out very well. Some things need to be corrected and improved, and it is my hope that this Report and its recommendations will go a long way in assisting with that. Details: Toronto: Office of the Independent Police Review Director, 2012. 312p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 28, 2017 at: http://www.oiprd.on.ca/EN/PDFs/G20-Systemic-Review-2012_E.pdf Year: 2012 Country: Canada Keywords: Police Accountability Shelf Number: 146910

Author: Owusu-Bempah, Akwasi Title: Black Males' Perceptions of and Experiences with the Police in Toronto Summary: Canada is commonly depicted as a diverse and tolerant immigrant-receiving nation, accepting of individuals of various racial, ethnic, and religious backgrounds. Nevertheless, Canadian institutions have not been immune to allegations of racial bias and discrimination. For the past several decades, Toronto's Black communities have directed allegations of racial discrimination at the police services operating within the city. Using a mixed-methods approach, this thesis examines Black males' perceptions of and experiences with the police in the Greater Toronto Area. In order to provide a comprehensive examination of this issue, this thesis is comprised of three studies with three distinct groups of Black males. The first of these three studies utilizes data from a representative sample of Black, Chinese, and White adults from the Greater Toronto area to examine racial and gender differences in perceptions of and experiences with the police. The second study draws on data from a sample of young Black men recruited from four of Toronto's most disadvantaged and high crime neighbourhoods to examine the views and experiences of those most targeted by the police. The final study involves interviews with Black male police officers in order to draw on the perspectives of those entrusted with enforcing the law. In line with a mixed-model hypothesis, the findings suggest that Black males' tenuous relationship with the police is a product of their increased involvement in crime, as well as racism on the part of police officers and police services. Using insights drawn from Critical Race Theory, I suggest that both the increased levels of crime and the current manifestations of racism have a common origin in Canada's colonial past. Details: Toronto: Centre for Criminology and Sociolegal Studies, University of Toronto, 2014. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed August 28, 2017 at: https://search.proquest.com/docview/1668381846?pq-origsite=gscholar Year: 2014 Country: Canada Keywords: Minorities Shelf Number: 146916

Author: York University. Centre for Feminist Research Title: Challenging Trafficking in Canada: Policy Brief Summary: Many of us are concerned about the issue of human trafficking and want to take action to stop the harm, violence and exploitation that we hear about. Yet to challenge human trafficking in Canada today requires a lot more than changes to criminal laws or a passion to change economic and social inequalities and gender injustices. It requires acknowledging sex work as labour as well as a critical assessment of both the everyday impact of anti-trafficking interventions and the uptake of the issue by the media, government and the public. Something often overlooked in wider discussions is that much of what is called "human trafficking" involves little more than a struggle by people around the world and in Canada to gain access to social, political and economic security when regular migration channels are restricted and decent-paying jobs are limited. As well, when trafficking is made synonymous with prostitution, sexual labour and sexual violence are conflated. Consequently, what we hear about trafficking via the media or in public debates is often confused, contradictory or simply wrong, while statistics fluctuate wildly and claims about the problems may have little or no supporting evidence. The result? Anti-trafficking policies, laws and actions based on poor definitions and inaccuracies that all too often end up harming those they were intended to help - sex workers, Indigenous peoples, migrant workers, and, particularly, Indigenous, racialized and migrant sex workers. Details: Toronto: York University, Centre for Feminist Research, 2017. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 29, 2017 at: http://cfr.info.yorku.ca/files/2017/06/Challenging-Trafficking-in-Canada-Policy-Brief-2017.pdf Year: 2017 Country: Canada Keywords: Human Trafficking Shelf Number: 146931

Author: Bennell, Craig Title: The Effectiveness of Use of Force Simulation Training: Final Report Summary: Use of force situations in the law enforcement context occur frequently in Canada and Canadian courts regularly scrutinize the decisions made by police officers in such encounters and the use of force training that the officers receive. This highlights the need for police agencies to provide adequate and suitable training to their officers and to have access to a body of empirical research that generally supports the training being provided. From the perspective of the police agency, this research should ideally demonstrate that the existing training program (1) effectively imparts the skills that police officers require to deal appropriately with use of force situations and (2) teaches skills that are transferable to naturalistic settings. Many Canadian police agencies have recently incorporated use of force simulators into their training programs. Indeed, as of 2003, at least 32 police agencies across Canada had access to a use of force simulator and at least 13,000 Canadian police officers were being trained on these simulators annually. This number continues to grow. Unlike earlier use of force instructional methods, such as range shooting, simulators are designed to provide more realistic training and to cover a broader range of use of force options. This latter approach accepts that mastering specific skills is a crucial component of any training regime, but the ability to apply those skills appropriately under stressful (i.e., sub-optimal) conditions is viewed as equally critical. In order for use of force simulation training to be successful, it must encompass several key principles empirically demonstrated to underlie effective training. These are components that relate to practice issues, retraining needs, information feedback, and degree of fidelity. However, as currently implemented by Canadian police agencies, it appears that use of force simulation training likely falls short in many of these key areas. For example, based on a recent survey conducted by the Canadian Police College (2003), it would appear that the amount of instructional time provided to police officers on simulators is far too short to be of benefit. In addition, training sessions are not ordered or spaced appropriately, retraining needs are not effectively met, and instructor feedback is insufficient in terms of both quality and quantity. However, use of force simulators can theoretically provide effective training to police officers. In fact, simulators offer several advantages over other pedagogical options. For example, simulator training allows for many more practice trials than would occur ordinarily and the training can be individually tailored to meet instructional purposes. Furthermore, the trainee is afforded the opportunity to commit errors that in the real world would result in fatal consequences. The potential for simulation training in this area is supported by research from a variety of domains, including law enforcement, the military, and aviation. Indeed, empirical studies consistently demonstrate that simulation training is an effective means of teaching individuals a broad range of motor and cognitive skills. More specifically, research from the law enforcement domain indicates that use of force simulators can serve as effective instructional devices, regardless of the simulator used or type of officer in training. In fact, simulator training often appears to be more effective than alternative approaches. Subjectively, participants have provided consistent positive feedback regarding simulator training and have viewed the experience as extremely beneficial to improving their critical decision-making skills. Objectively, simulation training has been demonstrated to increase the number of preventative actions taken by police officers, enhance shooting accuracy, reduce the number of shots fired to achieve an objective, increase the degree to which police officers use cover, and decrease the number of unjustified shootings. In sum, based on this literature review, it appears that simulation training can be a useful component of an overall use of force instructional program for officers in Canadian police agencies. However, for use of force simulation training to reach its full potential, several important changes to the current training regime must be implemented. The following changes, each based on sound empirical research, appear to be most critical. These suggested modifications will increase the likelihood that police officers render appropriate decisions in use of force situations as they occur on the street. In addition, they will provide officers with the ability to fully explain and justify these decisions to the courts thereby reducing the risk of personal liability findings. Such changes will also decrease the probability that police agencies will be viewed as negligent by the courts in their training of police officers. Details: Ottawa, ONT: Carlton University, Department of Psychology, 2005. 80p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 29, 2017 at: https://www.publicsafety.gc.ca/lbrr/archives/cnmcs-plcng/cn000032136920-eng.pdf Year: 2005 Country: Canada Keywords: Police Education and Training Shelf Number: 146938

Author: Crowell, Mark Title: Police Officers' Attitudes Toward Civilian Oversight Mechanisms in Ontario, Canada Summary: Police services in Canada were historically self-regulating institutions that managed internally their administrative affairs and allegations of professional misconduct. In recent decades, however, there has been an inexorable movement to external review in many Western nations, including Canada, whereby civilians have become increasingly involved in the administrative oversight of policing and the investigation of complaints about alleged misconduct. Research on how police have responded to these developments is sparse and overwhelmingly non-Canadian. This study examines the attitudes and experiences of police officers pertaining to three types of civilian-led agencies that govern police practices and conduct in Ontario, Canada. To wit: i) Police Services Boards, which provide administrative and financial governance of police services; ii) The Special Investigation Unit (SIU), which investigates instances where citizens have been seriously harmed, killed or allegedly sexually assaulted while in the care of the police; and iii) The Office of the Independent Police Review Director (OIPRD), which reviews and sometimes investigates citizens' complaints about police conduct. A mixed-methods sequential explanatory research design was utilized in this study. In Phase 1: Survey Questionnaire, 1593 police officers from a large police service in Ontario responded to an online survey questionnaire that queried them about their experiences and perceptions in relation to the three previously-mentioned agencies and about their own police service's Professional Standards Bureau. In Phase 2: Semi-structured interviews, 40 interviews were conducted with police officers from the same police service and six interviews were conducted with senior executive representatives from stakeholder organizations in Ontario and across Canada. Results from both the survey questionnaire and the interviews revealed that most police officers were generally accepting of the need for civilian-led oversight initiatives to uphold accountability and public trust in policing. However, this study found that many police officers queried the qualifications (i.e., knowledge, skills, training and experience) of the involved civilian investigators and administrators. Respondents also raised concerns about issues of "procedural justice" (e.g., the quality and frequency of communication during investigations; speed of investigations; notification regarding the outcome) during the course of both civilian-led and police-led investigations into alleged misconduct. Although the majority of respondents expressed a preference for alleged misconduct to be investigated by their own Professional Standards Bureau rather than by personnel from the SIU or the OIPRD, evidence was mixed on the extent to which police officers perceived that civilian oversight agencies pose a significant threat or challenge to their status as "professionals." Many respondents opined that police officers are more closely scrutinized than other professional/occupational groups and are held to higher standards of accountability. A number of practical recommendations are proposed related to enhanced communication and education for police services and relevant stakeholders in Ontario, Canada and beyond. Details: Waterloo, ONT: University of Waterloo, 2016. 410p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed August 30, 2017 at: https://uwspace.uwaterloo.ca/bitstream/handle/10012/11034/Crowell_Mark.pdf?sequence=9&isAllowed=y Year: 2016 Country: Canada Keywords: Citizens Complaints Against Police Shelf Number: 146950

Author: Mawani, Fatima Title: Measuring Illicit Cannabis Seizures in Canada: Methods, Practices and Recommendations Summary: The measurement of illicit cannabis seizures in Canada was not previously studied in detail. Measuring seizures is important because the data can be analyzed to develop an understanding of many areas of cannabis regulation and enforcement - from trends in criminal methods or enforcement efficiency, to the size and value of illicit markets. This report examines the current methods of measuring the metric of cannabis seizures in Canada, with particular attention paid to the way seizure information is recorded by law enforcement officials. A discussion of potential improvements to the way Canada currently measures the metric of cannabis seizures is presented, including a critical review of which analyses could be undertaken if improvements to seizure reporting were introduced. Details: Ottawa: Public Safety Canada, 2017. 72p. Source: Internet Resource: RESEARCH REPORT: 2017-R002: Accessed September 7, 2017 at: https://www.publicsafety.gc.ca/cnt/rsrcs/pblctns/2017-r002/2017-r002-en.pdf Year: 2017 Country: Canada Keywords: Cannabis Shelf Number: 147141

Author: Native Counselling Services of Alberta Title: A Cost-Benefit Analysis of Hollow Water's Community Holistic Circle Healing Process (APC 20 CA (2001) Summary: The Solicitor General's Aboriginal Community Corrections Initiative (ACCI) and Justice Canada's Aboriginal Justice Strategy (AJS) have both implied that improvements to justice and corrections in Aboriginal communities would result in cost savings to governments. Although a cost-benefit analysis can be undertaken, it is particularly difficult to ascertain the costs associated with community wellness strategies, and, therefore, any potential savings to policing, administrating justice and corrections. The Hollow Water First Nation Community Holistic Circle Healing (CHCH) strategy is the most mature healing process in Canada. While integrating elements for a number of federal and provincially funded services (i.e., policing, justice, corrections, health and social services) CHCH provides a unique opportunity to explore the costs associated with its various components. Clearly, Aboriginal culture, value-system and process differ significantly from the dominant society. In order to perform research that is ethical, careful and thorough, comparable linkages between Justice and Aboriginal criteria must be explored in different ways. The real value of CHCH work can only be identified by the community members impacted by the healing process; typically, however, the benefits of this process have not been acknowledged nor measured by the dominant society. Yet, the benefits of the CHCH activity have touched all aspects of life in Hollow Water, many of which, cannot be given a specific dollar value. It is very difficult, if not impossible, to adequately place a dollar value on the depth, quality, commitment and sustainability of the substantial healing work achieved in Hollow Water, and the impressive track record CHCH holds. To overcome what appears to be a significant obstacle, the research team collaborated with the community to develop a common understanding of the CHCH research & healing process with community members and to express the core elements/dynamics/process of CHCH healing activity. This collaboration resulted in a clear comparison of some aspects of the CHCH process with mainstream judicial, victim and family services available in Manitoba. In addition, it provided an indication of many value-added benefits of the CHCH program, which are difficult to measure, unique and have far-reaching community healing implications. Details: Ottawa: Aboriginal Corrections Policy Unit, Solicitor General of Canada , 2001. 166p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 11, 2017 at: https://www.publicsafety.gc.ca/cnt/rsrcs/pblctns/cst-bnft-hllw-wtr/cst-bnft-hllw-wtr-eng.pdf Year: 2001 Country: Canada Keywords: Aboriginal Peoples Shelf Number: 147213

Author: Yukon Government Title: Sharing Common Ground. Review of Yukon's Police Force : Year One Progress Report Summary: Over the past year, Yukoners from many different backgrounds and perspectives have come together in a dedicated and forward-looking effort to respond to the needs and concerns of our communities. Individuals and organizations, First Nations, police, advocacy groups, academics and government have all made vital contributions to moving forward with a new vision for policing in Yukon. Following eight months of dialogue with citizens, and with the advice of an Advisory Committee and a team of First Nation representatives, the co-chairs of the Review of Yukon's Police Force, submitted a final report entitled Sharing Common Ground to the Minister of Justice in January 2011. This progress report outlines the achievements of the many people and organizations who have contributed to the implementation of these recommendations over the first year of Sharing Common Ground. The co-chairs, representing Government of Yukon, First Nations and "M" Division RCMP, put forward 33 recommendations that provided a blueprint for establishing a new relationship between Yukon citizens and their police. The changes they called for were intended not only to fill gaps that citizens identified, but also to build on the many existing strengths that were acknowledged during the Review. Relationships are recognized as a cornerstone of trust. As relationships form and grow, those involved gain a greater understanding and appreciation for each other and come to understand how the others think and react and why they behave as they do. As relationships are strengthened, each party learns about motivations and limitations the other party faces, and most importantly, what goals, objectives and needs they have in common. The recommendations in Sharing Common Ground all add value in themselves by addressing specific needs and concerns raised by our communities. But perhaps even more importantly, as individuals and groups share these concerns and identify issues of common concern, solutions are developed and implemented in collaboration, and opportunities for these relationships to form and for understanding and trust to grow are created. A key and recurring theme during the Review was that follow-up was necessary in order to inform citizens and governments on implementation progress. This progress report outlines the achievements of the many people and organizations who have contributed to the implementation of these recommendations over the first year of Sharing Common Ground. Details: Whitehorse: Yukon Government, 2012. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 25, 2017 at: http://www.policereview2010.gov.yk.ca/pdf/Sharing_Common_Ground_Implementation_One_Year_Update-_May_2012.pdf Year: 2012 Country: Canada Keywords: Police Administration Shelf Number: 147446

Author: Yukon Government Title: Sharing Common Ground. Review of Yukon's Police Force : Final Report on Implementation Summary: The public expects that police officers will act with integrity and that their conduct will be above reproach at all times. From time to time, police services fall short of this expectation. This can be due to the result of a single act by a police officer that offends public sensibility or through a more general decline in the quality of service over time. When either or both occurs, it erodes the public's trust in its policing service. In these situations, there must be independent, transparent and accessible processes that hold individual members and the organization accountable. During this Review, the Co-Chairs and members of the Advisory Committee heard that some Yukon citizens do not have trust and confidence in "M" Division. This is particularly the case in First Nation communities, and with vulnerable citizens and individuals leading high-risk lifestyles. High profile incidents at the Vancouver International Airport and in other communities in British Columbia, and incidents that took place in Yukon, have shaken the public's confidence in the RCMP. In Yukon, two incidents have focussed public attention on the RCMP: a situation where two off-duty RCMP members were charged and later found not guilty of sexual assault; and the circumstances experienced by Raymond Silverfox in the holding cells at the Whitehorse detachment in the hours prior to his death. While these high-profile incidents have caused many citizens to question how the RCMP operates in the territory, Yukon First Nations citizens in particular have concerns rooted in their relationship with the RCMP and based on personal experience or hearsay. These concerns did not arise or develop recently, but they have been heightened by recent events. We have heard many accounts of policing excellence, including stories of RCMP members going above and beyond their normal duties. The purpose of the Review is to improve the quality of policing services for all citizens in the territory. First Nations and non-First Nations citizens raised concerns that some members of the community have been subject to discrimination and cultural insensitivity. Citizens, particularly those who work directly with women in crisis, raised concerns about the RCMP's response to calls for assistance in situations involving domestic violence and sexualized assault. Citizens brought forward concerns about being treated with indifference or disrespect when interacting with the RCMP. This was particularly evident in submissions from individuals in vulnerable situations - acutely intoxicated persons and offenders with mental health and cognitive disorders such as Fetal Alcohol Spectrum Disorder (FASD). A number of citizens also noted their frustrations, suspicions and lack of knowledge about the process for making a complaint against the RCMP. Even some individuals who work in the justice system were unaware of the complaint process Terms of Reference and process It was within this context that the Yukon Minister of Justice established the Review of Yukon's Police Force. The Review was Co-Chaired by a representative of the Council of Yukon First Nations; the Commanding Officer of RCMP "M" Division; and the Deputy Minister, Department of Justice, Government of Yukon. With the assistance of members of an Advisory Committee, the Co-Chairs spoke directly with over one thousand citizens of the territory to gain a better appreciation of their concerns with the RCMP and to build a process for restoring and maintaining public confidence in Yukon's police force. Terms of Reference - Terms of Reference 1: Consider measures and make recommendations to better ensure that Yukon's police force is responsive and accountable to the needs of Yukon citizens; - Terms of Reference 2: Review how public complaints relating to the RCMP in Yukon are currently dealt with and to make recommendations on any required improvements; - Terms of Reference 3: Determine the skills that Yukon officers require in order to provide policing services in Yukon communities and make recommendations to enhance training, including the potential for Yukon-based training; - Terms of Reference 4: Review the services provided by the RCMP to citizens who are in vulnerable positions, including victims of domestic violence and sexual assault, as well as individuals who are arrested and detained in custody; - Terms of Reference 5: Identify and build upon successes and best practices in the delivery of policing services to Yukon; and - Terms of Reference 6: Review and make recommendations on how best to implement in Yukon the existing RCMP policy on external investigations and reviews. The Co-Chairs and Advisory Committee members participated in public meetings across the territory. Meetings were also held with justice workers and social service providers who have regular contact with the RCMP. A special effort was made to engage First Nation citizens in the Review process. We recognized that many individuals might be reluctant to speak openly in a public forum about their experiences so we relied on third parties to arrange meetings and provide comments to us in writing. We also reached out to RCMP members, staff and volunteers, as well as former RCMP members living in the territory, to ensure that they had the opportunity to provide their perspectives on the challenges and opportunities of living and working in the north and their recommendations for moving forward. Details: Whitehorse: Yukon Government, 2014. 124p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 25, 2017 at: http://www.policereview2010.gov.yk.ca/pdf/Sharing_Common_Ground_Final_Report.pdf Year: 2014 Country: Canada Keywords: Police Administration Shelf Number: 147447

Author: Bedard, Mathieu Title: Private Reinforcements for Public Police Forces? Summary: Policing costs have been rising for 25 years in Canada, while the number of criminal incidents per officer has fallen. These growing costs can be explained in part by an increase in the number of police officers, which has certainly contributed to a reduction in the crime rate, but also by the fact that those officers perform a growing number of tasks. In order to contain these rising costs while ensuring the same quality and scope of public safety services, the work of police officers should be refocused on their essential duties, and other categories of personnel should be employed wherever possible. Some efforts have already been made in this direction, among other things by entrusting police cadets with certain foot patrol or bicycle duties, and by getting them to help during outdoor events. The next step in controlling costs is to call on private security companies, which can under certain circumstances supply qualified personnel who are less expensive than police officers. Details: Montreal: Montreal Economic Institute , 2015. 4p. Source: Internet Resource: Economic Notes: Accessed September 27, 2017 at: http://www.iedm.org/files/note0115_en.pdf Year: 2015 Country: Canada Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 147478

Author: Burnett, Kim Title: Memoranda of understanding and the administration of anti-organized crime integrated units Summary: Previous research has underscored the importance of having a memorandum of understanding (MOU) in place at the establishment of an anti-organized crime integrated unit because of the liabilities and risks that can be involved, as well as to help maximize the effectiveness and efficiency of the unit. Unfortunately, finalizing an MOU can take considerable time as partners and their respective legal departments work through the process of finding terms acceptable to all parties. As a result, integrated units are often operational for a significant amount of time prior to the finalization and endorsement of an MOU. The purpose of the present study is to identify best practices and areas for improvement in processes surrounding the creation and endorsement of MOUs through interviews with front line police officers and other persons involved in the process. To that end, 17 semi-structured interviews were conducted over the telephone, including 11 with members of anti-organized crime integrated units, 6 with respondents who worked in an MOU coordination unit or in a similar role, and two with legal counsel. The interviews were recorded, transcribed, and analysed using thematic analysis methods. Compared to other police work undertaken to combat organized crime, the drafting of an MOU is not seen as a priority, and key persons involved in the drafting and review process suggested that it should not be a priority. Dedicating resources to form new MOU units or to compensate legal services for the review of MOUs during an economically difficult time may not be the best use of limited police budgets. Instead, mutually developed training and more hands-on project management could ameliorate some of the delays experienced in the drafting and review of MOUs. An online course that MOU drafters could attend at a time and place convenient for them and useful for their integrated unit is suggested as the best approach. Assigning a person who works in an administrative capacity as responsible for drafting and ushering the MOU through the review process, including setting deadlines for feedback and following up when those deadlines are not met, could expedite the delays currently experienced in the MOU process. Police forces that do not have MOU templates could use existing MOU templates as a starting point to create their own template (particularly if the recommendation with respect to legal services is adopted). Where there are competing MOU templates, the integrated unit could either defer to the lead agency's MOU template or to whichever MOU template has the most strict requirements, as consolidating MOU requirements takes considerable time, which may not reflect the risk associated with deferring to one standard or the other. Many respondents indicated that the MOU consultation process is overly burdensome. It may be useful to create a checklist that drafters could use to ensure their MOU is in line with departmental policies (of the lead agency or the agency with the most exacting requirements). Although the determination of whether an MOU is in conflict with other previously signed MOUs is useful for consistency, it may not be necessary if the MOU is in line with policy, particularly if this step significantly contributes to the delays in reviewing the MOU. With respect to the involvement of financial services, MOU drafters could foster a better working relationship with financial services personnel, which could be accomplished through short phone calls or, where possible, in-person meetings Details: Ottawa: Public Safety Canada, 2012. 70p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 28, 2017 at: http://publications.gc.ca/collections/collection_2013/sp-ps/PS14-8-2012-eng.pdf Year: 2012 Country: Canada Keywords: Organized Crime Shelf Number: 131397

Author: Goldstein, Sarah Ashley Title: Not Your Average Criminal: Dexter, Weeds and The Sopranos, challenging traditional media portrayals Summary: The media and the criminal justice system are both prominent institutions in contemporary society. Research has explored both systems as independent and autonomous entities as well as the overlap between these two institutions. Both communications and criminological theories are examined to gain insight into the enjoyment of crime drama programming. A historical development of crime dramas is provided as a framework for understanding the traditional media portrayal of the criminal justice system and criminals. Using thematic content analysis three television programs Dexter, Weeds and The Sopranos are used to demonstrate a media shift that challenges the traditional portrayal of criminals and the criminal justice system. The reasons behind this shift as well as implications for popular culture are then explored. Details: Burnaby: Simon Fraser University, 2009. 168p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed September 28, 2017 at: http://summit.sfu.ca/item/9414 Year: 2009 Country: Canada Keywords: Crime in Mass Media Shelf Number: 131628

Author: Charlton, Alexandra Title: The Challenges to Responding to Human Smuggling in Canada: Practitioners Reflect on the 1999 Boat Arrivals in British Columbia Summary: his paper is the collective contribution of seven people involved in the response to human smuggling in British Columbia. All were involved in the events surrounding the arrival of four boats that landed 599 undocumented migrants from China on the BC coast in the summer of 1999. The seven participants spoke at a workshop held at the Fifth National Metropolis Conference in Ottawa in October 2001. They dedicated the first half of the workshop to presentations in which individuals from a variety of institutions explained the mandate and culture of their institution, their roles and responsibilities in the response to human smuggling, and the main challenges that they faced in the cross-institutional coordination of that response. They, together with other workshop attendants, dedicated the second half of the workshop to a facilitated dialogue in the form of a question and answer session . Details: Vancouver: Vancouver Centre of Excellence, 2002. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 3, 2017 at: Available from: https://www.researchgate.net/publication/266373757_The_Challenges_to_Responding_to_Human_Smuggling_in_Canada_Practitioners_Reflect_on_the_1999_Boat_Arrivals_in_British_Columbia Year: 2002 Country: Canada Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 126165

Author: Royal Canadian Mounted Police Title: Missing and Murdered Aboriginal Women: A National Operational Overview Summary: In late 2013, the Commissioner of the RCMP initiated an RCMP-led study of reported incidents of missing and murdered Aboriginal women across all police jurisdictions in Canada. This report summarizes that effort and will guide Canadian Police operational decision-making on a solid foundation. It will mean more targeted crime prevention, better community engagement and enhanced accountability for criminal investigations. It will also assist operational planning from the detachment to national level. In sum, it reveals the following: Police-recorded incidents of Aboriginal female homicides and unresolved missing Aboriginal females in this review total 1,181 - 164 missing and 1,017 homicide victims. There are 225 unsolved cases of either missing or murdered Aboriginal females: 105 missing for more than 30 days as of November 4, 2013, whose cause of disappearance was categorized at the time as "unknown" or "foul play suspected" and 120 unsolved homicides between 1980 and 2012. The total indicates that Aboriginal women are over-represented among Canada's murdered and missing women. There are similarities across all female homicides. Most homicides were committed by men and most of the perpetrators knew their victims - whether as an acquaintance or a spouse. The majority of all female homicides are solved (close to 90%) and there is little difference in solve rates between Aboriginal and non-Aboriginal victims. This report concludes that the total number of murdered and missing Aboriginal females exceeds previous public estimates. This total significantly contributes to the RCMP's understanding of this challenge, but it represents only a first step. It is the RCMP's intent to work with the originating agencies responsible for the data herein to release as much of it as possible to stakeholders. Already, the data on missing Aboriginal women has been shared with the National Centre for Missing Persons and Unidentified Remains (NCMPUR), which will be liaising with policing partners to publish additional cases on the Canada's Missing website. Ultimately, the goal is to make information more widely available after appropriate vetting. While this matter is without question a policing concern, it is also a much broader societal challenge. The collation of this data was completed by the RCMP and the assessments and conclusions herein are those of the RCMP alone. The report would not have been possible without the support and contribution of the Canadian Centre for Justice Statistics at Statistics Canada. As with any effort of such magnitude, this report needs to be caveated with a certain amount of error and imprecision. This is for a number of reasons: the period of time over which data was collected was extensive; collection by investigators means data is susceptible to human error and interpretation; inconsistency of collection of variables over the review period and across multiple data sources; and, finally, definitional challenges. Details: Ottawa: RCMP, 2014. 23p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 4, 2017 at: http://www.rcmp-grc.gc.ca/wam/media/460/original/0cbd8968a049aa0b44d343e76b4a9478.pdf Year: 2014 Country: Canada Keywords: Aboriginals Shelf Number: 147550

Author: Royal Canadian Mounted Police Title: Missing and Murdered Aboriginal Women: 2015 Update to the National Operational Overview Summary: In May 2014, the RCMP released Missing and Murdered Aboriginal Women: A National Operational Overview. The 2015 report provides updated statistics and analysis on new cases of missing and murdered Aboriginal women that have occurred since then, and addresses the investigative, procedural and preventative strides that the RCMP has taken in meeting the "Next Steps" outlined in the 2014 Overview. Some of the key findings in this update include the following: There was a 9.3% reduction in the number of unsolved Aboriginal female homicides and "suspicious" missing person cases from the 2014 Overview (225 cases to 204 cases) across all police jurisdictions. In 2013 and 2014 within RCMP jurisdictions, there were 32 Aboriginal female homicide cases. The proportion of Aboriginal female homicide victims within RCMP jurisdictions in 2013 and 2014 is consistent with levels of the past decade. The overall solve rate for female homicides in RCMP jurisdictions for 2013 and 2014 was 82%. Homicides of Aboriginal and non-Aboriginal women had similar solve rates of 81% and 83%. RCMP homicide data from 2013 and 2014 shows a strong nexus to family violence. Female victims, regardless of ethnicity, are most frequently killed by men within their own homes and communities. As of April 2015, for all police jurisdictions in Canada, there were 174 missing Aboriginal female cases. This represents 10% of the 1,750 missing females reported on the Canadian Police Information Centre (CPIC). Eleven additional Aboriginal women have been identified as missing since the 2014 Overview was conducted. Parallel to the findings of the 2014 Overview in which most homicide victims had a previous relationship with the offender, the 2013 and 2014 RCMP data reveals that the offender was known to the victim in 100% of the solved homicides of Aboriginal women in RCMP jurisdictions, and in 93% of cases of solved homicides of non-Aboriginal women. Violence within family relationships is a key factor in homicides of women, and has prompted the RCMP to focus intervention and prevention efforts on familial and spousal violence. The RCMP remains committed to ensuring the reduction and prevention of violence against Aboriginal women. However, the RCMP is only one partner among many government and non-government organizations (NGOs), social service agencies, health professionals and citizens who must align their efforts to reduce the high rates of violent victimization experienced by Aboriginal women. Violence in our communities is a societal concern for Canada that goes beyond the responsibility of law enforcement, government and social services. While the safety of Canada's citizens, particularly the most vulnerable, is everyone's responsibility, communities play a vital role in developing and leading solutions. Aboriginal communities need to be included in working partnerships that will collectively focus on how best to approach challenges and find solutions that will enhance the safety and security of everyone. Since the release of the 2014 Overview, there has been significant advancement of public understanding and awareness of the issue of violence against Aboriginal women. However, this update shows that Aboriginal women continue to be over-represented among Canada's murdered and missing women. Details: Ottawa: RCMP, 2015. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 4, 2017 at: http://www.rcmp-grc.gc.ca/wam/media/455/original/c3561a284cfbb9c244bef57750941439.pdf Year: 2015 Country: Canada Keywords: Aboriginals Shelf Number: 147551

Author: Stewart, Lynn A. Title: Comorbid Mental Disorders: Prevalence and Impact on Institutional Outcomes Summary: Why we did this study Understanding the outcomes of offenders with various types of mental disorders is key to ensuring effective correctional supervision and intervention strategies for this notable proportion of the offender population. Previous research has indicated poorer outcomes for offenders with mental disorders but which types of disorders contributed to this was not established. The current research provided a more detailed examination of outcomes for specific disorders and combinations of comorbid disorders. What we did The results of the Correctional Service of Canada's (CSC) national mental health survey (N =1,110) were used to determine prevalence rates of comorbid disorders among incoming federal male offenders, and to examine the outcomes associated with patterns of comorbidity during the offenders' incarceration. Incoming male offenders were assessed on clinical interviews using the SCID allowing for DSM diagnoses. Outcomes of interest were: institutional misconducts, transfers to segregation and treatment centres, history of self-injury or suicidal behaviour, and participation in correctional programs. What we found Over 67% of offenders with a mental disorder met the criteria for at least one other mental disorder. For example, male offenders with personality disorders (PDs) comprise 48% of the incoming population and 66% of these men have a co-occurring substance use disorder (SUD). Similarly, over 50% of the incoming population had a SUD, and of these, 68% also met criteria for a co-occurring personality disorder. Problematic behaviour while incarcerated such as involvement in misconducts and violent incidents, and placements in segregation were most prevalent among offenders comorbid with a personality disorder. Offenders with an Axis I disorder only (i.e., all mental disorders except personality disorders and mental retardation) were no more likely to be involved in misconducts or violent incidents, or to be transferred to segregation than offenders with no diagnosed disorder. This suggests that it is the symptoms of impulsivity and aggression associated with personality disorders that drive the negative outcomes for offenders with mental disorders. Factors that explained placements in treatment centres were scores on the impairment scale of the DSM (Global Assessment of Function (GAF)) and involvement in institutional incidents. Offenders with GAF scores below 45 (serious to severe impairment) were most likely to experience a transfer to a treatment centre. Among the diagnoses associated with the greatest degree of impairment were BPD and psychotic disorders and offenders comorbid for Axis I disorders in combination with substance and personality disorders. Men with mood disorders, especially major depression and panic disorders had higher rates of suicidal and self-injury behaviour. What it means The outcomes for offenders with a mental disorder cannot be fully understood without consideration of the high rates of comorbidity for personality and substance abuse disorders in a correctional population and their adverse impact. Details: Ottawa: Correctional Service Canada, 2017. 66p. Source: Internet Resource: No. R-379: Accessed October 7, 2017 at: http://publications.gc.ca/collections/collection_2017/scc-csc/PS83-3-379-eng.pdf Year: 2017 Country: Canada Keywords: Administrative Segregation Shelf Number: 147602

Author: Heslop, Lisa Title: Trends in Police Contact with Persons with Mental Illness Summary: Since the 1960s, one worrying offshoot of de‐institutionalization of mental health services has been a marked increase in contact between persons with mental illness (PMI) and the criminal justice system. The criminalization of PMI is well documented. Police contact with PMI is much higher than the prevalence of mental illness in the population; police use informal disposition less frequently with PMI; PMI have a higher arrest rate than the general population and PMI are arrested and jailed for relatively minor offences at a higher rate than their non‐mentally ill counter-parts. When the process of de‐institutionalization was announced in 1999, the London Police Service collaborated with researchers from the University of Western Ontario, the London Health Sciences Centre, and key community‐based service providers to track and explore unintended consequences of de‐institutionalization from the perspective of contact between the police and PMI. This project received initial funding from the Donner Foundation and later formed the basis for the Consortium of Applied Research and Evaluation in Mental Health (CAREMH), funded by the Change Foundation in 2003. The premise of this project was that a lack of community-based services for people with mental illness places an increased demand upon police whose powers are based within two legal principles: 1. the police power function - to ensure the safety and welfare of the public, and 2. parens patriae, which involves protection of disabled citizens. Application of these principles is not intended to be therapeutic and therein lies the inherent problem of increased contact between the police and persons with mental illness Details: London, Ontario: [London Police Service, 2013. 7p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 7, 2017 at: http://capg.ca/wp-content/uploads/2013/05/Trends-in-Police-Contact-with-Persons-with-Mental-Illness-Report-for-LPSB-2013.pdf Year: 2013 Country: Canada Keywords: Mental Health Services Shelf Number: 147604

Author: Hango, Darcy Title: Cyberbullying and cyberstalking among Internet users aged 15 to 29 in Canada Summary: Based on data from the 2014 General Social Survey, this article examines the characteristics associated with being a victim of cyberbullying or cyberstalking within the last five years for the population aged 15 to 29. This article also examines the association between cyberbullying and cyberstalking and various indicators of trust, personal behaviour and mental health. - In 2014, about 17% of the population aged 15 to 29 (representing about 1.1 million people) that accessed the Internet at some point between 2009 and 2014 reported they had experienced cyberbullying or cyberstalking. - Of those who experienced cyberbullying or cyberstalking, 36% reported that they had experienced cyberbullying but not cyberstalking, 33% reported that they experienced cyberstalking but not cyberbullying, and 31% reported experiencing both. - Sociodemographic factors associated with cyberbullying and cyberstalking are not necessarily the same. Cyberbullying was more prevalent in younger age groups and within the homosexual/bisexual population, while cyberstalking was more prevalent among the single, never married population and among women. - Young Canadians with a past experience of victimization were significantly more likely to experience cyberbullying and cyberstalking. For instance, 31% of those who were physically or sexually assaulted before the age of 15 experienced either cyberstalking or cyberbullying, compared with 13% of those who did not report an experience of assault. - Cyberbullying is associated with the presence of an emotional, psychological or mental health condition, mistrust of people and marijuana use, while cyberstalking is associated with taking measures to protect oneself from crime. Details: Ottawa: Statistics Canada, 2016. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Insights on Canadian Society: Accessed October 7, 2017 at: http://www.statcan.gc.ca/pub/75-006-x/2016001/article/14693-eng.pdf Year: 2016 Country: Canada Keywords: Cyberbullying Shelf Number: 147605

Author: Coleman, Terry Title: TEMPO: Police Interactions. A report towards improving interactions between police and people living with mental health problems Summary: In 2008 the MHCC conducted a review of the basic/recruit training, which occurs primarily at Canadian police colleges/academies, concerning interactions with people with mental illnesses. To complement that study, in 2010, the MHCC conducted a review that examined the nature and extent of such police training and education at the in-service or continuing education level within Canadian police organizations. Based on these reviews, an aspirational model of police education and training - TEMPO (Training and Education about Mental Illness for Police Organizations) - was developed, described, and disseminated. The purpose of the present report is to review progress since that time. Notwithstanding the nature and seriousness of individual interactions between police and people with mental illnesses, it is widely accepted that there are too many. While most will never garner attention on the front page of a newspaper, for the people involved all incidents are serious and potentially traumatic. How do we ensure that police personnel are well prepared to deal with these potentially difficult situations? This report will provide assistance in achieving that. This report is focused on police education and training, rather than on the broader systems and policies that affect interactions between police and people with mental illnesses; it addresses education and training in the broadest sense. The report places an emphasis on HOW we should teach as well as what we should teach, given the many developments in the field of adult education and curriculum design. Details: Ottawa: Mental Health Commission of Canada, 2014. 94p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 7, 2017 at: https://www.mentalhealthcommission.ca/sites/default/files/TEMPO%252520Police%252520Interactions%252520082014_0.pdf Year: 2014 Country: Canada Keywords: Mentally Ill Offenders Shelf Number: 147612

Author: Janko, Zuzana Title: Examining the Link between Crime and Unemployment: A Time Series Analysis for Canada Summary: We use national and regional Canadian data to analyze the relationship between the unemployment rate and crime rates. Given potential aggregation bias, we disaggregate the aggregate crime data and look at the relationship between six different types of crimes and unemployment rate. At the national level, neither the aggregate total crime, nor the aggregate property crime are significantly related with the unemployment rate; however a rise in unemployment rate does significantly increase certain kinds of property crime, like breaking and entering, and robbery. At the regional level, the results of our panel data analysis also show that breaking and entering, and fraud rise as contemporaneous unemployment increases. When we extend our panel analysis to control for police-civilian ratio and other controls (this reduces our sample period) we find a significant relationship between unemployment and all crime rates except violent crime. Our results thus indicate that for Canada the unemployment rate is a significant factor in predicting property crimes but not violent crimes. Details: Sheffield, UK: University of Sheffield, Department of Economics, 2015. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 9, 2017 at: https://www.sheffield.ac.uk/economics/research/serps/articles/2013_001 Year: 2015 Country: Canada Keywords: Economics of Crime Shelf Number: 147615

Author: Cooke, Diana Title: Open Detention and Open Custody in Ontario Summary: The phrase "open custody" was introduced to the lexicon of the Canadian youth justice system with the advent of the Young Offenders Act in 1984. Although the term itself may have been new, the notion that there was an appropriate sanction that fell somewhere on the continuum at a point less harsh than a prison but somewhat more rigorous than an unfettered return to the community is one that has been supported by Canadian and provincial legislation for over one hundred and fifty years. A number of options with a "care and custody" component directed towards youth who have broken the law or exhibited uncontrollable or "wayward" behaviour have been devised over the years. These included: apprenticeships, foster care, Industrial schools (later known as Training schools), Children's Aid Society wardship or intervention, and probation. Each of these, at different points in time, was considered a less harsh alternative to prison. In 1965, the Report of the Department of Justice Committee on Juvenile Delinquency in Canada made note of the apparent shortage of foster homes for delinquent children in urban areas, and identified a number of shortcomings in the Industrial School/Training School system. One of the recommendations of this report was the creation of "foster group homes where children who must be taken out of homes could derive benefit from a period of living in a small group in home-like surroundings under firm discipline". Nineteen years later, the idea that a community residential centre, group home, child care institution or forest or wilderness camp, could be considered a form of custody henceforth known as "open custody" under the federal legislation known as the Young Offenders Act, (YOA) and Open custody facilities continue to operate today under the auspices of the Youth Criminal Justice Act (YCJA). In the Fall of 2005, the Office of Child and Family Service Advocacy (OCFSA) embarked on a project to review all of the open custody and open detention facilities in the province of Ontario. Reviews of children's residences and custody facilities have been conducted by the OCFSA since 1992. The purpose of an OCFSA review is to gather information in a systematic way about youth perceptions of the care they receive while in care/custody and to present information and recommendations to the respective management of each facility/institution for their response and to the government ministry with oversight responsibility for the particular agency or institution. The importance of this type of review, which at times can be characterized as an exit interview, was emphasized by the jury at the Coroner's inquest into the death of J.L., a young person who died in an Ontario young offender facility in 1996. That verdict, at recommendation 99, indicates that, "the Office of Child and Family Service Advocacy is encouraged to develop a process of facilitating exit interviews of young offenders to ascertain the prevalence of peer-on-peer violence and bullying". The following year, the OCFSA met with representatives from the then Ministry of the Solicitor General and Correctional Services to develop an exit interview protocol. Since that time, the OCFSA has conducted regular reviews at what were formerly known as "Phase Two" secure detention facilities and secure custody youth centers. Based on the findings of the review upon which this report is based, the OCFSA has concluded that the open detention/open custody system is a valuable part of the youth justice system and one that has made diligent efforts to provide quality care for youth. It is also fair to say, that open custody/ open detention facilities are faced with the challenge of occupying a notional mid-range point on the continuum between containment and re-integration. On the one hand, they have been likened legislatively to group homes and wilderness camps, on the other they are legally designated as "custody" facilities. The on-going debate, similar to that which arose during the era of the Industrial School system, is into which category does the open custody facility fall? Should it be more like a jail or more like a group home? This is a difficult question to answer, especially since provincial legislation gives little more substance to the definition provided in the federal legislation other than to state that maximum secure custody and secure detention are situations in which "restrictions are continuously imposed on the young person by physical barriers, close staff supervision or limited access to the community" and that open temporary detention is one in which the restrictions are "less stringent". The Child and Family Services Act (CFSA) gives no further information about the definition of open custody other than to state that this type of facility is something that may be established by the Minister. Interestingly, both the CFSA and the Ministry of Correctional Services Act (MCSA) include a presumption that youth detained under the YCJA or YOA will be placed in an open detention setting. This instruction, which has not been fully reflected in provincial policy relating to sixteen and seventeen year olds, is very consistent with explicitly stated YCJA principles related to the custody and supervision system: that the approach taken is the one which is "least restrictive" consistent with the protection of the public, staff and young person; and that effective programs be provided to young persons both in custody and while the young person is under supervision in the community. The YCJA also requires that the custody and supervision system assist in the rehabilitation and community reintegration of young people as a means to increase public safety. Given that the province has an extensive secure custody system; it is the view of the OCFSA that the essential role of an open custody/open detention facility is not one of simple containment. The more appropriate role is one that attempts to normalize life for the residents and to provide maximal programmatic opportunities for pro-social role modeling and reintegration in the community. Details: Ottawa: Office of Child and Family Service Advocacy, 2007. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 10, 2017 at: https://provincialadvocate.on.ca/documents/en/Open%20Custody-OpenDetention%20Review.pdf Year: 2007 Country: Canada Keywords: Juvenile Corrections Shelf Number: 147642

Author: Heartland Strategic, Inc. Title: Bank Robberies in Calgary: A Geographical Analysis of Crime Summary: Bank robberies in Canada have significantly declined in the last decade, and loss mitigation efforts by Financial Institutions (FIs) have greatly lowered the overall monetary loss from these events. The largest cost FIs now face as a result of a robbery is in staff well-being and lost productivity as a result. Therefore, it is still worth understanding the phenomena - in fact, studies show that the more an affected staff member knows about the event, the less psychological damage is done. Using Calgary as a case study, it is concluded that there are almost no geographical factors that increase (or decrease) the risk a branch faces of being subjected to a robbery. While this conclusion limits the ability of FI security departments or police from predicting where robberies are most likely to occur, the randomness allows head office staff to better explain an event to frontline workers to help with mental well-being. Details: Calgary, Alberta: Heartland Strategic, Inc., 2015. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 17, 2017 at:; http://www.heartlandstrategic.com/pdf/Heartland%20Strategic%20-%20Criminal%20Geographical%20Analysis%20_EXAMPLE.pdf Year: 2015 Country: Canada Keywords: Bank Robbery Shelf Number: 147697

Author: Montgomery, Ruth Title: The Use of Private Security Services for Policing Summary: Over a decade ago, the Law Reform Commission of Canada (2002) opened a dialogue on the trend in the growth of private policing in Canada. A continued rise in police expenditures, combined with economic downturns, have contributed to pressure being placed on police services around the world to become more effective and efficient. This has resulted in a growing interest in discussing the value of privatizing or civilianizing functions of public police services (Public Safety Canada, 2012). This study examines the intersections between private security and public policing, with an emphasis on those functions that private security are now performing that have traditionally been performed by the public police, as well as cooperative efforts between public police and private security. METHOD The research included a literature review of the roles and responsibilities of private security and public police in the United Kingdom, the United States of America, Australia, New Zealand and Canada, a review of relevant Canadian legislation, and interviews with key individuals in Canadian government, private security, policing, and police governance organizations. FINDINGS There is the potential for private security to play an important role in community safety and addressing issues of crime and social disorder. Research evidence as to the effectiveness of police-private security initiatives in preventing crime and reducing disorder is mixed. A key factor in the success of these initiatives is management; that is, ensuring there is open communication among the parties, the integrity of the initiative, effective supervision of police and private security officers, and protocols for evaluation. In all of the jurisdictions reviewed, a major challenge is that the core functions of the police have not been defined. This makes it difficult to identify the parameters of the role and responsibilities of the public police, and to determine the niche for private security, working in partnership either with the police, or in an outsourcing or privatization arrangement. There are a number of key factors that are important to the success of police-private security partnerships: 1) a common interest in reducing a specific crime or crime set; 2) effective leadership, with personnel with authority from each partner organization driving participation; 3) mutual respect; 4) information sharing based on high levels of trust in confidentiality; 5) formal meetings of consultation and communication; and, 6) a willingness to experiment and consider all ideas. These processes seem to be in their infancy in Canada. The tiered policing system in Alberta is perhaps the best current example of a system-wide framework for police-private security collaboration. Ideally, police-private security partnerships would be a component of strategic plans that identify areas where collaboration between public police and other groups in the community can be undertaken, monitored, and evaluated. Cost should be one of only several metrics that are used to evaluate the effectiveness of these collaborative partnerships and of outsourcing. Given the unique role of the police in society, other metrics including the legitimacy of the police, the community's view of the various initiatives, and the sustainability of collaborative partnerships must be examined. It is evident that the size and scope of activities of new private security services is expanding. Despite this, there are few, if any, protocols in place to ensure communication and information sharing between these units, many of which are staffed by ex-police and security officers, and the public police. Similarly, there is no information on the size of these units, their budgets, and their activities. At present, these firms seem to inhabit a parallel universe to both public police and traditional private security firms. It is often assumed that privatizing and outsourcing traditional police tasks will result in reductions in the numbers of sworn police officers. Public police-private security collaboration may, on the other hand, result in innovative initiatives that previously did not exist. Little attention has been given to the legal framework within which private security firms operate. There has been little attention given to developing compliance standards and structures for a regulatory regimen. There is also considerable variability across jurisdictions in provisions for enforcement where regulations do exist. Most often, sanctions involve revoking operating licenses. In the absence of a national, provincial or territorial strategic plan for private security, there has also been a failure to develop mechanisms to ensure effective oversight of private security. This has a number of consequences, including an inability to ensure that private security companies are not vulnerable to organized crime, unethical and/or illegal behaviour. The movement to expand the role of private security is occurring in the absence of empirical research studies that would reveal the nature and extent of cost savings, the effectiveness, and the sustainability of policeprivate sector partnerships, outsourcing, and privatization. Cost savings are most often assumed rather than demonstrated. Within the larger context of the economics of policing, there is no published data on the relative cost-effectiveness of private versus public police. The absence of evaluation research on private policing in Canada precludes an informed discussion on proposals for expanding the activities of private policing companies. As well, it is difficult to assess the proposals that are made by private security companies to assume responsibilities currently managed by public police, or to evaluate the effectiveness of the strategies that are being proposed by private security firms. There is a need to know more about what private security personnel are doing, the rationale for their activities, and whether these rationales are supported by empirical data. There is no information on the ethics of private security, the values of private security officers, and the private security subculture - all key facets in the study of public police. Details: Ottawa: Public Safety Canada, 2015. 100p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report: 2015-R041: Accessed October 17, 2017 at: https://www.publicsafety.gc.ca/cnt/rsrcs/pblctns/2015-R041/2015-R041-en.pdf Year: 2015 Country: Canada Keywords: Costs of Criminal Justice Shelf Number: 147706

Author: Leuprecht, Christian Title: FORCE 2.0: Fixing the Governance, Leadership, and Structure of the RCMP Summary: The government has put out the call for a new Commissioner to lead an RCMP that is confronted with a number of major issues: the impending creation of an independent employee association, increased review from the newly established National Security and Intelligence Committee of Parliamentarians (and potentially a new arm's-length bureaucratic review body proposed in Bill C-59), and a review of the RCMP's mandate-contract. The last may even entail the transfer of some border duties to the Canada Border Services Agency (CBSA). In addition, there are ongoing challenges such as allegations of pervasive harassment and bullying as well as a trial on violating the Canada Labour Code. Outside observers are left with the impression of a dysfunctional organization. The symptoms manifest themselves publicly in class-action lawsuits, questions over leadership and equipment, recruitment shortfalls, complaints about compensation, and the Force generally being stretched too thin on too many fronts, particularly the requirement to meet contract policing requirements in much of the country. Governments have in the past responded by picking a new Commissioner and tasking him with an explicit mandate to "fix" the problems, alongside policy change, proposals for reform, and new legislation. This process essentially repeats about every five years, with little to show for it. Insanity, it is often said, is doing the same thing over and over, and expecting a different outcome. The question is not just what kind of reform is necessary, but why changes have been so slow and difficult in coming - and what conditions are necessary to invigorate and sustain reform. The RCMP needs structural reform if we want to improve its performance and strengthen the professional aspects of policing while building the confidence that is required and expected of Canada's federal police agency. A Civilian Board of Management is widely touted as a panacea to challenge and validate the priorities the Force has identified, liaise with the Minister and senior bureaucracy in a more systematic way, and validate the RCMP's budgetary "asks." Such a board will need to be complemented by a seasoned civilian professional with long-standing expertise in the federal government to liaise with the Minister and senior federal bureaucracy: a Deputy Minister (DM) equal in rank to the RCMP Commissioner. Together, this "diarchy" arrangement would reinvigorate and modernize the RCMP's governance, administration, and leadership. The following set of recommendations need to be pursued: 1. Oversight by a Civilian Board of Management to forge a strategy that bolsters the RCMP's leadership, professionalism, and competence. An independent oversight/management group forestalls the potential for abuse that would arise from greater direct political involvement in the RCMP. 2. Split operations and administration into a diarchy and install a DM equal to the Commissioner. Based on the Canadian Armed Forces/Department of National Defence precedent, that may require the RCMP to be split into two legal entities and to clarify the relationship between the RCMP and Public Safety Canada, and the RCMP's DM and Public Safety Canada's DM. 3. Demilitarize the RCMP by developing personnel, deployment, employment, and career models that transform the RCMP from a paramilitary vocation into a law enforcement profession. This will help professionalize functions, enable a shift from a command to a leadership culture, build an effective system to convert junior members into leaders, establish strategic leadership capacity, and innovate career models. 4. Bind the Commissioner to follow the direction/finding of the current and future review bodies in statutorily defined circumstances and establish sustained monitoring of reform implementation. This could be done possibly through an external audit but preferably internally through a Minister's Monitoring Committee. 5. If the RCMP fails to jettison contract policing altogether, then segregate federal and contract policing into two completely distinct organizations with separate requirements for entry, compensation, professional development, and leadership. Barring that, the RCMP should establish distinct competencies and remuneration specific to the needs of federal policing. An independent employee association is necessary to ensure internal accountability and enhance the sort of collaboration and meaningful consultation with independent representatives of the workforce that is required to drive institutional reform. Hasty implementation risks undermining institutional reform; so, the way reforms are rolled out also needs to be carefully sequenced. The RCMP's size, complexity, and culture makes it difficult to reform, but not impossible. Possible models for the Force include the Canadian Security Intelligence Service, the FBI, and most of its allied federal policing counterparts: ample control, but not quasi-military in nature. To this end, there are clear benefits with adopting a diarchy approach. A Civilian Board of Management and co-equal DM provides the best way to confront the structural challenges facing the RCMP. For Canada's federal police force, failure is not an option. Details: Ottawa: Macdonald-Laurier Institute, 2017. 48p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 18, 2017 at: http://macdonaldlaurier.ca/files/pdf/MLILeuprechtRCMPPaper-08-17-F_Web.pdf Year: 2017 Country: Canada Keywords: Police Accountability Shelf Number: 147715

Author: Beaudette, Janelle Title: National Prevalence of Mental Disorders among Incoming Federally-Sentenced Men Offenders Summary: The present study determined the prevalence rates of major mental disorders among men offenders newly admitted to CSC using the Structured Clinical Interview for Diagnostic and Statistical Manual for Axis I Disorders (SCID-I) and the SCID Axis II Personality Disorders. The following disorders were assessed: 1) mood; 2) psychotic; 3) substance use; 4) anxiety; 5) eating; 6) pathological gambling (from the optional modules); 7) APD; and 8) borderline personality disorder (BPD). Rates were obtained for both lifetime and current prevalence (i.e., the past month). All consecutive admissions to the reception centres on new warrants of committal over a six-month period were approached to obtain their consent to participate in the diagnostic interview. This report presents the results nationally and from the individual regions and by Aboriginal ancestry. Details: Ottawa: Correctional Service of Canada, 2015. 47p. Source: Internet Resource: 2015 No. R-357: Accessed October 19, 2017 at: https://www.publicsafety.gc.ca/lbrr/archives/cn35409-eng.pdf Year: 2015 Country: Canada Keywords: Male Offenders Shelf Number: 147732

Author: Helmus, L. Maaike Title: Detention past statutory release dates Summary: According to the Corrections and Conditional Release Act, federal inmates who are not granted early discretionary release must be released at their Statutory Release Date (SRD) after serving two-thirds of their sentence to serve the remainder of the sentence under community supervision. This policy is designed to facilitate gradual community reintegration. However, the Correctional Service of Canada (CSC) may detain offenders past their SRD if certain criteria are met. Detention is intended for offenders serving a determinate sentence for a violent offence causing death or serious harm, a sex offence against a child, or a serious drug offence, and who are considered likely to recommit such an offence before their sentence expires. The purpose of the current study was to examine patterns of detention referrals and decisions over a 10 year period. The study examined determinate sentences with a SRD between April 1, 2004 and March 31, 2014 (N = 46,369). Results demonstrated that across the study time period, 4.5% (n = 2,075) of all sentences resulted in a referral to the Parole Board of Canada for detention, and 4.1% of sentences (n = 1,903) resulted in detention. Detention rates were largely stable across the 10-year study period, with a slight decrease in the last three years examined. Most referrals for detention (over 90%) resulted in a Parole Board detention decision, with these concordance rates increasing slightly over time. Detention rates were lowest in the Atlantic region (2.9%) and highest in the Prairie region (4.6%). Sex offenders were most likely to be detained (15%). Approximately 6% of offenders with a current non-sexual violent offence were detained. In contrast, less than 1% of sentences for a serious drug offence resulted in a detention decision. Among detained offenders, 97% had a current violent or sexual offence (nearly half of these had a current sexual offence). Additionally, over 90% also had a prior violent or sexual offence. Offenders with longer sentences were more likely to be detained. Less than 1% of women offenders were detained. Nearly 8% of Aboriginal offenders were detained, which was roughly twice the detention rate of non-Aboriginal offenders. About 14% of detention referrals came from the Commissioner of CSC. These referrals were likely to be for serious drug offenders or for those who did not meet the general detention criteria. Detaining inmates past their Statutory Release Date impedes gradual community reintegration and should therefore be reserved for the highest risk offenders. The current study confirms that detention rates are low and targeted primarily towards violent and sex offenders. Additional research is currently underway to better understand what individual risk factors other than the referral criteria are related to detention decisions, and whether Aboriginal offenders are more likely to be detained after accounting for risk to reoffend. Details: Ottawa: Correctional Service of Canada, 2015. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report 2015 N- R-375Accessed October 19, 2017 at: http://publications.gc.ca/collections/collection_2017/scc-csc/PS83-3-375-eng.pdf Year: 2015 Country: Canada Keywords: Community Corrections Shelf Number: 147733

Author: Gobeil, Renee Title: Releases of Men Offenders Classified as Medium and Maximum Security Summary: In recent years, the percentage of men offenders released at their statutory release dates has been increasing, and many of these releases occur from medium and maximum security institutions. This study was undertaken to follow up on these patterns both by examining the risks associated with release directly from medium- and maximum-security institutions and by exploring the factors that may be associated with not being granted parole and/or with not cascading, or transferring,to a minimum-security institution prior to release. Analyses included all 4,455 male offenders released on day or full parole or on statutory release in fiscal year 2013-14. Of these, most were classified as minimum (45%) or medium (49%) security at release. Analyses focused on comparing the groups of offenders using administrative data. In addition, thematic analyses were used to analyze data in narrative security review and parole recommendation assessments. Offenders released from higher levels of security had higher rates of suspensions, revocations, and re-offences in the year following release. These differences remained present when analyses were limited to only statutorily-released offenders, and relative differences remained very similar regardless of the special conditions imposed at release (e.g., residency condition). In other words, results aligned with previous findings that offenders released from higher levels of security were more likely to return to custody, even after accounting for certain offender differences. The second series of analyses focused on identifying possible factors associated with offenders not cascading to lower levels of security prior to release, and/or being released on statutory release rather than on day or full parole. Offenders statutorily-released from different security levels differed importantly even at intake, suggesting that many differences were present prior to their periods of incarceration rather than developed while in custody. Offenders classified as medium or maximum security at release and those who were statutorily released were consistently higher risk, less engaged in their correctional plan, less motivated and less accountable. They also had more institutional misbehaviour and lacked insight or responsibility regarding their offences. Perhaps more interesting, however, were findings relating to opportunities. Over a third (38%) of offenders statutorily-released while classified as medium or maximum security did not undergo a security classification review (e.g., due to the short length of their sentence, or to avoid a negative outcome) - in other words, they did not have or take the chance to be reclassified to a lower level of security. Moreover, a considerable number of offenders classified as medium and maximum security waived or withdrew their opportunities to be considered for discretionary release (i.e., day or full parole). Overall, these findings suggest that it is not only characteristics of offenders that are contributing to these release patterns but also opportunities missed or not taken. As such, it may be fruitful to develop action plans that facilitate offenders transferring to minimum security prior to their release. Details: Ottawa: Correctional Service of Canada, 2015. 35p. Source: Internet Resource: 2015 N R-376: Accessed October 19, 2017 at: http://publications.gc.ca/collections/collection_2017/scc-csc/PS83-3-376-eng.pdf Year: 2015 Country: Canada Keywords: Male Prisoners Shelf Number: 147734

Author: Scott, Terri-Lynne Title: Child Victims of Federally Sentenced Offenders: A Profile of Victims and Perpetrators Summary: Data surrounding the types of crimes that occur against children, the relationship between the perpetrator and the victim, and the impact of the crimes on the victims' health and development, particularly among child victims, are not routinely collected and are poorly understood. The primary purpose of this study, therefore, was to gain further insight into: 1) the characteristics of a population of federal offenders who have committed a crime against a child, and 2) the characteristics of child victims identified from a random sample of these offenders. Federally sentenced men and women offenders who have ever had a child victim on the current or a previous sentence, and who were under the jurisdiction of the Correctional Service of Canada (CSC) at the time of data extraction were included in the study. This resulted in a total population of 3518 offenders (103 women and 3415 men), ranging in age from 17 to 91 years of age. The majority of this population were White (60.6%); 26.5% self-identified as Aboriginal, and 6.6% self-identified as Black. We found that over half of the population of offenders who had committed a crime against a child were incarcerated for a sexual crime and had an average sentence length of about 4 years. A sample of 488 offenders from this population was randomly selected for an in-depth file review to obtain further information on offenders' victims and the offenders' own personal victimization experiences. A total of 1665 victims (child and adult) of offenders who had at least one crime against a child were identified. The victims' average age was 11.4 years at the time of the victimization. The number of victims per offender identified through file review, ranged from 1 to 87, with a mean of 11.8. At least 43% of the offenders in the sample themselves had histories of being abused as a child, most frequently by their parents. The crimes most often perpetrated against the child victims of these federal offenders were sexual although about one- third of the victims experienced some form of nonsexual violence. Most perpetrators were known to the victims (71% of the cases), counter to the common perception that strangers are mostly responsible for these crimes. Victims experienced a range of negative psychological and physical consequences as a result of the crimes committed against them. Compared to child victims who were not registered with the National Victim Service Program (NVSP) at CSC, those who were registered were more likely to have been victimized by a parental figure, more often the victimization took the form either of an abuse of power, position or authority, or assault with a weapon, and they were more likely to be victims of offences of a sexual nature. Child victims are a vulnerable group in need of support and protection. Incomplete information documenting the offences committed against them and their impact has hampered research and limited understanding in this area. More systematic documentation on individuals who are victims of crime will allow for appropriate service delivery that addresses their specific needs. Details: Ottawa: Correctional Service of Canada, 2017. 37p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 19, 2017 at: http://publications.gc.ca/collections/collection_2017/scc-csc/PS83-3-381-eng.pdf Year: 2017 Country: Canada Keywords: Child Protectoin Shelf Number: 147735

Author: Nolan, Amanda Title: Low Risk Offenders: What Does the Research Tell Us? Summary: The Risk principle of the effective corrections Risk-Need-Responsivity (RNR) framework advises that higher intensity service and programs should be reserved for higher risk offenders, while lower risk offenders should be provided with low intensity or minimal services. The purpose of the present paper was to review the current body of knowledge on effective corrections with a focus on the assessment and treatment of low risk offenders. It was anticipated that an up-to-date look at the literature may prove valuable in helping to establish clearer guidelines for the provision of interventions to offenders assessed as low risk. Results of the academic literature review confirmed the utility of the Risk principle, with the majority of studies showing that correctional interventions are more likely to demonstrate a treatment effect if the participants in higher intensity programs are moderate or high risk. Low risk offenders, on the other hand, require lower intensity and, in some cases, no direct service. Nevertheless, the literature falls short with respect to providing a complete understanding of what defines 'low risk' in the correctional context. Risk communication across correctional constituencies and even across offence types is inconsistent - the definition of 'low risk' varies considerably. For example, sex offenders as a group are statistically lower risk (i.e., have lower base rates of reoffending) than acquisitive offenders, yet are frequently assessed as higher risk; and women, even those designated as high risk, generally have lower base rates of reoffending than men at any risk level. Risk designation usually follows the allocation of resources with higher risk offenders being afforded closer supervision and more intensive intervention. Violation of this principle can mean that low risk offenders are allocated to services that are unnecessary and, therefore, not cost effective. A recent development in the field may assist in clarifying who is low risk and the level of service that would be appropriate. The Risk Communication Project involving correctional research experts from the US and Canada (Council of State Governments Justice Center, 2016) has issued a draft document containing preliminary ideas on how to organize thinking around the designation of offenders at five risk levels. At the lowest level this includes descriptions of the offence history and needs level of individuals designated at two levels of low risk as well as guidance on intervention approaches required for these offenders to remain low risk. Using the categories described by the Council, it appears that few offenders within CSC would be classified at the lowest risk category (risk level equivalent to the general public; no criminogenic needs). Most low risk offenders in CSC would fall within the second low risk category, requiring at least low intensity programming and community supervision in order to reduce their risk to non-offender levels. Although still under development, this work, which launches an important debate on how general risk can be understood across constituencies, could help agencies in directing program and supervision strategies related to assessed risk level. Missing at this stage is a further discussion of whether risk assessment should consider the potential degree of harm associated with reoffending in addition to an assessment of risk and need levels. Details: Ottawa: Correctional Service Canada, 2017. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: 2017 No. R-383: Accessed October 19, 2017 at: http://publications.gc.ca/collections/collection_2017/scc-csc/PS83-3-383-eng.pdf Year: 2017 Country: Canada Keywords: Low Risk Offenders Shelf Number: 147736

Author: Stys, Yvonne Title: Ways Forward: Applying Lessons Learned in the Management of Radicalized Offenders to Canadian Federal Corrections Summary: Over the last four years, the Correctional Service of Canada (CSC) has been engaged in a program of research which aims to build a more comprehensive understanding of radicalization in the correctional context. As a summary for the Mitigating the Threat research program, this report reviews CSC's research findings to date and recommends, based on research evidence and identified best practices, organizational opportunities for ways forward in the effective management of radicalized offenders. In reviewing the evidence to date, four global research findings are presented for consideration: radicalized offenders differ from non-radicalized offenders; it is important to consider motivation; there is opportunity to more accurately measure, and intervene with, radicalization; and there is merit in identifying those that may be susceptible to radicalizing influence. Findings are then contextualized in a summary of current operational approaches to the management of CSCs radicalized offender population and situated within the larger milieu of Canada's CounterTerrorism Strategy. Next, national and international approaches, guidelines, and research evidence surrounding the effective management of radicalized offender populations are summarized. These include the results of two CSC-led international consultations on best practices in the management of radicalized offenders, as well as summaries of the significant international guiding documents in this area. Based on knowledge to date and operational priorities for CSC, the following opportunities for ways forward in the effective management of radicalized offenders are proposed: 1. Provide staff awareness training on radicalization 2. Pilot assessments and interventions specific to radicalized offender populations 3. Facilitate reintegration success by strengthening community partner engagement 4. Intensify and reinforce information sharing mechanisms 5. Consider the implementation of a strategic management model 6. Support continued evidence-building as it pertains to radicalization Finally, the feasibility of implementing the recommendations for ways forward are discussed in light of contextual, political, and societal factors and challenges. Details: Ottawa: Correctional Service of Canada, 2016. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: 2016 No. R-384 Accessed October 19, 2019 at: https://www.publicsafety.gc.ca/lbrr/archives/cn97036810-eng.pdf Year: 2016 Country: Canada Keywords: Radical Groups Shelf Number: 147737

Author: Nolan, Amanda Title: An Assessment of the Women-Centred Training Orientation Program (WCTOP) Summary: The Correctional Service of Canada's (CSC) Women Offender Sector (WOS) delivers the Women-Centred Training Orientation Program (WCTOP) to all Primary Workers/Older Sisters (CX-02 deployments, recruits, or promotions) and all Behavioural Counsellors who will be working in women offender institutions. The objective of the WCTOP is to provide staff who work with women offenders an understanding of what it means to be women-centred with women and gain knowledge on the specific needs of women offenders. More specifically, the goals of the training program are to equip staff with an understanding of women offender issues and the principles of Creating Choices, the policies and procedures related to working with women, and the ability to set boundaries and recognize the balance between safety and security and the empowerment and reintegration of women offenders. Although WCTOP is considered to provide valuable information to staff on the specific needs of women offenders, the effectiveness and perceived benefit of the training has yet to be assessed. Accordingly, the current project was an assessment of the 10-day WCTOP. Using participant and facilitator feedback on training, pre- and post-training knowledge questionnaires, and a followup knowledge retention and application survey, the current study assessed the training implementation and effectiveness. With respect to knowledge presentation, facilitators and participants found the way in which the training was presented to be effective. Facilitators found the role play exercises to be of particular value, while the participants found effective communication, the women-centred approach, and Aboriginal cultural awareness to be of most value. Areas for possible improvement included organization of content and pertinent/useful materials. Participants considered the session on 'Aboriginal culture awareness' to be the most useful, while the session on 'Personal and team issues' was considered to be the least useful. In terms of knowledge retention, participants' average scores on the knowledge assessment questionnaire increased from 63% to 79% pre- to immediately and 8-months post-training. Survey results completed by 31 staff members at 8-months post-training found that the majority considered the WCTOP training to be at least "moderately helpful" in completing their job duties working with women offenders. In terms of knowledge application, the training sessions most applied by staff were 'empowerment, meaningful and responsible choices as well as respect and dignity', 'health, self-injury, and suicide', 'conflict theory and communication skills', and 'supportive environment and shared responsibility'. As a whole, WCTOP has met its objectives of increasing knowledge and awareness of the policies and procedures that govern women offenders. In addition, participants demonstrated an understanding of women offender issues and the principles of Creating Choices Details: Ottawa: Correctional Service of Canada, 2017. 53p. Source: Internet Resource: 2017 No. R-385: Accessed october 19, 2017 at: http://publications.gc.ca/collections/collection_2017/scc-csc/PS83-3-385-eng.pdf Year: 2017 Country: Canada Keywords: Corrections Officers Shelf Number: 147738

Author: Brown, Shelley L. Title: A Review of the Women Offender Risk/Need Research: In Search of Gender-Neutral, Women-Salient, and Women-specific Risk Factors Summary: This report summarizes studies that have directly examined the hypothesis that women offenders are different. Adult offender studies were included if they have examined whether any of the 'Central Eight' risk/need factors or gender responsive factors predict criminal recidivism in samples of women offenders, or in mixed-gender samples of adult offenders. An attempt was made to classify factors as gender-neutral, gender-salient, or gender-specific. Gender-neutral risk factors are factors that predict recidivism to the same extent in men and women offenders. Gender-salient risk factors are factors that predict recidivism in both genders, albeit the strength of the effect is stronger in one gender than the other. Lastly, gender-specific risk factors are factors that are truly unique risk factors for one gender and not the other; thus they would predict recidivism in one gender but not the other. The search focused on studies published predominately after 1990 and ended March 25, 2016. In total, 30 articles were included in the final annotated bibliography. Sixteen of the articles reviewed included direct gender comparisons; 14 articles were women-only studies. Based on the results of this review the following conclusions are offered: - Although only one study could be located that explicitly explored the need for differential risk factor 'weighting' as a function of gender, there is sufficient evidence to warrant more research in this area. - There is sufficient evidence to conclude that the global constructs of 'substance abuse' and 'personal/emotional' are women-salient predictors of recidivism. However, Level of Supervision Inventory- based studies are driving this conclusion. - The extant evidence suggests that the global risk/need domains of 'criminal history', 'criminal peers', 'criminal attitudes', 'employment', 'marital/family', 'community functioning' are gender neutral predictors of recidivism - they predict recidivism to the same degree in both genders. - Very few studies have explicitly examined whether gender-responsive risk/need domains such as abuse, trauma, anxiety/depression, relational dysfunction, criminal intimate partners, parental stress, unsafe housing are in fact female-salient or even female-specific risk factors. - Some evidence suggests that antisocial pattern/psychopathy may be a male-salient predictor of recidivism however this question has not been sufficiently examined. - There is little evidence to conclude that any of the risk/need factors examined to date are truly gender-specific - for males or females. In summary, the extant research does favour gender-neutrality over gender-salience/specificity. However, this certainly does not negate the possibility that future research studies will find more gender differences or the need to make women offender programming gender responsive. Details: Ottawa: Correctional Service of Canada, 2017. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: 2017 No. R-386: Accessed October 19, 2017 at: http://publications.gc.ca/collections/collection_2017/scc-csc/PS83-3-386-eng.pdf Year: 2017 Country: Canada Keywords: Female Inmates Shelf Number: 147740

Author: Morton-Bourgon, Kelly Title: Evaluation Report: Institutional Security Summary: Institutional security is relevant and responsive to the daily operations of correctional institutions and to the safety and security of all Canadians. Institutional security activities, as legislated by the Corrections and Conditional Release Act (1992), align with the federal government's new legislations such as the Safe Streets and Communities Act (2012). Institutional security activities also support the federal government and Correctional Service Canada's strategic priorities. The evaluation was conducted in accordance with the Treasury Board's Policy on Evaluation (TBS, 2009) and the Evaluation Division's Five-Year Plan. The scope of the evaluation was determined through a number of activities aimed at identifying evaluation priorities. As such, the evaluation focused on three key components: 1) Human Resource Management and Staff Safety; 2) Preventive Security and Intelligence; and 3) Institutional Security Operations. The evaluation incorporated both qualitative and quantitative data collection and analysis methods. Component 1 - Human Resource Management and Staff Safety Human resource management and staff safety is essential to operating a safe and secure correctional institution. The evaluation examined issues identified by institutional staff as they perform their security related duties. The topics that emerged from the analyses included: recruiting appropriate candidates; staff experience and development; staffing and deployment levels; and staff safety concerns. Recommendations focussed on tracking and monitoring new recruits; on-the-job coaching for new Correctional Officers (CO) and Primary Workers (PW); and enhancing communication and information sharing as part of the Employee Protection Protocol (EPP). Management Action Plans (MAP) addressing the issues were presented and approved. The MAPs will ensure tracking and monitoring of new recruits; the development of a standardized framework for on-the-job coaching for new COs and PWs; and the appropriate and timely provision of information and services throughout the EPP process to persons threatened. Component 2 - Preventive Security and Intelligence Intelligence information contributes to institutional safety and security by preventing security incidents, eliminating illegal activities and supporting the offender case management process. The evidence centered on the gathering, development and communication of intelligence information. It was recommended that tools be provided to Security Intelligence Officers to engage and debrief staff, and that there be monitoring and reporting on the production and sharing of intelligence. A MAP addressing the issues was presented and approved. The MAP focused on streamlining and restructuring the Intelligence Program. Component 3 - Institutional Security Operations The evaluation investigated daily operational security activities and how they contribute to a safe and secure institutional environment. The finding developed from the examination of evidence was that dynamic security is apparent and it is making a contribution to the safety and security of the institutions. Financial data were examined along with incident, staff and offender data. The rate of institutional security-related spending remained relatively stable from 2008/2009 to 2013/2014 despite an increase in the number of CX staff and offenders in CSC institutions. The analyses also showed a decrease in serious security incidents and escapes, an increase in drug-related seizures and an increase in negative urinalysis results. Details: Ottawa: Correctional Service Canada, 2015. 89p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 27, 2017 at: http://www.csc-scc.gc.ca/publications/092/005007-2015-eng.pdf Year: 2015 Country: Canada Keywords: Correctional Administration Shelf Number: 147830

Author: Rubenfeld, Sara Title: The Relationship between Length of incarceration and Recidivism Summary: Why we did this study There is considerable debate in the literature regarding the link between sentence length and recidivism. Consistent with a specific deterrence perspective, some research findings support the perspective that longer sentences will deter future re-offending. In contrast, others have found either no link or criminogenic effects, whereby longer sentences result in more re-offending. In recent years, proposed and implemented changes to Canadian laws have adopted deterrent approaches to prevent criminal behaviour and recidivism. This research was conducted to determine whether Canadian federal correctional data can shed further light on the debate. What we did This study examined the link between the length of time served in a federal institution and recidivism occurring both before and after warrant expiry. Further, this study also investigated whether time served is predictive of the severity of re-offence. These research questions were explored based on a cohort of offenders released from federal institutions on the first term of their sentence between April 1, 2009 and March 31, 2011. What we found The findings demonstrated that, prior to warrant expiry, there was a weak relationship between number of months incarcerated and revocation with an offence, when controlling for age at release, Indigenous ancestry and criminal risk. Specifically, for each additional month of incarceration, there was a 1% decrease in the risk of revocation with offence. No such relationship was found after warrant expiry. Examinations of re-offence severity indicated that as length of time incarcerated increased, so too did the severity of post-warrant expiry re-offences. In contrast, there was not a significant relationship between time served and severity of the re-offence that occurred prior to warrant expiry. Some interesting results with respect to Indigenous offenders were noted. Specifically, while Indigenous offenders tended to have higher rates of returning to custody (with or without an offence), the severity of the offences leading to these returns were lower than for non-Indigenous offenders, particularly in the pre-warrant expiry period. What it means No consistent findings demonstrating a relationship between sentence length and recidivism were found in the current study and, where a relationship exists, it was weak. From a deterrence perspective, this obviously raises the question of whether the costs associated with lengthier incarcerations are worth a relatively small overall reduction in risk. These results also suggest that the influence of time served on the severity of re-offences depends on whether the offender is under supervision. Behaviours post-warrant expiry are not scrutinized by a parole officer or others involved in offenders' supervision. As such, offenders' behaviours following warrant expiry may reflect their unencumbered likelihood of engaging in criminal behaviour. This suggests that community supervision mitigates the criminogenic effects of time served incarcerated and dissuades more severe forms of re-offending. Differences noted with respect to returns to custody for Indigenous offenders may reflect factors which were not examined such as different case management strategies related to Indigenous ancestry. However, future research would be required to replicate and explore these findings further. Details: Ottawa: Correctional Service Canada, 2017. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed October 27, 2017 at: http://www.csc-scc.gc.ca/005/008/092/r-389-eng.pdf Year: 2017 Country: Canada Keywords: Deterrence Shelf Number: 147833

Author: Richer, Isabelle Title: Evaluation Report: Offender Education Programs and Services Summary: Approximately three quarters of federally sentenced offenders present a need for educational programming. Offenders' educational needs are assessed upon admission and if an offender has an education level less than grade 12 (or equivalent), education is identified as a need and included on their individualized Correctional Plan. In most CSC regions, offenders with an education need are referred to Adult Basic Education (ABE) programming and receive a high school diploma once they have completed the required ABE courses and program levels that satisfy the provincial diploma requirements. In addition, one region currently offers the General Education Development (GED) program which allows the offender to obtain a high school equivalency. CSC's Education Programs are intended to address offenders' educational needs; increase offenders' basic literacy, social cognition, and problem solving skills; prepare offenders for participation in correctional programs; and, provide them with the knowledge and skills necessary to gain and maintain employment and lawfully reside in the community upon their release (Correctional Service Canada Review Panel, 2007; Nafekh, Allegri, Fabisiak, Batten, Stys, Li, et al, 2009; Sharpe & Curwen, 2012). Overall, the current evaluation found that educational programming had a positive impact on public safety outcomes, particularly for high and medium risk offenders who upgraded their education by more than 10 educational achievements. In accordance with the 2009 Treasury Board Policy on Evaluation, this evaluation examined issues pertaining to the relevance and performance (effectiveness, efficiency and economy) of CSC's offender education programs and services. The findings and recommendations of the evaluation are presented under six key components: 1) Relevancy; 2) Effectiveness: Education Program Outcomes; 3) Cost-Effectiveness; 4) Efficiency: Optimizing the Delivery of Education Programs; 5) Institutional Libraries and Computer Resources; and, 6) Reporting of Education Data in OMS. Details: Ottawa: Correctional Service of Canada, 2015. 75p. Source: Internet Resource: File # 394-2-78: Accessed October 27, 2017 at: http://www.csc-scc.gc.ca/publications/092/005007-2014-eng.pdf Year: 2015 Country: Canada Keywords: Correctional Education Shelf Number: 147834

Author: Stone, Daniel Title: Financial Institution Staff Experience of Robbery: A Multiple (FI) Study Summary: Overall Context The present study constitutes one of three separately done, but related reports - whose object was to examine different aspects of financial institution (FI) robbery. The other two reports are: (1) Human Resources Practices and Counselling Support Services of Financial Institutions Regarding Robbery, prepared by Sandra Stoddart-Hansen; and (2) Report on "Best Practices With Respect to Security", prepared by Philip J. Moriarity. The three reports combined provide a unique and penetrating multiple perspectives on (FI) robbery occurrences. Study Purpose The purpose of the present study was to examine (FI) staff experience of being robbed. In order to more fully understand the effects 102 detailed robbery victim-interviews were completed between August 16th and November 15th, 2000. The results validated, qualified, and departed from existing bank robbery studies in a number of key areas. Participating Organizations The Canadian Bankers Association (CBA) and Credit Union Central of British Columbia (CUCBC) cosponsored the present study, under the direction of The Vancouver Board of Trade. 18 branches of all six major banks and five credit union branches participated in the multiple (FI) staff interview process. Study Methodology The study question was: "What is your experience of being robbed?" The raw data for the present study were detailed first-person descriptions of respondent lived experience: their thoughts, memories, feelings and perceptions of their experience and the meaning that being robbed has for them. The raw data consisted of meanings (instead of numbers); therefore, a qualitative methodology was employed (empirical phenomenological methodology). Respondent Characteristics 102 respondents participated in the study: 79 females (77.5%), 23 males (22.5%). 30 of the respondents identified themselves as management (29.5%). Respondents ranged in age from 20 years to 55 + (mean age - 37). Employment time ranged from eight months to 30 + years. Numbers of robberies per individual ranged from one to 20 +. The mean robbery figure was 4.7. The number of robberies, which occurred most frequently, was three (N=17). 37 respondents (36%) experienced between five and ten robberies during their career. 3.9% reported 11 or more robberies. The 102 respondents have a cumulative total of 487 robberies. Vancouver, B.C. (FI) robbery data, for 1994 through August 2000, totals 1287 robberies (1,212 bank robberies and 75 credit union robberies). From an employee perspective, even one robbery is a significant number. The respondent population of 102 have experienced a combined total of 487 robberies. With the assumption that most staff were in the area for the majority of their robberies one could conjecture that the study population represents about 38% of all (FI) robbery events occurring in the Vancouver, B.C. area from 1994 through August 2000. Details: North Vancouver, BC: Daniel Stone & Associates, 2000. 80p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed November 2, 2017 at: http://www.danielstone.org/sites/default/files/840.pdf Year: 2000 Country: Canada Keywords: Banks Shelf Number: 147963

Author: Perreault, Samuel Title: Criminal victimization in the territories, 2014 Summary: More than one-quarter of residents of the territories (28%) reported being the victim of at least one crime in 2014. This was down from the proportion reported in 2009 (34%), but remains higher than the figure reported in the provinces (18%). Both violent victimization (-29%) and household victimization (-34%) decreased from 2009. However, the rate of theft of personal property remained stable. Nunavut recorded the highest rates of both violent victimization (241E per 1,000 population) and household victimization (313 per 1,000 population) among the territories. On the other hand, this territory also reported the lowest rate of theft of personal property (68E per 1,000 population). Overall, the proportion of people who reported being the victim of at least one crime was higher in communities with a population of 2,000 or more (32%) than in smaller communities (19%). Approximately one-third of residents of the territories (34%) reported having been the victim of abuse by an adult at least once before the age of 15. This proportion was higher among those aged 45 to 64 years (45%) than those aged 15 to 34 years (26%). Among those with a spouse or common-law partner (current or ex), 12% reported at least one spousal violence incident in the preceding five years, similar to the proportion reported in 2009. Three-quarters (75%) of victims were Aboriginal. Consistent with data in the provinces, Aboriginal identity was not associated with an increased risk of violent victimization when other risk factors were taken into account. Approximately one-half (49%) of victims of spousal violence reported sustaining injuries due to the violence. This proportion was higher than the proportion observed in the provinces (31%). Almost half (49%) of cases of spousal violence were reported to the police, and so were 36% of victimization incidents other than spousal violence. About one-third (34%) of females in the territories reported feeling very safe walking alone at night, compared with almost two-thirds (62%) of males. Over one-third of territorial residents (36%) reported having a great deal of confidence in the police. Aboriginal residents were less likely to report having a great deal of confidence in the police compared to non-Aboriginal residents (30% compared with 43%, respectively). Details: Ottawa: Statistics Canada, 2016. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Juristat: Accessed November 3, 2017 at: http://www.statcan.gc.ca/pub/85-002-x/2016001/article/14470-eng.pdf Year: 2016 Country: Canada Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 147986

Author: Cohen, Irwin M. Title: Eliminating Crime: The 7 Essential Principles of Police-based Crime Reduction Summary: In the early 2000s, police agencies in British Columbia, Canada were forced to reimagine their approach when faced with a significant emerging crime problem. The traditional way of doing things was not proving effective against the explosion of gang activity, auto theft, drug production, and other crimes taking place throughout the province. In their book, Eliminating Crime: The Seven Essential Principles of Police-based Crime Reduction, authors Dr. Irwin M. Cohen, Dr. Darryl Plecas, Amanda V. McCormick, and Adrienne M.F. Peters explore the paths taken and the lessons learned as British Columbia police agencies researched and introduced effective new policing strategies based on seven essential principles. Details: Abbotsford, BC: University College of the Fraser Valley, School of Criminology and Criminal Justice, 2014. 152p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 2, 2017 at: https://www.ufv.ca/media/assets/criminal-justice-research/Eliminating-Crime---The-Seven-Essential-Principles-of-Police-based-Crime-Reduction.pdf Year: 2014 Country: Canada Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 148025

Author: Cohen, Irwin M. Title: An Analysis of the Socio-Economic and Socio-Demographic Contributors to Property Crime in the Lower Mainland District Summary: According to the data presented by police leaders at the September 29th, 2015 Metro Vancouver Crime Meeting, property crime increased for the second consecutive year in the Lower Mainland District (LMD) of British Columbia. Of the 22 RCMP and municipal police jurisdictions that comprise the LMD, it was reported that, between January and August 2015, 13 had experienced an increase in their property crime rates over the previous year, and that this trend was a continuation of the trend that saw a general increase in property crime rates in 2014 from 2013. Not surprisingly, the sudden increase in property crime over the past two years has resulted in a search for explanations. Details: Abbotsford, BC: Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 3, 2017 at: https://cjr.ufv.ca/wp-content/uploads/2017/02/Report-on-Property-Crime-in-the-LMD-reduced-size.pdf Year: 2016 Country: Canada Keywords: Crime Rates Shelf Number: 148026

Author: McCormick, Amanda V. Title: Enhancing Surrey RCMP Detachment's Domestic Violence Unit Summary: Violence against women is a global concern, so much so that in 1993 the United Nations issued a Declaration on the Elimination of Violence against Women in which they defined violence against women as "any act of gender-based violence that results in, or is likely to result in, physical, sexual or psychological harm or suffering to women, including threats of such acts..." (UN: 1993). A common form of violence against women is the violence, or threat thereof, perpetrated against a woman by her domestic partner - known alternatively as violence against women, domestic violence, intimate partner violence, spousal violence, or family violence (see Rossiter, 2011 for a more in depth discussion of these definitions). Domestic violence - the threat or engagement in physical, sexual, or psychological harm by a person towards their romantic partner - occurs all too frequently in Canadian society, and was estimated to cost Canadian society over $7 billion in 2009 (Zhang, Hoddenbagh, McDonald, & Scrim, 2012). Of note, while domestic violence can also be perpetrated by a female against her male or female partner, the bulk of domestic violence calls for service to the police involve heterosexual couples, where the male partner is accused of engaging in violence against a female partner. This report focuses on the activities of the Surrey RCMP specialized Domestic Violence Unit and its activities to reduce and prevent domestic violence. This report provides the summation of interviews conducted with current and former members of the Domestic Violence Unit in the Surrey RCMP, as well as North American literature on domestic violence for context. The report concludes with recommendations for the Surrey RCMP to consider to enhance the effectiveness and efficiency of this unit in handling domestic violence investigations and managing serious and persistent domestic violence offenders. Details: Abbotsford, BC: University of the Fraser Valley, Centre for Public Safety and Criminal Justice Research, 2017. 57p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 4, 2017 at: https://cjr.ufv.ca/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/Surrey-RCMP-Domesitc-Violence-Report.pdf Year: 2017 Country: Canada Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 148036

Author: Millar, Hayli Title: The Impact of Sentencing and Other Judicial Decisions on the Children of Parents in Conflict with the Law: Implications for Sentencing Reform Summary: The situation of children whose parents are involved in adult criminal proceedings is emerging as a pressing public policy concern. There is a growing body of empirical evidence recognizing the adverse effects for dependent children both as direct and indirect victims of their parents' criminal behaviour and in relation to criminal justice decisions about their parents, especially when a court is remanding or sentencing a parent who is a primary or sole caregiver to custody. At the same time, the empirical research shows that both formal and informal support and interventions can mitigate the negative effects of such an adverse experience on children, especially when activated early in the criminal justice decision-making process. In this report, we highlight the growing influence of an evolving international legal standard establishing a yet to be fully defined requirement for criminal courts to systematically recognize and consider the best interests of a child when sentencing a parent or a legal guardian as a specific and independent legal consideration in order to mitigate foreseeable and avoidable harms to the child. We also examine how selected, mainly common law, countries, including Canada, are interpreting and applying this standard in their domestic policy and laws and review some of the innovative child and family focused criminal justice practices that are being adopted in various jurisdictions. Finally, we briefly discuss the implications of these various developments for sentencing reform in Canada and point to some opportunities for Canadian legal and institutional reforms to move forward on this important child and family rights issue. Details: Abbotsford, BC: University of the Fraser Valley, Centre For Public Safety And Criminal Justice Research, 2017. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 4, 2017 at: https://cjr.ufv.ca/wp-content/uploads/2017/02/Millar-and-Dandurand-_2017_Impact-of-Sentencing-on-Children-on-Parents_07_02_2017.pdf Year: 2017 Country: Canada Keywords: Child Welfare Shelf Number: 148037

Author: McCormick, Amanda V. Title: In the Best Interests of the Child: Strategies for Recognizing and Supporting Canada's At-Risk Population of Children with Incarcerated Parents Summary: Children whose parents are incarcerated have been acknowledged internationally as a vulnerable population facing serious challenges. In 2011, the United Nations Committee on the Rights of the Child convened a Day of General Discussion on Children with Incarcerated Parents during which it was stressed that the best interests of children must be considered throughout the criminal justice system processing of their parent (Robertson, 2012). Although Canada is a party to the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child, children of criminally incarcerated parents are an invisible population in Canada. As official statistics do not appear to be consistently collected in Canada, the size of this at-risk population is currently unknown. However, given an increasing rate of pre-trial detention and incarceration of women, Aboriginal people, and foreign-born persons in Canada (Babooram, 2008; Sapers, 2013), many of whom are parents, the size of the affected population of children is likely growing. This report is the result of a project assessing the available policies, programs, and practices concerning children with incarcerated parents. The information collected for this report was largely collated from literature reviews, as well as consultations conducted with government and nongovernmental agencies across Canada. In addition, feedback gathered from a day-long expert working group on children with incarcerated parents conducted by the UFV Centre for Safety Schools and Communities in December 2013 was integrated into the final report. Details: Abbotsford, BC: Centre for Public Safety and Criminal Justice Research, University of the Fraser Valley, 2015. 71p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 4, 2017 at: https://cjr.ufv.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/05/Children-with-Incarcerated-Parents_Amended.pdf Year: 2015 Country: Canada Keywords: Child Welfare Shelf Number: 148038

Author: Harris, Aileen Title: Assessment of Women Offender Correctional Programming (WOCP) Outcomes Summary: Beginning in 2010, the Correctional Service of Canada (CSC) initiated implementation of a comprehensive model of women offender correctional programming (WOCP) founded on the principles promoted in the Creating Choices report (Task Force on Federally Sentenced Women, 1990). The overall goal was to implement a holistic, women-centred model of programming that enhanced accessibility and participation, and facilitated treatment gains and offender reintegration. The innovative model is rooted in gender-responsive approaches. The current study examined the extent to which the objectives of WOCP were met. The focus was on program participation and attrition rates, participant treatment gains, and release outcomes. The overall sample consisted of 1,656 federally sentenced women offenders, including all women who were enrolled in one or more of the WOCP components between September 1, 2010 and July 31, 2014 (n = 1,278), and all women in CSC custody during the same time frame who did not participate in any component of WOCP (n = 378). Overall, non-completers were rated higher in static and dynamic risk, had lower motivation and reintegration potential, and were also more likely to be assessed as having a responsivity need. Results examining treatment change based on self-report measures and facilitators' ratings indicated that WOCP was successful in improving offenders' skills and attitude as well as developing knowledge of the program content. Comparisons were conducted among participants based on their level of participation (full program completers, partial program completers, noncompleters, and non-participants) with respect to their success in obtaining discretionary release. Participants who completed all of their program enrollments were more likely to receive discretionary than statutory release. The majority of non-completers (those who did not complete a single component of WOCP) were more likely to receive statutory than discretionary release. There were no notable differences in release types received for the other groups. Despite making positive treatment gains, program participation did not have a significant impact on release outcomes. Although outcomes involving group comparisons were not significant, the direction and pattern of the results suggest that partial program completers and non-completers showed a higher likelihood of returning to custody than program completers. Several explanations for the non-significant results were discussed. First, rates of revocation in the time period examined were relatively low, making detection of treatment effects challenging. Uncontrolled group differences may also have affected the women's results. In addition, the results could point to a need to re-examine aspects of the WOCP menu and implementation - a procedure routinely completed during the course of program development in CSC. The effective corrections framework points to possible areas to consider. The selection of appropriate program targets relevant to women's offending patterns (Need Principle) could be assessed to determine if key dynamic risk factors are addressed; and, the extent to which the program maximises opportunities for skills training and provides adaptations for women with special needs (Responsivity Principle) could be another focus of review. Details: Ottawa: Correctional Service of Canada, 2015. 72p. Source: Internet Resource: 2015 No. R-374: Accessed November 4, 2017 at: http://publications.gc.ca/collections/collection_2017/scc-csc/PS83-3-374-eng.pdf Year: 2015 Country: Canada Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 148039

Author: MacDonald, Shanna Farrell Title: Prevalence of Psychotropic Medication Prescription among Federal Offenders Summary: Psychotropic medications, also sometimes called psychoactive medications or psychopharmaceuticals, are those that can affect the mind, emotions, or behaviour. Such medications are quite commonly prescribed, but prescription rates are not currently available for Canadian federal offenders. Given this fact, together with the relatively high rate of mental disorders among federal offenders, this study aimed to examine the frequency with which these medications are prescribed to offenders incarcerated in Correctional Service of Canada (CSC) institutions. Understanding the rate of prescription of psychotropic medications among federal offenders is important not only for planning purposes but also to facilitate further examinations. To examine this issue, CSC's National Pharmacist, together with staff in the Health Services Sector, developed a list of all medications recognized as psychotropic. Regional pharmacists then provided a single-day snapshot of all active prescriptions for these medications on September 29, 2014. An in-custody population snapshot of all offenders provided the denominator in all prevalence calculations. Overall, 30.4% of offenders had an active psychotropic medication prescription. Differences were seen by gender, with considerably more women than men having an active psychotropic medication prescription (45.7% and 29.6%, respectively). In contrast, there were no practical differences in the prevalence of prescriptions for Aboriginal and non-Aboriginal offenders. It was relatively common to have more than one active psychotropic medication prescription. Overall, 17.3% of offenders had an active prescription for one psychotropic medication, 8.2% had two, and 4.9% had three or more. The most common psychotropic medication prescription category, defined according to the American Hospital Formulary System (AHFS), was antidepressant agents (including antidepressants, tricyclics and other norepinephrine-reuptake inhibitors, and monoamine oxidase inhibitors), for which 22.6% of offenders had an active prescription. Aboriginal offenders were slightly more likely than their non-Aboriginal counterparts (5.3% vs. 3.1%) to have prescriptions for central nervous system stimulants (including amphetamines, respiratory and central nervous system stimulants, and central nervous system agents). The prevalence of patients with an active prescription for psychotropic medication was more common in Canadian federal offenders than in the general Canadian population (30.4% vs. about 8.0%); however, it was commensurate with similar correctional jurisdictions (e.g., England, France, the province of Quebec). Additionally, the fact that women offenders were more frequently prescribed a psychotropic medication than men offenders aligned with the higher prevalence of mental health issues in women offenders. However, the relationship between mental illness and prescription practices is a complex one, and more research will be required to understand it fully. Details: Ottawa: Correctional Service of Canada, 2015. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: 2015 No. R-373: http://publications.gc.ca/collections/collection_2017/scc-csc/PS83-3-373-eng.pdf Year: 2015 Country: Canada Keywords: Medical Prescriptions Shelf Number: 148040

Author: Pilon, Amy J.M. Title: Buffalo Sage Wellness House (BSWH) Process Review Summary: Buffalo Sage Wellness House (BSWH) is a relatively new (2010) facility operated under a Section 81 agreement with Native Counselling Services of Alberta (NCSA) in Edmonton, Alberta. It is a 16-bed, minimum security facility for federally sentenced women offenders and also serves as a community residential facility for women offenders who are on release in the community. The purpose of the study was to provide the Correctional Service of Canada (CSC) and the NCSA with an understanding of the implementation, processes, and where applicable, the measurable outcomes of BSWH. The study was a process review in recognition of the small number of women who have attended BSWH to date and CSC's desire to better understand Buffalo Sage's structures, programs, processes, and operations. It was also intended to provide information to CSC with advice and opinions regarding the treatment and management of women offenders. The study was designed to provide a description of the profile of women who have ever attended the Buffalo Sage facility and the unique model of case management practiced at Buffalo Sage. In addition, 16 in-depth interviews with 9 offenders and 7 BSWH staff members informed the examination of the relationship of Buffalo Sage with CSC, the processes in place, and best practices that can inform CSC on the management and treatment of women offenders. To help understand how the Buffalo Sage model applies to the work conducted with the women in the facility, the life histories of three offenders who had lived at BSWH were collected using a case study method. The quantitative profile analysis included 48 offenders; 35 were Aboriginal and 13 were non-Aboriginal offenders. The majority were single, around 31 years of age, and serving a sentence for homicide or drug offences. Their average sentence length was approximately four years. Forty offenders had been released from BSWH. Overall, the revocation rate for any reason was 25%; only one released woman was returned on a new offence. The results from the interviews with the staff at BSWH portrayed the Buffalo Sage model as a culturally informed approach that helps women understand and heal themselves, reconcile relationships, reclaim an interconnected worldview, and deal with historical and past trauma. As well, the staff described the processes in place at BSWH including the admissions process, escorted and unescorted temporary absences, programming/training, remote access to CSC's Offender Management System, and the development of healing plans. The results from the offender interviews indicated that the women found BSWH to be a positive, empowering, and supportive environment that allowed them to have increased self-confidence, to heal and gain a better understanding of themselves and their past, and to feel empowered to change. Overall, the results of the study demonstrated the success of BSWH with respect to successfully reintegrating women back into society. It was noted that processes that could improve efficiency were the provision of wait lists which would expedite the transfer process, and an increase in the awareness of BSWH and how Section 81 works, provision of funding that would allow for services, particularly for teachers and escorts for ETAs, and the provision of facilities to permit private family visits for the women whose support system lives outside of Edmonton. Details: Ottawa: Correctional Service of Canada, 2015. 93p. Source: Internet Resource: 2015 No. R-371: Accessed November 3, 2017 at: http://publications.gc.ca/collections/collection_2017/scc-csc/PS83-3-371-eng.pdf Year: 2015 Country: Canada Keywords: Aboriginals Shelf Number: 148041

Author: Dow, Martha Title: A Response to Illicit Drug Overdoses: Naloxone Administration in Surrey and Vancouver, British Columbia Summary: The administration of naloxone by fire first responders was initiated in Vancouver and Surrey in response to increasing opioid related overdose incidents along with the inability of first responders' to administer an antidote treatment. The naloxone administration protocol was implemented in February 2016 and this study discusses the experiences to date in both cities. Overall, the initial training and subsequent follow-up was favourably received by members and prepared them for administering naloxone in overdose situations. This study examines, within the current context, lessons learned and opportunities for future engagement with members to support, at the highest level possible, proactive approaches to pre-hospital patient care. Given the current context, fire first responders represent a crucial aspect in any opioid overdose response. Prior to the opioid crisis, fire first responders were restricted to basic paramedical protocols for life-saving interventions such as oxygen administration, auto defibrillators, and cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR). In an effort to address the provincial opioid crisis, British Columbia Emergency Health Services (BCEHS) trained fire first responders in Surrey and Vancouver to administer the opioid overdose reversing drug "Naloxone" via intramuscular injection. This study reviewed the training process and efficacy of fire first responders utilizing intramuscular injection protocols to administer life-saving overdose drugs. The evidence for this study was gathered through quantitative and qualitative approaches. Naloxone administration training was well-received and fire first responders easily adapted to the new paramedical protocol of administering intramuscular injections. Fire first responders in Surrey and Vancouver successfully reversed over 240 opioid overdoses in 2016. Details: Abbotsford, BC: University of the Fraser Valley, Centre for Social Research, 2017. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 6, 2017 at: https://www.ufv.ca/media/assets/centre-for-social-research/Naloxone-study-(UFV-research-note)-March-2017.pdf Year: 2017 Country: Canada Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 148043

Author: McCormick, Amanda V. Title: An Assessment of Surrey RCMP's Use of Automatic License Plate Recognition Technology Summary: Automated License Plate Recognition (ALPR) or Automated Number Plate Recognition (ANPR)1, as it is better known outside of North America, is a echnological system that uses cameras to scan and capture alphanumerical images of vehicle license plates that, for law enforcement purposes, can be compared against a number of police databases to identify vehicles and persons of interest to the police. Initially, ALPR was designed in the United Kingdom as a way to respond to and prevent terrorism (Gaumont & Babineau, 2008; Roberts & Casanova, 2012). More recently, ALPR has become popular among police forces for its ability to detect threats to public safety, including those posed by traffic violators and prolific offenders. Using ALPR technology, police can identify drivers who, for instance, have outstanding warrants, are prohibited from driving, are driving uninsured vehicles, are driving a stolen vehicle, are speeding, or are driving a vehicle that is wanted by the police because of its connection to some type of criminal activity. Details: Abbotsford, BC: Centre For Public Safety And Criminal Justice Research, University of the Fraser Valley, 2015. 63p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 6, 2017 at: https://cjr.ufv.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/08/Surrey-RCMP-Automated-Licence-Plate-Recognition-Report.pdf Year: 2015 Country: Canada Keywords: Automatic License Plate Recognition Shelf Number: 148044

Author: Reilly, Jeffrey Title: Measuring the Effectiveness of Foot Patrol in the Downtown Yonge BIA Summary: The issues of fear and insecurity in business improvement areas has given rise to commodified policing patrols aimed at targeting "undesirables" and reducing "urban decay". This thesis studied the merchant response to police patrols in order to assess the effectiveness of the police patrols in reducing incidents of urban decay and the overall levels of crime. Furthermore, this thesis sought to find an empirical relationship between broken windows style policing and the reduction of the levels of fear associated with particular incidents of crime. A Merchant Security Satisfaction Survey was used to ask a series of questions related to fear, risk, policing, and undesirables (i.e. homeless, youth gangs, panhandlers). The data showed that according to merchant perception, police presence and foot patrols positively affected crime levels by reducing sources of fear and crime. This thesis concludes that the partnership between public and private organizations positively affected the levels of crime. Details: Ottawa: Carleton University, 2011. 125p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed November 8, 2017 at: https://curve.carleton.ca/system/files/etd/89d8b63c-3908-4c11-bf14-4db96adbea03/etd_pdf/33b820bb3f11a7683df49679464e30e4/reilly-measuringtheeffectivenessoffootpatrolinthe.pdf Year: 2011 Country: Canada Keywords: Business Improvement Districts Shelf Number: 148076

Author: Weston, Crystal Title: Hunting for 'Paper Gangsters': An Institutional Analysis of Intelligence-led Policing in a Canadian Context Summary: Contemporary police departments are facing immense pressure to preserve public safety while also remaining fiscally accountable. As a response to economic pressures, police services are turning to intelligence led policing (ILP). ILP promises 'smarter' and more efficient policing with the use of advanced technologies and data analysis for decision-making. The present study examines ILP implementation in one urban Canadian police department. Through in-depth interviews with fifteen patrol and middle-management members, fifty-five hours of observation, and an analysis of organizational documents, I examine how ILP reform has been understood and enacted by patrol officers on the ground. From this analysis, I uncover how officers' perceptions and practices are loosely coupled from organizational claims surrounding ILP. I argue that this loose coupling allows the organization to acquire social legitimation while allowing patrol work to remain largely unchanged. Further, I argue that patrol officers' perceptions and practices of ILP can perpetuate the policing of usual suspects and raise a number of concerns about implications of 'intelligence' practices involving citizens. Details: Waterloo, ON: Wilfrid Laurier University, 2012. 153p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed November 8, 2017: http://scholars.wlu.ca/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=2860&context=etd Year: 2015 Country: Canada Keywords: Intelligence-led Policing Shelf Number: 148078

Author: Rotenberg, Cristine Title: Police-reported sexual assaults in Canada, 2009 to 2014: A statistical profile Summary: - Over a six-year period between 2009 and 2014, police reported 117,238 sexual assaults in Canada where sexual assault was the most serious violation in the incident. - Almost all (98%) police-reported sexual assaults were classified as level 1 offences (assault without a weapon or evidence of bodily harm). - The median age of victims of police-reported sexual assault was 18 years. The majority (87%) of victims were female, particularly young women and girls. One in four (26%) victims were children aged 13 and younger. This is more than four times greater than the proportion of child victims of physical assault (6%). - An accused was identified in 60% of police-reported sexual assaults, of which 69% were charged. Overall, less than half (41%) of police-reported sexual assaults resulted in a charge being laid, compared with half (50%) of physical assaults. - The vast majority (98%) of accused charged with sexual assault were male, with a median age of 33 years. - The median delay in reporting to police-the time between when the offence took place and when it was reported to police - was 25 days for sexual assaults, compared with only two days for physical assaults. The longest delay in reporting to police was observed among incidents involving children sexually assaulted by their parent, with a median delay of one year. - Of sexual assaults where a charge was laid by police, the majority (87%) of victims knew their assailant; most commonly as a casual acquaintance, a family member, or an intimate partner. Only a small proportion (13%) of sexual assaults were perpetrated by someone who was a stranger to the victim. - Most (83%) victims of sexual assault were sexually assaulted by someone older than them. Of these charged cases, the median age gap between the victim and their assailant was 13 years. These findings are in contrast to those for physical assault, where victims were most commonly assaulted by someone in their peer age group (within five years). - One in five (19%) sexual assaults with a charge laid were perpetrated by an accused that may meet the age-based criteria for pedophilia. This includes incidents where the accused was 16 years of age and older, the victim was 13 years of age and younger, and there was at least a five year age gap between them (as stipulated by clinical criteria). Over half (55%) of these cases involved a child sexually assaulted by an older family member. Details: Ottawa: Statistics Canada, 2017. 29p. Source: Internet Resource: Juristat: Accessed November 9, 2017 at: http://www.statcan.gc.ca/pub/85-002-x/2017001/article/54866-eng.pdf Year: 2017 Country: Canada Keywords: Child Sexual Abuse Shelf Number: 148090

Author: Schultheis, Elizabeth Title: Who is Detained Past Statutory Release? Summary: Federal inmates who are not granted early discretionary release must be released to community supervision after serving two-thirds of their sentence (known as the Statutory Release Date [SRD]). This legislation is designed to facilitate gradual community reintegration. However, the Correctional Service of Canada (CSC) may detain offenders past their SRD if certain criteria are met. Detention is intended for offenders serving a determinate sentence for a violent offence causing death or serious harm, a sex offence against a child, or a serious drug offence, and who are considered likely to recommit such an offence before their sentence expires. The purpose of the current study was to examine what factors predict detention decisions and to explore whether detention decisions differed between Aboriginal and non-Aboriginal offenders after controlling for differences in risk. Analyses examined sex offenders and non-sexually violent offenders separately, and included diverse predictors such as static and dynamic risk factors, offence information, demographics, and institutional behaviour. The study included 21,323 non-sexually violent offenders (6.1% of whom were detained) and 5,653 sex offenders (14.7% of whom were detained) who had an SRD between April 1, 2004 and March 31, 2014. The vast majority of the risk factors (static and dynamic) and institutional behaviour variables (e.g., program participation, institutional incidents, segregation placements) examined predicted detention decisions for both non-sexual violent offenders and sex offenders. The strongest predictors of detention were low reintegration potential, low motivation, and high levels of risk and need. Generally, the most recent assessment (prior to release or to SRD) was a stronger predictor of detention decisions than the intake assessment. Additionally, most risk/need and institutional behaviour factors were more predictive of detention decisions for sex offenders compared to non-sexually violent offenders, suggesting that detention decisions for sex offenders are more strongly linked to risk factors. After controlling for key predictors of detention, for non-sexual violent offenders, Aboriginal offenders were significantly more likely to be detained than non-Aboriginal offenders. In contrast, Aboriginal sex offenders were significantly less likely to be detained compared to nonAboriginal sex offenders. Given that gradual reintegration to the community has been demonstrated to have beneficial effects, detaining inmates past their SRD should be reserved for only the highest risk offenders. The current study confirms that high risk/need offenders with poor institutional behaviour are the most likely to be detained. Additional research is needed to understand differences in detention rates for Aboriginal offenders. Details: Ottawa: Correctional Service Canada, 2017. 70p. Source: Internet Resource: 2017 No. R-380: Accessed November 9, 2017 at: http://publications.gc.ca/collections/collection_2017/scc-csc/PS83-3-380-eng.pdf Year: 2017 Country: Canada Keywords: Aboriginal Offenders Shelf Number: 148097

Author: Wilton, Geoff Title: The additive effects of women offenders' participation in multiple correctional interventions Summary: In the Correctional Service of Canada (CSC), in addition to correctional programs, many other services and interventions are provided to women offenders to prepare them for release into the community and, ultimately, to reduce their risk to reoffend. Some of these services include employment and employability programs, educational programs, mental health programs and services, chaplaincy, prison visits, and social programs. While there is evidence suggesting that these types of interventions can have a positive impact on women's rehabilitation and reintegration, there is very little research that attempts to disentangle the relative contribution of participation in multiple interventions or services on women's outcomes. Since in CSC multiple correctional interventions and services are offered throughout the course of offenders' sentences, it is important to examine the extent to which these services provide "additive effects," that is, further improve the outcomes of offenders who participate in correctional programs. This study, therefore, determined the relative contribution of key services and interventions to rates of revocations of conditional release of federally sentenced women. All federally sentenced women admitted to the custody of CSC between September 2009 and August 2013 and released prior to April 13th, 2014 were included in the study (N = 918). The research design first controlled for differences between women offenders based on factors related to offending. Beginning with a control model subsequently applied to all analyses, interventions including CORCAN and CSC employment, education programs, vocational certificates, community employment centre services, prison visits, community correctional programs, and maintenance programs were added, first on their own, then all interventions significantly contributing to outcomes were added together in the final model. Previous research on federally sentenced men had found encouraging results with respect to CSC's overall approach to their rehabilitation. Likewise, this study on federally-sentenced women also found that the combination of services and interventions produced outcomes that significantly improved their chances of success on release. The most promising interventions were: (a) education programs, particularly those that enabled women to get close to obtaining a high school equivalent, (b) participation in community maintenance/booster sessions, and (c) having received at least one prison visit. When all the interventions were included in the model at the same time only prison visits and the number of education courses completed remained uniquely associated with reductions in the rates of revocations. Based on the results we can conclude that, in addition to correctional programs, other services offered to women offenders in CSC are associated with reduced revocations of conditional release even after controlling for risk factors associated with outcomes. This suggests that there are several methods by which CSC works to improve women's success on release in addition to offering correctional programs. Details: Ottawa: Correctional Service Canada, 2015. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 9, 2017 at: http://publications.gc.ca/collections/collection_2017/scc-csc/PS83-3-369-eng.pdf Year: 2015 Country: Canada Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 148098

Author: City of Saskatoon. Planning and Development Branch Title: Safe Growth and CPTED in Saskatoon. Crime Prevention Through Environmental Design Guidelines: An Illustrated Guide to Safer Development in Our Community Summary: This Guidebook provides site-planning design advice for seven major categories of urban development commonly found throughout Saskatoon: 1. multiple unit residential; 2. public places; 3. commercial / suburban commercial / power centres / town centres; 4. institutional; 5. public parks, recreational areas, and playgrounds, 6. surface parking; 7. walkways/linear parks. While this Guidebook does not focus on architectural or security hardware used in construction, such as window styles or types of closed circuit television (CCTV), it does provide guidelines for two important forms of design specifically related to Crime Prevention Through Environmental Design (CPTED): 1. lighting; and 2. landscaping. Therefore, this Guidebook offers a set of guiding principles for use in site and development planning. It is important to realize that no single design method will stop all forms of crime. That is why this Guidebook is not intended as a CPTED checklist. Instead, the guidelines provide design choices. In combination with a risk assessment of potential problems at a particular place, they are choices that will help create a safer Saskatoon in the years to come. Details: Saskatoon, Saskatchewan: City of Saskatoon, 2010. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 15, 2017 at: https://www.saskatoon.ca/sites/default/files/documents/community-services/planning-development/neighbourhood-planning/neighbourhood-safety/CPTED%20Guidelines_WEB.pdf Year: 2010 Country: Canada Keywords: CPTED Shelf Number: 148181

Author: MacDonald, Shanna Farrell Title: Patterns of Suspension Warrants Summary: The successful reintegration of offenders into the community and public safety remain top priorities for correctional staff, researchers, and policy makers alike. Currently, there is a large amount of research that has focused on the identification of offender characteristics related to success or failure within the community. However, little research has examined the temporary suspension of community supervision and why some supervision periods are reinstated while others are revoked. The present study aims to contribute to an improved understanding of the reasons behind suspensions, as well as their final outcomes. This study included all supervision suspension warrants for federal offenders that occurred between April 1, 2009 and March 31, 2014. In total, 29,388 suspension warrants were identified, representing 16,032 distinct offenders. The rate of suspension was 1.3 suspensions per offender. Most suspension warrants were issued for men while one-quarter were issued for Aboriginal offenders. All data were obtained from the Correctional Service of Canada's (CSC) administrative database - the Offender Management System. Information concerning the final outcome of the suspension, the reasons for issuing the suspension warrant, the frequency of contact between the offender and the community parole officer at the time of the suspension, and the types of parole conditions in place at the time of the suspension were explored. In addition, patterns across fiscal years and regions were examined, and findings were disaggregated by gender and Aboriginal ancestry. During the study period, the rate of suspension was 755 suspensions per 1,000 offenders under supervision (CSC, 2015). Almost half (48%) of suspension warrants resulted in a revocation of the offender's release, while 29% were cancelled by CSC and 22% were cancelled by the PBC.1 On average, suspension warrants were resolved in 68 days, although there was variation by suspension outcome (18 days to 97 days). Overall, almost two-thirds (59%) of warrants were issued due to the breach of the terms of the offender's supervision period; about half were due to a breach of specific release conditions (26%) or failing to report (23%). Distinct patterns across fiscal year and by region, gender, and Aboriginal ancestry were evident. The current study provides an examination of the patterns and outcomes of supervision period suspensions among federal offenders. A better understanding of the current patterns of suspension warrants may inform case management and community planning strategies as well as inform population management initiatives both in custody and in the community. Future research could examine the characteristics of offenders and behavioural indicators that lead to suspensions and the various suspension outcomes. As well, future research examining the use of alternatives to suspensions would be beneficial. Details: Ottawa: Correctional Service of Canada, 2015. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: 2015 No. R-368: Accessed November 17, 2017 at: http://publications.gc.ca/collections/collection_2017/scc-csc/PS83-3-368-eng.pdf Year: 2015 Country: Canada Keywords: Community Supervision Shelf Number: 148209

Author: Gobeil, Renee Title: Residential Facilities: Offender Profile and Review of the Literature Summary: Releasing offenders to the community gradually and with supervision leads to better public safety outcomes. In some cases, offenders' return to the community is facilitated through a period of residence in a community-based residential facility, which acts as a bridge between a federal institution and the community. The Correctional Service of Canada makes extensive use of these facilities, and as such, in order to allow a better understanding of this population and potentially inform operational practice, the profile of offenders residing in community-based residential facilities - including those on day parole and with residency conditions - was examined. A complementary review of literature on the effectiveness of residence in such facilities was also undertaken. In the first examination, all offenders in the community at the end of March 2010 (N = 7,339) and March 2014 (N = 7,372) were profiled. Analyses focused on the differences between offenders on day parole, those with residency conditions, and those who were not residing in community-based residential facilities, as well as on differences over time. In keeping with expectations, those with residency conditions tended to have more limited community stability, more extensive criminal histories, and be assessed as presenting more elevated risk across a variety of markers. The proportion of offenders with residency conditions and on LTSOs was greater in 2014 than in 2010, but other differences over the five year period were modest. By contrasting findings from this study with those of one conducted a decade ago, a slightly broader lens can be applied to the question of changes over time. This contrast demonstrated that, compared to in 2003, offenders in community-based residential facilities in 2014 presented more elevated levels of static risk (i.e., risk as measured by criminal history and offence severity). In the second stage, the international literature on residential facilities was reviewed to gather evidence regarding their effectiveness. Though the existing research is limited in quantity and cannot always be easily generalized to a Canadian context, residential facilities seems to contribute to reduced rates of re-offending, as well as a number of other positive outcomes. These effects are most pronounced when considering higher-risk offenders; indeed, some research suggests that targeting lower-risk offenders may lead to more negative outcomes. The literature also demonstrates that pairing community-based programs with residency, again, if appropriate according to the level of risk, may also be beneficial. Overall, findings align very well with the broader risk-need-responsivity framework guiding much of CSC's case management, including recognition that interventions are most appropriately targeted at higher-risk offenders. Both policy and legislation direct that residency conditions are to be reserved for the highest-risk offenders, who, without such a condition, would present an undue risk to society and be likely to commit a violent offence. Moreover, CSC makes available community-based correctional and other programs to offenders whose risk levels support the requirement; these programs may be offered directly through the CBRF or separately. Details: Ottawa: Correctional Service of Canada, 2015. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: 2015 no. R-360: Accessed November 17, 2017 at: http://publications.gc.ca/collections/collection_2017/scc-csc/PS83-3-360-eng.pdf Year: 2015 Country: Canada Keywords: Alternatives to Incarceration Shelf Number: 148210

Author: Beaudette, Janelle Title: The Impact of Offender Participation in the Restorative Opportunities Program Summary: Restorative justice (RJ) has been part of the Canadian criminal justice system for over 30 years. Today, RJ programs exist in all provinces and territories and can be accessed at multiple points in the criminal justice process from pre-charge to post-sentence. The Correctional Service of Canada (CSC) began providing victim-offender mediation (VOM) services to address serious crime on a limited basis in 1992. In 2004, VOM was provided nationally and was officially-recognized as the Restorative Opportunities (RO) program in 2006. The purpose of the current study was to compare offenders who participated in facilitated face-to-face meetings organized by RO to a sample of matched non-participants on their rates of revocation while on conditional release. A total of 122 offenders who had taken part in RO and 122 matched offenders comprised the study sample. A facilitated face-to-face meeting could take place while incarcerated or while under conditional release in the community. Consequently, this study reported the results by time of face-to-face meeting (i.e., facilitated meeting prior to release or post-release) to account for differences between these groups and to allow for more meaningful interpretations of the findings. Survival analyses were conducted to compare rates of revocation for offenders who participated in RO to non-participants and to relate the time of revocation with the offenders' participation in RO. Results indicated that for the participants who had their meetings while incarcerated, there was no significant difference between participants and non-participants on rates of revocation, although the trend was that RO participants did better on release. When the meetings were held in the community post-release, participants were significantly more likely to spend a longer period of time under supervision in the community and were less likely to be revoked than their matched counterparts. The findings from the study demonstrated support for RO participation in the community. The results suggest that while participating in facilitated face-to-face meetings during incarceration may not decrease rates of revocation after release, providing offenders with mediation sessions during the period of community supervision does promote better outcomes. While our models controlled for variables associated with risk, it should be cautioned that factors not controlled in the matching procedure could have contributed to this effect. Research that employs a wait list design could control for the possible effects of self selection for participation in the program. Details: Ottawa: Correctional Service of Canada, 2015. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: 2015 No. R-364: Accessed November 17, 2017 at: http://publications.gc.ca/collections/collection_2017/scc-csc/PS83-3-364-eng.pdf Year: 2015 Country: Canada Keywords: Restorative Justice Shelf Number: 148211

Author: Keown, Leslie-Anne Title: Ethnocultural Offenders: An Initial Investigation of Social History Variables at Intake Summary: Little research specific to federally-sentenced ethnocultural offenders exists and, of what does exist, none has focused on offenders' social history. Social history - which refers to experiences of the individual, family, or community, and can also include intergenerational impacts of earlier experiences - has been recognized as important in judicial and correctional decision-making and offender management. The current study aimed to begin to explore the issue of social history among ethnocultural offenders by leveraging readily-available data on life experiences and pre-incarceration background collected as part of the offender intake process. Data were available for 725 ethnocultural offenders in eight areas: criminal history, community functioning, education and employment, attitudes, associates, substance use, marital and family, and personal/emotional. Of the ethnocultural offenders, about half were Black and the remainder were categorized as East / South East Asian, Arab / West Asian, Hispanic / Latin, South Asian, and "other". In order to contextualize findings specific to ethnocultural offenders, results were also provided for 2,643 White and 945 Aboriginal offenders. Results were also presented by ethnocultural subgroup. In situating findings, it is important to note that there was as much variability within the ethnocultural population as across groups. That said, differences did emerge between the groups. In particular, ethnocultural offenders had less extensive prior criminal histories and were much less likely to be identified as having problematic substance use patterns than White and Aboriginal offenders. Taken together with results from previous research that ethnocultural offenders tend to be assessed as presenting lower levels of risk and criminogenic need, these results suggest that ethnocultural offenders may have less established criminality than their White and Aboriginal counterparts. Results also suggested that the areas where ethnocultural offenders might most benefit from intervention may differ from those most pertinent for White and Aboriginal offenders. For instance, the rate of suspected gang affiliation among ethnocultural offenders was about twice that of White offenders while, as mentioned, rates of problematic substance were much lower among ethnocultural offenders. Overall, the present study was among only a handful to-date to examine ethnocultural federally-sentenced offenders, and was perhaps the first to comprehensively examine previous life experiences and pre-incarceration background. As such, it contributes importantly to our understanding of this population and to our understanding of the possible role of social history factors in ethnocultural offenders' criminal offending. In addition to simply increasing knowledge, the study may also act as a spring-board in eliciting discussions and information sharing regarding both individual offenders' life experiences and possible reasons for the differences between ethnocultural, White, and Aboriginal offenders. Details: Ottawa: Correctional Service of Canada, 2015. 43p. Source: Internet Resource: 2015 No. R-362: Accessed November 17, 2017 at: http://publications.gc.ca/collections/collection_2017/scc-csc/PS83-3-362-eng.pdf Year: 2015 Country: Canada Keywords: Aboriginal Offenders Shelf Number: 148212

Author: Bayoumi, Ahmed M. Title: Report of the Toronto and Ottawa supervised consumption assessment study, 2012 Summary: Do Toronto and Ottawa need supervised consumption facilities? Is the implementation of supervised consumption facilities in Toronto or Ottawa feasible? To answer these questions, we conducted the Toronto and Ottawa Supervised Consumption Assessment (TOSCA) a scientific study involving the collection and analysis of data from a variety of sources. What is a supervised consumption facility? A supervised consumption facility is a legally sanctioned public health facility that offers a hygienic environment where people can inject illicit drugs under the supervision of trained staff. Some facilities also allow people to smoke illicit drugs. The primary goals of supervised consumption facilities include: reducing drug-related risks including the transmission of Human Immunodeficiency Virus (HIV), Hepatitis B and C and other blood-borne infections; decreasing the number of overdoses; minimizing public order problems (including public drug use); and improving access to health and social services. To address drug-related problems, communities across the world have responded with policies and programs designed to reduce demand for illicit drugs, reduce the supply of illicit drugs, and reduce drug-related harm. Communities across Canada use a comprehensive approach, which includes prevention, harm reduction, treatment, and enforcement. Supervised consumption facilities are an example of a harm reduction program and are a component of some drug strategies. These facilities were designed to address the health and social problems not addressed by existing drug policies and programs. Across the world, including Canada, other harm reduction programs such as needle and syringe programs and opioid substitution programs have been implemented. In Canada, there is one supervised injection facility and another organization that offers a supervised injecting service, but no supervised smoking facilities. In September 2003, Canada's first supervised consumption facility opened in the Downtown Eastside of Vancouver, an area with a high rate of poverty, open drug use, HIV infection rate and overdose deaths. Dr. Peter AIDS Foundation in Vancouver offers a supervised injecting service that is open only to clients of the agency. Several other Canadian cities have considered the establishment of supervised consumption facilities, including Victoria and Montreal. A 2008 report explored the feasibility of a supervised injection facility for Ottawa. In 2005, Toronto City Council adopted the Toronto Drug Strategy, which included a recommendation for a needs assessment and feasibility study for supervised consumption site(s) taking into account the decentralized nature of drug use in Toronto. Details: Toronto, Ont. : St. Michael's Hospital : Dalla Lana School of Public Health, University of Toronto, 2012. 325p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 28, 2017 at: http://www.catie.ca/sites/default/files/TOSCA%20report%202012.pdf Year: 2012 Country: Canada Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 148504

Author: B.C. Task Force on Illegal Firearms Title: Illegal Firearms Task Force: Final Report Summary: British Columbia continues to experience troubling and highly dangerous incidents of firearms violence that have resulted in numerous deaths and injuries. Highly public and brazen acts, often linked to organized crime and gangs, place innocent members of the public at risk, create fear, hardship and tragedy for the individuals and communities affected, and impose substantial burdens on public resources. The Government of B.C., in an enhanced provincial strategy to combat guns and gangs, convened an Illegal Firearms Task Force to make recommendations for action to the B.C. Minister of Public Safety & Solicitor General. The Task Force, consisting of provincial experts with a wide range of experience in managing illegal firearms and organized crime, reviewed and analyzed the existing published research, interviewed numerous individuals and organizations, and conducted community consultations around B.C. It reviewed the information presented and developed recommendations addressing both specific issues that had been identified and broad strategic approaches. Four themes - The recommendations fall into four themes: Theme #1: Strategic Approaches Coordinating and focussing the efforts of the diverse agencies that work to reduce crime and enhance public safety will ensure the most effective use of resources and the greatest impact in limiting the availability and use of illegal firearms. Action categories include: - An illegal firearms-focussed approach - Alignment of existing and enhanced resources in order to improve outcomes relative to illegal firearms trafficking, their availability to criminals and the manner in which they are used by organized crime - Road safety and illegal firearms - Road safety initiatives to reduce the incidence of illegal firearms possession in motor vehicles and the concurrent use of illegal firearms and motor vehicles to carry out organized crime violence - Provincial Tactical Enforcement Priority - Leveraging the innovative and unique capabilities of the Provincial Tactical Enforcement Priority model to maximize intelligence, disruption and enforcement of illegal firearms traffickers and the targeting of those who use firearms to support violent organized crime activity - Firearms tracing hub and labs - The enhanced and timely analysis of all recovered firearms and the determination of their potential association with crime to provide investigative information and strategic intelligence - Alignment of law enforcement policy - The alignment and modernization of law enforcement policy with the education of law enforcement officers and Crown prosecutors to realize strategic objectives related to illegal firearms trafficking and the use of illegal firearms in violent crimes - "Bar Watch" programs - Expansion of a successful Vancouver program to deter and mitigate gang and firearms violence within licenced liquor establishments throughout the province Theme #2: Legislative Initiatives Firearms possession and the criminal use of firearms are primarily governed by federal legislation. The Task Force has made several recommendations related to the enhancement of federal legislation and the creation of provincial legislation in order to reduce the risks of illegal firearms use. Action categories include: - Quebec's mass shooting and firearms violence mitigation: A model for provincial actions - Legislation that enhances the ability of law enforcement and partner agencies to identify and prevent firearms violence through the timely sharing of information - Imitation firearms - Legislation to control the access and use of readily available imitation firearms; to limit their risk to communities, first responders and those who possess them; and to disrupt early patterns of illegal firearms use by youth - Straw purchasers and point-of-sale record-keeping - Legislation requiring sellers to keep records of firearms sales (not a central registry), enhancing the ability of judicially authorized law enforcement to trace crime guns, collect firearms trafficking intelligence and deter firearms traffickers - Manufacture of untraceable firearms - Legislation to prohibit access to unmarked firearms parts and parts that can be assembled into illegal firearms Theme #3: Education and Prevention Focussed efforts by a wide range of stakeholders and agencies working with the public, industry and communities will create awareness, build resilience and reduce the acquisition, availability and use of illegal firearms in B.C. communities. Action categories include: - Safe schools, student and parent education - Leveraging existing school-based programs to disrupt potentially violent antisocial behaviour, including the use of firearms, and to ensure the understanding of educators and parents on the factors and indicators related to violence prevention - Community-based programs - Rural and First Nations communities - Tailored community-based strategies designed to recognize the specific risks associated with communities in which firearms are readily available and which experience violence and organized crime involving firearms - Canadian Firearms Program compliance strategies - Enhancing compliance efforts pursuant to the firearms regulations designed to prevent and deter illegal firearms trafficking - Registration issues from the former Restricted Weapons Registration System - Initiatives to reduce the large number of restricted and prohibited firearms that are not in compliance with current registration requirements and no longer under the oversight of the Canadian Firearms Program Theme #4: Data Collection and Information Sharing The purposeful collection of intelligence from a variety of sources will inform prevention, enforcement and disruption efforts by all stakeholders against the trafficking, possession and use of illegal firearms. The Task Force has made recommendations in two action categories, including: - Intelligence and data quality - Assigning a lead intelligence agency and data warehouse to coordinate all intelligence collection, assure data quality and facilitate analysis related to the trafficking, possession and use of illegal firearms - PRIME-BC access by all key stakeholders - Providing necessary access to B.C.'s own Police Record Information Management System (PRIME-BC) to key agencies engaged in illegal firearms prevention, enforcement and disruption Details: Victoria, BC: Minister of Public Safety and Solicitor General of British Columbia, 2017. 138p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 29, 2017 at: https://www2.gov.bc.ca/assets/gov/law-crime-and-justice/criminal-justice/police/publications/government/iftf_final_report_pdf.pdf Year: 2017 Country: Canada Keywords: Gangs Shelf Number: 148534

Author: Chen, Yifei Title: Investigating the Influences of Tree Coverage and Road network Density on Property Crime: A Case Study in the City of Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada Summary: With the development of Geographic Information Systems (GIS), crime mapping becomes an effective approach to investigate the spatial pattern of crime in a defined area. Understanding the relationship between crime and its surrounding environment can reveal possible strategies that can reduce crime in a neighbourhood. The relationship between vegetation density and crime has been under debate for a long time. On the one hand, dense vegetation is usually used as shield by criminals when committing crime. On the other hand, green spaces can attract people to spend time outdoors and thus create nature surveillance around the area. The convenience of road network is another important factor that can influence criminal's selection of locations. This research investigates the impacts of tree coverage and road network density on crime in the City of Vancouver. Temporal analysis was conducted based on detected vegetation changes and crime data from 2008 to 2013. High spatial resolution airborne LiDAR data collected in 2013 provided by the City of Vancouver and road network file provided by Statistics Canada were used for the extraction of tree-covered area and the calculation of road density for cross-sectional analysis. The two independent variables were put into Ordinary Least-Squares (OLS) regression, Spatial Lag regression, and Geographically Weighted Regression (GWR) models to examine their influences on property crime rates. Other independent variables taken into consideration included population density, unemployment rate, lone-parent families, low-income families, streetlights and graffiti. According to the results, the temporal analysis provided qualitative evidence of vegetation coverage having inverse impact on property crime, and the cross-sectional analysis demonstrated statistical evidences that property crime rates had negative correlations with both tree coverage and road density, with greater influences occurred around Downtown Vancouver. Details: Waterloo, ONT: University of Waterloo, 2016. 80p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed January 23, 2018 at: https://uwspace.uwaterloo.ca/handle/10012/10503 Year: 2016 Country: Canada Keywords: Environmental Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 148913

Author: Robertson, Robyn D. Title: DWI Dashboard Strategic Guide: Addressing Gaps in the DWI System Summary: In 2013, the Traffic Injury Research Foundation (TIRF) developed the Driving While Impaired (DWI) Dashboard in conjunction with the DWI Working Group on System Improvements. The Dashboard was intended to provide jurisdictions with a monitoring tool to gauge the strengths and weaknesses of their own impaired driving systems. It was created based on experiences and input from eight states and critically reviewed by the Working Group. This tool was designed to measure factors that are central to the effectiveness of the impaired driving system. It enables jurisdictions to gain insight and understanding into how and why progress is, or is not, being achieved in reducing impaired driving incidents. It can also inform decisionmakers about strategies to address system gaps that impede progress. The DWI Dashboard consists of a two-tiered structure of questions. Tier I measures issues at a state level and aims to determine whether an issue is a potential gap that requires closer examination. Tier II measures issues at an agency level and acknowledges differences across agencies with respect to a particular topic. Collectively, the results of the Dashboard can identify potential gaps as well as where and why they may be occurring. In 2014, the annual meeting of the DWI Working Group focused its attention on the development of a strategic guide to help states tackle priority issues that were identified by the DWI Dashboard. This guide was compiled by TIRF based upon the proceedings of the 11th Annual Meeting of the DWI Working Group. The purpose of this guide is to provide strategies, describe important caveats, and list helpful resources and templates to states that are seeking to address existing gaps in the impaired driving system. The guide is structured in nine sections according to the priority issues that are examined in the Dashboard tool. The guide is intended to provide options to states to improve their systems since each state will have issues that are unique to its own jurisdiction. This guide lists best practices, major caveats, and resources that practitioners may find useful to guide the implementation of solutions. Ultimately, it is important for practitioners to use their own intimate knowledge of the impaired driving system in their jurisdiction to determine which strategies can be enacted and determine which caveats may be encountered. The DWI Dashboard contains ten priority sections that examine different topics and areas of interest that can affect progress in reducing impaired driving incidents. Since the first section of the Dashboard contains measures of progress related to impaired driving indicators (e.g., alcohol-impaired driving fatalities and injuries, fatalities per VMT, DWI arrests and DWI convictions), there are no strategies associated with this section. However each of the remaining nine sections of the Dashboard are associated with distinct options, tools and resources that jurisdictions may consider as part of a strategic plan to strengthen their state impaired driving system in these respective areas. Each of the nine sections is structured according to the types of strategies that may be considered to strengthen a particular area, important caveats that may influence the strategies, and examples of practical resources that provide more operational guidance and information. Details: Ottawa: Traffic Injury Research foundations, 2018. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 8, 2018 at: http://tirf.ca/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/WG-2014-_DWI-Dashboard-Guide-9.pdf Year: 2018 Country: Canada Keywords: Alcohol Interlock Devices Shelf Number: 149035

Author: Robertson, Robyn D. Title: Post-Conviction Services for DWI Offenders: Building Community Partnerships Summary: Driving while impaired (DWI) has been a priority road safety issue for two decades, and it continues to receive significant attention nationally. Although impaired driving fatalities have declined during the past several years, reaching a low of 9,943 deaths in 2014, fatality data recently reported by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) for 2015 revealed an increase of 3.2% in the number of persons killed in alcohol-impaired crashes. This represents an increase of 322 lives lost and is a pressing concern. To date, much of the previous decline in alcohol-impaired road fatalities can be attributed to improved countermeasures (i.e., programs and policies) aimed at changing driving behavior with an emphasis on prevention and deterrence. To illustrate, the Federal government has encouraged states to reduce blood alcohol limits, adopt zero tolerance laws for young drivers, and increase the use of sobriety checkpoints and alcohol ignition interlocks. The primary focus of these efforts has aimed to improve prevention and deterrence at the front-end of the justice system in the areas of detection, arrest, prosecution and sentencing. Of concern, far less attention has been devoted to programs and policies to supervise and rehabilitate offenders that are sentenced even though these strategies are integral to ensure that DWI offenders do not continue to repeat their risky behavior. To this end, post-conviction services are an essential component of a successful criminal justice process. It is these services that directly and effectively address mental health and substance abuse issues that are common among offenders, as well as re-shape the attitudes and behaviors of those individuals who pose the greatest threat of re-offending when they get behind the wheel of a vehicle. To be sure, research shows that a majority of convicted DWI offenders will never again be detected driving under the influence of alcohol or drugs. However, it cannot assumed that all DWI offenders will simply change their behavior because they have been caught committing this illegal act and are sanctioned for this offending behavior. This is especially true among offenders who had a high blood alcohol concentration (BAC) of .15 or greater at the time of their arrest, that have had more than one DWI conviction, or that have past history of criminal or traffic violations (Lowe 2014). Lasting behavior change is far more complex and must provide offenders with the tools and skills to make and sustain pro-social changes in their lives. Myriad laws have been passed to address DWI offenses during the past two decades. Federal and state statutes by their very nature tend to create a generalized, one-size-fits-all succession of approaches to dealing with crime in an effort to protect the common good for the greatest number of people. But while these legislative initiatives are driven by good intentions, they most often are prompted by a high profile case and the public outcry that follows. In many instances, such approaches are reflective of a "worst case scenario" fear of what might occur in the future instead of events and situations that are more likely to occur. Further, legislative responses are often considered from the perspective of what would deter an average person from a criminal act, as opposed to the different realities that actually motivate and influence the behavior of offenders. Additionally, there is inconsistency in how probation departments supervise DWI cases. Some jurisdictions place high-risk offenders on dedicated caseloads with relatively low numbers while others may place them on "record only" caseloads requiring little interaction with probation staff. Notably, there is no single post-conviction approach that can be effective for all DWI offenders. Research shows that persons convicted of DWI are heterogeneous (Robertson et al. 2014). During assessment, they often present with different and complex personal issues that are or will be roadblocks to successful courtordered compliance and their rehabilitation. These barriers to success may include substance misuse, abuse or addiction, mental health issues, under- or unemployment, lack of a support network, inadequate living arrangements and insensitivity to gender identity, race and culture. It must be underscored that each of these issues can and do confront offenders post-conviction. The bottom line is that while DWI offenders may share common characteristics, their cases are not identical, and the solutions to rehabilitate them are complex and costly. Individuals convicted of a DWI offense, and the agencies tasked with helping them rehabilitate and remain law-abiding, face resource challenges that make their transition toward pro-social and healthy living challenging. To date, most but not all of the financial resources directed toward the DWI problem have been primarily allocated toward prevention and detection. In sharp contrast, the necessary strategies that occur post-conviction have been under-funded despite the fact that evidence shows these solutions have the greatest potential to re-shape behaviors by individuals who contribute to the largest proportion of deaths and injuries. This problem is further compounded by federal, state and local policies that emphasize utilizing available services surrounding the charge rather than providing resources to develop services that are better-suited to the needs of individual offenders and that are more likely to improve outcomes. More positively, there has been a growing push by legislators, criminal justice professionals, mental health and substance abuse providers and researchers to not only reduce the size of the incarcerated population, but in some cases, to redirect the cost-savings to community-based alternatives. The impetus for this change in priorities has been driven, in part, by the unaffordable cost of prisons and jails. To this end, the Justice Reinvestment Initiative (JRI) funded by the Federal government and some philanthropic foundations has assisted states and localities that are trying to reduce their use of incarceration with a stated goal of redirecting the savings from incarceration to community-based programs and efforts. Although community-based alternatives may indeed be more affordable than incarceration, it is imperative that care is taken to ensure that affordable strategies to manage this population of offenders are not interpreted as a need to develop homogenous alternatives. While it is too early to determine whether the potential cost-savings resulting from reductions in the use of incarceration will find its way to community alternatives, it must be underscored that the failure to do so may result in no net decrease in the incarcerated population, combined with a concerning increase in crime. Many DWI offenders share common risks for re-offending. The also face challenges to making behavioral changes to overcome past criminal and/or traffic offenses, lower educational attainment, substance abuse and/or mental health issues, lack of permanent housing, and employment challenges which limit their income. Since many offenders are in low paying jobs with few financial resources, they are in fact the "working poor," meaning they are not poor enough to qualify as indigent or for reduced service fees. In essence, people released from incarceration often return to the community ill-equipped to lead pro-social lives. This problem is compounded as they are confronted by under-resourced and/or poorly designed services to assist them. Nevertheless, there may be an opportunity with present efforts such as JRI to develop community-based services and opportunities that are more demographically appropriate, relevant and supported by research. Details: Ottawa: Traffic Injury Research Foundation, 2018. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 8, 2018 at: http://tirf.ca/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/WG-2015-Post-Conviction-Services-for-DWI-Offenders-Building-Community-Partnerships-20.pdf Year: 2018 Country: Canada Keywords: Alcohol Law Enforcement Shelf Number: 149036

Author: Carter, Tom Title: Panhandling in Winnipeg: Legislation vs. Support Services Summary: n June 2005, The City of Winnipeg passed an amendment to By-Law 7700/2000 prohibiting some methods of panhandling, and placing restrictions on some aspects of panhandling activity, particularly related to specific types of services or locations. This project addresses the following questions regarding the need for, and the effectiveness of, this legislation: given the nature, number and activity of panhandlers in the city, is this legislation an appropriate response to the circumstances? is the legislation likely to be effective? and, are there more effective means of addressing the issues of panhandling? Is legislation the answer or should the focus be on services and programs to address systemic problems that lead to panhandling in the first place? This study 1) reviews the current literature on panhandling, and the legislation and initiatives in other jurisdictions used to control and/or reduce panhandling; 2) maps the location of panhandlers relative to "sensitive services"; 3) observes the nature and methods of panhandling; and 4) interviews 75 panhandlers. The study examines the effects of the current legislation on panhandling activities in Winnipeg, and describes inadequacies identified by panhandlers in support services and program initiatives in effectively reducing their need to panhandle. Volume 1: Executive Summary This volume presents an overview of Volume 2, 3 and 4, and summarizes the findings of the Panhandling in Winnipeg research project. Volume 2: Literature and Legislation Review Academic literature provides valuable insights into who panhandles and why they are on the streets of North American cities. The studies reviewed here document the increasing diversity and overall growth in the numbers of people panhandling. Negative reactions to panhandling have prompted many municipal governments to attempt to control panhandling through legislation and/or program approaches that assist panhandlers to "get off the street". The main legislative/program approaches to addressing panhandling are reviewed here. Volume 3: Mapping of Panhandling Activity This volume presents the results of field observation of panhandling activity in central Winnipeg. It focuses on the mapping of panhandling locations and panhandling methods, including distribution of panhandlers throughout the study area, priority or high traffic locations for panhandling activity, and proximity to "sensitive services." The types of panhandling methods used, and the distribution and frequency of occurrences of different methods was also recorded and mapped. Volume 4: Interviews with Panhandlers This volume is the fourth of the study, and presents the findings of the interviews with 75 panhandlers in Winnipeg. It includes highlights of key socio-economic and demographic characteristics of panhandlers, provides insights into the reasons they panhandle, how they panhandle, what services they use or need, how much money they collect and how they spend the money. The report also provides insights into panhandlers' knowledge of the City's obstructive solicitation By-Law No. 7700/2000, amended in 2005, and its effect on their panhandling activities. Details: Winnipeg: University of Winnipeg, 2007. 4 vols. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 9, 2018 at: vol.1: vol.2: http://geography.uwinnipeg.ca/Carter/Publications/Journals/Panhandling_Vol2.pdf vol.3: http://geography.uwinnipeg.ca/Carter/Publications/Journals/Panhandling_Vol3.pdfvol.4: https://www.edmontonsocialplanning.ca/index.php/resources/digital-resources/f-social-issues/f04-poverty/656-2007-panhandling-winnipeg/file Year: 2007 Country: Canada Keywords: Begging Shelf Number: 149079

Author: MacDonald, Denise Title: Panhandlers and Winnipeg's By-Law: Perceptions and Realities Summary: This exploratory qualitative research examines the impact of panhandling by-laws on panhandlers in downtown Winnipeg. Panhandlers' descriptions of their experiences make it clear that Winnipeg's Obstructive Solicitation By-Law and captive audience clause amendment in 2005 have affected them negatively. The by-law excludes panhandlers from the definition of community and reinforces the myth that all who beg for money in the streets are there by choice and are thus immoral and not worthwhile members of society. While attempting to protect people in Winnipeg's downtown, the by-law actually places panhandlers at further risk of violence. In addition, through the implementation mechanism of the enforcers - police, Winnipeg Cadets and Business Improvement Zone patrols - the legislation has a great impact on panhandlers' lives but this population knows little of its contents. Details: Winnipeg: University of Winnipeg, Institute of Urban Studies, 2013. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Student Paper #29: Accessed February 9, 2018 at: http://winnspace.uwinnipeg.ca/handle/10680/578 Year: 2013 Country: Canada Keywords: Begging Shelf Number: 149080

Author: Proudfoot, Jesse Title: The Anxious Enjoyment of Poverty: Drug Addiction, Panhandling, and the Spaces of Psychoanalysis Summary: This dissertation draws on fieldwork with drug-using panhandlers and interviews with social service providers to examine drug addiction and panhandling as social issues significant to poor and gentrifying neighbourhoods. I provide ethnographic accounts of both of these phenomena, beginning with drug users' experiences of Vancouver's current harm reduction drug policy initiatives, such as the Insite supervised injection site and methadone treatment programmes. In the second half of the dissertation, I provide a similar account of panhandling in the rapidly gentrifying Gastown area of the Downtown Eastside. The dissertation draws on this empirical research to offer a social-theoretical framework for understanding panhandling and drug addiction as social issues with the capacity to provoke visceral, emotional reactions on the part of those who encounter them and those who are charged with regulating them. Characterizing this reaction as one of anxiety, I trace a series of anxieties which permeate discourses on panhandling and drug addiction, from concerns with the pleasures of drug users to anxieties over what poor people do with their money. The dissertation seeks to resolve paradoxes within both of these social phenomena: How can we account for the anger, discomfort, and disgust that are provoked in people by issues that affect them so little? How can we explain people's implacability to drug policy that is so empirically sound? And how can we understand people's anxieties with panhandling encounters when the amounts of money concerned are so insignificant? Drawing a distinction between the manifest and latent content of these anxieties, I use psychoanalysis to argue that they cannot be understood without recourse to the unconscious. I argue that the discourses and public policy that concern drug use and panhandling are subtended by unconscious anxieties about the jouissance and the lack in the Other. Only when we consider the unconscious dimensions of these social phenomena can we understand the visceral, emotional reactions that panhandling and drug addiction regularly provoke. Details: Burnaby, BC: Simon Fraser University, 2011. 383p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed February 9, 2018 at: http://summit.sfu.ca/item/11256 Year: 2011 Country: Canada Keywords: Begging Shelf Number: 149081

Author: Schafer, Arthur Title: The Expressive Liberty of Beggars Why it matters to them, and to us Summary: It is morally perplexing that in 21st century Canada it could be a punishable offence for one person to say to another, peacefully, in a public place, "I'm in trouble and need help." Yet that is the effect of City of Winnipeg Bylaw No. 128/2005. Other Canadian and American cities have enacted similar legislation, and a fast-growing body of jurisprudence in both Canada and America testifies to the fact that the criminalization of panhandling has become a kind of battleground. On this battleground, a clash occurs between competing values: social "hygiene" vs. freedom of expression; middle class discomfort vs. underclass economic need; commercial interest of downtown business owners vs. beggars' right to plead for subsistence. Of course, if a panhandler's request for help were made in an aggressive or intimidating manner, then liberty-limiting legislation would be much less controversial. In Canada, the Criminal Code expressly prohibits demanding money with menaces. This prohibition, backed by sanctions, would be accepted by most people as a proper use of coercive state power. The essence of the argument advanced in this report will be that restrictions of peaceful panhandling constitute an illegitimate use of state power. Put simply, my contention is that peaceful beggars should not be turned into criminals. That's because non-aggressive begging involves the kind of expressive communication between people that a free and democratic society should seek to protect rather than restrict. Freedom of expression is a fundamental human right-one that should be infringed only in exceptional circumstances. It follows that any law which restricts the expressive liberty of beggars should be viewed prima facie as a violation of human rights Details: Winnipeg: Canadian Centre for Policy Alternatives, 2007. 29p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed February 9, 2018 at: https://umanitoba.ca/faculties/arts/departments/philosophy/ethics/media/Expressive_liberty_of_beggars_-_2.pdf Year: 2007 Country: Canada Keywords: Begging Shelf Number: 149082

Author: MacKinnon, Sarah G. Title: Discursive Discrimination and Panhandling in Winnipeg Newspapers Summary: Panhandlers everywhere are a disenfranchised population. They lack the resources necessary to fulfill their basic needs and they encounter discrimination as they go about their daily business. While some people support panhandlers and advocate on tireir behalf, others believe that panhandlers are criminal, dangerous, illegitimately needy, lazy, morally lax individuals who are the agents of their own misfortune. This thesis uses qualitative analysis to examine how panhandlers are represented in Winnipeg newspapers. It explores what these representations mean in terms of a phenomenological orientation which assumes that we create the meaning of our world and those around us through social interaction. This thesis finds that panhandlers are predominantly represented in negative ways in Winnipeg newspapers but suggests that reading newspapers more critically, along with advocating for panhandlers, resisting anti-panhandling by-laws, and empowering panhandlers to represent themselve may improve "panhandlers" status in Winnipeg. Details: Winnipeg, MB: University of Winnipeg, 2007. 133p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed February 9, 2018 at: https://mspace.lib.umanitoba.ca/xmlui/bitstream/handle/1993/8043/MacKinnon_Discursive_discrimination.pdf?sequence=1&isAllowed=y Year: 2007 Country: Canada Keywords: Begging Shelf Number: 149083

Author: MacDonald, Shanna Farrell Title: Women Offenders, Substance Use, and Behaviour Summary: About four-in-five women offenders in Canada have substance use problems, and recent evidence suggests that substance use is more important in understanding women's offending than it is in men's. However, little research has focused on the differences in substance use behaviours among women and their relationship to correctional outcomes. Considering that substance use variability has been shown to inform treatment success in the community, this study examined the relationships of both substance use severity and type of user with institutional and post-release behaviour. Participants were 962 women newly admitted to a federal women's institution from February 2010 to February 2014 who completed a computerized assessment of their substance use problems. Women were categorized both based on the severity of their substance use issue and on the type of substance that was most problematic for them (none, alcohol, drugs, or alcohol and drugs). Women in each category were contrasted in terms of their demographic and offence information, their substance use behaviours, their institutional adjustment (institutional offences and segregation placements), and their post-release outcomes. Both substance use severity and type of user were found to be associated with the women's offence, risk, and substance use characteristics. As severity increased, so did the proportion of women who had committed a violent index offence and who had served a previous federal sentence. Not surprisingly, severity of problem was also associated with a more extensive history of substance use, as well as use of a wider variety of drugs. In terms of type of substance user, women in the alcohol and drug group were more likely than those in the other groups to have been convicted of a violent offence or served a previous federal sentence and had more elevated risk. The breadth of the alcohol and drug users' substance use history was also more extensive. As well, both substance use severity and type of user were associated with institutional behaviour and post-release outcome. Women with more severe substance use problems and who had used drugs (either as their sole problematic substance or together with alcohol) were more likely to be found guilty of disciplinary offences, to be placed in segregation, and to be returned to custody after their release, even after accounting for possible covariates. Overall, results emphasized the importance of considering differences in substance use among women offenders. This finding, together with the prevalence of substance use problems among women, underscores the importance of interventions in this area. The Correctional Service of Canada offers women offenders correctional programs that address the problematic behaviours directly or indirectly linked to their crime - which may include substance use. The programs aim to help women understand the impact of problematic behaviours and to enhance their ability to live balanced and crime-free lives. Conforming to this principle, at CSC, women offenders participating in correctional program create individual self-management and healing plans focused on the behaviours they identify as problematic in their own lives and offence cycles, including substance use. Details: Ottawa: Correctional Service Canada, 2015. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report 2015 No. R-358: Accessed February 20, 2018 at: http://publications.gc.ca/collections/collection_2017/scc-csc/PS83-3-358-eng.pdf Year: 2015 Country: Canada Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 149189

Author: Gutierrez, Leticia Title: What We Know and Don't Know About Risk Assessment with Offenders of Indigenous Heritage Summary: The over-representation of Indigenous offenders in the Canadian criminal justice system highlights the need for research on the applicability of risk assessment for this group. Given that most decisions throughout an offender's progression through the criminal justice system are guided by the outcomes of risk assessment, it is essential that risk assessments be structured, objective, reliable and transparent. Furthermore, it is imperative that these risk assessments be empirically validated in order to defend their use with a diverse offender population. Metaanalyses and large-sample studies have demonstrated that the major risk factors and commonly used risk assessment scales predict recidivism for Indigenous offenders, but the predictive accuracy is weaker for Indigenous compared to non-Indigenous offenders. Given the consequences of risk assessment for offenders and matters of public safety, the reasons for these differences remain an important topic of research. Despite the evidence gaps, the available research supports the use of empirically validated structured risk assessments with offenders of Indigenous heritage, until there is more research done to better understand differences in predictive accuracy. Details: Ottawa: Public Safety Canada, 2017. 15p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report: 2017-R009: Accessed February 20, 2018 at: https://www.publicsafety.gc.ca/cnt/rsrcs/pblctns/2017-r009/2017-r009-en.pdf Year: 2017 Country: Canada Keywords: Indigenous Offenders Shelf Number: 149190

Author: Derkzen, Dena Title: Assessment of Aboriginal Women Offender Correctional Program (AWOCP) Outcomes Summary: Why we did this study - Beginning in 2010, the Correctional Service of Canada (CSC) implemented a comprehensive model of Aboriginal Women Offender Correctional Programs (AWOCP). The overall goal was to provide a holistic, culturally responsive, women-centred program model that enhances accessibility and participation and facilitated treatment gains and offender reintegration. The current study assessed if the program's intermediate objectives were met and also examined the impact of participation in components in the AWOCP continuum, including the Aboriginal women offender Engagement Program, Moderate Intensity and High Intensity Programs, and the Self-Management Program on release patterns and post-release outcomes. What we did - The overall sample included 889 federally-sentenced women offenders enrolled in one or more of the AWOCP components between September 1, 2010 and March 31, 2015 (n = 549), as well as all women in CSC custody during the same time frame who did not participate in any component of AWOCP (n = 340). Enrollments, attrition rates, treatment gain, release types, and rates of return to custody were assessed based for each level of program participation What we found - Attrition rates for AWOCP components ranged from a low of 8% in the engagement component to 44% for the community self-management program. Results examining treatment change based on self-report measures and facilitators' ratings indicated that AWOCP was successful in improving participants� skills and attitudes as well as increasing their motivation. Women who completed all of their required program assignments were more likely to receive discretionary, than statutory release, while the majority of non-completers and partial program completers were more likely to receive statutory release. Time to beginning the first program component has decreased since initial implementation. Of those released (n = 621), 32% returned to custody; 8% returned with a new offence. Further, with respect to the impact of the program on correctional outcomes in the community, results indicated significantly lower rates of returns to custody in full program completers compared with non-completers after controlling for outcome-related factors such as motivation, risk, age, criminogenic need, responsivity, and number of additional correctional programs completed. Profile and outcome results suggest that partial program completers represent a subgroup of participants who may require additional program support to improve their retention in the program, possibly through application of motivational techniques. What it means - These results suggest that AWOCP is meeting its primary objective of decreasing rates of return for program completers. Program managers should continue to the utilization of AWOCP in women's federal institutions to ensure that the positive results for program participants are maintained. These results provide further evidence of the benefits of correctional programs that are responsive to both culture and gender. Details: Ottawa: Correctional Service Canada, 2018. 82p. Source: Internet Resource: 2017 No. R-391: Accessed February 21, 2018 at: http://publications.gc.ca/collections/collection_2018/scc-csc/PS83-3-391-eng.pdf Year: 2017 Country: Canada Keywords: Aboriginals Shelf Number: 149192

Author: MacDonald, Shanna Farrell Title: Reasons for parole waivers, postponements, and withdrawals: Examining indicators for low-risk offenders Summary: One of the Correctional Service of Canada's (CSC) strategic priorities is the safe transition of offenders from the institution to the community. Discretionary release provides offenders with a gradual and structured reintegration process for this transition. In addition, offenders on discretionary release, i.e. parole, are more likely to remain in the community than offenders who are released on statutory release (Public Safety Canada, 2015). For offenders who waive, postpone, or withdraw their parole application, the potential amount of time they have to reintegrate into society prior to the end of their sentence is shortened. This is particularly problematic for offenders deemed a low-risk to reoffend and who could be suitably managed and supported in the community (Andrews & Bonta, 2010; Office of the Auditor General, 2015). For this study, all parole reviews scheduled in FY2014-2015 for men and FY2014-2015 and FY2015-2016 for women were extracted. The main focus of this study was to examine parole review outcomes for low-risk offenders, i.e., offenders that were determined to be at a low-risk to reoffend based on actuarial measures. Overall, 8,476 parole reviews were scheduled for lowrisk offenders during the study period, representing 3,663 offenders. Women accounted for 12% of the offenders in this study, 3% of which were Indigenous. Among men, 6% were Indigenous. Of the parole reviews scheduled for low-risk offenders, 37% were waived, postponed, or withdrawn. Variations by type of delay/cancellation, gender, ethnicity and region were evident. Indigenous women and men had higher rates of parole delays and cancellations than nonIndigenous offenders. Rates were highest in the Ontario and Pacific regions. Postponements, however, were more common in the Quebec region. Examination of the reasons provided by offenders for parole delays and cancellations showed that avoid a negative decision, program non-completion, and other were the most common. Additional analyses were conducted to determine if structured indicators (such as demographics, criminogenic factors, offender behaviour, and correctional interventions) collected by CSC supported the reasons provided by offenders. For instance, among offenders citing program noncompletion, almost two-thirds were referred to programming. Among these offenders, many were either still in the program, waitlisted or had recently completed the program in relation to their scheduled review date. Furthermore, waiving, postponing, or withdrawing parole does not appear to negatively impact on the Parole Board of Canada's decisions at subsequent parole reviews. This study builds on prior research examining the reasons that offenders choose to delay or cancel their parole reviews while also exploring the specific characteristics based on the reasons endorsed by offenders. Overall, these results provide CSC with targeted areas for intervention in order to support offenders at low-risk to reoffend reintegrate to the community in a timely and successful manner. Future research areas are also identified. Details: Ottawa: Correctional Service of Canada, 2017. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: 2017 No. R-396: Accessed February 21, 2018 at: http://publications.gc.ca/collections/collection_2017/scc-csc/PS83-3-396-eng.pdf Year: 2017 Country: Canada Keywords: Low Risk Offenders Shelf Number: 149193

Author: Keown, Leslie-Anne Title: Low-Risk Offenders and Waivers, Postponements, and Withdrawals of Parole Reviews Summary: Offenders' gradual and supervised return to the community is known to contribute to lower rates of re-offending. Conditional release provides a mechanism for this gradual release, and although virtually all offenders are eligible for consideration for release after serving a portion of their sentence, some choose not to appear before the Parole Board of Canada for review. Understanding the reasons why offenders waive, postpone, or withdraw their applications for review may provide information that can be used in promoting offenders' transition to the community. This issue is especially pertinent for low-risk offenders. Given these offenders are more likely to be granted parole and to be successful in the community, decreasing the delays and cancellations for this group is likely to increase the number of positive parole decisions. In order to examine the reasons for parole review delays and cancellations, the 5,549 day parole reviews and 10,358 full parole reviews scheduled for 2013-14 were examined. Additional analyses focused on the 2,276 day parole and 4,267 full parole reviews scheduled for offenders who were assessed, at their most recent review, as minimum security - these offenders comprised the low-risk offender group. Overall, about a third of day parole and over half of full parole reviews were delayed or canceled. Among low-risk offenders, this rate was lower but still considerable (26% and 36% for day and full parole respectively). Most frequently, these parole delays and cancellations were attributable to a desire to avoid a negative decision, program non-completion, and unspecified reasons; analyses of offender subgroups showed that these patterns also applied for women and Aboriginal offenders. More detailed examinations focused on low-risk offenders reinforced these themes, and also identified three additional reasons for waivers and withdrawals: lack of case management team endorsement for parole application, a desire to build credibility or demonstrate stability via other activities (such as temporary absences) prior to parole consideration, and a desire to be considered for only day parole despite being eligible for both day and full parole. Further, many offenders considered a number of these often inter-related reasons in making their decisions. Additional information emerged in more detailed analyses, with, for instance, about one-third of low-risk offenders who cited program non-completion as their reason for delaying or canceling their parole review, in fact, were not eligible for programs. It seems that these offenders believed they should complete these programs - or would be expected by the PBC to complete these programs - despite their non-eligibility, which suggests an avenue for further education. In addition to information-sharing and education, two other possible avenues for improvement were identified: improvements in data collection and initiatives focused on increased efficiencies. With respect to the latter, a number of current initiatives, including the implementation of the Integrated Correctional Program Model and efforts to streamline and enhance assessment and intervention, seem likely to contribute to offenders being prepared for parole earlier in their sentence. These, and similar initiatives, should continue to be explored. Details: Ottawa: Correctional Service of Canada, 2015. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: 2015 No. R-365 Accessed February 21, 2018 at: http://publications.gc.ca/collections/collection_2017/scc-csc/PS83-3-365-eng.pdf Year: 2015 Country: Canada Keywords: Conditional Release Shelf Number: 149194

Author: Keighley, Kathryn Title: Police-reported crime statistics in Canada, 2016 Summary: Police-reported crime statistics in Canada, 2016: Highlights  Police-reported crime in Canada, as measured by the Crime Severity Index (CSI), increased for the second year in a row in 2016. The CSI measures the volume and severity of police-reported crime in Canada, and has a base index value of 100 for 2006. In 2016, the national CSI increased 1% from 70.1 in 2015 to 71.0, but remained 29% lower than a decade earlier in 2006.  At 5,224 incidents per 100,000 population, the police-reported crime rate, which measures the volume of police-reported crime, was virtually unchanged in 2016. This rate was 28% lower than a decade earlier in 2006.  There were almost 1.9 million police-reported Criminal Code incidents (excluding traffic) reported by police in 2016, approximately 27,700 more incidents than in 2015.  In 2016, the overall volume and severity of violent crime, as measured by the violent CSI, was 75.3 and virtually unchanged from the previous year. In contrast, the police-reported violent crime rate, which measures the volume of violent police-reported crime, declined 1% to 1,052 per 100,000 population. That year, rates for half the violent violations decreased, with the largest decrease reported for criminal harassment (-7%).  Although the rate of police-reported violent crime declined overall, violent violations which experienced an increase in rate were: sexual violations against children (+30%), violations causing death other than homicide (+14%), offences related to the commodification of sexual activity (+11%), aggravated sexual assault (+6%), forcible confinement or kidnapping (+4%), threatening or harassing phone calls (+3%), the use of, discharge, and pointing of firearms (+3%), assault with a weapon or causing bodily harm (+1%) and aggravated assault (+1%).  The overall volume and severity of non-violent crime, as measured by the non-violent CSI rose to 69.3 in 2016, marking a 2% increase from the previous year. The increase was largely driven by increases in police-reported incidents of fraud.  After notable increases in property offences in 2015, police-reported crime rates for all types of property crimes decreased or remained the same in 2016, with the exception of theft of $5,000 or under and total fraud. The rate of total fraud, which includes general fraud (+14%), identity fraud (+16%) and identity theft (+21%), was 14% higher than in 2015. Increases in total fraud were reported by all provinces and territories except the Northwest Territories (-12%) and New Brunswick (-12%).  In 2016, seven of Canada�s thirteen provinces and territories reported decreases in their CSI and Yukon reported no change. Increases were reported by Saskatchewan (+9%), Manitoba (+8%), Newfoundland and Labrador (+6%), Nunavut (+4%) and Ontario (+4%).  In 2016, 20 of the 33 census metropolitan areas (CMAs) reported increases in their CSI values with the largest increases recorded in the CMA�s of Winnipeg and Regina (+16% and +15%, respectively).  Regina and Saskatoon continued to be the CMAs with the highest CSIs. Trois-Rivi�res reported the largest decline (-14%) and the fourth lowest CSI after the CMAs of Toronto, Barrie and Qu�bec.  In 2016, police reported 611 homicides, 2 more than the previous year. Due to growth in Canada�s population, the homicide rate decreased 1% from 1.70 homicides per 100,000 population in 2015 to 1.68 homicides per 100,000 population in 2016. The relative stability in the national number of homicides is a result of notable declines in homicides in Alberta (-17 homicides), Quebec (-12) and British Columbia (-10) combined with the largest increases reported in Ontario (+32) and Saskatchewan (+10).  The rate of attempted murder decreased by 1% between 2015 and 2016, yet variations were reported across the country. While New Brunswick, Alberta, Nova Scotia and British Columbia reported notable decreases in 2016, notable increases were seen in Saskatchewan and Manitoba.  Police-reported rates of cannabis-related drug offences declined for the fifth consecutive year in 2016. The rate of possession of cannabis declined 12% from 2015 with all provinces and territories reporting declines, except Prince Edward Island (+15%), New Brunswick (+7%) and Quebec which reported no change.  The rate of impaired driving decreased by 3% in 2016 to 194 impaired driving incidents per 100,000 population, representing the fifth consecutive decline. In 2016, Prince Edward Island (+24%) and Manitoba (+19%) were the only provinces to report increases in their rates.  In 2016, there were 3,098 incidents of police-reported drug-impaired driving, 343 more than the previous year. Overall, the rate for drug-impaired driving increased 11%. The national increase was largely driven by increases in the rates for Ontario (+38%), British Columbia (+29%) and Quebec (+10%). The rate of drug impaired driving (8.5 per 100,000 population) remained low compared with the rate of alcohol impaired driving (186 per 100,000 population).  In 2016, the Youth Crime Severity Index (youth CSI), which measures both the volume and severity of crimes involving youth accused (both charged and not charged) declined 2%. The youth non-violent CSI also declined 8%. The rate of youth accused of drug crimes (-14%), mischief (-13%), motor vehicle theft (-13%), breaking and entering (-11%), and theft of $5000 or under (-8%) were all lower in 2016.  In 2016, the violent youth CSI increased 5% due to higher rates of police-reported youth accused of attempted murder (+115%), sexual violations against children (+38%) and robbery (+6%). Details: Ottawa: Statistics Canada, 2017. 49p. Source: Internet Resource: Juristat, 37(1): Accessed February 27, 2018 at: http://www.statcan.gc.ca/access_acces/alternative_alternatif.action?l=eng&loc=/pub/85-002-x/2017001/article/54842-eng.pdf Year: 2017 Country: Canada Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 149261

Author: Bendriss, Naima Title: Report on the Practice of Forced marriage in Canada: Interviews with Frontline Workers. Exploratory Research Conducted in Montreal and Toronto in 2008 Summary: This report follows an annotated bibliography conducted to begin to understand the phenomenon of forced marriage in Canada, the extent, the issues and context, the causes and consequences, and the means employed by frontline workers to help persons who are victims of such practices. To that end, this study was based on a qualitative survey of field workers who deal with this issue. It looked at two aspects: the situations of individuals faced with the prospect of a forced marriage, and the support provided by community workers. The first question is what is meant by forced marriage? The expression "forced marriage" refers to a marital union where one of the parties, and sometimes both, is forced to marry against their will. Such marriages are contrary to the Universal Declaration of Human Rights, article 16 of which provides that "[m]en and women of full age, without any limitation due to race, nationality or religion, have the right to marry and to found a family. Marriage shall be entered into only with the free and full consent of the intending spouses." Nonetheless, the practice of forced marriage persists in many societies and every year affects thousands of women, as well as men although in fewer numbers. It exists in Canadian society, but the extent is not yet known. This is why a first study on this subject was necessary. The goal of the survey that forms the basis of this report was to collect field data to begin to understand this practice, to study the form it takes, and its causes and consequences, to note the actions undertaken at the community intervention level to counter it, to identify some elements that can be used to develop policies, programs and preventive, educational and legislative measures, and finally . . . to pave the way for broader research on the subject. This qualitative study is strictly exploratory and is not based on any particular theoretical framework. It aims to answer the following questions: - What form does forced marriage take in Canada? - Are we looking at an actual social phenomenon, or rather isolated cases? - How do service providers perceive forced marriage? What distinction do they make between forced and arranged marriages? - What are the underlying causes of forced marriage? - What types of pressure are brought to bear on victims by their family and social circle? - How do persons threatened with a forced marriage deal with their family and social circle? - What type of assistance do service providers offer for people who are threatened with or who are victims of forced marriage? - What tools do service providers have to respond to these kinds of requests? - What role do service providers believe government institutions, civil society and educational institutions should play? - What recommendations are made by the service providers? Details: Ottawa: Department of Justice Canada, 2008. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 27, 2018 at: http://www.justice.gc.ca/eng/rp-pr/cj-jp/fv-vf/fm-mf/fm_eng.pdf Year: 2008 Country: Canada Keywords: Forced Marriage Shelf Number: 149266

Author: Canada. Office of the Correctional Investigator Title: In the Dark: An Investigation of Death in Custody Information Sharing and Disclosure Practices in Federal Corrections Summary: In 20150-16 there were 65 deaths in federal custody, the majority (65%) of which were attributed to 'natural' causes. When an inmate dies in custody or sustains serious bodily injury, the Correctional Service of Canada (CSC) is obligated to "forthwith" investigate the matter (s. 19 of the Corrections and Conditional Release Act (CCRA)) and report to the Commissioner of Corrections. The report from these investigations is also shared with the Office of the Correctional Investigator (OCI). The purpose of investigating a death in custody is to possibly prevent similar incidents from occurring in the future. The findings and recommendations from these investigations can be used to make improvements in organizational and institutional policy and practice. Despite the statutory requirement to investigate all fatalities, there is no legal obligation requiring CSC to openly or proactively share the findings of these investigations publicly or even with next of kin or designated family members of the deceased. Regardless of how an inmate dies in custody (natural cause, suicide, murder, overdose, accident), it is reasonable to expect that family members would want to know what happened, whether the care provided was adequate, or if anything more could have been done to prevent the death. This investigation examines CSC's information sharing and disclosure practices with family members following a death in custody. As the investigation finds, families often face a difficult and protracted process to access information following the death of a family member in federal custody. Families (or next of kin) continue to contact the Office of the Correctional Investigator requesting assistance and advice in accessing information from CSC about a family member who died while in federal custody. They have identified difficulties and barriers, including outright refusal, in attempting to access this information from CSC, particularly with respect to the immediate circumstances and precipitating events leading up to the death of their family member. The Office raised concerns about the lack of information provided to families by CSC in its 2012/13 Annual Report. The Office again raised this issue in its investigation into CSC's Mortality Review Process (December 2013). In that report, the Office recommended that: "In the interest of transparency and openness, upon request mortality reports in their entirety should be shared, in a timely manner, with the designated family member(s)." In response, the Service largely disregarded the issues and concerns behind the recommendation and simply restated that: "CSC works with the designated family member to assist the family following a death in custody. Mortality Review Reports are shared with the family upon the family's request and in accordance with privacy and other legislation." The refusal, denial or delays to proactively share information with next of kin often leads them to suspect the worse, feel suspicious or apprehensive about what may have transpired behind bars and impedes their ability to pursue legal remedies. In cases of in-custody death (or serious bodily injury), openness, transparency, accountability, compassion, timeliness and respect are important organizational and humanitarian principles that should weigh positively in the decision to release as much information as possible as it becomes available. Withholding information leads to unnecessary frustration and distrust and denies families closure as they grieve their loss. Details: Ottawa: Office of the Correctional Investigator, 2016. 41p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 28, 2018 at: http://www.oci-bec.gc.ca/cnt/rpt/pdf/oth-aut/oth-aut20160802-eng.pdf Year: 2016 Country: Canada Keywords: Deaths in Custody Shelf Number: 149285

Author: Canada. Office of the Correctional Investigator Title: Missed Opportunities: The Experience of Young Adults Incarcerated in Federal Penitentiaries Summary: Young adult offenders are defined in this investigation as individuals eighteen to twenty-one years of age1 who are in federal custody serving a sentence of two years or more. This age group comprised 2.7% (or 396) of the total federal inmate population (14,643) in 2015-16. While this age cohort is small, it comes with significant implications. Individuals 18-21 years of age are considered to be "emerging adults" , in terms of overall development and maturity. They have distinct needs and limited life experiences and it is only because they have reached the age of majority that they are serving a federal sentence in an adult institution. This timeframe is a critical period in their life as they transition to adulthood and it can be an important point in which to positively intervene to potentially stop the cycle of criminal offending and movement into and out of the criminal justice system. If the cycle can be disrupted early, these young people have an opportunity to become law-abiding citizens, thereby substantially reducing the social costs associated with offending. The issue of young adult offenders in federal penitentiaries is not unique to Canada. Countries in the European Union and United Kingdom have identified problems and challenges housing youthful offenders with older, more seasoned inmates. Some countries use separate institutions to house the young adult population, even those serving an adult sentence. The Office of the Correctional Investigator (OCI) has highlighted in previous Annual Reports (2005-06 and 2013-14) that the Correctional Service of Canada (CSC) does not provide adapted housing accommodations, programming, services or interventions specific or responsive to young people despite the fact that they are often vulnerable to segregation placements, subject to abuse and intimidation by other inmates, pressured into or recruited by gangs in prison and have poorer overall outcomes. In 2013-14, the OCI recommended that CSC implement a National Strategy for young adult offenders to provide programs, interventions and services tailored to meet the needs of this population. In 2013, the Coroner�' jury examining the death of Ashley Smith made a number of recommendations for CSC regarding young adults, including among others, establishing separate and distinct programs and services as well as training for staff to recognize and respond to the specific issues faced by this age group in federal custody. The Service's response to these recommendations over the years has been disappointing. CSC continues to maintain that programming can be adapted to meet the needs of all offenders and that each correctional plan is developed on an individual basis and therefore addresses distinct or unique needs. Given this intransigence and overall lack of progress in this area of corrections, the OCI, in partnership with the Ontario Office of the Provincial Advocate for Children and Youth, conducted a national-level investigation between November 2016 and March 2017 focused on the following objectives: 1. Provide an overall profile and outcomes for young adults aged 18-21 in federal custody. 2. Gather information about a young person's experiences and vulnerabilities in federal penitentiaries. 3. Provide young incarcerated adults an opportunity to voice their concerns and identify programs and services that would be most helpful to them. 4. Examine the trajectories and experiences of those transferred or who "graduated" to the adult system from the youth system. 5. Assess and review policy, practice and actions taken by CSC to respond to the needs of this segment of the prison population. 6. Benchmark CSC policy and practices with that of other countries. Details: Ottawa: Office of the Correctional Investigator, 2017. 63p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 28, 2018 at: http://www.oci-bec.gc.ca/cnt/rpt/pdf/oth-aut/oth-aut20170831-eng.pdf Year: 2017 Country: Canada Keywords: Federal Inmates Shelf Number: 149286

Author: Douyon, Emerson Title: Ethnocultural Minorities and the Canadian Correctional System Summary: Memory is a double-edged sword. It is one that both forgets and remembers, all at once. Some memories we prefer to block out, and others we want to recall for our own comfort. On one hand, the "duty to forget" as Dostoyevsky called it; on the other hand, the joy of remembering. From an institutional standpoint, it is normal that, over time, memory plays a selective role. Anything that provokes embarrassment, culpability and social stigma is buried in the archives. On the contrary, things that generate pride or collective admiration tend to be recalled in a loop in the institution's history. That which is known as "best practices" belongs in that part of institutional memory. We agree that in a prison, each stakeholder in the system, from the manager to the professional, from the security officer to the volunteer, contributes in his or her own way to the institution's culture. Ultimately, each individual carries within them their own institutional memory. That of offenders differs necessarily from that of individuals whose mission is to promote individual change in a secure group setting. However, in confronting our various perceptions and respective memories, we hope to better account for the evolution of certain ideas within an institution. The emergence and development of the Ethnocultural concept at Correctional Service of Canada represents this historic point of convergence which has introduced an irreversible dynamic of change across the entire correctional system. The Ethnocultural concept and its trajectory at Correctional Service of Canada  Where does the concern for Ethnoculturalism at Correctional Service of Canada stem from?  Was Ethnoculturalism unknowingly practised in the past? It was not discussed explicitly. Is this key concept becoming a mantra?  In the slang used by one Quebec inmate, what is this new "beast?" What is it all about?  In what ways has the picture of crime changed to substantiate a now undeniable issue?  Is a new phenomenon emerging in the criminal and penal realms?  Has the Canadian prison system undergone such extensive changes that it is necessary to change our linguistic referents at Correctional Service of Canada? Details: Ottawa: Correctional Service Canada, 2016. 108p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 28, 2018 at: http://www.csc-scc.gc.ca/about-us/092/006-4000-eng.pdf Year: 2016 Country: Canada Keywords: Correctional Institutions Shelf Number: 149287

Author: Mathias, Krista Title: An Examination of the Validity of Accountability, Motivation and Engagement Assessment Summary: Assessing the accountability, motivation and engagement (AME) of offenders provides information that can guide correctional staff in their approach to targeting offenders' identified criminogenic needs and helping them build the skills to support rehabilitation and successful reentry into the community. The goal of the current research on AME ratings was to assess whether these ratings accurately measure the constructs they were designed to measure and whether they are predictive of key correctional outcomes. The study included 25,177 federal offenders with admission dates between January 1, 2010 and December 31, 2014 who had at least one AME assessment. Analyses examined the prevalence of each rating, whether AME ratings were inter-correlated (significantly related to each other), and if AME ratings were dynamic over time. Associations between AME ratings and offender correctional programming participation, and institutional and community outcomes were investigated. Correlational analyses were conducted to assess whether AME ratings were associated with program participation outcomes as measured by the Generic Program Performance Measure (GPPM) scores. Finally, analyses examined whether the relationship of correctional outcomes to AME ratings was mediated by risk and/or need ratings. All analyses were disaggregated by gender and Indigenous ancestry when possible. The results indicated that most offenders were rated high or moderate on the accountability and motivation components and most were rated engaged; women were more likely to receive high or moderate ratings than men. Ratings for Indigenous offenders did not differ from nonIndigenous offenders although the strength of the relationship to outcomes did differ by offender group. The research demonstrated that the ratings changed for about 27% of those who were reassessed, typically improving. The three components of AME were strongly inter-correlated. Across offender groups ratings of motivation and engagement were mostly significantly predictive of correctional outcomes in the anticipated direction including: correctional programming participation, rates of institutional charges, transfers to segregation, granting of temporary absences and parole release, and returns to custody on release in. Accountability ratings, however, were less consistently predictive. The results support the continued use of the AME ratings to inform the offenders' correctional plan. Consideration, however, could be given to further research to determine whether there is added value in including the accountability component in the assessment. Details: Ottawa: Correctional Service of Canada, 2017. 104p. Source: Internet Resource: 2017 No. R-399: Accessed March 1, 2018 at: http://publications.gc.ca/collections/collection_2017/scc-csc/PS83-3-399-eng.pdf Year: 2017 Country: Canada Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 149302

Author: Forrester, Pamela Title: Assessing Fetal Alcohol Spectrum Disorder in Women Offenders Summary: Fetal Alcohol Spectrum Disorder (FASD) is an umbrella term that describes a continuum of birth defects that may result from prenatal alcohol exposure. Examining FASD in correctional populations is important because many of the associated impairments may affect offenders' ability to adjust to an institutional environment or to benefit fully from interventions and services. While it is strongly suspected that FASD is more common among offenders than it is in the general Canadian population, prevalence estimates vary given difficulties with identifying FASD in adulthood using traditional assessment approaches. An FASD screening tool (FASD Brief Screen Checklist) was previously piloted with men offenders and found to effectively distinguish between those affected by FASD and those with non-FASD cognitive deficits or no cognitive deficits. The purpose of the current study was to examine whether a modified version of this measure, the Brief Screen Checklist for Women (BSC-W), was equally effective in identifying women offenders with FASD. A total of 23 women offenders participated in the study. In addition to the BSC-W, the women completed a battery of neuropsychological assessments and a medical intake interview, including having photographs taken for examination of the facial characteristics typical of FASD. Determination of FASD status was established jointly by a physician with expertise in FASD, a neuropsychologist, and a member of the research team. Four of the 23 women participating in the study were identified as likely to have FASD (probable FASD), five were deemed to have cognitive deficits not related to FASD, and nine had no cognitive deficits. Five women were categorized as "uncertain" because they possessed some FASD characteristics but did not meet all of the criteria. The BSC-W was effectively able to discriminate those likely to have FASD from those with non-FASD cognitive deficits and those without deficits, providing preliminary support for the applicability of this tool for women offenders. When all women with symptoms of FASD were compared to their counterparts without such symptoms, the patterns of findings were consistent with expectations based on the literature. For instance, women with FASD symptoms were more likely to have been adopted or raised in foster care. They were also more likely to experience a number of social problems: they were more likely to have had problems with school, work and employment; they reported deficits related to self-control and social skills; and they had difficulty understanding the consequences of their behaviour. In addition, almost all of the women with FASD symptoms had been diagnosed with Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder - more than double the rate in women with other CNS deficits or no cognitive deficits. Overall, these preliminary results suggest that the BSC-W has promise in identifying women offenders with probable FASD. Given the impact of FASD on offenders' institutional adjustment - and the potential impacts on ability to benefit fully from correctional interventions - effective screening of women offenders for FASD could be very useful in a correctional context. Details: Ottawa: Correctional Service of Canada, 2015. 56p. Source: Internet Resource: 2015 No. R-346: Accessed March 1, 2018 at: http://publications.gc.ca/collections/collection_2017/scc-csc/PS83-3-346-eng.pdf Year: 2015 Country: Canada Keywords: Correctional Programs Shelf Number: 149304

Author: Michel, Steven Title: Criminal Organizations: An Examination of Gang Management Practices Inside Canadian Institutions Summary: The Correctional of Service Canada (CSC) continues to address issues of safety within its institutions driven by the presence of gangs and criminal organizations. While CSC has policies in place to address the risks posed by these groups in Canada's federal institutions, a comprehensive examination of the practices used to manage these populations had not been undertaken. This study aimed to better understand the management practices implemented with gang populations and to allow for the compilation of national best practices in gang management. Telephone interviews were conducted with 55 staff members from a sample of medium, maximum, and women's institutions across Canada. Participants included security intelligence officers, parole officers, correctional managers, correctional officers, managers of assessment and intervention, primary workers, and a programs manager. A number of management strategies were discussed, some focusing on suppressing the gang and their activity and others targeting individual members to either reduce their influence or assist with their disaffiliation. Participants noted that their federal facilities do not offer gang-specific programming; however, participants expected that core correctional programming would be beneficial for gang members. In addition, the following ten best practices were submitted by correctional staff as being particularly effective in assisting them in managing their site-level gang populations: (1) collecting information on gang affiliations; (2) ensuring high quality security information; (3) sharing information with institutional staff; (4) sharing information with external partners; (5) gang separation from general population; (6) specialized transition unit for disaffiliating gang members; (7) transfers to disrupt gang activity; (8) integration; (9) building credibility and rapport with offenders; and (10) providing choices for respect. This report aims to provide a first step in the documentation, categorization, and dissemination of strategies used by CSC staff to manage security threat groups within their facilities. By culminating the knowledge and experience gained by staff working directly with gangs, this report can act as a source of information to guide day-to-day gang management strategies at operational sites, inform future policy and guidelines, and provide a more comprehensive and dynamic understanding of the gangs in Canadian federal custody. Details: Ottawa; Correctional Service of Canada, 2015. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: 2015 No. R-347: Accessed March 8, 2018 at: http://publications.gc.ca/collections/collection_2017/scc-csc/PS83-3-347-eng.pdf Year: 2015 Country: Canada Keywords: Correctional Administration Shelf Number: 149398

Author: Bombay, Amy Title: Origins of Lateral Violence in Aboriginal Communities: A preliminary study of student-to-student abuse in residential schools Summary: The acknowledgement of widespread neglect and abuse of Aboriginal children at Indian Residential Schools by staff has been noted in various reports throughout the residential school discourse. In 2008, the federal government finally apologized to residential school Survivors and their families for the trauma they suffered. This apology was preceded by the Indian Residential Schools Settlement Agreement signed in 2006 by national Aboriginal organizations and the federal government, which included compensation to Survivors for cultural loss and abuses suffered. The Settlement Agreement also led to the establishment of the Truth and Reconciliation Commission of Canada, which has provided former students with opportunities to discuss and document residential school experiences as a means of coming to terms with this horrific past. As the truth of Residential Schools is shared and abuses are disclosed by Survivors in communities across Canada, it is apparent that in addition to suffering at the hands of adults-teachers, staff, and school administrators- students were also subjected to abuse by other students. Anecdotal reports suggest that student-to-student abuse was common and that the phenonomen of lateral violence has important implications for the personal and collective well-being of residential school Survivors, their families, and their communities. The focus of this study is to better understand what student-to-student abuse is and why it occurred, which is the reason why the Aboriginal Healing Foundation commissioned this mixed-method research report. The findings reported here draw on interviews with service providers who work with residential school Survivors in order to gain more understanding of their perceptions regarding the prevalence, characteristics, contributing factors, and implications of student-to-student abuse. Details: Ottawa: Aboriginal Healing Foundation, 2014. 210p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 12, 2018 at: http://www.ahf.ca/downloads/lateral-violence-english.pdf Year: 2014 Country: Canada Keywords: Aboriginals Shelf Number: 149438

Author: Ali, Farihah Title: Synthetic Cannabinoid Use in Correctional Populations - An Emerging Challenge for Offender Health and Safety? A Brief Review Summary: Synthetic cannabinoids (SCs) have become increasingly popular among various user populations, and have arisen as common alternatives to organic cannabis products. SCs are an emerging category of drugs under the umbrella of New Psychoactive Substances (NPS). They belong to a continually evolving series of synthetic psychoactive product groups, based on successive structural modifications, commonly marketed as herbal mixtures which mimic cannabis' psychoactive effects, and are classified as 'legal highs'. SCs, however, have been associated with a variety of distinct adverse health outcomes (especially acute), some of which are considered more severe than those which result from the use of natural cannabis products. Compared to natural cannabis products, SCs pose threats to users' health, including: elevated levels of cardio-vascular problems, kidney problems, seizures, acute hallucinations, psychosis and anxiety, among others. Various jurisdictions have reported high numbers of presentations to emergency departments, as well as cases of mortality, directly related to the use of SCs. While all forms of SCs are banned in correctional institutions, existing evidence suggests that they have become increasingly popular among offenders, and as such, pose distinct novel challenges for correctional administrations charged with the responsibility for offender health and safety. SC use results in potentially powerful stimulant effects which may make them attractive for use by offenders, but may also result in adverse outcomes which come with potentially undesirable or hazardous consequences for offender behaviour and safety. Moreover, SCs evade major routine drug interdiction and drug testing systems in operation in correctional systems, and hence are attractive for illicit use, trade, and import in correctional settings. To better understand SC use, and the possible health and safety consequences for offenders, this report reviewed pertinent national and international literature on SC use, availability, and related health outcomes among general and correctional populations. Research data on SCs in the context of Canadian correctional systems are currently limited, and are thus urgently required. Educating offenders and correctional staff on the risks of SC use is imperative, and correctional systems should prepare for the potential health and safety consequences of increased SC use while awaiting the results and guidance offered by future research. Details: Ottawa: Correctional Service of Canada, 2017. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: 2017 No.R-397: Accessed March 13, 2018 at: http://publications.gc.ca/collections/collection_2017/scc-csc/PS83-3-397-eng.pdf Year: 2017 Country: Canada Keywords: Correctional Institutions Shelf Number: 149456

Author: Semple, Tori Title: Injuries and Deaths Proximate to Oleoresin Capsicum Spray Deployment: A Literature Review Summary: The primary goal of this literature review was to assess research (both published and unpublished) related to injuries and deaths proximate to Oleoresin Capsicum (OC) spray deployment. A search of several databases and search engines produced 22 documents that were deemed relevant for the review. Existing research makes it clear that OC spray is now commonly used across a variety of settings, including law enforcement and corrections. Research has also demonstrated that the impact of OC spray will vary as a function of numerous factors, including: its concentration, its physiochemical properties, the deployment device used, and a range of subject (e.g., clothing) and environmental (e.g., weather) factors. A number of studies have examined the operational effectiveness of OC spray (i.e., to control resistant subjects). Some of these studies have included injuries (to the subject and to the person deploying the spray) as outcome variables. This research demonstrates that OC spray is often effective and it is typically associated with decreased odds of both subject and "deployer" injury. This finding is relatively consistent across jurisdictions and conditions. Although there are exceptions, when OC-associated injuries do occur, they consistently appear to be relatively minor. Other research focuses more specifically on the nature of injuries that are associated with the use of OC spray. Most of the specific injuries reported in the literature are relatively minor and individuals targeted by OC spray rarely seem to require serious medical attention. It appears to be very uncommon for OC-associated injuries to have a long-term, negative impact on the affected individual. The vast majority of reported injuries involve eye and skin irritation or pain, altered vision, corneal abrasions, and respiratory symptoms. A number of documents also examined deaths that appear to be associated with the deployment of OC spray. Based on the evidence cited, OC spray is rarely associated with serious harm or death. However, when OC spray is used proximate to a subject's death, common themes are present. In the majority of reported deaths associated with OC spray exposure, the subject appears to be: male, combative, intoxicated (by drugs and/or alcohol), placed in a prone maximal restraint position, and have pre-existing health conditions (most commonly asthma, obesity, and/or cardiovascular disease). Very rarely in the studies we cited was OC spray deemed a contributory or sole cause of death; instead, medical practitioners point to various combinations of these pre-existing factors. The literature review identified several factors that appear to be commonly associated with the deployment of OC spray. These include: the presence of Excited Delirium Syndrome (ExDS), positional asphyxia (especially related to hobble or hog-tie restraint positions), pre-existing health conditions such as asthma and obesity, and drug use (most commonly, psychostimulants such as cocaine). Details: Ottawa: Correctional Service of Canada, 2018. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: 2018 No. R-405: Accessed March 13, 2018 at: http://publications.gc.ca/collections/collection_2018/scc-csc/PS83-3-405-eng.pdf Year: 2018 Country: Canada Keywords: Deaths in Custody Shelf Number: 149458

Author: Perrin, Benjamin Title: Report Card on the Criminal Justice System #2 Summary: Canada's criminal justice system is facing a litany of serious challenges, including significant underreporting of crime by victims, delays and inefficiencies, rising costs, and considerable overrepresentation of Indigenous people in prison. In 2016, the Macdonald-Laurier Institute issued its inaugural Report Card on the Criminal Justice System: Evaluating Canada's Justice Deficit, which brought these issues to light using quantitative data and a systematic approach to measuring the strengths and shortcomings of the criminal justice system in each province and territory. It spurred public commitments by several provincial and territorial governments to improve their criminal justice systems. In this second report card, we use recently collected data to update the performance of the criminal justice system in each province and territory and in Canada as a whole. Using Statistics Canada data and quantitative statistical methods, we assess each province and territory�s criminal justice system based on five major objectives: public safety, support for victims, costs and resources, fairness and access to justice, and efficiency. Nationally, some trends stand out in the system's performance over the last five years. There have been notable improvements in crime rates, which have dropped, there are now fewer police officers required per capita, and there have been increases in per crime legal aid expenditures on criminal matters, a measure of access to justice. On the other hand, the weighted non-violent crime clearance rate has declined, meaning proportionately fewer cases are being solved, the incidents of breach of probation per 1,000 crimes have risen, and the cost of corrections per capita has also gone up. Furthermore, Indigenous people are greatly overrepresented as a proportion of those in prison. There were some notable changes in the provinces and territories between the 2016 and 2017 report cards, including improvements in Ontario (which was the most improved) and Nunavut, and declines in Quebec and British Columbia. Details: Ottawa: Macdonald Laurier Institute, 2018. 68p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 14, 2018 at: https://macdonaldlaurier.ca/files/pdf/MLI_JusticeReportCard_Final_web2.pdf Year: 2018 Country: Canada Keywords: Administration of Justice Shelf Number: 149463

Author: Perreault, Samuel Title: Canadians' perceptions of personal safety and crime, 2014 Summary: A sense of personal safety has been intrinsically linked to a sense of well-being. Measures of safety are routinely included in key wellness indicators such as the Canadian Index of Wellbeing (University of Waterloo) and the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development's (OECD) Better Life Index. Several studies have also shown that a perceived lack of safety could have various adverse effects on individuals and communities. In particular, fear of crime can lead to withdrawal from community life and reduces social cohesion (Cobbina et al. 2008). It can also lead some people to adopt restrictive behaviours, such as avoiding certain places or not going out after a certain time. A sense of insecurity can also lead to increased spending to protect against crime or even be the reason that some people move away (Hale 1996). Finally, insecurity can have negative effects on physical and mental health and general well-being (Foster et al. 2014; Lorenc 2012; Adams and Serpe 2000). Research on sense of safety-or on the fear of crime-has also shown personal safety to be associated with far more than just fear of being a victim of crime. A sense of insecurity is generally a wide-ranging fear or anxiety linked to many personal and environmental factors (Farrall et al. 2009). Thus, a sense of safety is thought to be influenced by factors related to vulnerability: people whose risk of victimization is higher, or those who feel less able to defend themselves against or recover from the consequences of victimization (particularly women and the elderly) would have higher levels of fear (Sacco 1995; Covington and Taylor 1991; Killias 1990). The community in which a person lives can also have a significant impact on their sense of safety. There is general agreement that people who live in a place where neighbours know each other, help each other and trust each other have a greater sense of personal safety (Yuan and McNeeley 2017; Gibson et al. 2002; Sampson et al. 1997). Finally, the presence of social disorder and antisocial behaviours also seems to have an unsettling effect because these are indicators that more serious crimes might be committed or that the community or the police have been unable to adequately control deviant behaviour (Intravia et al. 2016; Fitzgerald 2008; Sampson et al. 1997).Note Since a sense of safety is only partly associated with actual levels of crime, it is important to measure it accurately and to understand factors that may contribute to a sense of safety. Research on the subject has shown that a sense of safety is a concept that can be expressed in different ways, and it is usually best to use more than one measure to better understand its nature, scope and key trends. This Juristat article outlines the main measures related to sense of safety included in the 2014 General Social Survey (GSS) on Canadians' Safety (Victimization) at the national, provincial, territorial, census metropolitan area and census agglomeration levels. It also presents the main characteristics associated with Canadians' sense of safety. Details: Ottawa: Statistics Canada, 2017. 35o, Source: Internet Resource: Juristat 37, no. 1: Accessed March 20, 2018 at: http://www.statcan.gc.ca/pub/85-002-x/2017001/article/54889-eng.pdf Year: 2017 Country: Canada Keywords: Fear of Crime (Canada) Shelf Number: 0

Author: Baldwin, Simon Title: Excited Delirium Syndrome (ExDS): Understanding the Issues and Reducing the Risks Associated with Police Use of Force Summary: The review of sudden and unexpected in-custody deaths (I-CDs) clearly demonstrates that there is a cluster of features which indicate that a subject is suffering from a medical emergency. For those who most frequently deal with these subjects (e.g., law enforcement, paramedics, emergency physicians, medical examiners) this is a real issue with serious implications. The labelling of this cluster of features as Excited Delirium Syndrome (ExDS) continues to be contentious. However a standardized and concise label with which meaning (e.g., medical emergency) can be assigned is necessary for the recognition, identification, intervention and treatment of these subjects. Additionally, despite there being many risk factors and a multitude of etiologies and pathophysiologies for ExDS, there are prevention and intervention strategies that can be employed within these dynamic and rapidly unfolding events to diminish adverse outcomes. Through the theoretical lens of symbolic interactionism and the sociology of diagnosis, this research examines the meaning attributed to ExDS, how this meaning influences actions as well as the risks and benefits of medicalization. This research presents promising intervention strategies for gaining control of these subjects, as well as risk factors and officer safety concerns. Furthermore, through the use of grounded theory and excerpts from use of force reports, this research provides an interpretive account of the extreme and violent nature of encounters with probable cases of ExDS, providing a better understanding of these situations. This research represents a new area of inquiry into non-fatal cases of ExDS and the prevention of sudden and unexpected I-CDs. The use of a mixed methods research design utilizes the strengths of qualitative and quantitative methods to analyze police use of force reports. This provides the opportunity to triangulate the results from each of these differing methodological approaches in order to elucidate, validate and generalize the findings. This gives both the depth and breadth required to inform law enforcement training and policy in the area of use of force and medically-high risk situations. As such, this research provides grounded recommendations for policy and training as a delivery mechanism of meaning as well as for equipment and use of force reporting. Thus, the overall focus and intent of this research is reducing the risk of I-CDs and improving police and public safety. Details: Ottawa: Carleton University, 2014. 293p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed March 20, 2018 at: https://curve.carleton.ca/.../baldwin-exciteddeliriumsyndromeexdsunderstandingthe.pdf Year: 2014 Country: Canada Keywords: Deadly Force Shelf Number: 149541

Author: Pelvin, Holly Title: Doing Uncertain Time: Understanding the Experiences of Punishment in Pre-trial Custody Summary: On any given day in Ontario's provincial prisons, there are more legally innocent people in prison than there are sentenced prisoners. Yet, little is known about the experiences of these prisoners and the challenges they pose for correctional institutions. I seek to fill this gap by drawing on in-depth interviews with 120 pre-trial detainees (60 men and 60 women) and 40 staff at four maximum-security facilities in Ontario. My analysis focuses on the three temporal dimensions distinctive to what is known as pre-trial custody or 'remand imprisonment' that have been neglected by prior research: experiences of arrest and police custody, making bail and court appearances, and daily life on remand. My findings indicate that this process inflicts a series of state-sanctioned harms on legally innocent prisoners. Much of the harm of this experience can be traced back to the fact that the criminal justice system is ignorant of or unconcerned with the human costs of this process. Police, acting under their authority to arrest, can apprehend and hold an individual, and have no legal obligation to allow a personal phone call so that arrangements about their lives can be made. Court appearances typically require some advance preparation; yet remand prisoners in Ontario must grapple with an outdated phone system that permits collect-calls to landlines but not cellular devices, leaving many unable to contact lawyers or loved ones, and seriously limiting their ability to prepare for court. Daily life in these facilities is characterized by uncertainty for both prisoners and staff, who must grapple with whatever challenges come their way in the form of an unpredictable flow of new admissions. In this thesis, I argue that disruption and uncertainty are unique features of pre-trial imprisonment and I examine the costs of these on the individuals confined to and working inside these facilities. Details: Toronto: University of Toronto, Centre for Criminology and Sociolegal Studies, 2017. 280p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed March 26, 2018 at: https://tspace.library.utoronto.ca/bitstream/1807/80896/3/Pelvin_Holly_201711_PhD_thesis.pdf Year: 2017 Country: Canada Keywords: Pretrial Detainees Shelf Number: 149575

Author: MacDonald, Sue-Ann Title: Mental Health Courts: Processes, Outcomes and Impact on Homelessness Summary: MacDonald et al. examined the impact of a Mental Health Court (MHC) on preventing and reducing homelessness for those with mental health issues. In particular, using the MHC in Montreal as a case study, which is officially known as the Programme d'accompagnement Justice - Sante mentale (PAJ-SM), the project provided a profile of participants and assessed how the court functions to address their mental health and homelessness challenges. Despite the growing interest in adopting mental health courts, there are relatively few studies conducted on the topic. The report provides an opportunity to fill that knowledge gap and provides information to support the adoption of promising practices by MHCs across Canada. Details: Montreal: University of Montreal, 2014. 57p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 28, 2018 at: http://www.homelesshub.ca/sites/default/files/HKDFinalReport_2014.pdf Year: 2014 Country: Canada Keywords: Homeless Persons Shelf Number: 149598

Author: Wilton, Geoff Title: Can the Predictive Validity of the Dynamic Factors Identification and Analysis - Revised be improved by calculated ratings? Summary: The Dynamic Factors Identification and Analysis � Revised (DFIA-R) is a key component of the Correctional Service of Canada�s (CSC) Offender Intake Assessment process. Implemented in 2009, it is the current tool designed to assess dynamic risk. The DFIA-R is comprised of 100 indicators across seven domains (employment/education, marital/family, associates, substance abuse, community functioning, personal/emotional, and attitude) assessed by parole officers. Based on their professional judgement, an overall dynamic need rating is generated as well as a rating on each domain. Recent research has demonstrated that the overall rating and each of the domain ratings are predictive of revocations of conditional release across offender groups (Stewart, Wardrop, Wilton, Thompson, Derkzen & Motiuk, 2017). The present study examined whether calculated ratings could improve the predictive validity of the tool over the structured professional judgment provided by the parole officers at intake. The study included 15,487 non-Indigenous men, 4,640 Indigenous men, and 1,195 women who had completed DFIA-R assessments (that included the assessment of indicators) and had been released. Because of the low number of revocations for women offenders we were unable to disaggregate by Indigenous status. Calculated domain ratings on the DFIA-R were based on the proportion of indicators endorsed on each domain for each offender group. Using this method, no endorsed indicators led to a rating of no need; fewer than 33% of indicators endorsed produced a low need rating; 33% to 66% of indicators endorsed was rated as moderate need, and more than 66% of indicators endorsed produced a high need rating. For the overall rating of need two calculated methods were used. The first was based on the mean of the proportions of indicators endorsed across the domains and the second, weighted each domain by its strength of association with outcome based on the survival analyses (hazard ratios) for each offender group. For the first method, offenders with fewer than 25% of indicators endorsed across the domains were rated low need, 25% to 50% endorsed were rated medium need, and greater than 50% rated high need. An adjusted calculation for women set the cut-offs at less than 33%, 33%-66%, and greater than 66% for low, moderate or high ratings respectively. We did not control for covariates given the need to maximize statistical power. Results indicated that across all domains and for non-Indigenous men, Indigenous men, and women, ratings based on the proportion of indicators endorsed produced greater differentiation in predicting revocations (with or without an offence among offenders rated as no, low, moderate and high need than the parole officers� ratings. Predictive validity was improved for all three study groups using these two methods. Both calculated methods of overall need ratings produced stronger predictions of revocations than ratings made by parole officers. For women offenders, the adjusted calculated method further improved the prediction of the overall ratings. Split-half reliability indicated that parole officers� ratings of overall need had lower reliability than the calculated ratings. The results allow us to conclude that calculated ratings based on proportion of indicators endorsed provided greater predictive power and reliability than the parole officer ratings. Details: Ottawa: Correctional Service of Canada, 2017. 73p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report (R-400): Accessed April 5, 2018 at: http://publications.gc.ca/collections/collection_2017/scc-csc/PS83-3-400-eng.pdf Year: 2017 Country: Canada Keywords: Female Offenders Shelf Number: 149698

Author: Stewart, Lynn A. Title: Intellectual Deficits Among Incoming Federally-sentenced Men and Women Offenders: Prevalence, Profiles, Outcomes Summary: Intellectual deficits are impairments of mental abilities that affect adaptive functioning.This study estimated the prevalence of deficits as defined by IQ score among 4,396 men and 292 women offenders entering federal custody and examined the association between IQ and key offender characteristics and correctional outcomes. Results indicated that 2.8% of men scored below 70 IQ (the intellectually disabled range) on a standardized measure of intellectual functioning, rates that are roughly similar those in the Canadian population. A further 7.3% scored in the borderline range (70-79). Federally-sentenced women, however, were more likely to suffer low cognitive function than federal men. Almost 6% of incoming women have an IQ below 70 and 12.7 % score in the borderline range. Combined, these results indicate that twice as many women in CSC are within the intellectually impaired ranges than is found in the Canadian population. The results link lower IQ to lower educational achievement, unstable employment, substance abuse, and symptoms of ADHD. Offenders with lower IQ had higher overall criminal risk and criminogenic need ratings than those in the unimpaired groups. The ratings on the employment and education domain and community function domains showed the greatest difference between the higher and lower IQ groups for the men; the women, however, demonstrated higher need for lower functioning women on all domains. Lower IQ was associated with higher rates of admission to segregation and institutional charges. Analyses of the security incidents showed that while men with lower IQs were not more likely to be victims than those with higher IQ, for women, those with lower IQ were both more likely to be victims and instigators. The rate of program completions for lower IQ offenders is quite good at around 80%. Reflecting their higher risk and need ratings and more problematic institutional behaviour, men and women offenders with lower IQ spent more of their sentences incarcerated prior to release and were less likely be granted discretionary release. IQ was related to men's revocations even when age, risk and need levels, and substance abuse rating were considered. Revocation rates were low for all women, but the same pattern linking low IQ to revocations was found. Higher IQ was a protective factor for women; none of the women in the above average range returned to custody during the follow-up period. Men with lower IQs require assistance with educational and employment training and accessing community services to improve their reintegration potential while the lower functioning women require assistance with all aspects of their functioning. This is especially true for Aboriginal women whose rates of impairment were significantly higher than non-Aboriginal women. Content of CSC's correctional programs, and the pedagogical techniques applied, are consistent with what has been shown to be effective in special education programs. The targets of these programs, with their focus on self regulation skills, are appropriate to the needs of the offenders with lower IQ identified in this research. Details: Ottawa: Correctional Service of Canada, 2015. 64p. Source: Internet Resource: 2015 No. R-367: Accessed April 5, 2018 at: http://publications.gc.ca/collections/collection_2017/scc-csc/PS83-3-367-eng.pdf Year: 2015 Country: Canada Keywords: Cognitive Abilities Shelf Number: 149700

Author: Helmus, Leslie Title: Temporary absences reduce unemployment and returns to custody for women offenders Summary: Temporary absences (TAs) allow offenders to leave the institution for short periods of time to attend to administrative matters, perform community service, strengthen family contacts, receive medical attention, attend to parental responsibilities, engage in personal development, and/or attend rehabilitative programming in the community. TAs are intended to assist in community reintegration by allowing gradual and conditional access to the community while supporting offender rehabilitation efforts. This report focused only on the rehabilitative types of TAs, excluding those granted for medical or administrative purposes (as there is less discretion in granting these absences). The purpose of the current study was to examine who received TAs and to explore the impact of participating in TAs on community outcomes for women offenders. The final sample included 1,683 women offenders released to the community between April 1, 2005 and March 31, 2011. Outcomes included unemployment, any return to custody, return to custody with a new offence, and return to custody without a new offence. Overall, 44% of women offenders received a TA during their sentence. Women who received a TA were generally more likely to be higher risk, higher need, have lower Reintegration Potential, and were serving a longer sentence. Participation in TAs was also related to community outcomes. A significant dosage effect was found for returns to custody for any reason and returns to custody for a new offence: the more TAs an offender received, the lower the chances of returning to custody. For unemployment and returns without an offence, merely participating in a TA (yes/no) demonstrated a significant reduction in negative outcomes. These findings indicate that higher risk women are more likely to participate in TAs, and according to the risk principle of effective correctional practice, they stand to benefit the most from them. Additionally, participation in TAs reduces unemployment and returns to custody. Consequently, TAs play a valuable role in gradual reintegration to the community, and generally, the more the offenders participate, the greater the benefits. Details: Ottawa: Correctional Service of Canada, 2015. 30p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report No. R-354: Accessed April 5, 2018 at: http://publications.gc.ca/collections/collection_2017/scc-csc/PS83-3-354-eng.pdf Year: 2015 Country: Canada Keywords: Ex-Offender Employment Shelf Number: 149701

Author: Allen, Mary Title: Youth Crime in Canada, 2014 Summary: Youth crime in Canada, 2014: highlights  There were almost 101,000 youth aged 12 to 17 accused of Criminal Code violations (excluding traffic) reported by police in 2014, resulting in a youth crime rate of 4,322 per 100,000 youth population. While youth make up 7% of the Canadian population, they comprise 13% of persons accused of crime.  For the most part, police-reported youth crime involves relatively minor offences. The most frequent criminal offences committed by youth in 2014 were theft of $5,000 and under (960 per 100,000 youth), mischief (574), and common assault (546) (one of the less serious violent crimes). The rate of cannabis possession was also high (531), as were the combined rates of youth accused of offences related to the administration justice together with violations under the YCJA (565 and 207 respectively).  The police-reported youth crime rate has been falling steadily since 2006, continuing a longer term downward trend since peaking in 1991. Between 2000 and 2014, the youth crime rate declined 42%, a notably larger decline than the drop in overall crime (-34%). This drop in youth crime was primarily driven by a 51% decrease in the rate of youth accused of property crime, particularly in theft of $5,000 and under and break and enter.  The rate of youth accused of crime in 2014 was lower than the rate for young adults aged 18 to 24 (5,428 per 100,000 population), but over twice the accused rate for adults aged 25 and over (2,048 per 100,000 population). These differences, however, varied by offence.  The rate of individuals accused in property crimes such as break and enter or theft was highest among youth aged 12 to 17, while violent crime was more common among young adults aged 18 to 24. Among all police-reported criminal offences, rates of accused were higher for youth than for adults in incidents of theft of $5,000 and under, break and enter, sexual assault level 1 and sexual violations against children.  One in ten incidents where a youth was accused occurred at school during school hours or a supervised activity. Violent crime (19%) and drug offences (27%) where a youth was accused were more likely to occur at school than property crimes. Cannabis possession and common assault were the most frequent offences with youth accused occurring at school.  Among police-reported criminal incidents involving youth accused in 2014, one quarter (26%) involved more than one accused. By comparison, in incidents involving adult accused where no youth was involved, a much smaller proportion involved more than one accused in the criminal act (7%). As a result, among all youth accused of crime in 2014, 42% were co-offenders compared to 24% of young adult accused and 14% of older adult accused.  In keeping with the principles and objectives of the Youth Criminal Justice Act (YCJA), which aim to divert youth away from the formal court system especially when accused of relatively minor offences, 48% of youth accused of crime in 2014 were charged by police compared to 63% of adults.  Among youth accused, charge rates were higher for violent offences (51%). For property offences, 38% of youth accused were charged. Instead, most youth accused of property offences were cleared by means other than a charge, such as warnings and cautions, or referrals to community programs or other extrajudicial sanctions programs under the YCJA.  The rate at which youth were charged by police dropped considerably with the introduction of the YCJA in 2003. In addition, there has been a notable, although more gradual, decline in the proportion of youth who are sentenced to custody. Details: Ottawa: Statistics Canada, 2016. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Juristat : Accessed April 6, 2018 at: http://www.statcan.gc.ca/pub/85-002-x/2016001/article/14309-eng.pdf Year: 2016 Country: Canada Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 149707

Author: Wiebe, Daryl Title: Vancouver Police Mental Health Strategy: A comprehensive approach for a proportional police response to persons living with mental illness Summary: The Vancouver Police Department (VPD) has been proactive over the past 30 years regarding incidents involving mental health, implementing a number of programs and initiatives to improve outcomes relating to police interactions with persons living with mental illness. In 1978, the VPD implemented 'Car 87,' an integrated response model partnering a police officer with a mental health professional. That program continues today, and has served as a model for many other police agencies to copy. It has been further augmented with other initiatives to focus on youth and chronic offenders, and more specialized mental health programs. Over the past five years, the VPD has publicly reported on the dramatic increase in the incidence of police interactions with persons living with mental illness (see Appendix - A). There has also been a number of high-profile incidences of violent crime associated with an apparent mental health factor, highlighting gaps in the continuum of care and in the system generally. That is not to say that mental illness is a causal factor in violent crime. Rather, persons living with mental illness are more likely to be a victim of crime, rather than the perpetrator. These drivers have led to the VPD enhancing its service delivery and actively participating in broader multi-disciplinary teams, with health care providers, to deliver proper community-based mental health support for those in need. While these initiatives have all proven valuable in terms of client needs and reduced police interaction, and can each be supported as effective through evidence-based research, a broader Mental Health Strategy will serve as an overarching approach for the VPD. It is intended to account for the significant impact that can result from persons living with mental illness coming into contact with the police, and set forth a framework on how the VPD models its interaction with this segment of the population. In addition, it is important to acknowledge that most mental-health-related calls to the police involve persons with concurrent disorders - a mental illness and substance abuse problems. This Mental Health Strategy is framed around the core values of the VPD, and the principles of justification, proportionality and intrusiveness. It is designed to provide clear and concise information about the VPD's position and intent, and to serve as a framework to support operational deployment, organizational partnerships, education and training initiatives, and a commitment to the community relative to its interactions with persons living with mental illness. Finally, this Mental Health Strategy was not developed in isolation. The VPD has consulted with partners in the mental health community, in an effort to include their perspectives on this jointly-shared social challenge. Input was received from numerous stakeholders and partner organizations, including Vancouver Coastal Health, the Canadian Mental Health Association, the City of Vancouver, and mental health professionals from St. Paul's Hospital, Vancouver General Hospital, and UBC Psychiatry. In addition, a consultation session with the Persons with Lived Experience Committee, Mayor's Task Force on Mental Health and Addiction resulted in meaningful feedback from this affected population. Details: Vancouver, BC: Vancouver Police Department, 2016. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 6, 2018 at: http://vancouver.ca/police/assets/pdf/reports-policies/mental-health-strategy.pdf Year: 2016 Country: Canada Keywords: Mental Health Shelf Number: 149708

Author: Doob, Anthony N. Title: Understanding the Impact of Police Stops Summary: Imagine that technology existed such that the police could, electronically, identify and track everyone and every motor vehicle in the city and that this information were stored electronically and available to the police, as required, for solving crime. Even if such information was not admissible as evidence, one could easily see its possible value in solving crime. If a home were broken into, one only would have to search a data base to find out who had been in the neighbourhood. If a pedestrian were hit by a car that did not remain at the scene of the accident, one would only need to see what vehicles had been at that scene around the time of the accident to narrow down the possible suspects considerably. If a person were found to be using or in possession of drugs, one would only need to see whom that person had been in close contact with in recent times to identify a fairly small group of suspects as the source of those drugs. If a person were thought to be a member of a gang, it would be easy to find out whom that person associated with on a regular basis. We don't live in such a society. Obviously the information that the police have about the non-criminal activities of ordinary citizens is much more limited than that described in the previous paragraph. But what if it turned out we did live in the world described in the previous paragraph and people suddenly expressed the desire no longer to live in a world with constant and complete police scrutiny of their ordinary activities? One could imagine the suggestion would be made that not allowing police the kind of surveillance described in the previous paragraph would limit their ability to solve crime. We raise this hypothetical scenario for a particular reason: There is no point in arguing whether complete or highly detailed information about the day-to-day movements or meetings that Canadians have might be useful to the police in solving crime. At a more mundane level, we see on an almost daily basis that footage from 'security' cameras is now routinely used to solve crime in a manner not too different from that described above. Our second example comes closer to the issue of police stops. Imagine that there were no controls whatsoever on the power of the police to stop pedestrians and motorists and ask them to identify themselves. Even if, in law, citizens were not required to identify themselves or to answer any questions, one could argue that maintaining whatever information was obtained could be useful if a crime took place in that neighbourhood or someone associated with the person who had been stopped was suspected of some wrongdoing. That this information could potentially be useful is not the point. The question that needs to be raised in both of these examples is a much more complex one: What might be the 'costs' and 'benefits' to society of these kinds of data gathering programs? Even these two hypothetical scenarios are missing something crucial: comparison groups. The question, in most public policy areas, is not whether there are some successful outcomes from a particular procedure, but whether there are better outcomes overall than there might be under some other procedure. For example, in each of the hypothetical scenarios described above, it might be that deployment of resources in some quite different way or a decision to address some quite different problem would serve the community better than the scenarios described. Or such procedures as described earlier might help solve crime but would lessen cooperation with the police on important matters. Comparison groups or procedures typically are not employed adequately when assessing possible policy choices, but in reality the need for a 'comparison' is usually important. In a discussion about police equipment (e.g., body worn cameras), not only might one want to know whether they affect police or citizen behaviour (implying a comparison with how police or citizens behave without the device), but a serious policy analysis should include an analysis of alternative uses of the resources that would be required for the purchase and use of the devices. An example of the inappropriate use of implied comparisons is when changes in police strength or police tactics are implemented after an unusual (e.g., serious, violent) incident. When police, understandably, change their approach to policing a neighbourhood that experienced an unusual incident or high concentration of serious incidents, they sometimes infer that any subsequent return to 'normal' levels of crime is 'caused' by changes they made in their presence in the neighbourhood. Without adequate comparison areas (e.g., areas that experienced a 'spike' that did not result in changes in policing), such causal inferences simply aren't defensible. The issues become more complex when one moves closer to reality. One fact about crime that noone questions is that it is not evenly (or even randomly) distributed across people, groups of people, or neighbourhoods in our society. Young males, for example, are disproportionately more likely to be involved in a variety of different kinds of crime than other people. People who live in certain kinds of neighbourhoods are more likely to commit offences than people in other neighbourhoods. But some neighbourhoods themselves appear to have characteristics that make them more likely to be the sites for crime above and beyond the characteristics of the individuals who live in them. In this context, a policing perspective that did not consider any other concerns could justify focusing surveillance resources on certain neighbourhoods or types of people (e.g., young males). The problem is that there almost always are other concerns, and concerns that could easily have the effect of undermining the crime control goal of proactive policing activities, such as police stops. This report examines some of the more reliable research that has been carried out on issues broadly related to 'street stops' of ordinary citizens. It makes the assumption that stops can have more than one effect and that some of these effects might, broadly speaking, be favourable and others unfavourable. Hence this report is more than an attempt to answer the question of whether street stops have a short term effect on local crime. We are not claiming to provide an exhaustive review of the literature that summarizes all of the research on issues related to street stops. Were we to do so, we would spend considerable resources reviewing and discarding inadequate research papers. Instead we are relying on Criminological Highlights, a research information service, produced by the Centre for Criminology and Sociolegal Studies of the University of Toronto. The papers summarized in this information service not only have been reviewed by reputable social science journals, but also by our editorial board (currently of about 11 people), which has read and evaluated each paper that is summarized in Criminological Highlights. The one page summaries of articles we cite are attached to this report and are an integral part of it. Most importantly, these summaries make it easy for readers to evaluate the information on which our conclusions are based. Details: Toronto: University of Toronto, Centre for Criminology and Sociolegal Studies, 2017. 90p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 6, 2018 at: http://criminology.utoronto.ca/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/DoobGartnerPoliceStopsReport-17Jan2017r.pdf Year: 2017 Country: Canada Keywords: Crime Hotspots Shelf Number: 149726

Author: Adelman, Judith Title: Study in Blue and Grey: Police Interventions with People with Mental Illness: A Review of Challenges and Responses Summary: Police throughout North America are responding to a significant number of 911 calls involving people who have a mental illness. In the vast majority of incidents, such calls are resolved without incident. However, sometimes the results are the death or injury of the police officer, the person who is ill, and/or another person. When this happens it has prolonged negative effects on the individuals and communities involved. When lives are lost, they cannot be reclaimed. Whether the result is injury or death, it has longstanding implications for the persons with mental illness, the family, police, and to all who survive the incident. In October 2000, the BC Chief Coroner issued a report following an inquest. A man who was distressed and suffering from a mental illness began acting violently in the emergency department of a BC hospital. The police were called and as a result of the police action, the man was killed. The Coroner made a number of recommendations to various governments Ministries. One of the Coroner's many recommendations was that police be provided training with respect to dealing with people with a mental illness in a non-confrontational manner. Because people are so complex and situations can vary so significantly, it may not be possible to get to the point where there are no injuries or deaths. However, the common vision requires that we look for ways to reduce injury and death by improving the responses of the police and mental health systems while recognizing already-existing, effective programs that make a difference. Currently, there are a number of key reform initiatives in various locations in North America. This paper is intended to build on that work by providing relevant information regarding these initiatives that would enable the partners within the mental health and criminal justice systems here in BC to plan more effectively, and to improve their system of response to people with mental illness who are in crisis. The specific objectives of the project are to: - Find out what kind of training is offered to police in different jurisdictions to determine the common program elements, and to attempt to identify the most effective components - Review the literature to determine what service delivery models are being used by police in various jurisdictions to intervene in crises - Determine the impacts of the various programs: for example, whether they reduce injuries, are helpful to people with mental illness and to police etc. - Examine recommendations from reviews of police actions - Determine key aspects and key strategies for implementation; that is, those key factors that contribute to the establishment of effective intervention programs This report relies on published research and reports, as well as interviews with individuals who work for or with police departments, including mental health professionals. It also includes information gained from Coroner's reports and interviews with individuals who participated in inquiries. Part One of the report looks at the nature of the problem. It begins in Section A by looking at why more people with a mental illness are coming into contact with the police, describing a number of factors that have contributed to this trend, including changes in the mental health delivery system, changes within the police force and the move towards 'community policing.' Then, in Section B, the report looks at some of the factors that create barriers to effective police response to persons with mental illness. Next, Section C looks at two key issues that have resulted from this state of affairs: criminalization and injury or death of persons with mental illness (as well as serious personal consequences for the police officers involved). The report then examines the factors that have caused police to change their practices. In Part Two, we look at solutions. Section A of Part Two looks at different models of police programs that were developed to assist individuals who are in psychiatric crisis, and identifies the common issues that each program addresses in various ways. Section B looks at available outcome research, including the relative strengths and weaknesses of the models. In Part 3 we look at conclusions and recommendations for action in British Columbia Details: Vancouver: Canadian Mental Health Association, 2003. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 9, 2018 at: https://cmha.bc.ca/wp-content/uploads/2016/07/policereport.pdf Year: 2003 Country: Canada Keywords: Mentally Ill Persons Shelf Number: 149740

Author: Coleman, Terry Title: Police Interactions with Persons with a Mental Illness: Police Learning in the Environment of Contemporary Policing Summary: n recent decades, the number of interactions between people with mental illnesses and police has increased significantly. While most of these interactions are minor in nature and are resolved uneventfully, there are unfortunately a few which result in significant negative outcomes. Whenever this is the case, one of the most frequent recommendations which has emerged from reviews is that police officers should be provided with education and training - learning - in order to give them the skills and knowledge necessary to interact adaptively with people with mental illnesses (PMI). This paper is Part II of a two-part review of that learning; Part I was a review of police education and training at the police academy basic training level. The purpose of the current investigation, Part II, was to review the state of police in-service education and training related to police/PMI interactions. A review of current practice in a variety of jurisdictions across Canada as well as in the United States, the United Kingdom and Australia, suggests that there is considerable variability in existing programs. While many police agencies provide little or no learning in this area, others provide more comprehensive education varying in length from a few hours to several days. The content of the training varies from an overview considered appropriate for a wide variety of police officers up to and including highly focused training intended for specialist officers. While some police services provide 'one-size-fits-all' training, others deliver a variety of levels and degrees of learning. Unfortunately, in spite of the widespread acceptance of programs such as the Crisis Intervention Team (CIT) model, which originated in Memphis, Tennessee, there is little outcome research or data-based evidence to inform the exact nature of an effective program, and the research that does exist does not provide guidance as to which components of a learning program are most effective. Nevertheless, the existing research tends to support the contention that education and training is effective in improving outcomes overall. Even though, the primary purpose of the paper is to provide an overview of what is delivered and what should be delivered in terms of curricula related to mental illness, it would be inappropriate to discuss curriculum without considering the greater context. While education and training is of course essential to ensuring that interactions between police and PMI are constructive and adaptive, education in and of itself is not a panacea and will not create the kind of change that is desirable if it occurs in isolation. Thus, before identifying 'desired practices' in terms of curriculum, it is necessary to comment on the circumstance within which this learning should occur. First, every police officer operates within the context of his/her own organization. Therefore, it is essential that each police organization have in place policies and procedures that support the application of the skills and knowledge that police acquire through education and training. For example, the Canadian Association of Chiefs of Police has promulgated the Contemporary Policing Guidelines for Working with the Mental Health System. The Guidelines outline a series of processes and policies that should ideally be in place in any police agency in order to inform and support the work of not only individual police officers but of all police personnel who encounter PMI. In addition to these policies and procedures, each police organization must also be guided by knowledge about the police academy training that their officers bring to the workplace. As has been noted in a previous survey (Part I), police academies vary significantly in terms of the type and extent of learning at the basic-training level. In many cases, such academy level training has only been in place in recent years; thus, police officers who have been employed longer will not have had the benefit of that training. Second, while the specific content of a mental-illness related curriculum is of course crucial, it is not the only determinant of successful learning. It is necessary that police agencies attend to a variety of other factors that will have a direct impact on the learning outcome. These include: - selection of appropriate 'trainers,' including those who are both subject matter experts and who are operationally credible; - inclusion of local mental health professionals, for the purposes of providing reliable information as well as to assist in forming local connections with mental health agencies; - integration of PMI and their families into the training in order to provide direct first-hand experience with this population; - use of a variety of forms of learning media including participatory strategies; - focus on cognitive determinants of behaviour including attitudes, exercise of discretion and stigma; and  adaptability of the curriculum to reflect the population receiving training (e.g. new officers versus specialized teams versus dispatch personnel) as well as local community needs. By extracting components from a variety of education and training regimes already in place in Canada and other countries, and then combining them with what can be gleaned from outcome research, a comprehensive education and training regime based on an identified learning spectrum emerges; one that can be adapted to a variety of police agencies and police personnel. The proposed learning model has been entitled TEMPO - an acronym for Training and Education about Mental Illness for Police Officers. Details: Ottawa: Mental Health Commission of Canada, 2010. 90p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed April 17, 2018 at: https://www.mentalhealthcommission.ca/sites/default/files/Law_Police_Interactions_Mental_Illness_Report_ENG_0_1.pdf Year: 2010 Country: Canada Keywords: Mentally Ill Offenders Shelf Number: 149842

Author: Foster, Lorne Title: Race Data and Traffic Stops in Ottawa, 2013-2015: A Report on Ottawa and the Police Districts Summary: This report provides a city overview of the findings of the Ottawa Police Service's Traffic Stop Race Data Collection Project (TSRDCP), a pioneering community-based research project that involved undertaking the largest race based data collection in Canadian policing history. The project arose from an agreement between the Ontario Human Rights Commission (OHRC) and the Ottawa Police Services Board (Board), the Ottawa Police Service (OPS). The OHRC and the OPS believe that race based data collection is part of an organizational approach to ensuring bias-neutral policing services. Full information regarding the agreement is available online at ottawapolice.ca/race. The Traffic Stop Race Data Collection Project required police officers to record their perception of the driver's race, by observation only, for traffic stops over a two-year period from June 27, 2013 to June 26, 2015. A total of 81,902 records of traffic stops were examined for this Report. Each record included complete information on race, sex and age, along with complete information on police districts, reasons for traffic stops and outcomes. The record did not include the time of day nor the neighbourhood where the stop occurred. The officers entering the race data reported perceiving the race of the driver prior to the stop in 11.4% of the cases. This research project addresses three issues: INCIDENCES OF TRAFFIC STOPS - Do drivers of different race groups have disproportionately high incidences of traffic stops, when compared with their respective driver populations in Ottawa? Research findings showed that: - The study examines 81, 902 traffic stops where officers recorded their perception of the driver's race: 69.3% White (56,776), 12.3% Middle Easterner (10,066), 8.8% Black (7,238), 4.7% E.Asian/SE Asian (3,875), 2.7% S. Asian (2,195), 1.9% Other racialized minorities (1,545), and .3% Indigenous Peoples (207). - In Ottawa, Middle Easterner and Black groups, irrespective of their sex and age, are the two race groups with disproportionately high incidences of traffic stops. Middle Easterner Drivers were stopped 10066 times, which constituted about 12.3% of the total stops over the two year period. However, these drivers represent less than 4% of the total driving population in Ottawa. This means that Middle Easterner Drivers were stopped 3.3 times more than what you would expect based on their population. Black Drivers were stopped 7238 times, which constituted about 8.8% of the total stops over the two-year period. However, these drivers represent less than 4% of the total driving population in Ottawa. This means that Black Drivers were stopped 2.3 times more than what you would expect based on their population. - With the exception of Indigenous peoples, men aged 16-24 of all race groups (including White) have disproportionately high incidences of traffic stops. The disproportionalities ranged from 64.21% (E. Asian/ S.E. Asian) to 1100.39% (Middle Easterner). - Middle Easterner Male Drivers aged 16-24 were stopped 2302 times, which constituted about 2.8% of the total stops over the two year period. However, these drivers represent less than 0.25% of the total driving population in Ottawa. This means that young Middle Easterner male drivers were stopped 12 times more than what you would expect based on their population. Black Male Drivers aged 16-24 were stopped 1238 times, which constituted about 1.5% of the total stops over the two year period. However, these drivers represent less than 0.2% of the total driving population in Ottawa. This means that young Black male drivers were stopped 8.3 times more than what you would expect based on their population. White Male Drivers aged 16-24 were stopped 6172 times, which constituted about 7.5% of the total stops over the two year period. However, these drivers represent about 4.3% of the total driving population in Ottawa. This means that young White male drivers were stopped 1.7 times more than what you would expect based on their population. REASONS FOR TRAFFIC STOPS - Do racialized minority drivers experience disproportionately high incidences of specific reasons for traffic stops when compared with their White counterparts in Ottawa? Research findings showed that: - The findings showed that the reason most used by police officers in traffic stops is "provincial and municipal offenses". It was used in 79,603 of the 81, 902 traffic stops (97.19%). Police officers did not utilize "provincial and municipal offenses" for traffic stops in a disproportional manner for any racial minority groups. - When compared with the White group, "criminal offences" reason has been used disproportionately by police officers for five of the six racialized minority groups. The data is inconclusive about Indigenous peoples with regard to this issue because the number of stops citing "criminal offenses" was too low to draw any conclusions. - Similarly, "suspicious activities" reason has been used disproportionately by police officers for four racialized minority group - Indigenous peoples (99.37%), Black (148.40%), Middle Easterner (133.70%), and other racialized minorities (132.78%). OUTCOMES OF TRAFFIC STOPS - Do racialized minority drivers experience disproportionately high incidences of specific outcome of traffic stops when compared with their White counterparts in Ottawa? Research findings showed that: - All race groups (including White) have received similar proportions of charges (44.65%) from police officers after traffic stops. - All race groups (including White) have received similar proportions of warnings (41.29%) from police officers after traffic stops. - Indigenous peoples (37.77%), Black (47.28%), Middle Easterner (36.84%), and other racialized minorities (28.21%) groups experienced disproportionately high incidences of "final (no action)" outcomes of traffic stops. This study is a correlational study on the relationship between race, sex, age, and traffic stops in Ottawa. It does not deal with the issue of causality. That is to say, it does not explain why and how these factors are related or not related. For this reason, the findings only provide a big picture of traffic stops in the entire capital city of Ottawa, covering a two-year period from 2013 and 2015 - a picture which provides a fresh and pioneering perspective on race and traffic stops in Canada. Details: Ottawa: Ottawa Police Services Board and Ottawa Police Service, 2016. 72p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 19, 2018 at: https://www.ottawapolice.ca/en/about-us/resources/.TSRDCP_York_Research_Report.pdf Year: 2016 Country: Canada Keywords: Racial Disparities Shelf Number: 149850

Author: Schwartz, David Title: Harnessing Power: Exploring Citizen's Use of Networked Technologies to Promote Police Accountability Summary: In this examination of citizen surveillance, I engage with Foucaultian and Deleuzian conceptualizations of surveillance, power, resistance, control, and desire, to explore the motivation(s) of community members who film and disseminate footage of the police. Methodologically, I conducted semi-structured interviews with community stakeholders to study the latent thematic ideas embedded in their responses. These themes represent the underlying motivational factors a citizen surveiller may have when filming the police. In my analysis of these themes, I explore: citizen surveillers' logic for resisting power; citizen surveillers' understandings of power; and, citizen surveillers' reported approaches to both passive and active forms of resistance. Subsequently, there appears to be an underlying desire for power and a resistance to power when filming the police. However, given the exploratory nature of this study, there is a need to continue investigating the theoretical and under substantiated claims about citizen surveillance and its association with race, gender and socio-economic status. Details: Ottawa: University of Ottawa, 2016. 146p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed April 19, 2018 at: https://ruor.uottawa.ca/bitstream/10393/35338/1/Schwartz_David_2016_thesis.pdf Year: 2016 Country: Canada Keywords: Police Accountability Shelf Number: 149852

Author: Summerfield, Tansi Susan Lillian Title: Police Decision-Making: The Impact of Choice on the Use-of-Force Decisions Summary: Research on choice and decision-making has indicated that excessive choice can negatively influence decision-making performance. Choice overload research has mostly focused on consumer purchases, thereby limiting the generalizability to applied professional settings. This research examined 112 Canadian police cadets on decision-making in a use-of-force situation. Cadets interacted with a high threat virtual judgment scenario wherein they had to choose the most appropriate intervention option available to immobilize the subject and stop the threat. Cadets participated in one of two limited choice groups or one extensive choice group and were evaluated on performance, response time (RT), self-reported confidence, and physiological arousal. The goal of the research was to determine if choice overload occurs in applied police settings and whether increased arousal mediates the effect of choice on decisions. It was predicted that the participants with fewer choices would perform better, respond quicker, and be more confident than those with more choices and increased arousal would further decrease the extensive choice group's performance, RT, and confidence. Choice overload was observed, but not in the predicted way; results revealed that greater choice did not have detrimental effects on decision-making. Instead, the specific intervention option participants had available (OC-spray vs. pistol) influenced performance, speed, and confidence more than number of choices did. Results also indicated no consistent pattern of arousal. It is recommended that further research be conducted to determine what impact the different intervention options available have on decision-making in use-of-force situations. Details: Regina, SASK: University of Regina, 2017. 82p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed April 19, 2018 at: https://ourspace.uregina.ca/handle/10294/7705 Year: 2017 Country: Canada Keywords: Police Decision-Making Shelf Number: 149862

Author: Sheard, Michael Title: Police governance in Canada: A parallax perspective Summary: Tensions between public expectations for police governance and ethical governance mirror recent spectacular governance failures. Several recent Canadian commissions of inquiry and court cases critical of the police have suggested police governance need to be more direct and assertive. The small numbers of academic studies that focused on the unique field of policing have largely ignored the behaviour of police boards responsible for their governance. More importantly is the apparent lack of attention paid by those responsible for police governance to the criticality of the pluralistic nature of policing itself. This research focuses on police boards in particular and not the police, with particular attention given to the link between their ethical decision-making and public trust. National leads in police governance, representing regional and national boards and board associations from across the country, were interviewed for this research. Eight key aspects of police governance were analyzed, and a number of gaps between current and best practices were identified. Ultimately, a number of recommendations are made to close those gaps, including the contribution of a new universal assessment instrument for police governance: the parallax perspective tool. Details: London: London Metropolitan University, 2016. 236p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed April 24, 2018 at: http://repository.londonmet.ac.uk/1153/1/SheardMichael%20-%20DProf%20Policing%20Full%20Thesis.pdf Year: 2016 Country: Canada Keywords: Police Accountability Shelf Number: 149883

Author: Hardy, Steven Title: Street involved drug use, social dynamics and interactions with police in Ottawa Summary: Homeless populations are frequently associated with drug consumption. Drug use by homeless people is more visible leading to the assumption that homeless or street involved populations use drugs more frequently or differently than other segments of the population. In this paper, I challenge this idea and consider how homeless and street involved populations consume drugs and how they understand their drug consumption. In 15 semi-structured, open-ended interviews I explored how homeless and street involved men consume drugs and how they view their drug use. Their drug use is within the broader societal context that impacts their understandings and views of drug consumption. Using Peta Malins' definition of the "junkie", I explore the impact of this idea on how drugs are consumed by homeless and street involved populations. Drawing on the idea of subjectivities, this paper looks at how these individuals understand what it means to be a "junkie" and how they understand their own drug consumption in response. Police have an impact on the daily lives of street involved drug users. This paper explores how police interact with street involved drug users and how street involved drug users understand these interactions. Finally, I consider how the "junkie" subjectivity impacts interactions between street involved users and police. Details: Ottawa: Carleton University, 2017. 139p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed April 26, 2018 at: https://curve.carleton.ca/system/files/etd/24a686ce-eeb5-491c-a514-93574703aabb/etd_pdf/7a795ab822b8c41077f62cb17b54ddc3/hardy-streetinvolveddrugusesocialdynamicsandinteractions.pdf Year: 2017 Country: Canada Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 149900

Author: Bryan, Tacicia Title: Black Lives Matter Toronto: A Qualitative Study of Twitter's Localized Social Discourse on Systemic Racism Summary: This Major Research Paper examines the Twitter discourse of Black Lives Matter Toronto (BLMTO), a chapter of the Black Lives Matter Movement which addresses issues of racism and police brutality. BLMTO protested in front of police headquarters between April 1st and April 15th, 2016 and used Twitter to document their protest during this time. This paper provides a content and sentiment analysis of 346 tweets collected during this time frame. The analysis of the Twitter content is based on concepts drawn from the scholarly literature on the public sphere, identity and social identity, and framing theory. My findings indicate the following: 1. Black Lives Matter Toronto uses media framing techniques, as well as logical and moral appeals, to build credibility as a strong subaltern counterpublic, an information resource for community building and an influencer online, through sharing relevant statistics, news stories and persuasive rhetoric. 2. BLMTO incorporates calls to action to create publicity and facilitate community mobilization. 3. Key themes in the tweets include the exercise of power in society, the need to build community and create a common sense of right and wrong, and maintaining solidarity Details: Toronto: Ryerson University, 2016. 69p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed April 26, 2018 at: http://digital.library.ryerson.ca/islandora/object/RULA%3A5401 Year: 2016 Country: Canada Keywords: Police Brutality Shelf Number: 149916

Author: Chapman, Jessica Title: Becoming the Camera: Body worn video and shifting expectations of police work Summary: Traditionally positioned at the top of the hierarchy of visibility, police are being incorporated into the surveillant assemblage as a result of the proliferation of citizen cameras and viral footage of misconduct. As they struggle with their new visibility, many departments have turned to body worn video (BWV) as a solution. These devices record from a first-person perspective, giving police the opportunity to present their point-of-view. By discrediting external footage and positioning their own as 'official' police are able to manage their visibility strategically, establishing a privileged position within the assemblage. The creation of technologically extended officers with superior claims to truth gives police the opportunity to shape narratives. A consequence of these embodied devices is that officers are turned into collectors of visual evidence, tasked with ensuring the camera is interpreting the situation appropriately in the moment. This new responsibility forces officers to adopt the logic of their cameras. Details: Ottawa: Carleton University, 2016. 166p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed April 26, 2018 at: https://curve.carleton.ca/system/files/etd/d0ae128b-b6d1-4f0a-a5d9-2875f1976152/etd_pdf/2df4d5eceb0fac440376c47ebb9bd500/chapman-becomingthecamerabodywornvideoandshifting.pdf Year: 2016 Country: Canada Keywords: Body-Worn Cameras Shelf Number: 149917

Author: Vaughan, Adam David Title: The role of time and space between persons with serious mental illness and the police: A mixed methods study Summary: A sizable amount of research and governmental reports have been produced over the past several decades on police calls-for-service involving persons with severe mental illness (PwSMI). However, the narrative of these papers often has a narrow focus (e.g., small subgroups of high-risk offenders), which can result in difficulties for researchers and administrators to generalize their findings to other settings. Extending the existing knowledge-base to the population-level is likely to produce a more accurate understanding of the true nature of the intersection between police services and PwSMI. Through a mixed methods research design, the overall aim of this dissertation is to identify the pertinent static and dynamic factors that are associated with a variety of police contacts with the population of PwSMI. The first research study uses qualitative interviews and focus groups with a purposive sample of police officers from the Lower Mainland of British Columbia to explore factors associated with police interactions with PwSMI, along with decision-making practices. Results from this foundational study suggest that there may be underlying spatial and temporal factors that are related to calls-for-service with PwSMI. As a result, the second study explores the relationship between the environment and police calls-for-service with emotionally disturbed persons (EDP), a proxy for PwSMI. Results suggest that the majority of EDP-events fall under the British Columbia Mental Health Act (MHA), and that there are significant differences between where men and women have contact with police at the aggregate and micro spatial level. The third study explores the temporal patterning of events associated with the MHA. Study 3 considers varying degrees of temporal specificity to highlight when MHA calls-for-service are likely to occur. Results indicate that MHA calls appear to cluster in times that are different from crime events. The collective results from this work emphasize the importance of studying the intersection between PwSMI and the police at multiple levels of specificity in order to more accurately identify where and when police resources are likely to be required. This knowledge may be of great use for administrators and policy makers who want to reduce police contacts with PwSMI or otherwise improve overall service delivery. Details: Burnaby, BC: Simon Fraser University, 2017. 107p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed April 26, 2018 at: http://summit.sfu.ca/item/17463 Year: 2017 Country: Canada Keywords: Mentally Ill Offenders Shelf Number: 149918

Author: Cox, Stacie Leigh Title: Law Enforcement Attitudes of Current Public and Departmental Surveillance Technologies: A Qualitative Case Study of the Toronto Police Service Summary: This thesis explores the perceptions of front-line police officers surrounding synoptic and panoptic surveillance and the implications of police body-worn cameras on community relations, citizen's recording devices and police practice. The study involves a qualitative approach that utilized one-on-one, semi-structured interviews, in which participants were those members of the Toronto Police Service who wore body-worn cameras during an earlier pilot study of the device conducted by the Toronto Police Service. Police as a sampling group are very exclusive and hard to gain access to, as such this study relied on a snowball sampling strategy which resulted in a sample size of 7. While sample size is a major limitation of this study, these 7 interviews provided rich data that were able to provide a valuable and humanizing dialogue of police officers. Transcriptions of interviews were collected and thematically analyzed, resulting in commonalities among participant responses. These commonalities suggest that officers involved in the piloting project that were interviewed share similar perceptions and concerns of this new technology, whether it be positive or negative. Themes that were established include: Context; Synoptic Surveillance; Accountability; Police and Community Relationship and Trust; Impact on Officer's Job, Career and Routine; Officer Repercussions & Protection from Accusations; Officer Change in Behaviour Due to Surveillance Devices; Officer Physical Safety; Citizens Behavioural Changes and Reactions Body-Worn Cameras; Social Media; Privacy Concerns; Officers Favourability toward Wearing Body-Worn Cameras; and the Overall Impact Body-Worn Cameras have on Policing. Participants reported while this surveillance tool is beneficial in theory, in practice the implications of this device are increasingly negative on police practice and community relations. Study results are framed using contemporary theories of surveillance and concepts central to police legitimacy, and for the purpose of this research the culmination of these notions has been termed the Surveillance Accountability Framework. The concerns surrounding police body-worn cameras raised by this research should be considered for further research and improvement, particularly due to the increasing amount of police services planning on adopting this new technology. Details: Kingston, ONT: Queen's University, 2017. 124p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed April 26, 2018 at: https://qspace.library.queensu.ca/bitstream/handle/1974/22788/Cox_Stacie_L_201709_MA.pdf?sequence=2 Year: 2017 Country: Canada Keywords: Body-Worn Cameras Shelf Number: 149919

Author: Canada. Public Safety Canada Title: 2016-2017 Evaluation of the National Flagging System Program: Final Report Summary: The Program The National Flagging System was established in 1995 to ensure that provincial/territorial Crown prosecutors were aware of the potential information held in other provinces/territories regarding an offender's high and continuing risk of future violent conduct. The National Flagging System is both a database and a network of provincial/territorial officials, referred to as National Flagging System Coordinators, who are responsible for identifying high-risk offenders for flagging purposes. The National Flagging System operates through the Canadian Police Information Centre (CPIC), which is housed within the RCMP. CPIC facilitates the sharing of person records to support this Program. When a flagged offender re-offends anywhere in Canada, those NFS Coordinators that have access to CPIC messaging functionality are notified through CPIC. NFS coordinators must apply and be granted CPIC system access before sharing the aforementioned information. The NFS is a $500,000/year grant program for the provinces with base funding of $25,000 per year per province and the remainder divided among the provinces on a population basis. Funding is used for salaries, equipment for electronic storage and file distribution, communication and travel for training and conferences that enhance expertise in the area of high-risk offenders. The territories, while part of the network, are not eligible for funding because the administration of justice is the responsibility of the Public Prosecution Service, a federal body that cannot be funded under the grant program. Why it is important High-risk offenders are a mobile population. Many spend time in the federal penitentiary system and may be moved around the country. After their incarceration, there is high incentive for them to relocate as they are often known in their community. There is a need for coordination among provinces and territories in the management of high-risk offenders. Inter-jurisdictional cooperation is essential in order to ensure that prosecutors have the information necessary to treat them appropriately if they re-offend anywhere in Canada. What we examined The evaluation assessed the relevance and performance of the NFS Program over the period 2012-13 to 2016-17. It examined: 1) continued need, 2) alignment with federal government priorities, 3) alignment with federal roles and responsibilities, 4) progress towards achievement of intended outcomes, and 5) efficiency and economy. What we found Relevance There is a continued need for the NFS and inter-jurisdictional cooperation so that prosecutors have information to ensure flagged offenders are treated appropriately if they re-offend anywhere in Canada. Workload is increasing because of the requirement to maintain files on high-risk offenders who tend to have long criminal careers. Given the mobility of long-term offenders, inter-provincial co-operation and sharing of information are crucial. Without federal funding some provinces are likely to become inactive leading to less communication, information sharing and cooperation among provinces. By identifying and tracking high-risk offenders and providing information on flagged offenders should they reoffend anywhere in Canada, the Program is aligned with the Government of Canada's and Public Safety's objective of a Safe and Secure Canada. The administration of justice is an area of shared responsibility between the federal government and the provinces/territories. The Program is consistent with federal roles and responsibilities to provide national leadership to foster cooperation and coordination among the provinces/ territories in the management of high risk offenders. Cost sharing reflects the need for information sharing with respect to this population as their mobility is increased when transferred within the federal penitentiary system. The NFS is a unique network with no equivalent counterparts. It has synergies with provincial flagging systems and with the new High Risk Child Sex Offender database for which NFS Coordinators have recently agreed to act as a conduit between the RCMP and organizations in the provinces/territories conducting public notifications. Performance - Effectiveness The evidence from interviews as well as document and literature reviews suggests that the Program is contributing to the outcomes identified in its logic model. The Program has helped provinces maintain or increase their capacity to identify and track high- risk offenders by providing funding for resources, training and equipment and by encouraging the development of inter-and intra-provincial/territorial networks. Although the data suggests that offenders who are higher risk than the general offender population are being identified, referred, flagged and tracked, it appears that cases may be missed and flagging criteria may be inconsistent across provinces. Work underway in certain provinces suggests that twice as many offenders should be flagged. A 2015 research study conducted in collaboration with PS points to inconsistency in flagging noting that some provinces are flagging disproportionally more offenders even though there were no differences in risk scores or recidivism rates between provinces.Footnote 1 The study also concluded that "the NFS appeared to function as an appropriate mechanism for tracking offenders at increased risk for violent or sexual recidivism" and identifies the right risk offenders.Footnote 2 Interviewees suggested that the program could be improved by reviewing flagging guidelines and practices. There are no standards for the timeliness of the transfer of information between provinces/territories; however, most interviewees felt it had improved and that files were transferred to meet court deadlines. Increased knowledge about the NFS and flagged offenders among Crown prosecutors and other justice partners is attributed to education and training, good communications between Coordinators and prosecutors and the knowledge and accessibility of Coordinators and staff to those with questions or seeking information. NFS information is seen to affect outcomes because it is readily and nationally available, extensive, complete and of high quality. It would be difficult for a Crown prosecutor to identify and obtain information of this caliber in a timely manner through his/her own efforts. NFS information is used to make decisions on charges, prosecution strategy, bail submissions, plea negotiations and sentencing recommendations as well as to alert prosecutors to the need to consider making an application for Dangerous Offender or Long Term Offender designations and as input into the programming an inmate receives from the Correctional Service of Canada. The NFS facilitates Dangerous Offender and Long Term Offender applications by providing complete criminal histories to support these applications, documenting intensive court processes and significantly reducing resource demands on Crown prosecutors that may in the past have limited the number of applications. A 2015 PS research study found that 14% of flagged offenders included in the study were subsequently designated compared to 1% of Canadian violent recidivists.Footnote 3 Having dedicated NFS staff, partly funded by federal grants, has facilitated the achievement of outcomes and the development of a network and strong relationships that are fostered through Coordinators' meetings. Two factors have been identified by some of the interviewees to have hindered the achievement of the Program's outcomes: information sharing challenges with the Correctional Service of Canada and the backlog faced by the RCMP in entering the criminal records of offenders in the CPIC. However, the RCMP indicated that CPIC does not have a backlog of any information. PS research studies published in 2005 and 2015 have provided confidence that the right people are being flagged and have helped Coordinators understand the impact of the Program. However, no additional research is currently planned. A number of potential improvements related to the Program have been suggested including reviewing flagging guidelines and criteria to improve inter-provincial consistency, implementing automatic notification of flagging candidates from provincial databases to minimize missed cases, preparing case summaries to improve the usefulness of flagging files to Crown prosecutors, increasing the use of electronic files, developing a web-based national database to store flagged offender files, more timely and consistent access to the Correctional Service of Canada data, more training for prosecutors on the Dangerous Offender and Long Term Offender application process and more systematic communication within the network to share information on issues and challenges related to high-risk offenders. Performance - Efficiency and Economy As recommended by the previous evaluation, a Performance Measurement Strategy was completed in 2014 and implemented in 2015. At 8%, the administration ratio for the program is in line with that of other grant programs and is indicative of an efficient administrative process. It is noted that the ratio has increased from 4.5% at the time of the last evaluation. The evaluation has identified a number of opportunities for improvement. To that end, the following recommendations are being made for consideration. Recommendations Internal Audit and Evaluation Directorate recommends that the ADM of CSCCB: In collaboration with the provinces, to develop more structured flagging criteria and guidelines to improve consistency in the application of these criteria by NFS coordinators and across jurisdictions; To work with NFS coordinators and Correctional Service Canada (CSC) to improve consistency, timeliness and ease of access to CSC information by NFS coordinators and across jurisdictions. Management Response and Action Plan Management accepts all recommendations and will implement an action plan Details: Ottawa: Public Safety Canada, 2017. 29p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 28, 2018 at: https://www.publicsafety.gc.ca/cnt/rsrcs/pblctns/vltn-ntnl-flggng/vltn-ntnl-flggng-en.pdf Year: 2017 Country: Canada Keywords: Offender Monitoring Shelf Number: 149949

Author: Scott, Terri-Lynne Title: Assessing Susceptibility to Group-Based Influence Summary: Despite representing a relatively small percent of the total offender population, the presence of offenders with radical beliefs and ideologies is an area worthy of attention, particularly for the potential threat they pose both within the custodial context, as well as in the community upon release (Stys, McEachran, & Axford, 2016). Understanding the factors that put offenders at an increased risk of becoming engaged with a radicalized or other Security Threat Group (STG) is an important first step in being able to mitigate the risk they pose. The primary purpose of this study was to determine if an assessment of susceptibility to group-based influence among Canadian federal offenders was possible using administrative data collected upon intake. A total of 1,495 offenders admitted to custody between January 3, 2003 and August 17, 2014, with a validated Security Threat Group (STG) affiliation or identified as radicalized were combined to form the STG group for this study. A group of non-STG affiliated offenders comprised the comparison group (n = 14,754). The STG and comparison group were further split into a development and a validation sample. A total of 300 predictor variables comprised of indicators from the intake assessment were selected for analysis. The majority of the offenders in the study were male (94.0%). When disaggregated by groups most individuals in the radicalized group were categorized as �other� ethnicity while the largest proportion of offenders in the other STG and comparison groups were Caucasian. Offenders in the STG group had the youngest mean age of 28.8 years, compared to the radicalized (M = 31.2 years) and comparison (M = 36.6 years) groups. A series of logistic regression analyses were used to reduce the number of predictor variables and identify items contributing to the prediction of the STG affiliation. The final model selected included items that clustered on the following categories: violence and victims, employment history, antisocial history and attitudes, and criminal history. Using simple summation to calculate an overall total score for all items, the AUC was .76 in the development sample, with only a small reduction in predictive accuracy demonstrated by an AUC = .74. These values are considered suggestive of a large effect size, meaning these items strongly predict and are related to being involved in an STG. The subscale with the highest predictive accuracy was antisocial associates and attitudes with an AUC value of .77 (development) and .76 (validation). The results of this preliminary work are promising and in a direction that is consistent with similar research in the field (e.g., Skillicorn et al., 2015). What remains to be determined is the best combination of factors that suggest a risk of being involved in a security threat group, and more specifically, involved with radicalized groups. Overall, the data available for this study lacked the precision needed to signal definitive areas of concern for vulnerabilities to specific group-based influence. The small sample identified as radicalized did not allow for disaggregated analysis. However, this study was an important first step in refining the notion of susceptibility and has identified a need to approach the measurement in a more operationalized and systematic way. Details: Ottawa: Correctional Service Canada, 2017. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: 2017 No. R-390: Accessed May 3, 2018 at: http://publications.gc.ca/collections/collection_2017/scc-csc/PS83-3-390-eng.pdf Year: 2017 Country: Canada Keywords: Homeland Security Shelf Number: 150046

Author: Madan, Gita Rao Title: Policing in Toronto Schools: Race-ing the Conversation Summary: In 2008, fully armed and uniformed police officers were deployed to thirty public high schools in Toronto to patrol the hallways on a full-time basis. The permanent assignment of police to the city's schools represents an unprecedented turn toward a disciplinary strategy rooted in a paradigm of security and surveillance. This institutional ethnography traces the chronology of the program, exploring how race-absent official discourses of safety and relationship building are used not only to legitimize the program but also to conceal how it works to produce and sustain social inequalities in schools. I argue that racial power is constitutive of the SRO program itself-that it is not simply an effect or consequence of the program's existence but the very instrument through which it operates. As such, a framework for school discipline that is rooted in equity and justice would require the complete removal of police officers from school spaces. Details: Toronto: University of Toronto, 2016. 101p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed Mary 4, 2018 at: https://tspace.library.utoronto.ca/bitstream/1807/71685/1/Madan_Gita_R_201603_MA_thesis.pdf Year: 2016 Country: Canada Keywords: School Crime Shelf Number: 150047

Author: Sysing, Melitun Castillo Title: The Martial Arts Project: Exploring the Use of the Martial Arts as an Intervention for Young Offenders with Substance Influenced Violent Offences Summary: Youth-committed violent offences comprise a large percentage of overall violent offences in Canada that include violent non-fatal and fatal offences, costing its citizens 7.95 billion dollars annually. Many of these offences have also occurred while under the influence of a psychoactive drug. Youth crime in general has decreased nationally in the past ten years. However, youth crime rates continue to remain high in the provinces of Saskatchewan and Manitoba, doubling the national average. Traditional therapies, such as cognitive behavioral therapy and multi-systemic therapy, have been used to address substance use and violent behaviors in young offenders and have shown success. This study explores the question of the effectiveness of alternative methods of intervention, such as the martial arts, for young offenders with substance influenced violent offences. Unfortunately, there is the idea among society and organizations that work with this population that exposing violent young offenders to the martial arts will create more violent and aggressive offenders. This qualitative phenomenological study explores the lives of adult martial artists (n = 5) who attribute managing or overcoming their addictions and violent and aggressive behaviors to their participation in the martial arts. The study also explores the experiences of service providers (n = 17) who work with the young offender population and identifies their perceptions on the use of the martial arts as an intervention. Results revealed that service providers find this population challenging and frustrating to work with due to their lack of motivation to change, as they are surrounded by a negative environment and lack of pro-social support in the community. The service providers felt that the martial arts would be a beneficial intervention. The findings of the present study provided a much clearer description of the mechanisms within martial arts that contributed to behavior change, such as supportive pro-social instructor and peers, giving them a sense of direction in life, learning how to cope with their emotions, and learning life lessons through training, such as perseverance and hard work, where other studies were unable to find the evidence. Details: Regina, SASK: University of Regina, 2016. 138p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed May 4, 2018 at: https://ourspace.uregina.ca/handle/10294/7638 Year: 2016 Country: Canada Keywords: Drug Abuse and Crime Shelf Number: 150050

Author: Simon Fraser University. Institute for Canadian Urban Research Studies Title: Economics of Policing: Complexity and Costs in Canada, 2014 Summary: In 2005, the Institute for Canadian Urban Research Studies (ICURS) at Simon Fraser University and the School of Criminology and Criminal Justice at the University of the Fraser Valley jointly conducted a historical analysis of the evolution of police workloads in British Columbia over the prior thirty years. The 2005 "30 Year Study" study found that police work had become much more complex and therefore more expensive. ICURS has conducted a follow up to the original study aimed at understanding further developments in the complexity and economics of police work. Overall, ICURS found that the demand for police services has been increasing over the past ten years through increases in non-criminal calls for policing, continuing increases in the legal complexity of equitable handling of cases, the growing policing response to mental health and addiction needs, and the increases in technical demands on services. While we document here a range of changes to the way policing 'gets done' in the Canada, it is important to state at the outset, that it is the police and civilian staff, at a local level, who must respond to an increasingly dynamic set of requirements and expectations. Police agencies, large or small, urban, rural or remote, must adapt to increased pressure in their daily work and are required to serve multiple, and at times, seemingly incongruent roles. These pressures stem from internal and external forces, reflecting, we believe, an evolving social and economic context in our communities. This trend marks a continuation of the findings reported in our first look at the changing nature of policing complexity. In fact, these trends appear to be increasing at a more rapid rate, placing policing in a more difficult position as the first responder to many social and safety needs for the population in general and marginalized populations in particular. The current study starts with an inquiry into the potential changes first identified in the "30 Year Study", exploring these issues through police incident based database and dispatch records systems, such as PRIME-BC, PIRS, PROS, the national Uniform Crime Reports (UCR), as well as municipal, provincial and federal costing data. Details: Vancouver, B.C.: Institute for Canadian Urban Research Studies, Simon Fraser University, 2014. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 10, 2018 at: https://www.publicsafety.gc.ca/cnt/cntrng-crm/plcng/cnmcs-plcng/rsrch-prtl/dtls-en.aspx?d=PS&i=80811653 Year: 2014 Country: Canada Keywords: Costs of Crime Shelf Number: 150153

Author: Brown, S.W. Title: The Alcohol and Drug-Crash Problem in Canada 2014 Report Summary: This report describes the magnitude and characteristics of the alcohol-crash and drug-crash problems in Canada during 2014, trends in these problems, and comparisons between jurisdictions. Information contained in this report was drawn from two national databases compiled and maintained by the Traffic Injury Research Foundation (TIRF) and funded jointly by the Public Health Agency of Canada and State Farm. One database contains information on persons fatally injured in motor vehicle crashes; the other has information on persons seriously injured in motor vehicle crashes. This report is prepared on behalf of the Canadian Council of Motor Transport Administrators (CCMTA). It examines: data on alcohol in fatally injured drivers and pedestrians; the number and percent of people who died in alcohol-related crashes; alcohol involvement in those crashes in which someone was seriously injured but not killed; and data on drugs in fatally injured drivers. Thus, in the report, various indicators are used to estimate the magnitude and extent of the alcoholcrash problem and drug-crash problem in Canada during 2014 as well as changes in these problems over the past few years. The indicators include:  the number and percent of people who were killed in crashes that involved alcohol;  the number and percent of fatally injured drivers who had been drinking;  the number and percent of fatally injured pedestrians who had been drinking;  the number and percent of drivers in serious injury crashes that involved alcohol; and,  the number and percent of fatally injured drivers who tested positive for drugs. As well, these indicators are presented separately for each province and territory. Finally, this report also examines the degree to which there has been a change in: (1) fatalities and serious injuries in collisions involving a drinking driver; and (2) the presence of drugs among fatally injured drivers. Analysis is provided for Canada and each province/territory. An average of data from 2011-2014 is compared to data from the 2006-2010 baseline period. Details: Ottawa: Canadian Council of Motor Transport Administrators, 2017. 242p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 14, 2018 at: http://www.ccmta.ca/images/publications/pdf/2014_Alcohol_and_Drug_Crash_Problem_Report.pdf Year: 2017 Country: Canada Keywords: Driving Under the Influence Shelf Number: 150172

Author: McConnell, Keiron Title: The Construction of the Gang in British Columbia: Mafioso, gangster, or thug? An examination of the uniqueness of the BC gangster phenomenon Summary: This thesis explores the structure, demographics, and history of gangs in British Columbia (BC), Canada, through a social constructionist lens. The purpose of this research is for the reader to consider the current state of gangs in BC as inherently different from other places in the world, to assist in understanding why there may be misconceptions, and to promote the research and implementation of more appropriate context-specific interventions. Building on previous work conducted as a Vancouver Police officer of over 27 years, I participated in field observations with gang units in Toronto and Hobbema, Canada; Chicago and Los Angeles, USA; and London, England. I also examined gang typologies and definitions in academic literature as a segment of the historical context of gang research and highlight how these bodies of literature contribute to the social construction of gangs. A historical review of media-reported gang violence in BC from 1903 to 2012 demonstrates that gang violence is not a new phenomenon, and its history is an essential element in the constructed concept of the gang. As well, I conducted semi-structured interviews with participants who either police gangs, work with gangs, or were former gang members to get their perspectives on the issue. The research findings highlight that gangs in BC are distinct from other locations. Whereas traditional at-risk youth dominate gangs elsewhere, BC has a large number of youth involved in gangs who do not appear to possess the typical antecedents to gang involvement. Because of these differences, it is crucial that anti-gang initiatives and policies be adapted to the BC context to effectively reduce gang activity and ultimately eliminate gangs. Details: London: London Metropolitan University, 2015. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed May 14, 2018 at: http://repository.londonmet.ac.uk/1177/ Year: 2015 Country: Canada Keywords: Gang Violence Shelf Number: 150187

Author: Laliberte, D. Title: Evaluation of the Alternative Suspension Program Summary: The Alternative Suspension (AS) program, which aims to reduce criminal activity by increasing youth attachment to school, was evaluated. The evaluation sites were in Chilliwack (British Columbia), North/West Edmonton (Alberta), and Moncton (New Brunswick). The target group consisted of students 12 to 17 years old, who were experiencing difficulties in their academic and social life, and had been suspended or at risk of being suspended. A pre-post design with a nonequivalent control group was used. The evaluators collected data and also used school data and data collected by the implementation agency. Youth who were more likely to experience better behavioural outcomes had been referred to AS for substance use (29 times more likely), criminal behaviour (14 times more), or physical or verbal violence (12 times more). At the end of the school year, 75.2% of completers and 56.3% of the control group had at least one positive outcome. Overall 45.0% of AS completers successfully finished all their courses; 44.1% of these youth, and 28.8% of the control group "met or exceeded school academic expectations". Overall, 59.0% of program completers and 38.1% of the control group improved their school behaviour. There was a decrease in disciplinary actions for 61.5% of completers and 39.6% of the control group. Around 3.8% of program completers and 14.3% of the control group had dropped out of school at the end of the school year. The average cost per completer was $1,340 in Moncton, $2,107 in Edmonton, and $1,693 in Chilliwack. Net average costs per positive outcome varied from $8,852 to $10,818, and marginal costs from $5,002 to $7,238. Details: Ottawa: Public Safety Canada, 2017. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: Research Report: 2017-R008: Accessed May 18, 2018 at: https://www.publicsafety.gc.ca/cnt/rsrcs/pblctns/2017-r008/2017-r008-en.pdf Year: 2017 Country: Canada Keywords: Cost-Benefit Analysis Shelf Number: 150258

Author: O'Grady, William Title: Reintegration in Ontario: Practices, Priorities, and Effective Models Summary: The reintegration of individuals exiting correctional facilities (hereafter "releasees") in Ontario into the larger community has widespread implications for those being released, their families, and the broader society. While many releasees are in need of reintegrative supports, they often struggle to find stable housing, employment and/or educational opportunities, and access to necessary social, physical, and mental health services. Not only are these problems compounded by the social stigma of being labelled "an ex-offender" or "an ex-con", but also the lack of communication between stakeholders and a fragmented service provision model stretched across a large number of front-line service providers. Addressing the complex needs of releasees through effective programs, services and practices is crucial for successful reintegration. Research literature is clear that successful reintegration is one of the primary factors in reducing recidivism. Reduction in further criminal justice involvement by releasees has significant implications on enhancing community safety. The Association for Effective Reintegration in Ontario (AERO) was established in 2013 out of a larger Social Sciences and Humanities Research Council1 (SSHRC)-funded project entitled Navigating the Road to Reintegration which sought to create a research network to develop a long-term research agenda and knowledge mobilization plan, as well as a practicable policy framework that front-line service providers can readily utilize to begin the process of streamlining and optimizing reintegration efforts in Ontario. AERO's main object is to address reintegration issues throughout Ontario from the research and policy activities of its stakeholders (academics, front-line service providers, and other individuals from the community), in order to collaboratively develop practical solutions which would effect real change to the reintegration process. Over the last three years, AERO has undertaken several activities to mobilize its members and determine what they felt to be the most significant challenges releasees face, as well as identifying the best solutions for ensuring a successful transition from a correctional institution (hereafter prison) to the community. AERO members identify five main priority areas in reintegration: Discharge Planning, Housing, Employment and Education, Social Supports and Complex Needs, and Stigma. This document provides an overview of each priority area and the relevant research literature, while also highlighting many promising and innovative reintegration programs or practices currently being offered by community-based service providers across Ontario. We conclude with a discussion of the importance of the five priority areas for successful reintegration and emphasize the major themes emerging from the literature on effective reintegration practices and models which, we argue, should guide reintegration services and programming. Details: Ottawa: John Howard Society of Ontario, 2016. 52p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 5, 2018 at: http://johnhoward.on.ca/wp-content/uploads/2016/11/Reintegration-in-Ontario-Final.pdf Year: 2016 Country: Canada Keywords: Prisoner Reentry Shelf Number: 150469

Author: Public Safety Canada Title: Youth Mental Health, Mental Illness & Crime Summary: Mental and emotional health and well-being of youth is a serious health issue in Canada that has several implications in the field of youth crime prevention as well as for the juvenile justice system. The Mental Health Commission of Canada (MHCC) reports that as much as 70% of people suffering from mental health illnesses have their onset during the years of childhood and adolescence (MHCC, 2015), and that the early onset of mental health problems and illnesses have lifelong consequences. Compelling evidence for this latter statement can be seen in Canada's National Longitudinal Survey of Children and Youth, conducted between 1994 and 2008, which found that children who self-report emotional difficulties at ages four to eight were four times more likely to report depression eight years later (Canadian Institute for Health Information (CIHI), 2015). These statistics are also in line with the results of the Canadian Community Health Survey-Mental Health1 which found that the likelihood of youth (age 15-24) coming into contact with police because of a mental or substance use disorder is significantly higher than for those aged 45 and above (Boyce, 2015). According to the most recent reports of the MHCC (2017), in 2016, more than 7.5 million people in Canada were likely facing one of the common mental illness: major depression, bipolar disorder, alcohol use disorders, social phobia and depression (Ratnasingham et al., 2012 in MHCC, 2017b). The same report also reveals that more than 900,000 adolescents ages 13 to 19 lived with a mental health problem or illness in Canada (MHCC, 2017a). For this group of population, substance use is the most frequent problem (9.9%), followed by anxiety (9%), mood disorders (5.2%), Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD) (3.9%), Oppositional Defiant Disorder (ODD) (1.9%) and conduct disorders (1.9%) (MHCC, 2017b). These statistics show the need to better understand the links between mental illness and youth crime and the practices currently being used to serve the youth suffering from mental health disorders. As such, the purpose of this report is to examine the Canadian knowledge concerning youth suffering from mental health disorders and their involvement in crime, with particular interest in the age group 12-24, to highlight the important correlations between mental health and some specific crime issues and to identify the knowledge gaps. Details: Ottawa: Public Safety Canada, 2017. 20p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 5, 2018 at: http://publications.gc.ca/collections/collection_2017/sp-ps/PS2-4-2017-1-eng.pdf Year: 2017 Country: Canada Keywords: Mental Health Shelf Number: 150472

Author: Coady, Kyle Nicholas Patrick Title: Prosecutor Selected Youth Diversion: Identifying the Circumstances and Conceptualizing the Cases Summary: Crown selected youth diversion has received little academic attention in Canada. As a process that channels offenders out of the formal legal system, diversion purports to achieve contradictory self-serving system and offender-based goals. Using 50 randomly selected prosecution files - half of which the Crown diverted and half of which the Crown prosecuted - a mixed method investigation of diversion assesses cases through quantitative content analysis and grounded theory method. Based on the quantitative analysis, it is argued that there is an emerging patterned nature of Crown selected diversion that is not completely benign. This patterned nature of diversion unearths a distinctive discourse of diversion/nondiversion. Qualitatively, it is argued that the cases are organized around three temporal moments that create an area for distinctions to be made in terms of threat, responsibility, (in)tolerableness and recourse. Seemingly, there is a persistent paradoxical existence of the diversion process that emerges from the case files. Details: Ottawa: University of Ottawa, Department of Criminology, 2012. 195p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed June 6, 2018 at: https://ruor.uottawa.ca/bitstream/10393/23217/3/Coady_Kyle_Nicholas_Patrick_2012_thesis.pdf Year: 2012 Country: Canada Keywords: Diversion Shelf Number: 150486

Author: Global Detention Project Title: Immigration Detention in Canada: Important Reforms, Ongoing Concerns Summary: Although Canada has experienced increasing immigration pressures, including receiving in 2017 the highest number of asylum claims in its history, the country has not witnessed the same acrimonious public debate over immigration seen elsewhere. It has adopted important reforms, including the introduction of a National Immigration Detention Framework aimed at improving detention conditions and reducing the use of prisons for immigration reasons. Concerns, however, remain: One third of immigration detainees are still held in prisons, including individuals with mental health conditions; there is no maximum limit to the length of detention; children may be "housed" in detention facilities to prevent the separation of families; Canada is one of only a handful of countries with a mandatory detention policy, which includes detention for up to 12 months with no judicial review; and anti-terrorism provisions in its immigration legislation have been used to detain and deport foreign nationals on secret evidence. Details: Geneva, SWIT: Global Detention Project, 2018. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 19, 2018 at: https://www.globaldetentionproject.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/GDP-Immigration-Detention-Canada-2018.pdf Year: 2018 Country: Canada Keywords: Asylum Seekers Shelf Number: 150582

Author: Zhang, Haimin Title: Immigration and Crime: Evidence from Canada Summary: There is growing belief in many developed countries, including Canada, that the large influx of the foreign-born population increases crime. Despite the heated public discussion, the immigrant-crime relationship is understudied in the literature. This paper identifies the causal linkages between immigration and crime using panel data constructed from the Uniform Crime Reporting Survey and the master files of the Census of Canada. This paper distinguishes immigrants by their years in Canada and defines three groups: new immigrants, recent immigrants and established immigrants. An instrumental variable strategy based on the historical ethnic distribution is used to correct for the endogenous location choice of immigrants. Two robust patterns emerge. First, new immigrants do not have a significant impact on the property crime rate, but with time spent in Canada, a 10% increase in the recent-immigrant share or established-immigrant share decreases the property crime rate by 2% to 3%. Neither underreporting to police nor the dilution of the criminal pool by the addition of law-abiding immigrants can fully explain the size of the estimates. This suggests that immigration has a spillover e↵ect, such as changing neighbourhood characteristics, which reduces crime rates in the long run. Second, IV estimates are consistently more negative than their OLS counterparts. By not correctly identifying the causal channel, OLS estimation leads to the incorrect conclusion that immigration is associated with higher crime rates. Details: Vancouver, BC: Canadian Labour Market and Skills Researcher Network, 2015. 59p. Source: Internet Resource: Canadian Labour Market and Skills Researcher Network Working Paper No. 135 Accessed July 5, 2018 at: http://www.clsrn.econ.ubc.ca/workingpapers/CLSRN%20Working%20Paper%20no.%20135%20-%20Zhang.pdf Year: 2014 Country: Canada Keywords: Crime Rates Shelf Number: 150772

Author: Jung, Seyun Maria Title: The Relationship between Immigration and Crime in Canada: 1976-2011 Summary: This dissertation examines whether changes in immigration are associated with changes in crime rates at the macro-level over time in Canada. Specifically, I analyze this relationship in Canadian census metropolitan areas (CMAs) and provinces for the period 1976-2011. In general, the research on the relationship between immigration and crime has shown that they are either negatively associated or not related at all. However, most of this work has been conducted in the United States using cross-sectional designs and has focused on one type of crime, namely homicide. Differences between Canada and the United States in the extent and nature of both immigration and crime warrant a study of their relationship and its generalizability beyond the US. My dissertation adds to the literature by using a longitudinal design - which treats immigration as a process that unfolds over time - and extending the analysis beyond homicide to include violent, property, and crime rates. My findings show that, controlling for demographic and socioeconomic covariates, changes in immigration are either not significantly associated or negatively associated with changes in crime rates. These results lend support to the generalizability of the findings from studies of US cities to Canadian cities, to larger units of aggregation (i.e., provinces), and across different types of crime. Details: Toronto: Centre for Criminology and Sociolegal Studies, University of Toronto, 2017. 189p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed July 5, 2018 at: https://tspace.library.utoronto.ca/bitstream/1807/79009/3/Jung_Seyun_Maria_201706_PhD_thesis.pdf Year: 2017 Country: Canada Keywords: Crime Rates Shelf Number: 150774

Author: Ngo, Hieu Van Title: Unravelling Identities and Belonging: Criminal Gang Involvement of Youth from Immigrant Families Summary: SETTING THE CONTEXT Foreign-born youth and Canadian-born youth from immigrant families have established a strong presence in Canadian society. They represent about 20% of all young Canadians under the age of 18, and are expected to reach 25% by 2016 (Canadian Council on Social Development, 2006). The future of Canada is intricately linked to their healthy development. In recent years, however, there has been growing public concern about criminal gang involvement of youth from immigrant families. Yet there is a notable lack of vibrant, informed public dialogue on criminal gangs in general, and on criminal gang involvement of youth from immigrant families in particular. The scanty research literature on children of immigrant families has not met the challenge of providing critical, in-depth information to inform public debate and policy and service development. RESEARCH OBJECTIVES AND DESIGN This research sought to answer (1) why and how some youth from immigrant families have become involved in criminal gang activity, and (2) what strategies can be used to effectively support high risk and gang involved youth from immigrant families. It adopted the participatory action research and grounded theory methodologies. The research involved the interplay of two processes: the participatory group process of the collaborative inquiry network made up of 39 representatives from the community, social service, education, government, justice, health and media sectors; and the parallel one-on-one inquiry into the lived experience of 30 gang involved youth and former gang members from immigrant families. PATHWAYS OF YOUTH FROM IMMIGRANT FAMILIES TOWARDS CRIMINAL GANG INVOLVEMENT AND OUT OF GANG LIFE The inquiry into the lived experiences of the gang involved participants illustrated the complex pathways towards criminal gang involvement and out of gang life followed by youth from immigrant families, and the detrimental effect on the wellbeing and behaviour of these young people consequent upon the unraveling of their sense of identity and belonging. The gang involved participants either directly experienced pre-migration vulnerabilities or were indirectly impacted by their parents' pre-migration histories. Their life experience in Canada involved gradual disintegration of their interaction with their families, schools and communities. Subsequently, the participants experienced crises of identity and belonging, which propelled them towards forming friendships with other socially disconnected peers. They became involved in social cliques, and progressed towards membership in criminal gangs. Confronted with various turning points, some participants eventually chose to leave their gangs. They worked towards exit from the gang and reintegration into their families and communities. PRACTICAL FRAMEWORK FOR SUPPORTING HIGH RISK AND GANG INVOLVED YOUTH FROM IMMIGRANT FAMILIES Drawing upon their learning about the lived experiences of gang involved youth and former gang members, as well as their own professional experience and expertise, the members the collaborative inquiry network proposed a practical framework for supporting high risk and gang involved youth from immigrant families. The practical framework would promote collaboration among stakeholders of diverse sectors and communities to support youth from immigrant families who are at risk or have a history of criminal gang involvement to develop a positive sense of identity and to achieve a healthy sense of belonging at home, school, and in the community. It would be guided by a set of principles that focus on identity development, equity, multi-sectoral involvement, coordination and collaboration, multiple approaches to youth services, the need to address multiple needs with multiple interventions, and timeliness and responsiveness. The practical framework would address the specific issues facing high risk and gang involved youth from immigrant families prior to their involvement in social cliques and criminal gangs. It would also deal with the specific challenges pertaining to gang exit and reintegration of gang involved youth into their families and communities. This framework would promote coordination and comprehensiveness of home-based, school-based and community-based support for high risk and gang involved youth from immigrant families. RECOMMENDED NEXT STEPS Grounded in the lived experience of gang involved research participants, this study has offered an in-depth understanding about the pathways of gang involved youth from immigrant families towards criminal gang involvement and out of gang life. It posits a practical framework for supporting high risk and gang involved youth from immigrant families, articulates a clear vision and guiding principles, and outlines specific strategies for home-based, school-based and community-based support that address prevention, gang exit and reintegration of former gang members into their families and communities. The groundwork of the collaborative inquiry network offers a solid start for sustainable and coordinated multisectoral collaboration to support youth from immigrant families in Calgary. As stakeholders move forward with the planned multi-sectoral symposium on criminal gang involvement of youth from immigrant families, and continue with post-symposium collaboration to support these young people, we would recommend that stakeholders consider the following next steps: 1. Acquire and clarify shared understanding about issues facing youth from immigrant families. 2. Adopt the suggested framework as a starting point for collaborative planning, and develop a citywide action plan to support gang involved and high risk youth from immigrant families. 3. Establish a sound multi-stakeholder, multi-sectoral infrastructure with a clear mandate and adequate resources to support the implementation of the action plan, and to ensure effective communication, coordination and collaboration among participating stakeholders. 4. Ensure big picture, balanced emphases on prevention and interventions; family-based, school-based and community-based support; and policy, practice and research. 5. Address specific programming for youth from immigrant families, as well as their access to general services and resources in the community. 6. Integrate an explicit focus on support for the development of positive self-concept, strong Canadian identity and empowering ethnic identity in all services for youth from immigrant families. 7. Support youth- and family-focused institutions and organizations in all sectors: review existing policies and services to ensure an explicit focus on diversity, cultural competence and support for youth from immigrant families. 8. Involve youth from immigrant families and ethnic communities in all collaborative efforts. Details: Calgary, AB: Centre for Newcomers, 2010. 146p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 10, 2018 at: http://www.aaisalearns.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/unravelling_identities.pdf Year: 2010 Country: Canada Keywords: At-risk Youth Shelf Number: 150794

Author: Ibrahim, Dyna Title: Violent victimization, discrimination and perceptions of safety: An immigrant perspective, Canada, 2014 Summary: Violent victimization, discrimination and perceptions of safety: An immigrant perspective, Canada, 2014: Highlights - According to the 2014 General Social Survey (GSS) on Canadians' Safety (Victimization), immigrants experienced violent victimization-which includes sexual assault, robbery and physical assault-at a rate of 39 incidents per 1,000 population; this rate was significantly lower than the rate among non-immigrants (86 per 1,000 population). - In 2014, there was a marked decline (-43%) in self-reported violent victimization rates among immigrants compared to what was reported in 2004 (39 incidents versus 68 incidents per 1,000 population); among the non-immigrant population, a decline of 26% was reported over the same time period (86 versus 116 incidents per 1,000 population). - In 2014, violent victimization rates were similar between immigrant men and women. This was not the case among the non-immigrant population where women were found to be at a higher risk for victimization than men. - Although most violent incidents against an immigrant did not lead to serious physical injuries, most had negative emotional consequences. About one in ten (12%E ) violent incidents led to symptoms that align with those associated with post-traumatic stress disorder. - The large majority of immigrants who were victims of violent crime did not believe their victimization was motivated by hate (76%). However, they were more likely than non-immigrants to report that the violence was gang-related (38%E compared to 11%E among non-immigrants). - More than half (53%) of immigrant victims of violence did not report the incident to police. Of all victims who reported the incident to police, immigrants were more likely to have been dissatisfied with police action than non-immigrants (55%E versus 28%). - Experiences of discrimination were more commonly reported by immigrants (17%) than non-immigrants (12%). This was more common among recent immigrants, those who had immigrated to Canada after 2004 than established immigrants, those who had immigrated to Canada earlier (20% versus 16%). - Immigrants who had experienced discrimination most often reported this occurring at work or when they were applying for a job or promotion (54%) and the most common reasons cited were their ethnicity or culture (54%) or their race or skin colour (47%). Recent immigrants were more likely to experience discrimination because of their language than established immigrants (42% and 27%, respectively). Details: Ottawa: Statistics Canada, 2018. 27p. Source: Internet Resource: Juristat: Accessed July 10, 2018 at: https://www150.statcan.gc.ca/n1/en/pub/85-002-x/2018001/article/54911-eng.pdf?st=QBcd0pvD Year: 2018 Country: Canada Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 150796

Author: Simpson, Laura Title: Violent victimization and discrimination among visible minority populations, Canada, 2014 Summary: Violent victimization and discrimination among visible minority populations, Canada, 2014: Highlights - According to the 2014 General Social Survey on Canadians' Safety (Victimization), the overall rate of self-reported violent victimization among visible minorities (55E incidents per 1,000 population) was significantly lower than among non-visible minorities (80 per 1,000). - Between 2004 and 2014 there was a significant decline (-44%) in the rate of violent victimization among the visible minority population, from 98 incidents per 1,000 population in 2004 to 55E in 2014. This decrease was much larger than that of the non-visible minority population (-25%). - Visible minorities reported being physically assaulted at a far lower rate than non-visible minorities (27E versus 53 incidents per 1,000 population), but were equally as likely to report having been sexually assaulted (21E and 21 incidents per 1,000). - Canadian-born visible minorities experienced violent victimization at a rate almost five times higher than that of their immigrant counterparts (143E versus 28E incidents per 1,000 population, respectively), suggesting that the lower rates of violent victimization observed among visible minorities are mainly attributable to immigrants. - One in five (20%) members of the visible minority population reported experiencing some form of discrimination in the five years preceding the survey. Of these, over three in five (63%) believed that they were discriminated against because of their race or skin colour. - Visible minorities expressed lower levels of satisfaction than non-visible minorities on three out of six indicators of police performance: being approachable and easy to talk to (62% versus 67%), providing information on ways to prevent crime (51% versus 57%), and treating people fairly (59% versus 63%). Details: Ottawa: Statistics Canada, 2018. 17p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 10, 2018 at: https://www150.statcan.gc.ca/n1/en/pub/85-002-x/2018001/article/54913-eng.pdf?st=mFErGW06 Year: 2018 Country: Canada Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 150797

Author: Tewelde, Yafet Title: From Analysis to Action: A Collective Approach To Eliminate Youth Violence Summary: Youth violence has plagued Toronto for far too long. This report advocates for a collective approach between government, private sector, community/social service agencies and city/faith leaders to effectively address the root causes of youth violence. A huge amount of work is happening across the City that has prompted increased interest from City leaders and highlighting the need for a more thoughtful, strategic approach to effectively reduce youth violence. Community leaders are developing campaigns, organizations are going to other jurisdictions to identify best practices, and youth are organizing in their communities with a myriad of innovative projects all in attempts to get a handle on this matter. It has become clear that it is not for a lack of trying that makes youth violence such a resilient issue in Toronto, but it is the lack of collective action. There are some groups of young people who experience violence more frequently than others; youth coming from socially isolated and financially deprived families are most often impacted by violence. It is also important to note that those who have the highest risk factors of engaging in violent crime are identified as racially marginalized male youth living in low-incomes communities. Risk factors of engagement in violent activities are identified by inadequate supports in the areas of employment potential, educational attainment, family wellbeing and social inclusion. While there is recognition that all youth need supports, some have been proven to be at a disadvantage and systemic attention is required to enable them to reach their full potential and make a positive contribute to their city. This report argues that youth violence is best addressed through a collective action approach, towards achieving these four outcomes: improved employment/economic opportunities, increased educational attainment, a healthy family wellbeing, and social inclusion. Although at present there is important work focused on these four areas, there is no central place that all stakeholders can plan, discuss, share and track city-wide impacts. This report argues that sustainable youth violence reduction can only be achieved through creating and fostering meaningful cross-sector partnerships, as it is further-reaching and more efficient, effective and long lasting. An action plan of how the public, private, and nonprofit sectors of our city can collectively bring their skills to the table to reduce violence perpetrated by and against young people is also presented in this report. We show how a collective approach is properly situated to address the root causes. The key contribution of this report is that true impact will be made when government, private sector, and community/social service agencies of our city communicate, plan and lead together in saving and improving the lives of young people. Toronto needs a Youth violence reductioncollective impact table focused on the most marginalized youth bringing all stakeholders together to coordinate and act! Details: Toronto, Ontario : Youth Anti-Violence Task Force, 2013. 21p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 10, 2018 at: http://www.yorku.ca/act/reports/ReducingYouthViolence.pdf Year: 2013 Country: Canada Keywords: At-Risk Youth Shelf Number: 150799

Author: Cotter, Adam Title: Violent victimization of women with disabilities, 2014 Summary: According to the 2014 General Social Survey on Victimization, women with a disability were twice as likely as women who did not have a disability to have been a victim of violent crime. A similar trend was evident among men. Women with a disability were nearly twice as likely as women without a disability to have been sexually assaulted in the past 12 months. Among victims of violent crime, women with a disability were almost twice as likely as women without one to have been victimized more than once in the 12 months preceding the survey (36% versus 20%). The rate of violent victimization among women and men with a cognitive disability or a mental health‑related disability was approximately four times higher than among those who did not have a disability. Among women and men with a sensory or physical disability, the rate of violent victimization was roughly twice as high as among those who did not have a disability. Victims of violent crime who had a disability were more likely to make use of victims' services. Six in ten (61%) victims of violent crime who turned to formal support services in 2014 had a disability. Women with a disability were more likely than their male counterparts to contact or use any services. Canadians with a disability were more likely to be victimized in their own home, as close to one‑third (30%) of violent incidents against a person with a disability occurred in their private residence (compared to 17% of incidents where the victim did not have a disability). Four in ten (40%) Canadians with a disability at the time of the survey were physically and/or sexually abused during their childhood, compared to about one‑quarter (27%) of those who did not have a disability. About one‑quarter of women with a cognitive disability (24%) or a mental health‑related disability (26%) were sexually abused by an adult before they were 15 years of age. Almost half (46%) of all Canadian women who reported having ever experienced homelessness had a disability, as did nearly four in ten (37%) men. Overall, more than one in five Canadians with a mental health‑related disability (22% of women and 25% of men) or a cognitive disability (22% of women and 23% of men) indicated that they had experienced homelessness at some point in their life. More than one in five (23%) women with a disability experienced emotional, financial, physical or sexual violence or abuse committed by a current or former partner in the past 5 years, a similar proportion as men with a disability (22%). For both women and men, this was roughly two times higher when compared to those without a disability. Among victims of spousal violence with a disability, women were more likely than men to have experienced the most serious forms of spousal violence (39% versus 16%E), to be physically injured due to the violence (46% versus 29%E), to fear for their life (38% versus 14%E), and to contact or use formal support services following the violence (71% versus 29%E). Details: Ottawa: Statistics Canada, 2018. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Juristat: Accessed July 10, 2018 at: https://www150.statcan.gc.ca/n1/pub/85-002-x/2018001/article/54910-eng.pdf Year: 2018 Country: Canada Keywords: Disabilities Shelf Number: 150803

Author: Conor, Patricia Title: Police resources in Canada, 2017 Summary: There were 69,027 police officers in Canada on May 15, 2017, 168 more than the previous year. This represents a rate of police strength of 188 officers per 100,000 population and a decline of 1% from the previous year. It also marks the sixth consecutive year of decline in the rate of police strength. The 29,049 civilians employed by police services across Canada on May 15, 2017, represents a 2% increase from the previous year and accounted for 30% of all police service personnel. The proportion of personnel employed by police services who are civilians has gradually increased since the 1960s. Growth has occurred predominantly in the management and professional categories which includes managers, administrators, systems/computer analysts, scientists, and other skilled civilian personnel. On May 15, 2017, women accounted for 21% of all sworn officers. Women continued to be increasingly represented in the higher ranks of police services. Women represented 15% of senior officers in 2017�the highest proportion ever recorded-compared with 7% in 2007 and less than 1% in 1986. The proportion of police officers aged 40 years and older has grown from 52% in 2013 to 56% in 2017. In 2016/2017, police services in Canada hired 2,917 officers. The majority (86%) were recruit graduates, remaining consistent from the previous year. Police reported that 2,684 officers departed their service in 2016/2017, with 67% leaving for retirement and the remaining 33% leaving for other reasons such as a job with another service or a career change. In 2016/2017, 10% of officers in Canada were eligible to retire but did not. Year‑end operating expenditures for police services in Canada in 2016/2017 totaled $14.7 billion in current dollars. Police spending has increased annually from 1987/1988 for every year except in 1994/1995 and 1995/1996 with very small decreases of less than 1%. Accounting for inflation, total operating expenditures in 2016/2017 rose by 2% from the previous year. When accounting for population and inflation, policing operational costs in 2016/2017 amounted to $315 per capita, almost unchanged from $313 per capita in 2015/2016. Details: Ottawa: Statistics Canada, 2018. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: Juristat: Accessed July 10, 2018 at: https://www150.statcan.gc.ca/n1/pub/85-002-x/2018001/article/54912-eng.pdf Year: 2018 Country: Canada Keywords: Police Administration Shelf Number: 150804

Author: Deschamps, Marie Title: External Review into Sexual Misconduct and Sexual Harassment in the Canadian Armed Forces Summary: While problems of sexual harassment and sexual assault are not unique to the CAF- numerous organizations are struggling to address the prevalence of inappropriate sexual conduct,-the time is right for the leadership of the Canadian Armed Forces (CAF) to tackle the issue. Sexual harassment and sexual assault not only harm the victims, but also the integrity, professionalism and efficiency of the CAF as a whole. One of the key findings of the External Review Authority (the ERA) is that there is an underlying sexualized culture in the CAF that is hostile to women and LGTBQ members, and conducive to more serious incidents of sexual harassment and assault. Cultural change is therefore key. It is not enough to simply revise policies or to repeat the mantra of "zero tolerance". Leaders must acknowledge that sexual misconduct is a real and serious problem for the organization, one that requires their own direct and sustained attention. While cultural change is not an easy enterprise, the CAF has a variety of tools at its disposal including policies, training programs, the disciplinary and military justice system, and victim support services. However, these instruments need to be strengthened if they are to be effective. This Report represents the findings of the ERA's review of the policies, procedures and programs of the CAF relating to inappropriate sexual conduct, and its recommendations for how to best utilize such tools to reduce the prevalence of sexual harassment and sexual assault in the armed forces. Scope and Mandate of the Review The mandate of the ERA was to examine CAF policies, procedures and programs in relation to sexual harassment and sexual assault, including the effectiveness with which these policies are currently being implemented. To carry out this mandate, the ERA conducted a series of confidential interviews with reserve and regular members, from all ranks and environments (Naval, Land, and Air Force, and training), from July to December, 2014. The ERA also interviewed individuals whose work in the CAF relates, in various ways, to the investigation or prevention of sexual harassment and sexual assault, or to providing support to victims of such prohibited conduct. These individuals included Commanding Officers, harassment advisors, workplace relation advisors, military police, investigators from the Canadian Forces National Investigation Service, representatives of the Judge Advocate General, chaplains, physicians, nurses, social workers, and representatives of support groups, as well as several military researchers. The ERA also met with two civilian organizations, one operating in the law enforcement sector and one commercial corporation, and reviewed information concerning the practices of a number of other armed forces, to examine "best practices" in addressing inappropriate sexual conduct in the workplace. The ERA's consultations were conducted through focus groups, face-to-face interviews and telephone interviews, and were held at various locations, including two naval bases, three land bases, two air bases, two training bases, two military colleges, and on several reserve units sites. In addition, CAF members were informed about the Review on the CAF website and through widely broadcast emails, and were invited to contact the ERA directly through a dedicated, confidential email address. The ERA made itself available to meet with individuals both on and off-base in order to ensure confidentiality and to maximize the participation of interested individuals. Ultimately, over 700 individuals contributed to the Review. Culture of the CAF The military ethos of the CAF is founded on respect for dignity of all persons, a principle that is embodied in CAF policies, which are themselves enforceable through both administrative and disciplinary action. The ERA found a disjunction, however, between the high professional standards established by the CAF's policies on inappropriate sexual conduct, including sexual assault and sexual harassment, and the reality experienced by many members day-to-day. Throughout its consultations, the ERA met with members who appeared genuinely happy with their choice of career, and who found great personal pride and satisfaction in their work for the military. At the same time, however, the ERA's consultations revealed a sexualized environment in the CAF, particularly among recruits and non- commissioned members, characterized by the frequent use of swear words and highly degrading expressions that reference women's bodies, sexual jokes, innuendos, discriminatory comments with respect to the abilities of women, and unwelcome sexual touching. Cumulatively, such conduct creates an environment that is hostile to women and LGTBQ members, and is conducive to more serious incidents of sexual harassment and assault. Although the most common complaints to the ERA related to this hostile, sexualized environment, the ERA also heard reports of quid pro quo sexual harassment. Some participants further reported instances of sexual assault, including instances of dubious relationships between lower rank women and higher rank men, and date rape. At the most serious extreme, these reports of sexual violence highlighted the use of sex to enforce power relationships and to punish and ostracize a member of a unit. The ERA found that members appear to become inured to this sexualized culture as they move up the ranks. For example, non-commissioned officers (NCOs), both men and women, appear to be generally desensitized to the sexualized culture. Officers tend to excuse incidents of inappropriate conduct on the basis that the CAF is merely a reflection of civilian society. There is also a strong perception that senior NCOs are responsible for imposing a culture where no one speaks up and which functions to deter victims from reporting sexual misconduct. As a result of these attitudes, there is a broadly held perception in the lower ranks that those in the chain of command either condone inappropriate sexual conduct, or are willing to turn a blind-eye to such incidents. Comprehensive cultural change is therefore required, and such change cannot occur without the proactive engagement of senior leaders in the CAF. Senior leaders- particularly those with general oversight responsibilities-need to acknowledge the problem of sexual harassment and sexual assault in the armed forces, clearly state that such misconduct is unacceptable, and adopt a comprehensive strategy to eliminate the sexualized environment and to better integrate women into the military, including by appointing more women to positions of senior leadership. Under-Reporting It was readily apparent throughout the consultations that a large percentage of incidents of sexual harassment and sexual assault are not reported. First and foremost, interviewees stated that fear of negative repercussions for career progression, including being removed from the unit, is one of the most important reasons why members do not report such incidents. Victims expressed concern about not being believed, being stigmatized as weak, labeled as a trouble-maker, subjected to retaliation by peers and supervisors, or diagnosed as unfit for work. There is also a strong perception that the complaint process lacks confidentiality. Underlying all of these concerns is a deep mistrust that the chain of command will take such complaints seriously. Members are less likely to be willing to report incidents of sexual harassment and assault in a context in which there is a general perception that it is permissible to objectify women's bodies, make unwelcome and hurtful jokes about sexual interactions with female members, and cast aspersions on the capabilities of female members. That such conduct is generally ignored, or even condoned, by the chain of command prevents many victims from reporting incidents of inappropriate conduct. The ERA heard repeatedly from participants that the only way to increase the frequency of reporting is to create a reporting mechanism outside of the chain of command. Indeed, a number of other military organizations-for example in the United States, Australia and France-have created independent offices to receive reports of sexual misconduct, as well as to provide victim support, conduct training, and track data. Most of these offices allow victims to decide whether or not they wish their complaint to trigger a formal complaint and investigation process. Regardless of which path they choose, however, victims are offered treatment and support. As has been modeled in other countries, and is demanded internally by many of the CAF's own members, the ERA recommends creating a center for accountability for sexual assault and harassment, independent from the CAF, with responsibility for receiving complaints of inappropriate sexual conduct, as well as responsibility for prevention, victim support, data collection, training, and monitoring of case outcomes. Complaint processes should allow victims to choose whether or not they wish their complaint to trigger a formal investigation, but in either case should entitle the victim to receive treatment and support services. Definitions While mere policy change is not, in and of itself, sufficient to reduce the prevalence of inappropriate sexual conduct, policies do constitute a key tool to guide the conduct of CAF members. Unfortunately, the ERA found that the definitions of prohibited conduct in the current policies are deficient. In particular, interviewees expressed confusion about what constitutes sexual harassment, sexual misconduct, adverse personal relationship, and fraternization. In the case of sexual harassment in particular, the CAF definition is not only overly-complex, it is also unduly narrow and fails to capture a broad range of inappropriate sexual conduct. The definition of sexual harassment should cover not only individual and quid pro quo harassment, but also unwelcome sexual conduct that contributes to a hostile organizational culture. This includes sexual comments or jokes that are not necessarily addressed to a particular person, but which create a negative sexualized environment. In addition, the definition of sexual harassment should not be limited to incidents that occur in the workplace, given that members generally live, work, and socialize together within organizational structures created by the CAF. The notion of adverse personal relationship is also poorly understood. It is only described in CAF policies by reference to the negative consequences on the unit, and does not specifically address relationships between members in different positions of authority. In view of the inherent power imbalance between members of different rank, however, there should be an administrative presumption of an adverse personal relationship applicable where such relationship has not been disclosed in accordance with the policy. The concept of sexual misconduct is also poorly defined, in large part because the term has a different meaning in the policy than its ordinary meaning in plain language. The term "sexual assault", which is commonly understood by Canadians and is consistent with the Criminal Code, should therefore be used to describe all instances of intentional, non-consensual touching of a sexual nature. The policy should also address the concept of consent and the effect of drugs or alcohol or a power imbalance on the existence of genuine consent in a sexual encounter. Overall, the ERA found that the rules would be more effective if there existed a unified approach to inappropriate sexual conduct containing clear definitions and examples of the prohibited conduct, and which captures the institutional environment in which CAF members live, work and socialize. The policy should be expressed in plain language consistent with the Criminal Code. Processes and Procedures The current processes in place to identify, report, investigate and resolve incidents of sexual harassment are complex and do not yield appropriate results. It is not surprising that an overwhelming number of victims choose not to report an incident at all. In particular, before a complaint of sexual harassment is finally resolved, the parties may have to pursue three separate stages of attempted resolution: a process of alternate dispute resolution (in which the complainant is encouraged to confront the alleged harasser informally), an administrative investigation by the Responsible Officer, and a grievance. This process is overly long and burdensome. Further, the emphasis on the use of self-help techniques and on resolving the complaint at the lowest level is problematic. Victims will generally not be comfortable taking a confrontational position with their harasser, particularly when the harasser was of a higher rank. Moreover, many interviewees who did bring their complaint forward to a supervisor reported that the complaint was not taken seriously. The ERA found that the pressure to settle complaints at the lowest level functions to stifle complaints and intimidate complainants; it has the very opposite effect of a zero tolerance policy. Formal alternative dispute resolution (ADR) is also offered to victims, however the ERA found that these procedures are generally inappropriate in cases of sexual harassment. The ERA also heard that even where complaints of sexual harassment are ultimately held to be well-founded, the resulting sanction was generally perceived as meaningless-a "slap on the wrist" - and ineffective as a deterrent. To simplify the process, the complaint should by-pass the two first stages and commence at the grievance level. The CO, acting as adjudicator, would still have the option of initiating a harassment investigation as part of the grievance procedure. This streamlined process would cut out unnecessary delay and pressures on the victim, and bring the matter to the attention to the CO more rapidly. Although victims could be offered mediation or other ADR techniques, this should only be one of the options available to them. Also, to improve consistency and deterrence, COs should receive guidance as to appropriate sanctions where sexual harassment is found to have occurred. Even more serious problems were reported with respect to the procedures in place to investigate sexual assault. The ERA is particularly concerned by the reports it heard of the lack of appropriate skills demonstrated by the military police. While the ERA met with a number of dedicated members of the military police, many were confused about the relevant policies, insensitive to the problem of sexual assault, lacked training on the basic elements of the offence (including the legal concept of consent), and were unaware of the available resources to support victims. Further, the ERA heard that low- level assaults, and assaults that do not result in physical injury, tend to be ignored, and charges in these cases are often not laid. For these reasons, among others, victims, concerned about how they will be treated by the military justice system, tend not to report sexual assaults. Many of those victims who did report an offence said that their experiences were "atrocious". To rebuild trust in the system, complainants need to be reassured that the CAF is committed to ensuring that their complaints are appropriately investigated. This can be achieved, in part, by allowing the victim to request to have her case transferred to civilian authorities. Finally, the ERA found that very little data is collected by the CAF with respect to the occurrence of either sexual harassment or sexual assault. While the military does have systems in place to track incidents, these tools appear to be used only inconsistently, and most incidents are not reported in any event. As a result, there is very little accountability in the chain of command or the military police as to the outcome of any particular incident, and the CAF lacks relevant information in trying to prevent future incidents from occurring. Programs and External Resources While an impressive number of programs and services appear to be offered to support victims of inappropriate sexual conduct in the CAF, the reality is that many of these services are only available in a few locations, or are inadequate and ineffective. Moreover, many participants indicated that they had no idea what services were available to them, and noted that there is no centralized source of information, such as a comprehensive CAF website, where they can learn about victim support services. Overall, the ERA found that nurses and social workers are the most important resource for victims of inappropriate sexual conduct and, at times, for distressed respondents or accused. The role of nurses and social workers is necessarily limited, however, because they usually only become involved when a victim is seriously distressed and has been referred for medical care. Many victims avoid accessing medical services because of a frequent perception that this could result in a loss of confidentiality. Further, a number of interviewees had had negative experiences when reporting sexual assault to a physician. Finally, while nurses and social workers play an important role in supporting victims, their role is not to act as an advocate or to provide the member with guidance about how to navigate the various legal processes and proceedings. Training Members of the CAF receive mandatory training at regular intervals, including on prohibited sexual conduct. As a practical matter, however, this training does not seem to have any significant impact. A large number of participants reported that the classes are not taken seriously: harassment training is laughed at, the course is too theoretical, and training on harassment gets lost among the other topics covered. Power-point training is dubbed "death by power-point", and training online is severely criticized. A number of interviewees also expressed scepticism about unit-led training: there is a common view that in many cases the trainers were themselves complicit in the prohibited conduct. Participants reported that COs are insufficiently trained and that they are unable to appropriately define, assess and address sexual harassment. Overall, the ERA found that the training currently being provided is failing to inform members about appropriate conduct, or to inculcate an ethical culture in the CAF. Rather, current training lacks credibility and further perpetuates the view that the CAF does not take sexual harassment and assault seriously. Training on inappropriate sexual conduct should be a stand-alone topic and should be carried out by skilled professionals in small groups utilizing interactive techniques. Unit- led training should be limited, and on-line training should only be used for non- commissioned members when accompanied by interactive training. Leaders should also be required to undertake regular training on inappropriate sexual conduct and their responsibilities under the relevant policies. Training for military police should include a focus on victim support, interviewing techniques, and the concept of consent. Physicians, nurses, social workers and chaplains would also benefit from increased training on how to support victims of inappropriate sexual conduct. Conclusion: Avenues Going Forward Policy change is a critical tool for the CAF to be able to confront the problem of sexual harassment and sexual assault. However, the challenge for the CAF goes beyond policy revision if it is to effectively address the problem of inappropriate sexual conduct in the military. First, cultural change is key. Without broad-scale cultural reform, policy change is unlikely to be effective. This requires the CAF to address not only more serious incidents of sexual harassment and assault, but also low-level sexual harassment, such as the use of sexualized and demeaning language, which contributes to an environment that is hostile to women and LGTBQ members. Second, strong leadership drives reform. The deep, genuine, and concrete commitment of senior leaders is essential to developing programs that will meaningfully impact the organization, as well as to convey a clear message to CAF members that inappropriate sexual conduct will not be tolerated, and to rebuild trust between CAF members and senior leadership. Third, improving the integration of women, including in positions of senior leadership, is necessary to cultural reform. While the broader question of whether women are adequately represented in the CAF falls outside of the mandate of this Review, there is an undeniable link between the existence of a hostile organizational culture that is disrespectful and demeaning to women, and the poor integration of women into the organization. Increasing the representation of women in the CAF, including in the highest positions of senior leadership, is therefore key to changing the culture of the organization. Fourth, the CAF needs to re-build the confidence of members that the organization takes sexual harassment and assault seriously. Establishing an independent agency to receive reports of inappropriate sexual conduct and to provide support to victims, among other things, is an important step in improving processes to address sexual harassment and assault, and will demonstrate to members that the CAF takes the issue of inappropriate sexual conduct seriously. Similarly, allowing victims of sexual assault to request that their complaints be brought to civilian authorities will send a strong signal that the CAF is prioritizing their needs. The willingness of the CAF to take a hard look at its own practices and procedures through this independent review is a measure of the seriousness with which the military takes the problem of inappropriate sexual conduct. It is an indication of a willingness on the part of the CAF to take concrete steps to reduce incidents of sexual harassment and assault, and to create a more inclusive organizational culture that respects the dignity of all its members. Cultural change, improving the integration of women into the organization, rebuilding the trust of members in the chain of command, and reducing the prevalence of sexual harassment and sexual assault, will not be easy to achieve. Such goals require strong leadership and sustained commitment. But they are essential to the development of a modern military organization that not only embraces the principle of respect for human dignity, but is also able to optimize on the skills and talents of all its members. The Canadian public expects it, and CAF members deserve it. Details: Ottawa: External Review Authority, 2015. 102p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 10, 2018 at: http://ywcacanada.ca/data/research_docs/00000352.pdf Year: 2015 Country: Canada Keywords: Armed Forces Shelf Number: 150807

Author: Ibrahim, Dyna Title: Violent victimization and discrimination, by religious affiliation in Canada, 2014 Summary: According to the 2014 General Social Survey on Canadians' Safety (Victimization), individuals who reported no religious affiliation experienced a higher rate of violent victimization (113 incidents per 1,000 population) than Christians (67 per 1,000 population). This difference was in large part attributed to age as individuals with no religious affiliation tended to be younger. People who reported a religion other than Christianity (72E per 1,000 population) experienced violent victimization at a rate similar to Christians. People affiliated with a non‑Christian religion were significantly more likely to report experiencing discrimination on the basis of their religion in the previous five years than Christians (11% compared to 1%). Canada has become increasingly more diverse ethno‑culturally and also in terms of religious affiliation. There has been a rise in the proportion of people who report religious affiliation other than Christianity-the religion of the majority of Canadians. In 2011, Statistics Canada estimated that about one in ten (9%) Canadians was affiliated with a religion other than Christianity, a significantly larger proportion compared to decades prior. Note It was projected that by 2036, this proportion could almost double to between 13% and 16% of the population (Morency et al. 2017). Every five years Statistics Canada conducts the General Social Survey (GSS) on Canadians' Safety (Victimization), which collects self‑reported information on the experiences of victimization among Canadians 15 years of age and older, as well as their religious affiliation. In order to better inform discussions related to diversity and security, this Juristat article examines the victimization and discrimination experiences of Canadians with diverse religious affiliations as well as their perceptions of safety and the police. Details: Ottawa: Statistics Canada, 2018. 11p. Source: Internet Resource: Juristat: Accessed July 11, 2018 at: https://www150.statcan.gc.ca/n1/en/pub/85-002-x/2018001/article/54914-eng.pdf?st=uwrqT20O Year: 2018 Country: Canada Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 150813

Author: Gaudet, Maxime Title: Police-reported hate crime in Canada, 2016 Summary: Police-reported hate crime in Canada, 2016: Highlights - In 2016, police reported 1,409 criminal incidents in Canada that were motivated by hate, an increase of 3% or 47 more incidents than reported the previous year. Accounting for the population, this amounted to a rate of 3.9 hate crimes per 100,000 Canadians in 2016. - The increase in the total number of incidents was largely attributable to an increase in police-reported hate crimes motivated by hatred of a sexual orientation (+35 incidents) or of a race or ethnicity (+25 incidents). Hate crimes accounted for less than 0.1% of the nearly 1.9 million police-reported crimes in 2016 (excluding traffic offences). - Police-reported hate crimes targeting sexual orientation rose 25% in 2016 to 176 incidents, compared with 141 incidents in 2015. These incidents accounted for 13% of hate crimes reported in 2016 and 11% of hate crimes reported in 2015. - Between 2015 and 2016, the number of police-reported crimes motivated by hatred of a race or ethnicity increased 4% (from 641 to 666). In all, 48% of all police-reported hate crimes in 2016 were motivated by hatred of a race or ethnicity. Much of this increase was a result of more hate crimes targeting South Asians (+24 incidents) and Arabs and West Asians (+20 incidents). Despite posting a decrease in 2016, crimes targeting Black populations remained one of the most common types of hate crimes (15% of all hate crimes). - Overall, 33% of hate crimes reported in 2016 were motivated by hatred of religion. Compared with 2015, the number of hate crimes motivated by religion decreased 2% in 2016 (from 469 in 2015 to 460 in 2016). Police-reported crimes motivated by hate against the Jewish population rose from 178 incidents in 2015 to 221 incidents in 2016 (+24%). In contrast, the number of crimes targeting the Catholic population fell from 55 to 27 incidents. Similarly, crimes targeting the Muslim population decreased 13% (from 159 incidents in 2015 to 139 incidents in 2016). - The provinces of Quebec and British Columbia, and more specifically Vancouver (+30 incidents), Quebec (+29 incidents), and Montreal (+25 incidents), were the census metropolitan areas where hate crimes increased the most in 2016. The increases in Montreal and Quebec are associated with a rise in hate crimes targeting the Jewish, Arab and West Asian, and gay and lesbian populations. The increase in Vancouver was primarily explained by a rise in hate crimes against the East Asian, Southeast Asian and South Asian populations. - Based on data from police services that reported characteristics of hate crimes, 43% of police-reported hate crimes in 2016 were violent offences. Violent offences included, for example, assault, uttering threats and criminal harassment. Overall, the number of violent hate crimes rose 16% from the previous year (from 487 to 563 violent incidents), driven by increases in common assault, criminal harassment and uttering threats. - Crimes motivated by hatred of a sexual orientation continued to be among the most violent hate crimes. In 2016, 71% of these types of police-reported hate crimes were violent, compared with 45% of crimes motivated by hatred of a race or ethnicity and 27% of hate crimes targeting a religion. - Non-violent offences made up 57% of police-reported hate crimes in 2016. Mischief, which includes vandalism and graffiti, was the most commonly reported offence among police-reported hate crimes and accounted for 41% of all hate crime incidents in 2016. Between 2015 and 2016, the total number of non-violent hate crime incidents fell 6%. In 2016, 73% of crimes targeting religion were non-violent. This proportion was 55% for non-violent crimes motivated by hatred of a race or ethnicity. Conversely, hate crimes motivated by sexual orientation were less often non-violent (29%). Details: Ottawa: Statistics Canada, 2018. 31p. Source: Internet Resource: Juristat: Accessed July 11, 2018 at: https://www150.statcan.gc.ca/n1/en/pub/85-002-x/2018001/article/54915-eng.pdf?st=xM-fOHeQ Year: 2018 Country: Canada Keywords: Bias-Motivated Crime Shelf Number: 150814

Author: Allen, Mary Title: Victims of police-reported violent crime in Canada: National, provincial and territorial fact sheets, 2016 Summary: Across Canada, there are a variety of government-funded agencies whose mandate is to provide assistance to victims of crime. Canada's provinces and territories are individually responsible for the provision of victim services for their respective jurisdictions. The federal, provincial and territorial governments have all endorsed a common set of objectives, which guide the development of policies, programs and legislation related to victims of crime in Canada. These objectives are articulated in the Canadian Statement of Basic Principles of Justice for Victims of Crime (2003). This statement lays out a number of principles to promote the fair treatment of victims within the justice system. In 2015, many of these principles were incorporated into the federal Canadian Victims Bill of Rights (CVBR), which sets out the rights of victims to information, to protection, to participation, and to seek restitution. In addition, provinces and territories provide various other forms of assistance to victims such as referrals to counselling and housing assistance, and some offer compensation programs. All provinces have their own specific victims of crime legislation. In each province and territory, different service delivery models are employed by victim service providers in order to meet the differing needs of victims within their jurisdiction. There is a wide variety of victim services offered to crime victims in order to address their specific needs. Services that are offered to victims of crime include counselling and crisis services, protection services, as well as court preparation and accompaniment and other assistance with the criminal justice system, including help with the preparation and filing of Victim Impact Statements. These services are provided by a variety of organizations, including police, government, and community-based organizations. Although their data are not collected as part of the survey, the federal government provides a number of services to victims. Through the Federal Victims Strategy, under the lead of the Policy Centre for Victim Issues, Justice Canada provides funding to provincial and territorial victim services as well as victims attending parole board hearings and Canadians victimized abroad. Moreover, Public Safety's National Office for Victims of Crime, Correctional Services Canada and the Parole Board of Canada, provide services to victims of federal offenders. The Office of the Federal Ombudsman for Victims of Crime also assists victims in their interaction with federal departments and agencies. In an effort to identify data opportunities that could be used to measure changes in the delivery of services and access to victim services as a result of the implementation of the CVBR, the Canadian Centre for Justice Statistics (CCJS) at Statistics Canada has been working with representatives of the provincial and territorial victims services directorates. As part of this work, CCJS has developed the new Canadian Victim Services Indicators (CVSI) survey, a pilot survey of all provincial and territorial victim services directorates. The survey collects aggregate statistics from provincial and territorial victim services directorates to provide information on the characteristics of victims accessing services, the types of services utilized, and case load demands in order to better develop programs and services for victims of crime. This Juristat presents fact sheets for each province and territory. These fact sheets focus on statistics from the Uniform Crime Reporting Survey (UCR) on the number of victims of violent crime according to police-reported data, the types of crime experienced, as well as victim characteristics for each province and territory. Table A, presented here, provides the total number of victims of violent crime and traffic violations causing death or bodily harm (by age and sex) reported by police in each of the provinces and territories. Each fact sheet of the report then provides more in-depth highlights of the characteristics of these victims and the offences against them. In addition, the fact sheets present selected indicators on the provision of victim services in each jurisdiction. This information was collected directly from provincial and territorial victim services directorates through the new CVSI survey. Details: Ottawa: Statistics Canada, 2018. 62p. Source: Internet Resource: Juristat: Accessed July 11, 2018 at: https://www150.statcan.gc.ca/n1/en/pub/85-002-x/2018001/article/54960-eng.pdf?st=rK0KzkBN Year: 2018 Country: Canada Keywords: Crime Statistics Shelf Number: 150816

Author: Simpson, Laura Title: Violent victimization of lesbians, gays and bisexuals in Canada, 2014 Summary: - According to the 2014 General Social Survey on Canadians' Safety (Victimization), Canadians aged 18 years and older who identified as lesbian or gay (142E ) and bisexual (267E ) were much more likely than their heterosexual (69) counterparts to be victims of violent crime. - Even after controlling for other factors such as age, marital status, past history of homelessness, and childhood abuse, the odds of being a victim of violent victimization were two times higher among lesbian, gay or bisexual Canadians than among their heterosexual counterparts. - Compared with heterosexual Canadians, bisexual individuals were almost nine times more likely to be sexually assaulted (151E versus 17 incidents per 1,000 population) in the previous 12 months. - The rate of self-reported violent victimization of lesbian and gay individuals decreased by 67% between 2009 and 2014. This is compared to a decrease of 30% for heterosexual individuals. - Among those who reported experiencing discrimination in the five years preceding the survey, lesbian and gay individuals were significantly more likely (79%) than their bisexual (35%E ) and heterosexual (2%) counterparts to perceive the discrimination as being based on their sexual orientation. Details: Ottawa: Statistics Canada, 2018. 13p. Source: Internet Resource: Juristat: Accessed July 11, 2018 at: https://www150.statcan.gc.ca/n1/en/pub/85-002-x/2018001/article/54923-eng.pdf?st=ukiwFJeN Year: 2018 Country: Canada Keywords: Bias-Motivated Crimes Shelf Number: 150817

Author: Ha, Olivia Katherine Title: Re-evaluating the Cantor and Land (1985) model of unemployment and crime: A multilevel analysis of multiple economic measures Summary: The complex relationship between crime and economic change has had a long pedigree in criminological research. Much of the recent research is premised on, or critical of the Cantor and Land (1985) model of unemployment and crime, which considers the unemployment rate as representative of the state of the economy. The theoretical assumption behind the model rests on the notion that to accurately assess the unemployment-crime relationship, the impact of criminal motivation and criminal opportunity need be considered in a common framework. Accordingly, Cantor and Land (1985) developed a structural approach that synthesized the counteracting effects of motivation and opportunity into a single working model, finding that opportunity dominates motivation. Although the theory behind the empirical model is not often questioned, both methodological and empirical concerns have arisen with regard to the procedures employed by Cantor and Land (1985) and subsequent studies that rely on the Cantor and Land approach. Methodologically, researchers have questioned whether flaws in specification have contributed to mixed and inconsistent results. Empirically, testing the model using unemployment as the sole indicator of economic performance has been widely contested in the literature. This paper considers both issues as the Cantor and Land (1985) model will be evaluated using distinguished measures of unemployment and a multilevel methodological approach, with the Canadian provinces from 1981-2013 as the units of analysis. The inclusion of multiple economic measures, in addition to the comparative utility allows for a comprehensive representation of economic performance. Furthermore, multilevel regression enables greater precision in the estimates, allowing researchers to accurately analyze hierarchical data at two distinct levels. Overall, by extending the seminal work of Cantor and Land (1985) the intent is to bridge the empirical gaps in the crime-economy literature and, in doing so, provide an instructive example for the operationalization of the model in future studies. In examining the effect of multiple economic measures on eight separate crime types, support was found for the Cantor and Land (1985) model in both property and violent crimes. The results are robust to the inclusion of time as a random effect, controls for simultaneity using contextual, deterrent and variables controlling for inequality and demographics. Details: Burnaby, BC: Simon Fraser University, 2015. 91p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed July 11, 2018 at: http://summit.sfu.ca/item/16154 Year: 2015 Country: Canada Keywords: Economics and Crime Shelf Number: 150828

Author: Sandhu, Noor Title: "They don't have a platform here": Exploring police perceptions of the Black Lives Matter movement in Canada Summary: Recent high-profile lethal use of force incidents in the United States involving White police officers and Black males have cast unfavorable international attention on the policing profession. Research indicates that Black people are disproportionately represented at all levels of the criminal justice system within Canada and the United States; their relationship with the police in particular has been adverse throughout history (Warde, 2012; Kahn & Martin, 2016). The current qualitative analysis explored the thoughts, perceptions and experiences of municipal police officers in the GVR and examined the following research questions: (1) To what degree, if any, has the recent BLM movement affected municipal policing in the GVR? and; (2) What can municipal policing agencies in the Vancouver area do to distance themselves from the BLM movement and anti-police rhetoric that is occurring in many parts of the United States? The BLM movement is present in Canada, but the anti-police rhetoric currently spreading throughout the United States is not. Officers described a positive relationship with community members in the GVR further stating that interactions between themselves and the community have not changed since the emergence of the BLM movement. These findings indicate that the BLM movement is not a "one-size fits all" movement. The overall positive nature of community-police relations in this region exist regardless of the community's exposure to an increase in controversial police behaviour. Details: Burnaby, BC: Simon Fraser University, 2018. 144p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed July 16, 2018 at: http://summit.sfu.ca/item/17987 Year: 2018 Country: Canada Keywords: Black Lives Matter Shelf Number: 150891

Author: Robertson, Robyn D. Title: Status of Alcohol-Impaired Driving in Canada Summary: Alcohol-impaired driving has been a leading contributor to road crashes for three decades. During this period, progress reducing crashes involving fatal and serious injuries has been achieved and, today, fewer Canadians self-report driving after drinking when they thought they were over the legal limit. While this outcome represents an important milestone, it must be acknowledged that the scope of the problem has changed and Canadians should not become complacent about it. A renewed focus on alcohol-impaired driving emerged in April 2017 as the Canadian Federal Government introduced Bill C-45 or the "Cannabis Act", which proposed the legalization of possession, growing, selling, and consumption of cannabis (Bill C-45). Media reports have long indicated that this legislation was slated to become law by August 2018, although a delay is now anticipated due to significant public health and safety concerns that are shared by Federal and Provincial policymakers, agency staff and many Canadians. The potential consequences for road safety are equally profound in light of a substantial body of evidence which demonstrates cannabis impairs driving ability to varying degrees. In addition to Bill C-45, the Canadian Government also seeks to pass Bill C-46 which contains regulations proposed by the Canadian Government to manage impaired driving resulting from cannabis and other drugs (Bill C-46). Prior to the passage of Bills C-45 and C-46, and in light of data that reveal drug-impaired driving has increased (Robertson et al. 2016), it is timely to review and assess the current status of the alcohol-impaired driving problem to determine what progress has been achieved and what gaps within the criminal justice system remain. The purpose of this report is to summarize relevant Canadian data about alcohol-impaired driving that can inform discussion regarding drug-impaired driving legislation. With the upcoming legalization of cannabis and the proposed Bill C-46, it is paramount that Canada's impaired driving regime continues to be robust at this critical period to ensure progress continues and unintended negative consequences are avoided. This report examines current data and trends in alcohol-impaired driving across Canada, and highlights areas where declines have been achieved as well as specific areas where the problem persists. It also explores public perceptions about impaired driving in Canada and notes a decline in concern regarding this issue. In addition, this report considers the enforcement of impaired driving laws across Canada and analyzes the various challenges facing police agencies in terms of road safety enforcement and the number of competing priorities. This analysis is considered in the context of the existing burden on the court system, particularly as a result of the recent R. v. Jordan decision, and highlights significant public safety concerns in Canada due to impaired driving. Details: Ottawa: Traffic Injury Research Foundation, 2018. 28p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 27, 2018 at: http://tirf.ca/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/Status-of-alcohol-impaired-driving-in-Canada-11.pdf Year: 2018 Country: Canada Keywords: Driving Under the Influence Shelf Number: 150931

Author: Cook, Steven Frederick Title: Taking It To The Streets: A Comparative Analysis Of Violent Victimization, The Victim-Offender Overlap, And The Victim-Fear Relationship Among School And Street-Involved Youth In Summary: Research on violent victimization among youth has received a considerable amount of academic attention in recent years; however, this research has typically been conducted separately for conventional populations of school-based youth and at-risk populations of street-involved youth. Although it is generally assumed that the rates of violent victimization are higher among the street-involved youth, to date, research has yet to undertake a comprehensive and comparative analysis of these two populations. Without this research, the presumed differences between these two populations will remain untested, and an analysis of how the mechanisms operate similarly and differently between these two populations will remain largely unexplored. This dissertation project addresses this gap in the literature by undertaking a comparative analysis of violent victimization, the victim-offender overlap, and the victim-fear relationship among a comparable sample of school-based youth and street-involved youth. In general, the findings from this dissertation reveal that the street-involved youth are violently victimized at much greater rates than the school-based youth, and these differences cannot be explained away by the social-situational factors that are more abundant among the street-involved youth. While the factors predicting the victim-offender overlap appear to follow a similar pattern for both the school and street youth, the dangerous social context of life on the streets creates an environment where violence and victimization frequently co-occur. These high rates of violent victimization do not directly translate into a higher level of fearfulness of crime, however, as the street-involved youth report being less fearful on average than do the school-based youth. These results suggest that fearlessness may be a learned adaptation among the street-involved youth to survive life on the streets. Details: Toronto: University of Toronto, 2017. 213p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed August 10, 2018 at: https://tspace.library.utoronto.ca/bitstream/1807/77445/3/Cook_Steven_201703_PhD_thesis.pdf Year: 2017 Country: Canada Keywords: At-Risk Youth Shelf Number: 151104

Author: Marshall, Lysandra R. Title: Racial Disparities in Police Stops in Kingston, Ontario: Democratic Racism and Canadian Racial Profiling in Theoretical Perspective Summary: This study takes a quantitative and qualitative approach to examine police stops in an Ontario city. The author finds that Black residents were over stopped by police, and the over stopping may not be fully explained by the police-reported reasons and dispositions of the stops. In other words, the author suggests that police stops have less to do with crime control models of criminal justice, and more to do with surveiling marginalized populations. The author uses critical discourse analysis to examine news coverage of the racial profiling controversy in Ontario, including news reports on the study. The author argues that public discourse (both liberal 'anti-profiling' advocates and conservative supporters of police) contributes to the continued targeting of certain groups, by constructing an ideal victim of racial profiling (middle class, respectable), thus excluding all other subjects from legitimately seeking freedom from being hassled by police and having freedom of movement enjoyed by the non-profiled population. The study also uncovers the influential role of police unions in Ontario in manipulating political discourse on race and policing. Details: Toronto: University of Toronto, 2017. 317p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed August 10, 2018 at: https://tspace.library.utoronto.ca/bitstream/1807/77464/1/Marshall_Lysandra_201703_PhD_thesis.pdf Year: 2017 Country: Canada Keywords: Police Misconduct Shelf Number: 151105

Author: Watson, Tara Marie Title: Risks Inside and Beyond Institutional Walls: Organisational Responses to Substance Use in Canadian Federal Prisons Summary: My dissertation examines substance abuse policy and related practices within Canadian federal prisons. I triangulated across three data sources: 16 interviews with former Correctional Service of Canada (CSC) senior administrative officials, former frontline staff, and external stakeholders; publicly available CSC documents; and testimony from a relevant House of Commons Standing Committee study. Thematic analysis was used to examine themes of interest and emergent themes. I attempted to interview current CSC employees, but access was denied. I turn my access experience into a case study and use reputational risk as a conceptual tool, whereby my proposed research is interpreted as a risk to be managed from the organisation's point of view. I view CSC's enhanced drug interdiction response through an organisational risk management lens and examine "unintended", negative effects that have resulted. Five key themes emerged: 1) continued efforts by offenders to bring substances into prisons; 2) climate of tensions and violence; 3) offenders switching substances; 4) health-related harms; and 5) culture of distrusting visitors. I thread through my analysis two divergent framings - a dominant, safety-reaffirming framing versus one that challenges enhanced interdiction. I provide an in-depth account of political barriers that prevent implementation of prison-based harm reduction programs. Four interrelated issues are central to the politics: 1) a narrower definition of harm reduction in corrections; 2) the Conservative government with a tough-on-crime agenda; 3) strong union opposition; and 4) stakeholder perceptions of ongoing constraints. Contributing knowledge as an external researcher is made difficult by an overprotective organisation with formal research access that appears to favour certain kinds of research over potentially critical research. A downside of such protectionism is the curtailment of studying innovative approaches. Viewing CSC as a complex organisation reveals how embedded practices and cultures are resistant to change, even when the traditional response (i.e., zero tolerance) has adverse effects. CSC could be at an impasse in terms of overcoming political and operational logics that align to oppose inprison harm reduction services. Despite a highly challenging policy environment, future researchers can move forward by asking new questions and devising strategic ways of entering the political-operational dialogue. Details: Toronto: University of Toronto, 2014. 135p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed August 13, 2018 at: https://tspace.library.utoronto.ca/bitstream/1807/69063/1/Watson_Tara_M_201406_PhD_thesis.pdf Year: 2014 Country: Canada Keywords: Drug Offenders Shelf Number: 15111

Author: Ekos Research Associates Title: Public Consultation on the Records Suspension Program: Final Report Summary: Under the Public Safety (PS) portfolio, the Parole Board of Canada (PBC) is an independent administrative tribunal that has exclusive authority under the Corrections and Conditional Release Act (CCRA) to grant, deny, cancel, terminate, or revoke day parole and full parole, statutory release, and offenders supervised on Long Term Supervision Orders. The Board also has sole authority under the Criminal Records Act (CRA) for ordering, refusing to order, and revoking a record suspension (formerly called a "pardon"). A record suspension allows people with a criminal record to have it set aside and apart from other non-suspended records in the Canadian Police Information Centre (CPIC) database. This means that a search of CPIC will not show a criminal conviction for the individual (or that they received a record suspension). Although the CRA applies only to records kept by federal organizations, most provincial and municipal criminal justice agencies also restrict access to their records once they are told that a record suspension has been ordered for an individual. Upon consent of the Minister of Public Safety, or delegate, suspended records can be disclosed in specific instances, such as for court purposes when an offender re-enters the criminal justice system as well as for vulnerable sector checks. A record suspension removes the social stigma associated with having a criminal record, and allows individuals to access educational and employment opportunities, and in-sodoing facilitates their reintegration into society as productive citizens. Since 1970, more than 490,000 Canadians have received pardons and record suspensions - 95 percent of which are still in force, indicating that the vast majority of pardon/record suspension recipients remain crime-free in the community. Between November 7 and December 16, 2016, PS conducted an online public consultation regarding a review of legislative reforms made during the last 10 years concerning the Record Suspension Program, as outlined in the CRA. The review of the CRA is aimed at ensuring that record suspensions are: - Consistent with the Government of Canada's goals to increase public safety; - Provide value for money; - Are evidence-based; and, - Are aligned with the Charter of Rights and Freedoms and Canadian values. Details: Ottawa: Ekos Research Associates, 2017. 25p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 21, 2018 at: https://www.publicsafety.gc.ca/cnt/rsrcs/pblctns/rcrds-sspnsn-prgrm/rcrds-sspnsn-prgrm-en.pdf Year: 2017 Country: Canada Keywords: Criminal Records Shelf Number: 151171

Author: Canada. Public Safety Canada Title: Overview of Direct Intervention Approaches to Address Youth Gangs and Youth Violence Summary: Gang-involved youth are considered to be some of the main perpetrators (and victims) of crime and violence, and impose a high burden on society in terms of criminal justice system and other societal costs. For example, the negative outcomes of gang involvement for individuals can include: dropping out of school; lack of employment opportunities or success; exposure to and involvement in drugs and alcohol use; and teenage parenthood. Moreover, participation in gangs and violence can reduce youths' connections to other prosocial activities, and they may cut ties with family, friends, schools and religious communities (Pyrooz, Sweeten, & Piquero, 2013). In order to avert these negative consequences, it is critical to try and prevent at-risk youth from joining gangs, and to intervene in the lives of current youth gang members. In general, youth gang membership cuts across many demographic, geographic and socioeconomic contexts. However, certain groups are disproportionately vulnerable to gang recruitment and involvement. Below is a brief overview of some of these populations. For a more detailed review of some of these groups, see Youth Gangs in Canada: A Review of Current Topics and Issues. Details: Ottawa: Public Safety Canada, 2018. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 30, 2018 at: http://youthactionnetwork.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/Overview-of-Direct-Intervention-Approaches-to-Address-Youth-Gangs-and-Yo....pdf Year: 2018 Country: Canada Keywords: Gang Prevention Shelf Number: 151313

Author: Gallison, Jordana Kimberly Title: Fear and loathing on public transportation: Applying a spatial framework to crime patterns on Vancouver's Canada Line SkyTrain System Summary: The expansion of mass forms of public transportation systems have often been resisted due to fears and concerns over an increased level of crime. The following study seeks to determine whether the SkyTrain's Canada Line has increased levels of reported crime in six criminal offence categories: commercial burglary, residential burglary, mischief, theft, theft from vehicle, and theft of vehicle between January 2003 and December 2015 in Vancouver, British Columbia. Time series regression, panel data analysis, and spatial point pattern tests are applied to determine whether such concerns should be merited or disregarded in the study of crime and transportation. Results demonstrate that census tracts that host a Canada Line SkyTrain station do not increase levels of crime. Rather, census tracts that host multiple SkyTrain stations and/or are situated in socially disorganized neighbourhoods are at a higher level of risk for criminal victimization. These findings are critical in removing the negative stigma surrounding mass forms of public transportation systems. Additionally, these results assist local police, transit authorities, and urban planners to create appropriate crime prevention strategies to prevent crime while restructuring public discourse about the potential criminogenic effects from public transportation systems. Details: Burnaby, BC: Simon Fraser University, 2017. 185p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed December 5, 2018 at: http://summit.sfu.ca/item/17735 Year: 2017 Country: Canada Keywords: Fear of Crime Shelf Number: 151396

Author: Scrivens, Ryan Matthew Title: Understanding the collective identity of the radical right online: A mixed-methods approach Summary: Criminologists have generally agreed that the Internet is not only a tool or resource for right-wing extremists to disseminate ideas and products, but also a site of important identity work, accomplished interactively through the exchange of radical ideas. Online discussion forums, amongst other interactive corners of the Web, have become an essential conduit for the radical right to air their grievances and bond around their "common enemy." Yet overlooked in this discussion has been a macro-level understanding of the radical discussions that contribute to the broader collective identity of the extreme right online, as well as what constitutes "radical posting behaviour" within this context. Drawing from criminal career measures to facilitate this type of analysis, data was extracted from a sub-forum of the most notorious white supremacy forum online, Stormfront, which included 141,763 posts made by 7,014 authors over approximately 15 years. In study one of this dissertation, Sentiment-based Identification of Radical Authors (SIRA), a sentiment analysis-based algorithm that draws from traditional criminal career measures to evaluate authors' opinions, was used to identify and, by extension, assess forum authors' radical posting behaviours using a mixed-methods approach. Study two extended on study one by using SIRA to quantify authors' group-level sentiment about their common enemies: Jews, Blacks, and LGBTQs. Study three further extended on studies one and two by analyzing authors' radical posting trajectories with semi-parametric group-based modeling. Results highlighted the applicability of criminal career measures to study radical discussions online. Not only did this mixed-methods approach provide theoretical insight into what constitutes radical posting behaviour in a white supremacy forum, it also shed light on the communication patterns that contribute to the broader collective identity of the extreme right online. Details: Burnaby, BC: Simon Fraser University, 2017. 157p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed September 5, 2018 at: http://summit.sfu.ca/item/17632 Year: 2017 Country: Canada Keywords: Criminal Trajectories Shelf Number: 151402

Author: Bradley, Jeffrey Title: Youth Mentoring as a Viable Crime Prevention Strategy: Evidence and Ontario Policy, with Reflections from Some Mentors Summary: This thesis explored whether youth mentoring could be used as a crime prevention strategy for Ontario. It examined risk factors for youth crime and social bonding theory, the effectiveness of selected programs to prevent crime and best practices, and Ontario government reports on effective crime prevention. It also explored youth mentoring in practice with some mentors from Big Brothers Big Sisters of Ottawa and Sudbury Ontario. The analysis of the literature on risk factors for youth crime identified a number of individual, relationship, community, and societal level factors that correlate with the likelihood of a young person engaging in crime. Travis Hirschi�s social bonding theory provided a lens to understand the contribution mentoring can have on preventing crime through attachment, commitment, involvement, and belief with parents and schools. The evidence-based research on the effectiveness of selected programs that had a mentoring component showed that the likelihood of offending could be reduced with other well-being indicators. Research on mentoring relationships showed that when mentors focused on the assets of the youth and were committed to the relationship, they could foster a lasting emotional bond. Best practices of an effective youth mentoring program included outreaching to vulnerable youth, involving parents, screening and training mentors, matching mentors and mentees based on background, having mentoring connected to a larger strategy, following a developmental approach, and developing standards for implementation. The recent reports from the Province of Ontario on crime prevention and community safety use much of the same evidence on risk factors and social development programs to confirm that prevention is an effective way to reduce crime. These reports also point to strong public support for government investment in prevention and education over punishment. The semi-structured interviews with mentoring practitioners in Sudbury and Ottawa, Ontario analyzed the methods used by mentors volunteering with high-risk youth in the Big Brothers Big Sisters community-based program. Results showed the organizational procedure, youth and risk factors, the bonding process between mentors and mentees, and challenges of mentoring at-risk youth were important. Mentors had positive beliefs on the impacts mentoring had on preventing crime and violence. Therefore, youth mentoring is a crime prevention strategy consistent with evidence and government reports and so is viable, but will require political support and investment upstream to make a difference across the province. Details: Ottawa, Canada: University of Ottawa Thesis, 2018. 150p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 12, 2018 at: https://ruor.uottawa.ca/handle/10393/37250 Year: 2018 Country: Canada Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 151507

Author: DeAngelo, Gregory Title: Policing for Profit: The Political Economy of Law Enforcement Summary: In recent years numerous observers have raised concerns about "policing for profit," or the deployment of law enforcement resources to raise funds for cash-strapped jurisdictions. However, identifying the causal effect of fiscal incentives on law enforcement behavior has remained elusive. Researchers have given little theoretical attention to the potentially confounding responses of potential offenders to increased revenue-seeking by law enforcers. Moreover, empirical designs have not effectively addressed the endogeneity of the spatial and temporal variation in fiscal incentives to factors that may directly affect law enforcement or offender behavior. We model the effects of fiscal incentives on traffic safety enforcement, finding that rules allocating a greater share of fine revenues to deploying jurisdictions may induce increased enforcement effort by patrol officers, and consequent reductions in unsafe driving behavior, with only indeterminate effects on the frequency of citations. We test this model using daily, monthly, and fully aggregated citation and accident data from Saskatchewan, Canada between 1990 and 2017, for towns policed under the province's contract with the Royal Canadian Mounted Police. We find that fiscal rules reducing the share of fine revenue captured by the province in jurisdictions above a sharply defined population threshold increase the frequency and severity of accidents in jurisdictions just above this threshold, but have no or even weakly positive effects on the frequency of citations in these jurisdictions; these results are robust to the use of both data-driven regression discontinuity and local randomization inference strategies. We observe no discontinuities in the accident data at this threshold during the period prior to the introduction of these fiscal rules, in the areas "near" these jurisdictions, within which the province receives 100% of fine revenue throughout our period of interest, or at any of 20 placebo thresholds constructed on either side of the actual population threshold. Details: George Mason Law & Economics Research Paper, 2018. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 12, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3197705 Year: 2018 Country: Canada Keywords: Fiscal Incentives Shelf Number: 151486

Author: Couto, Joe Title: Gay. Female. Cop. The Intersectionality of Gender and Sexual Orientation in Police Culture Summary: Police culture has traditionally been defined as heterosexual and hypermasculine in character (Franklin, 2007). Research into the lived workplace experiences LGBTQ police officers consistently identifies challenges in such areas as workplace harassment and discrimination because they do not fit into the police culture�s �norm�. (Hassell & Brandl, 2009; Jones & Williams, 2013). We posited that female police officers who identify as LGBTQ face additional challenges when compared to their heterosexual, female counterparts because their experiences of LGBTQ female officers is co-determined by their gender and their sexual orientation (Boogaard & Roggeband, 2010). A total of 40 female LGBTQ police officers completed a survey on their lived experiences. Subsequently, 10 survey respondents participated in two focus groups to further consider their lived experiences in these areas. An Appreciative Inquiry model was used to guide the focus group discussions. Our research found that being �female� and being �gay� exposes police officers to some similar challenges in terms of both their gender and their sexual orientation, specifically workplace harassment and having to conform to masculine �norms� (e.g., act tough). However, the research also suggests that these and other challenges in a police environment based on sexual orientation is not as overt as that based on gender. This may be due to one�s sexual orientation not be a �visible� characteristic (as gender or race would be) and thus less subject to overt harassment and other negative workplace experiences. Details: Canada: University of Guelph-Humber, 2018. 79p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 12, 2018 at: https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=3200082 Year: 2018 Country: Canada Keywords: Gay Shelf Number: 151484

Author: Hannan, Charity-Ann Title: Towards a Sanctuary Province: Policies, Programs, and Services for Illegalized Immigrants' Equitable Employment, Social Participation, and Economic Development Summary: Given contemporary federal migration policies, Canada can expect increasing numbers of immigrants who do not possess legal status. The exploitation of these "illegalized" immigrants in the labour market affects wages and labour standards for all Canadians. To mitigate the negative effects of federal immigration policies, Toronto and Hamilton have declared themselves sanctuary cities. In this working paper, we explore initiatives that could be applied at the provincial and territorial scale to enhance access to employment for illegalized immigrants. After conducting a scoping analysis of the literature, we conclude that provinces and territories could implement a range of programs, policies, and service deliveries. Details: Canada, 2015. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 14, 2018 at: https://www.ryerson.ca/content/dam/rcis/documents/RCIS_WP_Hannan_Bauder_No_2015_3.pdf Year: 2015 Country: Canada Keywords: Illegal Immigration Shelf Number: 151548

Author: Wang, Shuguang Title: (No) Access T.O.: A Pilot Study on Sanctuary City Policy in Toronto Canada Summary: The "sanctuary city" movement is a grassroots, human rights-based response to increased numbers of non-status migrants living and working in global cities (Faraday 2012; Sawchuk & Kempf 2008; Bhuyan 2012; OCASI 2012). Non-status migrants live in situations of extreme precariousness - they are subject to detention and deportation if identified by federal authorities; often work in poor conditions; are socially isolated; face poverty, abuse, and exploitation; and are unable to safely access essential social services, including those related to public health, education, labour, shelters, food banks, and police services (Gibney 2000; De Giorgi 2010; Noll 2010). In February 2013, Toronto became the first "sanctuary city" in Canada, which is currently styled "Access T.O." Hamilton and Vancouver followed suit in 2014 and 2016, respectively. The primary objective of Access T.O. is to ensure that all residents are able to access municipal and police services, regardless of immigration status. The policy directs city officials not to: 1) inquire into immigration status when providing select services, 2) deny non-status residents access to services to which they are entitled, and 3) share personal or identifying information with federal authorities, unless required to do so by federal or provincial law (City of Toronto 2013). There are many questions surrounding Access T.O., not the least of which: is it working? The answer to this question depends very much on what one takes the goals of the policy to be, as well as what measures of success one employs. Is the policy concerned with providing access to municipal services i.e. local bureaucratic membership (de Graauw 2014)? Does it have a larger, multijurisdictional significance, helping advocates challenge exclusionary federal (and provincial) laws? Does it have a more local or even transnational, non-state significance, shifting ideas around community, belonging, and political relationships? (McDonald 2012:143)? The purpose of this paper is to share the results of a pilot study that explored whether Access T.O. is working. For approximately one year, we conducted legal, policy, and qualitative research into what barriers are the most significant and how they may be removed. Our qualitative research included interviews with 24 stakeholders, including City officials, Community Service Organizations (CSOs), NGOs, professionals (e.g. physicians, lawyers), and non-status migrants. Although the study was concerned with Access T.O. in all of three of the above-mentioned senses, this working paper places the policy primarily in the context of access to City services, and not so much in the broader contexts of federal/provincial law or shifting political identities, interests, and relationships. Access T.O. began as a symbolically ambitious but practically cautious policy - and it remains so. Despite major newspaper headlines circulated at the time, City Council never fully committed itself to a sanctuary city policy. By "reaffirming" the City's commitment to non-status residents, Council seems to have thought that the policy was more or less informally in place already. It then called on various City officials to report back on the financial and resource costs of additional measures, including training and community outreach, but has yet to provide any additional funding of note. Finally, it called on the provincial and federal governments to shoulder their share of responsibility for more systematic legislative and policy change, but has not yet entered into a dialogue with either government on the subject. After this series of pronouncements, Council has been relatively inactive in this area. In these respects, it may be more accurate to view Access T.O. as a pilot project than as a full policy. We argue that it is time for Council to commit itself to the policy, including by providing the funding and mandate for: more comprehensive training tailored to specific Divisions, dedicated Access T.O. portfolios within many (if not all) City divisions, "service integration" geared towards better community engagement and capacity-building, and revisiting the City's position on the collection and protection of demographic data. The paper will begin by placing Access T.O. in jurisdictional context, including its demographic and historical background. We will then provide an overview of the nature and origins of Access T.O. We then shift to the research project, outlining out methodology and analyzing select themes that arose during our interviews. Embedded within these interpretations will be recommendations aimed at improving the effectiveness of Access T.O. Details: Canada, 2017. 39p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed September 14, 2018 at: https://www.ryerson.ca/content/dam/rcis/documents/RCIS%20Working%20Paper%202017_1GHudsonFinal%20.pdf Year: 2017 Country: Canada Keywords: Illegal Immigration Shelf Number: 151549

Author: Tabibi, Jassamine Title: Intimate Partner Violence Against Immigrant and Refugee Women Summary: Immigrant and refugee women who experience intimate partner violence (IPV) face numerous barriers and challenges to disclosing and reporting abuse, accessing supports and services, and navigating intersecting legal processes and social support systems. It is essential to recognize that immigrant and refugee women hold many intersecting identities (e.g. sex, gender, education, race/ethnicity, sexuality, ability, religion). These intersections will greatly impact not only their vulnerability to intimate partner violence, but also their experiences and the system's responses to them (e.g. justice, housing). Women who are marginalized in multiple ways and who face structural violence by different systems of discrimination have difficulty being believed, accessing support, and finding safety. Immigrant and refugee women who experience intimate partner violence (IPV). face numerous barriers and challenges to disclosing and reporting abuse, accessing supports and services, and navigating intersecting legal processes and social support systems. It is essential to recognize that immigrant and refugee women hold many intersecting identities (e.g. sex, gender, education, race/ethnicity, sexuality, ability, religion). These intersections will greatly impact not only their vulnerability to intimate partner violence, but also their experiences and the system's responses to them (e.g. justice, housing). Women who are marginalized in multiple ways and who face structural violence by different systems of discrimination have difficulty being believed, accessing support, and finding safety. Details: London, Ontario: Centre for Research & Education on Violence Against Women & Children, 2018. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Learning Network Issue 26: Accessed September 27, 2018 at: http://www.vawlearningnetwork.ca/sites/vawlearningnetwork.ca/files/Issue_26-Final.pdf Year: 2018 Country: Canada Keywords: Discrimination Shelf Number: 151709

Author: Dunbar, Laura Title: From 'Joining the Game' to 'Laying Down the Flag': Exploring Perspectives on Gang Involvement and Desistance Among Justice-Involved Youth Summary: Youth gangs are a pervasive problem of contemporary society. Since the first recorded work on this topic in Canada more than 70 years ago, many theoretical and empirical research studies have been added to this field of inquiry and efforts continue with the goal of better understanding and responding to this social issue. Over the past 20 years, research into desistance from gang involvement has gained popularity and, while we are gaining a better grasp of the area, additional work is needed to examine the processes associated with leaving gangs among justice-involved youth in the Canadian context. Drawing from focus groups and individual interviews with 30 justice-involved youth and 23 youth justice practitioners in the city of Ottawa, this doctoral dissertation sought to explore the subjective understandings and experiences of justice-involved youth with gang affiliations. Given the focus on the youth justice system, there was also interest in how the perspectives of justice-involved youth aligned with those of youth justice practitioners. The way in which these two groups define and attribute meaning to issues related to gang involvement and desistance and their views on the role of the youth justice system in supporting the latter should be taken into consideration in the development of future strategies to address youth gangs. The knowledge and insights gained through the findings from this research project can be used to inform policy and practice to prevent gang involvement among at-risk youth, to intervene with gang members, and to support desistance by helping motivated individuals to pursue alternatives to gang life. The recommendations provided in this doctoral dissertation contribute to the overall body of empirical research on youth gangs and highlight potential areas of future investigation for innovation and change on how we understand and address this social issue. Details: Ottawa: University of Ottawa, 2018. 486p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed October 25, 2018 at: https://ruor.uottawa.ca/bitstream/10393/38301/5/Dunbar_Laura_Kristen_2018_thesis.pdf Year: 2018 Country: Canada Keywords: At-Risk Youth Shelf Number: 153101

Author: Smith, Garry Title: Examining Police Records to Assess Gambling Impacts: A Study of Gambling-Related Crime in the City of Edmonton Summary: Studies from various regions worldwide suggest an association between criminal activity and easily accessible gambling, yet, despite spectacular growth in the Canadian commercial gambling industry, little is known about the nature, extent or impact of gambling-related crime in Canada. Steps taken to address this information gap include presentations on the topic "Gambling and Crime: A Research Agenda" by Drs. Harold Wynne, Garry Smith and Colin Campbell at the Fourth Interprovincial Conference on Problem Gambling held in Regina in 1997. These presentations noted the dearth of research on the gambling and crime connection and endeavored to awaken interest amongst researchers in this topic of vital importance. As part of a three-year commitment to research Canadian gambling issues, the Canada West Foundation commissioned a study entitled Gambling and Crime in Western Canada: Exploring Myth and Reality (Smith & Wynne, 1999). This study provided a preliminary review of the impact of gambling on western Canadian law enforcement agencies, provincial gaming regulatory bodies, and the criminal justice system. Subsequent, growing academic interest in the topic lead the Alberta Gaming Research Institute to sponsor a conference on "Gambling, Law Enforcement and Justice System Issues" at the University of Alberta, in March 2002. The present study expands on these earlier efforts by providing an analysis of the relationship between crime and gambling in a major Canadian metropolitan area, the City of Edmonton. This report contains five major sections: First, we outline the role that gambling plays in Canada and the Province of Alberta; justify the need for the study; and present the background, purpose and goals of the project. Secondly, we survey the literature and review criminological theory pertinent to gambling-related crime. The methods and procedures used to gather and analyze the data are described in section three and, in section four; the results of the study are presented. Finally, in section five we draw conclusions from the findings and identify implications these findings have for government, law enforcement agencies and the community at large. Details: Edmonton, AB: The Alberta Gaming Research Institute, 2003. 117p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 6, 2018 at: http://citeseerx.ist.psu.edu/viewdoc/download?doi=10.1.1.130.8169&rep=rep1&type=pdf Year: 2003 Country: Canada Keywords: Gambling and Crime Shelf Number: 153256

Author: Arthur, Jennifer N. Title: The Relationship Between Legal Gambling and Crime in Alberta Summary: The legal gambling industry in Alberta has rapidly expanded over the last three decades. One of the main justifications that the Alberta government uses for this expansion is that gambling provides increased revenue to governments and community groups which is then used to fund public programs. However, critics argue that the social costs of legal gambling offset these benefits. One particularly controversial social cost of gambling is the impact that gambling has on crime. The academic literature is split with as many studies showing an increase in crime due to gambling as those that show no impact. The current study investigated how increased legal gambling availability has affected crime in Alberta. Four different sources of data were examined: the self-reports of gambling-related crime among problem gamblers in population surveys, mentions of gambling-related crime in police incident reports, uniform crime statistics from Statistics Canada, and information supplied by the Alberta Gaming and Liquor Commission (AGLC). The most unambiguous findings of this study are that gambling-related crime constitutes a very small percentage of all crime; crime that is gambling-related tends to be non-violent property crime; and increased legal gambling availability has significantly decreased rates of illegal gambling. In terms of the impact of legalized gambling on overall crime in Alberta, the evidence would suggest that legalized gambling likely has a minor or negligible impact. Details: Lethbridge, AB: University of Lethbridge, 2012. 123p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed November 6, 2018 at: https://www.uleth.ca/dspace/handle/10133/3242 Year: 2012 Country: Canada Keywords: Gambling and Crime Shelf Number: 153276

Author: Ontario Drug Policy Research Network Title: Latest Trends in Opioid-Related Deaths in Ontario: 1991 to 2015 Summary: Opioid analgesics are widely prescribed for the treatment of pain. However, the rate of opioid prescribing and the number of deaths related to opioids have increased dramatically over the last two decades in Ontario, highlighting safety concerns around these commonly prescribed analgesics. Furthermore, the impact of this problem is even more pronounced among younger adults, with premature deaths related to opioids resulting in an extraordinary burden of potential years of life lost. In 2010, nearly one out of every eight deaths among individuals aged 25 to 34 years involved an opioid, demonstrating the public health importance of opioid use. The ODPRN has worked over the past several years to capture and report trends in opioid-related deaths in Ontario to provide policy-makers and other stakeholders with information on emerging patterns of opioid overdose and death. This information was initially published in a November 2014 report and an accompanying manuscript containing analyses of opioid-related deaths up to December 31, 2010. With the introduction of policies designed to address opioid prescribing practices that may be contributing to this problem, the reported rise in illicit fentanyl availability, and changes to formulation and availability of prescription opioids, current data are needed to understand the trends in opioid-related deaths, the types of opioids most commonly involved in deaths, and the characteristics of the people involved. Key Points - In 2015, 734 people died of an opioid-related cause, averaging to approximately 2 people every day. The rate of opioid-related deaths has increased almost 4-fold (285%) over the past 25 years. - Over 80% of all opioid-related deaths in 2015 were accidental. The manner of death differed considerably by age group as almost 60% of accidental deaths occurred among youth and younger adults (15 to 44 years), whereas nearly 80% of suicide deaths occurred among older adults (45 years and older). - Prior to 2012, oxycodone was the opioid most commonly involved in opioid-related deaths. However, after the introduction of a tamper-deterrent formulation, oxycodone involvement in these deaths decreased, and other opioids became increasingly involved. In particular, fentanyl involvement increased by 548% between 2006 and 2015 and is now the opioid most commonly involved in opioid-related deaths. Hydromorphone involvement also increased by 232% over this time to become the second most commonly involved opioid. Despite small numbers overall, heroin involvement in opioid-related deaths has increased by 975% over this same period. - It is common for opioid-related deaths to also involve other substances. Benzodiazepines were present in half, and cocaine was present in one-third of opioid-related deaths. - On average, individuals who died of an opioid-related cause in 2015 were male, middle aged, and living in lower income urban settings. Details: Toronto: The Author, 2017. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 8, 2018 at: http://odprn.ca/wp-content/uploads/2017/04/ODPRN-Report_Latest-trends-in-opioid-related-deaths.pdf Year: 2017 Country: Canada Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 153364

Author: Hannem, Stacey Title: Let's Talk About Sex Work; Report of the REAL working group for Brantford, Brant, Haldimand, & Norfolk, Assessing the Needs of Sex Workers in Our Community Summary: This needs assessment of sex workers in the Brantford, Brant, Haldimand, Norfolk region was conducted between June 2015 and May 2016. The research was funded by the Ontario Trillium Foundation and lead by Dr. Stacey Hannem, Associate Professor of Criminology at Wilfrid Laurier University (Brantford campus), on behalf of REAL: Resources, Education, Advocacy for Local Sex Work (formerly STREET). REAL is a working group comprising representatives from local social and health services concerned with ensuring that services in our community are accessible to local sex workers and adequately and respectfully address their needs. We conducted interviews with thirty individuals, female and male, previously or currently working in the local sex industry across various sectors - in-call/out-call escorting, street-based work, massage parlour, and erotic dancing. We also interviewed twelve local social and health service providers. The interviews were analysed to provide an overview of the local sex industry and to identify key themes which speak to sex workers' experiences and concerns. The report begins by describing the methodology of the research, how the participants were recruited and the data collected and analysed. We then situate the research in the current socio-legal context and in existing academic work. The remainder of the report presents the findings of the research, with reference to similarities or differences in the academic literature, as applicable. The findings of this research highlight the voices of the participants - everyday sex workers living and working in our community - and attempts to do justice to the diversity of their experiences and perspectives. The major findings of the research are divided into four sections, as follows. Understanding the Individual and Structural Realities of Sex Work: This section explores participants' entrances to the sex industry as a function of financial and structural pressures; we find that most of the sex workers in this research were not coerced into the industry but begin working due to financial pressures, sometimes exacerbated by drug use. We examine the complex intersections of drug use and sex work and unpack the questionable assumption that drug use entails lack of agency. We look at how sex work may function as a social safety net for working-class and marginalized people who struggle to find mainstream employment and realize that the transition from sex work to other kinds of income generating activities is not always straightforward. We look at the stigma faced by sex working parents, and question the assumption that sex work necessarily poses a risk to workers' children. Finally we look at different trajectories in the sex industry, and consider the perspective of sex workers who take a small-business approach to their labour. Understanding Everyday Experiences in Sex Work: Here we explore some of the labour challenges faced by sex workers and the implications of the laws for sex workers' everyday lives. First we look at the phenomenon of transient work or travel for sex work and its problematic conflation with human trafficking. Related to this we examine third-party involvement in the sex industry, the benefits and potential drawbacks, the diversity of third-party relationships and the overlap between sex workers and third parties. We also look at sex workers' experiences of violence and the safety measures that they employ. Finally, we consider the stigma and judgement that sex workers often encounter in the community and how this impacts their everyday experiences and relationships. Details: Brantford, ONT: REAL: Resources, Education, Advocacy for Local Sex Work, 2016. 60p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 12, 2018 at: https://www.sexworkisrealwork.com/about Year: 2016 Country: Canada Keywords: Massage Parlors Shelf Number: 153399

Author: Canadian Institute for Health Information Title: Types of Opioid Harms in Canadian Hospitals: Comparing Canada and Australia Summary: Canada is in the midst of an opioid crisis. Opioid use can lead to addiction, as well as other to harms such as accidental overdose or poisoning, suicide, motor vehicle accidents, infections from injection use, and many other social and emotional problems.1The opioid-related death rate in Canada in 2017 was estimated at 10.9 per 100,000 population. Representatives from the Canadian Institute for Health Information (CIHI) and the Australian Institute of Health and Welfare (AIHW) worked together to produce comparable estimates of opioid use and harms in each country. The goals of the collaboration were to explore the usefulness of international comparisons, to understand the comparability of different data holdings and to learn about the differences and similarities between the 2 countries. In addition, this work will expand our understanding of Canada's opioid crisis and the impact of opioid harms beyond poisonings on hospital care. Hospital stays and emergency department (ED) visits for those suffering from 5 types of opioid harm are profiled in this report: - Accidental poisoning (including poisoning of unknown intent); - Intentional poisoning; - Opioid dependence; - Adverse drug reaction; and - Other harm. Key findings in this report include the following: - Canada and Australia are seeing different opioid challenges (fentanyl versus heroin) and have different processes in their hospitals, which makes direct comparisons difficult. - While poisoning is the most severe opioid harm, it is the tip of the iceberg, representing about a third of all opioid harms seen in hospitals and EDs. - There are 5 distinct opioid harm profiles, indicating that different strategies may be required to tackle the challenges of opioids. These profiles present differently across care settings, including the community, the ED and the hospital. A cross-setting perspective is required. � Fentanyl is the leading cause of opioid-related deaths outside of hospitals in Canada, but most patients who come to hospitals with opioid harms are seen for more commonly prescribed opioids such as codeine, morphine and oxycodone. � Individuals who use opioids typically use the health care system more frequently than the general population, and they are also more likely to leave care against medical advice. � Poisoning is more common among younger people, but a larger proportion of resources is spent on older people whose care has been complicated by opioid use. Details: Ottawa: CIHI, 2018. 78p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 15, 2018 at: https://www.cihi.ca/sites/default/files/document/types-opioids-harm-report-can-aus-nov2018-en-web.pdf Year: 2018 Country: Canada Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 153476

Author: Ontario Association of Interval and Transition Houses Title: 1990-2015: 25 Years of Femicide Summary: The Ontario Association of Interval and Transition Houses (OAITH) is a coalition of women shelters, second stage housing programs and Violence Against Women community-based organizations. Originally formed in 1977, they have and continue to advocate on issues related to violence against women through government relations, the development of training and resources, and public awareness campaigns. In 1995, OAITH began to formally document Intimate Partner Femicide (IPF), as it was reported on in the media. Overall, OAITH has the names of women and children who've lost their lives to violence since 1990, culminating into 25 years of data on IPF. In 2014, OAITH identified Femicide as a priority as we still continue to see women and children losing their lives. The aims of the project include: 1. Increasing our understanding of media reporting trends in the last 25 years 2. Identify the gaps and limitations of how Femicide is documented in the media 3. Create resources to bring increased attention to the systemic issues 4. Translate to the broader community that women and children losing their lives to targeted violence, is preventable. Through the analysis of a data set from 1990-1995, we examine victim characteristics including age, gender, relationship status, cause of death and geography. From 1995-2015 further analysis and recommendations on media representation are provided. Intimate partner femicide (IPF) can be defined as a homicide that occurs between individuals who have previously been, or currently are involved in some form of an intimate relationship. Statistics in Canada demonstrate that overwhelmingly women are victims of IPF while men are found to be the perpetrators. Specifically in 2013, 82% of IPF victims in Canada were women. The following information summarizes and discusses various aspects of IPF in Ontario from 1990 to 2015. This information was collected through newspaper media articles, and therefore must be understood within the context of what is and is not shared with the media and the limitations that exist as a result. These limitations are discussed further in depth toward the end of this report. Details: Toronto: The Association, 2016. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 19, 2018 at: http://www.oaith.ca/assets/pdfs/OAITH%201990-2015%2025%20Years%20of%20Femicide.pdf Year: 2016 Country: Canada Keywords: Femicide Shelf Number: 153507

Author: Traffic Injury Research Foundation Title: Marijuana Use Among Drivers in Canada, 2000-2015 Summary: Public concern about drug-impaired driving in general and marijuana-impaired driving in particular has increased in recent years. Marijuana studies have shown that the psychoactive chemical delta9-tetrahydrocannabinol (or THC) enters the user's bloodstream and brain immediately after smoking or consuming marijuana, and has impairing effects. In addition, research on drivers in fatal crashes has shown that THC-positive drivers are more than twice as likely to crash as THC-free drivers (Grondel 2016). There is also evidence from surveys of Canadian drivers suggesting that the prevalence of marijuana use is greater among drivers aged 16 to 19 years than drivers in other age groups (Robertson et al. 2017). With the legalization of recreational marijuana in Canada, continued monitoring of this road safety topic is timely. This fact sheet, sponsored by Desjardins, examines the role of marijuana in collisions involving fatally injured drivers in Canada between 2000 and 2015. Data from TIRF's National Fatality Database were used to prepare this fact sheet which explores trends in the use of marijuana among fatally injured drivers, and the characteristics of these drivers. Other topics that are examined include the presence of different categories of drugs among fatally injured drivers in different age groups as well as comparisons of the presence of marijuana and alcohol among this population of drivers. Details: Ottawa: Traffic Injury Research Foundation, 2018. 6p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 25, 2018 at: http://tirf.ca/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/Marijuana-Use-Among-Drivers-in-Canada-2000-2015-7.pdf Year: 2018 Country: Canada Keywords: Alcohol Shelf Number: 153029

Author: Traffic Injury Research Foundation Title: Road Safety Monitor 2017: Drugs & Driving in Canada Summary: This study summarizes national results from the 2017 Road Safety Monitor (RSM) regarding drugs and driving in Canada. The RSM is an annual public opinion survey conducted by the Traffic Injury Research Foundation (TIRF) in partnership with Beer Canada and Desjardins Insurance. The survey takes the pulse of the nation on key road safety issues by means of an online survey of a random, representative sample of Canadian drivers. Data on drugged driving behaviours and attitudes have been collected as part of the TIRF RSM series since 2002, specifically in the years 2002, 2004, 2005, and from 2010 onward. Results are based on analyses of RSM 2017 data, the most recent data available, and trends comparing with previous years when appropriate. Despite a growing body of research on drugs and driving, it can be argued that our understanding of how drugs affect driving behaviours is limited compared to what is known about alcohol. A brief literature review summarizing answers to key questions is below with more information available in TIRF�s DrugImpaired Driving Learning Centre (druggeddriving.tirf.ca). Details: Ontario, Canada: Traffic Injury Research Foundation, 2018. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed November 25, 2018 at: http://tirf.ca/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/RSM-Drugs-and-Driving-in-Canada-2017-9.pdf Year: 2018 Country: Canada Keywords: Alcohol Shelf Number: 153028

Author: Anis, Maryum Title: Who, If, When to Marry: The Incidence of Forced Marriage in Ontario Summary: The South Asian Legal Clinic of Ontario (�SALCO�) is a nonprofit legal clinic serving low-income South Asians in the Greater Toronto Area. SALCO first started receiving calls forced marriage (�FM�) clients in 2005. In canvassing the available resources, SALCO realized that there was a significant need for awareness, education, and action on the issue of FM in Canada. This report is the result of SALCO's efforts to identify the incidence of FM in Ontario. The data collected includes demographic information about FM clients, and substantive data about the drivers for FM, the barriers clients face, and the challenges service providers confront in serving FM clients. Details: Ontario, Canada: South Asian Legal Clinic, 2013. 58p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 14, 2019 at: https://www.yumpu.com/en/document/view/46818248/salco-who-if-when-to-marry-the-incidence-of-forced-marriage-in-ontario-sep-2013 Year: 2013 Country: Canada Keywords: Canada Shelf Number: 154142

Author: Augustyn, Rebecca Title: Creating Housing for Youth Victims of Human Trafficking Summary: In Canada, both women and children are the primary victims of human trafficking and are trafficked largely for sexual exploitation. It has been estimated that approximately 800 people are trafficked into Canada annually and another 1,200 to 1,500 are trafficked through Canada. Some social service organizations have estimated that as many as 16,000 Canadians are trafficked annually. While we do not know how many of these are children, it has been estimated, �about 1,300 Canadian children reported 'missing' by the RCMP are trafficked annually for sexual activity�. Toronto has been identified as one of the �principle destinations� or �transit points� for individuals, both foreign nationals and domestic residents, who have been trafficked. Carly Kalish from the All Saints Church Community Centre has seen first-hand human trafficking in Toronto. According to Kalish, human trafficking is happening, �on Church St., in Regent Park and in Dundas Square�. Timea Nagy, founder of Walk With Me Victim Services Organization supports this by saying that human trafficking is occurring in Toronto every day, �Look around at the hotels, motels, restaurants, massage places. Human trafficking is all around you, it�s just not seen�. While any person can become a victim of human trafficking, vulnerable youth have a greater risk of being trafficked. The profiles of these youth include, �runaway and missing children, children victimized by predators on the internet, minors living independently, minors living with older men, socially marginalized children, particularly Aboriginals, and children between 12 to 17 years of age�. Youth who are homeless are also known to be targeted by domestic traffickers. In Toronto, on any given night, there are approximately 2,000 homeless youth vulnerable to being trafficked. Human trafficking victims� supports are among the most complex to provide. Adequate housing is the first step in delivering the necessary supports. Therefore, housing is a major factor in the recovery process. Housing may range from short-term, emergency shelters and refuges, to long-term, stable and supportive housing. Each organization providing housing to trafficked victims has its own definition of what constitutes short-term and long-term housing. Currently in Toronto there are no targeted supports like housing to help youth who are victims of human trafficking. Details: Ontario, Canada: Canadian Observatory on the Homeless, 2013. 18p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 14, 2019 at: https://www.toronto.ca/legdocs/mmis/2013/ah/bgrd/backgroundfile-62614.pdf Year: 2013 Country: Canada Keywords: Canada Shelf Number: 154200

Author: National Crime Prevention Centre (Canada) Title: Youth Gang Involvement: What are the Risk Factors? Summary: The National Crime Prevention Centre (NCPC) of the Public Safety Canada is committed to developing and disseminating practical knowledge to address the problem of youth gangs. This information sheet is one of a series providing information related to youth gang involvement. It is designed to assist those who are concerned about youth gangs and who are working to help prevent youth from becoming involved in gangs or to help them leave gangs. The vast majority of young people never get involved in crime or join gangs. Those who do join gangs tend to have specific risk factors that influence their involvement and membership in gangs. To effectively prevent youth from joining gangs it is essential to understand these risk factors. Details: Ottawa, Canada: National Crime Prevention Centre, 2018. 4p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed January 20, 2019 at: https://www.publicsafety.gc.ca/cnt/rsrcs/pblctns/yth-gng-nvlvmnt/index-en.aspx Year: 2018 Country: Canada Keywords: At-Risk Youth Shelf Number: 154282

Author: Fast, Danya Title: Senses of place among young people entrenched in a "local" drug scene : an urban ethnography Summary: In the public imagination, street youth are frequently defined through their relationships with place. Whether because they are viewed as innocent victims or violent criminals, young people who are homeless, destitute and visibly addicted to drugs are often understood to be out-of-place in the public spaces of city centers. This thesis is based on ethnographic fieldwork with a group of street-entrenched youth in Greater Vancouver conducted from January 2008 to January 2013. It included the creation of photography by youth exploring their sense of place in the city over time. Merging phenomenological perspectives on place-making with a focus on the processes of political economy and power that make some place worlds more enduring than others, I demonstrate that sense of place among youth who occupy the margins of urban space is far more complicated than conventional understandings imply. My findings reveal that, among youth, the "local" drug scene was produced in tension with a broader social spatial landscape of power, political economy and possibility, in which various remembered and imagined places were also implicated. In the context of this wider landscape-in-motion, involvement in Vancouver's inner city drug scene could be articulated as both a sense of belonging and dislocation, "being in the center of something" and "getting lost in the city." The drug scene could be a frontier of economic opportunity, in which anyone could attempt to stake a claim through activities like street-based drug dealing. And, it could be the site of a strictly enforced moral logic of violence and organized crime. The overarching objective of this thesis is to characterize these complex understandings, experiences and affects, and how they intersected with the regimes of living youth enacted on the streets. I conclude by highlighting that in order to meaningfully address youth's initiation into and sustained involvement in "risky" forms of drug use and crime in settings like Vancouver, intervention at the level of policy is urgently needed in order to address social suffering across young people's lives, and the wider geographies they implicate Details: Vancouver: University of British Columbia, 2013. 271p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed January 24, 2019 at: https://open.library.ubc.ca/cIRcle/collections/ubctheses/24/items/1.0074084 Year: 2013 Country: Canada Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 154391

Author: Francis, Jenny Title: Institutional humanism and the animalization of criminalized refugee youth in Canada Summary: Drawing on interviews with youth and youth professionals, this dissertation explores institutional humanism in the lives of the young people who took part in the study by focusing on the operationalization of humanist categories and exclusions in criminal justice, immigration, social welfare, and education policies. Examining the role of policy in the production of precarity, I argue that humanism is smuggled into institutional practice through racism, sexism, classism, ageism, and ableism, which, as expressions of being less than human, depend on the separation of the human (culture) from the non-human (nature) at the core of humanist thought. By creating conditions within which certain bodies are dehumanized and others are humanized, policies perform particular figurations of the human and sub/non-human; via these processes law and policy maintain race, class, gender, and species hierarchies. To make this argument, I analyse four performances that establish the separation of criminalized refugee youth from the human category: the erasure of personal histories, denial of human rights, production of disposability, and subjection to violence. These conditions are prompted by existing narratives that construct criminals, Muslims, Black people, youth, and refugees as less than human (closer to nature). Institutional policies and practices both reinforce and are sustained by discourses of humanity and animality that produce precarity as part of the "anthropological machine" that determines whose body and knowledge matters and who may be subjected to violence and denied rights and protections. These ontological and epistemological questions underscore the fragility of the human conceived as a separate and superior species. Focusing on species also offers a new way to consider how power and identity are inscribed in the lives of refugees and criminalized persons in Canada. Since addressing injustice at a deep level requires consideration of how human/nature dualisms underwrite violence, dispossession, and injustice, my aim is not the extension of liberal humanism to excluded Others, but a transformation of humanism. Details: Vancouver: University of British Columbia, 2016. 271p. Source: Internet Resource: Dissertation: Accessed January 24, 2019 at: https://open.library.ubc.ca/cIRcle/collections/ubctheses/24/items/1.0319176 Year: 2016 Country: Canada Keywords: Criminalization of Immigrants Shelf Number: 154392

Author: Rigakos, George S. Title: Downtown Yonge BIA Safety and Security Tracking Study Summary: This Report is the culmination of a five-year statistical tracking study of owners and employees of storefront businesses in the Downtown Yonge Business Improvement Area (DYBIA) that line Yonge Street between College and Queen Streets in downtown Toronto. The results are based on snapshot surveys using a Merchant Safety and Satisfaction Survey (MERS3) conducted in 2005, 2007, and 2009 relying on scientific samples (better than 95% confidence, +/- 5% margin of error) for each of the snapshot years based on response per store address. Details: Ottawa, ONT: Carleton University, 2012? 44p; Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 1, 2019 at: https://www.academia.edu/1779486/Downtown_Yonge_BIA_Safety_and_Security_Tracking_Study Year: 2012 Country: Canada Keywords: Business Improvement Districts Shelf Number: 154334

Author: Dawson, Myrna Title: #CallItFemicide: Understanding gender-related killings of women and girls in Canada 2018 Summary: This report focusing on women and girls killed by violence in Canada from January 1 to December 31, 2018. Details: Guelph Ontario: Canadian Femicide Observatory for Justice and Accountability, 201p. 78p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 7, 2019 at: https://femicideincanada.ca/callitfemicide.pdf Year: 2019 Country: Canada Keywords: Femicide Shelf Number: 154516

Author: Goodhart, Charles A. Title: Canadian Legalization of Cannabis reduces both its cash usage and 'Black' Economy Summary: The Canadian Government legalized Cannabis usage on October 17th, 2018. During the same month, primarily in the week before and after such legalization, the amount of cash in circulation fell quite materially, in contrast to the rises typically observed in previous years. A key driver is likely to have been Cannabis users switching from cash payments for illegal purchases to using standard recordable electronic payments for their purchases, which have now become legal. The legalization of Cannabis should ultimately reduce the size of the Underground economy by around 4 or 5 percent, with a much bigger decline likely in the black economy. Details: London: Centre for Economic Policy Research, 2019. 9p. Source: Internet Resource: Discussion Paper DP13448: Accessed February 15, 2019 at: https://cepr.org/active/publications/discussion_papers/dp.php?dpno=13448 Year: 2019 Country: Canada Keywords: Black Economy Shelf Number: 154612

Author: Toronto Police Title: Action Plan: The Way Forward Modernizing Community Safety in Toronto Summary: The members of the Toronto Police Service ("TPS" or "the Service") are dedicated individuals who are committed to our city. They carry out their responsibilities with honesty and integrity. They understand the importance of public trust and take their duty of care seriously. However, Toronto has become a very large and complex city. It has changed dramatically and rapidly in the last few decades and will continue to do so in the decades ahead. Like many large cities in North America and elsewhere, the scope and pace of change in Toronto's neighbourhoods and communities have created new demands and pressures on policing. The TPS and its members have worked hard to respond. They have taken a model of policing that was designed for a different time and different city, and have stretched it to the limits of what�s possible. The Transformational Task Force's (the Task Force) mandate has been to look beyond the way policing is currently done in Toronto to propose a modernized policing model for the City of Toronto that is innovative, sustainable and affordable - a model that will place communities at its core, be intelligence-led and optimize the use of resources and technology while embracing partnerships as a means of enhancing capability and capacity. The Task Force represents a very different approach to the challenge of modernizing policing in Toronto. It has been an intensive partnership over the past twelve months of volunteers with varied backgrounds and Service members with equally varied experience. Having the Board Chair and Chief of Police as co-chairs has made it clear that this has not been just another review that will require further study by the Service. With this action plan, we define the path to excellence for the TPS. We envision an organization that is an international leader in providing trusted community-focused policing. The modern Toronto Police Service will embrace and be embraced by all Toronto residents and communities. It will engage with and be inclusive of the full diversity of our city. It will continually evolve to meet the changing needs of Toronto and in doing so will demonstrate excellence in public service management and leadership. Details: Toronto, Canada: 2017. 33p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed February 23, 2019 at: https://www.torontopolice.on.ca/TheWayForward/files/action-plan.pdf Year: 2017 Country: Canada Keywords: Action Plan Shelf Number: 154364

Author: Goodhart, Charles A. Title: Canadian Legalization of Cannabis Reduces Both its Cash Usage and 'Black' Economy Summary: The Canadian Government legalized Cannabis usage on October 17th, 2018. During the same month, primarily in the week before and after such legalization, the amount of cash in circulation fell quite materially, in contrast to the rises typically observed in previous years. A key driver is likely to have been Cannabis users switching from cash payments for illegal purchases to using standard recordable electronic payments for their purchases, which have now become legal. The legalization of Cannabis should ultimately reduce the size of the Underground economy by around 4 or 5 percent, with a much bigger decline likely in the black economy. Details: London, England: Centre for Economic Policy Research, 2019. 12p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 1, 2019 at: https://voxeu.org/article/canadian-legalisation-cannabis-reduces-both-cash-usage-and-black-economy Year: 2019 Country: Canada Keywords: Black Economy Shelf Number: 154612

Author: British Columbia Centre on Substance Use Title: Heroin Compassion Clubs: A cooperative model to reduce opioid overdose deaths & disrupt organized crime's role in fentanyl, money laundering & housing unaffordability Summary: In British Columbia, the fabric of society is fraying. The morgues are full of community members who have died of opioid overdoses as a result of fentanyl poisoning of the illicit drug supply. For the first time in recent history, the life expectancy in British Columbia is decreasing due to extreme rates of overdose deaths. Behind this public health crisis are powerful organized crime groups reaping billions from the illegal fentanyl trade and targeting the local real estate market to launder drug profits, contributing to the housing affordability crisis. The causal relationship between drug prohibition and transnational organized crime's growth is well known and has been clearly articulated, while all available evidence indicates that efforts to curtail the fentanyl supply through drug law enforcement have failed. Instead, prohibition has enriched organized crime groups to the point where recent reports suggest as much as $5 billion annually in drug and organized crime profits is laundered through Vancouver-area real estate in recent years. In the face of this reality, this report describes a model that has the immediate potential to address the underlying structural basis that has led to unprecedented levels of organized crime profits, unaffordable housing and opioid poisonings. This model is inspired by cannabis compassion clubs and buyers clubs, both of which emerged in the 1980s and 1990s in response to the AIDS epidemic-the last public health emergency our province faced. Then as now, compassion clubs functioned to provide a safe place for people to access medical cannabis and connect with a range of health services, while buyers clubs procured lifesaving treatment for patients living with HIV and AIDS when government inaction limited access to these medicines. Similar small user-driven underground initiatives to ensure access to heroin exist today, but they are risky, illegal and without a secure supply of fentanyl-unadulterated heroin. This severely limits access and sustainability. This report proposes evaluating an updated model to these patient-led responses: a cooperative approach through which heroin could be restricted to members and legally obtained from a pharmaceutical manufacturer and securely stored in much the same way as it is already obtained and stored for heroin prescription programs, while also undertaking scientific evaluation to assess impacts. A cooperative could undermine the illegal market wherever it is set up. It could be initiated at little to no operating cost to the public, with the potential to reduce fentanyl-related opioid poisonings and decrease the spread of opioid addiction in the province. Details: Vancouver, BC: The Centre, 2019. 36p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 5, 2019 at: http://www.bccsu.ca/wp-content/uploads/2019/02/Report-Heroin-Compassion-Clubs.pdf Year: 2019 Country: Canada Keywords: Drug Legalization Shelf Number: 154809

Author: Prochuk, Alana Title: We Are Here: Women's Experiences of the Barriers to Reporting Sexual Assault Summary: As part of our Dismantling the Barriers to Reporting Sexual Assault project with YWCA Metro Vancouver, West Coast LEAF's newest law reform report is about why survivors often do not report through the criminal justice system - in their own words. We Are Here: Women's Experiences of the Barriers to Reporting Sexual Assault centres women's experiences of the devastating impacts of sexual assault, which are all too often exacerbated by the legal system's inadequate responses. While Canadian state law is not the right path to healing and justice for all survivors, seeking legal recourse can be deeply important to some. This report aims to identify barriers in the justice system for survivors of sexual assault and inspire change so that reporting to police becomes a viable option for all those who want to pursue it. Now is the time to dismantle the barriers to reporting sexual assault - with the voices of survivors guiding the way. Details: Vancouver, BC: West Coast Leaf, 2018. 66p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed March 29, 2019 at: http://www.westcoastleaf.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/West-Coast-Leaf-dismantling-web-final.pdf Year: 2018 Country: Canada Keywords: Rape Shelf Number: 155219

Author: McKendy, Laura Title: Overdose Incidents in Federal Custody, 2012/2013 - 2016/2017 Summary: The rise of drug overdose incidents, specifically those involving opioids, is a growing concern for Canadian society (British Columbia Coroners Service Death Review Panel, 2018; Special Advisory Committee on the Epidemic of Opioid Overdoses, 2018; Health Canada, 2017). While numerous reports have documented trends in the community, limited detailed data is available on trends in overdose incidents among custodial populations. This report furthers knowledge on this topic by examining all overdose incidents in federal custody over a five-year period (2012/2013 - 2016/2017), identifying the prevalence and nature of overdose incidents, the circumstances under which overdose incidents occur, the characteristics of offenders who experience overdose incidents, and patterns in the nature of staff and medical responses. Over the five-year period under examination, 330 incidents were identified for analysis. Most of these overdose incidents were unintentional and non-fatal. More specifically, over three-quarters of cases (77%) were identified as unintentional non-fatal overdose incidents, 15% were intentional non-fatal overdose incidents, and 7% were identified as fatal overdose incidents, either intentional or non-intentional. Overdose incidents have seen a notable increase in the Prairie region; in 2016/2017, 48% (42) of all overdose incidents occurred in this region, compared to 20% (8) in 2012/2013. In terms of the substances involved in overdose incidents, differences were observed across incident types. Opioids were most common in fatal overdoses and unintentional non-fatal overdose incidents, accounting for 91% and 57% of incidents respectively. Contrastingly, intentional nonfatal overdose incidents seldom involved opioids and most often involved prescription medications (e.g., anticonvulsants, antidepressants, cardiovascular medications), identified in 85% of cases. Over the five-year period examined, overdose incidents involving opioids increased in raw numbers (from 19 in 2012/2013 to 50 in 2016/2017), with a moderate increase as a percentage of all overdose incidents (from 48% to 57%). Notably, the percentage of those involving fentanyl increased from 3% (1) in 2012/2013, to 26% (23) in 2016/2017. At the same time, the percentage of overdose incidents involving heroin decreased from 25% (10) in 2012/2013, to 13% (11) in 2016/2017. When it came to fatal overdose incidents, fentanyl was the most common substance found, noted in 36% (8) of cases across the five-year period. While variation exists, certain characteristics were common among offenders who overdosed. They tended to be male (92%), Caucasian (58%) or Indigenous (36%), aged 25-34 (39%), classified as medium security (72%), serving relatively short (under 4 year) sentences (41%), with a major index offence of robbery (31%). Offenders typically had institutional histories riddled with security and discipline incidents, particularly incidents involving drugs, other contraband (excluding tobacco), and disobedience. Indigenous offenders were involved in 119 (36%) of overdose incidents over the five-year period examined. Indigenous representation was highest in the Pacific region (46%) and was higher The rise of drug overdose incidents, specifically those involving opioids, is a growing concern for Canadian society (British Columbia Coroners Service Death Review Panel, 2018; Special Advisory Committee on the Epidemic of Opioid Overdoses, 2018; Health Canada, 2017). While numerous reports have documented trends in the community, limited detailed data is available on trends in overdose incidents among custodial populations. This report furthers knowledge on this topic by examining all overdose incidents in federal custody over a five-year period (2012/2013 - 2016/2017), identifying the prevalence and nature of overdose incidents, the circumstances under which overdose incidents occur, the characteristics of offenders who experience overdose incidents, and patterns in the nature of staff and medical responses. Over the five-year period under examination, 330 incidents were identified for analysis. Most of these overdose incidents were unintentional and non-fatal. More specifically, over three-quarters of cases (77%) were identified as unintentional non-fatal overdose incidents, 15% were intentional non-fatal overdose incidents, and 7% were identified as fatal overdose incidents, either intentional or non-intentional. Overdose incidents have seen a notable increase in the Prairie region; in 2016/2017, 48% (42) of all overdose incidents occurred in this region, compared to 20% (8) in 2012/2013. In terms of the substances involved in overdose incidents, differences were observed across incident types. Opioids were most common in fatal overdoses and unintentional non-fatal overdose incidents, accounting for 91% and 57% of incidents respectively. Contrastingly, intentional nonfatal overdose incidents seldom involved opioids and most often involved prescription medications (e.g., anticonvulsants, antidepressants, cardiovascular medications), identified in 85% of cases. Over the five-year period examined, overdose incidents involving opioids increased in raw numbers (from 19 in 2012/2013 to 50 in 2016/2017), with a moderate increase as a percentage of all overdose incidents (from 48% to 57%). Notably, the percentage of those involving fentanyl increased from 3% (1) in 2012/2013, to 26% (23) in 2016/2017. At the same time, the percentage of overdose incidents involving heroin decreased from 25% (10) in 2012/2013, to 13% (11) in 2016/2017. When it came to fatal overdose incidents, fentanyl was the most common substance found, noted in 36% (8) of cases across the five-year period. While variation exists, certain characteristics were common among offenders who overdosed. They tended to be male (92%), Caucasian (58%) or Indigenous (36%), aged 25-34 (39%), classified as medium security (72%), serving relatively short (under 4 year) sentences (41%), with a major index offence of robbery (31%). Offenders typically had institutional histories riddled with security and discipline incidents, particularly incidents involving drugs, other contraband (excluding tobacco), and disobedience. Indigenous offenders were involved in 119 (36%) of overdose incidents over the five-year period examined. Indigenous representation was highest in the Pacific region (46%) and was higher The rise of drug overdose incidents, specifically those involving opioids, is a growing concern for Canadian society (British Columbia Coroners Service Death Review Panel, 2018; Special Advisory Committee on the Epidemic of Opioid Overdoses, 2018; Health Canada, 2017). While numerous reports have documented trends in the community, limited detailed data is available on trends in overdose incidents among custodial populations. This report furthers knowledge on this topic by examining all overdose incidents in federal custody over a five-year period (2012/2013 - 2016/2017), identifying the prevalence and nature of overdose incidents, the circumstances under which overdose incidents occur, the characteristics of offenders who experience overdose incidents, and patterns in the nature of staff and medical responses. Over the five-year period under examination, 330 incidents were identified for analysis. Most of these overdose incidents were unintentional and non-fatal. More specifically, over three-quarters of cases (77%) were identified as unintentional non-fatal overdose incidents, 15% were intentional non-fatal overdose incidents, and 7% were identified as fatal overdose incidents, either intentional or non-intentional. Overdose incidents have seen a notable increase in the Prairie region; in 2016/2017, 48% (42) of all overdose incidents occurred in this region, compared to 20% (8) in 2012/2013. In terms of the substances involved in overdose incidents, differences were observed across incident types. Opioids were most common in fatal overdoses and unintentional non-fatal overdose incidents, accounting for 91% and 57% of incidents respectively. Contrastingly, intentional nonfatal overdose incidents seldom involved opioids and most often involved prescription medications (e.g., anticonvulsants, antidepressants, cardiovascular medications), identified in 85% of cases. Over the five-year period examined, overdose incidents involving opioids increased in raw numbers (from 19 in 2012/2013 to 50 in 2016/2017), with a moderate increase as a percentage of all overdose incidents (from 48% to 57%). Notably, the percentage of those involving fentanyl increased from 3% (1) in 2012/2013, to 26% (23) in 2016/2017. At the same time, the percentage of overdose incidents involving heroin decreased from 25% (10) in 2012/2013, to 13% (11) in 2016/2017. When it came to fatal overdose incidents, fentanyl was the most common substance found, noted in 36% (8) of cases across the five-year period. While variation exists, certain characteristics were common among offenders who overdosed. They tended to be male (92%), Caucasian (58%) or Indigenous (36%), aged 25-34 (39%), classified as medium security (72%), serving relatively short (under 4 year) sentences (41%), with a major index offence of robbery (31%). Offenders typically had institutional histories riddled with security and discipline incidents, particularly incidents involving drugs, other contraband (excluding tobacco), and disobedience. Indigenous offenders were involved in 119 (36%) of overdose incidents over the five-year period examined. Indigenous representation was highest in the Pacific region (46%) and was higher The rise of drug overdose incidents, specifically those involving opioids, is a growing concern for Canadian society (British Columbia Coroners Service Death Review Panel, 2018; Special Advisory Committee on the Epidemic of Opioid Overdoses, 2018; Health Canada, 2017). While numerous reports have documented trends in the community, limited detailed data is available on trends in overdose incidents among custodial populations. This report furthers knowledge on this topic by examining all overdose incidents in federal custody over a five-year period (2012/2013 - 2016/2017), identifying the prevalence and nature of overdose incidents, the circumstances under which overdose incidents occur, the characteristics of offenders who experience overdose incidents, and patterns in the nature of staff and medical responses. Over the five-year period under examination, 330 incidents were identified for analysis. Most of these overdose incidents were unintentional and non-fatal. More specifically, over three-quarters of cases (77%) were identified as unintentional non-fatal overdose incidents, 15% were intentional non-fatal overdose incidents, and 7% were identified as fatal overdose incidents, either intentional or non-intentional. Overdose incidents have seen a notable increase in the Prairie region; in 2016/2017, 48% (42) of all overdose incidents occurred in this region, compared to 20% (8) in 2012/2013. In terms of the substances involved in overdose incidents, differences were observed across incident types. Opioids were most common in fatal overdoses and unintentional non-fatal overdose incidents, accounting for 91% and 57% of incidents respectively. Contrastingly, intentional nonfatal overdose incidents seldom involved opioids and most often involved prescription medications (e.g., anticonvulsants, antidepressants, cardiovascular medications), identified in 85% of cases. Over the five-year period examined, overdose incidents involving opioids increased in raw numbers (from 19 in 2012/2013 to 50 in 2016/2017), with a moderate increase as a percentage of all overdose incidents (from 48% to 57%). Notably, the percentage of those involving fentanyl increased from 3% (1) in 2012/2013, to 26% (23) in 2016/2017. At the same time, the percentage of overdose incidents involving heroin decreased from 25% (10) in 2012/2013, to 13% (11) in 2016/2017. When it came to fatal overdose incidents, fentanyl was the most common substance found, noted in 36% (8) of cases across the five-year period. While variation exists, certain characteristics were common among offenders who overdosed. They tended to be male (92%), Caucasian (58%) or Indigenous (36%), aged 25-34 (39%), classified as medium security (72%), serving relatively short (under 4 year) sentences (41%), with a major index offence of robbery (31%). Offenders typically had institutional histories riddled with security and discipline incidents, particularly incidents involving drugs, other contraband (excluding tobacco), and disobedience. Indigenous offenders were involved in 119 (36%) of overdose incidents over the five-year period examined. Indigenous representation was highest in the Pacific region (46%) and was higher among women (52%) relative to men (35%). Overdose incidents involving Indigenous offenders were somewhat less likely to involve opioids compared to incidents involving non-Indigenous offenders (45% versus 56%). Over the five-year period examined, 21 overdose incidents occurred involving women; all were non-fatal and most (71%) were unintentional. Overdose incidents involving women typically involved prescription medications (86%), while none involved opioids. Overdose incidents involving women were most common in the Ontario and Pacific regions; nine incidents (43% of all cases) occurred in both of these regions. All women involved in overdose incidents had an identified mental health disorder, while 95% (20) had histories of substance abuse. Overall, overdose incidents tended to occur when offenders were well into their sentence. At the time of incident, offenders had served, on average, 41% of their current sentence, or an average of 4.9 years. The average length of time between the most recent admission date and incident date was 3.2 years. However, variation was observed across incident type; those involved in fatal incidents had served more time (7.8 years) and had been out of the community longer (4.5 years) compared to those involved in non-fatal incidents. In terms of potential risk factors, offenders involved in overdose incidents often had histories of substance misuse and mental illness. More specifically, 95% of offenders had issues related to drugs, while 54% had issues with alcohol. In 81% of cases, substance misuse was identified as a factor linked to criminal offending. Mental illness was particularly common among those involved in intentional non-fatal overdose incidents; 92% had at least one mental health disorder identified, while 89% had histories of self-injurious/suicidal behaviour. A disproportionate number of incidents occurred at a single medium security men's institution in the Prairie region, Drumheller Institution. An institutional-level analysis suggests that the experience of Drumheller is more closely tied to the opioid crisis in the community; over threequarters (77%) of overdose incidents at Drumheller Institution involved opioids, compared to 47% at all other institutions. Fentanyl was identified in 34% of overdose incidents at Drumheller, compared to 8% at all other institutions. Overall, the number of overdose incidents at Drumheller increased from five incidents in 2012/2013, to 25 in 2016/2017. Despite a higher number of overdose incidents, Drumheller had a smaller percentage of deaths (i.e. 2%) and much higher usage of naloxone. The medication, which can temporarily reverse an opioid overdose, was used in 91% of cases at Drumheller, compared to 34% at all other institutions. The findings outlined in this report suggest that the community opioid crisis may be paralleled in custodial settings. As this crisis continues to affect the federal offender population, CSC remains committed to efforts to curb prison drug use and reduce the likelihood of overdose incidents. The widespread availability of naloxone in institutions, as well as CSC's take-home naloxone kit program, Opioid Substitution Treatment (OST) program, substance misuse programs, and the Prison Needle Exchange Program (PNEP), constitute efforts to reduce the potential harms associated with drug use and improve offender health outcomes. This report will further assist in CSC's goal of achieving safe custodial environments by contributing to knowledge on recent trends surrounding fatal and non-fatal drug overdose incidents in custody. Details: Ottawa: Correctional Service of Canada, 2018. 62p. Source: Internet Resource: No. SR-28-02: Accessed April 2, 2019 at: https://www.csc-scc.gc.ca/research/092/sr-18-02-en.pdf Year: 2019 Country: Canada Keywords: Drug Abuse and Addiction Shelf Number: 155268

Author: Capler, Rielle Title: Cannabis Use and Driving: Evidence Review Summary: Cannabis is widely used in Canadian society (used by 12% of Canadians in 2011) for both medical and recreational purposes. Recently, the federal government announced its intention to legalize cannabis, with the implementation of new laws expected in early 2018. The federal government's stated intention of the new laws is to mitigate potential risks of cannabis use. A potential risk that is of great concern is driving after using cannabis. Public education pertaining to the use of cannabis and driving must be based upon current research knowledge if it is to be effective and relevant. To this end, we have undertaken a scoping review of available research evidence in order to: 1. Synthesize current research regarding risks associated with cannabis use in the context of driving; 2. Identify research that points to effective strategies for mitigation of this risk. Details: Burnaby, BC: Canadian Drug policy Coalition, Simon Fraser University, 2017. 67p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 3, 2019 at: https://drugpolicy.ca/wp-content/uploads/2017/02/CDPC_Cannabis-and-Driving_Evidence-Review_FINALV2_March27-2017.pdf Year: 2017 Country: Canada Keywords: Driving Under Influence Shelf Number: 155277

Author: Boyd, Susan Title: Drug use, arrests, policing, and imprisonment in Canada and BC, 2015-2016 (with 2017 addendum) Summary: In 1908, Canada enacted its first federal narcotic law. Since then, drug control has been expanding for over a century. Drugs like opium, heroin, cocaine, cannabis, and a host of others have been framed as evil and made illegal to use and sell. As a result, the people who use these drugs are labeled as criminal and as a danger to society. Harsh punishments, arrests, and prison time have been justified to stop people from using and selling criminalized drugs. For poor and working class people who use illegal drugs, prison time was-and continues to be-the norm. Drug prohibition in Canada takes a primarily criminal justice system approach. In Canada, federal drug law and policies-controlled and enacted through the Canadian Drugs and Substances Act1 (CDSA)-criminalize a long list of drugs and hinder the setting up of alternative services, like overdose prevention sites and drug substitution programs (e.g., heroin-assisted treatment). In 2012, the Safe Streets and Communities Act came into force. The Act includes harsh mandatory minimum penalties (prison time) for many non-violent drug offences. Rather than framing drug use as a social, cultural, and public health matter (as is the case with alcohol and tobacco), some drugs have been made illegal and their possession framed as a criminal matter. Drug prohibition and the arrest of over 3 million Canadians for drug offences over the last century have not lowered drug use or addiction rates; rather, drug prohibition has fuelled an illegal drug market and stalled the creation of health and harm reduction programs that counter drug overdose deaths, Hepatitis C, and HIV/AIDS epidemics. It is often diverse, poor, working class, racialized people and their families and communities that bear the brunt of drug prohibition in Canada. In Canada, drug use is estimated through the Canadian Tobacco, Alcohol and Drugs Survey (CTADS). Every two years, the survey is conducted by Statistics Canada on behalf of Health Canada. The survey compiles information on tobacco, alcohol, and other drug use by Canadians 15 years and older. Surveys like CTADS can provide some insight into drug use trends over time. From the 1920s until the 1960s, the concept of the "criminal addict" kept Canada from creating publicly-funded drug treatment and drug substitution programs. The term criminal addict implied that people addicted to illegal drugs were criminals first and "addicts" second. It was argued that addicts would continue to be criminals even if they were provided drug treatment or drug substitution programs. Therefore, publicly-funded drug treatment was not set up and nor were drug substitution programs. It was not until the 1960s and 1970s that publicly-funded "abstinence-based" drug treatment services were set up. And, it was not until 1961 that doctors in Canada were legally allowed to prescribe methadone as a substitution drug. The term "criminal addict" is no longer used; however, people who use criminalized drugs continue to be legally and socially discriminated against. People who use illegal drugs are not more "criminal" but are criminalized, meaning that drug prohibition (i.e., drug laws and policies) fuels systemic legal and social discrimination, and shapes the lives of people who use illegal drugs and their criminal justice encounters at every level (i.e., policing, arrest, sentencing, prison, and release). However, the CTADS has many limitations. Survey results are based on more than 15,000 telephone interviews conducted across Canada. People who do not have phones are not included (although for the first time in 2015, people with cell phones were included). People who refuse to provide personal information to a government agency are also excluded from survey results. Regional surveys of specific populations, such as homeless youth, provide a more nuanced picture of drug use. National surveys report daily drug use, past month drug use, past year drug use, and lifetime drug use. It is reported that outside of some prescription drug use, men use more drugs than women. Details: Vancouver: Author, 2018. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: accessed April 4, 2019 at: http://drugpolicy.ca/wp-content/uploads/2018/03/Vandu-Report-Mar-9-2018.pdf Year: 2018 Country: Canada Keywords: Arrests and Apprehensions Shelf Number: 155342

Author: Brown, Gregory P. Title: Anti-Corruption Models and Elimination of Staff Involvement in Trafficking Contraband in Correctional Settings: Review of the Current Literature Summary: A structured review of international and Canadian studies and reports on anti-corruption models and correctional staff involvement in contraband was undertaken, spanning the years 2000 - 2018. At the international, national and institutional level, there is little empirical evidence that multipurpose or specialized anti-corruption models and agencies are effective in significantly reducing the prevalence of corrupt behaviour in public institutions. Similarly, there is little empirical evidence that specialized units within institutions, including police organizations and correctional systems, have been effective in significantly reducing staff involvement in corrupt behaviour. The ineffectiveness of anti-corruption strategies derives from their lack of evidence-based foundation in behavioural theory. The results of experimental studies of corrupt behaviour show that (1) paying what are perceived to be "fair salaries" reduces engagement in corrupt behaviour, (2) staff rotation can be effective in reducing involvement in corrupt behaviour, (3) increasing the probability of detection can be effective in reducing corruption, (4) imposing severe penalties for engaging in corrupt behaviour can be effective, (5) offering a reward for "whistleblowing", and an independent, top-down, confidential investigation process can be effective in mitigating corruption, and (6) increasing transparency and monitoring of public funds reduces corruption. In combination with evidenced-based behavioural strategies to deter or prevent corrupt behaviour by individuals, the institutional environment must provide a context that provides a clear code of conduct for staff, tools for the detection, reporting, investigation and prosecution of corrupt behaviour, and effective means of oversight and transparency. Reducing the individual motivation to engage in corrupt behaviour and establishing effective guardianship of the environment though monitoring, detection, investigation and prosecution may significantly reduce the prevalence of corrupt behaviour. Control of contraband is made especially challenging by the porous nature of correctional environments, the criminal orientation of the population under supervision, and the complex relationship between demand for and supply of contraband in correctional settings. Involvement of correctional staff in trafficking in contraband makes up only a small proportion of the contraband market in correctional environments. Aggressive supply-side strategies for detecting and seizing contraband may cause conflict and increase incentives for suppliers to engage in the market. New technologies including drones are a challenge for contraband control. Details: Ottawa: Correctional Service of Canada, 2018. 46p. Source: Internet Resource: 2018 N� R-415: Accessed April 4, 2019 at: http://publications.gc.ca/collections/collection_2018/scc-csc/PS83-3-415-eng.pdf Year: 2018 Country: Canada Keywords: Contraband Shelf Number: 155343

Author: Wanamaker, Kayla A. Title: Typologies of Sexual Offending of Federally-Sentenced Women: A Validation Study Summary: Fewer than 1% of the federal women offender population in Canada are sex offenders. Very little research has been conducted on this unique group. While their numbers are small, it is important to examine this population to understand the factors underlying women's sexual offending in order to facilitate the development of gender-informed correctional programming and to enhance reintegration efforts for these women. To assist with addressing this gap in the research and to complement previous research conducted on the profile of women sexual offenders in CSC (WSOs; Allenby, Taylor, Cossette, & Fortin, 2012; Wanamaker, Derkzen, De Moor, & Wardrop, 2018), the current study was conducted to assess the validity of the Descriptive Model of Female Sexual Offending (DMFSO; Gannon, Rose, & Ward, 2008, 2010, 2012) used to classify women sex offenders into one of three typologies. The study also assessed the extent to which women could be classified according to an additional typology proposed by Lutfy and Derkzen (2014). The DMFSO is a women-specific offence process model that accounts for the role of cognitive, behavioural, affective, and contextual factors that lead up to a WSO's index offence. It also takes into account the offenders� background factors as well as the pre-offence, offence, and post-offence periods. It proposes three distinct typologies for WSOs: the Explicit-Approach, Directed-Avoidant, and Implicit-Disorganized typologies. In a previous CSC study, the DMFSO has been found to be a reliable way of classifying federally sentenced women sex offenders (Lutfy & Derkzen, 2014), although the researchers recommended an additional fourth typology referred to as the Adopted-Approach. Thirty-three women who had been convicted of sexual offences and had participated in the women sex offender program (WSOP) between the years 2010 and 2017 were chosen to be included in the study. File information from criminal profiles, correctional plans, and psychological reports were coded using the modified DMFSO Preliminary Offence Pathway Checklist (Gannon, Rose, & Ward, 2012; Lutfy & Derkzen, 2014). The results indicated that the DMFSO typologies could be identified in this sample. The proposed fourth typology (Adopted-Approach) also appears to measure a unique WSO offending pattern. However, numbers were too low in the Implicit-Disorganized typology to established interrater reliability. The largest proportion of WSOs fell within the Explicit-Approach typology (i.e., women who initiate sexual offending to satisfy sexual or monetary ends and have the highest degree of self-reported substance misuse), followed by the Directed-Avoidant and Adopted-Approach (both of approaches involving a male co-offender). Overall, this research highlights the importance of understanding the unique characteristics, pathways, and treatment needs of WSOs in order to ensure appropriate programming and supervision. Future research would benefit from using a larger sample of WSOs and examining the recidivism rates within each typology. Details: Ottawa: Correctional Service of Canada, 2018. 40p. Source: Internet Resource: 2018 No. R-417: Accessed April 4, 2019 at: http://publications.gc.ca/collections/collection_2018/scc-csc/PS83-3-417-eng.pdf Year: 2018 Country: Canada Keywords: Female Offenders Shelf Number: 155344

Author: Lutfy, Michael-Anthony Title: Women Who Sexually Offend: An Assessment of the Descriptive Model of Female Sexual Offending Summary: Women who sexually offend represent less than 1% of the federal women offender population in Canada, and have received limited research attention. To assist in addressing this gap in the research, the current study was conducted to complement a previous profile of women sexual offenders (Allenby, Taylor, Cossette, & Fortin, 2012) and assessed the validity of the Descriptive Model of Female Sexual Offending (DMFSO; Gannon, Rose, & Ward, 2008; 2010; 2012) with a Canadian sample. The DMFSO is a gender-specific offence process model that accounts for the contributory roles of cognitive, behavioural, affective, and contextual factors leading to a woman sexual offender�s (WSO) index offence (Gannon et al., 2008; 2010; 2012). The DFMSO proposes three distinct pathways for WSOs: (1) Explicit-Approach, which characterizes offenders that explicitly conduct distal and proximal planning, approach offending, and can be motivated by sexual gratification, intimacy, revenge, and financial gain; (2) Directed-Avoidant offenders are directed and coerced by a co-offender, typically want to avoid offending, and generally experience negative affect; and (3) Implicit-Disorganized WSOs typically engage in implicit distal planning, display impulsive and disorganized offending behaviour, and can experience strong to fleeting positive affect, sometimes followed by post-offence negative affect. Fourteen WSOs from all five federal women's correctional facilities participated in qualitative semi-structured interviews focused on their offence narratives. The interviews were coded using the DMFSO Preliminary Offence Pathway Checklist provided by Gannon, Rose, and Ward (2012). The DMFSO was replicable with a Canadian sample and appears to be a valid measure of WSO offending styles. In total, 50% (n = 7) of the sample was classified as Directed-Avoidant and 29 % as Explicit-Approach (n = 4). Implicit-Disorganized was only represented by one participant, with an additional two WSOs considered unclassified. Due to difficulties encountered with the coding and rating protocol, exploratory follow-up analyses were conducted with modified coding criteria. The shift resulted in the Directed-Avoidant pathways being reduced to four participants (29%), Explicit-Approach increasing to five (35%), Implicit-Approach not changing (7%; n = 1), and the number of unclassified WSO increasing to four (29%). Upon further investigation, however, it is suggested that three of the unclassified WSOs shared enough similarity that they may represent a unique additional pathway. This newly-proposed pathway, Adopted-Approach, would be comprised of WSOs who co-offend, but unlike the Directed-Avoidant pathway, approach offending for intimacy or sexual gratification as well as adopt the planning and desired offence style of their co-offender. Further research is required to validate the newly-proposed Adopted-Approach pathway. In addition, the modifications to the DMFSO Checklist proposed in this study may make the Checklist appropriate as an assessment tool to inform treatment targets. Further examination of this possibility would also be necessary. Details: Ottawa: Correctional Service of Canada, 2014. 54p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 4, 2019 at: http://publications.gc.ca/collections/collection_2017/scc-csc/PS83-3-334-eng.pdf Year: 2014 Country: Canada Keywords: Female Offenders Shelf Number: 155345

Author: Wilner, Alex Title: Canadian Terrorists by the Numbers: An Assessment of Canadians Joining and Supporting Terrorist Groups Summary: Canadian involvement with Islamist (or Salafi-Jihadi) militancy did not start with ISIS. Nor will it end with ISIS. Canada's ISIS recruits, put into a larger historical context, are but a contemporary example of Canadian citizens supporting militancy, both at home and abroad. This report is an exploration of the phenomenon of Canadians joining and supporting terrorist organizations and militant movements associated with ISIS, Al-Qaeda, and other similar groups. Complementing previous research on the composition and motivation of foreign fighters and Canadian terrorists, this report uses open access information to provide a detailed sketch of individuals suspected of having facilitated, sponsored, or participated in terrorism between 2006 and 2017. It establishes a dataset of 95 individuals with a nexus to Canada who have, or are suspected of having, radicalized, mobilized, and/or participated in Islamist terrorist activity between 2006 and 2017. As in all similar studies of contemporary European or US jihadist violence, the individuals captured by our study are remarkably diverse in their ethnic origins, social and economic status, educational and vocational accomplishments, gender, and so on. The analysis sheds light on several fronts. It provides a snapshot of the particular militant groups Canadians have historically gravitated to, and information on individual characteristics and traits, including on gender, education, upbringing, family, and cultural and religious background. And, when compared to similar research conducted in other countries, including the US, UK, and several other European states, this report adds international context to Canada's experience, highlighting how Canadian militants compare to their foreign counterparts. To better illustrate the particular backgrounds of Canadian terrorists and suspected militants, this paper showcases short vignettes detailing four individuals: Sabrine Djermane, Awso Peshdary, John Maguire, and Mohammed El Shaer. These vignettes offer a narrative account of how each individual became radicalized, and in some cases, participated in political violence and terrorism. Put together, this report assesses national trends in the support of domestic and international terrorism, and better informs Canada's evolving counterterrorism, counter-radicalization, and intelligence-gathering policies and strategies. Some of the key findings from this dataset of 95 individuals include: - Men made up 95 percent of cases in this dataset. In comparison, women constitute from 11 and 30 percent of British, French, German, and Dutch foreign fighters; - Average age of individuals in this dataset was 27, which is roughly on par with the average age of US jihadists but a few years older than the Europeans; - All individuals were either Canadian citizens or residents of Canada, with 28 individuals reportedly having immigrated to Canada; - 55 percent of individuals captured in this data originated in Ontario; - Less than 50 percent had enrolled in post-secondary education programs, which is similar to cases in the US but is significantly higher than in Europe; - 11 percent are reported to have had criminal charges laid against them prior to their involvement in political violence, which is lower than in Europe; - A majority of the Canadian profiles were formally or informally affiliated with ISIS (50 percent) or Al-Qaeda (27 percent); and - 70 percent of the individuals captured in the data sought to travel abroad to join or support a foreign militant organization. In many ways, Canada's contemporary experience with Islamist terrorism and the foreign fighter phenomenon is more similar to America's. While ISIS, Al-Qaeda, and other groups have at times purposefully threatened and targeted Canadian citizens and assets, rarely have they succeeded in doing so directly. The fatal attacks Canada has suffered over the past decade have been organized by individuals inspired to act rather than trained to act. In contrast, nearly 530 Belgium nationals, for instance, travelled to Syria and Iraq to join militant organizations, and Belgium suffered a string of major and minor terrorist attacks between 2014 and 2018. Its capital, Brussels, was likewise chosen as a base of operation for the ISIS cell responsible for several attacks across Europe, including the 2015 Paris and 2016 Brussels attacks, which together killed more than 160 individuals. The perpetrators of the Paris attack included several Belgium nationals. The terrorism Canada has faced over the past decade has been dangerous, but also rudimentary in nature and limited in scale. In addition, the backgrounds of Canadians involved in these activities are also equally distinct from Europeans. For instance, the dataset shows that Canadian profiles had significantly higher educational attainment, less criminal convictions prior to their involvement in political violence, and were on average slightly older than their counterparts in Europe. There were also significantly fewer women in the dataset, although some reports indicate that approximately 30 Canadian women had travelled to ISIS-held territory in the past several years. In many respects, the individuals captured in this data seem closer in terms of their background with those in the United States. Ultimately, by building a unique dataset of Canadian Islamist radicalization and participation in terrorism over the past decade, this report provides a national snapshot of the individual characteristics and trends associated with a particularly dangerous form of contemporary political violence. And by comparing the Canadian data and analysis to similar research conducted in other countries, an international consensus can be built that illustrates both the similarities and differences between national contexts. In sum, we demonstrate the uniquely Canadian markers that feed into our national experience of Islamist radicalization and terrorism, while also shedding light on larger, global trends that inform and influence developments in Canada. Details: Ottawa: Macdonald-Laurier Institute, 2019. 45p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 10, 2019 at: http://macdonaldlaurier.ca/files/pdf/20190205_MLI_Canadian_Terrorists_Wilner_PAPER_WebFinal.pdf Year: 2019 Country: Canada Keywords: Domestic Terrorist Shelf Number: 155353

Author: Capler, Rielle Title: Organized Crime in the Cannabis Market: Evidence and implications Summary: Claims that portray Canada's current and pre-existing cannabis industry as dominated by organized crime have the potential to misinform government policy and the direction of legislative reform. This briefing note will assess the evidence that suggests that organized crime is currently involved in the marijuana market in Canada, and to what degree; we also canvass the evidence that describes the characteristics of the participants currently involved in the production and distribution of cannabis. Key findings of the best available evidence include: 1. While the label of organized criminal may be accurately applied to a minority of the individuals involved in the illicit cannabis industry, the defining characteristics of the term are not applicable to the majority. 2. Unsubstantiated media and police reports portray the cannabis industry as dominated by organized crime. 3. Evidence suggests a very low involvement of organized crime in the cannabis industry in Canada; the majority of those in the industry tend to be non-violent and have minimal, if any, involvement with other criminal activities. 4. Those involved in cannabis production are typically small-scale growers who are active members of their communities. 5. Those in the cannabis industry have diverse motivations, including supplementing income, reducing costs, pursuing business and personal interest, controlling quality and producing diverse strains, and avoiding the illegal market. 6. Most of those involved in the illicit cannabis market are keen to be part of a legal market. Details: Vancouver, BC: Canadian Drug Policy Consortium, 2016. 9p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 15, 2019 at: https://drugpolicy.ca/wp-content/uploads/2016/11/CDPC_Submission_Cannabis-and-Organized-Crime_Aug9-2016_Full-Final-1.pdf Year: 2016 Country: Canada Keywords: Cannabis Shelf Number: 155414

Author: Mann, Elliott Title: Crime Prevention in Practice: An Analysis of Pharmacy Robberies Summary: This paper investigates the incidents of pharmacy robberies in British Columbia, Canada between 2001 and 2016. Using rational choice theory and situational crime prevention, this paper examines the sudden decrease in pharmacy robberies in fall 2015 and proposes theory-based implementations that may further reduce counts of pharmacy robbery throughout the province. This study also measures the effect of recent bylaw implementation enacted in September 2015, and the effect this may have had on reducing pharmacy robbery counts throughout British Columbia. Employing negative binomial regression models, counts of monthly pharmacy robberies are analyzed in four locations: Vancouver, Lower Mainland, Interior, and Vancouver Island. Statistically significant results are found to support the preventative measures enacted by the pharmacy bylaw implementations. Details: Burnaby, BC: Simon Fraser University, 2017. 53p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed April 16, 2019 at: https://pdfs.semanticscholar.org/5d10/fac0433a6a3fe411ed9e172f1430503aa6d2.pdf?_ga=2.265477007.1091046755.1555426595-884412765.1555426595 Year: 2017 Country: Canada Keywords: Crime Prevention Shelf Number: 155430

Author: Levin, Julia Title: Mystery Fish: Seafood Fraud in Canada and How to Stop It Summary: A report released today from Oceana Canada, Mystery Fish: Seafood Fraud in Canada and How to Stop It, addresses the issue of seafood fraud-including the motives behind it and the consequences to our health, wallets and oceans�as well as concrete recommendations for the Canadian government. Seafood fraud, which is any activity that misrepresents the product being purchased, is a long-standing global problem. An increasing amount of seafood is being shipped to Canada from overseas, with estimates suggesting that up to 80 per cent of what is consumed in Canada may be imported. This seafood follows a complex path from a fishing vessel to our plate, with a risk of fraud and mislabelling at each step along the way. Details: Toronto: Oceana, 2017. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed April 18, 2019 at: https://www.oceana.ca/en/publications/reports/mystery-fish-seafood-fraud-canada-and-how-stop-it Year: 2017 Country: Canada Keywords: Consumer Fraud Shelf Number: 155458

Author: Nesbitt, Michael Title: An Empirical and Qualitative Assessment of Terrorism Sentencing Decisions in Canada since 2001: Shifting Away from the Fundamental Principle and Towards Cognitive Biases Summary: In this paper, we take a comprehensive and multidisciplinary look at terrorism sentencing decisions over a 17-year period, between September 2001 when the ATA was first conceived of and September 2018. In so doing, we first offer an empirical analysis of the sentences for all terrorism offenses to date, including the total number of sentences, conviction rates, charges, demographics associated with the accused and other factors. We then engage in a qualitative assessment of the sentencing decisions to date. We also investigate the role that section 718.2(a)(v) of the Criminal Code has had on terrorism sentences in Canada and whether it might help to explain the empirical and qualitative shifts we are seeing in terrorism sentencing decisions. Finally, we ask whether there is anything inherent to the legislative and judicial framing of terrorism as a crime, and therefore in its sentencing, that might explain the unique nature of terrorism sentences. Details: Bonn, Germany: Institute or Labor Economics (IZA), 2019. 65p. Source: Internet Resource: IZA Discussion Paper No. 12255: Accessed May 4, 2019 at: http://ftp.iza.org/dp12255.pdf Year: 2019 Country: Canada Keywords: Terrorist Shelf Number: 155618

Author: Ontario Public Health Association Title: The Public Health Implications of the Legalization of Recreational Cannabis Summary: Canada's Task Force on Cannabis Legislation and Legalization was first assembled in June of 2016 to consult and provide advice on the design of a new legislative and regulatory framework for legal access to cannabis, consistent with the Federal Government's commitment to "legalize, regulate, and restrict access." A Cannabis Act has now been tabled in the House of Commons and is expected to become law in July, 2018. Under this new law, Canada's provinces and territories will be responsible to license and oversee the distribution and sale of cannabis, subject to Federal conditions, and will have the power to: - increase the minimum age in their province or territory (but not lower it) - lower the personal possession limit in their jurisdiction - create additional rules for growing cannabis at home, such as lowering the number of plants per residence; and - restrict where adults can consume cannabis, such as in public or in vehicles. While medicinal uses for cannabis is gaining acceptance, there are public health implications associated with cannabis use. Specifically, the following are potential harms: - risk of toxicity - unintended exposure to children - high mortality and morbidity attributable to cannabis, including motor vehicle accidents, lung cancer and substance use disorders - occupational safety risks - negative mental health outcomes - respiratory health impacts - impaired child and youth development - equity implications considering differential usage rates across gender and income levels In light of these developments and the potential harms above, OPHA calls on both the Federal and Provincial government to put health considerations at the forefront and adopt a public health approach to mitigate these harms. This would entail: - Using public health strategies including: -- Health promotion to reduce the likelihood of use and problematic use; -- Health protection to reduce the harms associated with use; -- Prevention and harm reduction to reduce the likelihood of problematic use and overdose; -- Population health assessment to understand the extent of the situation, and the potential impact of the interventions, policies, and programs on the population (evaluation); -- Disease, injury and disability surveillance to understand the effect on society and to evaluate the effects of these activities; and -- Evidence-based services to help protect people who are at risk of developing, or have developed problems with substances. - Applying principles of social justice, attention to human rights and equity, evidence-informed policy and practice, and addressing the underlying determinants of health OPHA calls for a Federal and Provincial regulatory regime that advances the goals outlined in the Federal Task Force on Cannabis Legalization and Regulation's 2016 discussion paper. Details: Toronto, ONT: Author, 2017. 70p. Source: Internet Resource: Position Paper: Accessed May 7, 2019 at: https://opha.on.ca/getmedia/6b05a6bc-bac2-4c92-af18-62b91a003b1b/The-Public-Health-Implications-of-the-Legalization-of-Recreational-Cannabis.pdf.aspx?ext=.pdf Year: 2017 Country: Canada Keywords: Cannabis Shelf Number: 155671

Author: DeVillaer, Michael Title: Cannabis Law Reform in Canada: Pretense and Perils Summary: Cannabis Law Reform in Canada: Pretense and Perils examines the Canadian government's campaign to legalize cannabis for recreational use. The government's stated case is that the contraband trade poses a serious threat to cannabis users (including 'kids'), and that a legal, regulated industry will provide protection. This report draws upon research on the contraband trade, our established legal drug industries (alcohol, tobacco, pharmaceutical), and government efforts to regulate these industries. This investigation concludes that the government's case, on all counts, is weak. Its depiction of the contraband cannabis trade amounts to little more than unsubstantiated, vestigial reefer madness. Our legal drug industries engage in a relentless, indiscriminate, and sometimes illegal, pursuit of revenue with substantial harm to the public's health and to the Canadian economy. Early indications warn that an ambitious cannabis industry is on a similar trajectory. These industries are enabled by permissive and ineffective regulatory oversight by government. Cannabis Law Reform in Canada: Pretense and Perils recommends immediate decriminalization of minor cannabis-related offences to curtail the criminalization of large numbers of mostly young Canadians. It also supports the legalization of cannabis for recreational use, but strongly asserts that the prevailing profit-driven, poorly regulated paradigm is a dangerous one. The legalization of cannabis in Canada provides an opportunity to try a different approach - a not-for-profit cannabis authority - functioning with a genuine public health priority. Details: Hamilton, ONT: The Peter Boris Centre for Addictions Research McMaster University , 2017. 110p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 7, 2019 at: https://fhs.mcmaster.ca/pbcar/documents/Pretense%20&%20Perils%20FINAL.PDF Year: 2017 Country: Canada Keywords: Cannabis Shelf Number: 155672

Author: Ly, Monica Title: Crude Crime: An analysis of energy prices and crime in Alberta Summary: The relationship between energy prices and levels of crime in Canada is under-researched, despite Canada's dependency on its natural resources. There have been numerous media reports on the high level of crime and revenue from resource-based communities, such as Fort McMurray. However, these conclusions have not been substantiated by research. In this thesis, social disorganization theory and routine activity theory are used to examine crime patterns in Alberta. The current study explores the relationship between fluctuations in energy prices and crime rates in Alberta between the years 1998 to 2006. A fixed effects linear regression analysis is used to determine the association between crime rates and changes in both oil and natural gas prices while accounting for a number of variables. A statistically significant negative relationship was found between energy prices and break and enter, as well as theft from auto. In light of these findings, implications for future research and theoretical development are discussed. Details: Burnaby, BC: Simon Fraser University, 2018. 80p. Source: Internet Resource: Thesis: Accessed May 7, 2019 at: http://summit.sfu.ca/item/17986 Year: 2018 Country: Canada Keywords: Crime Rates Shelf Number: 155680

Author: HillKnowlton Strategies Title: Reducing Violence Crime: A Dialogue on Handguns and Assault-Style Firearms: Engagement Summary Report Summary: The engagement process included a series of eight in-person roundtables, an online questionnaire, a written submission process, and bilateral meetings with a range of stakeholders. Given the diversity of perspectives on this issue, this report highlights key common themes and ideas shared by participants, as well as unique and divergent views. The goal of this report is to accurately represent "what we heard" on this issue. Overall Key Findings -- There are polarized views on a potential ban and limiting access: Overall, participants were strongly polarized on the issue of banning handguns and assault-style firearms. The stakeholder views expressed in two of the engagement channels - the in-person dialogues and written submissions - provided a variety of perspectives both opposed to and in support of a ban. In contrast, most questionnaire respondents (representing a self-selected group of Canadians) were opposed to a ban. Target crime and focus on enforcement: Many participants felt strongly that a ban would target law-abiding owners, rather than illicit firearms, and would not greatly impact crime reduction (particularly gang violence). As a result, many called for enhanced enforcement capacity for law enforcement and border services, as well as harsher punishments for firearms trafficking and gun-related crime. Address underlying causes of firearm violence: One point of consensus among the diverse perspectives is the need to address the socioeconomic conditions that can lead to gun violence, which requires more support for community-level programs and initiatives. These factors include poverty, a lack of education or employment opportunities, lack of mental health supports and social exclusion. Collect and share relevant data on gun crime: There is a need to improve the ongoing collection and sharing of data on gun crime, particularly in terms of sources of illicit firearms and the types of crime being committed. It was expressed that data is critical for supporting law enforcement and border agencies efforts, as well as informing policy and legislation. Willingness for collaboration with the firearms community/industry: Many stakeholders representing various aspects of the firearms community want the opportunity to be more engaged and to collaborate with the federal government to develop solutions on this issue. Need a multi-faceted approach: A wide range of approaches and ideas were discussed, which suggests that a multi-faceted approach is needed to address this issue - rather than implementing a ban in isolation. Engagement Process and Key Findings by Channel In-person sessions-- Public Safety held a series of eight in-person roundtables in four cities: Vancouver (October 22, 2018), Montreal (October 25, 2018), Toronto (October 26, 2018) and Moncton (October 29, 2018). In total, 77 stakeholders participated in these sessions. Stakeholders were invited by Public Safety Canada based on their knowledge, experience, expertise and vested interest in the issue. Stakeholders represented provincial government, law enforcement, municipalities, not-for-profit associations (e.g., health, community services, youth, victims), education, wildlife/conservation, retailers, academia/research, and the firearms/sports shooting community. The key themes emerging from an analysis of the in-person sessions were: Mixed reactions: Some groups were more supportive or mixed in their perspectives on a potential ban/limiting access, while others were strongly opposed; Enhance frontline enforcement capacity; Collect and share relevant data; Focus on crime involving firearms and related crimes; Focus on underlying factors of gun violence; Focus on safe storage; Provide educational opportunities for children and youth; Work with retailers and the firearms community Explore reporting requirements for healthcare system Public Safety also called for written submissions from a wide range of stakeholders. Overall, 36 submissions were received from invited stakeholders representing a diversity of sectors and perspectives, including shooting sports, health, government (provincial, territorial and regional), women, municipalities/communities, victims, wildlife/conversation and retailers. Public Safety also received nearly 1,200 submissions from individuals with relevant experience on the issue. The key themes from the written submissions were: Mixed reactions to a potential ban/limiting access Collect relevant data on crime involving firearms Address risk factors underlying firearms violence Focus on illicit firearms trafficking; Enhance enforcement capacity; Consult with firearms community/industry; Provide more mental health supports/screening: Provide more education on safe and secure storage; Address impact of gun violence on women; Provide clarity in defining/classifying "assault weapon" Details: Ottawa: Public Safety Canada, 2019. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 14, 2019 at: Year: 2019 Country: Canada Keywords: Assault-Style Weapons Shelf Number: 155822

Author: Andresen, Martin A. Title: The Trajectories of Crime at Places: Understanding the Patterns of Disaggregated Crime Types Summary: Objectives Investigate the spatial concentrations and the stability of trajectories for disaggregated crime types on street segments and intersections in Vancouver, Canada. Methods A longitudinal analysis of 16 years of crime data using street segments and intersections as the units of analysis. We use the k-means non-parametric cluster analysis technique considering eight crime types: assault, burglary, robbery, theft, theft of vehicle, theft from vehicle, other, and total crime. Results The overall results for the individual crime types versus overall crime are similar: crime is highly concentrated regardless of crime type, most street segment and intersection trajectories are stable over time with the others decreasing, and most decreasing trajectories are in the same general areas. However, there are notable differences across crime types that need to be considered when attempting to understand spatial pattern changes and implement crime prevention initiatives. Conclusions The law of crime concentration at places holds in Vancouver, Canada for disaggregated crime types in the context of spatial concentrations and their stability over time. However, notable differences exist across crime types that should be accounted for when developing theory or policy. Details: Institute for Canadian Urban Research Studies and Simon Fraser University, 2016. 34p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 22, 2019 at: Rutgers University Criminal Justice Library. Year: 2016 Country: Canada Keywords: Crime Analysis Shelf Number: 156002

Author: Hewitt, Ashley Nicole Title: Identifying Risky Places for Sexual Violence: A Spatiotemporal Analysis of Sexual Crime and its Stability over Time Summary: Abstract: Traditionally, scholars have taken an offender-centred approach to the understanding of sexual violence that has resulted in treatment practices and community management strategies that focus primarily on the person responsible for the crime irrespective of the other factors that may have played a role in the offence. There is, however, a small but growing literature within this field that has shifted the etiological focus from just that of the offender to the other actors involved in the offence, as well as the environment in which each event occurs. Although the importance of this latter factor is recognized in these studies, the utility it has for theory development and practical implications for sexual offences is still unclear due to the methodological approaches previously taken and the conceptual definitions used. In an effort to overcome these limitations, three interrelated empirical papers compose this thesis that draw from the field of environmental criminology, specifically the criminology of place, to investigate the spatial and temporal patterns of 2,260 sexual crimes that occurred within a large city in British Columbia between August 1, 2002 and July 31, 2006. The first study investigates where sexual crimes take place by examining their spatial distribution and its stability over time using four spatial scales of analysis. These findings set the stage for the second study that identifies the social and physical characteristics of those places that experience high counts of sexual violence. The final study determines when these crimes occur within this city, studying this phenomenon at both the seasonal and intra-week levels, as well as their temporal stability over this five-year period. The collective contributions from this thesis emphasize the applicability and utility of such an approach to the study of sexual violence that puts the unit of analysis on the place, rather than the offender. In doing so, theoretical, methodological, and practical suggestions are put forth that may better the understanding of sexual violence and complement current prevention strategies and sex offender management tools. Details: Burnaby, British Columbia, Canada: Simon Fraser University, 2017. 179p. Source: Internet Resource Thesis: Accessed May 22, 2019 at: http://summit.sfu.ca/item/17466 Year: 2017 Country: Canada Keywords: Crime and Place Shelf Number: 156017

Author: Wuschke, Kathryn Elizabeth Title: Planning for Crime: Exploring the Connections Between Urban Space, Development, and Patterns of Crime Summary: The built urban environment influences the spatial distribution of criminal activity. Common activity nodes are clustered in specific urban locales, drawing individuals from within and beyond municipal boundaries for legitimate, daily needs. These key nodes are connected via the street network, and are typically concentrated along major routes. Such built urban features form the origins, destinations, and pathways used by residents and visitors alike, thereby facilitating the intersection of potential offenders and targets in both space and time. Crime events have repeatedly been found to concentrate at and near key features within the built environment, though the specific patterns of clustering can vary by urban locale and urban feature. This compilation of three inter-related studies explores the connections between crime and the physical landscape within a relatively under-studied research environment: mid-sized suburban municipalities. The first study contributes a multi-scale locally based exploration of the land use and road types associated with disproportionate crime rates. These results direct the second investigation, which analyses the areas beyond each local attractor to identify whether crime concentrates in these micro-spaces as well. The final contribution applies these locally-identified relationships within a prototype modeling framework to investigate the potential impact that urban growth and development may have on both crime, and the need for police resourcing. The collective results from this work emphasize the importance of locally-based, micro-scale analysis when exploring connections between crime and the urban environment. It further highlights the need for consideration of these results within planning and policy environments, and proposes a preliminary approach to facilitate this connection. Details: British Columbia, Canada: Simon Fraser University, 2016. 150p. Source: Internet Resource Dissertation: Accessed May 23, 2019 at: http://summit.sfu.ca/item/16308 Year: 2016 Country: Canada Keywords: Activity Nodes Shelf Number: 156060

Author: Spicer, Valerie Title: The Geometry of Fear: An Environmental Perspective on Fear and Perception of Crime Summary: Understanding fear of crime is the purpose of a significant body of research. Researchers studying the phenomenon span several disciplines including criminology, psychology, geography, architecture and sociology and with them they bring different theoretical perspectives. The goal of this dissertation is to join these perspectives into a composite meta-theoretical framework or theoretical matrix designed to enhance our understanding of research on fear of crime. The fear of crime matrix is tested through the analysis of a series of five community surveys in Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada. Past research reveals a recurrent theme of disorder, both physical and social, in explanations of fear of crime and perceptions of crime. But the type of disorder is scalable, ranging from proximal cues associated with specific encounters between people or defined micro locations through to general feelings of fear about areas, activity nodes, or major pathways and routes to and from these nodes. This multi-layer scalable component of fear of crime is a core part of the theoretical matrix. The analysis of five community surveys, all built on similar action research community surveys, provide support for the theoretical fear matrix. Comments by persons interviewed and their cognitive maps identified where they felt afraid and why. The results from the analysis are also compared to police calls for services. This linking of surveys to police incidents is a step towards developing a methodology that would make it possible to forecast or identify where there might be hotspots of fear in communities and where detailed surveys could be of value. Details: Vancouver, Canada: Simon Fraser University, 2012. 290p. Source: Internet Resource Dissertation: Accessed May 28, 2019 at: http://summit.sfu.ca/item/12131 Year: 2012 Country: Canada Keywords: Calls for Service Shelf Number: 156075

Author: WorkSafe BC Title: Working Alone: A Handbook for Small Business Summary: This handbook is for employers who have employees working alone or in isolation. It explains the how to identify and minimize hazards for those employees and how to regularly check on their well being. Details: Vancouver, BC, Canada: WorkSafe BC, 2009. 42p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 30, 2019 at: https://www.worksafebc.com/en/resources/health-safety/books-guides/working-alone-a-handbook-for-small-business?lang=en Year: 2009 Country: Canada Keywords: Employee Safety Shelf Number: 156085

Author: Retail BC Title: Preventing Violence, Robbery, and Theft: A Guide for Retail Owners, Managers, and Workers Summary: This book describes key risks and how to prevent violent incidents in the workplace. It addresses issues such as shoplifting, robbery, and abusive customers. It also includes information on what to do if an incident occurs in your workplace. The book contains numerous forms, including a suspect and vehicle identification sheet, a safety and security checklist, and an incident investigation report. Details: Vancouver, BC, Canada: Retail BC, Retail Council of Canada, WorkSafe BC, 2012. 44p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 30, 2019 at: https://www.worksafebc.com/en/resources/health-safety/books-guides/preventing-violence-robbery-and-theft Year: 2012 Country: Canada Keywords: Crimes Against Businesses Shelf Number: 156086

Author: WorkSafe BC Title: A Workbook for Employers and Workers: Preventing Violence Summary: This workbook can be used as a tool for training workers in violence prevention procedures for the workplace. Details: Vancouver, BC, Canada: WorkSafe BC, 2008. 47p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 30, 2019 at: https://www.worksafebc.com/en/resources/health-safety/books-guides/a-workbook-for-employers-and-workers-preventing-violence?lang=en Year: 2008 Country: Canada Keywords: Employee Safety Shelf Number: 156087

Author: WorkSafe BC Title: Preventing Violence: A Workbook for Service Station Employers and Workers Summary: This workbook can be used as a tool for training workers in violence prevention procedures for the workplace. Details: Vancouver, BC, Canada: WorkSafe BC, 2008. 47p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed May 30, 2019 at: https://www.worksafebc.com/en/resources/health-safety/books-guides/a-workbook-for-employers-and-workers-preventing-violence?lang=en Year: 2008 Country: Canada Keywords: Employee Safety Shelf Number: 156088

Author: Kouyoumdjian, Fiona G. Title: Do People who Experience Incarceration Age More Quickly? Exploratory Analysis Using Retrospective Cohort Data on Mortality from Ontario, Canada Summary: Objectives: We aimed to explore whether mortality data are consistent with the view that aging is accelerated for people with a history of incarceration compared to the general population, using data on mortality rates and life expectancy for persons in Ontario, Canada. Methods: We obtained data from the Ontario Ministry of Community Safety and Correctional Services on all adults admitted to provincial correctional facilities in Ontario in 2000, and linked these data with death records from provincial vital statistics between January 1, 2000 and December 31, 2012. We used life table methods to calculate mortality rates and life expectancies for this cohort by sex and 5-year age group. We similarly generated population comparison rates using publicly available data for the general population of Ontario in 2006 as the midpoint of the follow up period. We compared these mortality indices between the 2000 Ontario prison cohort and the general population by age group and sex. Results: The difference in all-cause mortality rates between the 2000 Ontario prison cohort and the general population was greatest for younger adults, with the prison cohort experiencing rates of death that would be expected for persons at least 15 years older at ages 20 to 44 for men and ages 20 to 59 for women. Life expectancy in the 2000 Ontario prison cohort was most similar to life expectancy of persons five years older in the general population at age intervals 20 to 45 in men and 20 to 30 in women. Conclusions: For most of adulthood, life expectancy and mortality rates are worse for adults with a history of incarceration than for the general population in Ontario, Canada. However, the association between mortality and incarceration status is modified by age, with the greatest relative burden of mortality experienced by younger persons with a history of incarceration and modified by sex, with worse relative mortality in women. Future research should explore the association between incarceration status and markers of aging including mortality, morbidity and physical appearance. Details: Ontario, Canada: Institute for Clinical Evaluative Sciences, Ontario Ministry of Health and Long-Term Care, 2017. 11p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 18, 2019 at: https://journals.plos.org/plosone/article/file?id=10.1371/journal.pone.0175837&type=printable Year: 2017 Country: Canada Keywords: Corrections Shelf Number: 156497

Author: Konikoff, Daniel Title: Big Data and Criminal Justice - What Canadians Should Know Summary: Every Google search, credit card purchase, social media interaction, and doctor's visit leave traces of information about you, where you've been, who you've interacted with, and what you like. What's more, advertisers, data brokers, and government agencies can collect and analyze the digital breadcrumbs you leave behind as you go about your day. Welcome to the world of 'big data.' While data-driven technologies may be used for the benefit of individuals and society as a whole, they run an equal risk of entrenching discrimination and exacerbating various forms of inequality. The realm of criminal justice is no exception; big data has both the potential to infuse fairness into the administration of justice, and, more worryingly, expedite the reproduction of existing biases. Below, we outline what 'big data' is, how it is used in the context of criminal justice in Canada and beyond, and how we might think about the potential beneficial and detrimental effects of these technologies on our society. Details: Ottawa, Canada: Broadbent Institut, 2019. 11p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 19, 2019 at: https://d3n8a8pro7vhmx.cloudfront.net/broadbent/pages/7382/attachments/original/1558443965/BigData_and_Criminal_Justice_Report.pdf Year: 2019 Country: Canada Keywords: Big Data Shelf Number: 156507

Author: Canada. Parliament. House of Commons. Standing Committee on Justice and Human Rights Title: Moving Forward in the Fight Against Human Trafficking in Canada Summary: At its June 8, 2017 meeting, the House of Commons Standing Committee on Justice and Human Rights (the Committee) unanimously agreed to a motion that it "conduct a study, at the earliest opportunity, into the issue of human trafficking in Canada, and that it report its findings to the House." Between February 15 and May 22, 2018, the Committee held eight meetings in Ottawa to hear evidence from a wide variety of stakeholders.2 The Committee also travelled to five Canadian cities - Halifax, Montreal, Toronto, Edmonton and Vancouver - from March 18 to 23, to hear evidence from human trafficking survivors and local stakeholders. The objective of these meetings was to expand our knowledge about all forms of human trafficking occurring in Canada, including human trafficking for the purposes of sexual exploitation and forced labour. In total, the Committee heard from more than 50 witnesses and received close to 60 written submissions. The Committee appreciates the expertise and time provided by all the witnesses who participated in this study and wishes to highlight the valuable contribution of the survivors who had the courage to share their story in order to prevent others from becoming victims of human trafficking, as well as that of all organizations and individuals dedicated to assisting victims of human trafficking. This report provides an overview of human trafficking in Canada. It includes the state of our knowledge on this complex and multi-faceted issue, the Canadian response to combat this atrocious crime, and the challenges faced by victims, services providers, law enforcement agencies and prosecutors to prevent human trafficking, protect its victims and prosecute the traffickers. The Committee drew upon the evidence it received to formulate key findings and recommendations aimed at strengthening Canada�s actions towards eradicating human trafficking in Canada. From the outset, the Committee recognizes that justice is a matter of shared jurisdiction and that human trafficking needs to be tackled by all levels of government. The Committee also recognizes that collaboration between governments and civil society is key to eradicating human trafficking. Details: Ottawa: Author, 2018. 94p. Source: Internet Resource: 42nd Parliament, 1st Session: Accessed June 26, 2019 at: https://www.ourcommons.ca/Content/Committee/421/JUST/Reports/RP10243099/justrp24/justrp24-e.pdf Year: 2018 Country: Canada Keywords: Forced Labor Shelf Number: 156700

Author: Canada. Parliament. House of Commons. Standing Committee on Justice and Human Rights Title: Study on Crime in Rural Areas in Canada Summary: MANDATE OF THE COMMITTEE -- On 30 May 2018, the Standing Committee on Public Safety and National Security (the Committee) was instructed by the House of Commons to undertake a study of crime in rural areas in Canada and to report its findings to the House. The Committee heard from 19 witnesses over the course of five meetings in June and October 2018 and received seven briefs. Witnesses provided their perspectives of events and expertise on the issue of crime in rural areas. The Committee heard testimony from several individuals who shared their challenging experiences with crime in rural areas and the difficulties they faced. CRIME IN RURAL AREAS -- The Committee recognizes that crime in rural areas is of growing concern to rural residents across the country. The Committee heard that while crime in rural areas is more acute in western Canada, eastern provinces are also experiencing high crime rates in rural areas. Incidents reported by witnesses to the Committee were related to property crimes such as a break-ins, thefts and, in some cases, violent assaults. The risks of sexual violence, violence towards women and suicide in rural areas were also underscored by witnesses. Edouard and Jessica Maurice, Fredrick Priestley-Wright, Alicia Bedford and Geraldine Dixon explained to the Committee how rural residents are sometimes left on their own because of long police response times, which can be hours or even days in some cases. According to Scott Newark, this is the core of the crime problem in rural areas, which is causing an erosion of public confidence. The Committee heard of innovative solutions that could help address the issue, such as the crime reduction strategy that has been implemented by the province of Alberta. The Committee recognizes the feelings of helplessness of the witnesses, and their desire to take matters into their own hands. However, the Committee discourages this kind of intervention by citizens. The Committee agrees with Nick Cornea who said: "Be Vigilant and Not Vigilantes." 8 While community watch groups and rural crime groups should be encouraged, they should not be an alternative to professionally trained police officers. Witnesses also emphasized the importance of partnerships between police forces and community groups, who can be the eyes and ears of front-line officers. Moreover, the Committee heard that rural communities are generally very respectful of the Royal Canadian Mounted Police (RCMP) due to their long-term presence and responsibilities within the communities they serve. POLICING IN RURAL AREAS -- Policing is primarily the responsibility of provincial governments. Ontario, Quebec, Newfoundland and Labrador manage and fund their own provincial policing services. Some municipalities and First Nations and Inuit communities choose to have their own police services as well. However, the RCMP is contracted by several provinces, municipalities and First Nations and Inuit communities to provide policing services, including Alberta and Saskatchewan, the most represented provinces in the witnesses appearing before the Committee. The provinces and municipalities who enter into these policing arrangements with the RCMP establish the level of resources, budget and policing priorities of the contract police detachments in consultation with the RCMP. Therefore, the Committee strongly encourages provinces and territories to increase investments in policing and innovative solutions, including emergency response and dispatch centres. In addition, the Committee believes that every Canadian should have equal access to policing, victim services and programs, and that the RCMP should consider ways to partner with other policing agencies and make greater use of the auxiliary and reserve programs in rural areas. In conclusion, the Committee believes that effective crime reduction measures should have at least four components: adequate police resources, partnerships with the community, robust victim support and a justice system that inspires public confidence. Details: Ottawa: Author, 2019. 29p. Source: Internet Resource: 42nd Parliament: 1st Session: Accessed June 26, 2019 at: https://www.ourcommons.ca/Content/Committee/421/SECU/Reports/RP10493887/securp33/securp33-e.pdf Year: 2019 Country: Canada Keywords: Rural Areas Shelf Number: 156701

Author: Council of Canadian Academies Title: Toward Peace, Harmony, and Well-Being: Policing in Indigenous Communities Summary: Policing in Indigenous communities presents challenges that are distinct from those for policing in non-Indigenous communities. These challenges are embedded within a set of cultural, social, historical, legal, political, and geographic considerations. Recognizing these unique challenges, Public Safety Canada (PS) asked the CCA to undertake an assessment examining what could be drawn from the current evidence and knowledge about the present and future role of police services in Indigenous communities in Canada and to identify some promising and leading practices in policing that could be applied in Indigenous communities. To address the question, the CCA convened a multidisciplinary panel of 11 experts from Canada and abroad with knowledge and experience in Indigenous law and public policy, criminology, psychiatry and mental health, and policing services. Details: Ottawa, Canada: Council of Canadian Academies, 2019. 252p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed June 28, 2019 at: https://cca-reports.ca/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/FullReport-Toward-Peace-Harmony-and-WellBeing.pdf Year: 2019 Country: Canada Keywords: Community Policing Shelf Number: 156589

Author: Koundakjian, Karen Title: Behaviors and Beliefs Related to Cannabis Before Legalization: A Public Safety Perspective Summary: Over the past few years, the government of Canada has been preparing to legalize, regulate and restrict access to non-medical cannabis. In 2016, the Task Force on Cannabis Legalization and Regulation identified nine policy objectives, which served as a basis for the recent legalization. Three of the main policy objectives that are of particular importance to Public Safety Canada's mandate are 1) "protect young Canadians by keeping cannabis out of the hands of children and youth;" 2) "keep profits out of the hands of criminals, particularly organized crime;" and 3) "protect public health and safety by strengthening, where appropriate, laws and enforcement measures that deter and punish more serious cannabis offences, particularly selling and distributing to children and youth, selling outside of the regulatory framework, and operating a motor vehicle while under the influence of cannabis."(McLellan et al, 2016: 11) Understanding the changes in perceptions and behaviours of those who use cannabis before and after the change in regime is important, as it will help to develop public safety policy and program initiatives, including education and crime prevention activities. Using the 2017 Canadian Cannabis Survey (CCS), the following report presents analyses of self-reported behaviours of those who used cannabis for non-medical purposes (cannabis use for non-medical purposes is defined as use for a range of non-medical reasons) in the past 12 months. The 2017 CCS asked respondents about their driving habits after cannabis use, cannabis use in combination with alcohol or other drugs, interaction with police services because of possession of cannabis, sources of cannabis (i.e., where users obtained their cannabis), methods of consumption, as well as the price they paid for their cannabis and the amount of cannabis they consumed. The analyses highlight a number of important findings, which will serve as a benchmark for future studies examining the trends following the implementation of the law in the fall of 2018. In particular, the results of the 2017 CCS show: Twenty-two percent (22%) of survey respondents reported having used cannabis in the 12 months prior to the survey. Among respondents who used cannabis, the most common methods of consumption were smoking (94%), eating (34%), using a vaporizer and vape pen or e-cigarette (14% each). Methods of consuming cannabis differed by age group; however younger respondents who used cannabis most often utilized different ways of consuming, as compared with their older counterparts. Among those who used cannabis, the most frequent sources of cannabis were from a family member or friend (27%); shared amongst a group of friends (25%); acquaintance (23%); dealer or storefront dispensary (20%). Compared to their older counterparts, younger respondents who used cannabis were: 1) almost twice as likely to report having obtained it by sharing with a group of friends; and 2) most often reported obtaining cannabis from a dealer or a storefront dispensary. Although the majority of respondents agreed that using cannabis for non-medical purposes impairs a person's ability to drive a vehicle, nearly one-quarter (22%) nonetheless reported having driven within 2 hours of using cannabis. Frequent users of cannabis most often presented unsafe behaviours related to drug-impaired driving. Frequent cannabis users not only believed that cannabis does not impair driving, but were also the group most often to report having driven within 2 hours of using cannabis, as well as having been a passenger with someone who used cannabis within 2 hours of driving. Just over one-quarter of respondents aged 16 to 19 (28%), followed by those aged 55 plus (30%) indicated having driven a motor vehicle within 2 hours of using non-medical cannabis, which represents the two groups to least often report having done so. A very small proportion of respondents who used cannabis reported having had interactions with police for their possession of non-medical cannabis (2%). Earlier age of cannabis initiation affects the quantity of cannabis consumed; the earlier the age at which someone first tried or started using cannabis, the more likely they are to report a higher daily quantity of cannabis consumed over the last 12 months. The greatest daily amounts of cannabis consumption for non-medical purposes were reported by those who: 1) grew their own cannabis; 2) obtained it from a dealer or storefront dispensary; and 3) obtained it from a Health Canada licensed producer by mail order. Details: Ottawa, Canada: Public Safety Canada, 2018. 53p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 14, 2019 at: https://www.publicsafety.gc.ca/cnt/rsrcs/pblctns/2018-r005/2018-r005-en.pdf Year: 2018 Country: Canada Keywords: Cannabis Shelf Number: 156745

Author: Public Safety Canada Title: Evaluation of the Akwesasne Organized Crime Initiative Summary: This report presents the results of the Evaluation of the Akwesasne Organized Crime Initiative. The Initiative is a contribution agreement between Public Safety and the Mohawk Council of Akwesasne to enhance the capacity of the Akwesasne Mohawk Police Service (AMPS) to participate in a Joint Investigative Team (JIT) with the Royal Canadian Mounted Police and other law enforcement agencies operating in the region. The main objective of the JIT is to investigate and disrupt organized criminal activity in and around Akwesasne. What we examined: The evaluation examined the activities of the Initiative over the time period from April 1, 2013 to March 31, 2018. The objective was to assess the achievement of outcomes, and the design and delivery of the Initiative. What we found: The AMPS-JIT was seen by partner law enforcement agencies as a vital asset for responding to and disrupting organized criminal activities in and around Akwesasne. The AMPS-JIT's expertise and participation in joint investigations has led to the disruption of organized crime, including the seizure of hundreds of thousands of dollars' worth of contraband and multiple arrests and convictions. Improved inter-agency cooperation was seen as one of the main successes of the Initiative. However, there were staffing vacancies in the unit during the period under review and AMPS-JIT's ability to maintain a full complement of qualified personnel was identified as a pressing challenge. During this period, PS entered into multiple contribution agreements with the Mohawk Council of Akwesasne as a result of the funding expiring on March 31, 2016 before renewed funding had been determined. One-year amendments were signed for 2016-17 and 2017-18 and a one-year agreement was in place for 2018-19. These short time-frame agreements have led to challenges with long-term planning including the AMPS-JIT's ability to recruit investigators and maintain a full complement of qualified personnel when the continuity of the Initiative was not guaranteed. Challenges in administrative roles and responsibilities were experienced by both the recipient and the program. With respect to the recipient, the timeliness of both financial and non-financial reporting was a constant challenge. The frequency and manner of reporting was viewed to place considerable administrative pressures on the AMPS-JIT and the Mohawk Council of Akwesasne and were not consistent with the requirements outlined in internal directives. Concerning PS's administration of the contribution program, the evaluation found challenges with internal capacity that were attributed to staff turnover, workload demand and administrative expertise. Recommendations The Assistant Deputy Minister of the Community Safety and Countering Crime Branch should: 1. Continue to support the Akwesasne Mohawk Police Service in building their capacity to ensure their full participation on the Joint Investigative Team and contribution to the disruption of organized crime in and around Akwesasne. 2. Identify the appropriate funding mechanism (e.g. multi-year contribution agreement or grant) to support the Akwesasne Mohawk Police Service�s sustained long-term participation in the Joint Investigative Team. 3. Explore opportunities to streamline administrative requirements for the Akwesasne Mohawk Police Service and internal PS practices to increase efficiency and address existing burdens on both the recipient and PS staff. This could include revising reporting requirements and increasing coordination with other programs. Management Action Plan: Management accepts all recommendations and will implement an action plan. Details: Ottawa, Canada: Public Safety Canada, 2019. 32p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 14, 2019 at: https://www.publicsafety.gc.ca/cnt/rsrcs/pblctns/2018-19-kwssn-rgnzd-crm-vltn/2018-19-kwssn-rgnzd-crm-vltn-en.pdf Year: 2019 Country: Canada Keywords: Evaluation Shelf Number: 156746

Author: Public Safety Canada Title: Beyond the Border Action Plan Horizontal Initiative Report Summary: On February 4, 2011, Canada and the United States (U.S.) committed to working together through Beyond the Border: A Shared Vision for Perimeter Security and Economic Competitiveness. The Declaration initiated a new long-term partnership between the two countries built upon a perimeter approach to security and economic competitiveness. The Beyond the Border (BTB) Action Plan, released in December 2011, set out specific initiatives to secure the Canada-U.S. border and perimeter while facilitating legitimate trade and travel. This horizontal initiative aims to enhance our collective security and accelerate the flow of legitimate goods, services, and people, both at and beyond the border. The Action Plan sets out joint priorities for achieving a secure and efficient Canada-U.S. border within four areas of cooperation: Addressing Threats Early - Threats are stopped before they arrive either in Canada or in the U.S.; Trade Facilitation, Economic Growth and Jobs - Legitimate travel and cargo is stimulated and expedited; Cross-Border Law Enforcement - Criminals are prevented from leveraging the Canada-U.S. border to commit international crimes; and, Critical Infrastructure and Cyber Security - Canada and the U.S. are prepared for and can respond to threats and emergencies. In total, 32 initiatives are grouped under these four areas; two additional initiatives cover the responsible sharing of personal information and centralized oversight of the Action Plan's implementation for a total of 34 initiatives. As the close-out report for the Action Plan, this report provides readers with a cumulative view of progress made during 2016-17, as well as an overall picture, by theme, of the results achieved for Canadians over the five-year period of the Action Plan. While this report focuses on Government of Canada achievements and progress to date in meeting Action Plan commitments since its inception, joint Canada-U.S. Implementation Reports have been released annually - with the last one published in the summer of 2016. You will find under each theme achievements to date for the initiatives. Highlights include: Canada and the U.S. now have a greater understanding of each other's legal, policy and operational frameworks governing information sharing for national security processes. Cooperation is not limited to security issues alone; for example, joint plant and animal assessments are now conducted on third party countries. Agreements regarding visa and immigration information sharing as well as the sharing of information on asylum and refugee claimants have been successful as they assist Canadian officials in verifying applicants' identities, provide new immigration information, and facilitate the travel of low-risk individuals. An increase of membership and expansion of benefits for the NEXUS trusted traveller program which contributes to more effective management of the border and an enhanced traveller experience. Bi-National Port Operations Committees have been established to ensure cooperation and partnering to enhance collaboration on overall port of entry management, to coordinate emergency responses and preparedness, to integrate enforcement efforts, and to improve the efficiency of mitigation strategies for border wait-times. Canada has also demonstrated its joint leadership on international cyber security efforts through the ratification of the Council of Europe Convention on Cybercrime (Budapest Convention) in 2015. That Convention is the only international instrument to address cybercrime and the acquisition of digital evidence for criminal justice purposes. It covers not only cybercrimes, such as hacking, but also requires all States Parties to criminalize and assist in the investigation of content offences such as child pornography and other Internet crimes such as fraud. Finally, a cross-cutting initiative, shared privacy principles, was the first completed deliverable under the Action Plan. The Canada-U.S. Joint Statement of Privacy Principles was published in June 2012. These principles have been applied to a number of arrangements under the Action Plan and will be applied to future collaborations under the final phase of the Entry/Exit initiative, among others. In preparing this close-out report, Public Safety Canada (PS) collected updated information and performance data from all federal BTB organizations that are working on the 32 themed initiatives. Going forward, information on initiatives not yet completed under the Action Plan will be found in each organization's annual Departmental Results Report (DRR) as of the 2017-18 reporting period. Details: Ottawa, Canada: Public Safety Canada, 2018. 63p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed July 14, 2019 at: https://www.publicsafety.gc.ca/cnt/rsrcs/pblctns/2016-17-btbaphi/2016-17-btbaphi-en.pdf Year: 2018 Country: Canada Keywords: Border Security Shelf Number: 156747

Author: Jeffrey, Nicole Title: Preventing Domestic Homicide in Canada: Current Knowledge on Risk Assessment, Risk Management and Safety Planning with Vulnerable Populations Summary: This literature review has identified vulnerabilities for domestic homicide within four specific populations: Indigenous peoples; immigrants and refugees; rural, remote, and northern communities; and children exposed to domestic violence. Although each population can have distinct vulnerabilities for domestic homicide, these populations also share common risk factors for experiencing domestic violence and homicide. To address these vulnerabilities and risks, the literature recommends that risk assessment, risk management, and safety planning be culturally or context appropriate; consider the sociocultural and historical aspects of risk; and involve service/sector coordination and collaboration. Overall, the literature identified a need for differentiated, social, and intersectional approaches to domestic violence and homicide research and practice. Details: London, Ontario, Canada: Canadian Domestic Homicide Prevention Initiative, 2018. 83p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 11, 2019 at: http://cdhpi.ca/literature-review-report Year: 2018 Country: Canada Keywords: Domestic Violence Shelf Number: 156947

Author: Public Safety Canada Title: The Way Forward to End Human Trafficking: National Consultations Discussion Paper Summary: This Discussion Paper was prepared by Public Safety Canada in consultation with the federal Human Trafficking Taskforce. Its purpose is to elicit discussion and comments to inform the Government of Canada in the development of a new national strategy to end human trafficking. It aims to help ensure that the new national strategy is evidence-based, and supports the prevention of this crime and the protection of its victims. The structure and contents of this document - particularly the potential areas of focus - are meant to guide the discourse rather than to reflect the final elements of a national strategy, which will take into account comments received on both this paper and feedback received through other engagement activities. The Discussion Paper includes a particular focus on the results of the evaluation of the 2012-2016 National Action Plan to Combat Human Trafficking and lessons learned by the Government of Canada throughout the Action Plan's implementation, including commentary from several national roundtables. A number of key issues and questions are presented for consideration, with a view to facilitate contributions of stakeholders involved in the consultations. Details: Ottawa, Canada: Public Safety Canada, 2018. 24p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 11, 2019 at: https://www.publicsafety.gc.ca/cnt/rsrcs/pblctns/wy-frwrd-nd-hmn-trffckng-ppr/wy-frwrd-nd-hmn-trffckng-ppr-en.pdf Year: 2018 Country: Canada Keywords: Human Smuggling Shelf Number: 156956

Author: Public Safety Canada Title: Measuring Public Attitudes Towards the Police - Technical Report Summary: Few doubt the importance of what the public thinks about the police. From a normative perspective, the public deserve a police force they believe they can trust to fulfil its various functions in an effective, fair and just way. The public deserve a police force that is moral, just and appropriate - that has the legitimate right to exercise power and enforce the law. From a practical perspective, police rely on active public support and cooperation. Most crimes come to the attention of the police when members of the public report them. If the public do not trust the police, they are unlikely to cooperate with the police by reporting crimes or aiding police investigations. Likewise, if people do not believe that the police have the right to exercise power, they are unlikely to accept decisions and comply with officer orders. Currently, there is no common approach across Canada to measure public attitudes towards the police. The objective of this study was to develop empirically-informed indicators that can be used by Canadian police services for this purpose. This report is part of a larger project led by Public Safety Canada and Halifax Regional Police, in consultation with the policing community, to establish evidence-based indicators as a common data standard in Canada. Details: Ottawa, Canada: Public Safety Canada, 2019. 2p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 14, 2019 at: https://www.publicsafety.gc.ca/cnt/rsrcs/pblctns/2019-s001/2019-s001-en.pdf Year: 2019 Country: Canada Keywords: Community Collaboration Shelf Number: 156976

Author: Canada. Department of Justice Title: Cyberbullying and the Non-consensual Distribution of Intimate Images Summary: At their October 2012 meeting, Federal/Provincial/Territorial (FPT) Ministers responsible for Justice and Public Safety directed senior officials to identify potential gaps in the Criminal Code on cyberbullying and the non-consensual distribution of intimate images and report back to Deputy Ministers. This work was assigned to the Coordinating Committee of Senior Officials (CCSO), Criminal Justice, Cybercrime Working Group (CWG). A Sub-Group on Cyberbullying was established in January 2013, and is co-chaired by the Department of Justice Canada and the Ontario Ministry of the Attorney General. At their April 24, 2013 meeting, FPT Ministers directed officials to expedite this work and to submit a final report to FPT Deputy Ministers in June 2013. This work was conducted in two parts: the Sub-Group completed the analysis of the issue of cyberbullying in April 2013 and the analysis of the non-consensual distribution of intimate images was undertaken by the CWG and CCSO plenary in April-May 2013. The Report is divided into two parts: the first part of the report addresses the issue of cyberbullying and includes information relating to the scope of the problem, the impact of cyberbullying on victims, existing legislative and policy responses and options for Criminal Code reform to address the issue. The second part of the Report addresses the issue of the non-consensual distribution of intimate images and contains information about the scope of the problem, existing Criminal Code responses and options for a new Criminal Code offence. With respect to cyberbullying, the Working Group considered the scope of the behaviour involved, the existing Criminal Code offences and the jurisprudence interpreting those offences. The Working Group also reviewed academic and other research reports on the issue of bullying and cyberbullying. The Working Group recommends that the Criminal Code be amended to modernize certain existing offences to deal with harassment through electronic media, as well as the investigative powers for law enforcement, to ensure that all acts of cyberbullying carried out through the use of new technologies can be effectively investigated and prosecuted. Should the proposed changes be made, the Working Group concluded that crimes involving telecommunications, such as cyberbullying and the non-consensual distribution of intimate images, could be more effectively and efficiently investigated. The Working Group concluded that existing Criminal Code offences generally cover most serious bullying behaviour and a new specific Criminal Code offence of bullying or cyberbullying is not required. On the issue of the non-consensual distribution of intimate images, the Working Group and CCSO reviewed related literature and existing Criminal Code offences and concluded that there is a gap in the Criminal Code's treatment of this conduct. The Working Group recommends that a new criminal offence addressing the non-consensual distribution of intimate images be created, including complementary amendments relating to, for example, the forfeiture of items used in the commission of the offence and restitution to permit the victim to be compensated for any costs associated with having the images removed from the Internet. Finally, the Working Group acknowledges that cyberbullying is, in fact, a recent manifestation of the longstanding social problem of bullying. The Working Group believes that a multi-faceted approach should be taken, which would include modernizing the Criminal Code. In that vein, the Working Group recommends that all levels of government continue to adopt and support a multi-pronged approach to addressing these issues. Details: Ottowa, Canada: Department of Justice Canada, 2013. 38p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 14, 2019 at: https://www.justice.gc.ca/eng/rp-pr/other-autre/cndii-cdncii/pdf/cndii-cdncii-eng.pdf Year: 2013 Country: Canada Keywords: Cyberbullying Shelf Number: 156977

Author: Moyer, Sharon Title: A Comparison of Case Processing under the Young Offenders Act and the First Six Months of the Youth Criminal Justice Act Summary: This report was prepared in response to questions on the differences in youth court processing before and after the Youth Criminal Justice Act that were raised by officials of the Youth Justice Policy Section, Department of Justice Canada. Two surveys in five major centres collected quantitative data from justice system files for cases dealt with under the Young Offenders Act and under the YCJA. The random sample of YOA data was collected in 2002 but involved cases processed in fiscal year 1999-2000. The YCJA cases were dealt with by youth courts from April to September-November 2003 in the first six months of the new law. The urban courts studied were Halifax, Toronto and Scarborough, Winnipeg, Edmonton, and Vancouver and Surrey. The analysis describes case processing in terms of the percentages of cases being dealt with by the youth courts. These data can be used to analyze changes in relative case characteristics and outcomes, but not changes in the volume of cases. Details: Ottawa, Canada: Department of Justice Canada, 2005. 50p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 14, 2019 at: https://www.justice.gc.ca/eng/rp-pr/cj-jp/yj-jj/pdf/compar.pdf Year: 2005 Country: Canada Keywords: Case Processing Shelf Number: 156987

Author: Civilian Review and Complaints Commission for the RCMP Title: Chairperson-Initiated Complaint and Public Interest Investigation regarding Policing in Northern British Columbia: Chairperson's Final Report after Commissioner's Response Summary: BACKGROUND: Concerns have been raised in recent years by individuals, and human rights and civil liberties organizations, about policing in northern British Columbia. A number of reports have been released, including a 2011 report by the British Columbia Civil Liberties Association, the 2012 report of the Missing Women Commission of Inquiry, led by the Honourable Wally T. Oppal, and a 2013 report by Human Rights Watch. These reports, as well as specific police-related incidents in northern British Columbia, garnered significant media and public attention. CHAIRPERSON-INITIATED COMPLAINT: On May 15, 2013, in consideration of the concerns raised by human rights and civil liberties organizations with respect to policing in northern British Columbia and the specific police-related incidents in the area, the then Interim Chair (now Chairperson) of the Commission for Public Complaints Against the Royal Canadian Mounted Police (now the Civilian Review and Complaints Commission for the Royal Canadian Mounted Police, hereinafter "the Commission") initiated a complaint and public interest investigation into the conduct of RCMP members involved in carrying out policing duties in northern British Columbia. Details: S.L.: Civilian Review and Complaints Commission for the RCMP (Royal Canadian Mounted Police), 2017. 220p. Source: Internet Resource: Accessed August 25, 2019 at: https://www.crcc-ccetp.gc.ca/pdf/northernBC-finR-en.pdf Year: 2017 Country: Canada Keywords: Civil Liberties Shelf Number: 155904